Demosthenes · Isocrates · Lysias — Selected Speeches
Works in this volume — 18
- Philippic 1
- Philippic 2
- Philippic 3
- Philippic 4
- Olynthiac 1
- Olynthiac 2
- Olynthiac 3
- On the Crown
- Panegyricus
- Antidosis
- Against Eratosthenes
- On the Murder of Eratosthenes
- Against Simon
- On the Olive Stump
- Defence Against a Charge of Subverting the Democracy
- Against the Corn-Dealers
- In Defence of Mantitheus
- On the Refusal of a Pension
Philippic 1
Contents — 11 sections
Sections 1–5
If the question before us were a new one, men of Athens, I should have waited until most of the regular speakers had delivered their opinions, and if satisfied with any of their proposals, I should have remained silent, but if not satisfied, I should then have tried to express my own views. Since, however, it is our fortune to be still debating a point on which they have often spoken before, I can safely claim your indulgence if I am the first to rise and address you. For if in the past their advice had been sound, there would be no need for deliberation today.
Now in the first place, Athenians, there is no need to despair of our present position, however hopeless it may seem. For that which is worst in the days that are past and gone is just what affords the best assurance for the future. And what is that? It is that your affairs are in this evil plight just because you, men of Athens, utterly fail to do your duty; since surely, were you so placed in spite of every effort on your part, it would be hopeless to look for improvement.
In the next place, bear this in mind. Some of you have been told, others know and remember, how formidable the Spartans were, not many years ago, and yet how at the call of honor and duty you played a part not unworthy of your country, and entered the lists against them in defence of your rights. I remind you of this, Athenians, because I want you to know and realize that, as no danger can assail you while you are on your guard, so if you are remiss no success can attend you. Learn a lesson from the former strength of the Lacedaemonians, which you mastered by strict attention to your affairs, and the present arrogance of our enemy, which discomposes us because we ignore every call of duty.
But if anyone here, Athenians, is inclined to think Philip too formidable, having regard to the extent of his existing resources and to our loss of all our strongholds, he is indeed right, yet he must reflect that we too, men of Athens, once held Pydna, Potidaea, and Methone and had in our own hands all the surrounding territory, and that many of the native tribes now in his service were then free and independent and were indeed more inclined to side with us than with Philip.
If, therefore, Philip had then come to the conclusion that it was a difficult task to fight the Athenians while they held such strong outposts in his own territory and he was destitute of allies, in that case he would never have gained his present successes, never acquired his present power. But, men of Athens, Philip saw clearly that all these outposts were but the open prizes of war, that by natural right the property of the absent belongs to those who are on the spot, and the property of the careless to those who can face toil and danger.
Sections 6–10
It was precisely by acting on this principle that he has mastered and now holds them all. Some he has seized by right of arms, others he has won by alliance and friendship. For indeed alliance and respect are willingly offered by all men to those whom they see ready and prompt to take action.
And you too, men of Athens, if you are willing to adopt this principle, now if never before, if each citizen is ready to throw off his diffidence and serve the state as he ought and as he best may, the rich man paying, the strong man fighting, if, briefly and plainly, you will consent to become your own masters, and if each man will cease to expect that, while he does nothing himself, his neighbor will do everything for him, then, God willing, you will recover your own, you will restore what has been frittered away, and you will turn the tables upon Philip.
Do not believe that his present power is fixed and unchangeable like that of a god. No, men of Athens; he is a mark for the hatred and fear and envy even of those who now seem devoted to him. One must assume that even his adherents are subject to the same passions as any other men. At present, however, all these feelings are repressed and have no outlet, thanks to your indolence and apathy, which I urge you to throw off at once.
For observe, Athenians, the height to which the fellow’s insolence has soared; he leaves you no choice of action or inaction; he blusters and talks big, according to all accounts; he cannot rest content with what he has conquered; he is always taking in more, everywhere casting his net round us, while we sit idle and do nothing.
When, Athenians, will you take the necessary action? What are you waiting for? Until you are compelled, I presume. But what are we to think of what is happening now? For my own part I think that for a free people there can be no greater compulsion than shame for their position. Or tell me, are you content to run round and ask one another, Is there any news today? Could there be any news more startling than that a Macedonian is triumphing over Athenians and settling the destiny of Hellas?
Sections 11–15
Is Philip dead? you ask. No, indeed; but he is ill. And what is that to you? Even if something happens to him, you will soon raise up a second Philip, if that is the way you attend to your affairs; for even this Philip has not grown great through his own unaided strength so much as through our carelessness.
Nor is this all. If anything happened to him, or if Fortune, which always cares for us better than we care for ourselves, should bring that result about, remember that you must be on the spot if you want to take advantage of the general confusion and to control the situation at your pleasure; but in your present condition you would be unable, even if the opportunity offered, to take over Amphipolis, having neither a force nor a policy ready to hand.
Well, assuming that you are thoroughly convinced that you must all be ready and willing to make this necessary effort, I say no more on that point. But as to the nature and size of the force which I think adequate to relieve the situation, the means of defraying the cost, and the best and speediest method of providing for its equipment, I shall now endeavor to state my views, making just this appeal to you, Athenians.
Wait till you have heard everything before you pass judgement. Do not be premature; and even if at the outset I seem to be suggesting a novel kind of expeditionary force, do not imagine that I am trying to postpone our operations. It is not those who cry at once or today that really speak to the purpose, for no dispatch of forces now could prevent what has already happened;
but it is the man who can indicate the nature, the size, and the source of the expedition that will be able to keep the field until we either defeat the enemy or consent to a termination of hostilities; for that is how we shall avoid trouble in the future. Now I believe that I can indicate this, without prejudice to anyone else’s proposal. That is a bold promise, but it will soon be put to a practical test, and you shall be my judges.
Sections 16–20
First then, men of Athens, I propose to equip fifty war-galleys; next you must make up your minds to embark and sail in them yourselves, if necessary. Further I recommend the provision of transports and other vessels, sufficient for the conveyance of half our cavalry.
All this is a necessary provision against Philip’s sudden raids from Macedonia against Thermopylae, the Chersonese, Olynthus, or where he will. You must present to his mind the consideration that you may possibly shake off your excessive apathy and strike out as you did at Euboea, and before that, as we are told, at Haliartus, and quite recently at Thermopylae.
That, even if you should not act as I, personally, think you ought, is not an altogether trivial matter; for its purpose is that he may either hold his hand through fear, knowing that you are on the alert—he will know it sure enough, for there are some on our side, yes, too many, who report everything to him—or that he may overlook it and so be taken off his guard, provided there is nothing to hinder you from sailing against his country, if he gives you the chance.
Such, in my opinion, are the resolutions which you ought to adopt, and the force which must be equipped, at once. But in addition to this, Athenians, I propose that you should get ready a corps to carry on a continuous war of annoyance against Philip. Not an imposing army—on paper—of ten or twenty thousand mercenaries! It shall be a real Athenian contingent, and whether you appoint one general or more, whether it is this man or that or the other, him it shall strictly follow and obey. I also urge you to provide for its maintenance.
And what will this force be, and how large? How will it be maintained, and how far will it consent to effect its purpose? I will tell you, describing each detail separately. Of mercenaries I propose—and beware of the mistake that has so often thwarted your efforts. Thinking that the utmost is too little for the occasion, you choose the biggest scheme in your resolutions, but when it comes to performance, you fail to realize even the smallest. You should rather act and provide on a small scale, adding more if this proves insufficient.
Sections 21–25
So I propose that the whole force should consist of two thousand men, but of these five hundred must be Athenians, chosen from any suitable age and serving in relays for a specified period—not a long one, but just so long as seems advisable; the rest should be mercenaries. Attached to them will be two hundred cavalry, fifty at least of them being Athenians, serving on the same terms as the infantry. There will also be cavalry transports provided.
So far, so good; and what besides? Ten fast-sailing war-galleys. Since Philip has a fleet, we must have fast vessels if our force is to sail in safety. Now how is this army to be maintained? That also I will explain fully, when I have told you why I think so small a force sufficient, and why I insist that those serving shall be citizens.
I name a force of this size, Athenians, because it is not in our power now to provide one fit to meet him in pitched battle: we must adopt guerilla tactics to start with. The force must therefore be neither unwieldy—for we cannot afford the pay and maintenance—nor altogether insignificant.
My reasons for insisting on the presence of citizens in the expedition are these. I am told that on a previous occasion the state maintained a mercenary force at Corinth, commanded by Polystratus, Iphicrates, Chabrias, and others, and that you citizens also served in person; and I know from history that you and these mercenaries, fighting shoulder to shoulder, beat the Lacedaemonians in the field. But ever since exclusively mercenary forces have been fighting for you, it is your friends and allies that they have beaten, while the power of your enemies has increased beyond bounds. They cast a casual glance at the war for which Athens has hired them, and off they sail to join Artabazus or anyone else, and the general naturally follows them, for he cannot command if he does not pay.
What then do I recommend? Deprive both general and men of all excuse by providing pay and by attaching to them citizen soldiers as overseers, so to speak, of their conduct in the field; for at present our system is a mockery. If anyone asked you, Are you at peace, Athenians? you would reply, Certainly not; we are at war with Philip.
Sections 26–30
But have you not been electing from among yourselves ten brigadiers and ten generals and ten squadron—leaders and a couple of cavalry-commanders? And what, pray, are those officers doing? With the exception of the solitary one whom you dispatch to the seat of war, they are all busy helping the state-sacrificers to marshal your processions. You are like the men who model the clay puppets; you choose your brigadiers and commanders for the market-place, not for the field.
What! Ought there not to be brigadiers and a cavalry-commander, all chosen from among yourselves, native Athenian officers, that the force might be a truly national one? Yes, but your own cavalry-commander has to sail to Lemnos, leaving Menelaus to command the men who are fighting for our city’s possessions. I do not say this in his disparagement, but that commander, whoever he is, ought to be one elected by you.
You think perhaps that this is a sound proposal, but you are chiefly anxious to hear what the cost will be and how it will be raised. I now proceed to deal with that point. As to the cost then: the maintenance, the bare rationing of this force, comes to rather more than ninety talents; for the ten fast galleys forty talents, or twenty minae a ship every month; for two thousand men the same amount, that each may receive ten drachmas a month ration-money; for the two hundred cavalry twelve talents, if each is to receive thirty drachmas a month.
If anyone imagines that ration-money for the men on active service is only a small provision to start with, he is wrong; for I feel quite sure that if no more than that is forthcoming, the force itself will provide the rest out of the war, so as to make up their pay without injury to any Greek or allied community. I am ready to embark as a volunteer and submit to any punishment, if this is not so. I will now tell you the sources from which the sums may be derived which I recommend you to provide.
Memorandum of Ways and Means
This is the scheme, Athenians, which my colleagues and I have been able to contrive. When you give your votes, you will pass these proposals, if you approve them, because your object is to fight Philip not only with decrees and dispatches, but with deeds also.
Sections 31–35
But you would, I think, men of Athens, form a better idea of the war and of the total force required, if you considered the geography of the country you are attacking, and if you reflected that the winds and the seasons enable Philip to gain most of his successes by forestalling us. He waits for the Etesian winds or for the winter, and attacks at a time when we could not possibly reach the seat of war.
Bearing this in mind, we must rely not on occasional levies, or we shall be too late for everything, but on a regular standing army. You have the advantage of winter bases for your troops in Lemnos, Thasos, Sciathos, and the neighboring islands, where are to be found harbors, provisions, and everything that an army needs; and during that season of the year when it is easy to stand close in to shore and the winds are steady, your force will easily lie off his coast and at the mouth of his seaports.
How and when this force is to be employed will be a matter for your duly appointed commander to determine according to circumstances, but what it is your task to provide, that I have put down in my resolution. If, men of Athens, you first provide the funds which I name and then equip the whole force complete, men, ships and cavalry, binding them legally to serve for the duration of the war, and if you make yourselves the stewards and administrators of the funds, looking to your general for an account of his operations, then you will no longer be for ever debating the same question and never making any progress.
More than that, Athenians, you will be depriving Philip of his principal source of revenue. And what is that? For the war against you he makes your allies pay by raiding their sea-borne commerce. Is there any further advantage? Yes, you will be out of reach of injury yourselves. Your past experience will not be repeated, when he threw a force into Lemnos and Imbros and carried your citizens away captive, when he seized the shipping at Geraestus and levied untold sums, or, to crown all, when he landed at Marathon and bore away from our land the sacred trireme, while you are still powerless to prevent these insults or to send your expeditions at the appointed times.
And yet, men of Athens, how do you account for the fact that the Panathenaic festival and the Dionysia are always held at the right date, whether experts or laymen are chosen by lot to manage them, that larger sums are lavished upon them than upon any one of your expeditions, that they are celebrated with bigger crowds and greater splendor than anything else of the kind in the world, whereas your expeditions invariably arrive too late, whether at Methone or at Pagasae or at Potidaea?
Sections 36–40
The explanation is that at the festivals everything is ordered by statute; every man among you knows long beforehand who of his tribe is to provide the chorus or who to equip the gymnasium, what he is to receive, when and from whom he is to receive it, and what he is to do; nothing here is left to chance, nothing is undetermined: but in what pertains to war and its equipment, everything is ill-arranged, ill-managed, ill-defined. Consequently we wait till we have heard some piece of news, and then we appoint our ship-masters, and arrange suits for exchange of property, and go into committee of ways and means, and next we resolve that the fleet shall be manned by resident aliens and freedmen,
then again by citizens, then by substitutes, then, while we thus delay, the object of our cruise is already lost. Thus the time for action is wasted in preparation, but the opportunities of fortune wait not for our dilatoriness and reluctance. The forces which we fancied would serve us as a stop-gap prove incapable when the crucial moment arrives. Meanwhile Philip has the effrontery to send such letters as these to the Euboeans.
Reading of the Letter
Most of what has been read, Athenians, is unfortunately true—possibly, however, not pleasant to listen to. But if all that a speaker passes over, to avoid giving offence, is passed over by the course of events also, then blandiloquence is justified; but if smooth words out of season prove a curse in practice, then it is our disgrace if we hoodwink ourselves, if we shelve whatever is irksome and so miss the time for action,
if we fail to learn the lesson that to manage a war properly you must not follow the trend of events but must forestall them, and that just as an army looks to its general for guidance, so statesmen must guide circumstances, if they are to carry out their policy and not be forced to follow at the heels of chance.
But you, Athenians, possessing unsurpassed resources—fleet, infantry, cavalry, revenues—have never to this very day employed them aright, and yet you carry on war with Philip exactly as a barbarian boxes. The barbarian, when struck, always clutches the place; hit him on the other side and there go his hands. He neither knows nor cares how to parry a blow or how to watch his adversary.
Sections 41–45
So you, if you hear of Philip in the Chersonese, vote an expedition there; if at Thermopylae, you vote one there; if somewhere else, you still keep pace with him to and fro. You take your marching orders from him; you have never framed any plan of campaign for yourselves, never foreseen any event, until you learn that something has happened or is happening. All this was once perhaps possible; now things have come to a crisis, so that it is no longer in your power.
It seems to me, Athenians, as if some god, out of very shame for the conduct of our city, had inspired Philip with this activity. For if he did nothing more, but were willing to rest satisfied with what he has already captured and subdued, I believe some of you would be quite content with what must bring the deepest disgrace upon us and brand us as a nation of cowards. But by always attempting something new, always grasping at more power, he may possibly rouse even you, if you have not utterly abandoned hope.
Personally I am surprised that none of you, Athenians, is distressed and angry to find that at the beginning of the war our aim was to punish Philip, but at the end it is to escape injury at his hands. But surely it is obvious that he will not stop, unless someone stops him. And is that what we are to wait for? Do you fancy that all is well, if you dispatch an unmanned fleet and the vague hope of some deliverer?
Shall we not man the fleet ourselves? Shall we not take the field with at least a proportion of native troops, even now, if never before? Shall we not sail against his territory? Where then are we to go and anchor? someone has asked. The progress of the war, men of Athens, will itself discover the weak places in his front, if we make the effort; but if we sit here at home listening to the abuse and mutual recriminations of the orators, there is not the slightest chance of our getting anything done that ought to be done.
Wherever, I believe, we send out a force composed partly or wholly of our citizens, there the gods are gracious and fortune fights on our side; but wherever you send out a general with an empty decree and the mere aspirations of this platform, your needs are not served, your enemies laugh you to scorn, your allies stand in mortal fear of such an expeditionary force.
Sections 46–50
It is impossible, utterly impossible for one man ever to do all that you want done; he can only promise and assent and throw the blame on someone else. In consequence our interests are ruined. For when your general leads wretched, ill-paid mercenaries, and finds plenty of men here to lie to you about what he has done, while you pass decrees at random on the strength of these reports, what are you to expect?
How then is all this to be stopped? As soon as you, men of Athens, definitely appoint the same men as soldiers and as eye-witnesses of the campaign, and, on their return, as jurymen at the audit of your generals. In this way you will not merely learn about your affairs by hearsay, but you will be witnesses on the spot. So scandalous is our present system that every general is tried two or three times for his life in your courts, but not one of them dares to risk death in battle against the enemy; no, not once. They prefer the doom of a kidnapper or a pickpocket to a fitting death; for malefactors are condemned to the gallows, generals should die on the field of honor.
Some of us spread the rumor that Philip is negotiating with the Lacedaemonians for the overthrow of Thebes and the dissolution of the free states, others that he has sent an embassy to the Great King, others that he is besieging towns in Illyria; in short, each of us circulates his own piece of fiction.
Truly, men of Athens, I do think that Philip is drunk with the magnitude of his achievements and dreams of further triumphs, when, elated by his success, he finds that there is none to bar his way; but I cannot for a moment believe that he is deliberately acting in such a way that all the fools at Athens know what he is going to do next. For of all fools the rumor-mongers are the worst.
But if, putting rumors aside, we recognize that this man is our enemy, who has for years been robbing and insulting us, that wherever we once hoped to find help we have found hindrance, that the future lies in our own hands, and if we refuse to fight now in Thrace, we shall perhaps be forced to fight here at home—if, I say, we recognize these facts, then we shall have done with idle words and shall come to a right decision. Our business is not to speculate on what the future may bring forth, but to be certain that it will bring disaster, unless you face the facts and consent to do your duty.
Section 51
For my own part, I have never yet chosen to court your favor by saying anything that I was not quite convinced would be to your advantage; and today, keeping nothing back, I have given free utterance to my plain sentiments. Yet, certain as I am that it is to your interest to receive the best advice, I could have wished that I were equally certain that to offer such advice is also to the interest of the speaker; for then I should have felt much happier. But, as it is, in the uncertainty of what the result of my proposal may be for myself, yet in the conviction that it will be to your interest to adopt it, I have ventured to address you. Whatever shall be to the advantage of all, may that prevail!
Contents — 11 sections
Sections 1–5
εἰ μὲν περὶ καινοῦ τινος πράγματος προυτίθετʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, λέγειν, ἐπισχὼν ἂν ἕως οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν εἰωθότων γνώμην ἀπεφήναντο, εἰ μὲν ἤρεσκέ τί μοι τῶν ὑπὸ τούτων ῥηθέντων, ἡσυχίαν ἂν ἦγον, εἰ δὲ μή, τότʼ ἂν καὐτὸς ἐπειρώμην ἃ γιγνώσκω λέγειν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν πολλάκις εἰρήκασιν οὗτοι πρότερον συμβαίνει καὶ νυνὶ σκοπεῖν, ἡγοῦμαι καὶ πρῶτος ἀναστὰς εἰκότως ἂν συγγνώμης τυγχάνειν. εἰ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ παρεληλυθότος χρόνου τὰ δέονθʼ οὗτοι συνεβούλευσαν, οὐδὲν ἂν ὑμᾶς νῦν ἔδει βουλεύεσθαι.
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἀθυμητέον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν, οὐδʼ εἰ πάνυ φαύλως ἔχειν δοκεῖ. ὃ γάρ ἐστι χείριστον αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ παρεληλυθότος χρόνου, τοῦτο πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα βέλτιστον ὑπάρχει. τί οὖν ἐστι τοῦτο; ὅτι οὐδέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῶν δεόντων ποιούντων ὑμῶν κακῶς τὰ πράγματʼ ἔχει· ἐπεί τοι, εἰ πάνθʼ ἃ προσῆκε πραττόντων οὕτως εἶχεν, οὐδʼ ἂν ἐλπὶς ἦν αὐτὰ βελτίω γενέσθαι.
ἔπειτʼ ἐνθυμητέον καὶ παρʼ ἄλλων ἀκούουσι καὶ τοῖς εἰδόσιν αὐτοῖς ἀναμιμνῃσκομένοις, ἡλίκην ποτʼ ἐχόντων δύναμιν Λακεδαιμονίων, ἐξ οὗ χρόνος οὐ πολύς, ὡς καλῶς καὶ προσηκόντως οὐδὲν ἀνάξιον ὑμεῖς ἐπράξατε τῆς πόλεως, ἀλλʼ ὑπεμείναθʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν δικαίων τὸν πρὸς ἐκείνους πόλεμον. τίνος οὖν εἵνεκα ταῦτα λέγω; ἵνʼ ἴδητʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ θεάσησθε, ὅτι οὐδὲν οὔτε φυλαττομένοις ὑμῖν ἐστιν φοβερόν, οὔτʼ, ἂν ὀλιγωρῆτε, τοιοῦτον οἷον ἂν ὑμεῖς βούλοισθε, παραδείγμασι χρώμενοι τῇ τότε ῥώμῃ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων, ἧς ἐκρατεῖτʼ ἐκ τοῦ προσέχειν τοῖς πράγμασι τὸν νοῦν, καὶ τῇ νῦν ὕβρει τούτου, διʼ ἣν ταραττόμεθʼ ἐκ τοῦ μηδὲν φροντίζειν ὧν ἐχρῆν.
εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δυσπολέμητον οἴεται τὸν Φίλιππον εἶναι, σκοπῶν τό τε πλῆθος τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτῷ δυνάμεως καὶ τὸ τὰ χωρία πάντʼ ἀπολωλέναι τῇ πόλει, ὀρθῶς μὲν οἴεται, λογισάσθω μέντοι τοῦθʼ, ὅτι εἴχομέν ποθʼ ἡμεῖς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, Πύδναν καὶ Ποτείδαιαν καὶ Μεθώνην καὶ πάντα τὸν τόπον τοῦτον οἰκεῖον κύκλῳ, καὶ πολλὰ τῶν μετʼ ἐκείνου νῦν ὄντων ἐθνῶν αὐτονομούμενα κἀλεύθερʼ ὑπῆρχε, καὶ μᾶλλον ἡμῖν ἐβούλετʼ ἔχειν οἰκείως ἢ ʼκείνῳ.
εἰ τοίνυν ὁ Φίλιππος τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, ὡς χαλεπὸν πολεμεῖν ἐστιν Ἀθηναίοις ἔχουσι τοσαῦτʼ ἐπιτειχίσματα τῆς αὑτοῦ χώρας ἔρημον ὄντα συμμάχων, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν οὐδὲ τοσαύτην ἐκτήσατʼ ἂν δύναμιν. ἀλλʼ εἶδεν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῦτο καλῶς ἐκεῖνος, ὅτι ταῦτα μέν ἐστιν ἅπαντα τὰ χωρίʼ ἆθλα τοῦ πολέμου κείμενʼ ἐν μέσῳ, φύσει δʼ ὑπάρχει τοῖς παροῦσι τὰ τῶν ἀπόντων, καὶ τοῖς ἐθέλουσι πονεῖν καὶ κινδυνεύειν τὰ τῶν ἀμελούντων.
Sections 6–10
καὶ γάρ τοι ταύτῃ χρησάμενος τῇ γνώμῃ πάντα κατέστραπται καὶ ἔχει, τὰ μὲν ὡς ἂν ἑλών τις ἔχοι πολέμῳ, τὰ δὲ σύμμαχα καὶ φίλα ποιησάμενος· καὶ γὰρ συμμαχεῖν καὶ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν τούτοις ἐθέλουσιν ἅπαντες, οὓς ἂν ὁρῶσι παρεσκευασμένους καὶ πράττειν ἐθέλοντας ἃ χρή.
ἂν τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐθελήσητε γενέσθαι γνώμης νῦν, ἐπειδήπερ οὐ πρότερον, καὶ ἕκαστος ὑμῶν, οὗ δεῖ καὶ δύναιτʼ ἂν παρασχεῖν αὑτὸν χρήσιμον τῇ πόλει, πᾶσαν ἀφεὶς τὴν εἰρωνείαν ἕτοιμος πράττειν ὑπάρξῃ, ὁ μὲν χρήματʼ ἔχων εἰσφέρειν, ὁ δʼ ἐν ἡλικίᾳ στρατεύεσθαι, — συνελόντι δʼ ἁπλῶς ἂν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἐθελήσητε γενέσθαι, καὶ παύσησθʼ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν ἕκαστος ποιήσειν ἐλπίζων, τὸν δὲ πλησίον πάνθʼ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πράξειν, καὶ τὰ ὑμέτερʼ αὐτῶν κομιεῖσθʼ, ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ, καὶ τὰ κατερρᾳθυμημένα πάλιν ἀναλήψεσθε, κἀκεῖνον τιμωρήσεσθε.
μὴ γὰρ ὡς θεῷ νομίζετʼ ἐκείνῳ τὰ παρόντα πεπηγέναι πράγματʼ ἀθάνατα, ἀλλὰ καὶ μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον καὶ δέδιεν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ φθονεῖ, καὶ τῶν πάνυ νῦν δοκούντων οἰκείως ἔχειν· καὶ ἅπανθʼ ὅσα περ κἀν ἄλλοις τισὶν ἀνθρώποις ἔνι, ταῦτα κἀν τοῖς μετʼ ἐκείνου χρὴ νομίζειν ἐνεῖναι. κατέπτηχε μέντοι πάντα ταῦτα νῦν, οὐκ ἔχοντʼ ἀποστροφὴν διὰ τὴν ὑμετέραν βραδυτῆτα καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαν· ἣν ἀποθέσθαι φημὶ δεῖν ἤδη.
ὁρᾶτε γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸ πρᾶγμα, οἷ προελήλυθʼ ἀσελγείας ἅνθρωπος, ὃς οὐδʼ αἵρεσιν ὑμῖν δίδωσι τοῦ πράττειν ἢ ἄγειν ἡσυχίαν, ἀλλʼ ἀπειλεῖ καὶ λόγους ὑπερηφάνους, ὥς φασι, λέγει, καὶ οὐχ οἷός ἐστιν ἔχων ἃ κατέστραπται μένειν ἐπὶ τούτων, ἀλλʼ ἀεί τι προσπεριβάλλεται καὶ κύκλῳ πανταχῇ μέλλοντας ἡμᾶς καὶ καθημένους περιστοιχίζεται.
πότʼ οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πόθʼ ἃ χρὴ πράξετε; ἐπειδὰν τί γένηται; ἐπειδὰν νὴ Δίʼ ἀνάγκη τις ᾖ. νῦν δὲ τί χρὴ τὰ γιγνόμενʼ ἡγεῖσθαι; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οἴομαι τοῖς ἐλευθέροις μεγίστην ἀνάγκην τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν πραγμάτων αἰσχύνην εἶναι. ἢ βούλεσθʼ, εἰπέ μοι, περιιόντες αὑτῶν πυνθάνεσθαι, λέγεταί τι καινόν; γένοιτο γὰρ ἄν τι καινότερον ἢ Μακεδὼν ἀνὴρ Ἀθηναίους καταπολεμῶν καὶ τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων διοικῶν; τέθνηκε Φίλιππος; οὐ μὰ Δίʼ, ἀλλʼ ἀσθενεῖ.
Sections 11–15
τί δʼ ὑμῖν διαφέρει; καὶ γὰρ ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ, ταχέως ὑμεῖς ἕτερον Φίλιππον ποιήσετε, ἄνπερ οὕτω προσέχητε τοῖς πράγμασι τὸν νοῦν· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὗτος παρὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ ῥώμην τοσοῦτον ἐπηύξηται ὅσον παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀμέλειαν.
καίτοι καὶ τοῦτο· εἴ τι πάθοι καὶ τὰ τῆς τύχης ἡμῖν, ἥπερ ἀεὶ βέλτιον ἢ ἡμεῖς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιμελούμεθα, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐξεργάσαιτο, ἴσθʼ ὅτι πλησίον μὲν ὄντες, ἅπασιν ἂν τοῖς πράγμασιν τεταραγμένοις ἐπιστάντες ὅπως βούλεσθε διοικήσαισθε, ὡς δὲ νῦν ἔχετε, οὐδὲ διδόντων τῶν καιρῶν Ἀμφίπολιν δέξασθαι δύναισθʼ ἄν, ἀπηρτημένοι καὶ ταῖς παρασκευαῖς καὶ ταῖς γνώμαις.
ὡς μὲν οὖν δεῖ τὰ προσήκοντα ποιεῖν ἐθέλοντας ὑπάρχειν ἅπαντας ἑτοίμως, ὡς ἐγνωκότων ὑμῶν καὶ πεπεισμένων, παύομαι λέγων· τὸν δὲ τρόπον τῆς παρασκευῆς ἣν ἀπαλλάξαι ἂν τῶν τοιούτων πραγμάτων ὑμᾶς οἴομαι, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ὅσον, καὶ πόρους οὕστινας χρημάτων, καὶ τἄλλʼ ὡς ἄν μοι βέλτιστα καὶ τάχιστα δοκεῖ παρασκευασθῆναι, καὶ δὴ πειράσομαι λέγειν, δεηθεὶς ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοσοῦτον.
ἐπειδὰν ἅπαντʼ ἀκούσητε κρίνατε, μὴ πρότερον προλαμβάνετε· μηδʼ ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς δοκῶ τινι καινὴν παρασκευὴν λέγειν, ἀναβάλλειν με τὰ πράγμαθʼ ἡγείσθω. οὐ γὰρ οἱ ταχὺ καὶ τήμερον εἰπόντες μάλιστʼ εἰς δέον λέγουσιν (οὐ γὰρ ἂν τά γʼ ἤδη γεγενημένα τῇ νυνὶ βοηθείᾳ κωλῦσαι δυνηθεῖμεν),
ἀλλʼ ὃς ἂν δείξῃ τίς πορισθεῖσα παρασκευὴ καὶ πόση καὶ πόθεν διαμεῖναι δυνήσεται, ἕως ἂν ἢ διαλυσώμεθα πεισθέντες τὸν πόλεμον ἢ περιγενώμεθα τῶν ἐχθρῶν· οὕτω γὰρ οὐκέτι τοῦ λοιποῦ πάσχοιμεν ἂν κακῶς. οἶμαι τοίνυν ἐγὼ ταῦτα λέγειν ἔχειν, μὴ κωλύων εἴ τις ἄλλος ἐπαγγέλλεταί τι. ἡ μὲν οὖν ὑπόσχεσις οὕτω μεγάλη, τὸ δὲ πρᾶγμʼ ἤδη τὸν ἔλεγχον δώσει· κριταὶ δʼ ὑμεῖς ἔσεσθε.
Sections 16–20
πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τριήρεις πεντήκοντα παρασκευάσασθαι φημὶ δεῖν, εἶτʼ αὐτοὺς οὕτω τὰς γνώμας ἔχειν ὡς, ἐάν τι δέῃ, πλευστέον εἰς ταύτας αὐτοῖς ἐμβᾶσιν. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τοῖς ἡμίσεσιν τῶν ἱππέων ἱππαγωγοὺς τριήρεις καὶ πλοῖʼ ἱκανὰ εὐτρεπίσαι κελεύω.
ταῦτα μὲν οἶμαι δεῖν ὑπάρχειν ἐπὶ τὰς ἐξαίφνης ταύτας ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκείας χώρας αὐτοῦ στρατείας εἰς Πύλας καὶ Χερρόνησον καὶ Ὄλυνθον καὶ ὅποι βούλεται· δεῖ γὰρ ἐκείνῳ τοῦτʼ ἐν τῇ γνώμῃ παραστῆσαι, ὡς ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῆς ἀμελείας ταύτης τῆς ἄγαν, ὥσπερ εἰς Εὔβοιαν καὶ πρότερόν ποτέ φασιν εἰς Ἁλίαρτον καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα πρώην εἰς Πύλας, ἴσως ἂν ὁρμήσαιτε—
οὔτοι παντελῶς, οὐδʼ εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτʼ ἂν τοῦτο, ὡς ἔγωγέ φημι δεῖν, εὐκαταφρόνητόν ἐστιν—ἵνʼ ἢ διὰ τὸν φόβον εἰδὼς εὐτρεπεῖς ὑμᾶς (εἴσεται γὰρ ἀκριβῶς· εἰσὶ γάρ, εἰσὶν οἱ πάντʼ ἐξαγγέλλοντες ἐκείνῳ παρʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν πλείους τοῦ δέοντος) ἡσυχίαν ἔχῃ, ἢ παριδὼν ταῦτʼ ἀφύλακτος ληφθῇ, μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐμποδὼν πλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκείνου χώραν ὑμῖν, ἂν ἐνδῷ καιρόν.
ταῦτα μέν ἐστιν ἃ πᾶσι δεδόχθαι φημὶ δεῖν καὶ παρεσκευάσθαι προσήκειν οἴομαι· πρὸ δὲ τούτων δύναμίν τινʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, φημὶ προχειρίσασθαι δεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἣ συνεχῶς πολεμήσει καὶ κακῶς ἐκεῖνον ποιήσει. μή μοι μυρίους μηδὲ δισμυρίους ξένους, μηδὲ τὰς ἐπιστολιμαίους ταύτας δυνάμεις, ἀλλʼ ἣ τῆς πόλεως ἔσται, κἂν ὑμεῖς ἕνα κἂν πλείους κἂν τὸν δεῖνα κἂν ὁντινοῦν χειροτονήσητε στρατηγόν, τούτῳ πείσεται καὶ ἀκολουθήσει.
καὶ τροφὴν ταύτῃ πορίσαι κελεύω. ἔσται δʼ αὕτη τίς ἡ δύναμις καὶ πόση, καὶ πόθεν τὴν τροφὴν ἕξει, καὶ πῶς ταῦτʼ ἐθελήσει ποιεῖν; ἐγὼ φράσω, καθʼ ἕκαστον τούτων διεξιὼν χωρίς. ξένους μὲν λέγω—καὶ ὅπως μὴ ποιήσεθʼ ὃ πολλάκις ὑμᾶς ἔβλαψεν· πάντʼ ἐλάττω νομίζοντες εἶναι τοῦ δέοντος, καὶ τὰ μέγιστʼ ἐν τοῖς ψηφίσμασιν αἱρούμενοι, ἐπὶ τῷ πράττειν οὐδὲ τὰ μικρὰ ποιεῖτε· ἀλλὰ τὰ μικρὰ ποιήσαντες καὶ πορίσαντες τούτοις προστίθετε, ἂν ἐλάττω φαίνηται.
Sections 21–25
λέγω δὴ τοὺς πάντας στρατιώτας δισχιλίους, τούτων δʼ Ἀθηναίους φημὶ δεῖν εἶναι πεντακοσίους, ἐξ ἧς ἄν τινος ὑμῖν ἡλικίας καλῶς ἔχειν δοκῇ, χρόνον τακτὸν στρατευομένους, μὴ μακρὸν τοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ὅσον ἂν δοκῇ καλῶς ἔχειν, ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἀλλήλοις· τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ξένους εἶναι κελεύω. καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἱππέας διακοσίους, καὶ τούτων πεντήκοντʼ Ἀθηναίους τοὐλάχιστον, ὥσπερ τοὺς πεζούς, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον στρατευομένους· καὶ ἱππαγωγοὺς τούτοις.
εἶεν· τί πρὸς τούτοις ἔτι; ταχείας τριήρεις δέκα· δεῖ γάρ, ἔχοντος ἐκείνου ναυτικόν, καὶ ταχειῶν τριήρων ἡμῖν, ὅπως ἀσφαλῶς ἡ δύναμις πλέῃ. πόθεν δὴ τούτοις ἡ τροφὴ γενήσεται; ἐγὼ καὶ τοῦτο φράσω καὶ δείξω, ἐπειδάν, διότι τηλικαύτην ἀποχρῆν οἶμαι τὴν δύναμιν καὶ πολίτας τοὺς στρατευομένους εἶναι κελεύω, διδάξω.
τοσαύτην μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, διὰ ταῦτα, ὅτι οὐκ ἔνι νῦν ἡμῖν πορίσασθαι δύναμιν τὴν ἐκείνῳ παραταξομένην, ἀλλὰ λῃστεύειν ἀνάγκη καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ τοῦ πολέμου χρῆσθαι τὴν πρώτην· οὐ τοίνυν ὑπέρογκον αὐτήν (οὐ γὰρ ἔστι μισθὸς οὐδὲ τροφή), οὐδὲ παντελῶς ταπεινὴν εἶναι δεῖ.
πολίτας δὲ παρεῖναι καὶ συμπλεῖν διὰ ταῦτα κελεύω, ὅτι καὶ πρότερόν ποτʼ ἀκούω ξενικὸν τρέφειν ἐν Κορίνθῳ τὴν πόλιν, οὗ Πολύστρατος ἡγεῖτο καὶ Ἰφικράτης καὶ Χαβρίας καὶ ἄλλοι τινές, καὶ αὐτοὺς ὑμᾶς συστρατεύεσθαι· καὶ οἶδʼ ἀκούων ὅτι Λακεδαιμονίους παραταττόμενοι μεθʼ ὑμῶν ἐνίκων οὗτοι οἱ ξένοι καὶ ὑμεῖς μετʼ ἐκείνων. ἐξ οὗ δʼ αὐτὰ καθʼ αὑτὰ τὰ ξενικὰ ὑμῖν στρατεύεται, τοὺς φίλους νικᾷ καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους, οἱ δʼ ἐχθροὶ μείζους τοῦ δέοντος γεγόνασιν. καὶ παρακύψαντʼ ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς πόλεως πόλεμον, πρὸς Ἀρτάβαζον καὶ πανταχοῖ μᾶλλον οἴχεται πλέοντα, ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς ἀκολουθεῖ, εἰκότως· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄρχειν μὴ διδόντα μισθόν.
τί οὖν κελεύω; τὰς προφάσεις ἀφελεῖν καὶ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, μισθὸν πορίσαντας καὶ στρατιώτας οἰκείους ὥσπερ ἐπόπτας τῶν στρατηγουμένων παρακαταστήσαντας· ἐπεὶ νῦν γε γέλως ἔσθʼ ὡς χρώμεθα τοῖς πράγμασιν. εἰ γὰρ ἔροιτό τις ὑμᾶς, εἰρήνην ἄγετʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι; μὰ Δίʼ οὐχ ἡμεῖς γʼ, εἴποιτʼ ἄν, ἀλλὰ Φιλίππῳ πολεμοῦμεν.
Sections 26–30
οὐκ ἐχειροτονεῖτε δʼ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν δέκα ταξιάρχους καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ φυλάρχους καὶ ἱππάρχους δύο; τί οὖν οὗτοι ποιοῦσιν; πλὴν ἑνὸς ἀνδρός, ὃν ἂν ἐκπέμψητʼ ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον, οἱ λοιποὶ τὰς πομπὰς πέμπουσιν ὑμῖν μετὰ τῶν ἱεροποιῶν· ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ πλάττοντες τοὺς πηλίνους, εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν χειροτονεῖτε τοὺς ταξιάρχους καὶ τοὺς φυλάρχους, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον.
οὐ γὰρ ἐχρῆν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ταξιάρχους παρʼ ὑμῶν, ἵππαρχον παρʼ ὑμῶν, ἄρχοντας οἰκείους εἶναι, ἵνʼ ἦν ὡς ἀληθῶς τῆς πόλεως ἡ δύναμις; ἀλλʼ εἰς μὲν Λῆμνον τὸν παρʼ ὑμῶν ἵππαρχον δεῖ πλεῖν, τῶν δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν τῆς πόλεως κτημάτων ἀγωνιζομένων Μενέλαον ἱππαρχεῖν. καὶ οὐ τὸν ἄνδρα μεμφόμενος ταῦτα λέγω, ἀλλʼ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἔδει κεχειροτονημένον εἶναι τοῦτον, ὅστις ἂν ᾖ.
ἴσως δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ὀρθῶς ἡγεῖσθε λέγεσθαι, τὸ δὲ τῶν χρημάτων, πόσα καὶ πόθεν ἔσται, μάλιστα ποθεῖτʼ ἀκοῦσαι. τοῦτο δὴ καὶ περαίνω. χρήματα τοίνυν· ἔστι μὲν ἡ τροφή, σιτηρέσιον μόνον, τῇ δυνάμει ταύτῃ τάλαντʼ ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι πρός, δέκα μὲν ναυσὶ ταχείαις τετταράκοντα τάλαντα, εἴκοσιν εἰς τὴν ναῦν μναῖ τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου, στρατιώταις δὲ δισχιλίοις τοσαῦθʼ ἕτερα, ἵνα δέκα τοῦ μηνὸς ὁ στρατιώτης δραχμὰς σιτηρέσιον λαμβάνῃ, τοῖς δʼ ἱππεῦσι διακοσίοις οὖσιν, ἐὰν τριάκοντα δραχμὰς ἕκαστος λαμβάνῃ τοῦ μηνός, δώδεκα τάλαντα.
εἰ δέ τις οἴεται μικρὰν ἀφορμὴν εἶναι, σιτηρέσιον τοῖς στρατευομένοις ὑπάρχειν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἔγνωκεν· ἐγὼ γὰρ οἶδα σαφῶς ὅτι, τοῦτʼ ἂν γένηται, προσποριεῖ τὰ λοιπὰ αὐτὸ τὸ στράτευμʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ πολέμου, οὐδένα τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀδικοῦν οὐδὲ τῶν συμμάχων, ὥστʼ ἔχειν μισθὸν ἐντελῆ. ἐγὼ συμπλέων ἐθελοντὴς πάσχειν ὁτιοῦν ἕτοιμος, ἐὰν μὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχῃ. πόθεν οὖν ὁ πόρος τῶν χρημάτων, ἃ παρʼ ὑμῶν κελεύω γενέσθαι;τοῦτʼ ἤδη λέξω.
ΠΟΡΟΥ ΑΠΟΔΕΙΞΙΣ.
ἃ μὲν ἡμεῖς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δεδυνήμεθʼ εὑρεῖν ταῦτʼ ἐστίν· ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἐπιχειροτονῆτε τὰς γνώμας, ἂν ὑμῖν ἀρέσκῃ, χειροτονήσετε, ἵνα μὴ μόνον ἐν τοῖς ψηφίσμασι καὶ ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς πολεμῆτε Φιλίππῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις.
Sections 31–35
δοκεῖτε δέ μοι πολὺ βέλτιον ἂν περὶ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ ὅλης τῆς παρασκευῆς βουλεύσασθαι, εἰ τὸν τόπον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῆς χώρας, πρὸς ἣν πολεμεῖτε, ἐνθυμηθείητε, καὶ λογίσαισθʼ ὅτι τοῖς πνεύμασιν καὶ ταῖς ὥραις τοῦ ἔτους τὰ πολλὰ προλαμβάνων διαπράττεται Φίλιππος, καὶ φυλάξας τοὺς ἐτησίας ἢ τὸν χειμῶνʼ ἐπιχειρεῖ, ἡνίκʼ ἂν ἡμεῖς μὴ δυναίμεθʼ ἐκεῖσʼ ἀφικέσθαι.
δεῖ τοίνυν ταῦτʼ ἐνθυμουμένους μὴ βοηθείαις πολεμεῖν (ὑστεριοῦμεν γὰρ ἁπάντων), ἀλλὰ παρασκευῇ συνεχεῖ καὶ δυνάμει. ὑπάρχει δʼ ὑμῖν χειμαδίῳ μὲν χρῆσθαι τῇ δυνάμει Λήμνῳ καὶ Θάσῳ καὶ Σκιάθῳ καὶ ταῖς ἐν τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ νήσοις, ἐν αἷς καὶ λιμένες καὶ σῖτος καὶ ἃ χρὴ στρατεύματι πάνθʼ ὑπάρχει· τὴν δʼ ὥραν τοῦ ἔτους, ὅτε καὶ πρὸς τῇ γῇ γενέσθαι ῥᾴδιον καὶ τὸ τῶν πνευμάτων ἀσφαλές, πρὸς αὐτῇ τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ πρὸς τοῖς τῶν ἐμπορίων στόμασιν ῥᾳδίως ἔσται.
ἃ μὲν οὖν χρήσεται καὶ πότε τῇ δυνάμει, παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν ὁ τούτων κύριος καταστὰς ὑφʼ ὑμῶν βουλεύσεται· ἃ δʼ ὑπάρξαι δεῖ παρʼ ὑμῶν, ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν ἁγὼ γέγραφα. ἂν ταῦτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πορίσητε, τὰ χρήματα πρῶτον ἃ λέγω, εἶτα καὶ τἄλλα παρασκευάσαντες, τοὺς στρατιώτας, τὰς τριήρεις, τοὺς ἱππέας, ἐντελῆ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν νόμῳ κατακλείσητʼ ἐπὶ τῷ πολέμῳ μένειν, τῶν μὲν χρημάτων αὐτοὶ ταμίαι καὶ πορισταὶ γιγνόμενοι, τῶν δὲ πράξεων παρὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τὸν λόγον ζητοῦντες, παύσεσθʼ ἀεὶ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν βουλευόμενοι καὶ πλέον οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες,
καὶ ἔτι πρὸς τούτῳ πρῶτον μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸν μέγιστον τῶν ἐκείνου πόρων ἀφαιρήσεσθε. ἔστι δʼ οὗτος τίς; ἀπὸ τῶν ὑμετέρων ὑμῖν πολεμεῖ συμμάχων, ἄγων καὶ φέρων τοὺς πλέοντας τὴν θάλατταν. ἔπειτα τί πρὸς τούτῳ; τοῦ πάσχειν αὐτοὶ κακῶς ἔξω γενήσεσθε, οὐχ ὥσπερ τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον εἰς Λῆμνον καὶ Ἴμβρον ἐμβαλὼν αἰχμαλώτους πολίτας ὑμετέρους ᾤχετʼ ἔχων, πρὸς τῷ Γεραιστῷ τὰ πλοῖα συλλαβὼν ἀμύθητα χρήματʼ ἐξέλεξε, τὰ τελευταῖʼ εἰς Μαραθῶνʼ ἀπέβη καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας ᾤχετʼ ἔχων τριήρη, ὑμεῖς δʼ οὔτε ταῦτα δύνασθε κωλύειν οὔτʼ εἰς τοὺς χρόνους, οὓς ἂν προθῆσθε, βοηθεῖν.
καίτοι τί δήποτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, νομίζετε τὴν μὲν τῶν Παναθηναίων ἑορτὴν καὶ τὴν τῶν Διονυσίων ἀεὶ τοῦ καθήκοντος χρόνου γίγνεσθαι, ἄν τε δεινοὶ λάχωσιν ἄν τʼ ἰδιῶται οἱ τούτων ἑκατέρων ἐπιμελούμενοι, εἰς ἃ τοσαῦτʼ ἀναλίσκεται χρήματα, ὅσʼ οὐδʼ εἰς ἕνα τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τοσοῦτον ὄχλον καὶ παρασκευὴν ὅσην οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τι τῶν ἁπάντων ἔχει, τοὺς δʼ ἀποστόλους πάντας ὑμῖν ὑστερίζειν τῶν καιρῶν, τὸν εἰς Μεθώνην, τὸν εἰς Παγασάς, τὸν εἰς Ποτείδαιαν;
Sections 36–40
ὅτι ἐκεῖνα μὲν ἅπαντα νόμῳ τέτακται, καὶ πρόοιδεν ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ἐκ πολλοῦ τίς χορηγὸς ἢ γυμνασίαρχος τῆς φυλῆς, πότε καὶ παρὰ τοῦ καὶ τί λαβόντα τί δεῖ ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ἀνεξέταστον οὐδʼ ἀόριστον ἐν τούτοις ἠμέληται· ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τῇ τούτου παρασκευῇ ἄτακτα, ἀδιόρθωτα, ἀόρισθʼ ἅπαντα. τοιγαροῦν ἅμʼ ἀκηκόαμέν τι καὶ τριηράρχους καθίσταμεν καὶ τούτοις ἀντιδόσεις ποιούμεθα καὶ περὶ χρημάτων πόρου σκοποῦμεν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἐμβαίνειν τοὺς μετοίκους ἔδοξε καὶ τοὺς χωρὶς οἰκοῦντας,
εἶτʼ αὐτοὺς πάλιν, εἶτʼ ἀντεμβιβάζειν, εἶτʼ ἐν ὅσῳ ταῦτα μέλλεται, προαπόλωλεν τὸ ἐφʼ ὃ ἂν ἐκπλέωμεν· τὸν γὰρ τοῦ πράττειν χρόνον εἰς τὸ παρασκευάζεσθαι ἀναλίσκομεν, οἱ δὲ τῶν πραγμάτων οὐ μένουσι καιροὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν βραδυτῆτα καὶ εἰρωνείαν. ἃς δὲ τὸν μεταξὺ χρόνον δυνάμεις οἰόμεθʼ ἡμῖν ὑπάρχειν, οὐδὲν οἷαί τʼ οὖσαι ποιεῖν ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν καιρῶν ἐξελέγχονται. ὁ δʼ εἰς τοῦθʼ ὕβρεως ἐλήλυθεν ὥστʼ ἐπιστέλλειν Εὐβοεῦσιν ἤδη τοιαύτας ἐπιστολάς.
ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΣ ΑΝΑΓΝΩΣΙΣ.
τούτων, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῶν ἀνεγνωσμένων ἀληθῆ μέν ἐστι τὰ πολλά, ὡς οὐκ ἔδει, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἴσως οὐχ ἡδέʼ ἀκούειν. ἀλλʼ εἰ μέν, ὅσʼ ἄν τις ὑπερβῇ τῷ λόγῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυπήσῃ, καὶ τὰ πράγμαθʼ ὑπερβήσεται, δεῖ πρὸς ἡδονὴν δημηγορεῖν· εἰ δʼ ἡ τῶν λόγων χάρις, ἂν ᾖ μὴ προσήκουσα, ἔργῳ ζημία γίγνεται, αἰσχρόν ἐστι φενακίζειν ἑαυτούς, καὶ ἅπαντʼ ἀναβαλλομένους ἃν ᾖ δυσχερῆ πάντων ὑστερεῖν τῶν ἔργων,
καὶ μηδὲ τοῦτο δύνασθαι μαθεῖν, ὅτι δεῖ τοὺς ὀρθῶς πολέμῳ χρωμένους οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖν τοῖς πράγμασιν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθεν εἶναι τῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὥσπερ τῶν στρατευμάτων ἀξιώσειέ τις ἂν τὸν στρατηγὸν ἡγεῖσθαι, οὕτω καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων τοὺς βουλευομένους, ἵνʼ ἃν ἐκείνοις δοκῇ, ταῦτα πράττηται καὶ μὴ τὰ συμβάντʼ ἀναγκάζωνται διώκειν.
ὑμεῖς δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πλείστην δύναμιν ἁπάντων ἔχοντες, τριήρεις, ὁπλίτας, ἱππέας, χρημάτων πρόσοδον, τούτων μὲν μέχρι τῆς τήμερον ἡμέρας οὐδενὶ πώποτʼ εἰς δέον τι κέχρησθε, οὐδὲν δʼ ἀπολείπετε, ὥσπερ οἱ βάρβαροι πυκτεύουσιν, οὕτω πολεμεῖν Φιλίππῳ. καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων ὁ πληγεὶς ἀεὶ τῆς πληγῆς ἔχεται, κἂν ἑτέρωσε πατάξῃ τις, ἐκεῖσʼ εἰσὶν αἱ χεῖρες· προβάλλεσθαι δʼ ἢ βλέπειν ἐναντίον οὔτʼ οἶδεν οὔτʼ ἐθέλει.
Sections 41–45
καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἂν ἐν Χερρονήσῳ πύθησθε Φίλιππον, ἐκεῖσε βοηθεῖν ψηφίζεσθε, ἂν ἐν Πύλαις, ἐκεῖσε, ἂν ἄλλοθί που, συμπαραθεῖτʼ ἄνω κάτω, καὶ στρατηγεῖσθʼ ὑπʼ ἐκείνου, βεβούλευσθε δʼ οὐδὲν αὐτοὶ συμφέρον περὶ τοῦ πολέμου, οὐδὲ πρὸ τῶν πραγμάτων προορᾶτʼ οὐδέν, πρὶν ἂν ἢ γεγενημένον ἢ γιγνόμενόν τι πύθησθε. ταῦτα δʼ ἴσως πρότερον μὲν ἐνῆν· νῦν δʼ ἐπʼ αὐτὴν ἥκει τὴν ἀκμήν, ὥστʼ οὐκέτʼ ἐγχωρεῖ.
δοκεῖ δέ μοι θεῶν τις, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῖς γιγνομένοις ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως αἰσχυνόμενος τὴν φιλοπραγμοσύνην ταύτην ἐμβαλεῖν Φιλίππῳ. εἰ γὰρ ἔχων ἃ κατέστραπται καὶ προείληφεν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν ἤθελε καὶ μηδὲν ἔπραττεν ἔτι, ἀποχρῆν ἐνίοις ὑμῶν ἄν μοι δοκεῖ, ἐξ ὧν αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀνανδρίαν καὶ πάντα τὰ αἴσχιστʼ ὠφληκότες ἂν ἦμεν δημοσίᾳ· νῦν δʼ ἐπιχειρῶν ἀεί τινι καὶ τοῦ πλείονος ὀρεγόμενος ἴσως ἂν ἐκκαλέσαιθʼ ὑμᾶς, εἴπερ μὴ παντάπασιν ἀπεγνώκατε.
θαυμάζω δʼ ἔγωγε, εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτʼ ἐνθυμεῖται μήτʼ ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν τοῦ πολέμου γεγενημένην περὶ τοῦ τιμωρήσασθαι Φίλιππον, τὴν δὲ τελευτὴν οὖσαν ἤδη ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παθεῖν κακῶς ὑπὸ Φιλίππου. ἀλλὰ μὴν ὅτι γʼ οὐ στήσεται, δῆλον, εἰ μή τις κωλύσει. εἶτα τοῦτʼ ἀναμενοῦμεν; καὶ τριήρεις κενὰς καὶ τὰς παρὰ τοῦ δεῖνος ἐλπίδας ἂν ἀποστείλητε, πάντʼ ἔχειν οἴεσθε καλῶς;
οὐκ ἐμβησόμεθα; οὐκ ἔξιμεν αὐτοὶ μέρει γέ τινι στρατιωτῶν οἰκείων νῦν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πρότερον; οὐκ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκείνου πλευσόμεθα; ποῖ οὖν προσορμιούμεθʼ; ἤρετό τις. εὑρήσει τὰ σαθρά, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῶν ἐκείνου πραγμάτων αὐτὸς ὁ πόλεμος, ἂν ἐπιχειρῶμεν· ἂν μέντοι καθώμεθʼ οἴκοι, λοιδορουμένων ἀκούοντες καὶ αἰτιωμένων ἀλλήλους τῶν λεγόντων, οὐδέποτʼ οὐδὲν ἡμῖν μὴ γένηται τῶν δεόντων.
ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν, οἶμαι, μέρος τι τῆς πόλεως συναποσταλῇ, κἂν μὴ πᾶσα, καὶ τὸ τῶν θεῶν εὐμενὲς καὶ τὸ τῆς τύχης συναγωνίζεται· ὅποι δʼ ἂν στρατηγὸν καὶ ψήφισμα κενὸν καὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος ἐλπίδας ἐκπέμψητε, οὐδὲν ὑμῖν τῶν δεόντων γίγνεται, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐχθροὶ καταγελῶσιν, οἱ δὲ σύμμαχοι τεθνᾶσι τῷ δέει τοὺς τοιούτους ἀποστόλους.
Sections 46–50
οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕνʼ ἄνδρα δυνηθῆναί ποτε ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν πρᾶξαι πάνθʼ ὅσα βούλεσθε· ὑποσχέσθαι μέντοι καὶ φῆσαι καὶ τὸν δεῖνʼ αἰτιάσασθαι καὶ τὸν δεῖνʼ ἔστι, τὰ δὲ πράγματʼ ἐκ τούτων ἀπόλωλεν· ὅταν γὰρ ἡγῆται μὲν ὁ στρατηγὸς ἀθλίων ἀπομίσθων ξένων, οἱ δʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν ἂν ἐκεῖνος πράξῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ψευδόμενοι ῥᾳδίως ἐνθάδʼ ὦσιν, ὑμεῖς δʼ ἐξ ὧν ἂν ἀκούσηθʼ ὅ τι ἂν τύχητε ψηφίζησθε, τί καὶ χρὴ προσδοκᾶν;
πῶς οὖν ταῦτα παύσεται; ὅταν ὑμεῖς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀποδείξητε στρατιώτας καὶ μάρτυρας τῶν στρατηγουμένων καὶ δικαστὰς οἴκαδʼ ἐλθόντας τῶν εὐθυνῶν, ὥστε μὴ ἀκούειν μόνον ὑμᾶς τὰ ὑμέτερʼ αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρόντας ὁρᾶν. νῦν δʼ εἰς τοῦθʼ ἥκει τὰ πράγματʼ αἰσχύνης ὥστε τῶν στρατηγῶν ἕκαστος δὶς καὶ τρὶς κρίνεται παρʼ ὑμῖν περὶ θανάτου, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οὐδεὶς οὐδʼ ἅπαξ αὐτῶν ἀγωνίσασθαι περὶ θανάτου τολμᾷ, ἀλλὰ τὸν τῶν ἀνδραποδιστῶν καὶ λωποδυτῶν θάνατον μᾶλλον αἱροῦνται τοῦ προσήκοντος· κακούργου μὲν γάρ ἐστι κριθέντʼ ἀποθανεῖν, στρατηγοῦ δὲ μαχόμενον τοῖς πολεμίοις.
ἡμῶν δʼ οἱ μὲν περιιόντες μετὰ Λακεδαιμονίων φασὶ Φίλιππον πράττειν τὴν Θηβαίων κατάλυσιν καὶ τὰς πολιτείας διασπᾶν, οἱ δʼ ὡς πρέσβεις πέπομφεν ὡς βασιλέα, οἱ δʼ ἐν Ἰλλυριοῖς πόλεις τειχίζειν, οἱ δὲ λόγους πλάττοντες ἕκαστος περιερχόμεθα.
ἐγὼ δʼ οἶμαι μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, νὴ τοὺς θεοὺς ἐκεῖνον μεθύειν τῷ μεγέθει τῶν πεπραγμένων καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτʼ ὀνειροπολεῖν ἐν τῇ γνώμῃ, τήν τʼ ἐρημίαν τῶν κωλυσόντων ὁρῶντα καὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἐπῃρμένον, οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δίʼ οὕτω γε προαιρεῖσθαι πράττειν ὥστε τοὺς ἀνοητοτάτους τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν εἰδέναι τί μέλλει ποιεῖν ἐκεῖνος· ἀνοητότατοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ λογοποιοῦντες.
ἀλλʼ ἂν ἀφέντες ταῦτʼ ἐκεῖνʼ εἰδῶμεν, ὅτι ἐχθρὸς ἅνθρωπος καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερʼ ἡμᾶς ἀποστερεῖ καὶ χρόνον πολὺν ὕβρικε, καὶ ἅπανθʼ ὅσα πώποτʼ ἠλπίσαμέν τινα πράξειν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν καθʼ ἡμῶν εὕρηται, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμῖν ἐστί, κἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδʼ ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἂν ταῦτʼ εἰδῶμεν, καὶ τὰ δέοντʼ ἐσόμεθʼ ἐγνωκότες καὶ λόγων ματαίων ἀπηλλαγμένοι· οὐ γὰρ ἅττα ποτʼ ἔσται δεῖ σκοπεῖν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι φαῦλα, ἂν μὴ προσέχητε τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὰ προσήκοντα ποιεῖν ἐθέλητε, εὖ εἰδέναι.
Section 51
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν οὔτʼ ἄλλοτε πώποτε πρὸς χάριν εἱλόμην λέγειν ὅ τι ἂν μὴ καὶ συνοίσειν πεπεισμένος ὦ, νῦν θʼ ἃ γιγνώσκω πάνθʼ ἁπλῶς, οὐδὲν ὑποστειλάμενος, πεπαρρησίασμαι. ἐβουλόμην δʼ ἄν, ὥσπερ ὅτι ὑμῖν συμφέρει τὰ βέλτιστʼ ἀκούειν οἶδα, οὕτως εἰδέναι συνοῖσον καὶ τῷ τὰ βέλτιστʼ εἰπόντι· πολλῷ γὰρ ἂν ἥδιον εἶχον. νῦν δʼ ἐπʼ ἀδήλοις οὖσι τοῖς ἀπὸ τούτων ἐμαυτῷ γενησομένοις, ὅμως ἐπὶ τῷ συνοίσειν ὑμῖν, ἂν πράξητε, ταῦτα πεπεῖσθαι λέγειν αἱροῦμαι. νικῴη δʼ ὅ τι πᾶσιν μέλλει συνοίσειν.
Philippic 2
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–5
Whenever, men of Athens, we are discussing Philip’s intrigues and his violations of the peace, I observe that all the speeches on our side are manifestly inspired by justice and generosity, and those who denounce Philip are all felt to be saying exactly the right thing; but of the much needed action, which alone would make the speeches worth hearing, little or nothing ensues.
Unfortunately all our national affairs have now reached to such a pass, that the more completely and manifestly Philip is convicted of violating the peace with us and of plotting against the whole of Greece, the more difficult it is to suggest the right course of action.
The reason, Athenians, is this. Though all who aim at their own aggrandizement must be checked, not by speeches, but by practical measures, yet, in the first place, we who come before you shrink from any definite proposal or advice, being reluctant to incur your displeasure; we prefer to dilate on Philip’s shocking behavior and the like topics; and, secondly, you who sit here are indeed better equipped than Philip for making speeches about justice and for appreciating them in the mouth of another, but, when it comes to hindering the accomplishment of his present plans, you remain utterly inactive.
The result is, I suppose, inevitable and perhaps reasonable. Where either side devotes its time and energy, there it succeeds the better—Philip in action, but you in argument. So if you still think it enough to employ the sounder arguments, that is easy; your task entails no trouble.
But if you have to devise means whereby our present fortunes shall be repaired, and their further decline shall not take us completely by surprise, and we shall not be confronted by a mighty power which we shall be unable even to withstand, then our method of deliberation must be changed, and all who speak and all who listen must choose the best and safest policy instead of the easiest and most agreeable.
Sections 6–10
In the first place, Athenians, if anyone views with confidence the present power of Philip and the extent of his dominions, if anyone imagines that all this imports no danger to our city and that you are not the object of his preparations, I must express my astonishment, and beg you all alike to listen to a brief statement of the considerations that have led me to form the opposite conclusion and to regard Philip as our enemy. Then, if you think me the better prophet, adopt my advice; if you prefer those who have so confidently trusted him, give them your allegiance.
Now I, men of Athens, reason thus. What did Philip first get under his control after the Peace? Thermopylae and the Phocian government. Well, what did he make of these? He chose to act in the interests of Thebes, not of Athens. And why so? Because, I believe, guided in his calculations by ambition and the desire of universal dominion, regardless of the claims of peace and quietness and justice,
he rightly saw that to our city and our national character he could offer nothing, he could do nothing, that would tempt you from selfish motives to sacrifice to him any of the other Greek states, but that you, reverencing justice, shrinking from the discredit involved in such transactions, and exercising due and proper forethought, would resist any such attempt on his part as stoutly as if you were actually at war with him.
But as to the Thebans, he believed—and the event justified him—that in return for benefits received they would give him a free hand for the future and, so far from opposing or thwarting him, would even join forces with him, if he so ordered. Today, on the same assumption, he is doing the Messenians and the Argives a good turn. That, men of Athens, is the highest compliment he could pay you.
For by these very acts you stand judged the one and only power in the world incapable of abandoning the common rights of the Greeks at any price, incapable of bartering your devotion to their cause for any favor or any profit. And it was natural that he should form this opinion of you and the contrary opinion of the Argives and Thebans, because he not merely looks to the present, but also draws a lesson from the past.
Sections 11–15
For I suppose he learns from history and from report that your ancestors, when they might, at the price of submission to the Great King, have become the paramount power in Greece, not only refused to entertain that proposal, conveyed to them by Alexander, an ancestor of Philip’s line, but chose to quit their homes and endure every hardship, and thereafter wrought those deeds which all men are always eager to relate, though no one has ever been able to tell them worthily; and therefore I shall not be wrong in passing them over, for they are indeed great beyond any man’s power of speech. On the other hand, he learns that the ancestors of these Thebans and Argives either fought for the barbarians or did not fight against them.
He knows, then, that they both will pursue their private interests, irrespective of the common advantage of the Greeks. So he thought that if he chose you, he would be choosing friends, and that your friendship would be based on justice; but that if he attached himself to the others, he would find in them the tools of his own ambition. That is why, now as then, he chooses them rather than you. For surely it is not that he regards their fleets as superior to ours, nor that, having discovered some inland empire, he has abandoned the seaboard with its harbors, nor yet that he has a short memory for the speeches and the promises that gained for him the Peace.
But it may be urged, by someone who claims to know all about it, that he acted on that occasion, not from ambition or from any of those motives with which I find fault, but because the claims of the Thebans were more just than ours. Now that is precisely the one argument that he cannot use now. What! The man who orders the Lacedaemonians to give up their claims to Messene, how could he pretend that he handed over Orchomenus and Coronea to Thebes because he thought it an act of justice?
But, it will be urged (for there is this excuse left), he was forced to yield against his better judgement, finding himself hemmed in between the Thessalian cavalry and the Theban heavy infantry. Good! So they say he is waiting to regard the Thebans with suspicion, and some circulate a rumor that he will fortify Elatea.
That is just what he is waiting to do, and will go on waiting, in my opinion. But he is not waiting to help the Messenians and Argives against the Lacedaemonians: he is actually dispatching mercenaries and forwarding supplies, and he is expected in person with a large force. What! The Lacedaemonians, the surviving enemies of Thebes, he is engaged in destroying; the Phocians, whom he has himself already destroyed, he is now engaged in preserving! And who is prepared to believe that?
Sections 16–20
For my part I do not believe that Philip, if he acted in the first place reluctantly and under compulsion, or if he were now inclined to throw the Thebans over, would be persistently opposing their enemies. But if we may judge from his present conduct, it is plain that on that occasion also he acted from deliberate choice, and everything, if correctly observed, points to the fact that all his intrigues are directed against Athens.
And today at any rate this policy is in a measure forced upon him. For observe! He wants to rule, and he has made up his mind that you, and you only, are his rivals. He has long injured you; of nothing is he more conscious than of that. For it is by holding the cities which are really yours that he retains safe possession of all the rest, and he feels that if he gave up Amphipolis and Potidaea, his own country would not be safe for him.
He knows, then, these two facts—that he is intriguing against you and that you are aware of it. Assuming that you are intelligent, he thinks you are bound to hate him, and he is on the alert, expecting some blow to fall, if you can seize an opportunity and if he cannot get in his blow first.
That is why he is wide awake and ready to strike, and why he is courting certain people to the detriment of our city—Thebans, I mean, and those Peloponnesians who share their views. He imagines that their cupidity will lead them to accept the present situation, while their natural dullness will prevent them from foreseeing anything that may follow. Yet men of even moderate intelligence might perceive some clear indications, which I had occasion to point out to the Messenians and the Argives, and which may perhaps with advantage be repeated to you.
Can you not imagine, I said, addressing the Messenians, how annoyed the Olynthians would have been to hear a word said against Philip in the days when he was handing over to them Anthemus, to which all the former kings of Macedonia laid claim, when he was making them a present of Potidaea, expelling the Athenian settlers, and when he had taken upon himself the responsibility of a quarrel with us and had given them the territory of Potidaea for their own use? Do you imagine they expected to be treated as they have been, or would have believed anyone who suggested it?
Sections 21–25
Nevertheless, said I, after a brief enjoyment of other men’s territory, they have long been robbed by Philip of their own, expelled with contumely, not merely vanquished but betrayed, bought and sold by their own country-men. For truly such close communications with tyranny corrupt good constitutions.
And what of the Thessalians? Do you imagine, I said, that when he was expelling their despots, or again when he was presenting them with Nicaea and Magnesia, they ever dreamed that a Council of Ten would be established among them, as it is today, or that the same man who restored to them the Amphictyonic meeting at Thermopylae would also appropriate their own peculiar revenues? Impossible! But so it came to pass, as all men may know.
You, I said, gaze with wonder at Philip as he gives away this and promises that, but if you are truly wise, pray that you may never find that he has deceived and cozened you. Verily, I said, there are manifold means devised by states for protection and safety—stockades, ramparts, fosses and the like.
And all these are wrought by hand and entail expense. But there is one common bulwark which the instinct of sensible men possesses within itself, a good and safe one for all, but invaluable for democracies against tyrants. And what is that bulwark? It is mistrust. Guard that; hold fast to that. If you preserve it, no harm can touch you.
What is your object? I said. Freedom. Then do you not see that Philip’s very titles are utterly irreconcilable with that? For every king, every despot is the sworn foe of freedom and of law. Beware, said I, lest, seeking to be rid of war, you find a master.
Sections 26–30
That is what I said to them, and they shouted their approval; and they heard many other speeches from the envoys, both in my presence and again later, as it seems; but they are none the more likely to do without Philip’s friendship and Philip’s promises.
And, indeed, it is not strange that Messenians and other Peloponnesians should sometimes act against their better judgement; but you, who know, both from your own intelligence and from our speeches, how you are compassed about with plots and snares, you will, as it seems to me, find to your surprise that through having done nothing in time, you have submitted to everything. So much does the pleasure and ease of the moment prevail over that which at some future time is likely to be advantageous.
On your practical measures you will, if you are wise, deliberate hereafter by yourselves; at present I will suggest the immediate answer which it would be proper for you to adopt.Answer
It would indeed have been fair, men of Athens, to call upon those who conveyed to you Philip’s promises, on the strength of which you were induced to conclude the Peace.
For I should never myself have consented to serve on the embassy, nor would you, I am sure, have suspended military operations, if you had imagined that Philip after securing peace would act as he has done; but his words at the time were very different from his present actions. Yes, and there are others who ought to be called upon. Whom do I mean? The men who, when peace was made and when I, returning from the second embassy—that sent to administer the oaths—found that the state was being imposed upon, and spoke out and protested and refused to give up Thermopylae and the Phocians—
the men, I say, who told you that I, being a water-drinker, was naturally a disagreeable, cross-grained fellow, and that Philip, if he got through the Pass, would do just what you would pray for, would fortify Thespiae and Plataea, and humble the Theban pride, and dig a trench across the Chersonese at his own charges, and restore to you Euboea and Oropus in lieu of Amphipolis. All this was said from this very platform, as I am sure you recollect, although you are not remarkable for keeping in mind those who injure you.
Sections 31–35
And the crowning disgrace is that your posterity also is bound by the same peace which these hopes prompted you to conclude; so completely were you led astray. Why do I mention this now and assert that these men ought to be called upon? I vow that I will boldly tell you the whole truth and keep nothing back.
It is not that by descending to abuse I may lay myself open to retaliation in your presence, while I give those who from the first have fallen foul of me an excuse for making further profit out of Philip. Nor do I wish to indulge in idle talk. But I think that one day Philip’s policy will cause you more distress than it does now,
for I see the plot thickening. I hope I may prove a false prophet, but I fear the catastrophe is even now only too near. So when you can no longer shut your eyes to what is happening, when you do not need me or someone else to tell you, but can all see for yourselves and be quite certain that all this is directed against you, then I expect you will be angry and exasperated.
Yes, I am afraid that, since the ambassadors have kept silence about the services for which they know they have been bribed, those who are trying to repair some of the losses that these men have caused may chance to fall under your displeasure; for I observe that people vent their wrath as a rule, not on those who are to blame, but chiefly on those who are within their reach.
Now therefore, while the danger is in the future and is gathering head, while we can still hear one another speak, I want to remind each one of you, however clearly he knows it, who it is that persuaded you to abandon the Phocians and Thermopylae, the command of which gave Philip the command also of the road to Attica and the Peloponnesus, and who it is that has forced you to take counsel, not for your rights and interests abroad, but for your possessions here at home and for the war in Attica, a war which will bring distress on every one of us, when it does come, but which really dates from that very day.
Sections 36–37
For if you had not been hoodwinked then, there would be no anxiety in Athens, because Philip could never, of course, have gained command of the sea and reached Attica with his fleet, nor could he have marched past Thermopylae and Phocis, but either he would have acted fairly and observed the Peace by keeping quiet, or he would have been instantly engaged in a war similar to that which made him so anxious for the Peace.
Enough has now been said by way of reminder. May all the gods forbid that my warnings should ever be brought to the sternest test! For I would not willingly see one man suffer, even though he deserve to perish, if his punishment involves the danger and the damage of all.
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–5
ὅταν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, λόγοι γίγνωνται περὶ ὧν Φίλιππος πράττει καὶ βιάζεται παρὰ τὴν εἰρήνην, ἀεὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν λόγους καὶ δικαίους καὶ φιλανθρώπους ὁρῶ φαινομένους, καὶ λέγειν μὲν ἅπαντας ἀεὶ τὰ δέοντα δοκοῦντας τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας Φιλίππου, γιγνόμενον δʼ οὐδὲν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν τῶν δεόντων, οὐδʼ ὧν εἵνεκα ταῦτʼ ἀκούειν ἄξιον·
ἀλλʼ εἰς τοῦτʼ ἤδη προηγμένα τυγχάνει πάντα τὰ πράγματα τῇ πόλει, ὥσθʼ ὅσῳ τις ἂν μᾶλλον καὶ φανερώτερον ἐξελέγχῃ Φίλιππον καὶ τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰρήνην παραβαίνοντα καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐπιβουλεύοντα, τοσούτῳ τὸ τί χρὴ ποιεῖν συμβουλεῦσαι χαλεπώτερον.
αἴτιον δὲ τούτων, ὅτι πάντες, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοὺς πλεονεκτεῖν ζητοῦντας ἔργῳ κωλύειν καὶ πράξεσιν, οὐχὶ λόγοις δέον, πρῶτον μὲν ἡμεῖς οἱ παριόντες τούτων μὲν ἀφέσταμεν καὶ γράφειν καὶ συμβουλεύειν, τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπέχθειαν ὀκνοῦντες, οἷα ποιεῖ δʼ, ὡς δεινά, καὶ τοιαῦτα διεξερχόμεθα· ἔπειθʼ ὑμεῖς οἱ καθήμενοι, ὡς μὲν ἂν εἴποιτε δικαίους λόγους καὶ λέγοντος ἄλλου συνείητε, ἄμεινον Φιλίππου παρεσκεύασθε, ὡς δὲ κωλύσαιτʼ ἂν ἐκεῖνον πράττειν ταῦτʼ ἐφʼ ὧν ἐστι νῦν, παντελῶς ἀργῶς ἔχετε.
συμβαίνει δὴ πρᾶγμʼ ἀναγκαῖον, οἶμαι, καὶ ἴσως εἰκός· ἐν οἷς ἑκάτεροι διατρίβετε καὶ περὶ ἃ σπουδάζετε, ταῦτʼ ἄμεινον ἑκατέροις ἔχει, ἐκείνῳ μὲν αἱ πράξεις, ὑμῖν δʼ οἱ λόγοι. εἰ μὲν οὖν καὶ νῦν λέγειν δικαιότερʼ ὑμῖν ἐξαρκεῖ, ῥᾴδιον, καὶ πόνος οὐδεὶς πρόσεστι τῷ πράγματι·
εἰ δʼ ὅπως τὰ παρόντʼ ἐπανορθωθήσεται δεῖ σκοπεῖν καὶ μὴ προελθόντʼ ἔτι πορρωτέρω λήσει πάνθʼ ἡμᾶς, μηδʼ ἐπιστήσεται μέγεθος δυνάμεως πρὸς ἣν οὐδʼ ἀντᾶραι δυνησόμεθα, οὐχ ὁ αὐτὸς τρόπος ὅσπερ πρότερον τοῦ βουλεύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς λέγουσιν ἅπασι καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ὑμῖν τὰ βέλτιστα καὶ τὰ σώσοντα τῶν ῥᾴστων καὶ τῶν ἡδίστων προαιρετέον.
Sections 6–10
πρῶτον μέν, εἴ τις, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, θαρρεῖ, ὁρῶν ἡλίκος ἤδη καὶ ὅσων κύριός ἐστι Φίλιππος, καὶ μηδένʼ οἴεται κίνδυνον φέρειν τοῦτο τῇ πόλει μηδʼ ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς πάντα παρασκευάζεσθαι, θαυμάζω, καὶ δεηθῆναι πάντων ὁμοίως ὑμῶν βούλομαι τοὺς λογισμοὺς ἀκοῦσαί μου διὰ βραχέων, διʼ οὓς τἀναντίʼ ἐμοὶ παρέστηκε προσδοκᾶν καὶ διʼ ὧν ἐχθρὸν ἡγοῦμαι Φίλιππον· ἵνʼ, ἐὰν μὲν ἐγὼ δοκῶ βέλτιον προορᾶν, ἐμοὶ πεισθῆτε, ἂν δʼ οἱ θαρροῦντες καὶ πεπιστευκότες αὐτῷ, τούτοις προσθῆσθε.
ἐγὼ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, λογίζομαι· τίνων ὁ Φίλιππος κύριος πρῶτον μετὰ τὴν εἰρήνην κατέστη; πυλῶν καὶ τῶν ἐν Φωκεῦσι πραγμάτων. τί οὖν; πῶς τούτοις ἐχρήσατο; ἃ Θηβαίοις συμφέρει καὶ οὐχ ἃ τῇ πόλει, πράττειν προείλετο. τί δήποτε; ὅτι πρὸς πλεονεξίαν, οἶμαι, καὶ τὸ πάνθʼ ὑφʼ αὑτῷ ποιήσασθαι τοὺς λογισμοὺς ἐξετάζων, καὶ οὐχὶ πρὸς εἰρήνην οὐδʼ ἡσυχίαν οὐδὲ δίκαιον οὐδέν,
εἶδε τοῦτʼ ὀρθῶς, ὅτι τῇ μὲν ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσι τοῖς ἡμετέροις οὐδὲν ἂν ἐνδείξαιτο τοσοῦτον οὐδὲ ποιήσειεν, ὑφʼ οὗ πεισθέντες ὑμεῖς τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκʼ ὠφελείας τῶν ἄλλων τινὰς Ἑλλήνων ἐκείνῳ προοῖσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου λόγον ποιούμενοι, καὶ τὴν προσοῦσαν ἀδοξίαν τῷ πράγματι φεύγοντες, καὶ πάνθʼ ἃ προσήκει προορώμενοι, ὁμοίως ἐναντιώσεσθε, ἄν τι τοιοῦτʼ ἐπιχειρῇ πράττειν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ πολεμοῦντες τύχοιτε.
τοὺς δὲ Θηβαίους ἡγεῖτο, ὅπερ συνέβη, ἀντὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῖς γιγνομένων τὰ λοιπὰ ἐάσειν ὅπως βούλεται πράττειν ἑαυτόν, καὶ οὐχ ὅπως ἀντιπράξειν καὶ διακωλύσειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συστρατεύσειν, ἂν αὐτοὺς κελεύῃ. καὶ νῦν τοὺς Μεσσηνίους καὶ τοὺς Ἀργείους ταὔθʼ ὑπειληφὼς εὖ ποιεῖ. ὃ καὶ μέγιστόν ἐστι καθʼ ὑμῶν ἐγκώμιον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι·
κέκρισθε γὰρ ἐκ τούτων τῶν ἔργων μόνοι τῶν πάντων μηδενὸς ἂν κέρδους τὰ κοινὰ δίκαια τῶν Ἑλλήνων προέσθαι, μηδʼ ἀνταλλάξασθαι μηδεμιᾶς χάριτος μηδʼ ὠφελείας τὴν εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας εὔνοιαν. καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰκότως καὶ περὶ ὑμῶν οὕτως ὑπείληφε καὶ κατʼ Ἀργείων καὶ Θηβαίων ὡς ἑτέρως, οὐ μόνον εἰς τὰ παρόνθʼ ὁρῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ πρὸ τούτων λογιζόμενος.
Sections 11–15
εὑρίσκει γάρ, οἶμαι, καὶ ἀκούει τοὺς μὲν ὑμετέρους προγόνους, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς τῶν λοιπῶν ἄρχειν Ἑλλήνων ὥστʼ αὐτοὺς ὑπακούειν βασιλεῖ, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἀνασχομένους τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, ἡνίκʼ ἦλθεν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ τούτων πρόγονος περὶ τούτων κῆρυξ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν χώραν ἐκλιπεῖν προελομένους καὶ παθεῖν ὁτιοῦν ὑπομείναντας, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πράξαντας ταῦθʼ ἃ πάντες ἀεὶ γλίχονται λέγειν, ἀξίως δʼ οὐδεὶς εἰπεῖν δεδύνηται, διόπερ κἀγὼ παραλείψω, δικαίως (ἔστι γὰρ μείζω τἀκείνων ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λόγῳ τις ἂν εἴποι), τοὺς δὲ Θηβαίων καὶ Ἀργείων προγόνους τοὺς μὲν συστρατεύσαντας τῷ βαρβάρῳ, τοὺς δʼ οὐκ ἐναντιωθέντας.
οἶδεν οὖν ἀμφοτέρους ἰδίᾳ τὸ λυσιτελοῦν ἀγαπήσοντας, οὐχ ὅ τι συνοίσει κοινῇ τοῖς Ἕλλησι σκεψομένους. ἡγεῖτʼ οὖν, εἰ μὲν ὑμᾶς ἕλοιτο, φίλους ἐπὶ τοῖς δικαίοις αἱρήσεσθαι, εἰ δʼ ἐκείνοις προσθεῖτο, συνεργοὺς ἕξειν τῆς αὑτοῦ πλεονεξίας. διὰ ταῦτʼ ἐκείνους ἀνθʼ ὑμῶν καὶ τότε καὶ νῦν αἱρεῖται. οὐ γὰρ δὴ τριήρεις γʼ ὁρᾷ πλείους αὐτοῖς ἢ ὑμῖν οὔσας· οὐδʼ ἐν τῇ μεσογείᾳ τινʼ ἀρχὴν εὕρηκε, τῆς δʼ ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ καὶ τῶν ἐμπορίων ἀφέστηκεν· οὐδʼ ἀμνημονεῖ τοὺς λόγους οὐδὲ τὰς ὑποσχέσεις, ἐφʼ αἷς τῆς εἰρήνης ἔτυχεν.
ἀλλὰ νὴ Δίʼ, εἴποι τις ἂν ὡς πάντα ταῦτʼ εἰδώς, οὐ πλεονεξίας ἕνεκʼ οὐδʼ ὧν ἐγὼ κατηγορῶ τότε ταῦτʼ ἔπραξεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ δικαιότερα τοὺς Θηβαίους ἢ ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῦν. ἀλλὰ τοῦτον καὶ μόνον πάντων τῶν λόγων οὐκ ἔνεστιν αὐτῷ νῦν εἰπεῖν· ὁ γὰρ Μεσσήνην Λακεδαιμονίους ἀφιέναι κελεύων, πῶς ἂν Ὀρχομενὸν καὶ Κορώνειαν τότε Θηβαίοις παραδοὺς τῷ δίκαια νομίζειν ταῦτʼ εἶναι πεποιηκέναι σκήψαιτο;
ἀλλʼ ἐβιάσθη νὴ Δία (ταῦτα γάρ ἐσθʼ ὑπόλοιπον) καὶ παρὰ γνώμην, τῶν Θετταλῶν ἱππέων καὶ τῶν Θηβαίων ὁπλιτῶν ἐν μέσῳ ληφθείς, συνεχώρησε ταῦτα. καλῶς. οὐκοῦν φασὶ μὲν μέλλειν πρὸς τοὺς Θηβαίους αὐτὸν ὑπόπτως ἔχειν, καὶ λογοποιοῦσιν περιιόντες τινὲς ὡς Ἐλάτειαν τειχιεῖ.
ὁ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν μέλλει καὶ μελλήσει γʼ, ὡς ἐγὼ κρίνω, τοῖς Μεσσηνίοις δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ἀργείοις ἐπὶ τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους συλλαμβάνειν οὐ μέλλει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ξένους εἰσπέμπει καὶ χρήματʼ ἀποστέλλει καὶ δύναμιν μεγάλην ἔχων αὐτός ἐστι προσδόκιμος. τοὺς μὲν ὄντας ἐχθροὺς Θηβαίων Λακεδαιμονίους ἀναιρεῖ, οὓς δʼ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτὸς πρότερον Φωκέας νῦν σῴζει; καὶ τίς ἂν ταῦτα πιστεύσειεν;
Sections 16–20
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι Φίλιππον, οὔτʼ εἰ τὰ πρῶτα βιασθεὶς ἄκων ἔπραξεν, οὔτʼ ἂν εἰ νῦν ἀπεγίγνωσκε Θηβαίους, τοῖς ἐκείνων ἐχθροῖς συνεχῶς ἐναντιοῦσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἀφʼ ὧν νῦν ποιεῖ, κἀκεῖνʼ ἐκ προαιρέσεως δῆλός ἐστι ποιήσας, ἐκ πάντων δʼ, ἄν τις ὀρθῶς θεωρῇ, πάνθʼ ἃ πραγματεύεται κατὰ τῆς πόλεως συντάττων.
καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τρόπον τινʼ αὐτῷ νῦν γε δὴ συμβαίνει. λογίζεσθε γάρ. ἄρχειν βούλεται, τούτου δʼ ἀνταγωνιστὰς μόνους ὑπείληφεν ὑμᾶς. ἀδικεῖ πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον, καὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸς ἄριστα σύνοιδεν αὑτῷ· οἷς γὰρ οὖσιν ὑμετέροις ἔχει, τούτοις πάντα τἄλλʼ ἀσφαλῶς κέκτηται· εἰ γὰρ Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ Ποτείδαιαν προεῖτο, οὐδʼ ἂν οἴκοι μένειν βεβαίως ἡγεῖται.
ἀμφότερʼ οὖν οἶδε, καὶ αὑτὸν ὑμῖν ἐπιβουλεύοντα καὶ ὑμᾶς αἰσθανομένους· εὖ φρονεῖν δʼ ὑμᾶς ὑπολαμβάνων, δικαίως αὑτὸν μισεῖν νομίζει, καὶ παρώξυνται, πείσεσθαί τι προσδοκῶν, ἂν καιρὸν λάβητε, ἂν μὴ φθάσῃ ποιήσας πρότερος.
διὰ ταῦτʼ ἐγρήγορεν, ἐφέστηκεν, ἐπὶ τῇ πόλει θεραπεύει τινάς, Θηβαίους καὶ Πελοποννησίων τοὺς ταὐτὰ βουλομένους τούτοις, οὓς διὰ μὲν πλεονεξίαν τὰ παρόντʼ ἀγαπήσειν οἴεται, διὰ δὲ σκαιότητα τρόπων τῶν μετὰ ταῦτʼ οὐδὲν προόψεσθαι. καίτοι σωφρονοῦσί γε καὶ μετρίως ἐναργῆ παραδείγματʼ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ἃ καὶ πρὸς Μεσσηνίους καὶ πρὸς Ἀργείους ἔμοιγʼ εἰπεῖν συνέβη, βέλτιον δʼ ἴσως καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐστιν εἰρῆσθαι.
πῶς γὰρ οἴεσθʼ, ἔφην, ὦ ἄνδρες Μεσσήνιοι, δυσχερῶς ἀκούειν Ὀλυνθίους, εἴ τίς τι λέγοι κατὰ Φιλίππου κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους, ὅτʼ Ἀνθεμοῦντα μὲν αὐτοῖς ἀφίει, ἧς πάντες οἱ πρότερον Μακεδονίας βασιλεῖς ἀντεποιοῦντο, Ποτείδαιαν δʼ ἐδίδου τοὺς Ἀθηναίων ἀποίκους ἐκβάλλων, καὶ τὴν μὲν ἔχθραν τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτὸς ἀνῄρητο, τὴν χώραν δʼ ἐκείνοις ἐδεδώκει καρποῦσθαι; ἆρα προσδοκᾶν αὐτοὺς τοιαῦτα πείσεσθαι, ἢ λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε;
Sections 21–25
ἀλλʼ ὅμως, ἔφην ἐγώ, μικρὸν χρόνον τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν καρπωσάμενοι πολὺν τῆς αὑτῶν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου στέρονται, αἰσχρῶς ἐκπεσόντες, οὐ κρατηθέντες μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προδοθέντες ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων καὶ πραθέντες· οὐ γὰρ ἀσφαλεῖς ταῖς πολιτείαις αἱ πρὸς τοὺς τυράννους αὗται λίαν ὁμιλίαι.
τί δʼ οἱ Θετταλοί; ἆρʼ οἴεσθʼ, ἔφην, ὅτʼ αὐτοῖς τοὺς τυράννους ἐξέβαλλε καὶ πάλιν Νίκαιαν καὶ Μαγνησίαν ἐδίδου, προσδοκᾶν τὴν καθεστῶσαν νῦν δεκαδαρχίαν ἔσεσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς; ἢ τὸν τὴν πυλαίαν ἀποδόντα, τοῦτον τὰς ἰδίας αὐτῶν προσόδους παραιρήσεσθαι; οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα. ἀλλὰ μὴν γέγονεν ταῦτα καὶ πᾶσιν ἔστιν εἰδέναι·
ὑμεῖς δʼ, ἔφην ἐγώ, διδόντα μὲν καὶ ὑπισχνούμενον θεωρεῖτε Φίλιππον, ἐξηπατηκότα δʼ ἤδη καὶ παρακεκρουμένον ἀπεύχεσθε, εἰ σωφρονεῖτε δή, ἰδεῖν. ἔστι τοίνυν νὴ Δίʼ, ἔφην ἐγώ, παντοδαπὰ εὑρημένα ταῖς πόλεσιν πρὸς φυλακὴν καὶ σωτηρίαν, οἷον χαρακώματα καὶ τείχη καὶ τάφροι καὶ τἄλλʼ ὅσα τοιαῦτα.
καὶ ταῦτα μέν ἐστιν ἅπαντα χειροποίητα καὶ δαπάνης προσδεῖται· ἓν δέ τι κοινὸν ἡ φύσις τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ἐν αὑτῇ κέκτηται φυλακτήριον, ὃ πᾶσι μέν ἐστʼ ἀγαθὸν καὶ σωτήριον, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς πλήθεσι πρὸς τοὺς τυράννους. τί οὖν ἐστι τοῦτο; ἀπιστία. ταύτην φυλάττετε, ταύτης ἀντέχεσθε· ἂν ταύτην σῴζητε, οὐδὲν μὴ δεινὸν πάθητε. τί ζητεῖτʼ; ἔφην.
ἐλευθερίαν; εἶτʼ οὐχ ὁρᾶτε Φίλιππον ἀλλοτριωτάτας ταύτῃ καὶ τὰς προσηγορίας ἔχοντα; βασιλεὺς γὰρ καὶ τύραννος ἅπας ἐχθρὸς ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ νόμοις ἐναντίος. οὐ φυλάξεσθʼ ὅπως, ἔφην, μὴ πολέμου ζητοῦντες ἀπαλλαγῆναι δεσπότην εὕρητε;
Sections 26–30
ταῦτʼ ἀκούσαντες ἐκεῖνοι, καὶ θορυβοῦντες ὡς ὀρθῶς λέγεται, καὶ πολλοὺς ἑτέρους λόγους παρὰ τῶν πρέσβεων καὶ παρόντος ἐμοῦ καὶ πάλιν ὕστερον, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀποσχήσονται τῆς Φιλίππου φιλίας οὐδʼ ὧν ἐπαγγέλλεται.
καὶ οὐ τοῦτʼ ἔστʼ ἄτοπον, εἰ Μεσσήνιοι καὶ Πελοποννησίων τινὲς παρʼ ἃ τῷ λογισμῷ βέλτισθʼ ὁρῶσί τι πράξουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς οἱ καὶ συνιέντες αὐτοὶ καὶ τῶν λεγόντων ἀκούοντες ἡμῶν, ὡς ἐπιβουλεύεσθε, ὡς περιστοιχίζεσθε, ἐκ τοῦ μηδὲν ἤδη ποιῆσαι λήσεθʼ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, πάνθʼ ὑπομείναντες· οὕτως ἡ παραυτίχʼ ἡδονὴ καὶ ῥᾳστώνη μεῖζον ἰσχύει τοῦ ποθʼ ὕστερον συνοίσειν μέλλοντος.
περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν ἡμῖν πρακτέων καθʼ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ὕστερον βουλεύσεσθε, ἂν σωφρονῆτε· ἃ δὲ νῦν ἀποκρινάμενοι τὰ δέοντʼ ἂν εἴητʼ ἐψηφισμένοι, ταῦτʼ ἤδη λέξω.
ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ.
ἦν μὲν οὖν δίκαιον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοὺς ἐνεγκόντας τὰς ὑποσχέσεις, ἐφʼ αἷς ἐπείσθητε ποιήσασθαι τὴν εἰρήνην, καλεῖν·
οὔτε γὰρ αὐτὸς ἄν ποθʼ ὑπέμεινα πρεσβεύειν, οὔτʼ ἂν ὑμεῖς οἶδʼ ὅτι ἐπαύσασθε πολεμοῦντες, εἰ τοιαῦτα πράξειν τυχόντʼ εἰρήνης Φίλιππον ᾤεσθε· ἀλλʼ ἦν πολὺ τούτων ἀφεστηκότα τὰ τότε λεγόμενα. καὶ πάλιν γʼ ἑτέρους καλεῖν. τίνας; τοὺς ὅτʼ ἐγὼ γεγονυίας ἤδη τῆς εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῆς ὑστέρας ἥκων πρεσβείας τῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς ὅρκους, αἰσθόμενος φενακιζομένην τὴν πόλιν, προὔλεγον καὶ διεμαρτυρόμην καὶ οὐκ εἴων προέσθαι Πύλας οὐδὲ Φωκέας,
λέγοντας ὡς ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδωρ πίνων εἰκότως δύστροπος καὶ δύσκολός εἰμί τις ἄνθρωπος, Φίλιππος δʼ, ἅπερ εὔξαισθʼ ἂν ὑμεῖς, ἂν παρέλθῃ, πράξει, καὶ Θεσπιὰς μὲν καὶ Πλαταιὰς τειχιεῖ, Θηβαίους δὲ παύσει τῆς ὕβρεως, Χερρόνησον δὲ τοῖς αὑτοῦ τέλεσιν διορύξει, Εὔβοιαν δὲ καὶ τὸν Ὠρωπὸν ἀντʼ Ἀμφιπόλεως ὑμῖν ἀποδώσει· ταῦτα γὰρ ἅπαντʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐνταῦθα μνημονεύετʼ οἶδʼ ὅτι ῥηθέντα, καίπερ ὄντες οὐ δεινοὶ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μεμνῆσθαι.
Sections 31–35
καὶ τὸ πάντων αἴσχιστον, καὶ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις πρὸς τὰς ἐλπίδας τὴν αὐτὴν εἰρήνην εἶναι ταύτην ἐψηφίσασθε· οὕτω τελέως ὑπήχθητε. τί δὴ ταῦτα νῦν λέγω καὶ καλεῖν φημὶ δεῖν τούτους; ἐγὼ νὴ τοὺς θεοὺς τἀληθῆ μετὰ παρρησίας ἐρῶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύψομαι·
οὐχ ἵνʼ εἰς λοιδορίαν ἐμπεσὼν ἐμαυτῷ μὲν ἐξ ἴσου λόγον παρʼ ὑμῖν ποιήσω, τοῖς δʼ ἐμοὶ προσκρούσασιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ νῦν παράσχω πρόφασιν τοῦ πάλιν τι λαβεῖν παρὰ Φιλίππου, οὐδʼ ἵνʼ ὡς ἄλλως ἀδολεσχῶ· ἀλλʼ οἴομαί ποθʼ ὑμᾶς λυπήσειν ἃ Φίλιππος πράττει μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ νυνί·
τὸ γὰρ πρᾶγμʼ ὁρῶ προβαῖνον, καὶ οὐχὶ βουλοίμην ἂν εἰκάζειν ὀρθῶς, φοβοῦμαι δὲ μὴ λίαν ἐγγὺς ᾖ τοῦτʼ ἤδη. ὅταν οὖν μηκέθʼ ὑμῖν ἀμελεῖν ἐξουσία γίγνηται τῶν συμβαινόντων, μηδʼ ἀκούηθʼ ὅτι ταῦτʼ ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἐστιν ἐμοῦ μηδὲ τοῦ δεῖνος, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ πάντες ὁρᾶτε καὶ εὖ εἰδῆτε, ὀργίλους καὶ τραχεῖς ὑμᾶς ἔσεσθαι νομίζω.
φοβοῦμαι δὴ μή, τῶν πρέσβεων σεσιωπηκότων ἐφʼ οἷς αὑτοῖς συνίσασι δεδωροδοκηκότες, τοῖς ἐπανορθοῦν τι πειρωμένοις τῶν διὰ τούτους ἀπολωλότων τῇ παρʼ ὑμῶν ὀργῇ περιπεσεῖν συμβῇ· ὁρῶ γὰρ ὡς τὰ πόλλʼ ἐνίους οὐκ εἰς τοὺς αἰτίους, ἀλλʼ εἰς τοὺς ὑπὸ χεῖρα μάλιστα τὴν ὀργὴν ἀφιέντας.
ἕως οὖν ἔτι μέλλει καὶ συνίσταται τὰ πράγματα καὶ κατακούομεν ἀλλήλων, ἕκαστον ὑμῶν καίπερ ἀκριβῶς εἰδόθʼ ὅμως ἐπαναμνῆσαι βούλομαι, τίς ὁ Φωκέας πείσας καὶ Πύλας προέσθαι, ὧν καταστὰς ἐκεῖνος κύριος τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀττικὴν ὁδοῦ καὶ τῆς εἰς Πελοπόννησον κύριος γέγονεν, καὶ πεποίηχʼ ὑμῖν μὴ περὶ τῶν δικαίων μηδʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἔξω πραγμάτων εἶναι τὴν βουλήν, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ τοῦ πρὸς τὴν Ἀττικὴν πολέμου, ὃς λυπήσει μὲν ἕκαστον, ἐπειδὰν παρῇ, γέγονεν δʼ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.
Sections 36–37
εἰ γὰρ μὴ παρεκρούσθητε τόθʼ ὑμεῖς, οὐδὲν ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει πρᾶγμα· οὔτε γὰρ ναυσὶ δήπου κρατήσας εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν ἦλθεν ἄν ποτε στόλῳ Φίλιππος, οὔτε πεζῇ βαδίζων ὑπὲρ τὰς Πύλας καὶ Φωκέας, ἀλλʼ ἢ τὰ δίκαιʼ ἂν ἐποίει καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ἄγων ἡσυχίαν εἶχεν, ἢ παραχρῆμʼ ἂν ἦν ἐν ὁμοίῳ πολέμῳ διʼ ὃν τότε τῆς εἰρήνης ἐπεθύμησεν.
ταῦτʼ οὖν, ὡς μὲν ὑπομνῆσαι, νῦν ἱκανῶς εἴρηται, ὡς δʼ ἂν ἐξετασθείη μάλιστʼ ἀκριβῶς, μὴ γένοιτʼ, ὦ πάντες θεοί· οὐδένα γὰρ βουλοίμην ἔγωγʼ ἄν, οὐδʼ εἰ δίκαιός ἐστʼ ἀπολωλέναι, μετὰ τοῦ πάντων κινδύνου καὶ τῆς ζημίας δίκην ὑποσχεῖν.
Philippic 3
Contents — 16 sections
Sections 1–5
Many speeches are delivered, men of Athens, at almost every meeting of the Assembly, about the wrongs that Philip has been committing, ever since the conclusion of peace, not only against you but also against the other states, and all the speakers would, I am sure, admit in theory, though they do not put it in practice, that the object both of our words and deeds must be to check and chastise his arrogance; yet I perceive that all our interests have been so completely betrayed and sacrificed, that—I am afraid it is an ominous thing to say, but yet the truth—even if all who address you had wanted to propose, and all of you had wanted to pass, measures that were bound to bring our affairs into the worst possible plight, I do not think they could have been in a worse condition than they are today.
Perhaps, indeed, this condition of our affairs may be attributed to many causes and not just to one or two, but a careful examination will convince you that it is above all due to those who study to win your favour rather than to give you the best advice. Some of them, Athenians, interested in maintaining a system which brings them credit and influence, have no thought for the future ; while others, by blaming and traducing those in authority, make it their sole aim that our city shall concentrate her attention on punishing her own citizens, while Philip shall be free to say and do whatever he pleases.
But such methods of dealing with public affairs, familiar though they are to you, are the cause of your calamities. I claim for myself, Athenians, that if I utter some home-truths with freedom, I shall not thereby incur your displeasure. For look at it this way. In other matters you think it is so necessary to grant general freedom of speech to everyone in Athens that you even allow aliens and slaves to share in the privilege, and many more menials may be observed among you speaking their minds with more liberty than citizens enjoy in other states; but from your deliberations you have banished it utterly.
Hence the result is that in the Assembly your self-complacency is flattered by hearing none but pleasant speeches, but your policy and your practice are already involving you in the gravest peril. Therefore, if such is your temper now, I have nothing to say; but if, apart from flattery, you are willing to hear something to your advantage, I am ready to speak. For though the state of our affairs is in every way deplorable, and though much has been sacrificed, nevertheless it is possible, if you choose to do your duty, that all may yet be repaired.
And what I am going to say may perhaps seem a paradox, but it is true. The worst feature of the past is our best hope for the future. What, then, is that feature? It is that your affairs go wrong because you neglect every duty, great or small; since surely, if they were in this plight in spite of your doing all that was required, there would not be even a hope of improvement. But in fact it is your indifference and carelessness that Philip has conquered; your city he has not conquered. Nor have you been defeated—no! you have not even made a move.
Sections 6–10
If, then, we were all agreed that Philip is at war with Athens and is violating the peace, the only task of a speaker would be to come forward and recommend the safest and easiest method of defence; but since some of you are in such a strange mood that, though Philip is seizing cities, and retaining many of your possessions, and inflicting injury on everybody, you tolerate some speakers who repeatedly assert in the Assembly that the real aggressors are certain of ourselves, we must be on our guard and set this matter right.
For there is grave danger that anyone who proposes and urges that we shall defend ourselves may incur the charge of having provoked the war. I therefore first of all state and define this question—whether it is in our power to discuss the alternative of peace or war.
If indeed Athens can remain at peace and if the choice rests with us— to take that point first—I personally feel that we are bound to do so; and if anyone says that we can, I call upon him to move a resolution and to do something and to play us no tricks; but if there is another person concerned, with sword in hand and a mighty force at his back, who imposes on you with the name of peace but himself indulges in acts of war, what is left but to defend ourselves? If you choose to follow his example and profess that you are at peace, I raise no objection.
But if anyone mistakes for peace an arrangement which will enable Philip, when he has seized everything else, to march upon us, he has taken leave of his senses, and the peace that he talks of is one that you observe towards Philip, but not Philip towards you. That is the advantage which he is purchasing by all his expenditure of money—that he should be at war with you, but that you should not be at war with him.
If we are going to wait for him to acknowledge a state of war with us, we are indeed the simplest of mortals; for even if he marches straight against Attica and the Piraeus, he will not admit it, if we may judge from his treatment of the other states.
Sections 11–15
For take the case of the Olynthians; when he was five miles from their city, he told them there must be one of two things, either they must cease to reside in Olynthus, or he in Macedonia, though on all previous occasions, when accused of hostile intentions, he indignantly sent ambassadors to justify his conduct. Again, when he was marching against the Phocians, he still pretended that they were his allies, and Phocian ambassadors accompanied him on his march, and most people here at Athens contended that his passage through Thermopylae would be anything but a gain to the Thebans.
And then again quite lately, after entering Thessaly as a friend and ally, he seized Pherae and still retains it; and lastly, he informed those poor wretches, the people of Oreus, that he had sent his soldiers to pay them a visit of sympathy in all goodwill, for he understood that they were suffering from acute internal trouble, and it was the duty of true friends and allies to be at their side on such occasions.
And do you imagine that, while in the case of those who could have inflicted no harm, though they might perhaps have protected themselves against it, he preferred to deceive them rather than to crush them after due warning, in your case he will give warning of hostilities, especially when you are so eager to be deceived?
Impossible! For indeed he would be the most fatuous man on earth if, when you, his victims, charge him with no crime, but throw the blame on some of your own fellow-citizens, he should compose your mutual differences and jealousies, and invite you to turn them against himself, and should deprive his own hirelings of the excuses with which they put you off, saying that at any rate it is not Philip who is making war on Athens.
But, in heaven’s name, is there any intelligent man who would let words rather than deeds decide the question who is at peace and who is at war with him? Surely no one. Now it was Philip who at the very start, as soon as peace was concluded, before Diopithes was appointed general, before the force now in the Chersonese had been dispatched, proceeded to occupy Serrium and Doriscus and expelled from the Fort Serreum and the Sacred Mount the garrison which your own general had posted there.
Sections 16–20
Yet what did that move of his mean? For it was peace that he had sworn to observe; and let no one say, What of all this? How do any of these things concern Athens? For whether they were small things, or whether they were no concern of yours, may be another question. But religion and justice, whether a man violates them in a small matter or in a great, have the same importance. Tell me now: when he sends mercenaries to the Chersonese, your claim to which has been recognized by the king of Persia and by all the Greeks, when he admits that he is helping the Cardians and writes to tell you so, what does he mean?
For he says that he is not at war, but for my part, so far from admitting that in acting thus he is not observing the peace with you, I assert that when he lays hands on Megara, sets up tyrannies in Euboea, makes his way, as now, into Thrace, hatches plots in the Peloponnese, and carries out all operations with his armed force, he is breaking the peace and making war upon you—unless you are prepared to say that men who bring up the siege-engines are keeping the peace until they actually bring them to bear on the walls. But you will not admit that; for he who makes and devises the means by which I may be captured is at war with me, even though he has not yet hurled a javelin or shot a bolt.
In what then consists your danger, if anything should happen? In the alienation of the Hellespont, in the control of Megara and Euboea by one who is at war with you, and in the defection of the Peloponnesians to his side. Am I still to say that the man who brings this siege-engine to bear on your city is at peace with you?
So far from saying that, I date his hostility from the very day when he wiped out the Phocians. I say that you will be wise if you defend yourselves now, but if you let the opportunity pass, you will not be able to act even when you desire to. I so far dissent, Athenians, from all you counsellors that I do not think you ought to trouble yourselves now about the Chersonese or Byzantium.
Help them, if you will, guard them from harm , but let your deliberations embrace all the Greek states and the great danger that besets them. But I wish to tell you the grounds for my alarm about our condition, so that if my reasoning is sound, you may adopt it as your own and take forethought for yourselves, even if you refuse to take it for the others also; but if I seem to you a driveler and a dotard, neither now nor at any other time pay any heed to me as if I were in my senses.
Sections 21–25
As for the fact, then, that Philip rose to greatness from small and humble beginnings, that the Greek states are mutually disloyal and factious, and that the increase of Philip’s power in the past was a far greater miracle than the completion of his conquests now that he has already gained so much, these and all such topics on which I might expatiate, I will pass over in silence.
I observe, however, that all men, and you first of all, have conceded to him something which has been the occasion of every war that the Greeks have ever waged. And what is that? The power of doing what he likes, of calmly plundering and stripping the Greeks one by one, and of attacking their cities and reducing them to slavery.
Yet your hegemony in Greece lasted seventy-five years, that of Sparta twenty-nine, and in these later times Thebes too gained some sort of authority after the battle of Leuctra. But neither to you nor to the Thebans nor to the Lacedaemonians did the Greeks ever yet, men of Athens, concede the right of unrestricted action, or anything like it.
On the contrary, when you, or rather the Athenians of that day, were thought to be showing a want of consideration in dealing with others, all felt it their duty, even those who had no grievance against them, to go to war in support of those who had been injured; and again, when the Lacedaemonians had risen to power and succeeded to your position of supremacy, and when they set to work to encroach on others and interfered unduly with the established order of things, all the Greeks were up in arms, even those who had no grievance of their own.
Why need I refer to the other states? Nay, we ourselves and the Lacedaemonians, though at the outset we could not have specified any wrong at each other’s hands, thought it our duty to fight on account of wrongs which we saw the other states suffering. Yet all the faults committed by the Lacedaemonians in those thirty years, and by our ancestors in their seventy years of supremacy, are fewer, men of Athens, than the wrongs which Philip has done to the Greeks in the thirteen incomplete years in which he has been coming to the top—or rather, they are not a fraction of them.
Sections 26–30
I pass over Olynthus and Methone and Apollonia and the two and thirty cities in or near Thrace, all of which Philip has destroyed so ruthlessly that a traveler would find it hard to say whether they had ever been inhabited. I say nothing of the destruction of the important nation of the Phocians. But how stands the case of the Thessalians? Has he not robbed them of their free constitutions and of their very cities, setting up tetrarchies in order to enslave them, not city by city, but tribe by tribe?
Are not tyrannies already established in Euboea, an island, remember, not far from Thebes and Athens? Does he not write explicitly in his letters, I am at peace with those who are willing to obey me? And he does not merely write this without putting it into practice; but he is off to the Hellespont, just as before he hurried to Ambracia; in the Peloponnese he occupies the important city of Elis; only the other day he intrigued against the Megarians. Neither the Greek nor the barbarian world is big enough for the fellow’s ambition.
And we Greeks see and hear all this, and yet we do not send embassies to one another and express our indignation. We are in such a miserable position, we have so entrenched ourselves in our different cities, that to this very day we can do nothing that our interest or our duty demands; we cannot combine, we cannot take any common pledge of help or friendship;
but we idly watch the growing power of this man, each bent (or so it seems to me) on profiting by the interval afforded by another’s ruin, taking not a thought, making not an effort for the salvation of Greece. For that Philip, like the recurrence or attack of a fever or some other disease, is threatening even those who think themselves out of reach, of that not one of you is ignorant.
Ay, and you know this also, that the wrongs which the Greeks suffered from the Lacedaemonians or from us, they suffered at all events at the hands of true-born sons of Greece, and they might have been regarded as the acts of a legitimate son, born to great possessions, who should be guilty of some fault or error in the management of his estate: so far he would deserve blame and reproach, yet it could not be said that it was not one of the blood, not the lawful heir who was acting thus.
Sections 31–35
But if some slave or superstitious bastard had wasted and squandered what he had no right to, heavens! how much more monstrous and exasperating all would have called it! Yet they have no such qualms about Philip and his present conduct, though he is not only no Greek, nor related to the Greeks, but not even a barbarian from any place that can be named with honor, but a pestilent knave from Macedonia, whence it was never yet possible to buy a decent slave.
Yet what is wanting to crown his insolence? Not content with the destruction of cities, is he not organizing the Pythian games, the common festival of the Greeks, and if he cannot be present in person, sending his menials to act as stewards? Is he not master of Thermopylae and the passes into Greece, holding those places with his garrisons and his mercenaries? Has he not the right of precedence at the Oracle, ousting us and the Thessalians and the Dorians and the rest of the Amphictyons from a privilege which not even all Greek states can claim?
Does he not dictate to the Thessalians their form of government? Does he not send mercenaries, some to Porthmus to expel the Eretrian democracy, others to Oreus to set up the tyranny of Philistides? Yet the Greeks see all this and suffer it. They seem to watch him just as they would watch a hailstorm, each praying that it may not come their way, but none making any effort to stay its course.
And it is not only his outrages on Greece that go unavenged, but even the wrongs which each suffers separately. For nothing can go beyond that. Are not the Corinthians hit by his invasion of Ambracia and Leucas? The Achaeans by his vow to transfer Naupactus to the Aetolians? The Thebans by his theft of Echinus? And is he not marching even now against his allies the Byzantines?
Of our own possessions, not to mention other places, is he not holding Cardia, the greatest city in the Chersonese? In spite of such treatment, we hesitate one and all, we play the coward, we keep an eye on our neighbors, distrusting one another rather than our common foe. Yet if he treats us all with such brutality, what do you think he will do when he has got each of us separately into his clutches?
Sections 36–40
What then is the cause of this? For not without reason, not without just cause, the Greeks of old were as eager for freedom as their descendants today are for slavery. There was something, men of Athens, something which animated the mass of the Greeks but which is lacking now, something which triumphed over the wealth of Persia, which upheld the liberties of Hellas, which never lost a single battle by sea or land, something the decay of which has ruined everything and brought our affairs to a state of chaos. And what was that?
men who took bribes from those who wished to rule Greece or ruin her, were hated by all, and it was the greatest calamity to be convicted of receiving a bribe, and such a man was punished with the utmost severity .
At each crisis, therefore, the opportunity for action, with which fortune often equips the careless against the vigilant , could not be bought at a price from our politicians or our generals; no, nor our mutual concord, nor our distrust of tyrants and barbarians, nor, in a word, any such advantage.
Now, however, all these things have been sold in open market, and in place of them we have imported vices which have infected Greece with a mortal sickness. And what are those vices? Envy of the man who has secured his gains; contempt for him who confesses; hatred for him who censures such dealings; and every other vice that goes hand in hand with corruption.
For war-galleys, men in abundance, money and material without stint, everything by which one might gauge the strength of our cities, these we as a body possess today in number and quantity far beyond the Greeks of former times. But all our resources are rendered useless, powerless, worthless by these traffickers.
Sections 41–45
That this is so, you surely see for yourselves with regard to the present, and you need no evidence of mine, but that it was the opposite in the days of old I will prove, not in my own words, but by the written record of your ancestors, which they engraved on a bronze pillar and set up in the Acropolis.
Arthmius of Zelea, it says, son of Pythonax, outlaw and enemy of the people of Athens and of their allies, himself and his family. Then is recorded the reason for this punishment: because he conveyed the gold of the Medes to the Peloponnese. So runs the inscription.
I earnestly implore you to consider what was the intention of the Athenians who did this thing, or what was their proud claim. They proscribed as their enemy and the enemy of their allies, disfranchising him and his family, a man of Zelea, one Arthmius, a slave of the Great King (for Zelea is in Asia), because in the service of his master he conveyed gold, not to Athens but to the Peloponnese.
This was not outlawry as commonly understood; for what mattered it to a native of Zelea if he was to be debarred from a share in the common rights of Athenian citizens? But the statutes relating to murder provide for cases where prosecution for murder is not allowed and he shall die an outlaw, says the legislator. This simply means that anyone slaying a member of Arthmius’s family would be free from blood-guilt.
So our ancestors thought that they were bound to consider the welfare of all Greeks, for except on that assumption bribery and corruption in the Peloponnese would be no concern of theirs; and in chastising and punishing all whom they detected, they went so far as to set the offenders’ names on a pillar. The natural result was that the Greek power was dreaded by the barbarian, not the barbarian by the Greeks. But that is no longer so. For that is not your attitude towards these and other offences. What then is your attitude?
Sections 46–50
Do you want me to tell you, and will you promise not to be angry?
Now there is a foolish argument advanced by those who want to reassure the citizens. Philip, they say, after all is not yet what the Lacedaemonians were; they were masters of every sea and land; they enjoyed the alliance of the king of Persia; nothing could stand against them: and yet our city defended itself even against them and was not overwhelmed. But for my own part, while practically all the arts have made a great advance and we are living today in a very different world from the old one, I consider that nothing has been more revolutionized and improved than the art of war.
For in the first place I am informed that in those days the Lacedaemonians, like everyone else, would spend the four or five months of the summer season in invading and laying waste the enemy’s territory with heavy infantry and levies of citizens, and would then retire home again; and they were so old-fashioned, or rather such good citizens, that they never used money to buy an advantage from anyone, but their fighting was of the fair and open kind.
But now you must surely see that most disasters are due to traitors, and none are the result of a regular pitched battle. On the other hand you hear of Philip marching unchecked, not because he leads a phalanx of heavy infantry, but because he is accompanied by skirmishers, cavalry, archers, mercenaries, and similar troops.
When, relying on this force, he attacks some people that is at variance with itself, and when through distrust no one goes forth to fight for his country, then he brings up his artillery and lays siege. I need hardly tell you that he makes no difference between summer and winter and has no season set apart for inaction.
Sections 51–55
Since, however, you all know this, you must take it into account and not let the war pass into your own country; you must not invite catastrophe through keeping your eyes fixed on the simple strategy of your old war with the Lacedaemonians, but arrange your political affairs and your military preparations so that your line of defence may be as far away from Athens as possible, give him no chance of stirring from his base, and never come to close grips with him.
For so far as a campaign is concerned, provided, men of Athens, we are willing to do what is necessary, we have many natural advantages, such as the nature of his territory, much of which may be harried and devastated, and countless others; but for a pitched battle he is in better training than we are.
But it is not enough to adopt these suggestions, nor even to oppose him with active military measures, but both from calculation and on principle you must show your hatred of those who speak publicly on his behalf; and you must reflect that it is impossible to defeat the enemies of our city until you have chastised those who within our very walls make themselves their servants.
And that, as all Heaven is my witness, you will never be able to do; but you have reached such a height of folly or of madness or—I know not what to call it, for this fear too has often haunted me, that some demon is driving you to your doom, that from love of calumny or envy or ribaldry, or whatever your motive may be, you clamor for a speech from these hirelings, some of whom would not even disclaim that title, and you derive amusement from their vituperations.
This is serious enough, but there is worse to follow; for you have granted to these men more security for the pursuance of their policy than to your own defenders. Yet mark what troubles are in store for those who lend an ear to such counsellors. I will mention some facts which will be familiar to you all.
Sections 56–60
At Olynthus there were two parties in the state: Philip’s men, entirely subservient to him, and the patriots, striving to preserve the freedom of their countrymen. Which, pray, ruined their country? Which betrayed the cavalry, whose betrayal sealed the doom of Olynthus? The partisans of Philip; the men who, when the city was still standing, tried to defame and slander the patriotic statesmen, until the Olynthian democracy was actually induced to expel Apollonides.
Now it was not at Olynthus only that this habit produced every kind of evil result; but at Eretria, when the democrats, ridding themselves of Plutarchus and his mercenaries, held the city together with Porthmus, some of them were for handing the government over to you, others to Philip. The latter on most points, or rather on all, gained the ear of the sorely tried and ill-starred Eretrians, and at last persuaded them to expel their real champions.
For of course Philip, whom they fancied their ally, sent Hipponicus with a thousand mercenaries, razed the walls of Porthmus, and set up three tyrants, Hipparchus, Automedon, and Clitarchus. Twice since then they have tried to deliver themselves, and twice he has driven them from their homes .
And what need is there to mention most of the cases? But at Oreus Philistides, Menippus, Socrates, Thoas, and Agapaeus, the very men who now control the city, were, as everyone knew, Philip’s agents, but Euphraeus, a man who once resided here at Athens, was working for the freedom and emancipation of his countrymen.
It would be a long story to tell you how this man was repeatedly outraged and insulted by the people; but a year before the capture of Eretria, detecting the machinations of Philistides and his party, he denounced him as a traitor. Then a number of fellows banded together, with Philip for their paymaster and managing director, and dragged Euphraeus off to prison for setting the city in an uproar.
Sections 61–65
When the democrats of Oreus saw this, instead of rescuing him and knocking the others on the head, they showed no resentment against them and gloated over Euphraeus, saying that he deserved all he had got. Then having all the liberty of action they desired, they intrigued for the capture of the city and prepared to carry out their plot, while any of the common folk who saw what they were at were terrorized into silence, having the fate of Euphraeus before their eyes. And so abject was their condition that, with this danger looming ahead, no one dared to breathe a syllable until the enemy, having completed their preparations, were approaching the gates; and then some were for defence, the others for surrender.
But since that base and shameful capture of the city, the latter have been its rulers and tyrants; those who sheltered them before, and had been ready to take any measures against Euphraeus, were rewarded with banishment or death; and the noble Euphraeus slew himself, giving thus a practical proof of the honesty and disinterested patriotism of his opposition to Philip.
Perhaps you wonder why the people of Olynthus and Eretria and Oreus were more favorably inclined to Philip’s advocates than to their own. The explanation is the same as at Athens, that the patriots, however much they desire it, cannot sometimes say anything agreeable, for they are obliged to consider the safety of the state; but the others by their very efforts to be agreeable are playing into Philip’s hands. The patriots demanded a war-subsidy, the others denied its necessity; the patriots bade them fight on and mistrust Philip, the others bade them keep the peace, until they fell into the snare.
Not to go into particulars, it is the same tale everywhere, one party speaking to please their audience, the other giving advice that would have ensured their safety. But at the last there were many things that the people were induced to concede, not as before for their own gratification nor through ignorance, but gradually yielding because they thought that their discomfiture was inevitable and complete.
And, by Heaven, that is what I certainly fear will be your experience, when you count your chances and discover that there is nothing left for you to do. And yet I pray, Athenians, that such may not be the issue of events. Better to die a thousand times than pay court to Philip A fine return the people of Oreus have gained for handing themselves over to Philip’s friends and rejecting Euphraeus!
Sections 66–70
A fine return the democrats of Eretria have gained for spurning your embassy and capitulating to Clitarchus! They are slaves, doomed to the whipping-post and the scaffold. A fine clemency he showed to the Olynthians, who voted Lasthenes their master of the horse and banished Apollonides!
It is folly and cowardice to cherish such hopes, to follow ill counsel and refuse to perform any fraction of your duties, to lend an ear to the advocates of your enemies and imagine that your city is so great that no conceivable danger can befall it.
Ay, and a disgrace too it is to have to say, when all is over, Why! who would have thought it? For of course we ought to have done this or that, and not so and so. Many things could be named by the Olynthians today, which would have saved them from destruction if only they had then foreseen them. Many could be named by the Orites, many by the Phocians, many by every ruined city.
But of what use to them is that? While the vessel is safe, whether it be a large or a small one, then is the time for sailor and helmsman arid everyone in his turn to show his zeal and to take care that it is not capsized by anyone’s malice or inadvertence; but when the sea has overwhelmed it, zeal is useless.
So we too, Athenians, as long as we are safe, blessed with a very great city, ample advantages, and the fairest repute—what are we to do? Perhaps some of my hearers have long been eager to ask that question. I solemnly promise that I will answer it and will also move a resolution, for which you can vote if so disposed. To begin with ourselves, we must make provision for our defence, I mean with war-galleys, funds, and men; for even if all other states succumb to slavery, we surely must fight the battle of liberty.
Sections 71–75
Then having completed all these preparations and made our purpose clear, we must lose no time in calling upon the other Greeks, and we must inform them by sending ambassadors [in every direction, to the Peloponnese, to Rhodes, to Chios, to the Great King—for even his interests are not unaffected if we prevent Philip from subduing the whole country—] so that if you win them over, you may have someone to share your dangers and your expenses when the time comes, or if not, that you may at least delay the course of events.
For since the war is against an individual and not against the might of an organized community, even delay is not without its use; nor were those embassies useless which you sent round the Peloponnese last year to denounce Philip, when I and our good friend Polyeuctus here and Hegesippus and the rest went from city to city and succeeded in checking him, so that he never invaded Ambracia nor even started against the Peloponnese.
I do not, however, suggest that you should invite the rest, unless you are ready to do for yourselves what is necessary; for it would be futile to abandon our own interests and pretend that we are protecting those of others, or to overlook the present dangers and alarm our neighbors with dangers to come. That is not my meaning. But I do contend that we must send supplies to the forces in the Chersonese and satisfy all their demands, and while we make preparation ourselves, we must summon, collect, instruct, and exhort the rest of the Greeks. That is the duty of a city with a reputation such as yours enjoys.
But if you imagine that Greece will be saved by Chalcidians or Megarians, while you run away from the task, you are wrong. For they may think themselves lucky if they can save themselves separately. But this is a task for you; it was for you that your ancestors won this proud privilege and bequeathed it to you at great and manifold risk.
But if every man sits idle, consulting his own pleasure and careful to avoid his own duty, not only will he find no one to do it for him, but I fear that those duties that we wish to shirk may all be forced upon us at once.
Section 76
These are my views and these are my proposals, and if they are carried out, I believe that even now we may retrieve our fortunes. If anyone has anything better to propose, let him speak and advise. But whatever you decide, I pray heaven it may be to your advantage.
Contents — 16 sections
Sections 1–5
πολλῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, λόγων γιγνομένων ὀλίγου δεῖν καθʼ ἑκάστην ἐκκλησίαν περὶ ὧν Φίλιππος, ἀφʼ οὗ τὴν εἰρήνην ἐποιήσατο, οὐ μόνον ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀδικεῖ, καὶ πάντων οἶδʼ ὅτι φησάντων γʼ ἄν, εἰ καὶ μὴ ποιοῦσι τοῦτο, καὶ λέγειν δεῖν καὶ πράττειν ὅπως ἐκεῖνος παύσεται τῆς ὕβρεως καὶ δίκην δώσει, εἰς τοῦθʼ ὑπηγμένα πάντα τὰ πράγματα καὶ προειμένʼ ὁρῶ, ὥστε δέδοικα μὴ βλάσφημον μὲν εἰπεῖν, ἀληθὲς δʼ ᾖ· εἰ καὶ λέγειν ἅπαντες ἐβούλονθʼ οἱ παριόντες καὶ χειροτονεῖν ὑμεῖς ἐξ ὧν ὡς φαυλότατʼ ἔμελλε τὰ πράγμαθʼ ἕξειν, οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι δύνασθαι χεῖρον ἢ νῦν διατεθῆναι.
πολλὰ μὲν οὖν ἴσως ἐστὶν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρʼ ἓν οὐδὲ δύʼ εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματʼ ἀφῖκται, μάλιστα δʼ, ἄνπερ ἐξετάζητʼ ὀρθῶς, εὑρήσετε διὰ τοὺς χαρίζεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ βέλτιστα λέγειν προαιρουμένους, ὧν τινες μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἐν οἷς εὐδοκιμοῦσιν αὐτοὶ καὶ δύνανται, ταῦτα φυλάττοντες οὐδεμίαν περὶ τῶν μελλόντων πρόνοιαν ἔχουσιν, οὐκοῦν οὐδʼ ὑμᾶς οἴονται δεῖν ἔχειν, ἕτεροι δὲ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντας αἰτιώμενοι καὶ διαβάλλοντες οὐδὲν ἄλλο ποιοῦσιν ἢ ὅπως ἡ μὲν πόλις αὐτὴ παρʼ αὑτῆς δίκην λήψεται καὶ περὶ τοῦτʼ ἔσται, Φιλίππῳ δʼ ἐξέσται καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν ὅ τι βούλεται.
αἱ δὲ τοιαῦται πολιτεῖαι συνήθεις μέν εἰσιν ὑμῖν, αἴτιαι δὲ τῶν κακῶν. ἀξιῶ δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἄν τι τῶν ἀληθῶν μετὰ παρρησίας λέγω, μηδεμίαν μοι διὰ τοῦτο παρʼ ὑμῶν ὀργὴν γενέσθαι. σκοπεῖτε γὰρ ὡδί. ὑμεῖς τὴν παρρησίαν ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων οὕτω κοινὴν οἴεσθε δεῖν εἶναι πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ξένοις καὶ τοῖς δούλοις αὐτῆς μεταδεδώκατε, καὶ πολλοὺς ἄν τις οἰκέτας ἴδοι παρʼ ἡμῖν μετὰ πλείονος ἐξουσίας ὅ τι βούλονται λέγοντας ἢ πολίτας ἐν ἐνίαις τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ συμβουλεύειν παντάπασιν ἐξεληλάκατε.
εἶθʼ ὑμῖν συμβέβηκεν ἐκ τούτου ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τρυφᾶν καὶ κολακεύεσθαι πάντα πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀκούουσιν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις περὶ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἤδη κινδυνεύειν. εἰ μὲν οὖν καὶ νῦν οὕτω διάκεισθε, οὐκ ἔχω τί λέγω· εἰ δʼ ἃ συμφέρει χωρὶς κολακείας ἐθελήσετʼ ἀκούειν, ἕτοιμος λέγειν. καὶ γὰρ εἰ πάνυ φαύλως τὰ πράγματʼ ἔχει καὶ πολλὰ προεῖται, ὅμως ἔστιν, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖν βούλησθε, ἔτι πάντα ταῦτʼ ἐπανορθώσασθαι.
καὶ παράδοξον μὲν ἴσως ἐστὶν ὃ μέλλω λέγειν, ἀληθὲς δέ· τὸ χείριστον ἐν τοῖς παρεληλυθόσι, τοῦτο πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα βέλτιστον ὑπάρχει. τί οὖν ἐστι τοῦτο; ὅτι οὔτε μικρὸν οὔτε μέγʼ οὐδὲν τῶν δεόντων ποιούντων ὑμῶν κακῶς τὰ πράγματʼ ἔχει, ἐπεί τοι, εἰ πάνθʼ ἃ προσῆκε πραττόντων οὕτως διέκειτο, οὐδʼ ἂν ἐλπὶς ἦν αὐτὰ γενέσθαι βελτίω. νῦν δὲ τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας τῆς ὑμετέρας καὶ τῆς ἀμελίας κεκράτηκε Φίλιππος, τῆς πόλεως δʼ οὐ κεκράτηκεν· οὐδʼ ἥττησθʼ ὑμεῖς, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ κεκίνησθε.
Sections 6–10
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἅπαντες ὡμολογοῦμεν Φίλιππον τῇ πόλει πολεμεῖν καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην παραβαίνειν, οὐδὲν ἄλλʼ ἔδει τὸν παριόντα λέγειν καὶ συμβουλεύειν ἢ ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα καὶ ῥᾷστʼ αὐτὸν ἀμυνούμεθα· ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὕτως ἀτόπως ἔνιοι διάκεινται, ὥστε πόλεις καταλαμβάνοντος ἐκείνου καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἔχοντος καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἀδικοῦντος ἀνέχεσθαί τινων ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις λεγόντων πολλάκις ὡς ἡμῶν τινές εἰσιν οἱ ποιοῦντες τὸν πόλεμον, ἀνάγκη φυλάττεσθαι καὶ διορθοῦσθαι περὶ τούτου·
ἔστι γὰρ δέος μήποθʼ ὡς ἀμυνούμεθα γράψας τις καὶ συμβουλεύσας εἰς τὴν αἰτίαν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ πεποιηκέναι τὸν πόλεμον. .
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἔξεστιν εἰρήνην ἄγειν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐστι τοῦτο, ἵνʼ ἐντεῦθεν ἄρξωμαι, φήμʼ ἔγωγʼ ἄγειν ἡμᾶς δεῖν, καὶ τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα γράφειν καὶ πράττειν καὶ μὴ φενακίζειν ἀξιῶ· εἰ δʼ ἕτερος τὰ ὅπλʼ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἔχων καὶ δύναμιν πολλὴν περὶ αὑτὸν τοὔνομα μὲν τὸ τῆς εἰρήνης ὑμῖν προβάλλει, τοῖς δʼ ἔργοις αὐτὸς τοῖς τοῦ πολέμου χρῆται, τί λοιπὸν ἄλλο πλὴν ἀμύνεσθαι; φάσκειν δʼ εἰρήνην ἄγειν εἰ βούλεσθε, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος, οὐ διαφέρομαι.
εἰ δέ τις ταύτην εἰρήνην ὑπολαμβάνει, ἐξ ἧς ἐκεῖνος πάντα τἄλλα λαβὼν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ἥξει, πρῶτον μὲν μαίνεται, ἔπειτʼ ἐκείνῳ παρʼ ὑμῶν, οὐχ ὑμῖν παρʼ ἐκείνου τὴν εἰρήνην λέγει· τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶν ὃ τῶν ἀναλισκομένων χρημάτων πάντων Φίλιππος ὠνεῖται, αὐτὸς μὲν πολεμεῖν ὑμῖν, ὑφʼ ὑμῶν δὲ μὴ πολεμεῖσθαι.
καὶ μὴν εἰ μέχρι τούτου περιμενοῦμεν, ἕως ἂν ἡμῖν ὁμολογήσῃ πολεμεῖν, πάντων ἐσμὲν εὐηθέστατοι· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀττικὴν αὐτὴν βαδίζῃ καὶ τὸν Πειραιᾶ, τοῦτʼ ἐρεῖ, εἴπερ οἷς πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους πεποίηκε δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι.
Sections 11–15
τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ Ὀλυνθίοις, τετταράκοντʼ ἀπέχων τῆς πόλεως στάδια, εἶπεν ὅτι δεῖ δυοῖν θάτερον, ἢ ἐκείνους ἐν Ὀλύνθῳ μὴ οἰκεῖν ἢ αὑτὸν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ, πάντα τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον, εἴ τις αὐτὸν αἰτιάσαιτό τι τοιοῦτον, ἀγανακτῶν καὶ πρέσβεις πέμπων τοὺς ἀπολογησομένους· τοῦτο δʼ εἰς Φωκέας ὡς πρὸς συμμάχους ἐπορεύετο, καὶ πρέσβεις Φωκέων ἦσαν οἳ παρηκολούθουν αὐτῷ πορευομένῳ, καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἤριζον οἱ πολλοὶ Θηβαίοις οὐ λυσιτελήσειν τὴν ἐκείνου πάροδον.
καὶ μὴν καὶ Φερὰς πρώην ὡς φίλος καὶ σύμμαχος εἰς Θετταλίαν ἐλθὼν ἔχει καταλαβών, καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα τοῖς ταλαιπώροις Ὠρείταις τουτοισὶ ἐπισκεψομένους ἔφη τοὺς στρατιώτας πεπομφέναι κατʼ εὔνοιαν· πυνθάνεσθαι γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὡς νοσοῦσι καὶ στασιάζουσιν, συμμάχων δʼ εἶναι καὶ φίλων ἀληθινῶν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς παρεῖναι.
εἶτʼ οἴεσθʼ αὐτόν, οἳ ἐποίησαν μὲν οὐδὲν ἂν κακόν, μὴ παθεῖν δʼ ἐφυλάξαντʼ ἂν ἴσως, τούτους μὲν ἐξαπατᾶν αἱρεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ προλέγοντα βιάζεσθαι, ὑμῖν δʼ ἐκ προρρήσεως πολεμήσειν, καὶ ταῦθʼ ἕως ἂν ἑκόντες ἐξαπατᾶσθε;
οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα· καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἀβελτερώτατος εἴη πάντων ἀνθρώπων, εἰ τῶν ἀδικουμένων ὑμῶν μηδὲν ἐγκαλούντων αὐτῷ, ἀλλʼ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν τινὰς αἰτιωμένων, ἐκεῖνος ἐκλύσας τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔριν ὑμῶν καὶ φιλονικίαν ἐφʼ αὑτὸν προείποι τρέπεσθαι, καὶ τῶν παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ μισθοφορούντων τοὺς λόγους ἀφέλοιτο, οἷς ἀναβάλλουσιν ὑμᾶς, λέγοντες ὡς ἐκεῖνός γʼ οὐ πολεμεῖ τῇ πόλει.
ἀλλʼ ἔστιν, ὦ πρὸς τοῦ Διός, ὅστις εὖ φρονῶν ἐκ τῶν ὀνομάτων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν πραγμάτων τὸν ἄγοντʼ εἰρήνην ἢ πολεμοῦνθʼ αὑτῷ σκέψαιτʼ ἄν; οὐδεὶς δήπου. ὁ τοίνυν Φίλιππος ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ἄρτι τῆς εἰρήνης γεγονυίας, οὔπω Διοπείθους στρατηγοῦντος οὐδὲ τῶν ὄντων ἐν Χερρονήσῳ νῦν ἀπεσταλμένων, Σέρριον καὶ Δορίσκον ἐλάμβανε καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Σερρείου τείχους καὶ Ἱεροῦ ὄρους στρατιώτας ἐξέβαλλεν, οὓς ὁ ὑμέτερος στρατηγὸς κατέστησεν.
Sections 16–20
καίτοι ταῦτα πράττων τί ἐποίει; εἰρήνην μὲν γὰρ ὠμωμόκει. καὶ μηδεὶς εἴπῃ, τί δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐστίν, ἢ τί τούτων μέλει τῇ πόλει; εἰ μὲν γὰρ μικρὰ ταῦτα, ἢ μηδὲν ὑμῖν αὐτῶν ἔμελεν, ἄλλος ἂν εἴη λόγος οὗτος· τὸ δʼ εὐσεβὲς καὶ τὸ δίκαιον, ἄν τʼ ἐπὶ μικροῦ τις ἄν τʼ ἐπὶ μείζονος παραβαίνῃ, τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει δύναμιν. φέρε δὴ νῦν, ἡνίκʼ εἰς Χερρόνησον, ἣν βασιλεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ὑμετέραν ἐγνώκασιν εἶναι, ξένους εἰσπέμπει καὶ βοηθεῖν ὁμολογεῖ καὶ ἐπιστέλλει ταῦτα, τί ποιεῖ;
φησὶ μὲν γὰρ οὐ πολεμεῖν, ἐγὼ δὲ τοσούτου δέω ταῦτα ποιοῦντʼ ἐκεῖνον ἄγειν ὁμολογεῖν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰρήνην, ὥστε καὶ Μεγάρων ἁπτόμενον κἀν Εὐβοίᾳ τυραννίδα κατασκευάζοντα καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκην παριόντα καὶ τἀν Πελοποννήσῳ σκευωρούμενον καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα πράττει μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ποιοῦντα, λύειν φημὶ τὴν εἰρήνην καὶ πολεμεῖν ὑμῖν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοὺς τὰ μηχανήματʼ ἐφιστάντας εἰρήνην ἄγειν φήσετε, ἕως ἂν αὐτὰ τοῖς τείχεσιν ἤδη προσαγάγωσιν. ἀλλʼ οὐ φήσετε· ὁ γὰρ οἷς ἂν ἐγὼ ληφθείην, ταῦτα πράττων καὶ κατασκευαζόμενος, οὗτος ἐμοὶ πολεμεῖ, κἂν μήπω βάλλῃ μηδὲ τοξεύῃ.
τίσιν οὖν ὑμεῖς κινδυνεύσαιτʼ ἄν, εἴ τι γένοιτο; τῷ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἀλλοτριωθῆναι, τῷ Μεγάρων καὶ τῆς Εὐβοίας τὸν πολεμοῦνθʼ ὑμῖν γενέσθαι κύριον, τῷ Πελοποννησίους τἀκείνου φρονῆσαι. εἶτα τὸν τοῦτο τὸ μηχάνημʼ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ἱστάντα, τοῦτον εἰρήνην ἄγειν ἐγὼ φῶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς;
πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, ἀλλʼ ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας ἀνεῖλε Φωκέας, ἀπὸ ταύτης ἔγωγʼ αὐτὸν πολεμεῖν ὁρίζομαι. ὑμᾶς δʼ, ἐὰν ἀμύνησθʼ ἤδη, σωφρονήσειν φημί, ἐὰν δʼ ἐάσητε, οὐδὲ τοῦθʼ ὅταν βούλησθε δυνήσεσθαι ποιῆσαι. καὶ τοσοῦτόν γʼ ἀφέστηκα τῶν ἄλλων, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῶν συμβουλευόντων, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ δοκεῖ μοι περὶ Χερρονήσου νῦν σκοπεῖν οὐδὲ Βυζαντίου, ἀλλʼ ἐπαμῦναι μὲν τούτοις,
καὶ διατηρῆσαι μή τι πάθωσι, καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν ἐκεῖ νῦν στρατιώταις πάνθʼ ὅσων ἂν δέωνται ἀποστεῖλαι, βουλεύεσθαι μέντοι περὶ πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὡς ἐν κινδύνῳ μεγάλῳ καθεστώτων. βούλομαι δʼ εἰπεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὧν ὑπὲρ τῶν πραγμάτων οὕτω φοβοῦμαι, ἵνʼ, εἰ μὲν ὀρθῶς λογίζομαι, μετάσχητε τῶν λογισμῶν καὶ πρόνοιάν τινʼ ὑμῶν γʼ αὐτῶν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄρα βούλεσθε, ποιήσησθε, ἂν δὲ ληρεῖν καὶ τετυφῶσθαι δοκῶ, μήτε νῦν μήτʼ αὖθις ὡς ὑγιαίνοντί μοι προσέχητε.
Sections 21–25
ὅτι μὲν δὴ μέγας ἐκ μικροῦ καὶ ταπεινοῦ τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς Φίλιππος ηὔξηται, καὶ ἀπίστως καὶ στασιαστικῶς ἔχουσι πρὸς αὑτοὺς οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ παραδοξότερον ἦν τοσοῦτον αὐτὸν ἐξ ἐκείνου γενέσθαι ἢ νῦν, ὅθʼ οὕτω πολλὰ προείληφε, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ὑφʼ αὑτῷ ποιήσασθαι, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα τοιαῦτʼ ἂν ἔχοιμι διεξελθεῖν, παραλείψω.
ἀλλʼ ὁρῶ συγκεχωρηκότας ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους, ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἀρξαμένους, αὐτῷ, ὑπὲρ οὗ τὸν ἄλλον ἅπαντα χρόνον πάντες οἱ πόλεμοι γεγόνασιν οἱ Ἑλληνικοί. τί οὖν ἐστι τοῦτο; τὸ ποιεῖν ὅ τι βούλεται, καὶ καθʼ ἕνʼ οὑτωσὶ περικόπτειν καὶ λωποδυτεῖν τῶν Ἑλλήνων, καὶ καταδουλοῦσθαι τὰς πόλεις ἐπιόντα.
καίτοι προστάται μὲν ὑμεῖς ἑβδομήκοντʼ ἔτη καὶ τρία τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐγένεσθε, προστάται δὲ τριάκονθʼ ἑνὸς δέοντα Λακεδαιμόνιοι· ἴσχυσαν δέ τι καὶ Θηβαῖοι τουτουσὶ τοὺς τελευταίους χρόνους μετὰ τὴν ἐν Λεύκτροις μάχην. ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὔθʼ ὑμῖν οὔτε Θηβαίοις οὔτε Λακεδαιμονίοις οὐδεπώποτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, συνεχωρήθη τοῦθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ποιεῖν ὅ τι βούλοισθε, οὐδὲ πολλοῦ δεῖ·
ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ὑμῖν, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῖς τότʼ οὖσιν Ἀθηναίοις, ἐπειδή τισιν οὐ μετρίως ἐδόκουν προσφέρεσθαι, πάντες ᾤοντο δεῖν, καὶ οἱ μηδὲν ἐγκαλεῖν ἔχοντες αὐτοῖς, μετὰ τῶν ἠδικημένων πολεμεῖν· καὶ πάλιν Λακεδαιμονίοις ἄρξασι καὶ παρελθοῦσιν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν δυναστείαν ὑμῖν, ἐπειδὴ πλεονάζειν ἐπεχείρουν καὶ πέρα τοῦ μετρίου τὰ καθεστηκότʼ ἐκίνουν, πάντες εἰς πόλεμον κατέστησαν, καὶ οἱ μηδὲν ἐγκαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς.
καὶ τί δεῖ τοὺς ἄλλους λέγειν; ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, οὐδὲν ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοντες ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὅ τι ἠδικούμεθʼ ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων, ὅμως ὑπὲρ ὧν τοὺς ἄλλους ἀδικουμένους ἑωρῶμεν, πολεμεῖν ᾠόμεθα δεῖν. καίτοι πάνθʼ ὅσʼ ἐξημάρτηται καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντʼ ἐκείνοις ἔτεσιν καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις προγόνοις ἐν τοῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, ἐλάττονʼ ἐστίν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ὧν Φίλιππος ἐν τρισὶ καὶ δέκʼ οὐχ ὅλοις ἔτεσιν, οἷς ἐπιπολάζει, ἠδίκηκε τοὺς Ἕλληνας, μᾶλλον δʼ οὐδὲ μέρος τούτων ἐκεῖνα.
Sections 26–30
καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐκ βραχέος λόγου ῥᾴδιον δεῖξαι. Ὄλυνθον μὲν δὴ καὶ Μεθώνην καὶ Ἀπολλωνίαν καὶ δύο καὶ τριάκοντα πόλεις ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης ἐῶ, ἃς ἁπάσας οὕτως ὠμῶς ἀνῄρηκεν ὥστε μηδʼ εἰ πώποτʼ ᾠκήθησαν προσελθόντʼ εἶναι ῥᾴδιον εἰπεῖν· καὶ τὸ Φωκέων ἔθνος τοσοῦτον ἀνῃρημένον σιωπῶ. ἀλλὰ Θετταλία πῶς ἔχει; οὐχὶ τὰς πολιτείας καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν παρῄρηται καὶ τετραρχίας κατέστησεν, ἵνα μὴ μόνον κατὰ πόλεις ἀλλὰ καὶ κατʼ ἔθνη δουλεύωσιν;
αἱ δʼ ἐν Εὐβοίᾳ πόλεις οὐκ ἤδη τυραννοῦνται, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐν νήσῳ πλησίον Θηβῶν καὶ Ἀθηνῶν; οὐ διαρρήδην εἰς τὰς ἐπιστολὰς γράφει ἐμοὶ δʼ ἐστὶν εἰρήνη πρὸς τοὺς ἀκούειν ἐμοῦ βουλομένους; καὶ οὐ γράφει μὲν ταῦτα, τοῖς δʼ ἔργοις οὐ ποιεῖ, ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ Ἑλλήσποντον οἴχεται, πρότερον ἧκεν ἐπʼ Ἀμβρακίαν, Ἦλιν ἔχει τηλικαύτην πόλιν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ, Μεγάροις ἐπεβούλευσεν πρώην, οὔθʼ ἡ Ἑλλὰς οὔθʼ ἡ βάρβαρος τὴν πλεονεξίαν χωρεῖ τἀνθρώπου.
καὶ ταῦθʼ ὁρῶντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἅπαντες καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐ πέμπομεν πρέσβεις περὶ τούτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους κἀγανακτοῦμεν, οὕτω δὲ κακῶς διακείμεθα καὶ διορωρύγμεθα κατὰ πόλεις ὥστʼ ἄχρι τῆς τήμερον ἡμέρας οὐδὲν οὔτε τῶν συμφερόντων οὔτε τῶν δεόντων πρᾶξαι δυνάμεθα, οὐδὲ συστῆναι, οὐδὲ κοινωνίαν βοηθείας καὶ φιλίας οὐδεμίαν ποιήσασθαι,
ἀλλὰ μείζω γιγνόμενον τὸν ἄνθρωπον περιορῶμεν, τὸν χρόνον κερδᾶναι τοῦτον ὃν ἄλλος ἀπόλλυται ἕκαστος ἐγνωκώς, ὥς γʼ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, οὐχ ὅπως σωθήσεται τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων σκοπῶν οὐδὲ πράττων, ἐπεί, ὅτι γʼ ὥσπερ περίοδος ἢ καταβολὴ πυρετοῦ ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς κακοῦ καὶ τῷ πάνυ πόρρω δοκοῦντι νῦν ἀφεστάναι προσέρχεται, οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ.
καὶ μὴν κἀκεῖνό γʼ ἴστε, ὅτι ὅσα μὲν ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων ἢ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἔπασχον οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἀλλʼ οὖν ὑπὸ γνησίων γʼ ὄντων τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἠδικοῦντο, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἄν τις ὑπέλαβεν τοῦτο, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ υἱὸς ἐν οὐσίᾳ πολλῇ γεγονὼς γνήσιος διῴκει τι μὴ καλῶς μηδʼ ὀρθῶς, κατʼ αὐτὸ μὲν τοῦτʼ ἄξιον μέμψεως εἶναι καὶ κατηγορίας, ὡς δʼ οὐ προσήκων ἢ ὡς οὐ κληρονόμος τούτων ὢν ταῦτʼ ἐποίει, οὐκ ἐνεῖναι λέγειν.
Sections 31–35
εἰ δέ γε δοῦλος ἢ ὑποβολιμαῖος τὰ μὴ προσήκοντʼ ἀπώλλυε καὶ ἐλυμαίνετο, Ἡράκλεις ὅσῳ μᾶλλον δεινὸν καὶ ὀργῆς ἄξιον πάντες ἂν ἔφησαν εἶναι. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου καὶ ὧν ἐκεῖνος πράττει νῦν, οὐχ οὕτως ἔχουσιν, οὐ μόνον οὐχ Ἕλληνος ὄντος οὐδὲ προσήκοντος οὐδὲν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ βαρβάρου ἐντεῦθεν ὅθεν καλὸν εἰπεῖν, ἀλλʼ ὀλέθρου Μακεδόνος, ὅθεν οὐδʼ ἀνδράποδον σπουδαῖον οὐδὲν ἦν πρότερον πρίασθαι.
καίτοι τί τῆς ἐσχάτης ὕβρεως ἀπολείπει; οὐ πρὸς τῷ πόλεις ἀνῃρηκέναι τίθησι μὲν τὰ Πύθια, τὸν κοινὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀγῶνα, κἂν αὐτὸς μὴ παρῇ, τοὺς δούλους ἀγωνοθετήσοντας πέμπει; κύριος δὲ Πυλῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας παρόδων ἐστί, καὶ φρουραῖς καὶ ξένοις τοὺς τόπους τούτους κατέχει; ἔχει δὲ καὶ τὴν προμαντείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, παρώσας ἡμᾶς καὶ Θετταλοὺς καὶ Δωριέας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἀμφικτύονας, ἧς οὐδὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἅπασι μέτεστι;
γράφει δὲ Θετταλοῖς ὃν χρὴ τρόπον πολιτεύεσθαι; πέμπει δὲ ξένους τοὺς μὲν εἰς Πορθμόν, τὸν δῆμον ἐκβαλοῦντας τὸν Ἐρετριέων, τοὺς δʼ ἐπʼ Ὠρεόν, τύραννον Φιλιστίδην καταστήσοντας; ἀλλʼ ὅμως ταῦθʼ ὁρῶντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀνέχονται, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὥσπερ τὴν χάλαζαν ἔμοιγε δοκοῦσιν θεωρεῖν, εὐχόμενοι μὴ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἕκαστοι γενέσθαι, κωλύειν δʼ οὐδεὶς ἐπιχειρῶν.
οὐ μόνον δʼ ἐφʼ οἷς ἡ Ἑλλὰς ὑβρίζεται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς ἀμύνεται, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν αὐτὸς ἕκαστος ἀδικεῖται· τοῦτο γὰρ ἤδη τοὔσχατόν ἐστιν. οὐ Κορινθίων ἐπʼ Ἀμβρακίαν ἐλήλυθε καὶ Λευκάδα; οὐκ Ἀχαιῶν Ναύπακτον ὀμώμοκεν Αἰτωλοῖς παραδώσειν; οὐχὶ Θηβαίων Ἐχῖνον ἀφῄρηται, καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ Βυζαντίους πορεύεται συμμάχους ὄντας;
οὐχ ἡμῶν, ἐῶ τἄλλα, ἀλλὰ Χερρονήσου τὴν μεγίστην ἔχει πόλιν Καρδίαν; ταῦτα τοίνυν πάσχοντες ἅπαντες μέλλομεν καὶ μαλκίομεν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον βλέπομεν, ἀπιστοῦντες ἀλλήλοις, οὐ τῷ πάντας ἡμᾶς ἀδικοῦντι. καίτοι τὸν ἅπασιν ἀσελγῶς οὕτω χρώμενον τί οἴεσθε, ἐπειδὰν καθʼ ἕνʼ ἡμῶν ἑκάστου κύριος γένηται, τί ποιήσειν;
Sections 36–40
τί οὖν αἴτιον τουτωνί; οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ λόγου καὶ δικαίας αἰτίας οὔτε τόθʼ οὕτως εἶχον ἑτοίμως πρὸς ἐλευθερίαν οἱ Ἕλληνες οὔτε νῦν πρὸς τὸ δουλεύειν. ἦν τι τότʼ, ἦν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἐν ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν διανοίαις, ὃ νῦν οὐκ ἔστιν, ὃ καὶ τοῦ Περσῶν ἐκράτησε πλούτου καὶ ἐλευθέραν ἦγε τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ οὔτε ναυμαχίας οὔτε πεζῆς μάχης οὐδεμιᾶς ἡττᾶτο, νῦν δʼ ἀπολωλὸς ἅπαντα λελύμανται καὶ ἄνω καὶ κάτω πεποίηκε τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πράγματα.
τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; οὐδὲν ποικίλον οὐδὲ σοφόν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἄρχειν βουλομένων ἢ διαφθείρειν τὴν Ἑλλάδα χρήματα λαμβάνοντας ἅπαντες ἐμίσουν, καὶ χαλεπώτατον ἦν τὸ δωροδοκοῦντʼ ἐλεγχθῆναι, καὶ τιμωρίᾳ μεγίστῃ τοῦτον ἐκόλαζον, καὶ παραίτησις οὐδεμίʼ ἦν οὐδὲ συγγνώμη.
τὸν οὖν καιρὸν ἑκάστου τῶν πραγμάτων, ὃν ἡ τύχη καὶ τοῖς ἀμελοῦσιν κατὰ τῶν προσεχόντων πολλάκις παρασκευάζει, οὐκ ἦν πρίασθαι παρὰ τῶν λεγόντων οὐδὲ τῶν στρατηγούντων, οὐδὲ τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμόνοιαν, οὐδὲ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς τυράννους καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἀπιστίαν, οὐδʼ ὅλως τοιοῦτον οὐδέν.
νῦν δʼ ἅπανθʼ ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀγορᾶς ἐκπέπραται ταῦτα, ἀντεισῆκται δʼ ἀντὶ τούτων ὑφʼ ὧν ἀπόλωλε καὶ νενόσηκεν ἡ Ἑλλάς. ταῦτα δʼ ἐστὶ τί; ζῆλος, εἴ τις εἴληφέ τι· γέλως, ἂν ὁμολογῇ· συγγνώμη τοῖς ἐλεγχομένοις· μῖσος, ἂν τούτοις τις ἐπιτιμᾷ· τἄλλα πάνθʼ ὅσʼ ἐκ τοῦ δωροδοκεῖν ἤρτηται.
ἐπεὶ τριήρεις γε καὶ σωμάτων πλῆθος καὶ χρημάτων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης κατασκευῆς ἀφθονία, καὶ τἄλλʼ οἷς ἄν τις ἰσχύειν τὰς πόλεις κρίνοι, νῦν ἅπασι καὶ πλείω καὶ μείζω ἐστὶ τῶν τότε πολλῷ. ἀλλὰ ταῦτʼ ἄχρηστα, ἄπρακτα, ἀνόνητα ὑπὸ τῶν πωλούντων γίγνεται.
Sections 41–45
ὅτι δʼ οὕτω ταῦτʼ ἔχει τὰ μὲν νῦν ὁρᾶτε δήπου καὶ οὐδὲν ἐμοῦ προσδεῖσθε μάρτυρος· τὰ δʼ ἐν τοῖς ἄνωθεν χρόνοις ὅτι τἀναντίʼ εἶχεν ἐγὼ δηλώσω, οὐ λόγους ἐμαυτοῦ λέγων, ἀλλὰ γράμματα τῶν προγόνων τῶν ὑμετέρων ἁκεῖνοι κατέθεντʼ εἰς στήλην χαλκῆν γράψαντες εἰς ἀκρόπολιν, οὐχ ἵνʼ αὐτοῖς ᾖ χρήσιμα (καὶ γὰρ ἄνευ τούτων τῶν γραμμάτων τὰ δέοντʼ ἐφρόνουν), ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ὑμεῖς ἔχηθʼ ὑπομνήματα καὶ παραδείγματα ὡς ὑπὲρ τῶν τοιούτων σπουδάζειν προσήκει.
τί οὖν λέγει τὰ γράμματα; Ἄρθμιος φησὶ Πυθώνακτος Ζελείτης ἄτιμος καὶ πολέμιος τοῦ δήμου τοῦ Ἀθηναίων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων αὐτὸς καὶ γένος. εἶθʼ ἡ αἰτία γέγραπται, διʼ ἣν ταῦτʼ ἐγένετο· ὅτι τὸν χρυσὸν τὸν ἐκ Μήδων εἰς Πελοπόννησον ἤγαγεν. ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ τὰ γράμματα.
λογίζεσθε δὴ πρὸς θεῶν, τίς ἦν ποθʼ ἡ διάνοια τῶν Ἀθηναίων τῶν τότε, ταῦτα ποιούντων, ἢ τί τὸ ἀξίωμα. ἐκεῖνοι Ζελείτην τινά, Ἄρθμιον, δοῦλον βασιλέως (ἡ γὰρ Ζέλειά ἐστι τῆς Ἀσίας), ὅτι τῷ δεσπότῃ διακονῶν χρυσίον ἤγαγεν εἰς Πελοπόννησον, οὐκ Ἀθήναζε, ἐχθρὸν αὑτῶν ἀνέγραψαν καὶ τῶν συμμάχων αὐτὸν καὶ γένος, καὶ ἀτίμους.
τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶν οὐχ ἣν οὑτωσί τις ἂν φήσειεν ἀτιμίαν· τί γὰρ τῷ Ζελείτῃ, τῶν Ἀθηναίων κοινῶν εἰ μὴ μεθέξειν ἔμελλεν; ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς φονικοῖς γέγραπται νόμοις, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἂν μὴ διδῷ φόνου δικάσασθαι, ἀλλʼ εὐαγὲς ᾖ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ ἄτιμος φησὶ τεθνάτω. τοῦτο δὴ λέγει, καθαρὸν τὸν τούτων τινʼ ἀποκτείναντʼ εἶναι.
οὐκοῦν ἐνόμιζον ἐκεῖνοι τῆς πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων σωτηρίας αὑτοῖς ἐπιμελητέον εἶναι· οὐ γὰρ ἂν αὐτοῖς ἔμελʼ εἴ τις ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ τινὰς ὠνεῖται καὶ διαφθείρει, μὴ τοῦθʼ ὑπολαμβάνουσιν· ἐκόλαζον δʼ οὕτω καὶ ἐτιμωροῦνθʼ οὓς αἴσθοιντο, ὥστε καὶ στηλίτας ποιεῖν. ἐκ δὲ τούτων εἰκότως τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἦν τῷ βαρβάρῳ φοβερά, οὐχ ὁ βάρβαρος τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. ἀλλʼ οὐ νῦν· οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἔχεθʼ ὑμεῖς οὔτε πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτʼ οὔτε πρὸς τἄλλα, ἀλλὰ πῶς;
Sections 46–50
ἴστʼ αὐτοί· τί γὰρ δεῖ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν κατηγορεῖν; παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ οὐδὲν βέλτιον ὑμῶν ἅπαντες οἱ λοιποὶ Ἕλληνες· διόπερ φήμʼ ἔγωγε καὶ σπουδῆς πολλῆς καὶ βουλῆς ἀγαθῆς τὰ παρόντα πράγματα προσδεῖσθαι. τίνος; εἴπω κελεύετε; καὶ οὐκ ὀργιεῖσθε;
ἔστι τοίνυν τις εὐήθης λόγος παρὰ τῶν παραμυθεῖσθαι βουλομένων τὴν πόλιν, ὡς ἄρʼ οὔπω Φίλιππός ἐστιν οἷοί ποτʼ ἦσαν Λακεδαιμόνιοι, οἳ θαλάττης μὲν ἦρχον καὶ γῆς ἁπάσης, βασιλέα δὲ σύμμαχον εἶχον, ὑφίστατο δʼ οὐδὲν αὐτούς· ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἠμύνατο κἀκείνους ἡ πόλις καὶ οὐκ ἀνηρπάσθη. ἐγὼ δʼ ἁπάντων ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν πολλὴν εἰληφότων ἐπίδοσιν, καὶ οὐδὲν ὁμοίων ὄντων τῶν νῦν τοῖς πρότερον, οὐδὲν ἡγοῦμαι πλέον ἢ τὰ τοῦ πολέμου κεκινῆσθαι κἀπιδεδωκέναι.
πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους, τέτταρας μῆνας ἢ πέντε, τὴν ὡραίαν αὐτήν, ἐμβαλόντας ἂν καὶ κακώσαντας τὴν χώραν ὁπλίταις καὶ πολιτικοῖς στρατεύμασιν ἀναχωρεῖν ἐπʼ οἴκου πάλιν· οὕτω δʼ ἀρχαίως εἶχον, μᾶλλον δὲ πολιτικῶς, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ χρημάτων ὠνεῖσθαι παρʼ οὐδενὸς οὐδέν, ἀλλʼ εἶναι νόμιμόν τινα καὶ προφανῆ τὸν πόλεμον.
νυνὶ δʼ ὁρᾶτε μὲν δήπου τὰ πλεῖστα τοὺς προδότας ἀπολωλεκότας, οὐδὲν δʼ ἐκ παρατάξεως οὐδὲ μάχης γιγνόμενον· ἀκούετε δὲ Φίλιππον οὐχὶ τῷ φάλαγγʼ ὁπλιτῶν ἄγειν βαδίζονθʼ ὅποι βούλεται, ἀλλὰ τῷ ψιλούς, ἱππέας, τοξότας, ξένους, τοιοῦτον ἐξηρτῆσθαι στρατόπεδον.
ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις πρὸς νοσοῦντας ἐν αὑτοῖς προσπέσῃ καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπὲρ τῆς χώρας διʼ ἀπιστίαν ἐξίῃ, μηχανήματʼ ἐπιστήσας πολιορκεῖ. καὶ σιωπῶ θέρος καὶ χειμῶνα, ὡς οὐδὲν διαφέρει, οὐδʼ ἐστὶν ἐξαίρετος ὥρα τις ἣν διαλείπει.
Sections 51–55
ταῦτα μέντοι πάντας εἰδότας καὶ λογιζομένους οὐ δεῖ προσέσθαι τὸν πόλεμον εἰς τὴν χώραν, οὐδʼ εἰς τὴν εὐήθειαν τὴν τοῦ τότε πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους πολέμου βλέποντας ἐκτραχηλισθῆναι, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐκ πλείστου φυλάττεσθαι τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, ὅπως οἴκοθεν μὴ κινήσεται σκοποῦντας, οὐχὶ συμπλακέντας διαγωνίζεσθαι.
πρὸς μὲν γὰρ πόλεμον πολλὰ φύσει πλεονεκτήμαθʼ ἡμῖν ὑπάρχει, ἄν περ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ποιεῖν ἐθέλωμεν ἃ δεῖ, ἡ φύσις τῆς ἐκείνου χώρας, ἧς ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν ἔστι πολλὴν καὶ κακῶς ποιεῖν, ἄλλα μυρία· εἰς δʼ ἀγῶνα ἄμεινον ἡμῶν ἐκεῖνος ἤσκηται.
οὐ μόνον δὲ δεῖ ταῦτα γιγνώσκειν, οὐδὲ τοῖς ἔργοις ἐκεῖνον ἀμύνεσθαι τοῖς τοῦ πολέμου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ λογισμῷ καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ τοὺς παρʼ ὑμῖν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντας μισῆσαι, ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι οὐκ ἔνεστι τῶν τῆς πόλεως ἐχθρῶν κρατῆσαι, πρὶν ἂν τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει κολάσηθʼ ὑπηρετοῦντας ἐκείνοις.
ὃ μὰ τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους θεοὺς οὐ δυνήσεσθʼ ὑμεῖς ποιῆσαι, ἀλλʼ εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀφῖχθε μωρίας ἢ παρανοίας ἢ οὐκ ἔχω τί λέγω (πολλάκις γὰρ ἔμοιγʼ ἐπελήλυθε καὶ τοῦτο φοβεῖσθαι, μή τι δαιμόνιον τὰ πράγματʼ ἐλαύνῃ), ὥστε λοιδορίας, φθόνου, σκώμματος, ἧστινος ἂν τύχηθʼ ἕνεκʼ αἰτίας ἀνθρώπους μισθωτούς, ὧν οὐδʼ ἂν ἀρνηθεῖεν ἔνιοι ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι, λέγειν κελεύετε, καὶ γελᾶτε, ἄν τισι λοιδορηθῶσιν.
καὶ οὐχί πω τοῦτο δεινόν, καίπερ ὂν δεινόν· ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ πλείονος ἀσφαλείας πολιτεύεσθαι δεδώκατε τούτοις ἢ τοῖς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν λέγουσιν. καίτοι θεάσασθε ὅσας συμφορὰς παρασκευάζει τὸ τῶν τοιούτων ἐθέλειν ἀκροᾶσθαι. λέξω δʼ ἔργα ἃ πάντες εἴσεσθε.
Sections 56–60
ἦσαν ἐν Ὀλύνθῳ τῶν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν τινὲς μὲν Φιλίππου καὶ πάνθʼ ὑπηρετοῦντες ἐκείνῳ, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου καὶ ὅπως μὴ δουλεύσουσιν οἱ πολῖται πράττοντες. πότεροι δὴ τὴν πατρίδʼ ἐξώλεσαν; ἢ πότεροι τοὺς ἱππέας προὔδοσαν, ὧν προδοθέντων Ὄλυνθος ἀπώλετο; οἱ τὰ Φιλίππου φρονοῦντες, καὶ ὅτʼ ἦν ἡ πόλις τοὺς τὰ βέλτιστα λέγοντας συκοφαντοῦντες καὶ διαβάλλοντες οὕτως, ὥστε τόν γʼ Ἀπολλωνίδην καὶ ἐκβαλεῖν ὁ δῆμος ὁ τῶν Ὀλυνθίων ἐπείσθη.
οὐ τοίνυν παρὰ τούτοις μόνον τὸ ἔθος τοῦτο πάντα κάκʼ εἰργάσατο, ἄλλοθι δʼ οὐδαμοῦ· ἀλλʼ ἐν Ἐρετρίᾳ, ἐπειδὴ ἀπαλλαγέντος Πλουτάρχου καὶ τῶν ξένων ὁ δῆμος εἶχε τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν Πορθμόν, οἱ μὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἦγον τὰ πράγματα, οἱ δʼ ἐπὶ Φίλιππον. ἀκούοντες δὲ τούτων τὰ πολλά, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ πάνθʼ οἱ ταλαίπωροι καὶ δυστυχεῖς Ἐρετριεῖς, τελευτῶντες ἐπείσθησαν τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν λέγοντας ἐκβαλεῖν.
καὶ γάρ τοι πέμψας Ἱππόνικον ὁ σύμμαχος αὐτοῖς Φίλιππος καὶ ξένους χιλίους, τὰ τείχη περιεῖλε τοῦ Πορθμοῦ καὶ τρεῖς κατέστησε τυράννους, Ἵππαρχον, Αὐτομέδοντα, Κλείταρχον· καὶ μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἐξελήλακεν ἐκ τῆς χώρας δὶς ἤδη βουλομένους σῴζεσθαι, τότε μὲν πέμψας τοὺς μετʼ Εὐρυλόχου ξένους, πάλιν δὲ τοὺς μετὰ Παρμενίωνος.
καὶ τί δεῖ τὰ πολλὰ λέγειν; ἀλλʼ ἐν Ὠρεῷ Φιλιστίδης μὲν ἔπραττε Φιλίππῳ καὶ Μένιππος καὶ Σωκράτης καὶ Θόας καὶ Ἀγαπαῖος, οἵπερ νῦν ἔχουσι τὴν πόλιν (καὶ ταῦτʼ ᾔδεσαν ἅπαντες), Εὐφραῖος δέ τις ἄνθρωπος καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν ποτʼ ἐνθάδʼ οἰκήσας, ὅπως ἐλεύθεροι καὶ μηδενὸς δοῦλοι ἔσονται.
οὗτος τὰ μὲν ἄλλʼ ὡς ὑβρίζετο καὶ προυπηλακίζεθʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου, πόλλʼ ἂν εἴη λέγειν· ἐνιαυτῷ δὲ πρότερον τῆς ἁλώσεως ἐνέδειξεν ὡς προδότην τὸν Φιλιστίδην καὶ τοὺς μετʼ αὐτοῦ, αἰσθόμενος ἃ πράττουσιν. συστραφέντες δʼ ἄνθρωποι πολλοὶ καὶ χορηγὸν ἔχοντες Φίλιππον καὶ πρυτανευόμενοι ἀπάγουσι τὸν Εὐφραῖον εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον, ὡς συνταράττοντα τὴν πόλιν.
Sections 61–65
ὁρῶν δὲ ταῦθʼ ὁ δῆμος ὁ τῶν Ὠρειτῶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ μὲν βοηθεῖν, τοὺς δʼ ἀποτυμπανίσαι, τοῖς μὲν οὐκ ὠργίζετο, τὸν δʼ ἐπιτήδειον ταῦτα παθεῖν ἔφη καὶ ἐπέχαιρεν. μετὰ ταῦθʼ οἱ μὲν ἐπʼ ἐξουσίας ὁπόσης ἐβούλοντʼ ἔπραττον ὅπως ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, καὶ κατεσκευάζοντο τὴν πρᾶξιν· τῶν δὲ πολλῶν εἴ τις αἴσθοιτο, ἐσίγα καὶ κατεπέπληκτο, τὸν Εὐφραῖον οἷʼ ἔπαθεν μεμνημένοι. οὕτω δʼ ἀθλίως διέκειντο, ὥστʼ οὐ πρότερον ἐτόλμησεν οὐδεὶς τοιούτου κακοῦ προσιόντος ῥῆξαι φωνήν, πρὶν διασκευασάμενοι πρὸς τὰ τείχη προσῇσαν οἱ πολέμιοι· τηνικαῦτα δʼ οἱ μὲν ἠμύνοντο, οἱ δὲ προὐδίδοσαν.
τῆς πόλεως δʼ οὕτως ἁλούσης αἰσχρῶς καὶ κακῶς οἱ μὲν ἄρχουσι καὶ τυραννοῦσι, τοὺς τότε σῴζοντας ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὸν Εὐφραῖον ἑτοίμους ὁτιοῦν ποιεῖν ὄντας τοὺς μὲν ἐκβαλόντες, τοὺς δʼ ἀποκτείναντες, ὁ δʼ Εὐφραῖος ἐκεῖνος ἀπέσφαξεν ἑαυτόν, ἔργῳ μαρτυρήσας ὅτι καὶ δικαίως καὶ καθαρῶς ὑπὲρ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀνθειστήκει Φιλίππῳ.
τί οὖν ποτʼ αἴτιον, θαυμάζετʼ ἴσως, τὸ καὶ τοὺς Ὀλυνθίους καὶ τοὺς Ἐρετριέας καὶ τοὺς Ὠρείτας ἥδιον πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου λέγοντας ἔχειν ἢ τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν; ὅπερ καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ βελτίστου λέγουσιν οὐδὲ βουλομένοις ἔνεστιν ἐνίοτε πρὸς χάριν οὐδὲν εἰπεῖν· τὰ γὰρ πράγματʼ ἀνάγκη σκοπεῖν ὅπως σωθήσεται· οἱ δʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς οἷς χαρίζονται Φιλίππῳ συμπράττουσιν.
εἰσφέρειν ἐκέλευον, οἱ δʼ οὐδὲν δεῖν ἔφασαν· πολεμεῖν καὶ μὴ πιστεύειν, οἱ δʼ ἄγειν εἰρήνην, ἕως ἐγκατελήφθησαν. τἄλλα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οἶμαι πάνθʼ, ἵνα μὴ καθʼ ἕκαστα λέγω· οἱ μὲν ἐφʼ οἷς χαριοῦνται, ταῦτʼ ἔλεγον, οἱ δʼ ἐξ ὧν ἔμελλον σωθήσεσθαι. πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα οὐχ οὕτως πρὸς χάριν οὐδὲ διʼ ἄγνοιαν οἱ πολλοὶ προσίεντο, ἀλλʼ ὑποκατακλινόμενοι, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς ὅλοις ἡττᾶσθαι ἐνόμιζον.
ὃ νὴ τὸν Δία καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλω δέδοικʼ ἐγὼ μὴ πάθηθʼ ὑμεῖς, ἐπειδὰν εἰδῆτʼ ἐκλογιζόμενοι μηδὲν ἔθʼ ὑμῖν ἐνόν. καίτοι μὴ γένοιτο μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὰ πράγματʼ ἐν τούτῳ· τεθνάναι δὲ μυριάκις κρεῖττον ἢ κολακείᾳ τι ποιῆσαι Φιλίππου καὶ προέσθαι τῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν λεγόντων τινάς. καλήν γʼ οἱ πολλοὶ νῦν ἀπειλήφασιν Ὠρειτῶν χάριν, ὅτι τοῖς Φιλίππου φίλοις ἐπέτρεψαν αὑτούς, τὸν δʼ Εὐφραῖον ἐώθουν·
Sections 66–70
καλήν γʼ ὁ δῆμος ὁ Ἐρετριέων, ὅτι τοὺς ὑμετέρους πρέσβεις ἀπήλασε, Κλειτάρχῳ δʼ ἐνέδωκεν αὑτόν· δουλεύουσί γε μαστιγούμενοι καὶ σφαττόμενοι. καλῶς Ὀλυνθίων ἐφείσατο τῶν τὸν μὲν Λασθένην ἵππαρχον χειροτονησάντων, τὸν δʼ Ἀπολλωνίδην ἐκβαλόντων.
μωρία καὶ κακία τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ἐλπίζειν, καὶ κακῶς βουλευομένους καὶ μηδὲν ὧν προσήκει ποιεῖν ἐθέλοντας, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν λεγόντων ἀκροωμένους, τηλικαύτην ἡγεῖσθαι πόλιν οἰκεῖν τὸ μέγεθος ὥστε μηδέν, μηδʼ ἂν ὁτιοῦν ᾖ, δεινὸν πείσεσθαι.
καὶ μὴν ἐκεῖνό γʼ αἰσχρόν, ὕστερόν ποτʼ εἰπεῖν τίς γὰρ ἂν ᾠήθη ταῦτα γενέσθαι; νὴ τὸν Δίʼ, ἔδει γὰρ τὸ καὶ τὸ ποιῆσαι καὶ τὸ μὴ ποιῆσαι. πόλλʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοιεν Ὀλύνθιοι νῦν, ἃ τότʼ εἰ προείδοντο, οὐκ ἂν ἀπώλοντο· πόλλʼ ἂν Ὠρεῖται, πολλὰ Φωκεῖς, πολλὰ τῶν ἀπολωλότων ἕκαστοι.
ἀλλὰ τί τούτων ὄφελος αὐτοῖς; ἕως ἂν σῴζηται τὸ σκάφος, ἄν τε μεῖζον ἄν τʼ ἔλαττον ᾖ, τότε χρὴ καὶ ναύτην καὶ κυβερνήτην καὶ πάντʼ ἄνδρʼ ἑξῆς προθύμους εἶναι, καὶ ὅπως μήθʼ ἑκὼν μήτʼ ἄκων μηδεὶς ἀνατρέψει, τοῦτο σκοπεῖσθαι· ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἡ θάλαττα ὑπέρσχῃ, μάταιος ἡ σπουδή.
καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἕως ἐσμὲν σῷοι, πόλιν μεγίστην ἔχοντες, ἀφορμὰς πλείστας, ἀξίωμα κάλλιστον, τί ποιῶμεν; πάλαι τις ἡδέως ἂν ἴσως ἐρωτήσας κάθηται. ἐγὼ νὴ Δίʼ ἐρῶ, καὶ γράψω δέ, ὥστʼ ἂν βούλησθε χειροτονήσετε. αὐτοὶ πρῶτον ἀμυνόμενοι καὶ παρασκευαζόμενοι, τριήρεσι καὶ χρήμασι καὶ στρατιώταις λέγω· καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἅπαντες δήπου δουλεύειν συγχωρήσωσιν οἱ ἄλλοι, ἡμῖν γʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀγωνιστέον·
Sections 71–75
ταῦτα δὴ πάντʼ αὐτοὶ παρεσκευασμένοι καὶ ποιήσαντες φανερὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἤδη παρακαλῶμεν, καὶ τοὺς ταῦτα διδάξοντας ἐκπέμπωμεν πρέσβεις πανταχοῖ, εἰς Πελοπόννησον, εἰς Ῥόδον, εἰς Χίον, ὡς βασιλέα λέγω (οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν ἐκείνῳ συμφερόντων ἀφέστηκε τὸ μὴ τοῦτον ἐᾶσαι πάντα καταστρέψασθαι), ἵνʼ ἐὰν μὲν πείσητε, κοινωνοὺς ἔχητε καὶ τῶν κινδύνων καὶ τῶν ἀναλωμάτων, ἄν τι δέῃ, εἰ δὲ μή, χρόνους γʼ ἐμποιῆτε τοῖς πράγμασιν.
ἐπειδὴ γάρ ἐστι πρὸς ἄνδρα καὶ οὐχὶ συνεστώσης πόλεως ἰσχὺν ὁ πόλεμος, οὐδὲ τοῦτʼ ἄχρηστον, οὐδʼ αἱ πέρυσιν πρεσβεῖαι περὶ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἐκεῖναι καὶ κατηγορίαι, ἃς ἐγὼ καὶ Πολύευκτος ὁ βέλτιστος ἐκεινοσὶ καὶ Ἡγήσιππος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πρέσβεις περιήλθομεν, καὶ ἐποιήσαμεν ἐπισχεῖν ἐκεῖνον καὶ μήτʼ ἐπʼ Ἀμβρακίαν ἐλθεῖν μήτʼ εἰς Πελοπόννησον ὁρμῆσαι.
οὐ μέντοι λέγω μηδὲν αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀναγκαῖον ἐθέλοντας ποιεῖν, τοὺς ἄλλους παρακαλεῖν· καὶ γὰρ εὔηθες τὰ οἰκεῖʼ αὐτοὺς προϊεμένους τῶν ἀλλοτρίων φάσκειν κήδεσθαι, καὶ τὰ παρόντα περιορῶντας ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων τοὺς ἄλλους φοβεῖν. οὐ λέγω ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ἐν Χερρονήσῳ χρήματʼ ἀποστέλλειν φημὶ δεῖν καὶ τἄλλʼ ὅσʼ ἀξιοῦσι ποιεῖν, αὐτοὺς δὲ παρασκευάζεσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους Ἕλληνας συγκαλεῖν, συνάγειν, διδάσκειν, νουθετεῖν· ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν πόλεως ἀξίωμʼ ἐχούσης ἡλίκον ὑμῖν ὑπάρχει.
εἰ δʼ οἴεσθε Χαλκιδέας τὴν Ἑλλάδα σώσειν ἢ Μεγαρέας, ὑμεῖς δʼ ἀποδράσεσθαι τὰ πράγματα, οὐκ ὀρθῶς οἴεσθε· ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ ἐὰν αὐτοὶ σῴζωνται τούτων ἑκάστοις. ἀλλʼ ὑμῖν τοῦτο πρακτέον· ὑμῖν οἱ πρόγονοι τοῦτο τὸ γέρας ἐκτήσαντο καὶ κατέλιπον μετὰ πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων κινδύνων.
εἰ δʼ ὃ βούλεται ζητῶν ἕκαστος καθεδεῖται, καὶ ὅπως μηδὲν αὐτὸς ποιήσει σκοπῶν, πρῶτον μὲν οὐδὲ μήποθʼ εὕρῃ τοὺς ποιήσοντας, ἔπειτα δέδοιχʼ ὅπως μὴ πάνθʼ ἅμʼ ὅσʼ οὐ βουλόμεθα ποιεῖν ἡμῖν ἀνάγκη γενήσεται.
Section 76
ἐγὼ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα λέγω, ταῦτα γράφω· καὶ οἴομαι καὶ νῦν ἔτʼ ἐπανορθωθῆναι ἂν τὰ πράγματα τούτων γιγνομένων. εἰ δέ τις ἔχει τούτων τι βέλτιον, λεγέτω καὶ συμβουλευέτω. ὅ τι δʼ ὑμῖν δόξει, τοῦτʼ, ὦ πάντες θεοί, συνενέγκοι.
Philippic 4
Contents — 16 sections
Sections 1–5
The matters that you are debating, men of Athens, are to my mind so important and even vital to the State, that I will endeavour to offer you what I consider profitable advice on the subject. While the faults that have produced this unhappy state of things are neither few nor recently accumulated, there is nothing, men of Athens, more vexing at the present time than the way in which you detach your thoughts from affairs, and display an interest only so long as you sit here listening, or when some fresh item of news arrives; after that, each man goes home, and not only pays no attention to public business, but does not even recall it to mind.
Now the extent of the recklessness and rapacity that Philip shows in his dealings with all men is indeed as great as it has been described to you; but how impossible it is to stay him in this career by argument and declamation, assuredly no one is ignorant. For indeed, if no single thing else can teach a man the truth of that, let him weigh the following consideration. When we have had to speak in defence of our rights, we have never yet been defeated or proved in the wrong, but in every case we vanquish all our opponents and have the best of it in argument.
Is, then, Philip any the worse off for that, or Athens any the better? Far from it; for afterwards, when he takes up arms and marches to battle, ready to risk all he has, and we sit idle, alike those who have pleaded our cause and those who have been listening to them, then, naturally enough, deeds outweigh words, and the world in general gives heed, not to what we once said with justice or might now say, but to what we do. And what we do is insufficient to protect any of the victims of injustice; in fact, I need say no more about it.
Therefore, as the Greeks in every city are divided into these two parties—the one desiring neither to rule others by force nor to be slaves to any man, but to enjoy liberty and equality under a free constitution; the other eager to rule their fellow-countrymen, but to take their orders from some third person, who they think will enable them to compass their ends—Philip’s faction, those who hanker after tyrannies and oligarchies, have everywhere gained the supremacy, and I doubt whether of all the states there is any stable democracy left except our own.
Moreover, this supremacy of the constitution-mongers who rely on Philip’s support has been gained by all the devices usual in politics, first and foremost by providing a dispenser of wealth to such as covet it, secondly, and not less effectively, by having at their back a force capable of crushing their opponents on any occasion when they may call upon it.
Sections 6–10
But we, Athenians, are not only behindhand in this respect, but we cannot even rouse ourselves from sleep; we are like men who have drunk mandragora or some such drug. Hence, I believe—for I must speak the truth as I conceive it—we have been so discredited and despised that of those who are involved in actual danger some dispute with us about the right of leadership, others about the meeting-place for a congress, and some have made up their minds to defend themselves single-handed rather than with us.
What is my object in treating this matter so fully? For I protest in Heaven’s name that I have no ambition to incur your hostility. It is that each one of you, Athenians, may know and realize this—that in state affairs, as well as in private life, daily indifference and carelessness do not make their result felt at once on each occasion when duty is neglected, but come home to us when the total result of our policy is seen.
Look at Serrium and Doriscus; for these were the places that were disregarded immediately after the peace, and many of you perhaps do not even know of their existence. Yet it was your neglect and abandonment of them that ruined Thrace and Cersobleptes, who was your ally. Again, Philip, seeing that these were overlooked and were receiving no help from you, proceeded to raze Porthmus to the ground and founded a tyranny in Euboea over against Attica as a menace to you.
Because we neglected Euboea, Megara was very nearly captured. You showed no concern nor anxiety about any of these proceedings, and gave no indication that you would not allow Philip to continue them; so he bought up Antrones and soon afterwards got Oreus under his control.
I pass over many other instances, such as Pherae, the raid against Ambracia, the massacres at Elis, and countless others. I have gone into these details, not to give you a complete catalogue of the victims of Philip’s oppression and injustice, but to make it clear to you that he will never desist from molesting all of us and bringing us under his sway, unless someone restrains him.
Sections 11–15
But there are some who, without waiting to hear the speeches on these questions, are in the habit of asking at once, What then ought we to do?—not in order to do it, when they have heard it, for if so, they would be the most helpful of all citizens, but simply to get rid of the speaker. Nevertheless, you must be told what you ought to do. First, men of Athens, you must fix this firmly in your minds, that Philip is at war with us and has broken the peace, and that he is ill-disposed and hostile to the whole city and to the very soil on which the city stands, and, I will add, to the gods that dwell in it; and may those same gods complete his ruin! The chief object, however, of his arms and his diplomacy is our free constitution, and on nothing in the world is he more bent than on its destruction.
And it is in a way inevitable that he should now be acting thus. For observe! He wants to rule, and he has made up his mind that you, and you only, bar the way. He has long injured you; of nothing is he more conscious than of that. For it is by holding the cities that are really yours that he retains safe possession of all the rest; and if he gave up Amphipolis and Potidaea, even Macedonia would be no safe place for him.
He knows, then, these two facts—that he is intriguing against you and that you are aware of it. Assuming that you are intelligent, he concludes that you hate him. Besides these weighty considerations, he knows for certain that even if he masters all else, his power will be precarious as long as you remain a democracy, but if ever he meets with some mischance (and there are many to which mankind is liable), all the forces that are now under restraint will be attracted to your side.
For nature has not equipped you to seek aggrandizement and secure empire, but you are clever at thwarting another’s designs and wresting from him his gains, and quick to confound utterly the plots of the ambitious and vindicate the freedom of all mankind. Therefore he does not want to have the Athenian tradition of liberty watching to seize every chance against himself; nor is his reasoning here either faulty or idle.
This, then, is the first thing needful, to recognize in Philip the inveterate enemy of constitutional government and democracy; and your second need is to convince yourselves that all his activity and all his organization is preparing the way for an attack on our city. For none of you is so simple as to believe that though Philip covets these wretched objects in Thrace—for what else can one call Drongilus and Cabyle and Mastira and the other places he is said to be now holding ?—and though he endures toil and winter storms and deadly peril for the privilege of taking them,
Sections 16–20
yet he does not covet the Athenian harbours and dockyards and war-galleys and the place itself and the glory of it—and never may Philip or any other man make himself master of these by the conquest of our city!—but will allow you to retain them, while he winters in that purgatory for the sake of the rye and millet of the Thracian store-pits.
It is not so, but it is to win these prizes that he devotes his activities to all those other objects.
Therefore each must know and feel in his own mind the truth of this, but you must not, of course, call for a declaration of war from the statesman who is trying, in all honesty, to give you the best advice; for that would be the act of men who want to find someone to fight with, not of men who seek the interests of their state.
For consider. If for his first violation of the peace, or his second or third—for there was a long series of them—someone had proposed a declaration of war against him, and if Philip, just as he is doing now when no one proposes such a declaration, had gone to the help of the Cardians, would not the proposer have been suppressed, and blamed by everybody as the real author of Philip’s expedition?
Then do not look about for a scapegoat for Philip’s sins, someone whom you can throw for his hirelings to rend limb from limb. Do not vote for war and then fall to disputing among yourselves whether you ought or ought not to have done so, but imitate his methods of warfare, supplying those who are now resisting him with money and whatever else they need, and raising a war-fund yourselves, Athenians, and providing an army, swift-sailing galleys, horses, cavalry-transports, and everything that war requires.
For at present our system is a mockery, and, by Heaven, I do not believe that even Philip himself would pray that Athens might act otherwise than she is acting. You are behind your time and waste your money; you look round for someone to manage the business and then quarrel with him; you throw the blame on one another. I will explain how this comes about and will tell you how to stop it.
Sections 21–25
Never yet, Athenians, have you instituted or organized a single plan of action properly at the start, but you always follow in the track of each event, and then, when you find yourselves too late, you give up the pursuit; when the next event occurs, you are again in a bustle of preparation.
But that is not the way. If you trust to occasional levies, you can never gain any of your essential objects; but you must first raise a force and provide for its maintenance, and appoint paymasters and clerks, and arrange that there shall be the strictest watch kept over your expenditure, and afterwards you must demand from your paymasters an account of their moneys, and from the general an account of his campaign, and you must leave the general no excuse for sailing elsewhere or engaging in any other business.
If you do this, and you are really in earnest about it, you will either compel Philip to keep the peace fairly and to stay in one place, or you will fight him on equal terms; and perhaps—perhaps, just as you are now inquiring what Philip is doing and where he is marching, so he may be anxious to know where the Athenian force is bound for, and in what quarter it will appear.
But if anyone thinks that all this means great expense and much toil and worry, he is quite correct, but if he reckons up what will hereafter be the result to Athens if she refuses to act, he will conclude that it is to our interest to perform our duty willingly. For if you have the guarantee of some god, since no mere mortal could be a satisfactory surety for such an event, that if you remain inactive and abandon everything, Philip will not in the end march against yourselves,
by Zeus and all the other gods, it would be disgraceful and unworthy of you and of the resources of your city and the record of your ancestors to abandon all the other Greeks to enslavement for the sake of your own ease, and I for one would rather die than be guilty of proposing such a policy.
Sections 26–30
All the same, if someone does propose it and wins your assent, so be it; offer no resistance, sacrifice everything. But if no one approves of this, and if on the contrary we all of us foresee that the more we allow him to extend his power, the stronger and more formidable we shall find him in war, what escape is open to us, or why do we delay? When, men of Athens, shall we consent to do our duty?
Whenever it is necessary, you will say. But what any free man would call necessity is not merely present now, but is long ago past, and from the necessity that constrains a slave we must surely pray to be delivered. Do you ask the difference? The strongest necessity that a free man feels is shame for his own position, and I know not if we could name a stronger; but for a slave necessity means stripes and bodily outrage, unfit to name here, from which Heaven defend us!
Now, men of Athens, with regard to such public services as it is the duty of everyone to discharge, both with person and with property, that there should be a disposition to avoid them is not right—indeed, far from it—but still it does admit of some excuse notwithstanding; but to refuse even to listen to all that you ought to hear and all that you are bound to decide deserves, at such a time as this, absolute condemnation.
Your habit, then, is not to listen until, as now, the events themselves are upon you, and not to discuss any question at your leisure but whenever Philip makes his preparations, you neglect the chance of doing the same, and you are too remiss to make counter-preparations; and if anyone speaks out, you drive him from the platform, but when you learn of the loss of this place or the siege of that, then you pay attention and begin to prepare.
But the time to have listened and made your decision was just then, when you would not do it; now, when you are listening, is the time to act and put your preparations to use. Therefore in consequence of these bad habits you alone reverse the general practice of mankind; for other people deliberate before the event, but you after the event.
Sections 31–35
The one thing that remains and that ought to have been done long ago, though even now the chance is not lost, I will tell you. There is nothing that the State needs so much for the coming struggle as money. Some strokes of good fortune we have enjoyed without our design, and if we make the right use of them, the desired results may perhaps follow. For first, the men whom the king of Persia trusts and has accepted as his benefactors, hate Philip and are at war with him.
Secondly, the agent who was privy to all Philip’s schemes against the king of Persia has been kidnapped, and the king will hear of all these plots, not as the complaint of Athenians, whom he might suspect of speaking for our own private advantage, but from the lips of the very man who planned and carried them out, so that their credit is established, and the only suggestion for our ambassadors to make is one which the king would be delighted to hear,
that the man who is wronging both parties should be punished by both in common, and that Philip is much more dangerous to the king if he has attacked us first, for if we are left to our own resources and anything happens to us, he will soon be marching confidently against the king. I think you ought to send an embassy to put all these matters before the king, and you ought to drop the foolish prejudice that has so often brought about your discomfiture—the barbarian, the common foe of us all, and all such phrases.
For my part, whenever I see a man afraid of one who dwells at Susa and Ecbatana and insisting that he is ill-disposed to Athens, though he helped to restore our fortunes in the past and was even now making overtures to us(and if you did not accept them but voted their rejection, the fault is not his); and when I find the same man using very different language about this plunderer of the Greeks, who is extending his power, as you see, at our very doors and in the heart of Greece, I am astonished, and, whoever he may be, it is I that fear him, just because he does not fear Philip.
Now there is also another matter, the misrepresentation of which by unfair obloquy and in intemperate language is injuring the State, and furthermore is affording a pretext for those who are unwilling to perform any of their duties as citizens; indeed, you will find that in every case where a man has failed to do his duty, this has been given as the excuse. I am really afraid to speak on this subject, but I will do so nevertheless;
Sections 36–40
for I think I shall be able, with advantage to the State, to plead the cause both of the poor against the rich and of the property-owners against the necessitous. If we could banish from our midst both the obloquy which some heap on the Theoric Fund, and also the fear that the Fund will not be maintained without doing a great deal of harm, we could not perform a greater service nor one more likely to strengthen the whole body politic.
Follow my argument while I state first the case of those who are regarded as the poorer classes. There was a time not long ago when the revenue of your state did not exceed a hundred and thirty talents, and yet of those competent to undertake the trierarchy or pay the property-tax there is not one that declined the duty that devolved on him in the absence of a surplus; but the war-galleys sailed out, and the money came in, and we did all that was required.
Since then fortune has smiled on us and increased our revenues, and the exchequer now receives four hundred instead of one hundred talents, though no property-owner suffers any loss but is rather the gainer, for all the rich citizens come up to receive their share of this increase, as indeed they have a perfect right to do.
What then do we mean by reproaching one another for this and making it an excuse for doing nothing, unless it is that we grudge the relief which the poor have received at the hands of fortune? I for one shall not blame them, nor do I think it fair to do so.
For in private life I do not observe that the young man adopts that attitude towards his seniors, or that any human being is so insensible or unreasonable that he refuses to do anything himself unless everybody does the same; and indeed such a case would be covered by the laws for ill-usage, for I suppose the contribution assessed by both authorities, by nature and by law, ought to be brought honestly and paid cheerfully to the parents.
Sections 41–45
Therefore, just as each one of us has a parent, so ought we to regard the collective citizens as the common parents of the whole State, and so far from depriving them of anything that the State bestows, we ought, if there were no such grant, to look elsewhere for means to save any of their wants from being overlooked.
So then, if the wealthy would accept this principle, I think they would be doing not only what is fair, but also what is expedient; for to deprive one citizen of necessaries is to make many of them unite in disaffection towards the government. I would also counsel the poorer classes to abolish the grievance which makes the propertied class discontented with the system, and gives them just cause for assailing it.
I proceed, in the same way as before, to state the case for the rich, and I shall not shrink from speaking the truth. For I cannot imagine anyone, or at least any Athenian, so obdurate and cruel-hearted as to feel annoyed when he sees the poor and those who lack necessaries receiving these boons.
But where does our practice break down, and where lies the grievance? It is when the rich see certain persons transferring this usage from public moneys to private property; when the speaker is raised to instant greatness among you and even to immortality, as far as his privilege can secure it; and when your shouts of open approval are contradicted by your secret vote.
All this breeds distrust and resentment. For we are bound, Athenians, to share equitably with one another the privileges of citizenship, the wealthy feeling secure to lead their own lives and haunted by no fears on that account, but in the face of dangers making over their property to the commonwealth for its defence; while the rest must realize that State-property is common property, duly receiving their share of it, but recognizing that private wealth belongs to the possessor. In this way a small state grows great, and a great one is kept great. This may pass for a verbal statement of the duties of each class; for the legal performance of those duties some organization is necessary.
Sections 46–50
Of our present difficulties and of the existing confusion the causes are many and of long standing, but if you are willing to hear them, I am ready to speak. Men of Athens, you have deserted the post in which your ancestors left you; you have been persuaded by politicians of this sort that to be paramount in Greece, to possess a standing force, and to help all the oppressed, is a superfluous task and an idle expense; while you fondly imagined that to live in peace, to neglect all your duties, to abandon all your possessions and let others seize them one by one, ensured wonderful prosperity and complete security.
In consequence of this, a rival has stepped into the position that you ought to have filled, and it is he who has become prosperous and great and ruler over many things. And rightly so; for there is a prize, honorable, great, and glorious, a prize for which the greatest of our states once spent all their time in contending, but since misfortune has dogged the Lacedaemonians, and the Phocian War has left the Thebans no leisure, and we are heedless, he has grasped it without a struggle.
Therefore fear is the portion of the others, but his the possession of many allies and a mighty force; and such great and manifold troubles now encompass all the Greeks that it is not easy to advise what ought to be done.
Yet, men of Athens, perilous as is the present situation in my judgement, none of all the Greeks are in greater danger than you, not only because you are the chief object of Philip’s plots, but because you are the most disposed to inaction. If therefore, noting the abundance and cheapness of goods for sale in your markets, you have been beguiled by these things into the belief that the city is in no danger, your estimate of the situation is contrary to all right and reason.
For a market or a fair might be judged on such evidence to be well or ill stocked; but a city, which every aspirant to the rule of Greece has regarded as his only possible opponent and as champion of the freedom of all, must surely not be tested by her market-stuff to see whether all is well with her, but by her ability to trust the loyalty of her allies, by her strength in ams—these are the qualities that you must look for in the city; and these in your case are all untrustworthy and unsound.
Sections 51–55
You will understand it if you look at it in this way. When have the affairs of Greece been in the greatest confusion? For no other occasion than the present could possibly be named by anyone. All during the past Greece was divided into two camps, the Lacedaemonians’ and ours, and of the other Greeks some took their orders from us, others from them. The king of Persia, in himself, was equally distrusted by all, but by taking up the cause of the losing side in the struggle, he retained their confidence until he could put them on an equality with the others; but thereafter he was no less hated by those he had saved than by those who had been his enemies from the beginning.
But in the first place, the king is now well-disposed to all the Greeks, and yet to us least of all, unless we can effect some immediate improvement. In the second place, many so-called protectors are springing up everywhere, and all states are rivals for the leadership, but unfortunately some hold aloof, in mutual jealousy and distrust, and so each state has isolated itself—Argives, Thebans, Lacedaemonians, Corinthians, Arcadians, ourselves.
But yet, though Greek politics are split up into so many factions under so many powers, in no state, if I must speak the truth freely, would you find the government offices and the council chambers less occupied with Greek affairs than here at Athens; and naturally so, for neither through love nor trust nor fear does anyone hold communication with us.
And this is not due to a single cause, Athenians, or you might easily remedy it, but to many errors of every kind throughout the past. Without enumerating these, I will mention one on which all the rest turn, only beseeching you not to be offended with me, if I speak the truth boldly. It is the selling of your interests at every opportunity; your share in the bargain is leisure and inaction, which charm you out of your resentment against your betrayers, but others reap the rewards.
The other errors it is not worth while to investigate now, but whenever any question arises that concerns Philip, instantly up jumps someone and says there must be no nonsense talked, no declarationtion of war, and he at once goes on to add how good a thing it is to preserve peace, and what a bother it is to keep up a large army, and how certain persons want to plunder your wealth; and their other statements are as true as they can make them.
Sections 56–60
But surely it is not to you that they should recommend peace, for you have taken the advice and there you sit; it is to the man who is even now on the warpath; for if Philip can be won over, your share of the compact is ready to hand. Again, they should reflect that the irksome thing is not the expense of securing our safety, but the doom that will be ours if we shrink from that expense. As for the plunder of your wealth, they ought to prevent that by proposing some way of checking it and not by abandoning your interests.
And yet it is just this that rouses my indignation, that some of you should be distressed at the prospect of the plunder of your wealth, when you are quite competent to protect it and to punish any offender, but that you are not distressed at the sight of Philip thus plundering every Greek state in turn, the more so as he is plundering them to injure you.
Why then, men of Athens, has none of these speakers ever admitted that Philip is violating rights and provoking war, when he is thus openly violating rights and subduing cities, but when others urge you not to give way to Philip nor submit to these losses, they say they are provoking war? It is because they want the blame for the sufferings that the war will entail—for it is inevitable, yes, inevitable that the war should cause much distress—to be laid at the doors of those who believe they are your wisest counsellors.
For they are convinced that if you offer a whole-hearted and unanimous opposition to Philip, you will beat him and they will have no further chance of earning his pay, but that if at the first alarm of war you throw the blame on certain persons and devote your energies to bringing them to trial, they themselves by accusing them will gain both their ends—reputation with you and money from him, while you will punish the men who have spoken in your interests for the faults which you ought to punish in their accusers.
Such are their hopes, and such is the design of the accusation that certain persons wish to provoke war. But I am absolutely certain that, without waiting for any Athenian to propose a declaration of war, Philip is in possession of much of our territory and has just dispatched a force against Cardia. If, however, we like to pretend that he is not at war with us, he would be the greatest fool alive if he tried to disprove that; for when the victims deny the wrong, what should the malefactor do?
Sections 61–65
But when our turn comes, what shall we say then? For of course he will deny that he is attacking us, just as he denied that he was attacking the men of Oreus, when his troops were already in their territory, or the Pheraeans before that, when he was actually assaulting their walls, or the Olynthians at the start, until he was inside their frontier with his army. Or shall we say, even at that hour, that those who bid us repel him are provoking war? If so, there is nothing left but slavery, for there is no other alternative.
Moreover, you have not the same interests at stake as some of the others, for it is not your subjection that Philip aims at; no, but your complete annihilation. For he is well assured that you will not consent to be slaves; or, if you consent, will never learn how to be slaves, for you are accustomed to rule others; but that you will be able, if you seize your chances, to cause him more trouble than all the rest of the world. For that reason he will not spare you, if he gets you in his power.
Therefore you must needs bear in mind that this will be a life-and-death struggle, and the men who have sold themselves to Philip must be publicly cudgelled to death; for it is impossible, impossible to quell the foes without, until you have punished the foes within your gates, but if you let these stand as stumbling-blocks in your path, you must fail against the others.
What do you imagine is his motive in outraging you now—I think no other term describes his conduct—or why is it that, in deceiving the others, he at least confers benefits upon them, but in your case he is resorting to threats? For example, the Thessalians were beguiled by his generosity into their present state of servitude; no words can describe how he formerly deceived the miserable Olynthians by his gift of Potidaea and many other places; the Thebans he is now misleading, having handed over Boeotia to them and relieved them of a long and trying war.
So each of these states has reaped some benefit from him, but while some have already paid the price by their sufferings, the others have yet to suffer whatever shall fall to their lot. As for you, I do not say how far you have been robbed, but in the actual making of the peace, how completely you were deceived, how grievously you were robbed! Were you not deceived about Phocis, Thermopylae, the Thrace-ward districts, Doriscus, Serrium, Cersobleptes himself? Is not Philip now holding the city of the Cardians, and admitting that he holds it?
Sections 66–70
Why then does he deal in that way with the other Greeks, but with you in this way? Because yours is the one city in the world where immunity is granted to plead on behalf of our enemies, and where a man who has been bribed can safely address you in person, even when you have been robbed of your own. It would not have been safe in Olynthus to plead Philip’s cause, unless the Olynthian democracy had shared in the enjoyment of the revenues of Potidaea.
It would not have been safe in Thessaly to plead Philip’s cause, if the commoners of Thessaly had not shared in the advantages that Philip conferred, when he expelled their tyrants and restored to them their Amphictyonic privileges. It would not have been safe at Thebes, until he gave them back Boeotia and wiped out the Phocians.
But at Athens, though Philip has not only robbed you of Amphipolis and the Cardian territory, but is also turning Euboea into a fortress to overawe us and is even now on his way to attack Byzantium, it is safe to speak on Philip’s behalf. Indeed, of these politicians, some who were beggars are suddenly growing rich, some unknown to name and fame are now men of honour and distinction; while you, on the contrary, have passed from honour to dishonour, from affluence to destitution.
For a city’s wealth I hold to be allies, credit, goodwill, and of all these you are destitute. And it is because you are indifferent to these things and allow them to be taken from you in this way, that Philip is prosperous and powerful and formidable to Greeks and barbarians alike, while you are deserted and humiliated, famous for your well-stocked markets, but in provision for your proper needs, contemptible.
Yet I observe that some of our speakers do not urge the same policy for you as for themselves; for you, they say, ought to remain quiet even when you are wronged; themselves cannot remain quiet among you, though no one does them wrong. And yet, raillery apart, suppose someone should ask, Tell me, Aristomedes, why, when you know perfectly well—for no one is ignorant of such matters—that a private station is secure and free from risk, but the life of a politician is precarious, open to attack, and full of trials and misfortunes every day, why do you not choose the quiet, sequestered life instead of the life of peril? What would you reply?
Sections 71–75
For if we should grant the truth of what would be your best possible answer, that you do all this for love of glory and renown, I wonder what earthly reason you have for thinking that you yourself ought for that object to make every exertion, facing toil and danger, whereas you advise the State to abandon such efforts in sheer indifference. For this you cannot say—that it is your duty to make a figure in the State, but that the State is of no importance in the Greek world.
And there is another thing I do not see—that it is safe for the State to mind its own business, but dangerous for you if you do not go beyond your fellow-citizens in meddling with affairs.
Nay, on the contrary, I do foresee the utmost danger, to you from your bustling and meddling, but to the State from its inactivity. But you may say that you have the honour of your grandfather and father to uphold, and it would be scandalous to subvert it in your person, but that the State has inherited only nameless and paltry exploits from our ancestors. But that too is untrue; for you had a thief for your father, if he was like you, but our fathers, as all the Greeks know, preserved them from the deadliest perils.
But indeed there are some whose management both of private and of public business is neither fair nor constitutional; for how is it fair that some of these men, just released from jail, should be ignorant of their own worth, while that state, which was once the champion of the rest and maintained the pre-eminence, should now be sunk in all dishonour and humiliation?
Therefore, though there is much that I could say on many topics, I will forbear; for indeed it is not, I think, lack of speeches either now or at any other time that is the cause of our distress, but when you have listened to the right sort of arguments, and when you are unanimous as to their validity, you sit on and give equal attention to those who wish to overthrow and distort them. It is not that you do not recognize these speakers, for as soon as you have seen them, you know exactly who is speaking for pay and acting as Philip’s agent, and who is sincerely defending your best interests; but your aim is to find fault with these latter and, by turning the subject into ridicule and raillery, to avoid doing any part of your own duty.
Section 76
There you have the truth spoken with all freedom, simply in goodwill and for the best—no speech packed by flattery with mischief and deceit, and intended to put money into the speaker’s pocket and the control of the State into our enemies’ hands. Either, then, you must abandon these habits of yours, or you must throw the blame for all our failures on no one but yourselves.
Contents — 16 sections
Sections 1–5
καὶ σπουδαῖα νομίζων, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, περὶ ὧν βουλεύεσθε, καὶ ἀναγκαῖα τῇ πόλει, πειράσομαι περὶ αὐτῶν εἰπεῖν ἃ νομίζω συμφέρειν. οὐκ ὀλίγων δʼ ὄντων ἁμαρτημάτων οὐδʼ ἐκ μικροῦ χρόνου συνειλεγμένων, ἐξ ὧν φαύλως ταῦτʼ ἔχει, οὐδέν ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῶν πάντων δυσκολώτερον εἰς τὸ παρὸν ἢ ὅτι ταῖς γνώμαις ὑμεῖς ἀφεστήκατε τῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ τοσοῦτον χρόνον σπουδάζεθʼ ὅσον ἂν κάθησθʼ ἀκούοντες ἢ προσαγγελθῇ τι νεώτερον, εἶτʼ ἀπελθὼν ἕκαστος ὑμῶν οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν φροντίζει περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ μέμνηται.
ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀσέλγεια καὶ πλεονεξία, ᾗ πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους Φίλιππος χρῆται, τοσαύτη τὸ πλῆθος ὅσην ἀκούετε· ὅτι δʼ οὐκ ἔνι ταύτης ἐκεῖνον ἐπισχεῖν ἐκ λόγου καὶ δημηγορίας οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ δήπου. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μηδʼ ἀφʼ ἑνὸς τῶν ἄλλων τοῦτο μαθεῖν δύναταί τις, ὡδὶ λογισάσθω. ἡμεῖς οὐδαμοῦ πώποτε, ὅπου περὶ τῶν δικαίων εἰπεῖν ἐδέησεν, ἡττήθημεν οὐδʼ ἀδικεῖν ἐδόξαμεν, ἀλλὰ πάντων πανταχοῦ κρατοῦμεν καὶ περίεσμεν τῷ λόγῳ.
ἆρʼ οὖν διὰ τοῦτʼ ἐκείνῳ φαύλως ἔχει τὰ πράγματα, ἢ τῇ πόλει καλῶς; πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ὁ μὲν λαβὼν μετὰ ταῦτα βαδίζῃ τὰ ὅπλα, πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἑτοίμως κινδυνεύσων, ἡμεῖς δὲ καθώμεθʼ εἰρηκότες τὰ δίκαια, οἱ δʼ ἀκηκοότες, εἰκότως, οἶμαι, τοὺς λόγους τἄργα παρέρχεται, καὶ προσέχουσιν ἅπαντες οὐχ οἷς εἴπομέν ποθʼ ἡμεῖς δικαίοις ἢ νῦν ἂν εἴποιμεν, ἀλλʼ οἷς ποιοῦμεν. ἔστι δὲ ταῦτʼ οὐδένα τῶν ἀδικουμένων σῴζειν δυνάμενα· οὐδὲν γὰρ δεῖ πλείω περὶ αὐτῶν λέγειν.
τοιγάρτοι διεστηκότων εἰς δύο ταῦτα τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, τῶν μὲν εἰς τὸ μήτʼ ἄρχειν βίᾳ βούλεσθαι μηδενὸς μήτε δουλεύειν ἄλλῳ, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ νόμοις ἐξ ἴσου πολιτεύεσθαι, τῶν δʼ εἰς τὸ ἄρχειν μὲν τῶν πολιτῶν ἐπιθυμεῖν, ἑτέρῳ δʼ ὑπακούειν, διʼ ὅτου ποτʼ ἂν οἴωνται τοῦτο δυνήσεσθαι ποιῆσαι, οἱ τῆς ἐκείνου προαιρέσεως, οἱ τυραννίδων καὶ δυναστειῶν ἐπιθυμοῦντες, κεκρατήκασι πανταχοῦ, καὶ πόλις δημοκρατουμένη βεβαίως οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τίς ἐστι τῶν πασῶν λοιπὴ πλὴν ἡ ἡμετέρα.
καὶ κεκρατήκασιν οἱ διʼ ἐκείνου τὰς πολιτείας ποιούμενοι πᾶσιν ὅσοις πράγματα πράττεται, πρώτῳ μὲν πάντων καὶ πλείστῳ τῷ τοῖς βουλομένοις χρήματα λαμβάνειν ἔχειν τὸν δώσονθʼ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν, δευτέρῳ δὲ καὶ οὐδὲν ἐλάττονι τούτου τῷ δύναμιν τὴν καταστρεψομένην τοὺς ἐναντιουμένους αὐτοῖς ἐν οἷς ἂν αἰτήσωσι χρόνοις παρεῖναι.
Sections 6–10
ἡμεῖς δʼ οὐ μόνον τούτοις ὑπολειπόμεθʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἀνεγερθῆναι δυνάμεθα, ἀλλὰ μανδραγόραν πεπωκόσιν ἤ τι φάρμακον ἄλλο τοιοῦτον ἐοίκαμεν ἀνθρώποις· εἶτʼ, οἶμαι, (δεῖ γάρ, ὡς ἐγὼ κρίνω, λέγειν τἀληθῆ) οὕτω διαβεβλήμεθα καὶ καταπεφρονήμεθʼ ἐκ τούτων ὥστε τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ κινδυνεύειν ὄντων οἱ μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἡμῖν ἀντιλέγουσιν, οἱ δʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποῦ συνεδρεύσουσι, τινὲς δὲ καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἀμύνεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἐγνώκασιν.
τοῦ χάριν δὴ ταῦτα λέγω καὶ διεξέρχομαι; οὐ γὰρ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι μὰ τὸν Δία καὶ πάντας θεοὺς προαιροῦμαι. ἵνʼ ὑμῶν ἕκαστος, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῦτο γνῷ καὶ εἰδῇ, ὅτι ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν ῥᾳστώνη καὶ ῥᾳθυμία, ὥσπερ τοῖς ἰδίοις βίοις, οὕτω καὶ ταῖς πόλεσιν οὐκ ἐφʼ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀμελουμένων ποιεῖ τὴν αἴσθησιν εὐθέως, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῷ κεφαλαίῳ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπαντᾷ.
ὁρᾶτε Σέρριον καὶ Δορίσκον· ταῦτα γὰρ πρῶτον ὠλιγωρήθη μετὰ τὴν εἰρήνην, ἃ πολλοῖς ὑμῶν οὐδὲ γνώριμʼ ἐστὶν ἴσως. ταῦτα μέντοι τότʼ ἐαθέντα καὶ παροφθέντʼ ἀπώλεσε Θρᾴκην καὶ Κερσοβλέπτην, σύμμαχον ὄνθʼ ὑμῶν. πάλιν ταῦτʼ ἀμελούμενʼ ἰδὼν καὶ οὐδεμιᾶς βοηθείας τυγχάνοντα παρʼ ὑμῶν κατέσκαπτε Πορθμόν, καὶ τυραννίδʼ ἀπαντικρὺ τῆς Ἀττικῆς ἐπετείχισεν ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ.
ταύτης ὀλιγωρουμένης, Μέγαρʼ ἑάλω παρὰ μικρόν. οὐδὲν ἐφροντίσατʼ οὐδʼ ἐπεστράφητʼ οὐδὲν τούτων, οὐδʼ ἐνεδείξασθε τοῦθʼ ὅτι οὐκ ἐπιτρέψετε τοῦτο ποιεῖν αὐτῷ· Ἀντρῶνας ἐπρίατο καὶ μετʼ οὐ πολὺν χρόνον τὰ ἐν Ὠρεῷ πράγματʼ εἰλήφει.
πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παραλείπω, Φεράς, τὴν ἐπʼ Ἀμβρακίαν ὁδόν, τὰς ἐν Ἤλιδι σφαγάς, ἄλλα μυρία· οὐ γὰρ ἵνʼ ἐξαριθμήσωμαι τοὺς βεβιασμένους καὶ τοὺς ἠδικημένους ὑπὸ Φιλίππου, ταῦτα διεξῆλθον, ἀλλʼ ἵνα τοῦθʼ ὑμῖν δείξω, ὅτι οὐ στήσεται πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἀδικῶν, τὰ δʼ ὑφʼ αὑτῷ ποιούμενος Φίλιππος, εἰ μή τις αὐτὸν κωλύσει.
Sections 11–15
εἰσὶν δέ τινες οἳ πρὶν ἀκοῦσαι τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν πραγμάτων λόγους εὐθέως εἰώθασιν ἐρωτᾶν τί οὖν χρὴ ποιεῖν; οὐχ ἵνʼ ἀκούσαντες ποιήσωσι (χρησιμώτατοι γὰρ ἂν ἦσαν ἁπάντων), ἀλλʼ ἵνα τοῦ λέγοντος ἀπαλλαγῶσιν. δεῖ δʼ ὅμως εἰπεῖν ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν. πρῶτον μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῦτο παρʼ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς βεβαίως γνῶναι, ὅτι τῇ πόλει Φίλιππος πολεμεῖ καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην λέλυκεν, καὶ κακόνους μέν ἐστι καὶ ἐχθρὸς ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει καὶ τῷ τῆς πόλεως ἐδάφει, προσθήσω δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει θεοῖς, οἵπερ αὐτὸν ἐξολέσειαν, οὐδενὶ μέντοι μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ πολιτείᾳ πολεμεῖ οὐδʼ ἐπιβουλεύει, καὶ σκοπεῖ μᾶλλον οὐδὲν τῶν πάντων ἢ πῶς ταύτην καταλύσει.
καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τρόπον τινὰ νῦν γε δὴ ποιεῖ. λογίζεσθε γάρ. ἄρχειν βούλεται, τούτου δʼ ἀνταγωνιστὰς μόνους ὑπείληφεν ὑμᾶς. ἀδικεῖ πολὺν χρόνον ἤδη, καὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸς ἄριστα σύνοιδεν αὑτῷ· οἷς γὰρ οὖσιν ὑμετέροις ἔχει , τούτοις ἅπαντα τἄλλα βεβαίως κέκτηται· εἰ γὰρ Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ Ποτείδαιαν προεῖτο, οὐδʼ ἂν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ μένειν ἀσφαλῶς ἐδύνατο.
ἀμφότερʼ οὖν οἶδε, καὶ αὑτὸν ὑμῖν ἐπιβουλεύοντα καὶ ὑμᾶς αἰσθανομένους· εὖ φρονεῖν δʼ ὑμᾶς ὑπολαμβάνων μισεῖν αὑτὸν ἡγεῖται. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τοσούτοις οὖσιν οἶδεν ἀκριβῶς ὅτι, οὐδʼ ἂν ἁπάντων τῶν ἄλλων γένηται κύριος, οὐδὲν ἔστʼ αὐτῷ βεβαίως ἔχειν, ἕως ἂν ὑμεῖς δημοκρατῆσθε, ἀλλʼ ἄν ποτε συμβῇ τι πταῖσμα (πολλὰ δʼ ἂν γένοιτʼ ἀνθρώπῳ), ἥξει πάντα τὰ νῦν βεβιασμένα καὶ καταφεύξεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
ἐστὲ γὰρ ὑμεῖς οὐκ αὐτοὶ πλεονεκτῆσαι καὶ κατασχεῖν ἀρχὴν εὖ πεφυκότες, ἀλλʼ ἕτερον λαβεῖν κωλῦσαι καὶ ἔχοντʼ ἀφελέσθαι καὶ ὅλως ἐνοχλῆσαι τοῖς ἄρχειν βουλομένοις καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ἐξελέσθαι δεινοί. οὔκουν βούλεται τοῖς αὑτοῦ καιροῖς τὴν παρʼ ὑμῶν ἐλευθερίαν ἐφεδρεύειν, οὐ κακῶς οὐδʼ ἀργῶς ταῦτα λογιζόμενος.
πρῶτον μὲν δὴ τοῦτο δεῖ, ἐχθρὸν ὑπειληφέναι τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἀδιάλλακτον ἐκεῖνον, δεύτερον δʼ εἰδέναι σαφῶς ὅτι πάνθʼ ὅσα πραγματεύεται καὶ κατασκευάζεται νῦν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν πόλιν παρασκευάζεται. οὐ γὰρ οὕτως εὐήθης ὑμῶν ἐστὶν οὐδεὶς ὥσθʼ ὑπολαμβάνειν τὸν Φίλιππον τῶν μὲν ἐν Θρᾴκῃ κακῶν (τί γὰρ ἂν ἄλλο τις εἴποι Δρογγίλον καὶ Καβύλην καὶ Μάστειραν καὶ ἃ νῦν φασιν αὐτὸν ἔχειν;) τούτων μὲν ἐπιθυμεῖν καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ταῦτα λαβεῖν καὶ πόνους καὶ χειμῶνας καὶ τοὺς ἐσχάτους κινδύνους ὑπομένειν,
Sections 16–20
τῶν δʼ Ἀθηναίων λιμένων καὶ νεωρίων καὶ τριήρων καὶ τόπου καὶ δόξης, ὧν μήτʼ ἐκείνῳ μήτʼ ἄλλῳ γένοιτο μηδενὶ χειρωσαμένῳ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν κυριεῦσαι, οὐκ ἐπιθυμεῖν, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὑμᾶς ἐάσειν ἔχειν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν μελινῶν καὶ τῶν ὀλυρῶν τῶν ἐν τοῖς Θρᾳκίοις σιροῖς ἐν τῷ βαράθρῳ χειμάζειν.
οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τούτων γίγνεσθαι κύριος καὶ τἄλλα πάντα πραγματεύεται. ταῦτα τοίνυν ἕκαστον εἰδότα καὶ γιγνώσκοντα παρʼ αὑτῷ δεῖ μὰ Δίʼ οὐ γράψαι κελεύειν πόλεμον τὸν τὰ βέλτιστʼ ἐπὶ πᾶσι δικαίοις συμβουλεύοντα· τοῦτο μὲν γάρ ἐστι λαβεῖν ὅτῳ πολεμήσετε βουλομένων, οὐχ ἃ τῇ πόλει συμφέρει πράττειν.
ὁρᾶτε γάρ. εἰ διʼ ἃ πρῶτα παρεσπόνδησε Φίλιππος ἢ δεύτερʼ ἢ τρίτα (πολλὰ γάρ ἐστιν ἐφεξῆς) ἔγραψέ τις αὐτῷ πολεμεῖν, ὁ δʼ ὁμοίως ὥσπερ νῦν, οὐ γράφοντος οὐδενὸς ὑμῶν πόλεμον, Καρδιανοῖς ἐβοήθει, οὐκ ἂν ἀνηρπασμένος ἦν ὁ γράψας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάντες ᾐτιῶντʼ ἂν αὐτὸν Καρδιανοῖς βεβοηθηκέναι;
μὴ τοίνυν ζητεῖθʼ ὅντινʼ ἀνθʼ ὧν Φίλιππος ἐξαμαρτάνει μισήσετε καὶ τοῖς παρʼ ἐκείνου μισθαρνοῦσι διασπάσασθαι παραβαλεῖτε· μηδʼ αὐτοὶ χειροτονήσαντες πόλεμον βούλεσθε παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὑμῖν ἐρίζειν, εἰ δέον ἢ μὴ δέον ὑμᾶς τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι· ἀλλʼ ὃν ἐκεῖνος πολεμεῖ τρόπον, τοῦτον μιμεῖσθε, τοῖς μὲν ἀμυνομένοις ἤδη χρήματα καὶ τἄλλʼ ὅσων δέονται διδόντες, αὐτοὶ δʼ εἰσφέροντες, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ κατασκευαζόμενοι στράτευμα, τριήρεις ταχείας, ἵππους, ἱππαγωγούς, τἄλλʼ ὅσʼ εἰς πόλεμον·
ἐπεὶ νῦν γε γέλως ἔσθʼ ὡς χρώμεθα τοῖς πράγμασι, καὶ Φίλιππον δʼ αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ἂν ἄλλʼ οἶμαι μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς εὔξασθαι ποιεῖν τὴν πόλιν ἢ ταῦθʼ ἃ νῦν ποιεῖτε· ὑστερίζετε, ἀναλίσκετε· ὅτῳ παραδώσετε τὰ πράγματα ζητεῖτε, δυσχεραίνετε· ἀλλήλους αἰτιᾶσθε. ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ ταῦτα γίγνεται ἐγὼ διδάξω, καὶ ὅπως παύσεται λέξω.
Sections 21–25
οὐδὲν πώποτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐνεστήσασθʼ οὐδὲ κατεσκευάσασθʼ ὀρθῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸ συμβαῖνον ἀεὶ διώκετε, εἶτʼ ἐπειδὰν ὑστερίσητε παύεσθε· ἕτερον πάλιν ἂν συμβῇ τι παρασκευάζεσθε καὶ θορυβεῖσθε.
τὸ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει· οὐκ ἔνεστι βοηθείαις χρωμένους οὐδὲν τῶν δεόντων ποτὲ πρᾶξαι, ἀλλὰ κατασκευάσαντας δεῖ δύναμιν, καὶ τροφὴν ταύτῃ πορίσαντας καὶ ταμίας καὶ δημοσίους, καὶ ὅπως ἔνι τὴν τῶν χρημάτων φυλακὴν ἀκριβεστάτην γενέσθαι, οὕτω ποιήσαντας, τὸν μὲν τῶν χρημάτων λόγον παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν, τὸν δὲ τῶν ἔργων παρὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, καὶ μηδεμίαν πρόφασιν τοῦ πλεῖν ἄλλοσε ἢ πράττειν ἄλλο τι τῷ στρατηγῷ καταλείπειν.
ἂν οὕτω ποιήσητε καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐθελήσηθʼ ὡς ἀληθῶς, ἄγειν εἰρήνην δικαίαν καὶ μένειν ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου Φίλιππον ἀναγκάσετε, ἢ πολεμήσετʼ ἐξ ἴσου· καὶ ἴσως ἄν, ἴσως, ὥσπερ νῦν ὑμεῖς πυνθάνεσθε τί ποιεῖ Φίλιππος καὶ ποῖ πορεύεται, οὕτως ἂν ἐκεῖνος φροντίσαι ποῖ ποθʼ ἡ τῆς πόλεως ἀπῆρκεν δύναμις καὶ ποῦ φανήσεται.
εἰ δέ τῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα καὶ δαπάνης πολλῆς καὶ πόνων πολλῶν καὶ πραγματείας εἶναι, καὶ μάλʼ ὀρθῶς δοκεῖ· ἀλλʼ ἐὰν λογίσηται τὰ τῇ πόλει μετὰ ταῦτα γενησόμενα, ἐὰν ταῦτα μὴ ἐθέλῃ ποιεῖν, εὑρήσει λυσιτελοῦν τὸ ἑκόντας ποιεῖν τὰ δέοντα. εἰ μὲν γάρ ἐστί τις ἐγγυητὴς ὑμῖν θεῶν (οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρώπων γʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν γένοιτʼ ἀξιόχρεως τηλικούτου πράγματος) ὡς, ἐὰν ἄγηθʼ ἡσυχίαν καὶ ἅπαντα προῆσθε, οὐκ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ὑμᾶς τελευτῶν ἐκεῖνος ἥξει,
αἰσχρὸν μὲν νὴ τὸν Δία καὶ πάντας θεοὺς καὶ ἀνάξιον ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τῇ πόλει καὶ πεπραγμένων τοῖς προγόνοις, τῆς ἰδίας ῥᾳθυμίας ἕνεκα τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας Ἕλληνας εἰς δουλείαν προέσθαι, καὶ ἔγωγε αὐτὸς μὲν τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἂν ἢ ταῦτʼ εἰρηκέναι βουλοίμην·
Sections 26–30
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ εἴ τις ἄλλος λέγει καὶ ὑμᾶς πείθει, ἔστω, μὴ ἀμύνεσθε, ἅπαντα πρόεσθε. εἰ δὲ μηδενὶ τοῦτο δοκεῖ, τοὐναντίον δὲ πρόϊσμεν ἅπαντες ὅτι, ὅσῳ ἂν πλειόνων ἐάσωμεν ἐκεῖνον γενέσθαι κύριον, τοσούτῳ χαλεπωτέρῳ καὶ ἰσχυροτέρῳ χρησόμεθʼ ἐχθρῷ, ποῖ ἀναδυόμεθα, ἢ τί μέλλομεν; ἢ πότʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖν ἐθελήσομεν; ὅταν νὴ Δίʼ ἀναγκαῖον ᾖ.
ἀλλʼ ἣν μὲν ἄν τις ἐλευθέρων ἀνθρώπων ἀνάγκην εἴποι, οὐ μόνον ἤδη πάρεστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάλαι παρελήλυθε, τὴν δὲ τῶν δούλων ἀπεύχεσθαι δήπου μὴ γενέσθαι δεῖ. διαφέρει δὲ τί; ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐλευθέρῳ μὲν ἀνθρώπῳ μεγίστη ἀνάγκη ἡ ὑπὲρ τῶν γιγνομένων αἰσχύνη, καὶ μείζω ταύτης οὐκ οἶδʼ ἥντινʼ ἂν εἴποι τις· δούλῳ δὲ πληγαὶ χὠ τοῦ σώματος αἰκισμός, ὃ μήτε γένοιτο οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον.
τὸ μὲν τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ὀκνηρῶς διακεῖσθαι, ἃ δεῖ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ ταῖς οὐσίαις λῃτουργῆσαι ἕκαστον, ἐστὶ μὲν οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἔχον, οὐδὲ πολλοῦ δεῖ, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔχει τινὰ πρόφασιν ὅμως· τὸ δὲ μηδʼ ὅσʼ ἀκοῦσαι δεῖ μηδʼ ὅσα βουλεύσασθαι προσήκει, μηδὲ ταῦτʼ ἐθέλειν , τοῦτʼ ἤδη πᾶσαν ἐπιδέχεται κατηγορίαν.
ὑμεῖς τοίνυν οὐκ ἀκούειν, πρὶν ἂν ὥσπερ νῦν αὐτὰ παρῇ τὰ πράγματα, οὐχὶ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ οὐδενὸς εἰώθατʼ ἐφʼ ἡσυχίας, ἀλλʼ ὅταν μὲν ἐκεῖνος παρασκευάζηται, ἀμελήσαντες τοῦ ποιεῖν ταὐτὸ καὶ ἀντιπαρασκευάζεσθαι ῥᾳθυμεῖτε, καὶ ἄν τι λέγῃ τις, ἐκβάλλετε, ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἀπολωλὸς ἢ πολιορκούμενόν τι πύθησθε, ἀκροᾶσθε καὶ παρασκευάζεσθε·
ἦν δʼ ἀκηκοέναι μὲν καὶ βεβουλεῦσθαι τότε καιρός, ὅθʼ ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἠθέλετε, πράττειν δὲ καὶ χρῆσθαι τοῖς παρεσκευασμένοις νῦν, ἡνίκʼ ἀκούετε. τοιγαροῦν ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ἐθῶν μόνοι τῶν πάντων ἀνθρώπων ὑμεῖς τοῖς ἄλλοις τοὐναντίον ποιεῖτε· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι πρὸ τῶν πραγμάτων εἰώθασι χρῆσθαι τῷ βουλεύεσθαι, ὑμεῖς δὲ μετὰ τὰ πράγματα.
Sections 31–35
ὃ δὴ λοιπόν ἐστι, καὶ πάλαι μὲν ἔδει, διαφεύγει δʼ οὐδὲ νῦν, τοῦτʼ ἐρῶ. οὐδενὸς τῶν πάντων οὕτως ὡς χρημάτων δεῖ τῇ πόλει πρὸς τὰ νῦν ἐπιόντα πράγματα. συμβέβηκε δʼ εὐτυχήματʼ ἀπὸ ταὐτομάτου, οἷς ἂν χρησώμεθʼ ὀρθῶς, ἴσως ἂν γένοιτο τὰ δέοντα. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οἷς βασιλεὺς πιστεύει καὶ εὐεργέτας ὑπείληφεν ἑαυτοῦ, οὗτοι μισοῦσι καὶ πολεμοῦσι Φίλιππον.
ἔπειθʼ ὁ πράττων καὶ συνειδὼς ἅπανθʼ ἃ Φιλλιππος κατὰ βασιλέως παρασκευάζεται, οὗτος ἀνάσπαστος γέγονε, καὶ πάσας τὰς πράξεις βασιλεὺς οὐχ ἡμῶν κατηγορούντων ἀκούσεται, οὓς ὑπὲρ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἂν ἡγήσαιτο τοῦ ἰδίου λέγειν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πράξαντος αὐτοῦ καὶ διοικοῦντος, ὥστʼ εἶναι πιστάς, καὶ λοιπὸν λόγον εἶναι τοῖς παρʼ ὑμῶν πρέσβεσιν, ὃν βασιλεὺς ἥδιστʼ ἂν ἀκούσαι,
ὡς τὸν ἀμφοτέρους ἀδικοῦντα κοινῇ τιμωρήσασθαι δεῖ, καὶ ὅτι πολὺ τῷ βασιλεῖ φοβερώτερός ἐσθʼ ὁ Φίλιππος, ἂν προτέροις ἡμῖν ἐπιθῆται· εἰ γὰρ ἐγκαταλειπόμενοί τι πεισόμεθʼ ἡμεῖς, ἀδεῶς ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον ἤδη πορεύσεται. ὑπὲρ δὴ τούτων ἁπάντων οἶμαι δεῖν ὑμᾶς πρεσβείαν ἐκπέμπειν, ἥτις τῷ βασιλεῖ διαλέξεται, καὶ τὴν ἀβελτερίαν ἀποθέσθαι, διʼ ἣν πολλάκις ἠλαττώθητε, ὁ δὴ βάρβαρος, καὶ ὁ κοινὸς ἅπασιν ἐχθρός, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα.
ἐγὼ γὰρ ὅταν τινʼ ἴδω τὸν μὲν ἐν Σούσοις καὶ Ἐγβατάνοις δεδοικότα καὶ κακόνουν εἶναι τῇ πόλει φάσκοντα, ὃς καὶ πρότερον συνεπηνώρθωσε τὰ τῆς πόλεως πράγματα καὶ νῦν ἐπηγγέλλετο (εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐδέχεσθʼ ὑμεῖς, ἀλλʼ ἀπεψηφίζεσθε, οὐ τἀκείνου αἴτια), ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ἐγγὺς οὑτωσὶ ἐν μέσῃ τῇ Ἑλλάδι αὐξανομένου λῃστοῦ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄλλο τι λέγοντα, θαυμάζω, καὶ δέδοικα τοῦτον, ὅστις ἂν ᾖ ποτʼ, ἔγωγε, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ οὗτος Φίλιππον.
ἔστι τοίνυν τι πρᾶγμα καὶ ἄλλο, ὃ λυμαίνεται τὴν πόλιν ὑπὸ βλασφημίας ἀδίκου καὶ λόγων οὐ προσηκόντων διαβεβλημένον, εἶτα τοῖς μηδὲν τῶν ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ δικαίων βουλομένοις ποιεῖν πρόφασιν παρέχει· καὶ πάντων, ὅσʼ ἐκλείπει, δέον παρά του γίγνεσθαι, ἐπὶ τοῦθʼ εὑρήσετε τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναφερομένην. περὶ οὗ πάνυ μὲν φοβοῦμαι, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐρῶ·
Sections 36–40
οἶμαι γὰρ ἕξειν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀπόρων τὰ δίκαιʼ ἐπὶ τῷ συμφέροντι τῆς πόλεως εἰπεῖν πρὸς τοὺς εὐπόρους, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν κεκτημένων τὰς οὐσίας πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιδεεῖς. εἰ ἀνέλοιμεν ἐκ μέσου καὶ τὰς βλασφημίας ἃς ἐπὶ τῷ θεωρικῷ ποιοῦνταί τινες οὐχὶ δικαίως, καὶ τὸν φόβον, ὡς οὐ στήσεται τοῦτʼ ἄνευ μεγάλου τινὸς κακοῦ, οὐδὲν ἂν εἰς τὰ πράγματα μεῖζον εἰσενεγκαίμεθα, οὐδʼ ὅ τι κοινῇ μᾶλλον ἂν ὅλην ἐπιρρώσειε τὴν πόλιν.
οὑτωσὶ δὲ σκοπεῖτε· ἐρῶ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν χρείᾳ δοκούντων εἶναι πρότερον. ἦν ποτʼ οὐ πάλαι παρʼ ὑμῖν, ὅτʼ οὐ προσῄει τῇ πόλει τάλανθʼ ὑπὲρ τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατόν· καὶ οὐδεὶς τῶν τριηραρχεῖν δυναμένων οὐδὲ τῶν εἰσφέρειν ὅστις οὐκ ἠξίου τὰ καθήκοντʼ ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν ποιεῖν, ὅτι χρήματʼ οὐ περιῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τριήρεις ἔπλεον καὶ χρήματʼ ἐγίγνετο καὶ πάντʼ ἐποιοῦμεν τὰ δέοντα.
μετὰ ταῦθʼ ἡ τύχη, καλῶς ποιοῦσα, πολλὰ πεποίηκε τὰ κοινά, καὶ τετρακόσιʼ ἀντὶ τῶν ἑκατὸν ταλάντων προσέρχεται, οὐδενὸς οὐδὲν ζημιουμένου τῶν τὰς οὐσίας ἐχόντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσλαμβάνοντος· οἱ γὰρ εὔποροι πάντες ἔρχονται μεθέξοντες τούτου, καὶ καλῶς ποιοῦσιν.
τί οὖν μαθόντες τοῦτʼ ὀνειδίζομεν ἀλλήλοις καὶ προφάσει χρώμεθα τοῦ μηδὲν ποιεῖν, πλὴν εἰ τῇ παρὰ τῆς τύχης βοηθείᾳ γεγονυίᾳ τοῖς ἀπόροις φθονοῦμεν;
οὓς οὔτʼ ἂν αἰτιασαίμην ἔγωγε, οὔτʼ ἀξιῶ. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις οἰκίαις ὁρῶ τὸν ἐν ἡλικίᾳ πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους οὕτω διακείμενον οὐδʼ οὕτως ἀγνώμονʼ οὐδʼ ἄτοπον τῶν ὄντων οὐδένα, ὥστε, εἰ μὴ ποιήσουσιν ἅπαντες ὅσʼ ἂν αὐτός, οὐ φάσκοντα ποιήσειν οὐδὲν οὐδʼ αὐτόν· καὶ γὰρ ἂν τοῖς τῆς κακώσεως εἴη νόμοις οὕτω γʼ ἔνοχος· δεῖ γάρ, οἶμαι, τοῖς γονεῦσι τὸν ὡρισμένον ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἔρανον, καὶ παρὰ τῆς φύσεως καὶ παρὰ τοῦ νόμου, δικαίως φέρειν καὶ ἑκόνθʼ ὑποτελεῖν.
Sections 41–45
ὥσπερ τοίνυν ἑνὸς ἡμῶν ἑκάστου τίς ἐστι γονεύς, οὕτω συμπάσης τῆς πόλεως κοινοὺς δεῖ τοὺς γονέας σύμπαντας ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ προσήκειν τούτους οὐχ ὅπως ὧν ἡ πόλις δίδωσʼ ἀφελέσθαι τι, ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἦν τούτων, ἄλλοθεν σκοπεῖν ὅπως μηδενὸς ὄντες ἐνδεεῖς περιοφθήσονται.
τοὺς μὲν τοίνυν εὐπόρους ταύτῃ χρωμένους τῇ γνώμῃ οὐ μόνον ἡγοῦμαι τὰ δίκαιʼ ἂν ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ λυσιτελῆ· τὸ γὰρ τῶν ἀναγκαίων τινʼ ἀποστερεῖν κοινῇ κακόνους ἐστὶ ποιεῖν πολλοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοῖς πράγμασι· τοῖς δʼ ἐν ἐνδείᾳ, διʼ ὃ δυσχεραίνουσι τὸ πρᾶγμʼ οἱ τὰς οὐσίας ἔχοντες καὶ κατηγοροῦσι δικαίως, τοῦτʼ ἀφελεῖν ἂν συμβουλεύσαιμι.
δίειμι δέ, ὥσπερ ἄρτι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐπόρων, οὐ κατοκνήσας εἰπεῖν τἀληθῆ. ἐμοὶ γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὕτως ἄθλιος οὐδʼ ὠμὸς εἶναι δοκεῖ τὴν γνώμην, οὔκουν Ἀθηναίων γε, ὥστε λυπεῖσθαι ταῦτα λαμβάνοντας ὁρῶν τοὺς ἀπόρους καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐνδεεῖς ὄντας.
ἀλλὰ ποῦ συντρίβεται τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ ποῦ δυσχεραίνεται; ὅταν τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν ἔθος ἐπὶ τὰ ἴδια μεταβιβάζοντας ὁρῶσί τινας, καὶ μέγαν μὲν ὄντα παρʼ ὑμῖν εὐθέως τὸν λέγοντα, ἀθάνατον δʼ ἕνεκʼ ἀσφαλείας, ἑτέραν δὲ τὴν κρύβδην ψῆφον τοῦ φανερῶς θορύβου.
ταῦτʼ ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτʼ ὀργὴν ἔχει. δεῖ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δικαίως ἀλλήλοις τῆς πολιτείας κοινωνεῖν, τοὺς μὲν εὐπόρους εἰς μὲν τὸν βίον τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν νομίζοντας καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτων μὴ δεδοικότας, εἰς δὲ τοὺς κινδύνους κοινὰ ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας τὰ ὄντα τῇ πατρίδι παρέχοντας, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς τὰ μὲν κοινὰ κοινὰ νομίζοντας καὶ μετέχοντας τὸ μέρος, τὰ δʼ ἑκάστου ἴδια τοῦ κεκτημένου. οὕτω καὶ μικρὰ μεγάλη πόλις γίγνεται καὶ μεγάλη σῴζεται. ὡς μὲν οὖν εἴποι τις ἄν, ἃ παρʼ ἑκατέρων εἶναι δεῖ, ταῦτʼ ἴσως ἐστίν· ὡς δὲ καὶ γένοιτʼ ἄν, νόμῳ διορθώσασθαι δεῖ.
Sections 46–50
τῶν δὲ παρόντων πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς πολλὰ πόρρωθέν ἐστι τὰ αἴτια· ἃ εἰ βουλομένοις ὑμῖν ἀκούειν ἐστίν, ἐθέλω λέγειν. ἐξέστητʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῆς ὑποθέσεως ἐφʼ ἧς ὑμᾶς οἱ πρόγονοι κατέλιπον, καὶ τὸ μὲν προΐστασθαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ δύναμιν συνεστηκυῖαν ἔχοντας πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις βοηθεῖν περίεργον ἐπείσθητʼ εἶναι καὶ μάταιον ἀνάλωμʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ταῦτα πολιτευομένων, τὸ δʼ ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ διάγειν καὶ μηδὲν τῶν δεόντων πράττειν, ἀλλὰ προϊεμένους καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον πάνθʼ ἑτέρους ἐᾶσαι λαβεῖν, θαυμαστὴν εὐδαιμονίαν καὶ πολλὴν ἀσφάλειαν ἔχειν ᾤεσθε.
ἐκ δὲ τούτων παρελθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν τάξιν ἐφʼ ἧς ὑμῖν τετάχθαι προσῆκεν ἕτερος, οὗτος εὐδαίμων καὶ μέγας καὶ πολλῶν κύριος γέγονεν, εἰκότως· πρᾶγμα γὰρ ἔντιμον καὶ μέγα καὶ λαμπρόν, καὶ περὶ οὗ πάντα τὸν χρόνον αἱ μέγισται τῶν πόλεων πρὸς αὑτὰς διεφέροντο, Λακεδαιμονίων μὲν ἠτυχηκότων, Θηβαίων δʼ ἀσχόλων διὰ τὸν Φωκικὸν πόλεμον γενομένων, ἡμῶν δʼ ἀμελούντων, ἔρημον ἀνείλετο.
τοιγάρτοι τὸ μὲν φοβεῖσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις, τὸ δὲ συμμάχους πολλοὺς ἔχειν καὶ δύναμιν μεγάλην ἐκείνῳ περιγέγονε, καὶ τοσαῦτα πράγματα καὶ τοιαῦτʼ ἤδη περιέστηκε τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἅπαντας, ὥστε μηδʼ ὅ τι χρὴ συμβουλεύειν εὔπορον εἶναι.
ὄντων δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων πᾶσιν, ὡς ἐγὼ κρίνω, φοβερῶν, οὐδένες ἐν μείζονι κινδύνῳ τῶν πάντων εἰσὶν ὑμῶν, οὐ μόνον τῷ μάλισθʼ ὑμῖν ἐπιβουλεύειν Φίλιππον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ πάντων ἀργότατʼ αὐτοὶ διακεῖσθαι. εἰ τοίνυν τὸ τῶν ὠνίων πλῆθος ὁρῶντες καὶ τὴν εὐετηρίαν τὴν κατὰ τὴν ἀγοράν, τούτοις κεκήλησθʼ ὡς ἐν οὐδενὶ δεινῷ τῆς πόλεως οὔσης, οὔτε προσηκόντως οὔτʼ ὀρθῶς τὸ πρᾶγμα κρίνετε·
ἀγορὰν μὲν γὰρ ἄν τις καὶ πανήγυριν ἐκ τούτων ἢ φαύλως ἢ καλῶς παρεσκευάσθαι κρίνοι· πόλιν δʼ ἣν ὑπείληφεν, ὃς ἂν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄρχειν ἀεὶ βούληται, μόνην ἂν ἐναντιωθῆναι καὶ τῆς πάντων ἐλευθερίας προστῆναι, οὐ μὰ Δίʼ ἐκ τῶν ὠνίων, εἰ καλῶς ἔχει, δοκιμάζειν δεῖ, ἀλλʼ εἰ συμμάχων εὐνοίᾳ πιστεύει, εἰ τοῖς ὅπλοις ἰσχύει, ταῦθʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως δεῖ σκοπεῖν· ἃ σφαλερῶς ὑμῖν καὶ οὐδαμῶς ἅπαντʼ ἔχει.
Sections 51–55
γνοίητε δʼ ἄν, εἰ σκέψαισθʼ ἐκείνως. πότε μάλιστʼ ἐν ταραχῇ τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γέγονε πράγματα; οὐδένα γὰρ χρόνον ἄλλον ἢ τὸν νυνὶ παρόντʼ οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς εἴποι. τὸν μὲν γὰρ ἄλλον ἅπαντʼ εἰς δύο ταῦτα διῄρητο τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ ἡμᾶς, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων οἱ μὲν ἡμῖν, οἱ δʼ ἐκείνοις ὑπήκουον. βασιλεὺς δὲ καθʼ αὑτὸν μὲν ὁμοίως ἅπασιν ἄπιστος ἦν, τοὺς δὲ κρατουμένους τῷ πολέμῳ προσλαμβάνων, ἄχρι οὗ τοῖς ἑτέροις ἐξ ἴσου ποιήσαι, διεπιστεύετο, ἔπειτʼ οὐχ ἧττον αὐτὸν ἐμίσουν οὓς σώσειε τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐχθρῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς.
νῦν δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἅπασι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οἰκείως ἔχει, καὶ πάντων ἥκιστα δὴ ἡμῖν, ἄν τι μὴ νῦν ἐπανορθωσώμεθα· ἔπειτα προστασίαι πολλαὶ καὶ πανταχόθεν γίγνονται, καὶ τοῦ πρωτεύειν ἀντιποιοῦνται μὲν πάντες, ἀφεστᾶσι δʼ ἔργῳ, καὶ φθονοῦσι καὶ ἀπιστοῦσιν αὑτοῖς, οὐχ οἷς ἔδει, καὶ γεγόνασι καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἕκαστοι, Ἀργεῖοι, Θηβαῖοι, Λακεδαιμόνιοι, Κορίνθιοι, Ἀρκάδες, ἡμεῖς.
ἀλλʼ ὅμως εἰς τοσαῦτα μέρη καὶ τοσαύτας δυναστείας διῃρημένων , εἰ δεῖ τἀληθῆ μετὰ παρρησίας εἰπεῖν, τὰ παρʼ οὐδέσι τούτων ἀρχεῖα καὶ βουλευτήριʼ ἐρημότερʼ ἄν τις ἴδοι τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν πραγμάτων ἢ τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν, εἰκότως· οὔτε γὰρ φιλῶν οὔτε πιστεύων οὔτε φοβούμενος οὐδεὶς ἡμῖν διαλέγεται.
αἴτιον δὲ τούτων οὐχ ἕν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, (ῥᾴδιον γὰρ ἂν ἦν ὑμῖν μεταθεῖναι), ἀλλὰ πολλὰ καὶ παντοδαπὰ ἐκ παντὸς ἡμαρτημένα τοῦ χρόνου, ὧν τὸ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐάσας, εἰς ὃ πάντα τείνει λέξω, δεηθεὶς ὑμῶν, ἂν λέγω τἀληθῆ μετὰ παρρησίας, μηδὲν ἀχθεσθῆναί μοι. πέπραται τὰ συμφέροντʼ ἐφʼ ἑκάστου τῶν καιρῶν, καὶ μετειλήφαθʼ ὑμεῖς μὲν τὴν σχολὴν καὶ τὴν ἡσυχίαν, ὑφʼ ὧν κεκηλημένοι τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν οὐ πικρῶς ἔχετε, ἕτεροι δὲ τὰς τιμὰς ἔχουσιν.
καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τἄλλʼ οὐκ ἄξιον ἐξετάσαι νῦν· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδάν τι τῶν πρὸς Φίλιππον ἐμπέσῃ, εὐθὺς ἀναστάς τις λέγει ὡς οὐ δεῖ ληρεῖν οὐδὲ γράφειν πόλεμον, παραθεὶς εὐθέως ἑξῆς τὸ τὴν εἰρήνην ἄγειν ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ τρέφειν μεγάλην δύναμιν ὡς χαλεπόν, καὶ διαρπάζειν τινὲς τὰ χρήματα βούλονται, καὶ ἄλλους λόγους ὡς οἷόν τʼ ἀληθεστάτους λέγουσιν.
Sections 56–60
ἀλλὰ δεῖ δήπου τὴν μὲν εἰρήνην ἄγειν οὐχ ὑμᾶς πείθειν, οἳ πεπεισμένοι κάθησθε, ἀλλὰ τὸν τὰ τοῦ πολέμου πράττοντα· ἂν γὰρ ἐκεῖνος πεισθῇ, τά γʼ ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ὑπάρχει· νομίζειν δʼ εἶναι χαλεπὰ οὐχ ὅσʼ ἂν εἰς σωτηρίαν δαπανῶμεν, ἀλλʼ ἃ πεισόμεθα, ἂν μὴ ταῦτʼ ἐθέλωμεν ποιεῖν, καὶ τὸ διαρπασθήσεται τὰ χρήματα τῷ φυλακὴν εὑρεῖν διʼ ἧς σωθήσεται κωλύειν, οὐχὶ τῷ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἀποστῆναι.
καίτοι ἔγωγʼ ἀγανακτῶ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, εἰ τὰ μὲν χρήματα λυπεῖ τινὰς ὑμῶν εἰ διαρπασθήσεται, ἃ καὶ φυλάττειν καὶ κολάζειν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἐφʼ ὑμῖν ἐστι, τὴν δʼ Ἑλλάδα πᾶσαν ἐφεξῆς οὑτωσὶ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἁρπάζων.
τί ποτʼ οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸν μὲν οὕτω φανερῶς ἀδικοῦντα καὶ πόλεις καταλαμβάνοντα οὐδεὶς πώποτε τούτων εἶπεν ὡς ἀδικεῖ καὶ πόλεμον ποιεῖ, τοὺς δὲ μὴ ἐπιτρέπειν μηδὲ προΐεσθαι ταῦτα συμβουλεύοντας, τούτους πόλεμον ποιεῖν φασίν; ὅτι τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου συμβησομένων δυσχερῶν (ἀνάγκη γάρ, ἀνάγκη πολλὰ λυπηρὰ ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου γίγνεσθαι) τοῖς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τὰ βέλτιστα λέγειν εἰθισμένοις ἀναθεῖναι βούλονται.
ἡγοῦνται γάρ, ἂν μὲν ὑμεῖς ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐκ μιᾶς γνώμης Φίλιππον ἀμύνησθε, κἀκείνου κρατήσειν ὑμᾶς καὶ αὑτοῖς οὐκέτʼ ἔσεσθαι μισθαρνεῖν, ἂν δʼ ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων θορύβων αἰτιασάμενοί τινας πρὸς τὸ κρίνειν τράπησθε, αὐτοὶ μὲν τούτων κατηγοροῦντες ἀμφότερʼ ἕξειν, καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν εὐδοκιμήσειν καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνου χρήματα λήψεσθαι, ὑμᾶς δʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν δεῖ παρὰ τούτων δίκην λαβεῖν, παρὰ τῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν εἰρηκότων λήψεσθαι.
αἱ μὲν ἐλπίδες αἱ τούτων αὗται καὶ τὸ κατασκεύασμα τὸ τῶν αἰτιῶν, ὡς ἄρα βούλονταί τινες πόλεμον ποιῆσαι. ἐγὼ δʼ οἶδʼ ἀκριβῶς ὅτι, οὐ γράψαντος Ἀθηναίων οὐδενὸς πόλεμον, πολλὰ Φίλιππος ἔχει τῶν τῆς πόλεως καὶ νῦν εἰς Καρδίαν πέπομφε βοήθειαν. εἰ μέντοι βουλόμεθʼ ἡμεῖς μὴ προσποιεῖσθαι πολεμεῖν ἡμῖν ἐκεῖνον, ἀνοητότατος πάντων ἂν εἴη, εἰ τοῦτʼ ἐξελέγχοι· ὅταν γὰρ οἱ ἀδικούμενοι ἀρνῶνται, τί τῷ ἀδικοῦντι προσήκει;
Sections 61–65
ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὰν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἴῃ, τί φήσομεν τότε; ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ οὐ πολεμεῖν, ὥσπερ οὐδʼ Ὠρείταις, τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὄντων ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ, οὐδὲ Φεραίοις πρότερον, πρὸς τὰ τείχη προσβάλλων, οὐδʼ Ὀλυνθίοις ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ἕως ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ χώρᾳ τὸ στράτευμα παρῆν ἔχων. ἢ καὶ τότε τοὺς ἀμύνεσθαι κελεύοντας πόλεμον ποιεῖν φήσομεν; οὐκοῦν ὑπόλοιπον δουλεύειν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλο γʼ οὐδὲν ἔνι.
καὶ μὴν οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἴσων ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔσθʼ ὁ κίνδυνος· οὐ γὰρ ὑφʼ αὑτῷ ποιήσασθαι τὴν πόλιν βούλεται Φίλιππος ὑμῶν, οὔ, ἀλλʼ ὅλως ἀνελεῖν. οἶδε γὰρ ἀκριβῶς ὅτι δουλεύειν μὲν ὑμεῖς οὔτʼ ἐθελήσετε, οὔτʼ, ἐὰν ἐθέλητε, ἐπιστήσεσθε (ἄρχειν γὰρ εἰώθατε), πράγματα δὲ παρασχεῖν αὐτῷ, ἂν καιρὸν λάβητε, πλείω τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων δυνήσεσθε. διὰ ταῦθʼ ὑμῶν οὐχὶ φείσεται, εἴπερ ἐγκρατὴς γενήσεται.
ὡς οὖν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἐσομένου τοῦ ἀγῶνος, οὕτω προσήκει γιγνώσκειν, καὶ τοὺς πεπρακότας αὑτοὺς ἐκείνῳ φανερῶς ἀποτυμπανίσαι· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστι τῶν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐχθρῶν κρατῆσαι, πρὶν ἂν τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει κολάσητʼ ἐχθρούς, ἀλλʼ ἀνάγκη τούτοις ὥσπερ προβόλοις προσπταίσαντας ὑστερίζειν ἐκείνων.
πόθεν οἴεσθε νῦν αὐτὸν ὑβρίζειν ὑμᾶς (οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄλλʼ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ ποιεῖν ἢ τοῦτο) καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους εὖ ποιοῦντα, εἰ μηδὲν ἄλλο, ἐξαπατᾶν, ὑμῖν δʼ ἀπειλεῖν ἤδη; οἷον Θετταλοὺς πολλὰ δοὺς ὑπηγάγετʼ εἰς τὴν νῦν παροῦσαν δουλείαν· οὐδʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν δύναιτʼ οὐδεὶς ὅσα τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Ὀλυνθίους πρότερον δοὺς Ποτείδαιαν ἐξηπάτησε καὶ πόλλʼ ἕτερα· Θηβαίους τὰ νῦν ὑπάγει τὴν Βοιωτίαν αὐτοῖς παραδοὺς καὶ ἀπαλλάξας πολέμου πολλοῦ καὶ χαλεποῦ·
ὥστε καρπωσάμενοί τινʼ ἕκαστοι τούτων πλεονεξίαν, οἱ μὲν ἤδη πεπόνθασιν ἃ δὴ πεπόνθασιν, οἱ δʼ ὅταν ποτὲ συμβῇ πείσονται. ὑμεῖς δʼ ὧν μὲν ἀπεστέρησθε σιωπῶ· ἀλλʼ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ τὴν εἰρήνην ποιήσασθαι, πόσʼ ἐξηπάτησθε, πόσων ἀπεστέρησθε. οὐχὶ Φωκέας, οὐ Πύλας, οὐχὶ τἀπὶ Θρᾴκης, Δορίσκον, Σέρριον, τὸν Κερσοβλέπτην αὐτόν; οὐ νῦν Καρδίαν ἔχει καὶ ὁμολογεῖ;
Sections 66–70
τί ποτʼ οὖν ἐκείνως τοῖς ἄλλοις, καὶ ὑμῖν οὐ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον προσφέρεται; ὅτι ἐν μόνῃ τῶν πασῶν πόλεων τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ ἄδειʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν λέγειν δέδοται, καὶ λαβόντα χρήματʼ αὐτὸν ἀσφαλές ἐστι λέγειν παρʼ ὑμῖν, κἂν ἀφῃρημένοι τὰ ὑμέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἦτε.
οὐκ ἦν ἀσφαλὲς λέγειν ἐν Ὀλύνθῳ τὰ Φιλίππου μὴ σὺν εὖ πεπονθότων τῶν πολλῶν Ὀλυνθίων τῷ Ποτείδαιαν καρποῦσθαι· οὐκ ἦν ἀσφαλὲς λέγειν ἐν Θετταλίᾳ μὴ σὺν εὖ πεπονθότος τοῦ πλήθους τοῦ Θετταλῶν τῷ τοὺς τυράννους ἐκβαλεῖν Φίλιππον αὐτοῖς καὶ τὴν Πυλαίαν ἀποδοῦναι· οὐκ ἦν ἐν Θήβαις ἀσφαλές, πρὶν τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἀπέδωκε καὶ τοὺς Φωκέας ἀνεῖλεν.
ἀλλʼ Ἀθήνησιν, οὐ μόνον Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Καρδιανῶν χώραν ἀπεστερηκότος Φιλίππου, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατασκευάζοντος ὑμῖν ἐπιτείχισμα τὴν Εὔβοιαν καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ Βυζάντιον παριόντος, ἀσφαλές ἐστι λέγειν ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου. καὶ γάρ τοι τούτων μὲν ἐκ πτωχῶν ἔνιοι ταχὺ πλούσιοι γίγνονται, καὶ ἐξ ἀνωνύμων καὶ ἀδόξων ἔνδοξοι καὶ γνώριμοι, ὑμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον ἐκ μὲν ἐνδόξων ἄδοξοι, ἐκ δʼ εὐπόρων ἄποροι·
πόλεως γὰρ ἔγωγε πλοῦτον ἡγοῦμαι συμμάχους, πίστιν, εὔνοιαν, ὧν πάντων ὑμεῖς ἔστʼ ἄποροι. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ τούτων ὀλιγώρως ὑμᾶς ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον φέρεσθαι, ὁ μὲν εὐδαίμων καὶ μέγας καὶ φοβερὸς πᾶσιν Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις, ὑμεῖς δʼ ἔρημοι καὶ ταπεινοί, τῇ μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν εὐετηρίᾳ λαμπροί, τῇ δʼ ὧν προσῆκε παρασκευῇ καταγέλαστοι.
οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον περί θʼ ὑμῶν καὶ περὶ αὑτῶν ἐνίους τῶν λεγόντων ὁρῶ βουλευομένους· ὑμᾶς μὲν γὰρ ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν φασὶ δεῖν, κἄν τις ὑμᾶς ἀδικῇ, αὐτοὶ δʼ οὐ δύνανται παρʼ ὑμῖν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν οὐδενὸς αὐτοὺς ἀδικοῦντος. καίτοι λοιδορίας εἴ τις χωρὶς ἔροιτο εἰπέ μοι, τί δὴ γιγνώσκων ἀκριβῶς, Ἀριστόμηδες, (οὐδεὶς γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ἀγνοεῖ) τὸν μὲν τῶν ἰδιωτῶν βίον ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀπράγμονα καὶ ἀκίνδυνον ὄντα, τὸν δὲ τῶν πολιτευομένων φιλαίτιον καὶ σφαλερὸν καὶ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀγώνων καὶ κακῶν μεστόν, οὐ τὸν ἡσύχιον, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις αἱρεῖ;
Sections 71–75
τί ἂν εἴποις; εἰ γὰρ ὃ βέλτιστον εἰπεῖν ἂν ἔχοις, τοῦτό σοι δοίημεν ἀληθὲς λέγειν, ὡς ὑπὲρ φιλοτιμίας καὶ δόξης ταῦτα πάντα ποιεῖς, θαυμάζω τί δήποτε σαυτῷ μὲν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἅπαντα ποιητέον εἶναι νομίζεις καὶ πονητέον καὶ κινδυνευτέον, τῇ πόλει δὲ προέσθαι ταῦτα μετὰ ῥᾳθυμίας συμβουλεύεις. οὐ γὰρ ἐκεῖνό γʼ ἂν εἴποις, ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δʼ ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι.
καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνό γʼ ὁρῶ, ὡς τῇ μὲν πόλει ἀσφαλὲς τὸ τὰ αὑτῆς πράττειν, σοὶ δὲ κίνδυνος, εἰ μηδὲν τῶν ἄλλων πλέον περιεργάσει, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον σοὶ μὲν ἐξ ὧν ἐργάζει καὶ περιεργάζει τοὺς ἐσχάτους ὄντας κινδύνους, τῇ πόλει δʼ ἐκ τῆς ἡσυχίας.
ἀλλὰ νὴ Δία παππῴα σοι καὶ πατρῴα δόξʼ ὑπάρχει, ἣν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ καταλῦσαι· τῇ πόλει δʼ ὑπῆρξεν ἀνώνυμα καὶ φαῦλα τὰ τῶν προγόνων. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει· σοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἦν κλέπτης ὁ πατήρ, εἴπερ ἦν ὅμοιος σοί, τῇ πόλει δʼ ἡμῶν οὓς πάντες ἴσασιν οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων κινδύνων σεσωσμένοι.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἴσως οὐδὲ πολιτικῶς ἔνιοι τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν πολιτεύονται· πῶς γάρ ἐστιν ἴσον τούτων μέν τινας ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου ἥκοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀγνοεῖν, τὴν πόλιν δʼ, ἣ προειστήκει τῶν Ἑλλήνων τέως καὶ τὸ πρωτεῖον εἶχε, νῦν ἐν ἀδοξίᾳ πάσῃ καὶ ταπεινότητι καθεστάναι;
πολλὰ τοίνυν ἔχων ἔτι καὶ περὶ πολλῶν εἰπεῖν παύσομαι· καὶ γὰρ οὐ λόγων ἐνδείᾳ μοι δοκεῖ τὰ πράγματʼ οὔτε νῦν οὔτʼ ἄλλοτε πώποτε φαύλως ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ ὅταν πάντʼ ἀκούσαντες ὑμεῖς τὰ δέοντα, καὶ ὁμογνώμονες ὡς ὀρθῶς λέγεται γενόμενοι, τῶν λυμαίνεσθαι καὶ διαστρέφειν ταῦτα βουλομένων ἐξ ἴσου κάθησθʼ ἀκροώμενοι, οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντες αὐτούς (ἴστε γὰρ εὐθὺς ἰδόντες ἀκριβῶς, τίς μισθοῦ λέγει καὶ ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου πολιτεύεται, καὶ τίς ὡς ἀληθῶς ὑπὲρ τῶν βελτίστων), ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ αἰτιασάμενοι τούτους καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμʼ εἰς γέλωτα καὶ λοιδορίαν ἐμβαλόντες μηδὲν αὐτοὶ τῶν δεόντων ποιῆτε.
Section 76
ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ τἀληθῆ, μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας, ἁπλῶς εὐνοίᾳ τὰ βέλτιστʼ εἰρημένα, οὐ κολακείᾳ βλάβης καὶ ἀπάτης λόγος μεστός, ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι ποιήσων, τὰ δὲ πράγματα τῆς πόλεως τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐγχειριῶν. ἢ οὖν παυστέον τούτων τῶν ἐθῶν, ἢ μηδένʼ ἄλλον αἰτιατέον τοῦ πάντα φαύλως ἔχειν ἢ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς.
Olynthiac 1
Contents — 6 sections
Sections 1–5
You would, I expect, men of Athens, accept it as the equivalent of a large amount of money, if it could be made clear to you what will prove our best policy in the matters now under discussion. This then being so, you are bound to give an eager hearing to all who offer advice. For not only if someone comes forward with a well-considered plan, could you hear and accept it, but also I count it part of your good fortune that more than one speaker may be inspired with suitable suggestions on the spur of the moment, so that out of the multitude of proposals the choice of the best should not be difficult.
The present crisis, Athenians, calls on you, almost with an audible voice, to take into your own hands the control of your interests in the North, if you are really anxious to safeguard them. But, I confess, our attitude puzzles me. My own idea would be to vote an expedition at once, to make instant preparation for its dispatch, thus avoiding our previous blunder, and to send ambassadors to state our intentions and watch events.
Our chief ground for alarm is that this man, so unscrupulous, so quick to seize his opportunity, now yielding a point when it suits his purpose, now threatening—and his threats may well carry conviction—now misrepresenting us and our failure to intervene, may divert to his own purpose and wrest from us something of vital importance.
And yet, men of Athens, it is reasonable to suggest that the very thing which makes Philip’s position most redoubtable is also most encouraging for you. For the swift and opportune movements of war he has an immense advantage over us in the fact that he is the sole director of his own policy, open or secret, that he unites the functions of a general, a ruler and a treasurer, and that he is always at the head of his army; but when it comes to a composition such as he would gladly make with Olynthus, the tables are turned.
The eyes of the Olynthians are opened to the fact that they are now fighting not for glory, not for a strip of territory, but to avert the overthrow and enslavement of their fatherland. They know how he treated those Amphipolitans who betrayed their city and those Pydnaeans who opened their gates to him. And a despotism, I take it, is as a rule mistrusted by free constitutions, especially when they are near neighbors.
Sections 6–10
I bid you grasp these facts, men of Athens, and weigh well all the important considerations. Make up your minds; rouse your spirits; put your heart into the war, now or never. Pay your contributions cheerfully; serve in person; leave nothing to chance. You have no longer the shadow of an excuse for shirking your duty.
It was long the common talk that the Olynthians must be made to fight Philip; and now it has come about in the natural course, and that too in a way that suits you admirably. For if they had plunged into war in reliance on your advice, they would perhaps have proved uncertain allies and only half-hearted in their resolve; but now that their hatred of Philip is the outcome of their own grievances, it is natural that their hostility should have a firm base in their apprehensions and their experiences.
Men of Athens, you must not let slip the opportunity that offers, nor make the blunder you have so often made before. When we returned from the Euboean expedition and Hierax and Stratocles, the envoys of Amphipolis, mounted this platform and bade you sail and take over their city, if we had shown the same earnestness in our own cause as in defence of the safety of Euboea, Amphipolis would have been yours at once and you would have been relieved of all your subsequent difficulties.
Once again, when news came of the siege of Pydna, of Potidaea, of Methone, of Pagasae, and of the rest of them—not to weary you with a complete catalogue—if we had at that time shown the required zeal in marching to the help of the first that appealed, we should have found Philip today much more humble and accommodating. Unfortunately we always neglect the present chance and imagine that the future will right itself, and so, men of Athens, Philip has us to thank for his prosperity. We have raised him to a greater height than ever king of Macedonia reached before. Today this opportunity comes to us from the Olynthians unsought, a fairer opportunity than we have ever had before.
Men of Athens, let anyone fairly reckon up the blessings we have received of the gods, and though much is amiss, none the less his gratitude will be great—and rightly so: for our many losses in the war may be justly imputed to our own supineness; that we did not suffer these losses long ago and that this opportunity of alliance affords us some compensation, if we choose to accept it, this I for my part should put down as a signal instance of the favor of the gods.
Sections 11–15
I suppose it is with national as with private wealth. If a man keeps what he gains, he is duly grateful to fortune; if he loses it by his own imprudence, he loses along with it the sense of gratitude. So in national affairs, those who fail to use their opportunities aright, fail also to acknowledge the good that the gods have given; for every advantage in the past is judged in the light of the final issue. It is therefore our duty, men of Athens, to keep a careful eye on the future, that by restoring our prosperity we may efface the discredit of the past.
But if we leave these men too in the lurch, Athenians, and then Olynthus is crushed by Philip, tell me what is to prevent him from marching henceforward just where he pleases. I wonder if any one of you in this audience watches and notes the steps by which Philip, weak at first, has grown so powerful. First he seized Amphipolis, next Pydna, then Potidaea, after that Methone, lastly he invaded Thessaly.
Then having settled Pherae, Pagasae, Magnesia, and the rest of that country to suit his purposes, off he went to Thrace, and there, after evicting some of the chiefs and installing others, he fell sick. On his recovery, he did not relapse into inactivity, but instantly assailed Olynthus. His campaigns against Illyrians and Paeonians and King Arybbas and any others that might be mentioned, I pass over in silence.
Well, some of you may say, why tell us this now? Because, men of Athens, I want you to know and realize two things: first, what an expensive game it is to squander your interests one by one; and secondly, the restless activity which is ingrained in Philip’s nature, and which makes it impossible for him ever to rest on his laurels. But if Philip adopts the principle that he ought always to be improving his position, and you the principle of never facing your difficulties resolutely, just reflect what is likely to be the end of it all.
Seriously, is anyone here so foolish as not to see that our negligence will transfer the war from Chalcidice to Attica? Yet if that comes to pass, I am afraid, men of Athens, that just as men who borrow money recklessly at high interest enjoy a temporary accommodation only to forfeit their estates in the end, so we may find that we have paid a heavy price for our indolence, and because we consult our own pleasure in everything, may hereafter come to be forced to do many of the dfficult things for which we had no liking, and may finally endanger our possessions here in Attica itself.
Sections 16–20
Now someone may tell me that to find fault is easy and in any one’s power, but that it needs a statesman to expound the policy demanded by our circumstances. But I am not unaware, men of Athens, that if anything goes wrong, you often vent your disappointment, not on the responsible agents, but on those who happen to have addressed you last. I shall not, however, consult my own safety by keeping back what I believe to be for your true interests.
I suggest then that the case calls for two distinct expeditions; one military force must be dispatched to rescue their cities for the Olynthians, and a second force, both naval and military, to ravage Philip’s territory. If you neglect either of them, I am afraid your campaign will prove abortive.
For if you send a marauding expedition, he will stand on the defensive until he has made himself master of Olynthus, and then he will easily march to the relief of his own territory; or if you confine yourselves to helping Olynthus, he will know that his base is secure and will give close and undivided attention to his operations, until at last he overcomes the resistance of the besieged. Our expedition, you see, must be on a large scale and twofold.
Such are my views on the expeditionary force. With regard to the supply of money, you have money, men of Athens; you have more than any other nation has for military purposes. But you appropriate it yourselves, to suit your own pleasure. Now if you will spend it on the campaign, you have no need of a further supply; if not, you have—or rather, you have no supply at all. What! someone will cry, do you actually move to use this money for military purposes? Of course I do not.
Only it is my opinion that we must provide soldiers and that there must be one uniform system of pay in return for service. Your opinion, however, is that you should, without any trouble, just appropriate the money for your festivals. Then the only alternative is a war-tax, heavy or light, as circumstances demand. Only money we must have, and without money nothing can be done that ought to be done. There are other proposals before you for raising supplies; choose whichever of them you think expedient, and, while there is yet time, grapple with the problem.
Sections 21–25
It is worth while, however, to observe and consider how Philip stands today. His present prospects are not so bright or satisfactory as they seem and as a superficial observer might pronounce them; nor would he ever have provoked this war had he thought that he would be bound to fight himself. He hoped that on his first entry he would carry all before him, and he finds himself completely mistaken. This unforeseen result confounds and discourages him; and besides there is the question of Thessaly.
The Thessalians were always, of course, born traitors, and Philip finds them today just what everyone has found them in the past. They have formally resolved to demand the restitution of Pagasae and have hindered him from fortifying Magnesia. I have also been informed that they will no longer hand over to him the profits of their harbors and markets, on the ground that this sum ought to be applied to the government of Thessaly and not find its way into Philip’s coffers. Now if he is deprived of this source of revenue, he will be hard put to it to pay for the maintenance of his mercenaries.
But surely we must assume that your Paeonian or Illyrian or any other of these tribes would prefer freedom and independence to slavery. They are not accustomed to acknowledge a master, and Philip is by all accounts a particularly harsh one. And indeed that is not surprising. Undeserved success engenders folly in unbalanced minds, and therefore it often proves harder to keep than to win prosperity.
Look then, Athenians, upon his difficulties as your opportunity. Be prompt to take up the challenge. Send embassies when necessary. Take the field in person. Rouse all the other states. Reflect how eagerly Philip would march against you, if he had such a chance as we have, and if the war were on our frontiers. Are you not ashamed if, having the opportunity, you lack the courage to do to him what he would certainly do to you if he could?
One point more, men of Athens. Do not forget that you can today choose whether you must fight there or Philip must fight here. If Olynthus holds out, you will fight there, to the detriment of his territory, while you enjoy in security the land that is your home. But if Philip takes Olynthus, who is to prevent his marching hither? The Thebans?
Sections 26–28
It may be an unduly harsh thing to say, but they will join heartily in the invasion. The Phocians then? What! the men who cannot protect their own country without your help? Any others? But, my friend, cries someone, he will not wish to attack us. Nay, it would be a crowning absurdity if, having the power, he should lack the will to carry out the threat which today he utters at the risk of his reputation for sanity.
But indeed I think you want no speech to prove how vast is the difference between a war here and a war yonder. Why, if you were obliged to take the field yourselves for a bare month, drawing from Attica the necessary supplies—I am assuming that there is no enemy in this country—I suppose your farmers would lose more than the sum spent upon the whole of the previous war. But if war comes within our borders, at what figure must we assess our losses? And you must add the insolence of the enemy and the ignominy of our position, greater than any loss in a wise man’s estimation.
It is the duty of all of you to grasp the significance of these facts, and to send out an expedition that shall thrust back the war into Macedonia: it is the duty of the well-to-do, that spending but a fraction of the wealth they so happily possess, they may enjoy the residue in security; of our fighters, that gaining experience of war on Philip’s soil, they may prove the formidable guardians of an inviolate fatherland; of the statesmen, that they may give a ready account of their stewardship, for as is the issue of these events, so will be your judgement of their policy. On every ground may that issue be prosperous!
Contents — 6 sections
Sections 1–5
ἀντὶ πολλῶν ἄν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, χρημάτων ὑμᾶς ἑλέσθαι νομίζω, εἰ φανερὸν γένοιτο τὸ μέλλον συνοίσειν τῇ πόλει περὶ ὧν νυνὶ σκοπεῖτε. ὅτε τοίνυν τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, προσήκει προθύμως ἐθέλειν ἀκούειν τῶν βουλομένων συμβουλεύειν· οὐ γὰρ μόνον εἴ τι χρήσιμον ἐσκεμμένος ἥκει τις, τοῦτʼ ἂν ἀκούσαντες λάβοιτε, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας τύχης ὑπολαμβάνω πολλὰ τῶν δεόντων ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμʼ ἐνίοις ἂν ἐπελθεῖν εἰπεῖν, ὥστʼ ἐξ ἁπάντων ῥᾳδίαν τὴν τοῦ συμφέροντος ὑμῖν αἵρεσιν γενέσθαι.
ὁ μὲν οὖν παρὼν καιρός, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, μόνον οὐχὶ λέγει φωνὴν ἀφιεὶς ὅτι τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν ἐκείνων αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον ἐστίν, εἴπερ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας αὐτῶν φροντίζετε· ἡμεῖς δʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅντινά μοι δοκοῦμεν ἔχειν τρόπον πρὸς αὐτά. ἔστι δὴ τά γʼ ἐμοὶ δοκοῦντα, ψηφίσασθαι μὲν ἤδη τὴν βοήθειαν, καὶ παρασκευάσασθαι τὴν ταχίστην ὅπως ἐνθένδε βοηθήσετε (καὶ μὴ πάθητε ταὐτὸν ὅπερ καὶ πρότερον), πρεσβείαν δὲ πέμπειν, ἥτις ταῦτʼ ἐρεῖ καὶ παρέσται τοῖς πράγμασιν·
ὡς ἔστι μάλιστα τοῦτο δέος, μὴ πανοῦργος ὢν καὶ δεινὸς ἅνθρωπος πράγμασι χρῆσθαι, τὰ μὲν εἴκων, ἡνίκʼ ἂν τύχῃ, τὰ δʼ ἀπειλῶν (ἀξιόπιστος δʼ ἂν εἰκότως φαίνοιτο), τὰ δʼ ἡμᾶς διαβάλλων καὶ τὴν ἀπουσίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν, τρέψηται καὶ παρασπάσηταί τι τῶν ὅλων πραγμάτων.
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπιεικῶς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῦθʼ ὃ δυσμαχώτατόν ἐστι τῶν Φιλίππου πραγμάτων, καὶ βέλτιστον ὑμῖν· τὸ γὰρ εἶναι πάντων ἐκεῖνον ἕνʼ ὄντα κύριον καὶ ῥητῶν καὶ ἀπορρήτων καὶ ἅμα στρατηγὸν καὶ δεσπότην καὶ ταμίαν, καὶ πανταχοῦ αὐτὸν παρεῖναι τῷ στρατεύματι, πρὸς μὲν τὸ τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ταχὺ καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν πράττεσθαι πολλῷ προέχει, πρὸς δὲ τὰς καταλλαγάς, ἃς ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιήσαιτʼ ἄσμενος πρὸς Ὀλυνθίους, ἐναντίως ἔχει.
δῆλον γάρ ἐστι τοῖς Ὀλυνθίοις ὅτι νῦν οὐ περὶ δόξης οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ μέρους χώρας πολεμοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀναστάσεως καὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ τῆς πατρίδος, καὶ ἴσασιν ἅ τʼ Ἀμφιπολιτῶν ἐποίησε τοὺς παραδόντας αὐτῷ τὴν πόλιν καὶ Πυδναίων τοὺς ὑποδεξαμένους· καὶ ὅλως ἄπιστον, οἶμαι, ταῖς πολιτείαις ἡ τυραννίς, ἄλλως τε κἂν ὅμορον χώραν ἔχωσι.
Sections 6–10
ταῦτʼ οὖν ἐγνωκότας ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ τἄλλʼ ἃ προσήκει πάντʼ ἐνθυμουμένους φημὶ δεῖν ἐθελῆσαι καὶ παροξυνθῆναι καὶ τῷ πολέμῳ προσέχειν εἴπερ ποτὲ καὶ νῦν, χρήματʼ εἰσφέροντας προθύμως καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐξιόντας καὶ μηδὲν ἐλλείποντας. οὐδὲ γὰρ λόγος οὐδὲ σκῆψις ἔθʼ ὑμῖν τοῦ μὴ τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖν ἐθέλειν ὑπολείπεται.
νυνὶ γάρ, ὃ πάντες ἐθρύλουν τέως, Ὀλυνθίους ἐκπολεμῶσαι δεῖν Φιλίππῳ, γέγονεν αὐτόματον, καὶ ταῦθʼ ὡς ἂν ὑμῖν μάλιστα συμφέροι. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν πεισθέντες ἀνείλοντο τὸν πόλεμον, σφαλεροὶ σύμμαχοι καὶ μέχρι του ταῦτʼ ἂν ἐγνωκότες ἦσαν ἴσως· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐκ τῶν πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἐγκλημάτων μισοῦσι, βεβαίαν εἰκὸς τὴν ἔχθραν αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ὧν φοβοῦνται καὶ πεπόνθασιν ἔχειν.
οὐ δεῖ δὴ τοιοῦτον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, παραπεπτωκότα καιρὸν ἀφεῖναι, οὐδὲ παθεῖν ταὐτὸν ὅπερ ἤδη πολλάκις πρότερον πεπόνθατε. εἰ γάρ, ὅθʼ ἥκομεν Εὐβοεῦσιν βεβοηθηκότες καὶ παρῆσαν Ἀμφιπολιτῶν Ἱέραξ καὶ Στρατοκλῆς ἐπὶ τουτὶ τὸ βῆμα, κελεύοντες ἡμᾶς πλεῖν καὶ παραλαμβάνειν τὴν πόλιν, τὴν αὐτὴν παρειχόμεθʼ ἡμεῖς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν προθυμίαν ἥνπερ ὑπὲρ τῆς Εὐβοέων σωτηρίας, εἴχετʼ ἂν Ἀμφίπολιν τότε καὶ πάντων τῶν μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἂν ἦτʼ ἀπηλλαγμένοι πραγμάτων.
καὶ πάλιν ἡνίκα Πύδνα, Ποτείδαια, Μεθώνη, Παγασαί, τἄλλα, ἵνα μὴ καθʼ ἕκαστα λέγων διατρίβω, πολιορκούμενʼ ἀπηγγέλλετο, εἰ τότε τούτων ἑνὶ τῷ πρώτῳ προθύμως καὶ ὡς προσῆκεν ἐβοηθήσαμεν αὐτοί, ῥᾴονι καὶ πολὺ ταπεινοτέρῳ νῦν ἂν ἐχρώμεθα τῷ Φιλίππῳ. νῦν δὲ τὸ μὲν παρὸν ἀεὶ προϊέμενοι, τὰ δὲ μέλλοντʼ αὐτόματʼ οἰόμενοι σχήσειν καλῶς, ηὐξήσαμεν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, Φίλιππον ἡμεῖς καὶ κατεστήσαμεν τηλικοῦτον ἡλίκος οὐδείς πω βασιλεὺς γέγονεν Μακεδονίας. νυνὶ δὴ καιρὸς ἥκει τις, οὗτος ὁ τῶν Ὀλυνθίων, αὐτόματος τῇ πόλει, ὃς οὐδενός ἐστιν ἐλάττων τῶν προτέρων ἐκείνων.
καὶ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ τις ἄν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δίκαιος λογιστὴς τῶν παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἡμῖν ὑπηργμένων καταστάς, καίπερ οὐκ ἐχόντων ὡς δεῖ πολλῶν, ὅμως μεγάλην ἂν ἔχειν αὐτοῖς χάριν, εἰκότως· τὸ μὲν γὰρ πόλλʼ ἀπολωλεκέναι κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη δικαίως, τὸ δὲ μήτε πάλαι τοῦτο πεπονθέναι πεφηνέναι τέ τινʼ ἡμῖν συμμαχίαν τούτων ἀντίρροπον, ἂν βουλώμεθα χρῆσθαι, τῆς παρʼ ἐκείνων εὐνοίας εὐεργέτημʼ ἂν ἔγωγε θείην.
Sections 11–15
ἀλλʼ, οἶμαι, παρόμοιόν ἐστιν ὅπερ καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν χρημάτων κτήσεως· ἂν μὲν γάρ, ὅσʼ ἄν τις λάβῃ, καὶ σῴσῃ, μεγάλην ἔχει τῇ τύχῃ τὴν χάριν, ἂν δʼ ἀναλώσας λάθῃ, συνανήλωσε καὶ τὸ μεμνῆσθαι . καὶ περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων οὕτως οἱ μὴ χρησάμενοι τοῖς καιροῖς ὀρθῶς, οὐδʼ εἰ συνέβη τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν χρηστὸν μνημονεύουσι· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ τελευταῖον ἐκβὰν ἕκαστον τῶν πρὶν ὑπαρξάντων κρίνεται. διὸ καὶ σφόδρα δεῖ τῶν λοιπῶν ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, φροντίσαι, ἵνα ταῦτʼ ἐπανορθωσάμενοι τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἀδοξίαν ἀποτριψώμεθα.
εἰ δὲ προησόμεθʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ τούτους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, εἶτʼ Ὄλυνθον ἐκεῖνος καταστρέψεται, φρασάτω τις ἐμοὶ τί τὸ κωλῦον ἔτʼ αὐτὸν ἔσται βαδίζειν ὅποι βούλεται. ἆρα λογίζεταί τις ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν τρόπον διʼ ὃν μέγας γέγονεν ἀσθενὴς ὢν τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς Φίλιππος; τὸ πρῶτον Ἀμφίπολιν λαβών, μετὰ ταῦτα Πύδναν, πάλιν Ποτείδαιαν, Μεθώνην αὖθις, εἶτα Θετταλίας ἐπέβη·
μετὰ ταῦτα Φεράς, Παγασάς, Μαγνησίαν, πάνθʼ ὃν ἐβούλετʼ εὐτρεπίσας τρόπον ᾤχετʼ εἰς Θρᾴκην· εἶτʼ ἐκεῖ τοὺς μὲν ἐκβαλὼν τοὺς δὲ καταστήσας τῶν βασιλέων ἠσθένησε· πάλιν ῥᾴσας οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸ ῥᾳθυμεῖν ἀπέκλινεν, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς Ὀλυνθίοις ἐπεχείρησεν. τὰς δʼ ἐπʼ Ἰλλυριοὺς καὶ Παίονας αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς Ἀρύββαν καὶ ὅποι τις ἂν εἴποι παραλείπω στρατείας.
τί οὖν, ἄν τις εἴποι, ταῦτα λέγεις ἡμῖν νῦν; ἵνα γνῶτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ αἴσθησθʼ ἀμφότερα, καὶ τὸ προΐεσθαι καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀεί τι τῶν πραγμάτων ὡς ἀλυσιτελές, καὶ τὴν φιλοπραγμοσύνην ᾗ χρῆται καὶ συζῇ Φίλιππος, ὑφʼ ἧς οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἀγαπήσας τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἡσυχίαν σχήσει. εἰ δʼ ὁ μὲν ὡς ἀεί τι μεῖζον τῶν ὑπαρχόντων δεῖ πράττειν ἐγνωκὼς ἔσται, ἡμεῖς δʼ ὡς οὐδενὸς ἀντιληπτέον ἐρρωμένως τῶν πραγμάτων, σκοπεῖσθʼ εἰς τί ποτʼ ἐλπὶς ταῦτα τελευτῆσαι.
πρὸς θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἀγνοεῖ τὸν ἐκεῖθεν πόλεμον δεῦρʼ ἥξοντα, ἂν ἀμελήσωμεν; ἀλλὰ μήν, εἰ τοῦτο γενήσεται, δέδοικʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὥσπερ οἱ δανειζόμενοι ῥᾳδίως ἐπὶ τοῖς μεγάλοις μικρὸν εὐπορήσαντες χρόνον ὕστερον καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀπέστησαν, οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπὶ πολλῷ φανῶμεν ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες, καὶ ἅπαντα πρὸς ἡδονὴν ζητοῦντες πολλὰ καὶ χαλεπὰ ὧν οὐκ ἐβουλόμεθʼ ὕστερον εἰς ἀνάγκην ἔλθωμεν ποιεῖν, καὶ κινδυνεύσωμεν περὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ χώρᾳ.
Sections 16–20
τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπιτιμᾶν ἴσως φήσαι τις ἂν ῥᾴδιον καὶ παντὸς εἶναι, τὸ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν παρόντων ὅ τι δεῖ πράττειν ἀποφαίνεσθαι, τοῦτʼ εἶναι συμβούλου. ἐγὼ δʼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῦθʼ ὅτι πολλάκις ὑμεῖς οὐ τοὺς αἰτίους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὑστάτους περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων εἰπόντας ἐν ὀργῇ ποιεῖσθε, ἄν τι μὴ κατὰ γνώμην ἐκβῇ· οὐ μὴν οἶμαι δεῖν τὴν ἰδίαν ἀσφάλειαν σκοποῦνθʼ ὑποστείλασθαι περὶ ὧν ὑμῖν συμφέρειν ἡγοῦμαι.
φημὶ δὴ διχῇ βοηθητέον εἶναι τοῖς πράγμασιν ὑμῖν, τῷ τε τὰς πόλεις τοῖς Ὀλυνθίοις σῴζειν καὶ τοὺς τοῦτο ποιήσοντας στρατιώτας ἐκπέμπειν, καὶ τῷ τὴν ἐκείνου χώραν κακῶς ποιεῖν καὶ τριήρεσι καὶ στρατιώταις ἑτέροις·
εἰ δὲ θατέρου τούτων ὀλιγωρήσετε, ὀκνῶ μὴ μάταιος ἡμῖν ἡ στρατεία γένηται. εἴτε γὰρ ὑμῶν τὴν ἐκείνου κακῶς ποιούντων, ὑπομείνας τοῦτʼ Ὄλυνθον παραστήσεται, ῥᾳδίως ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκείαν ἐλθὼν ἀμυνεῖται· εἴτε βοηθησάντων μόνον ὑμῶν εἰς Ὄλυνθον, ἀκινδύνως ὁρῶν ἔχοντα τὰ οἴκοι, προσκαθεδεῖται καὶ προσεδρεύσει τοῖς πράγμασι, περιέσται τῷ χρόνῳ τῶν πολιορκουμένων. δεῖ δὴ πολλὴν καὶ διχῇ τὴν βοήθειαν εἶναι.
καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς βοηθείας ταῦτα γιγνώσκω· περὶ δὲ χρημάτων πόρου, ἔστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, χρήμαθʼ ὑμῖν, ἔστιν ὅσʼ οὐδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων · ταῦτα δʼ ὑμεῖς οὕτως ὡς βούλεσθε λαμβάνετε. εἰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτα τοῖς στρατευομένοις ἀποδώσετε, οὐδενὸς ὑμῖν προσδεῖ πόρου, εἰ δὲ μή, προσδεῖ, μᾶλλον δʼ ἅπαντος ἐνδεῖ τοῦ πόρου. τί οὖν; ἄν τις εἴποι, σὺ γράφεις ταῦτʼ εἶναι στρατιωτικά; μὰ Δίʼ οὐκ ἔγωγε.
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι στρατιώτας δεῖν κατασκευασθῆναι καὶ μίαν σύνταξιν εἶναι τὴν αὐτὴν τοῦ τε λαμβάνειν καὶ τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ δέοντα, ὑμεῖς δʼ οὕτω πως ἄνευ πραγμάτων λαμβάνειν εἰς τὰς ἑορτάς. ἔστι δὴ λοιπόν, οἶμαι, πάντας εἰσφέρειν, ἂν πολλῶν δέῃ, πολλά, ἂν ὀλίγων, ὀλίγα. δεῖ δὲ χρημάτων, καὶ ἄνευ τούτων οὐδὲν ἔστι γενέσθαι τῶν δεόντων. λέγουσι δὲ καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς ἄλλοι πόρους, ὧν ἕλεσθʼ ὅστις ὑμῖν συμφέρειν δοκεῖ· καὶ ἕως ἐστὶ καιρός, ἀντιλάβεσθε τῶν πραγμάτων.
Sections 21–25
ἄξιον δʼ ἐνθυμηθῆναι καὶ λογίσασθαι τὰ πράγματʼ ἐν ᾧ καθέστηκε νυνὶ τὰ Φιλίππου. οὔτε γάρ, ὡς δοκεῖ καὶ φήσειέ τις ἂν μὴ σκοπῶν ἀκριβῶς, εὐτρεπῶς οὐδʼ ὡς ἂν κάλλιστʼ αὐτῷ τὰ παρόντʼ ἔχει, οὔτʼ ἂν ἐξήνεγκε τὸν πόλεμόν ποτε τοῦτον ἐκεῖνος, εἰ πολεμεῖν ᾠήθη δεήσειν αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐπιὼν ἅπαντα τότʼ ἤλπιζε τὰ πράγματʼ ἀναιρήσεσθαι, κᾆτα διέψευσται. τοῦτο δὴ πρῶτον αὐτὸν ταράττει παρὰ γνώμην γεγονὸς καὶ πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν αὐτῷ παρέχει, εἶτα τὰ τῶν Θετταλῶν.
ταῦτα γὰρ ἄπιστα μὲν ἦν δήπου φύσει καὶ ἀεὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, κομιδῇ δʼ, ὥσπερ ἦν, καὶ ἔστι νῦν τούτῳ. καὶ γὰρ Παγασὰς ἀπαιτεῖν αὐτόν εἰσιν ἐψηφισμένοι, καὶ Μαγνησίαν κεκωλύκασι τειχίζειν. ἤκουον δʼ ἔγωγέ τινων, ὡς οὐδὲ τοὺς λιμένας καὶ τὰς ἀγορὰς ἔτι δώσοιεν αὐτῷ καρποῦσθαι· τὰ γὰρ κοινὰ τὰ Θετταλῶν ἀπὸ τούτων δέοι διοικεῖν, οὐ Φίλιππον λαμβάνειν. εἰ δὲ τούτων ἀποστερήσεται τῶν χρημάτων, εἰς στενὸν κομιδῇ τὰ τῆς τροφῆς τοῖς ξένοις αὐτῷ καταστήσεται.
ἀλλὰ μὴν τόν γε Παίονα καὶ τὸν Ἰλλυριὸν καὶ ἁπλῶς τούτους ἅπαντας ἡγεῖσθαι χρὴ αὐτονόμους ἥδιον ἂν καὶ ἐλευθέρους ἢ δούλους εἶναι· καὶ γὰρ ἀήθεις τοῦ κατακούειν τινός εἰσι, καὶ ἅνθρωπος ὑβριστής, ὥς φασιν. καὶ μὰ Δίʼ οὐδὲν ἄπιστον ἴσως· τὸ γὰρ εὖ πράττειν παρὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἀφορμὴ τοῦ κακῶς φρονεῖν τοῖς ἀνοήτοις γίγνεται· διόπερ πολλάκις δοκεῖ τὸ φυλάξαι τἀγαθὰ τοῦ κτήσασθαι χαλεπώτερον εἶναι.
δεῖ τοίνυν ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὴν ἀκαιρίαν τὴν ἐκείνου καιρὸν ὑμέτερον νομίσαντας ἑτοίμως συνάρασθαι τὰ πράγματα, καὶ πρεσβευομένους ἐφʼ ἃ δεῖ καὶ στρατευομένους αὐτοὺς καὶ παροξύνοντας τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας, λογιζομένους, εἰ Φίλιππος λάβοι καθʼ ἡμῶν τοιοῦτον καιρὸν καὶ πόλεμος γένοιτο πρὸς τῇ χώρᾳ, πῶς ἂν αὐτὸν οἴεσθʼ ἑτοίμως ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν; εἶτʼ οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε, εἰ μηδʼ ἃ πάθοιτʼ ἄν, εἰ δύναιτʼ ἐκεῖνος, ταῦτα ποιῆσαι καιρὸν ἔχοντες οὐ τολμήσετε;
ἔτι τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, μηδὲ τοῦθʼ ὑμᾶς λανθανέτω, ὅτι νῦν αἵρεσίς ἐστιν ὑμῖν πότερʼ ὑμᾶς ἐκεῖ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ἢ παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐκεῖνον. ἐὰν μὲν γὰρ ἀντέχῃ τὰ τῶν Ὀλυνθίων, ὑμεῖς ἐκεῖ πολεμήσετε καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου κακῶς ποιήσετε, τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν ταύτην ἀδεῶς καρπούμενοι· ἂν δʼ ἐκεῖνα Φίλιππος λάβῃ, τίς αὐτὸν κωλύσει δεῦρο βαδίζειν; Θηβαῖοι;
Sections 26–28
μὴ λίαν πικρὸν εἰπεῖν ᾖ— καὶ συνεισβαλοῦσιν ἑτοίμως. ἀλλὰ Φωκεῖς; οἱ τὴν οἰκείαν οὐχ οἷοί τε ὄντες φυλάττειν, ἐὰν μὴ βοηθήσηθʼ ὑμεῖς. ἢ ἄλλος τις; ἀλλʼ, ὦ τᾶν, οὐχὶ βουλήσεται. τῶν ἀτοπωτάτων μέντἂν εἴη, εἰ ἃ νῦν ἄνοιαν ὀφλισκάνων ὅμως ἐκλαλεῖ, ταῦτα δυνηθεὶς μὴ πράξει.
ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡλίκα γʼ ἐστὶν τὰ διάφορʼ ἐνθάδʼ ἢ ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν, οὐδὲ λόγου προσδεῖν ἡγοῦμαι. εἰ γὰρ ὑμᾶς δεήσειεν αὐτοὺς τριάκονθʼ ἡμέρας μόνας ἔξω γενέσθαι, καὶ ὅσʼ ἀνάγκη στρατοπέδῳ χρωμένους τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας λαμβάνειν, μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν αὐτῇ πολεμίου λέγω, πλείονʼ ἂν οἶμαι ζημιωθῆναι τοὺς γεωργοῦντας ὑμῶν ἢ ὅσʼ εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν πρὸ τοῦ πόλεμον δεδαπάνησθε. εἰ δὲ δὴ πόλεμός τις ἥξει, πόσα χρὴ νομίσαι ζημιώσεσθαι; καὶ πρόσεσθʼ ἡ ὕβρις καὶ ἔθʼ ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων αἰσχύνη, οὐδεμιᾶς ἐλάττων ζημίας τοῖς γε σώφροσιν.
πάντα δὴ ταῦτα δεῖ συνιδόντας ἅπαντας βοηθεῖν καὶ ἀπωθεῖν ἐκεῖσε τὸν πόλεμον, τοὺς μὲν εὐπόρους, ἵνʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν πολλῶν ὧν καλῶς ποιοῦντες ἔχουσι μίκρʼ ἀναλίσκοντες τὰ λοιπὰ καρπῶνται ἀδεῶς, τοὺς δʼ ἐν ἡλικίᾳ, ἵνα τὴν τοῦ πολεμεῖν ἐμπειρίαν ἐν τῇ Φιλίππου χώρᾳ κτησάμενοι φοβεροὶ φύλακες τῆς οἰκείας ἀκεραίου γένωνται, τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας, ἵνʼ αἱ τῶν πεπολιτευμένων αὐτοῖς εὔθυναι ῥᾴδιαι γένωνται, ὡς ὁποῖʼ ἄττʼ ἂν ὑμᾶς περιστῇ τὰ πράγματα, τοιοῦτοι κριταὶ καὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθε. χρηστὰ δʼ εἴη παντὸς εἵνεκα.
Olynthiac 2
Contents — 7 sections
Sections 1–5
On many occasions, men of Athens, one may, I think, recognize the manifest favor of heaven towards our city, and not least at the present crisis. That Philip has found men willing to fight him, situated on his frontiers and possessed of considerable power, above all so determined that they regard any accommodation with him as both delusive and fatal to their own country—this has all the appearance of a super-human, a divine beneficence.
So the time has come, men of Athens, to look to it that we do not prove more unfriendly to ourselves than circumstances have been, for we shall show ourselves the meanest of mankind, if we abandon not only the cities and the places which we once called our own, but the very allies that fortune has raised up for us and the chances she throws in our way.
Now I do not choose, Athenians, to enumerate the resources of Philip and by such arguments to call on you to rise to the occasion. Do you ask why? Because it seems to me that any dissertation on that topic is a tribute to his enterprise, but a record of our failure. For the higher he has raised himself above his proper level, the more he wins the admiration of the world; but the more you have failed to improve your opportunities, the greater is the discredit that you have incurred. All this then I will waive.
For an impartial investigation, men of Athens, would trace the source of Philip’s greatness not to himself, but to this very platform. Of transactions, then, for which Philip should be grateful to those whose policy has served his interests, and for which you might well demand satisfaction, I do not find this the proper time for speaking. There are, however other topics open to me; you will be the better for having heard them, and if you will consent to scrutinize them accurately, men of Athens, you will find in them grave charges against Philip. On these topics I shall endeavor to address you.
Now to call a man perjured and faithless, without drawing attention to his acts, might justly be termed mere abuse; but to describe his conduct in detail and convict him on the whole count fortunately requires only a short speech. Moreover, I have two reasons for thinking the story worth the telling: Philip shall appear as worthless as he really is, and those who stand aghast at his apparent invincibility shall see that he has exhausted all the arts of chicanery on which his greatness was founded at the first, and that his career has now reached its extreme limit.
Sections 6–10
For my own part, Athenians, I too should be inclined to regard Philip with mingled fear and admiration, if I saw that his success had crowned a career of integrity. But when I consider him attentively, I find that at the outset, when the Olynthians were anxious to consult you, but certain persons were for excluding them from our Assembly, he won our simple hearts by promising to hand over Amphipolis to us and by negotiating that secret treaty once so much talked about.
I find that next he won the friendship of the Olynthians by capturing Potidaea, which was yours, and thus wronging you, his former allies, in presenting it to them. Lastly he has won over the Thessalians by promising to bestow Magnesia upon them and by undertaking to conduct the Phocian war in their interests. In a word, he has hoodwinked everyone that has had any dealings with him; he has played upon the folly of each party in turn and exploited their ignorance of his own character. That is how he has gained his power.
Now even as he has raised himself by these arts, while every community imagined that they were to be the recipients of his favors, so by these same arts he is bound to be brought low again now that the utter selfishness of his conduct has been amply demonstrated. Yes, men of Athens, this is the turning point of Philip’s career. If not, let someone step up and prove to me—or rather to you—that my words are untrue, or that those who have been once deceived will continue to trust him, or that the Thessalians who stooped to become his slaves would not now welcome their emancipation.
Again, if anyone here admits the truth of this, but fancies that Philip will remain master of the situation, being already in possession of the fortresses and harbors and other points of vantage, he is mistaken. For when a league is knit together by goodwill, when all the allied states have the same interests, then the individual members are willing to remain steadfast, sharing the toil and enduring the hardships; but when a man has gained power, as Philip has, by rapacity and crime, then the first pretext, some trifling slip, overthrows and shatters all.
It is impossible, men of Athens, impossible to gain permanent power by injustice, perjury, and falsehood. Once in a way and for a brief season such things endure, and fed with hopes make, it may be, a brave show of blossom, but at the last they are detected and fall to pieces. For a house, I take it, or a ship or anything of that sort must have its chief strength in its substructure; and so too in affairs of state the principles and the foundations must be truth and justice. There is no vestige of these today in the power that Philip has built up.
Sections 11–15
I urge you strongly to send help to Olynthus, and the best and quickest method that anyone can suggest will please me most. To the Thessalians you must send an embassy to inform some of them of our intentions and to stir up the others; for they have already decided to demand the restoration of Pagasae and to protest against the occupation of Magnesia.
But you must make sure, men of Athens, that our envoys do not confine themselves to words; they must be able to give some practical proof that we have taken the field in a way worthy of our city and that we are really grappling with the situation. All words, apart from action, seem vain and idle, especially words from Athenian lips; for the greater our reputation for a ready tongue, the greater the distrust it inspires in all men.
You must indeed prove the thoroughness of your reformation and the importance of your change of policy by raising money, by serving in the field, and by doing everything with a will, if you want anyone to take you seriously. If you consent to carry through the necessary reforms at once, not only will Philip’s alliances, men of Athens, prove unstable and untrustworthy, but the weakness of his native power and sovereignty will be completely exposed.
Yes, the power and sovereignty of Macedonia is indeed, as an adjunct, no slight contribution, as you found it when on your side against Olynthus in the days of Timotheus. On another occasion, in dealing with Potidaea, the Olynthians found its cooperation of some value; and lately it came to the help of the Thessalians in their factions and feuds against the ruling house. The accession, I suppose, even of a small force is in every way helpful; but by itself Macedonia is weak and full of defects.
For indeed Philip by all that might be deemed to constitute his greatness, by his wars and his campaigns, has only reduced his country below its natural level of insecurity. You must not imagine, men of Athens, that his subjects share his tastes. No: glory is his sole object and ambition; in action and in danger he has elected to suffer whatever may befall him putting before a life of safety the distinction of achieving what no other king of Macedonia ever achieved.
Sections 16–20
But his subjects have no share in the glory that results. They are perpetually buffeted and wearied and distressed by these expeditions north and south, never suffered to give their time to their business or their private affairs, never able to dispose of such produce as they can raise, because the war has closed all the markets in their land.
Hence it is not difficult to see how the majority of the Macedonians regard Philip. As for his household troops and footguards, they have indeed the name of admirable soldiers, well grounded in the science of war; but one who has lived on the spot, a man incapable of falsehood, has informed me that they are no better than other soldiers.
If there is anyone among them who can be described as experienced in war and battle, I was told that Philip from jealousy keeps all such in the background, because he wants to have the credit himself of every action, among his many faults being an insatiable ambition. Any fairly decent or honest man, who cannot stomach the licentiousness of his daily life, the drunkenness and the lewd dancing, is pushed aside as of no account.
All the rest about his court, he said, are robbers and toadies, men capable of getting drunk and performing such dances as I hesitate to name to you here. This report is obviously true, for the men who were unanimously expelled from Athens, as being of far looser morals than the average mountebank—I mean Callias the hangman and fellows of that stamp, low comedians, men who compose ribald songs to raise a laugh against their boon companions—these are the men he welcomes and loves to have about him.
These are perhaps trivial things, and yet, Athenians, to wise men they afford an important proof of the infatuation of his character. For the present, however, his prosperity throws all this into the shade (for success is apt to cover a multitude of faults); but if he trips, then we shall know all about his vices. And it seems to me, Athenians, that we shall not have to wait long for the exposure, if heaven wills and you so resolve.
Sections 21–25
For just as in our bodies, so long as a man is in sound health, he is conscious of no pain, but if some malady assails him, every part is set a-working, be it rupture or sprain or any other local affection; even so is it with states and monarchies; as long as their wars are on foreign soil, few detect their weaknesses, but when the shock of battle is on their frontiers, it makes all their faults perfectly clear.
But if any of you, Athenians, seeing Philip’s good fortune, thinks that he is in that respect a formidable antagonist, he reasons like a prudent man. For fortune is indeed a great weight in the scales; I might almost say it is everything in human affairs. All the same, if you gave me the choice, I should prefer the fortune of Athens to Philip’s, provided that you are willing to do your duty yourselves, even to a limited extent; for I am sure you have far greater claims than he upon the favor of the gods. Yet, I think, we sit here doing nothing.
But one who is himself idle cannot possibly call upon his friends, much less upon the gods, to work for him. No wonder that Philip, sharing himself in the toils of the campaign, present at every action, neglecting no chance and wasting no season, gets the better of us, while we procrastinate and pass resolutions and ask questions. I cannot wonder at this: the contrary would rather surprise me, that we, performing no single duty of a combatant, should overcome the man who fulfils them all.
Nay, I am surprised that you, men of Athens, who once withstood the Lacedaemonians in defence of the rights of Hellas, who spurned the opportunity, repeatedly offered, of self-aggrandizement, who lavished your treasure and jeoparded your lives in the field that others might enjoy their rights, now shrink from service and grudge to pay your contributions for the sake of your own possessions. I am surprised that you, who have so often saved the other states, both all of them together and each separately in turn, should sit down under the loss of what is your own.
All this I wonder at, and at another thing besides. I wonder that no one here, men of Athens, can count up how many years you have been at war with Philip, and what you have been doing all that long time. Surely you must know that all that time you have been hesitating, hoping that some other state would take action, accusing and sitting in judgement on one another, and still hoping, hoping—doing in fact pretty much what you are doing now.
Sections 26–30
And are you so unintelligent, men of Athens, as to hope that the same policy that has brought our state from success to failure will raise us from failure to success? Surely that is neither reasonable nor natural; for in all things it is much easier to keep than to gain. But, in the present instance, of what was once ours the war has left us nothing to keep and everything to gain. This, then, is our own task today.
I say it is your duty to serve cheerfully in person and to reserve your censures till you are masters of the situation. Then, judging all on their merits, assign praise to the deserving and punishment to the wrongdoers, and render excuse impossible by mending your own deficiencies; for you have no right to be severe critics of others’ conduct, unless you first set your own house in order.
Why is it, think you, men of Athens, that all the generals you dispatch—if I am to tell you something of the truth about them—leave this war to itself and pursue little wars of their own? It is because in this war the prizes for which you contend are your own—(if, for instance, Amphipolis is captured, the immediate gain will be yours)—while the officers have all the dangers to themselves and no remuneration; but in the other case the risks are smaller and the prizes fall to the officers and the soldiers—Lampsacus, for example, and Sigeum, and the plunder of the merchant-ships. So they turn aside each to what pays him best.
But you, whenever you turn your attention to your reverses, sit in judgement on your officers, but acquit them whenever in defence they plead their necessities. Hence the outcome is strife and contention among yourselves, some taking this side and some that, while the interests of the state suffer. You conduct your party-politics, Athenians as you used to conduct your taxpaying—by syndicates. Each syndicate has an orator for chairman, with a general under him and three hundred to do the shouting. The rest of you are attached now to one party and now to another.
Surely this system must be abandoned. You must be once more your own masters, and must give to all alike the same chance to speak, to counsel, to act. But if you authorize one class of men to issue orders like absolute monarchs, and force another class to equip the galleys and pay the war-tax and serve in the field, while yet a third class has no other public duty than to vote the condemnation of the latter, you will never get anything essential done at the right time. There will always be some class with a grievance, who will fail you, and then it will be your privilege to punish them instead of the enemy.
Section 31
To sum up, I propose that all should contribute equitably, each according to his means, that all should serve in turn until all have taken part in the campaign, that all who wish to address you should have a fair hearing, and that you should adopt the best advice offered, not just what this man or that man is pleased to suggest. If you do this, you will be able to congratulate the speaker at once and yourselves later on, when you find the cause of the nation prospering.
Contents — 7 sections
Sections 1–5
ἐπὶ πολλῶν μὲν ἄν τις ἰδεῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δοκεῖ μοι τὴν παρὰ τῶν θεῶν εὔνοιαν φανερὰν γιγνομένην τῇ πόλει, οὐχ ἥκιστα δʼ ἐν τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασι· τὸ γὰρ τοὺς πολεμήσοντας Φιλίππῳ γεγενῆσθαι καὶ χώραν ὅμορον καὶ δύναμίν τινα κεκτημένους, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον ἁπάντων, τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ πολέμου γνώμην τοιαύτην ἔχοντας ὥστε τὰς πρὸς ἐκεῖνον διαλλαγὰς πρῶτον μὲν ἀπίστους, εἶτα τῆς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδος νομίζειν ἀνάστασιν, δαιμονίᾳ τινὶ καὶ θείᾳ παντάπασιν ἔοικεν εὐεργεσίᾳ.
δεῖ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῦτʼ ἤδη σκοπεῖν αὐτούς, ὅπως μὴ χείρους περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶναι δόξομεν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων, ὡς ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ τῶν αἰσχίστων, μὴ μόνον πόλεων καὶ τόπων ὧν ἦμέν ποτε κύριοι φαίνεσθαι προϊεμένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς τύχης παρασκευασθέντων συμμάχων καὶ καιρῶν.
τὸ μὲν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὴν Φιλίππου ῥώμην διεξιέναι καὶ διὰ τούτων τῶν λόγων προτρέπειν τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς, οὐχὶ καλῶς ἔχειν ἡγοῦμαι. διὰ τί; ὅτι μοι δοκεῖ πάνθʼ ὅσʼ ἂν εἴποι τις ὑπὲρ τούτων, ἐκείνῳ μὲν ἔχειν φιλοτιμίαν, ἡμῖν δʼ οὐχὶ καλῶς πεπρᾶχθαι. ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὅσῳ πλείονʼ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀξίαν πεποίηκε τὴν αὑτοῦ, τοσούτῳ θαυμαστότερος παρὰ πᾶσι νομίζεται· ὑμεῖς δʼ ὅσῳ χεῖρον ἢ προσῆκε κέχρησθε τοῖς πράγμασι, τοσούτῳ πλείονʼ αἰσχύνην ὠφλήκατε.
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραλείψω. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μετʼ ἀληθείας τις, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, σκοποῖτο, ἐνθένδʼ ἂν αὐτὸν ἴδοι μέγαν γεγενημένον, οὐχὶ παρʼ αὑτοῦ. ὧν οὖν ἐκεῖνος μὲν ὀφείλει τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πεπολιτευμένοις χάριν, ὑμῖν δὲ δίκην προσήκει λαβεῖν, τούτων οὐχὶ νῦν ὁρῶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ λέγειν· ἃ δὲ καὶ χωρὶς τούτων ἔνι, καὶ βέλτιόν ἐστιν ἀκηκοέναι πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ μεγάλʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, κατʼ ἐκείνου φαίνοιτʼ ἂν ὀνείδη βουλομένοις ὀρθῶς δοκιμάζειν, ταῦτʼ εἰπεῖν πειράσομαι.
τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπίορκον κἄπιστον καλεῖν ἄνευ τοῦ τὰ πεπραγμένα δεικνύναι λοιδορίαν εἶναί τις ἂν φήσειε κενὴν δικαίως· τὸ δὲ πάνθʼ ὅσα πώποτʼ ἔπραξε διεξιόντα ἐφʼ ἅπασι τούτοις ἐλέγχειν, καὶ βραχέος λόγου συμβαίνει δεῖσθαι, καὶ δυοῖν ἕνεχʼ ἡγοῦμαι συμφέρειν εἰρῆσθαι, τοῦ τʼ ἐκεῖνον, ὅπερ καὶ ἀληθὲς ὑπάρχει, φαῦλον φαίνεσθαι, καὶ τοὺς ὑπερεκπεπληγμένους ὡς ἄμαχόν τινα τὸν Φίλιππον ἰδεῖν ὅτι πάντα διεξελήλυθεν οἷς πρότερον παρακρουόμενος μέγας ηὐξήθη, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἥκει τὴν τελευτὴν τὰ πράγματʼ αὐτῷ.
Sections 6–10
ἐγὼ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, σφόδρʼ ἂν ἡγούμην καὶ αὐτὸς φοβερὸν τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ θαυμαστόν, εἰ τὰ δίκαια πράττονθʼ ἑώρων ηὐξημένον· νῦν δὲ θεωρῶν καὶ σκοπῶν εὑρίσκω τὴν μὲν ἡμετέραν εὐήθειαν τὸ κατʼ ἀρχάς, ὅτʼ Ὀλυνθίους ἀπήλαυνόν τινες ἐνθένδε βουλομένους ὑμῖν διαλεχθῆναι, τῷ τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν φάσκειν παραδώσειν καὶ τὸ θρυλούμενόν ποτʼ ἀπόρρητον ἐκεῖνο κατασκευάσαι,
τούτῳ προσαγαγόμενον, τὴν δʼ Ὀλυνθίων φιλίαν μετὰ ταῦτα τῷ Ποτείδαιαν οὖσαν ὑμετέραν ἐξελεῖν καὶ τοὺς μὲν πρότερον συμμάχους ἀδικῆσαι, παραδοῦναι δʼ ἐκείνοις, Θετταλοὺς δὲ νῦν τὰ τελευταῖα τῷ Μαγνησίαν παραδώσειν ὑποσχέσθαι καὶ τὸν Φωκικὸν πόλεμον πολεμήσειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀναδέξασθαι. ὅλως δʼ οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅντινʼ οὐ πεφενάκικʼ ἐκεῖνος τῶν αὐτῷ χρησαμένων· τὴν γὰρ ἑκάστων ἄνοιαν ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγνοούντων αὐτὸν ἐξαπατῶν καὶ προσλαμβάνων οὕτως ηὐξήθη.
ὥσπερ οὖν διὰ τούτων ἤρθη μέγας, ἡνίχʼ ἕκαστοι συμφέρον αὐτὸν ἑαυτοῖς ᾤοντό τι πράξειν, οὕτως ὀφείλει διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων καὶ καθαιρεθῆναι πάλιν, ἐπειδὴ πάνθʼ εἵνεχʼ ἑαυτοῦ ποιῶν ἐξελήλεγκται. καιροῦ μὲν δή, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πρὸς τοῦτο πάρεστι Φιλίππῳ τὰ πράγματα· ἢ παρελθών τις ἐμοί, μᾶλλον δʼ ὑμῖν δειξάτω, ἢ ὡς οὐκ ἀληθῆ ταῦτʼ ἐγὼ λέγω, ἢ ὡς οἱ τὰ πρῶτʼ ἐξηπατημένοι τὰ λοιπὰ πιστεύσουσιν, ἢ ὡς οἱ παρὰ τὴν αὑτῶν ἀξίαν δεδουλωμένοι νῦν οὐκ ἂν ἐλεύθεροι γένοιντʼ ἄσμενοι.
καὶ μὴν εἴ τις ὑμῶν ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἔχειν ἡγεῖται, οἴεται δὲ βίᾳ καθέξειν αὐτὸν τὰ πράγματα τῷ τὰ χωρία καὶ λιμένας καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα προειληφέναι, οὐκ ὀρθῶς οἴεται. ὅταν μὲν γὰρ ὑπʼ εὐνοίας τὰ πράγματα συστῇ καὶ πᾶσι ταὐτὰ συμφέρῃ τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ πολέμου, καὶ συμπονεῖν καὶ φέρειν τὰς συμφορὰς καὶ μένειν ἐθέλουσιν ἅνθρωποι· ὅταν δʼ ἐκ πλεονεξίας καὶ πονηρίας τις ὥσπερ οὗτος ἰσχύσῃ, ἡ πρώτη πρόφασις καὶ μικρὸν πταῖσμα ἅπαντʼ ἀνεχαίτισε καὶ διέλυσεν.
οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἀδικοῦντα κἀπιορκοῦντα καὶ ψευδόμενον δύναμιν βεβαίαν κτήσασθαι, ἀλλὰ τὰ τοιαῦτʼ εἰς μὲν ἅπαξ καὶ βραχὺν χρόνον ἀντέχει, καὶ σφόδρα γʼ ἤνθησʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐλπίσιν, ἂν τύχῃ, τῷ χρόνῳ δὲ φωρᾶται καὶ περὶ αὑτὰ καταρρεῖ. ὥσπερ γὰρ οἰκίας, οἶμαι, καὶ πλοίου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων τὰ κάτωθεν ἰσχυρότατʼ εἶναι δεῖ, οὕτω καὶ τῶν πράξεων τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ὑποθέσεις ἀληθεῖς καὶ δικαίας εἶναι προσήκει. τοῦτο δʼ οὐκ ἔνι νῦν ἐν τοῖς πεπραγμένοις Φιλίππῳ.
Sections 11–15
φημὶ δὴ δεῖν ἡμᾶς τοῖς μὲν Ὀλυνθίοις βοηθεῖν, καὶ ὅπως τις λέγει κάλλιστα καὶ τάχιστα, οὕτως ἀρέσκει μοι· πρὸς δὲ Θετταλοὺς πρεσβείαν πέμπειν, ἣ τοὺς μὲν διδάξει ταῦτα, τοὺς δὲ παροξυνεῖ· καὶ γὰρ νῦν εἰσιν ἐψηφισμένοι Παγασὰς ἀπαιτεῖν καὶ περὶ Μαγνησίας λόγους ποιεῖσθαι.
σκοπεῖσθε μέντοι τοῦτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ὅπως μὴ λόγους ἐροῦσιν μόνον οἱ παρʼ ἡμῶν πρέσβεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔργον τι δεικνύειν ἕξουσιν ἐξεληλυθότων ὑμῶν ἀξίως τῆς πόλεως καὶ ὄντων ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν, ὡς ἅπας μὲν λόγος, ἂν ἀπῇ τὰ πράγματα, μάταιόν τι φαίνεται καὶ κενόν, μάλιστα δʼ ὁ παρὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας πόλεως· ὅσῳ γὰρ ἑτοιμότατʼ αὐτῷ δοκοῦμεν χρῆσθαι, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἀπιστοῦσι πάντες αὐτῷ.
πολλὴν δὴ τὴν μετάστασιν καὶ μεγάλην δεικτέον τὴν μεταβολήν, εἰσφέροντας, ἐξιόντας, ἅπαντα ποιοῦντας ἑτοίμως, εἴπερ τις ὑμῖν προσέξει τὸν νοῦν. κἂν ταῦτʼ ἐθελήσηθʼ ὡς προσήκει καὶ δὴ περαίνειν, οὐ μόνον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὰ συμμαχικὰ ἀσθενῶς καὶ ἀπίστως ἔχοντα φανήσεται Φιλίππῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκείας ἀρχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως κακῶς ἔχοντʼ ἐξελεγχθήσεται.
ὅλως μὲν γὰρ ἡ Μακεδονικὴ δύναμις καὶ ἀρχὴ ἐν μὲν προσθήκῃ μερίς ἐστί τις οὐ μικρά, οἷον ὑπῆρξέ ποθʼ ὑμῖν ἐπὶ Τιμοθέου πρὸς Ὀλυνθίους· πάλιν αὖ πρὸς Ποτείδαιαν Ὀλυνθίοις ἐφάνη τι τοῦτο συναμφότερον· νυνὶ δὲ Θετταλοῖς νοσοῦσι καὶ τεταραγμένοις ἐπὶ τὴν τυραννικὴν οἰκίαν ἐβοήθησεν· καὶ ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν, πάντʼ ὠφελεῖ· αὐτὴ δὲ καθʼ αὑτὴν ἀσθενὴς καὶ πολλῶν κακῶν ἐστι μεστή.
καὶ γὰρ οὗτος ἅπασι τούτοις, οἷς ἄν τις μέγαν αὐτὸν ἡγήσαιτο, τοῖς πολέμοις καὶ ταῖς στρατείαις, ἔτʼ ἐπισφαλεστέραν ἢ ὑπῆρχε φύσει κατεσκεύακεν αὑτῷ. μὴ γὰρ οἴεσθʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῖς αὐτοῖς Φίλιππόν τε χαίρειν καὶ τοὺς ἀρχομένους, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν δόξης ἐπιθυμεῖ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐζήλωκε, καὶ προῄρηται πράττων καὶ κινδυνεύων, ἂν συμβῇ τι, παθεῖν, τὴν τοῦ διαπράξασθαι ταῦθʼ ἃ μηδεὶς πώποτʼ ἄλλος Μακεδόνων βασιλεὺς δόξαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἀσφαλῶς ᾑρημένος·
Sections 16–20
τοῖς δὲ τῆς μὲν φιλοτιμίας τῆς ἀπὸ τούτων οὐ μέτεστι, κοπτόμενοι δʼ ἀεὶ ταῖς στρατείαις ταύταις ταῖς ἄνω κάτω λυποῦνται καὶ συνεχῶς ταλαιπωροῦσιν, οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔργοις οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς αὑτῶν ἰδίοις ἐώμενοι διατρίβειν, οὔθʼ ὅσʼ ἂν ποιήσωσιν οὕτως ὅπως ἂν δύνωνται, ταῦτʼ ἔχοντες διαθέσθαι κεκλειμένων τῶν ἐμπορίων τῶν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ διὰ τὸν πόλεμον.
οἱ μὲν οὖν πολλοὶ Μακεδόνων πῶς ἔχουσι Φιλίππῳ, ἐκ τούτων ἄν τις σκέψαιτʼ οὐ χαλεπῶς· οἱ δὲ δὴ περὶ αὐτὸν ὄντες ξένοι καὶ πεζέταιροι δόξαν μὲν ἔχουσιν ὡς εἰσὶ θαυμαστοὶ καὶ συγκεκροτημένοι τὰ τοῦ πολέμου, ὡς δʼ ἐγὼ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ χώρᾳ γεγενημένων τινὸς ἤκουον, ἀνδρὸς οὐδαμῶς οἵου τε ψεύδεσθαι, οὐδένων εἰσὶν βελτίους.
εἰ μὲν γάρ τις ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς οἷος ἔμπειρος πολέμου καὶ ἀγώνων, τούτους μὲν φιλοτιμίᾳ πάντας ἀπωθεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφη, βουλόμενον πάνθʼ αὑτοῦ δοκεῖν εἶναι τἄργα (πρὸς γὰρ αὖ τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ τὴν φιλοτιμίαν ἀνυπέρβλητον εἶναι)· εἰ δέ τις σώφρων ἢ δίκαιος ἄλλως, τὴν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἀκρασίαν τοῦ βίου καὶ μέθην καὶ κορδακισμοὺς οὐ δυνάμενος φέρειν, παρεῶσθαι καὶ ἐν οὐδενὸς εἶναι μέρει τὸν τοιοῦτον.
λοιποὺς δὴ περὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι λῃστὰς καὶ κόλακας καὶ τοιούτους ἀνθρώπους οἵους μεθυσθέντας ὀρχεῖσθαι τοιαῦθʼ οἷʼ ἐγὼ νῦν ὀκνῶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὀνομάσαι. δῆλον δʼ ὅτι ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ· καὶ γὰρ οὓς ἐνθένδε πάντες ἀπήλαυνον ὡς πολὺ τῶν θαυματοποιῶν ἀσελγεστέρους ὄντας, Καλλίαν ἐκεῖνον τὸν δημόσιον καὶ τοιούτους ἀνθρώπους, μίμους γελοίων καὶ ποιητὰς αἰσχρῶν ᾀσμάτων, ὧν εἰς τοὺς συνόντας ποιοῦσιν εἵνεκα τοῦ γελασθῆναι, τούτους ἀγαπᾷ καὶ περὶ αὑτὸν ἔχει.
καίτοι ταῦτα, καὶ εἰ μικρά τις ἡγεῖται, μεγάλʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δείγματα τῆς ἐκείνου γνώμης καὶ κακοδαιμονίας ἐστὶ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν. ἀλλʼ, οἶμαι, νῦν μὲν ἐπισκοτεῖ τούτοις τὸ κατορθοῦν· αἱ γὰρ εὐπραξίαι δειναὶ συγκρύψαι τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ὀνείδη· εἰ δέ τι πταίσει, τότʼ ἀκριβῶς αὐτοῦ ταῦτʼ ἐξετασθήσεται. δοκεῖ δʼ ἔμοιγʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δείξειν οὐκ εἰς μακράν, ἂν οἵ τε θεοὶ θέλωσι καὶ ὑμεῖς βούλησθε.
Sections 21–25
ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν, τέως μὲν ἂν ἐρρωμένος ᾖ τις, οὐδὲν ἐπαισθάνεται, ἐπὰν δʼ ἀρρώστημά τι συμβῇ, πάντα κινεῖται, κἂν ῥῆγμα κἂν στρέμμα κἂν ἄλλο τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων σαθρὸν ᾖ, οὕτω καὶ τῶν πόλεων καὶ τῶν τυράννων, ἕως μὲν ἂν ἔξω πολεμῶσιν, ἀφανῆ τὰ κακὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐστιν, ἐπειδὰν δʼ ὅμορος πόλεμος συμπλακῇ, πάντʼ ἐποίησεν ἔκδηλα.
εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸν Φίλιππον εὐτυχοῦνθʼ ὁρῶν ταύτῃ φοβερὸν προσπολεμῆσαι νομίζει, σώφρονος μὲν ἀνθρώπου λογισμῷ χρῆται· μεγάλη γὰρ ῥοπή, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ ὅλον ἡ τύχη παρὰ πάντʼ ἐστὶ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράγματα· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔγωγε, εἴ τις αἵρεσίν μοι δοίη, τὴν τῆς ἡμετέρας πόλεως τύχην ἂν ἑλοίμην, ἐθελόντων ἃ προσήκει ποιεῖν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ κατὰ μικρόν, ἢ τὴν ἐκείνου· πολὺ γὰρ πλείους ἀφορμὰς εἰς τὸ τὴν παρὰ τῶν θεῶν εὔνοιαν ἔχειν ὁρῶ ὑμῖν ἐνούσας ἢ ʼκείνῳ.
ἀλλʼ, οἶμαι, καθήμεθʼ οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες· οὐκ ἔνι δʼ αὐτὸν ἀργοῦντʼ οὐδὲ τοῖς φίλοις ἐπιτάττειν ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ τι ποιεῖν, μή τί γε δὴ τοῖς θεοῖς. οὐ δὴ θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, εἰ στρατευόμενος καὶ πονῶν ἐκεῖνος αὐτὸς καὶ παρὼν ἐφʼ ἅπασι καὶ μήτε καιρὸν μήθʼ ὥραν παραλείπων ἡμῶν μελλόντων καὶ ψηφιζομένων καὶ πυνθανομένων περιγίγνεται. οὐδὲ θαυμάζω τοῦτʼ ἐγώ· τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἂν ἦν θαυμαστόν, εἰ μηδὲν ποιοῦντες ἡμεῖς ὧν τοῖς πολεμοῦσι προσήκει τοῦ πάντα ποιοῦντος περιῆμεν.
ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο θαυμάζω, εἰ Λακεδαιμονίοις μέν ποτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν δικαίων ἀντήρατε, καὶ πόλλʼ ἰδίᾳ πλεονεκτῆσαι πολλάκις ὑμῖν ἐξὸν οὐκ ἠθελήσατε, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ οἱ ἄλλοι τύχωσι τῶν δικαίων, τὰ ὑμέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἀνηλίσκετʼ εἰσφέροντες καὶ προυκινδυνεύετε στρατευόμενοι, νυνὶ δʼ ὀκνεῖτʼ ἐξιέναι καὶ μέλλετʼ εἰσφέρειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὑμετέρων αὐτῶν κτημάτων, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους σεσώκατε πολλάκις πάντας καὶ καθʼ ἕνʼ αὐτῶν ἐν μέρει, τὰ δʼ ὑμέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἀπολωλεκότες κάθησθε.
ταῦτα θαυμάζω, κἄτι πρὸς τούτοις, εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δύναται λογίσασθαι πόσον πολεμεῖτε χρόνον Φιλίππῳ, καὶ τί ποιούντων ὑμῶν ὁ χρόνος διελήλυθεν οὗτος. ἴστε γὰρ δήπου τοῦθʼ, ὅτι μελλόντων αὐτῶν, ἑτέρους τινὰς ἐλπιζόντων πράξειν, αἰτιωμένων ἀλλήλους, κρινόντων, πάλιν ἐλπιζόντων, σχεδὸν ταὔθʼ ἅπερ νυνὶ ποιούντων, ἅπας ὁ χρόνος διελήλυθεν.
Sections 26–30
εἶθʼ οὕτως ἀγνωμόνως ἔχετʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ὥστε διʼ ὧν ἐκ χρηστῶν φαῦλα τὰ πράγματα τῆς πόλεως γέγονεν, διὰ τούτων ἐλπίζετε τῶν αὐτῶν πράξεων ἐκ φαύλων αὐτὰ χρηστὰ γενήσεσθαι; ἀλλʼ οὔτʼ εὔλογον οὔτʼ ἔχον ἐστὶ φύσιν τοῦτό γε· πολὺ γὰρ ῥᾷον ἔχοντας φυλάττειν ἢ κτήσασθαι πάντα πέφυκεν. νῦν δʼ ὅ τι μὲν φυλάξομεν, οὐδέν ἐσθʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ πολέμου λοιπὸν τῶν πρότερον, κτήσασθαι δὲ δεῖ. αὐτῶν οὖν ἡμῶν ἔργον τοῦτʼ ἤδη.
φημὶ δὴ δεῖν εἰσφέρειν χρήματα, αὐτοὺς ἐξιέναι προθύμως, μηδένʼ αἰτιᾶσθαι πρὶν ἂν τῶν πραγμάτων κρατήσητε, τηνικαῦτα δʼ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων κρίναντας τοὺς μὲν ἀξίους ἐπαίνου τιμᾶν, τοὺς δʼ ἀδικοῦντας κολάζειν, τὰς προφάσεις δʼ ἀφελεῖν καὶ τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα· οὐ γὰρ ἔστι πικρῶς ἐξετάσαι τί πέπρακται τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἂν μὴ παρʼ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν πρῶτον ὑπάρξῃ τὰ δέοντα.
τίνος γὰρ εἵνεκʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, νομίζετε τοῦτον μὲν φεύγειν τὸν πόλεμον πάντας ὅσους ἂν ἐκπέμψητε στρατηγούς, ἰδίους δʼ εὑρίσκειν πολέμους, εἰ δεῖ τι τῶν ὄντων καὶ περὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν εἰπεῖν; ὅτι ἐνταῦθα μέν ἐστι τἆθλʼ ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐστιν ὁ πόλεμος ὑμέτερα (Ἀμφίπολίς γʼ ἂν ληφθῇ, παραχρῆμʼ ὑμεῖς κομιεῖσθε), οἱ δὲ κίνδυνοι τῶν ἐφεστηκότων ἴδιοι, μισθὸς δʼ οὐκ ἔστιν· ἐκεῖ δὲ κίνδυνοι μὲν ἐλάττους, τὰ δὲ λήμματα τῶν ἐφεστηκότων καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, Λάμψακος, Σίγειον, τὰ πλοῖʼ ἃ συλῶσιν. ἐπʼ οὖν τὸ λυσιτελοῦν αὑτοῖς ἕκαστοι χωροῦσιν.
ὑμεῖς δʼ, ὅταν μὲν εἰς τὰ πράγματʼ ἀποβλέψητε φαύλως ἔχοντα, τοὺς ἐφεστηκότας κρίνετε, ὅταν δὲ δόντες λόγον τὰς ἀνάγκας ἀκούσητε ταύτας, ἀφίετε. περίεστι τοίνυν ὑμῖν ἀλλήλοις ἐρίζειν καὶ διεστάναι, τοῖς μὲν ταῦτα πεπεισμένοις, τοῖς δὲ ταῦτα, τὰ κοινὰ δʼ ἔχειν φαύλως. πρότερον μὲν γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, κατὰ συμμορίας εἰσεφέρετε, νυνὶ δὲ πολιτεύεσθε κατὰ συμμορίας. ῥήτωρ ἡγεμὼν ἑκατέρων, καὶ στρατηγὸς ὑπὸ τούτῳ καὶ οἱ βοησόμενοι, οἱ τριακόσιοι· οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι προσνενέμησθε οἱ μὲν ὡς τούτους, οἱ δʼ ὡς ἐκείνους.
δεῖ δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐπανέντας καὶ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἔτι καὶ νῦν γενομένους κοινὸν καὶ τὸ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ τὸ λέγειν καὶ τὸ πράττειν ποιῆσαι. εἰ δὲ τοῖς μὲν ὥσπερ ἐκ τυραννίδος ὑμῶν ἐπιτάττειν ἀποδώσετε, τοῖς δʼ ἀναγκάζεσθαι τριηραρχεῖν, εἰσφέρειν, στρατεύεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ ψηφίζεσθαι κατὰ τούτων μόνον, ἄλλο δὲ μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν συμπονεῖν, οὐχὶ γενήσεται τῶν δεόντων ἡμῖν οὐδὲν ἐν καιρῷ· τὸ γὰρ ἠδικημένον ἀεὶ μέρος ἐλλείψει, εἶθʼ ὑμῖν τούτους κολάζειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἐξέσται.
Section 31
λέγω δὴ κεφάλαιον, πάντας εἰσφέρειν ἀφʼ ὅσων ἕκαστος ἔχει τὸ ἴσον· πάντας ἐξιέναι κατὰ μέρος, ἕως ἂν ἅπαντες στρατεύσησθε· πᾶσι τοῖς παριοῦσι λόγον διδόναι, καὶ τὰ βέλτισθʼ ὧν ἂν ἀκούσηθʼ αἱρεῖσθαι, μὴ ἃν ὁ δεῖνʼ ἢ ὁ δεῖνʼ εἴπῃ. κἂν ταῦτα ποιῆτε, οὐ τὸν εἰπόντα μόνον παραχρῆμʼ ἐπαινέσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ὕστερον, βέλτιον τῶν ὅλων πραγμάτων ὑμῖν ἐχόντων.
Olynthiac 3
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–5
Very different, men of Athens, are the thoughts suggested to me by the contemplation of public affairs and by the speeches to which I listen. I observe that the speeches are all about punishing Philip, while our affairs have reached a stage at which it must be our first concern to avoid disaster ourselves. Hence these speakers seem to me to make precisely the mistake of submitting to you the wrong subject for deliberation.
But for myself I am perfectly well aware that Athens once had the chance both of establishing her power and of punishing Philip; for within my own memory and not long ago, both these objects were within our grasp. Now, however, I am persuaded that we must be content to secure the first, that of saving our allies. If once we can be sure of that, then we can go on to consider who is to be punished and how it is to be done; but until that foundation is well and truly laid, it is idle, in my opinion, to say a word about our ultimate object.
Never was there a crisis that demanded more careful handling than the present. But the difficulty lies, I think, not in proposing a plan to meet the case: what puzzles me, men of Athens, is how to put it before you. For what I have seen and heard convinces me that most of your chances have escaped us rather from a disinclination to do our duty than from a failure to understand it. I must ask you to bear with me if I speak frankly, considering only whether I am speaking the truth, and speaking with the object that things may go better in the future; for you see how the popularity-hunting of some of our orators has led us into this desperate predicament.
I must first refresh your memory with a little history. You remember, men of Athens, when news came three or four years ago that Philip was in Thrace besieging the fortress of Heraeum. Well, it was the month of Maemacterion, and there was a long and excited debate in the Assembly, and you finally decided to launch a fleet of forty vessels manned by citizens under the age of forty-five, and to raise forty talents by a special tax.
That year passed and Hecatombaeon came and Metageitnion and Boëdromion. In that month, with a great effort, after the celebration of the Mysteries you dispatched Charidemus with ten ships, unmanned, and a sum of five talents of silver. When news came that Philip was ill or dead—both reports reached us—you, Athenians, thinking that help was no longer needed, abandoned the expedition. But that was just your opportunity. If we had carried out our resolution in earnest and sailed to Thrace then, Philip would not have survived to trouble us today.
Sections 6–10
Well, what is done cannot be undone; but now comes the opportunity of another war. That was why I have referred to the past, that you may not make the same mistake again. What use, men of Athens, are we to make of our opportunity? For if you do not send help in full muster, whereto your power shall extend, observe how all your generalship will make for Philip’s success.
We could count on the Olynthians with their considerable resources; and the position of affairs was that Philip did not trust them, nor they Philip. We had negotiated a peace with them that hampered Philip sorely; for here was a powerful state, reconciled to us and watching for him to give them an opening. We thought that we ought by all means to embroil them with him; and what was then common talk has today somehow or other come to pass.
What remains then, men of Athens, but to help them with all your power and energy? I see no alternative. For, quite apart from the disgrace that we should incur if we shirk our responsibilities, I see not a little danger, men of Athens, for the future, if the Thebans maintain their present attitude towards us, and the Phocians have come to the end of their money, and there is nothing to hinder Philip, when he has crushed his present foe, from turning his arms against Attica.
But surely if anyone of you would postpone the necessary action till then, he must prefer to see danger at his very doors, rather than hear of it far away, and to beg help for himself, when he might be lending help to others now; for I suppose we all realize that that is what it will come to, if we throw away our present chances.
Perhaps you will say, Of course we all know that we must send an expedition, and we are willing to do so; but tell us how. Then do not be surprised, Athenians, if my answer comes as a shock to most of you. Appoint a legislative commission. Do not use it to frame new laws—you have laws enough for your purpose—but repeal those which hamper us in the present crisis.
Sections 11–15
In plain language I mean the laws for administering the Theoric Fund, and also some of the service regulations. The former distribute the military funds as theatre-money among those who remain in the city; the latter give impunity to deserters and in consequence discourage those willing to serve. When you have repealed these laws and made the way safe for wise counsel, then look round for someone who will propose what you all know to be salutary measures. But until you have done this, do not expect to find a statesman who will propose measures for your benefit, only to be ruined by you for his pains.
You will never find one, especially as the only result would be that the proposer would get into trouble without improving the situation, and his fate would also make good advice more dangerous for the future. Yes, men of Athens, and you ought to insist that those who made these laws should also repeal them.
It is not fair that those legislators should enjoy a popularity which has cost the community dear, but that the patriotic reformer should be penalized by the odium of proposals by which we may all be benefited. Until you have set this right, Athenians, do not expect to find anyone so influential among you that he can break these laws with impunity, or so wanting in discretion as to run open-eyed into danger.
At the same time, Athenians, you must not forget this, that a mere decree is worthless without a willingness on your part to put your resolutions into practice. If decrees could automatically compel you to do your duty, or could accomplish the objects for which they were proposed, you would not have passed such an array of them with little or no result, and Philip would not have had such a long career of insolent triumph. Long ago, if decrees counted for anything, he would have suffered for his sins.
But that is not so. For in order of time action is subsequent to speaking and voting, but in importance it comes first and ranks higher. It is action, then, that must be added: of all else we have enough. You have among you, Athenians, men competent to say the right thing, no nation is quicker-witted to grasp the meaning of speech, and you will at once be able to translate it into action, if only you do your duty.
Sections 16–20
Why, what better time or occasion could you find than the present, men of Athens? When will you do your duty, if not now? Has not your enemy already captured all our strongholds, and if he becomes master of Chalcidice, shall we not be overwhelmed with dishonor? Are not those states actually at war which we so readily engaged in that event to protect? Is not Philip our enemy? And in possession of our property? And a barbarian? Is any description too bad for him?
But, in the name of the gods, when we have abandoned all these places and almost helped Philip to gain them, shall we then ask who is to blame? For I am sure we shall never admit that it is ourselves. In the panic of battle the runaway never blames himself; it is always his general’s fault, or his comrades’, anyone’s rather than his own. Yet surely to the runaways collectively the defeat is due; for he might have stood firm who now blames the others, and if every man had stood, the battle would have been won.
So now: someone’s suggestion is not the best possible. Then let someone else get up and make a better, not blame the first speaker. Suppose the second suggestion is an improvement. Then act upon it, and success attend it! But, you say, it is not a pleasant one. The speaker is not to blame for that—unless he leaves out the necessary prayer! Yes, men of Athens, it is easy to pray, cramming all our wants into one short petition. But to choose, when choice of action is put before you, is no such child’s-play, because you have to choose the best course rather than the pleasantest, if you cannot have both at once.
But what if someone can leave our Theoric Fund untouched and name other sources for our military budget? Is not he the better statesman? says someone. I grant you, men of Athens—if the thing is possible. But I wonder if any mortal, after spending all his existing wealth on superfluities, ever did or ever will find himself with a surplus for necessaries from his vanished funds. I think that in such proposals the wish is father to the thought, and that is why nothing is easier than self-deceit. For what each man wishes, that he also believes to be true. Unfortunately it is not often so in practical politics.
Now I want you, Athenians, to consider the possibilities of the case, and see how you can both serve and receive your pay. Surely it is not like men of sense and spirit to shirk your military duty because the pay is not forthcoming, thinking lightly of the shame of it all; or to snatch up arms and march against Corinth or Megara, but to let Philip enslave Greek cities, because you are short of rations for a campaign.
Sections 21–25
I am not talking for the idle purpose of quarrelling with anyone here. I am not such a misguided fool as to pick a quarrel deliberately when I see no advantage from it. But I consider it right as a citizen to set the welfare of the state above the popularity of an orator. Indeed I am given to understand—and so perhaps are you—that the orators of past generations, always praised but not always imitated by those who address you, adopted this very standard and principle of statesmanship. I refer to the famous Aristides, to Nicias, to my own namesake, and to Pericles.
But ever since this breed of orators appeared who ply you with such questions as What would you like? What shall I propose? How can I oblige you? the interests of the state have been frittered away for a momentary popularity. The natural consequences follow, and the orators profit by your disgrace.
Yet reflect, men of Athens, on what might be named as the outstanding achievements of the days of your ancestors and those of your own time. I will give you a summary of familiar facts, for you need not go abroad for examples to teach you how to win success.
Now your ancestors, whom their orators, unlike ours today, did not caress or flatter, for five and forty years commanded the willing obedience of the Greeks; more than ten thousand talents did they accumulate in our Acropolis; the then king of Macedonia was their subject, even as a barbarian ought to be subject to Greeks; many honorable trophies for victory on sea and land did they erect, themselves serving in the field; and they alone of mankind left behind them by their deeds a renown greater than all detraction.
Such was their rank in the world of Hellas: what manner of men they were at home, in public or in private life, look round you and see. Out of the wealth of the state they set up for our delight so many fair buildings and things of beauty, temples and offerings to the gods, that we who come after must despair of ever surpassing them; yet in private they were so modest, so careful to obey the spirit of the constitution,
Sections 26–30
that the houses of their famous men, of Aristides or of Miltiades, as any of you can see that knows them, are not a whit more splendid than those of their neighbors. For selfish greed had no place in their statesmanship, but each thought it his duty to further the common weal. And so by their good faith towards their fellow Greeks, their piety towards the gods, and their equality among themselves, they deserved and won a great prosperity.
Such was their condition in those days under the leaders I have named; and what is our condition today, thanks to our worthy statesmen? Is it the same or anything like the same? Why, we—I pass over much that I might mention, but you all see what a clear field we had got, with the Lacedaemonians crushed, the Thebans fully occupied, and no other city fit to dispute the supremacy with us, while we might have been both the vindicators of our own rights and the umpires of the rights of others;
and yet we have been robbed of our own soil, we have wasted on unnecessary objects more than fifteen hundred talents, our statesmen in peace have lost us the allies we gained in war, and we have provided a training-ground for this formidable rival. If not, let someone come forward and tell me who but ourselves has made Philip powerful.
But, says an objector, if our foreign policy has failed, there is great improvement in domestic affairs. And to what can you point in proof? To the walls we are whitewashing, the streets we are paving, the water-works, and the balderdash? Look rather at the men whose statesmanship has produced these results; some of them were poor and now are rich, some were obscure and now are eminent, some have reared private houses more stately than our public buildings, while the lower the fortunes of the city have sunk, the higher have their fortunes soared.
What is the cause of all this, and why, pray, did everything go well then that now goes amiss? Because then the people, having the courage to act and to fight, controlled the politicians and were themselves the dispensers of all favors; the rest were well content to accept at the people’s hand honor and authority and reward.
Sections 31–35
Now, on the contrary, the politicians hold the purse-strings and manage everything, while you, the people, robbed of nerve and sinew, stripped of wealth and of allies, have sunk to the level of lackeys and hangers-on, content if the politicians gratify you with a dole from the Theoric Fund or a procession at the Boëdromia, and your manliness reaches its climax when you add your thanks for what is your own. They have mewed you up in the city and entice you with these baits, that they may keep you tame and subservient to the whip.
You cannot, I suppose, have a proud and chivalrous spirit, if your conduct is mean and paltry; for whatever a man’s actions are, such must be his spirit. By our Lady, I should not wonder if I got rougher treatment from you for pointing out these faults than the men who are responsible for them. For you do not allow liberty of speech on every subject, and indeed I am surprised that you have allowed it now.
If, therefore, even at the eleventh hour, you can shake off these habits, and consent to fight and act as becomes Athenians and to devote the abundant resources that you have at home to the attainment of success abroad, perhaps, men of Athens, perhaps you may gain some important and unqualified advantage and may be quit of these paltry perquisites. Like the diet prescribed by doctors, which neither restores the strength of the patient nor allows him to succumb, so these doles that you are now distributing neither suffice to ensure your safety nor allow you to renounce them and try something else; they only confirm each citizen in his apathy.
You will ask me if I mean pay for military service. Not only that, men of Athens, but also the immediate adoption of a uniform system, so that each citizen, receiving his quota from the public funds, may fill his proper place in the service of the state. If peace can be preserved, he is better off at home, safe from temptations into which want might lead him. If some such contingency as the present arises, then it is better for him to serve his country in person, as indeed he ought, supported by these same contributions. If anyone is too old to fight, then as overseer or manager of some indispensable work, let him be paid on an equitable system the wages that he now receives without benefit to the state.
In a word, without increasing or lessening our expenditure by more than a trifle, I claim to have removed anomalies and introduced order into the state, establishing a uniform system of pay and of service, whether in the field or in the law-courts or wherever each man finds a task suited to his own age and to the needs of the occasion. Never have I suggested that we should give the worker’s wages to the drone, or that we should ourselves remain inactive, idle, and helpless, and only learn by report that So-and-so’s mercenaries have won a victory. For that is what happens now.
Section 36
I am not indeed blaming the man who does your duty for you, but I call on you to do that for yourselves which you reward others for doing, and not to desert that post of honor, men of Athens, which your ancestors through many glorious hazards won and bequeathed to you.
I have now said almost all that I consider suitable. It is for you to choose what is likely to benefit the city and all of you.
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–5
οὐχὶ ταὐτὰ παρίσταταί μοι γιγνώσκειν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ὅταν τʼ εἰς τὰ πράγματʼ ἀποβλέψω καὶ ὅταν πρὸς τοὺς λόγους οὓς ἀκούω· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ λόγους περὶ τοῦ τιμωρήσασθαι Φίλιππον ὁρῶ γιγνομένους, τὰ δὲ πράγματʼ εἰς τοῦτο προήκοντα, ὥσθʼ ὅπως μὴ πεισόμεθʼ αὐτοὶ πρότερον κακῶς σκέψασθαι δέον. οὐδὲν οὖν ἄλλο μοι δοκοῦσιν οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγοντες ἢ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, περὶ ἧς βουλεύεσθε, οὐχὶ τὴν οὖσαν παριστάντες ὑμῖν ἁμαρτάνειν.
ἐγὼ δέ, ὅτι μέν ποτʼ ἐξῆν τῇ πόλει καὶ τὰ αὑτῆς ἔχειν ἀσφαλῶς καὶ Φίλιππον τιμωρήσασθαι, καὶ μάλʼ ἀκριβῶς οἶδα· ἐπʼ ἐμοῦ γάρ, οὐ πάλαι γέγονεν ταῦτʼ ἀμφότερα· νῦν μέντοι πέπεισμαι τοῦθʼ ἱκανὸν προλαβεῖν ἡμῖν εἶναι τὴν πρώτην, ὅπως τοὺς συμμάχους σώσομεν. ἐὰν γὰρ τοῦτο βεβαίως ὑπάρξῃ, τότε καὶ περὶ τοῦ τίνα τιμωρήσεταί τις καὶ ὃν τρόπον ἐξέσται σκοπεῖν· πρὶν δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὀρθῶς ὑποθέσθαι, μάταιον ἡγοῦμαι περὶ τῆς τελευτῆς ὁντινοῦν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον.
ὁ μὲν οὖν παρὼν καιρός, εἴπερ ποτέ, πολλῆς φροντίδος καὶ βουλῆς δεῖται· ἐγὼ δʼ οὐχ ὅ τι χρὴ περὶ τῶν παρόντων συμβουλεῦσαι χαλεπώτατον ἡγοῦμαι, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνʼ ἀπορῶ, τίνα χρὴ τρόπον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ αὐτῶν εἰπεῖν. πέπεισμαι γὰρ ἐξ ὧν παρὼν καὶ ἀκούων σύνοιδα, τὰ πλείω τῶν πραγμάτων ἡμᾶς ἐκπεφευγέναι τῷ μὴ βούλεσθαι τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖν ἢ τῷ μὴ συνιέναι. ἀξιῶ δʼ ὑμᾶς, ἂν μετὰ παρρησίας ποιῶμαι τοὺς λόγους, ὑπομένειν, τοῦτο θεωροῦντας, εἰ τἀληθῆ λέγω, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἵνα τὰ λοιπὰ βελτίω γένηται· ὁρᾶτε γὰρ ὡς ἐκ τοῦ πρὸς χάριν δημηγορεῖν ἐνίους εἰς πᾶν προελήλυθε μοχθηρίας τὰ παρόντα.
ἀναγκαῖον δʼ ὑπολαμβάνω μικρὰ τῶν γεγενημένων πρῶτον ὑμᾶς ὑπομνῆσαι. μέμνησθʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ὅτʼ ἀπηγγέλθη Φίλιππος ὑμῖν ἐν Θρᾴκῃ τρίτον ἢ τέταρτον ἔτος τουτὶ Ἡραῖον τεῖχος πολιορκῶν. τότε τοίνυν μὴν μὲν ἦν μαιμακτηριών· πολλῶν δὲ λόγων καὶ θορύβου γιγνομένου παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐψηφίσασθε τετταράκοντα τριήρεις καθέλκειν καὶ τοὺς μέχρι πέντε καὶ τετταράκοντʼ ἐτῶν αὐτοὺς ἐμβαίνειν καὶ τάλανθʼ ἑξήκοντʼ εἰσφέρειν.
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα διελθόντος τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ τούτου ἑκατομβαιών, μεταγειτνιών, βοηδρομιών· τούτου τοῦ μηνὸς μόγις μετὰ τὰ μυστήρια δέκα ναῦς ἀπεστείλατʼ ἔχοντα κενὰς Χαρίδημον καὶ πέντε τάλαντʼ ἀργυρίου. ὡς γὰρ ἠγγέλθη Φίλιππος ἀσθενῶν ἢ τεθνεώς (ἦλθε γὰρ ἀμφότερα), οὐκέτι καιρὸν οὐδένα τοῦ βοηθεῖν νομίσαντες ἀφεῖτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸν ἀπόστολον. ἦν δʼ οὗτος ὁ καιρὸς αὐτός· εἰ γὰρ τότʼ ἐκεῖσʼ ἐβοηθήσαμεν, ὥσπερ ἐψηφισάμεθα, προθύμως, οὐκ ἂν ἠνώχλει νῦν ἡμῖν ὁ Φίλιππος σωθείς.
Sections 6–10
τὰ μὲν δὴ τότε πραχθέντʼ οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως ἔχοι· νῦν δʼ ἑτέρου πολέμου καιρὸς ἥκει τις, διʼ ὃν καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐμνήσθην, ἵνα μὴ ταὐτὰ πάθητε. τί δὴ χρησόμεθʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τούτῳ; εἰ γὰρ μὴ βοηθήσετε παντὶ σθένει κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν, θεάσασθʼ ὃν τρόπον ὑμεῖς ἐστρατηγηκότες πάντʼ ἔσεσθʼ ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου.
ὑπῆρχον Ὀλύνθιοι δύναμίν τινα κεκτημένοι, καὶ διέκειθʼ οὕτω τὰ πράγματα· οὔτε Φίλιππος ἐθάρρει τούτους οὔθʼ οὗτοι Φίλιππον. ἐπράξαμεν ἡμεῖς κἀκεῖνοι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰρήνην· ἦν τοῦθʼ ὥσπερ ἐμπόδισμά τι τῷ Φιλίππῳ καὶ δυσχερές, πόλιν μεγάλην ἐφορμεῖν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ καιροῖς διηλλαγμένην πρὸς ἡμᾶς. ἐκπολεμῶσαι δεῖν ᾠόμεθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, καὶ ὃ πάντες ἐθρύλουν, πέπρακται νυνὶ τοῦθʼ ὁπωσδήποτε.
τί οὖν ὑπόλοιπον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πλὴν βοηθεῖν ἐρρωμένως καὶ προθύμως; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶ· χωρὶς γὰρ τῆς περιστάσης ἂν ἡμᾶς αἰσχύνης, εἰ καθυφείμεθά τι τῶν πραγμάτων, οὐδὲ τὸν φόβον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, μικρὸν ὁρῶ τὸν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα, ἐχόντων μὲν ὡς ἔχουσι Θηβαίων ἡμῖν, ἀπειρηκότων δὲ χρήμασι Φωκέων, μηδενὸς δʼ ἐμποδὼν ὄντος Φιλίππῳ τὰ παρόντα καταστρεψαμένῳ πρὸς ταῦτʼ ἐπικλῖναι τὰ πράγματα.
ἀλλὰ μὴν εἴ τις ὑμῶν εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀναβάλλεται ποιήσειν τὰ δέοντα, ἰδεῖν ἐγγύθεν βούλεται τὰ δεινά, ἐξὸν ἀκούειν ἄλλοθι γιγνόμενα, καὶ βοηθοὺς ἑαυτῷ ζητεῖν, ἐξὸν νῦν ἑτέροις αὐτὸν βοηθεῖν· ὅτι γὰρ εἰς τοῦτο περιστήσεται τὰ πράγματα, ἐὰν τὰ παρόντα προώμεθα, σχεδὸν ἴσμεν ἅπαντες δήπου.
ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὲν δὴ δεῖ βοηθεῖν, εἴποι τις ἄν, πάντες ἐγνώκαμεν, καὶ βοηθήσομεν· τὸ δʼ ὅπως, τοῦτο λέγε. μὴ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, θαυμάσητε, ἂν παράδοξον εἴπω τι τοῖς πολλοῖς. νομοθέτας καθίσατε. ἐν δὲ τούτοις τοῖς νομοθέταις μὴ θῆσθε νόμον μηδένα (εἰσὶ γὰρ ὑμῖν ἱκανοί), ἀλλὰ τοὺς εἰς τὸ παρὸν βλάπτοντας ὑμᾶς λύσατε.
Sections 11–15
λέγω τοὺς περὶ τῶν θεωρικῶν, σαφῶς οὑτωσί, καὶ τοὺς περὶ τῶν στρατευομένων ἐνίους, ὧν οἱ μὲν τὰ στρατιωτικὰ τοῖς οἴκοι μένουσι διανέμουσι θεωρικά, οἱ δὲ τοὺς ἀτακτοῦντας ἀθῴους καθιστᾶσιν, εἶτα καὶ τοὺς τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖν βουλομένους ἀθυμοτέρους ποιοῦσιν. ἐπειδὰν δὲ ταῦτα λύσητε καὶ τὴν τοῦ τὰ βέλτιστα λέγειν ὁδὸν παράσχητʼ ἀσφαλῆ, τηνικαῦτα τὸν γράψονθʼ ἃ πάντες ἴσθʼ ὅτι συμφέρει ζητεῖτε.
πρὶν δὲ ταῦτα πρᾶξαι, μὴ σκοπεῖτε τίς εἰπὼν τὰ βέλτισθʼ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἀπολέσθαι βουλήσεται· οὐ γὰρ εὑρήσετε, ἄλλως τε καὶ τούτου μόνου περιγίγνεσθαι μέλλοντος, παθεῖν ἀδίκως τι κακὸν τὸν ταῦτʼ εἰπόντα καὶ γράψαντα, μηδὲν δʼ ὠφελῆσαι τὰ πράγματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ λοιπὸν μᾶλλον ἔτʼ ἢ νῦν τὸ τὰ βέλτιστα λέγειν φοβερώτερον ποιῆσαι. καὶ λύειν γʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοὺς νόμους δεῖ τούτους τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀξιοῦν οἵπερ καὶ τεθήκασιν·
οὐ γάρ ἐστι δίκαιον, τὴν μὲν χάριν, ἣ πᾶσαν ἔβλαπτε τὴν πόλιν, τοῖς τότε θεῖσιν ὑπάρχειν, τὴν δʼ ἀπέχθειαν, διʼ ἧς ἂν ἅπαντες ἄμεινον πράξαιμεν, τῷ νῦν τὰ βέλτιστʼ εἰπόντι ζημίαν γενέσθαι. πρὶν δὲ ταῦτʼ εὐτρεπίσαι, μηδαμῶς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, μηδένʼ ἀξιοῦτε τηλικοῦτον εἶναι παρʼ ὑμῖν ὥστε τοὺς νόμους τούτους παραβάντα μὴ δοῦναι δίκην, μηδʼ οὕτως ἀνόητον ὥστʼ εἰς προῦπτον κακὸν αὑτὸν ἐμβαλεῖν.
οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνό γʼ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν δεῖ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ὅτι ψήφισμʼ οὐδενὸς ἄξιόν ἐστιν, ἂν μὴ προσγένηται τὸ ποιεῖν ἐθέλειν τά γε δόξαντα προθύμως . εἰ γὰρ αὐτάρκη τὰ ψηφίσματʼ ἦν ἢ ὑμᾶς ἀναγκάζειν ἃ προσήκει πράττειν ἢ περὶ ὧν γραφείη διαπράξασθαι, οὔτʼ ἂν ὑμεῖς πολλὰ ψηφιζόμενοι μικρά, μᾶλλον δʼ οὐδὲν ἐπράττετε τούτων, οὔτε Φίλιππος τοσοῦτον ὑβρίκει χρόνον· πάλαι γὰρ ἂν εἵνεκά γε ψηφισμάτων ἐδεδώκει δίκην.
ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὕτω ταῦτʼ ἔχει· τὸ γὰρ πράττειν τοῦ λέγειν καὶ χειροτονεῖν ὕστερον ὂν τῇ τάξει, πρότερον τῇ δυνάμει καὶ κρεῖττόν ἐστιν. τοῦτʼ οὖν δεῖ προσεῖναι, τὰ δʼ ἄλλʼ ὑπάρχει· καὶ γὰρ εἰπεῖν τὰ δέοντα παρʼ ὑμῖν εἰσιν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δυνάμενοι, καὶ γνῶναι πάντων ὑμεῖς ὀξύτατοι τὰ ῥηθέντα, καὶ πρᾶξαι δὲ δυνήσεσθε νῦν, ἐὰν ὀρθῶς ποιῆτε.
Sections 16–20
τίνα γὰρ χρόνον ἢ τίνα καιρόν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῦ παρόντος βελτίω ζητεῖτε; ἢ πόθʼ ἃ δεῖ πράξετʼ, εἰ μὴ νῦν; οὐχ ἅπαντα μὲν ἡμῶν προείληφε τὰ χωρίʼ ἅνθρωπος, εἰ δὲ καὶ ταύτης κύριος τῆς χώρας γενήσεται, πάντων αἴσχιστα πεισόμεθα; οὐχ οὕς, εἰ πολεμήσαιεν, ἑτοίμως σώσειν ὑπισχνούμεθα, οὗτοι νῦν πολεμοῦσιν;
οὐκ ἐχθρός; οὐκ ἔχων τὰ ἡμέτερα; οὐ βάρβαρος; οὐχ ὅ τι ἂν εἴποι τις; ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεῶν πάντʼ ἐάσαντες καὶ μόνον οὐχὶ συγκατασκευάσαντες αὐτῷ, τότε τοὺς αἰτίους οἵτινες τούτων ζητήσομεν; οὐ γὰρ αὐτοί γʼ αἴτιοι φήσομεν εἶναι, σαφῶς οἶδα τοῦτʼ ἐγώ. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πολέμου κινδύνοις τῶν φυγόντων οὐδεὶς ἑαυτοῦ κατηγορεῖ, ἀλλὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ καὶ τῶν πλησίον καὶ πάντων μᾶλλον, ἥττηνται δʼ ὅμως διὰ πάντας τοὺς φυγόντας δήπου· μένειν γὰρ ἐξῆν τῷ κατηγοροῦντι τῶν ἄλλων, εἰ δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐποίει ἕκαστος, ἐνίκων ἄν.
καὶ νῦν, οὐ λέγει τις τὰ βέλτιστα· ἀναστὰς ἄλλος εἰπάτω, μὴ τοῦτον αἰτιάσθω. ἕτερος λέγει τις βελτίω· ταῦτα ποιεῖτʼ ἀγαθῇ τύχῃ. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἡδέα ταῦτα· οὐκέτι τοῦθʼ ὁ λέγων ἀδικεῖ—πλὴν εἰ δέον εὔξασθαι παραλείπει. εὔξασθαι μὲν γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ῥᾴδιον, εἰς ταὐτὸ πάνθʼ ὅσα βούλεταί τις ἁθροίσαντʼ ἐν ὀλίγῳ· ἑλέσθαι δʼ, ὅταν περὶ πραγμάτων προτεθῇ σκοπεῖν, οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως εὔπορον, ἀλλὰ δεῖ τὰ βέλτιστʼ ἀντὶ τῶν ἡδέων, ἂν μὴ συναμφότερʼ ἐξῇ, λαμβάνειν.
εἰ δέ τις ἡμῖν ἔχει καὶ τὰ θεωρικὰ ἐᾶν καὶ πόρους ἑτέρους λέγειν στρατιωτικούς, οὐχ οὗτος κρείττων; εἴποι τις ἄν. φήμʼ ἔγωγε, εἴπερ ἔστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι· ἀλλὰ θαυμάζω εἴ τῴ ποτʼ ἀνθρώπων ἢ γέγονεν ἢ γενήσεται, ἂν τὰ παρόντʼ ἀναλώσῃ πρὸς ἃ μὴ δεῖ, τῶν ἀπόντων εὐπορῆσαι πρὸς ἃ δεῖ. ἀλλʼ, οἶμαι, μέγα τοῖς τοιούτοις ὑπάρχει λόγοις ἡ παρʼ ἑκάστου βούλησις, διόπερ ῥᾷστον ἁπάντων ἐστὶν αὑτὸν ἐξαπατῆσαι· ὃ γὰρ βούλεται, τοῦθʼ ἕκαστος καὶ οἴεται, τὰ δὲ πράγματα πολλάκις οὐχ οὕτω πέφυκεν.
ὁρᾶτʼ οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ταῦθʼ οὕτως, ὅπως καὶ τὰ πράγματʼ ἐνδέχεται καὶ δυνήσεσθʼ ἐξιέναι καὶ μισθὸν ἕξετε. οὔ τοι σωφρόνων οὐδὲ γενναίων ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐλλείποντάς τι διʼ ἔνδειαν χρημάτων τῶν τοῦ πολέμου εὐχερῶς τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ὀνείδη φέρειν, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ μὲν Κορινθίους καὶ Μεγαρέας ἁρπάσαντας τὰ ὅπλα πορεύεσθαι, Φίλιππον δʼ ἐᾶν πόλεις Ἑλληνίδας ἀνδραποδίζεσθαι διʼ ἀπορίαν ἐφοδίων τοῖς στρατευομένοις.
Sections 21–25
καὶ ταῦτʼ οὐχ ἵνʼ ἀπέχθωμαί τισιν ὑμῶν, τὴν ἄλλως προῄρημαι λέγειν· οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἄφρων οὐδʼ ἀτυχής εἰμʼ ἐγὼ ὥστʼ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι βούλεσθαι μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν νομίζων· ἀλλὰ δικαίου πολίτου κρίνω τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων σωτηρίαν ἀντὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ λέγειν χάριτος αἱρεῖσθαι. καὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων ἡμῶν λέγοντας ἀκούω, ὥσπερ ἴσως καὶ ὑμεῖς, οὓς ἐπαινοῦσι μὲν οἱ παριόντες ἅπαντες, μιμοῦνται δʼ οὐ πάνυ, τούτῳ τῷ ἔθει καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς πολιτείας χρῆσθαι, τὸν Ἀριστείδην ἐκεῖνον, τὸν Νικίαν, τὸν ὁμώνυμον ἐμαυτῷ, τὸν Περικλέα.
ἐξ οὗ δʼ οἱ διερωτῶντες ὑμᾶς οὗτοι πεφήνασι ῥήτορες τί βούλεσθε; τί γράψω; τί ὑμῖν χαρίσωμαι; προπέποται τῆς παραυτίκα χάριτος τὰ τῆς πόλεως πράγματα, καὶ τοιαυτὶ συμβαίνει, καὶ τὰ μὲν τούτων πάντα καλῶς ἔχει, τὰ δʼ ὑμέτερʼ αἰσχρῶς.
καίτοι σκέψασθʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἅ τις ἂν κεφάλαιʼ εἰπεῖν ἔχοι τῶν τʼ ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων ἔργων καὶ τῶν ἐφʼ ὑμῶν. ἔσται δὲ βραχὺς καὶ γνώριμος ὑμῖν ὁ λόγος· οὐ γὰρ ἀλλοτρίοις ὑμῖν χρωμένοις παραδείγμασιν, ἀλλʼ οἰκείοις, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, εὐδαίμοσιν ἔξεστι γενέσθαι.
ἐκεῖνοι τοίνυν, οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθʼ οἱ λέγοντες οὐδʼ ἐφίλουν αὐτοὺς ὥσπερ ὑμᾶς οὗτοι νῦν, πέντε μὲν καὶ τετταράκοντʼ ἔτη τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἦρξαν ἑκόντων, πλείω δʼ ἢ μύρια τάλαντʼ εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἀνήγαγον, ὑπήκουε δʼ ὁ ταύτην τὴν χώραν ἔχων αὐτοῖς βασιλεύς, ὥσπερ ἐστὶ προσῆκον βάρβαρον Ἕλλησι, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ καλὰ καὶ πεζῇ καὶ ναυμαχοῦντες ἔστησαν τρόπαιʼ αὐτοὶ στρατευόμενοι, μόνοι δʼ ἀνθρώπων κρείττω τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔργοις δόξαν τῶν φθονούντων κατέλιπον.
ἐπὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ἦσαν τοιοῦτοι· ἐν δὲ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν αὐτὴν θεάσασθʼ ὁποῖοι, ἔν τε τοῖς κοινοῖς κἀν τοῖς ἰδίοις. δημοσίᾳ μὲν τοίνυν οἰκοδομήματα καὶ κάλλη τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα κατεσκεύασαν ἡμῖν ἱερῶν καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις ἀναθημάτων, ὥστε μηδενὶ τῶν ἐπιγιγνομένων ὑπερβολὴν λελεῖφθαι· ἰδίᾳ δʼ οὕτω σώφρονες ἦσαν καὶ σφόδρʼ ἐν τῷ τῆς πολιτείας ἤθει μένοντες,
Sections 26–30
ὥστε τὴν Ἀριστείδου καὶ τὴν Μιλτιάδου καὶ τῶν τότε λαμπρῶν οἰκίαν εἴ τις ἄρʼ οἶδεν ὑμῶν ὁποία ποτʼ ἐστίν, ὁρᾷ τῆς τοῦ γείτονος οὐδὲν σεμνοτέραν οὖσαν· οὐ γὰρ εἰς περιουσίαν ἐπράττετʼ αὐτοῖς τὰ τῆς πόλεως, ἀλλὰ τὸ κοινὸν αὔξειν ἕκαστος ᾤετο δεῖν. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ τὰ μὲν Ἑλληνικὰ πιστῶς, τὰ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς εὐσεβῶς, τὰ δʼ ἐν αὑτοῖς ἴσως διοικεῖν μεγάλην εἰκότως ἐκτήσαντʼ εὐδαιμονίαν.
τότε μὲν δὴ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον εἶχε τὰ πράγματʼ ἐκείνοις, χρωμένοις οἷς εἶπον προστάταις· νυνὶ δὲ πῶς ἡμῖν ὑπὸ τῶν χρηστῶν τούτων τὰ πράγματʼ ἔχει; ἆρά γʼ ὁμοίως ἢ παραπλησίως; οἷς —τὰ μὲν ἄλλα σιωπῶ, πόλλʼ ἂν ἔχων εἰπεῖν, ἀλλʼ ὅσης ἅπαντες ὁρᾶτʼ ἐρημίας ἐπειλημμένοι, Λακεδαιμονίων μὲν ἀπολωλότων, Θηβαίων δʼ ἀσχόλων ὄντων, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων οὐδενὸς ὄντος ἀξιόχρεω περὶ τῶν πρωτείων ἡμῖν ἀντιτάξασθαι, ἐξὸν δʼ ἡμῖν καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερʼ αὐτῶν ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων δίκαια βραβεύειν,
ἀπεστερήμεθα μὲν χώρας οἰκείας, πλείω δʼ ἢ χίλια καὶ πεντακόσια τάλαντʼ ἀνηλώκαμεν εἰς οὐδὲν δέον, οὓς δʼ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ συμμάχους ἐκτησάμεθα, εἰρήνης οὔσης ἀπολωλέκασιν οὗτοι, ἐχθρὸν δʼ ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς τηλικοῦτον ἠσκήκαμεν. ἢ φρασάτω τις ἐμοὶ παρελθών, πόθεν ἄλλοθεν ἰσχυρὸς γέγονεν ἢ παρʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν Φίλιππος.
ἀλλʼ, ὦ τᾶν, εἰ ταῦτα φαύλως, τά γʼ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει νῦν ἄμεινον ἔχει. καὶ τί ἂν εἰπεῖν τις ἔχοι; τὰς ἐπάλξεις ἃς κονιῶμεν, καὶ τὰς ὁδοὺς ἃς ἐπισκευάζομεν, καὶ κρήνας, καὶ λήρους; ἀποβλέψατε δὴ πρὸς τοὺς ταῦτα πολιτευομένους, ὧν οἱ μὲν ἐκ πτωχῶν πλούσιοι γεγόνασιν, οἱ δʼ ἐξ ἀδόξων ἔντιμοι, ἔνιοι δὲ τὰς ἰδίας οἰκίας τῶν δημοσίων οἰκοδομημάτων σεμνοτέρας εἰσὶ κατεσκευασμένοι, ὅσῳ δὲ τὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐλάττω γέγονεν, τοσούτῳ τὰ τούτων ηὔξηται.
τί δὴ τὸ πάντων αἴτιον τούτων, καὶ τί δή ποθʼ ἅπαντʼ εἶχε καλῶς τότε, καὶ νῦν οὐκ ὀρθῶς; ὅτι τότε μὲν πράττειν καὶ στρατεύεσθαι τολμῶν αὐτὸς ὁ δῆμος δεσπότης τῶν πολιτευομένων ἦν καὶ κύριος αὐτὸς ἁπάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ ἀγαπητὸν ἦν παρὰ τοῦ δήμου τῶν ἄλλων ἑκάστῳ καὶ τιμῆς καὶ ἀρχῆς καὶ ἀγαθοῦ τινος μεταλαβεῖν·
Sections 31–35
νῦν δὲ τοὐναντίον κύριοι μὲν οἱ πολιτευόμενοι τῶν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ διὰ τούτων ἅπαντα πράττεται, ὑμεῖς δʼ ὁ δῆμος, ἐκνενευρισμένοι καὶ περιῃρημένοι χρήματα, συμμάχους, ἐν ὑπηρέτου καὶ προσθήκης μέρει γεγένησθε, ἀγαπῶντες ἐὰν μεταδιδῶσι θεωρικῶν ὑμῖν ἢ Βοηδρόμια πέμψωσιν οὗτοι, καὶ τὸ πάντων ἀνδρειότατον, τῶν ὑμετέρων αὐτῶν χάριν προσοφείλετε. οἱ δʼ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει καθείρξαντες ὑμᾶς ἐπάγουσʼ ἐπὶ ταῦτα καὶ τιθασεύουσι χειροήθεις αὑτοῖς ποιοῦντες.
ἔστι δʼ οὐδέποτʼ, οἶμαι, μέγα καὶ νεανικὸν φρόνημα λαβεῖν μικρὰ καὶ φαῦλα πράττοντας· ὁποῖʼ ἄττα γὰρ ἂν τἀπιτηδεύματα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ᾖ, τοιοῦτον ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ φρόνημʼ ἔχειν. ταῦτα μὰ τὴν Δήμητρʼ οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσαιμʼ εἰ μείζων εἰπόντι ἐμοὶ γένοιτο παρʼ ὑμῶν βλάβη τῶν πεποιηκότων αὐτὰ γενέσθαι· οὐδὲ γὰρ παρρησία περὶ πάντων ἀεὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ ἔγωγʼ ὅτι καὶ νῦν γέγονεν θαυμάζω.
ἐὰν οὖν ἀλλὰ νῦν γʼ ἔτι ἀπαλλαγέντες τούτων τῶν ἐθῶν ἐθελήσητε στρατεύεσθαί τε καὶ πράττειν ἀξίως ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ ταῖς περιουσίαις ταῖς οἴκοι ταύταις ἀφορμαῖς ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω τῶν ἀγαθῶν χρῆσθαι, ἴσως ἄν, ἴσως, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τέλειόν τι καὶ μέγα κτήσαισθʼ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τῶν τοιούτων λημμάτων ἀπαλλαγείητε, ἃ τοῖς παρὰ τῶν ἰατρῶν σιτίοις ἔοικε. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνʼ οὔτʼ ἰσχὺν ἐντίθησιν οὔτʼ ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐᾷ· καὶ ταῦθʼ ἃ νέμεσθε νῦν ὑμεῖς, οὔτε τοσαῦτʼ ἐστὶν ὥστʼ ὠφέλειαν ἔχειν τινὰ διαρκῆ, οὔτʼ ἀπογνόντας ἄλλο τι πράττειν ἐᾷ, ἀλλʼ ἔστι ταῦτα τὴν ἑκάστου ῥᾳθυμίαν ὑμῶν ἐπαυξάνοντα.
οὐκοῦν σὺ μισθοφορὰν λέγεις; φήσει τις. καὶ παραχρῆμά γε τὴν αὐτὴν σύνταξιν ἁπάντων, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἵνα τῶν κοινῶν ἕκαστος τὸ μέρος λαμβάνων, ὅτου δέοιθʼ ἡ πόλις, τοῦθʼ ὑπάρχοι. ἔξεστιν ἄγειν ἡσυχίαν· οἴκοι μένων βελτίων, τοῦ διʼ ἔνδειαν ἀνάγκῃ τι ποιεῖν αἰσχρὸν ἀπηλλαγμένος. συμβαίνει τι τοιοῦτον οἷον καὶ τὰ νῦν· στρατιώτης αὐτὸς ὑπάρχων ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων λημμάτων, ὥσπερ ἐστὶ δίκαιον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος. ἔστι τις ἔξω τῆς ἡλικίας ὑμῶν· ὅσʼ οὗτος ἀτάκτως νῦν λαμβάνων οὐκ ὠφελεῖ, ταῦτʼ ἐν ἴσῃ τάξει λαμβάνων πάντʼ ἐφορῶν καὶ διοικῶν ἃ χρὴ πράττεσθαι.
ὅλως δʼ οὔτʼ ἀφελὼν οὔτε προσθείς, πλὴν μικρῶν, τὴν ἀταξίαν ἀνελὼν εἰς τάξιν ἤγαγον τὴν πόλιν, τὴν αὐτὴν τοῦ λαβεῖν, τοῦ στρατεύεσθαι, τοῦ δικάζειν, τοῦ ποιεῖν τοῦθʼ ὅ τι καθʼ ἡλικίαν ἕκαστος ἔχοι καὶ ὅτου καιρὸς εἴη, τάξιν ποιήσας. οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπου μηδὲν ἐγὼ ποιοῦσι τὰ τῶν ποιούντων εἶπον ὡς δεῖ νέμειν, οὐδʼ αὐτοὺς μὲν ἀργεῖν καὶ σχολάζειν καὶ ἀπορεῖν, ὅτι δʼ οἱ τοῦ δεῖνος νικῶσι ξένοι, ταῦτα πυνθάνεσθαι· ταῦτα γὰρ νυνὶ γίγνεται.
Section 36
καὶ οὐχὶ μέμφομαι τὸν ποιοῦντά τι τῶν δεόντων ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀξιῶ πράττειν ταῦτʼ ἐφʼ οἷς ἑτέρους τιμᾶτε, καὶ μὴ παραχωρεῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῆς τάξεως, ἣν ὑμῖν οἱ πρόγονοι τῆς ἀρετῆς μετὰ πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν κινδύνων κτησάμενοι κατέλιπον.
σχεδὸν εἴρηχʼ ἃ νομίζω συμφέρειν· ὑμεῖς δʼ ἕλοισθʼ ὅ τι καὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ ἅπασι συνοίσειν ὑμῖν μέλλει.
On the Crown
Contents — 65 sections
- Sections 1–5
- Sections 6–10
- Sections 11–15
- Sections 16–20
- Sections 21–25
- Sections 26–30
- Sections 31–35
- Sections 36–40
- Sections 41–45
- Sections 46–50
- Sections 51–55
- Sections 56–60
- Sections 61–65
- Sections 66–70
- Sections 71–75
- Sections 76–80
- Sections 81–85
- Sections 86–90
- Sections 91–95
- Sections 96–100
- Sections 101–105
- Sections 106–110
- Sections 111–115
- Sections 116–120
- Sections 121–125
- Sections 126–130
- Sections 131–135
- Sections 136–140
- Sections 141–145
- Sections 146–150
- Sections 151–155
- Sections 156–160
- Sections 161–165
- Sections 166–170
- Sections 171–175
- Sections 176–180
- Sections 181–185
- Sections 186–190
- Sections 191–195
- Sections 196–200
- Sections 201–205
- Sections 206–210
- Sections 211–215
- Sections 216–220
- Sections 221–225
- Sections 226–230
- Sections 231–235
- Sections 236–240
- Sections 241–245
- Sections 246–250
- Sections 251–255
- Sections 256–260
- Sections 261–265
- Sections 266–270
- Sections 271–275
- Sections 276–280
- Sections 281–285
- Sections 286–290
- Sections 291–295
- Sections 296–300
- Sections 301–305
- Sections 306–310
- Sections 311–315
- Sections 316–320
- Sections 321–324
Sections 1–5
Let me begin, men of Athens, by beseeching all the Powers of Heaven that on this trial I may find in Athenian hearts such benevolence towards me as I have ever cherished for the city and the people of Athens. My next prayer is for you, and for your conscience and honor. May the gods so inspire you that the temper with which you listen to my words shall be guided, not by my adversary—
that would be monstrous indeed!— but by the laws and by the judicial oath, by whose terms among other obligations you are sworn to give to both sides an impartial hearing. The purpose of that oath is, not only that you shall discard all prejudice, not only that you shall show equal favor, but also that you shall permit every litigant to dispose and arrange his topics of defence according to his own discretion and judgement.
Among many advantages which Aeschines holds over me in this contention, there are two, men of Athens, of great moment. In the first place, I have a larger stake on the issue; for the loss of your favor is far more serious to me than the loss of your verdict to him. For me, indeed—but let me say nothing inauspicious at the outset of my speech: I will only say that he accuses me at an advantage. Secondly, there is the natural disposition of mankind to listen readily to obloquy and invective, and to resent self-laudation.
To him the agreeable duty has been assigned; the part that is almost always offensive remains for me. If as a safeguard against such offence, I avoid the relation of my own achievements, I shall seem to be unable to refute the charges alleged against me, or to establish my claim to any public distinction. Yet, if I address myself to what I have done, and to the part I have taken in politics, I shall often be obliged to speak about myself. Well, I will endeavor to do so with all possible modesty; and let the man who has initiated this controversy bear the blame of the egoism which the conditions force upon me.
You must all be agreed, men of Athens, that in these proceedings I am concerned equally with Ctesiphon, and that they require from me no less serious consideration. Any loss, especially if inflicted by private animosity, is hard to bear; but to lose your goodwill and kindness is the most painful of all losses, as to gain them is the best of all acquisitions.
Sections 6–10
Such being the issues at stake, I implore you all alike to listen to my defence against the accusations laid, in a spirit of justice. So the laws enjoin—the laws which Solon, who first framed them, a good democrat and friend of the people, thought it right to validate not only by their enactment but by the oath of the jury;
not distrusting you, if I understand him aright, but perceiving that no defendant can defeat the charges and calumnies which the prosecutor prefers with the advantage of prior speech, unless every juryman receives with goodwill the pleas of the second speaker, as an obligation of piety to the gods by whom he has sworn, and forms no final conclusion upon the whole case until he has given a fair and impartial hearing to both sides.
It appears that I have today to render account of the whole of my private life as well as of my public transactions. I must therefore renew my appeal to the gods; and in your presence I now beseech them, first that I may find in your hearts such benevolence towards me as I have ever cherished for Athens, and secondly that they will guide you to such a judgement upon this indictment as shall redound to the good repute of the jury, and to the good conscience of every several juryman.
If then Aeschines had confined his charges to the matters alleged in the prosecution, I should have immediately addressed my defence to the resolution of the Council; but as he has wastefully devoted the greater part of his speech to irrelevant topics, mostly false accusations, I conceive it to be both fair and necessary, men of Athens, to say a few words first on those matters, lest any of you, misled by extraneous arguments, should listen with estrangement to my justification in respect of the indictment.
To his abusive aspersion of my private life, I have, you will observe, an honest and straightforward reply. I have never lived anywhere but in your midst. If then you know my character to be such as he alleges, do not tolerate my voice, even if all my public conduct has been beyond praise, but rise and condemn me incontinently. But if, in your judgement and to your knowledge, I am a better man and better born than Aeschines, if you know me and my family to be, not to put it offensively, as good as the average of respectable people, then refuse credence to all his assertions, for clearly they are all fictitious, and treat me today with the same goodwill which throughout my life you have shown to me in many earlier contentions.
Sections 11–15
Malicious as you are, Aeschines, you were strangely innocent when you imagined that I should turn aside from the discussion of public transactions to reply to your calumnies. I shall do nothing of the sort: I am not so infatuated. Your false and invidious charges against my political life I will examine; but later, if the jury wish to hear me, I will return to your outrageous ribaldry.
The crimes he has laid to my charge are many, and to some of them the law has assigned severe and even capital punishment. But the purpose of this prosecution goes further: it includes private malice and violence, railing and vituperation, and the like; and yet for none of these accusations, if made good, is there any power at all in the state to inflict an adequate penalty, or anything like it.
It is not right to debar a man from access to the Assembly and a fair hearing, still less to do so by way of spite and jealousy. No, by heavens, men of Athens, it is neither just, nor constitutional, nor honest! If he ever saw me committing crimes against the commonwealth, especially such frightful crimes as he described just now so dramatically, his duty was to avail himself of the legal penalties as soon as they were committed, impeaching me, and so putting me on my trial before the people, if my sins deserved impeachment, or indicting me for breach of the constitution, if I had proposed illegal measures. For, of course, if he prosecutes Ctesiphon now on my account, it is impossible that he would not have indicted me, with a certain hope of conviction!
Yet if he detected me in any of the acts which he has recounted to my prejudice, or in any other iniquity, there are statutes dealing with those offences, punishments, legal processes, trials involving severe penalties and heavy fines; and any of these proceedings he might have taken. Had he so acted, had he in that way employed the methods applicable to my case, his denunciations would have been consistent with his conduct;
but in fact he has deserted the path of right and justice, he has flinched from the proof of recent guilt, and then, after a long interval, he makes a hotchpotch of imputation and banter and scurrility, and stands on a false pretence, denouncing me, but indicting Ctesiphon. He sets in the forefront of the controversy his private quarrel with me, in which he has never confronted me fairly; yet he is avowedly seeking to disfranchise somebody else.
Sections 16–20
There are many other arguments, men of Athens, to be pleaded on Ctesiphon’s behalf, but this surely is eminently reasonable, that the honest course was to fight out our own quarrels by ourselves, not to turn aside from our antagonism and try to find some one else to injure. That is carrying iniquity too far!
It is a fair inference that all his accusations are equally dishonest and untruthful. I wish, however, to examine them one by one, and especially the falsehoods he told to my discredit about the peace and the embassy, attributing to me what was really done by himself with the aid of Philocrates. It is necessary, men of Athens, and not improper, to remind you of the position of affairs in those days, so that you may consider each transaction with due regard to its occasion.
When the Phocian war began—not by my fault, for I was still outside politics—you were at first disposed to hope that the Phocians would escape ruin, although you knew that they were in the wrong, and to exult over any misfortune that might befall the Thebans, with whom you were justly and reasonably indignant because of the immoderate use they had made of the advantage they gained at Leuctra. The Peloponnesus was divided. The enemies of the Lacedaemonians were not strong enough to destroy them; and the aristocrats whom the Lacedaemonians had put into power had lost control of the several states. In those states and everywhere else there was indiscriminate strife and confusion.
Philip, observing these conditions, which were apparent enough, spent money freely in bribing traitorous persons in all the cities, and tried to promote embroilment and disorder. He based his designs on the errors and follies of others, and the growth of his power was perilous to us all. When it was evident that the Thebans, now fallen from arrogance to disaster, and much distressed by the prolongation of the war, would be compelled to seek the protection of Athens, Philip, to forestall such an appeal and coalition, offered peace to you and succor to them.
Now what contributed to his success, when he found you ready to fall into his trap almost eagerly, was the baseness, or, if you prefer the term, the stupidity, or both, of the other Greek states. You were fighting a long and incessant war for purposes in which, as the event has proved, they were all concerned, and yet they helped you neither with money, nor with men, nor with anything else; and so, in your just and natural indignation, you readily accepted Philip’s suggestion. The peace conceded to him at that time was due to the causes I have named, and not, as Aeschines maliciously insists, to me; and the misdeeds and the corruption of Aeschines and his party during that peace will be found, on any honest inquiry, to be the true cause of our present troubles.
Sections 21–25
These distinctions and explanations I offer merely for the sake of accuracy; for if you should suppose that there was any guilt, or ever so much guilt, in that peace-making business, the suspicion does not concern me. The first man to raise the question of peace in a speech was Aristodemus, the actor, and the man who took up the cue, moved the resolution, and, with Aeschines, became Philip’s hired agent, was Philocrates of Hagnus—your confederate, Aeschines, not mine, though you lie till you are black in the face. Their supporters in the debate were Eubulus and Cephisophon—on whose motives I have at present nothing to say. I never spoke in favor of the peace.
And yet, though the facts are such and demonstrated to be such, he has the amazing impudence to tell you that I am to blame for the terms of peace, and that I stopped the city from arranging the terms in conjunction with a congress of the Greek states. Why, you, you—but I can find no epithet bad enough for you—was there any single occasion when you, having observed me in your presence trying to rob the state of a negotiation and of an alliance which you have just described as of the greatest importance, either made any protest, or rose to give the people any information whatsoever about the proceeding which you now denounce?
Yet if I had really intrigued with Philip to stop a Panhellenic coalition, it was your business not to hold your peace, but to cry aloud, to protest, to inform the people. You did nothing of the sort. No one ever heard that fine voice of yours. Of course not; for at that time there was no embassy visiting any of the Greek states, but all the states had long ago been sounded, and there is not an honest word in his whole story.
Moreover, his falsehoods are the worst of slanders upon Athens. If at one and the same time you were inviting the Greeks to make war and sending envoys to Philip to negotiate peace, you were playing a part worthy of Eurybatus the impostor, not of a great city or of honest men. But it is false; it is false! For what purpose could you have summoned them at that crisis? For peace? They were all enjoying peace. For war? You were already discussing terms of peace. Therefore it is clear that I did not promote, and was in no way responsible for, the original peace, and that all his other calumnies are equally false.
Now observe what policy we severally adopted after the conclusion of peace. You will thereby ascertain who acted throughout as Philip’s agent, and who served your interests and sought the good of the city. I proposed in the Council that the ambassadors should sail without delay to any place where they might learn that Philip was to be found, and there receive from him the oath of ratification; but in spite of my resolution they refused to go. What was the reason of that refusal?
Sections 26–30
I will tell you. It suited Philip’s purposes that the interval should be as long, and ours that it should be as short as possible; for you had suspended all your preparations for war, not merely from the day of ratification, but from that on which you first began to expect peace. That was just what Philip was contriving all the time, expecting with good reason that he would hold safely any Athenian possessions which he might seize before the ratification, as no one would break the peace to recover them.
Foreseeing that result, and appreciating its importance, I moved that the embassy should repair to the place where they would find Philip and swear him in without delay, in order that the oath might be taken while your allies the Thracians were still holding the places about which Aeschines was so sarcastic—Serrium, Myrtenum, and Ergisce—and that Philip might not get control of Thrace by seizing the positions of advantage and so providing himself amply with men and money for the furtherance of his ulterior designs.
That decree Aeschines neither cites nor reads; though he mentions to my discredit that I suggested in Council that the Macedonian ambassadors should be introduced. What ought I to have done? Objected to the introduction of men who had come expressly to confer with you? Ordered the lessee not to give them reserved seats in the theatre? But they could have sat in the threepenny seats, if I had not moved my resolution. Or was it my business to take care of the public pence, and put up the state for sale, like Aeschines and his friends? Surely not. Please take and read this decree, which the prosecutor omitted, though he knows it well.
(The Decree of Demosthenes is read)
In the archonship of Mnesiphilus, on the thirtieth day of Hecatombaeon, the tribe Pandionis then holding the presidency, Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, proposed that, whereas Philip has sent ambassadors and has agreed to articles of peace, it be resolved by the Council and People of Athens, with a view to the ratification of the peace as accepted by vote of the first Assembly, to choose at once five ambassadors from all the citizens; and that those so elected repair without delay wheresoever they ascertain Philip to be, and take and administer to him the oaths with all dispatch according to the articles agreed on between him and the People of Athens, including the allies on either side. The ambassadors chosen were Eubulus of Anaphlystus, Aeschines of Cothocidae, Cephisophon of Rhamnus, Democrates of Phlya, Cleon of Cothocidae.
My object in moving this decree was to serve Athens, not Philip. Nevertheless these excellent envoys took so little heed of it that they loitered in Macedonia for three whole months, until Philip returned from Thrace, having subdued the whole country; though they might have reached the Hellespont in ten or perhaps in three or four days, and rescued the outposts by receiving the oaths of ratification before Philip captured them. He dared not have touched them in our presence, or we should not have accepted his oath, and so he would have missed his peace, instead of gaining both his objects—peace and the strongholds as well.
Sections 31–35
Such then is the history of the first act of knavery on Philip’s part, and venality on the part of these dishonest men at the time of the embassy. For that act I avow that I was then, am still, and ever shall be their enemy and their adversary. I will next exhibit an act of still greater turpitude which comes next in order of time.
When Philip had sworn to the peace, having first secured Thrace because of their disobedience to my decree, he bribed them to postpone our departure from Macedonia until he had made ready for his expedition against the Phocians. He was afraid that, if we reported that he intended and was already preparing to march, you would turn out and sail round with your fleet to Thermopylae, and block the passage, as you did before; and his object was that you should not receive our report until he had reached this side of Thermopylae and you were powerless.
He was so nervous, and so much worried by the fear that, in spite of his Thracian success, his enterprise would slip from his fingers if you should intervene before the Phocians perished, that he made a new bargain with this vile creature—all by himself this time, no t in common with his colleagues— to make that speech and to render that report to you, by which all was lost.
I earnestly beg you, men of Athens, to bear in mind throughout this trial that, if Aeschines had not gone outside the articles of indictment in his denunciation of me, I too would not have digressed; but as he has resorted to every sort of imputation and slander, I am compelled to reply briefly to all his charges in turn.
What then were the speeches he made at that crisis—the speeches that brought everything to ruin? He told you that you need not be excited because Philip had passed Thermopylae; that, if only you kept quiet, you would get all you wanted, and would within two or three days learn that Philip was now the friend of those to whom he came as enemy, and the enemy of those to whom he came as friend. The bonds of amity, he declared, with his most impressive eloquence, are fortified not by words but by community of interest; and it was an interest common to Philip, to the Phocians, and to all of you alike, to be quit of the unfeeling and offensive behavior of the Thebans.
Sections 36–40
Some of you were delighted to hear these remarks, for at that time we all disliked the Thebans. What was the result—not the distant, but the immediate result? That the Phocians perished and their cities were demolished; that you took his advice and kept quiet—and before long were carrying in your chattels from the country; and that Aeschines pocketed his fee. A further result was that Athens got all the ill will of the Thebans and Thessalians, and Philip all their gratitude for these transactions.
To prove the truth of these statements, please read the decree of Callisthenes and Philip’s letter, which will make every point clear.
(The Decree of Callisthenes is read)
In the archonship of Mnesiphilus, at an extraordinary assembly convened by the Generals and the Presidents, with the approval of the Council, on the twenty-first day of Maemacterion, Callisthenes, son of Eteonicus of Phalerum, proposed that no Athenian be allowed upon any pretext whatsoever to pass the night in the country, but only in the City and Peiraeus, except those stationed in the garrison; that the latter keep each the post assigned to him, leaving it neither by day nor by night.
Any person disobeying this decree shall be liable to the statutory penalty for treason, unless he can prove inability to obey in his own case, such plea of inability to be judged by the General of the Infantry, the Paymaster-General, and the Secretary of the Council. All property in the country shall be immediately removed, if within a radius of 120 furlongs, to the City and Peiraeus; if outside this radius, to Eleusis, Phyle, Aphidna, Rhamnus, or Sunium. Proposed by Callisthenes of Phalerum.
Was it with such expectation that you made the peace? Were these the promises of this hireling?
Now read the letter sent to Athens afterwards by Philip.
(Philip’s Letter is read)
Philip, King of Macedonia, to the Council and People of Athens, greeting. Know that we have passed within the Gates, and have subdued the district of Phocis. We have put garrisons in all the fortified places that surrendered voluntarily; those that did not obey we have stormed and razed to the ground, selling the inhabitants into slavery. Hearing that you are actually preparing an expedition to help them, I have written to you to save you further trouble in this matter. Your general policy strikes me as unreasonable, to agree to peace, and yet take the field against me, and that although the Phocians were not included in the ill terms upon which we agreed. Therefore if you decline to abide by your agreements, you will gain no advantage save that of being the aggressors.
Though the letter is addressed to you, it contains, as you hear, a distinct intimation intended for his own allies: I have done this against the wishes and the interests of the Athenians. Therefore, if you Thebans and Thessalians are wise, you will treat them as your enemies, and put your confidence in me. That is the meaning conveyed, though not in those words. By such delusions he carried them off their feet so completely that they had no foresight nor any inkling whatever of the sequel, but allowed him to take control of the whole business; and that is the real cause of their present distresses.
Sections 41–45
And the man who was hand-in-glove with Philip, and helped him to win that blind confidence, who brought lying reports to Athens and deluded his fellow-citizens, was this same Aeschines who to day bewails the sorrows of the Thebans and recites their pitiful story, being himself guilty of those sorrows, guilty of the distresses of the Phocians, guilty of all the sufferings of every nation in Greece. Yes, Aeschines, beyond a doubt, you are sincerely grieved by that tale of woe, you are wrung with pity for the poor Thebans, you, who hold estates in Boeotia, you, who till the farms that once were theirs; it is I who exult—I, who was at once claimed as a victim by the perpetrator of those wrongs!
However, I have digressed to topics that will perhaps be more appropriately discussed later on. I return to my proof that the misdeeds of these men are the real cause of the present situation.
When you had been deluded by Philip through the agency of the men who took his pay when on embassy and brought back fictitious reports, and when the unhappy Phocians were likewise deluded, and all their cities destroyed, what happened?
Those vile Thessalians and those ill-conditioned Thebans regarded Philip as their friend, their benefactor, and their deliverer. He was all in all to them; they would not listen to the voice of any one who spoke ill of him. You Athenians, though suspicious and dissatisfied, observed the terms of peace, for you could do nothing. The rest of the Greeks, though similarly overreached and disappointed, observed the peace; and yet in a sense the war against them had already begun;
for when Philip was moving hither and thither, subduing Illyrians and Triballians, and some Greeks as well, when he was gradually getting control of large military resources, and when certain Greek citizens, including Aeschines, were availing themselves of the liberty of the peace to visit Macedonia and take bribes, all these movements were really acts of war upon the states against which Philip was making his preparations. That they failed to perceive it is another story, and does not concern me.
My forebodings and expostulations were unceasing; I uttered them in the Assembly and in every city to which I was sent. But all the cities were demoralized. The active politicians were venal and corrupted by the hope of money: the unofficial classes and the people in general were either blind to the future or ensnared by the listlessness and indolence of their daily life; in all the malady had gone so far that they expected the danger to descend anywhere but upon themselves, and even hoped to derive their security at will from the perils of others.
Sections 46–50
In the result, of course, the excessive and inopportune apathy of the common people has been punished by the loss of their independence, while their leaders, who fancied they were selling everything except themselves, discover too late that their own liberty was the first thing they sold. Instead of the name of trusty friend, in which they rejoiced when they were taking their bribes, they are dubbed toad-eaters and scoundrels, and other suitable epithets. What did they expect?
Men of Athens, it is not because he wants to do a traitor a good turn that a man spends his money; nor, when he has once got what he paid for, has he any further use for the traitor’s counsels. Otherwise treason would be the most profitable of all trades. But it is not so. How could it be? Far from it! As soon as the man who grasps at power has achieved his purpose, he is the master of those who sold him his mastery; and then—yes, then!—knowing their baseness, he loathes them, mistrusts them, and reviles them.
Look at these instances, because, though the right time for action is past, for wise men it is always the right time to understand history. Lasthenes was hailed as friend—until he betrayed Olynthus; Timolaus, until he brought Thebes to ruin; Eudicus and Simus of Larissa, until they put Thessaly under Philip’s heel. Since then the whole world has become crowded with men exiled, insulted, punished in every conceivable way. What of Aristratus at Sicyon? or Perilaus at Megara? Are they not outcasts?
From these examples it may be clearly discerned that the man who is most vigilant in defence of his country and most vigorous in his opposition to treason—he is the man, Aeschines, who provides you traitors and mercenaries with something that you can betray for a bribe; and, if you are still secure and still drawing your pay, you owe this to the great majority of these citizens, and to those who thwarted your purposes—for your own efforts would long ago have brought you to destruction.
I could say much more about the history of that time, but I suppose that what has been said is more than enough. My antagonist is to blame, for he has so bespattered me with the sour dregs of his own knavery and his own crimes, that I was obliged to clear myself in the eyes of men too young to remember those transactions. But it has perhaps been wearisome to you, who, before I said a word, knew all about his venality.
Sections 51–55
However, he calls it friendship and amity; and only just now he spoke of the man who taunts me with the friendship of Alexander. I taunt you with the friendship of Alexander! Where did you get it? How did you earn it? I am not out of my mind, and I would never call you the friend either of Philip or Alexander, unless we are to call a harvester or other hired laborer the friend of the man who pays him for his job.
But it is not so. How could it be? Far from it! I call you Philip’s hireling of yesterday, and Alexander’s hireling of today, and so does every man in this Assembly. If you doubt my word, ask them; or rather I will ask them myself. Come, men of Athens, what do you think? Is Aeschines Alexander’s hireling, or Alexander’s friend? You hear what they say.
I propose then at last to come to my defence against the actual indictment, and to a recital of my public acts, that Aeschines may hear from me what he knows perfectly well, the grounds on which I claim that I deserve even larger rewards than those proposed by the Council. Please take and read the indictment.
(The Indictment is read)
In the archonship of Chaerondas, on the sixth day of Elaphebolion, Aeschines, son of Atrometus, of Cothocidae, indicted Ctesiphon, son of Leosthenes, of Anaphlystus, before the Archon for a breach of the constitution, in that he proposed an unconstitutional decree, to wit, that Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania should be crowned with a golden crown, and that proclamation should be made in the theatre at the Great Dionysia, when the new tragedies are produced, that the People crown Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, with a golden crown for his merit and for the goodwill which he has constantly displayed both towards all the Greeks and towards the people of Athens, and also for his steadfastness, and because he has constantly by word and deed promoted the best interests of the people, and is forward to do whatever good he can,
all these proposals being false and unconstitutional, inasmuch as the laws forbid, first, the entry of false statements in the public records; secondly, the crowning of one liable to audit (now Demosthenes is Commissioner of Fortifications and a trustee of the Theatrical Fund); thirdly, the proclamation of the crown in the Theatre at the Dionysia the day of the new tragedies; but if the crowning is by the Council, it shall be proclaimed in the Council-house, if by the State, in the Assembly on the Pnyx. Fine demanded: fifty talents. Witnesses to summons: Cephisophon, son of Cephisophon, of Rhamnus, Cleon, son of Cleon, of Cothocidae.
Sections 56–60
These are the clauses of the decree against which this prosecution is directed; but from these very clauses I hope to prove to your satisfaction that I have an honest defence to offer. For I will take the charges one by one in the same order as the prosecutor, without any intentional omission.
Now take first the clause which recites that in word and deed I have constantly done my best for the common weal, and that I am ever zealous to do all the good in my power, and which commends me on those grounds. Your judgement on that clause must, I take it, depend simply on my public acts, by examining which you will discover whether Ctesiphon has given a true and proper, or a false, description of my conduct.
As for his proposing that a crown should be given to me, and the decoration proclaimed in the Theatre, without adding the words, provided he shall first have rendered his accounts, I conceive that that also is related to my public acts, whether I am, or am not, worthy of the crown and of the proclamation before the people; but I have, however, also to cite the statutes that authorize such a proposal. In this way, men of Athens, I am resolved to offer an honest and straightforward defence. I will proceed at once to the history of my own actions;
and let no one imagine that I am straying from the indictment if I touch upon Hellenic policy and Hellenic questions; for by attacking as mendacious that clause of the decree which alleges that in word and deed I have acted for the common good, it is Aeschines who has made a discussion of the whole of my public life necessary and pertinent to the indictment. Further, out of many spheres of public activity I chose Hellenic affairs as my province, and therefore I am justified in taking Hellenic policy as the basis of my demonstration.
Well, I pass by those successes which Philip achieved and maintained before I became a politician and a public speaker, as I do not think that they concern me. I will, however, remind you of enterprises of his which were thwarted after the day on which I entered public life. Of these I will render an account, premising only that Philip started with this enormous advantage.
Sections 61–65
In all the Greek states—not in some but in every one of them—it chanced that there had sprung up the most abundant crop of traitorous, venal, and profligate politicians ever known within the memory of mankind. These persons Philip adopted as his satellites and accomplices. The disposition of Greeks towards one another was already vicious and quarrelsome and he made it worse. Some he cajoled; some he bribed; some he corrupted in every possible way. He split them into many factions, although all had one common interest—to thwart his aggrandizement.
Now seeing that all Greece was in such a plight, and still unconscious of a gathering and ever-growing evil, what was the right policy for Athens to adopt, and the right action for her to take? That is the question, men of Athens, which you ought to consider, and that is the issue on which I ought to be called to account; for I was the man who took up a firm position in that department of your public affairs.
Was it the duty of our city, Aeschines, to abase her pride, to lower her dignity, to rank herself with Thessalians and Dolopians, to help Philip to establish his supremacy over Greece, to annihilate the glories and the prerogatives of our forefathers? Or, if she rejected that truly shameful policy, was she to stand by and permit aggressions which she must have long foreseen, and knew would succeed if none should intervene?
I would now like to ask the man who censures our past conduct most severely, what party he would have wished our city to join. The party that shares the guilt of all the disasters and dishonors that have befallen Greece,—the party, as one may say, of the Thessalians and their associates? Or that which permitted those disasters in the hope of selfish gain, the party in which we may include the Arcadians, the Messenians, and the Argives?
Why, the fate of many, indeed of all, of those nations is worse than ours. For if, after his victory, Philip had at once taken himself off, and relapsed into inactivity, harassing neither his own allies nor any other Greeks, there might have been some reason for finding fault with the opponents of his enterprises; but seeing that, wherever he could, he destroyed the prestige, the authority, the independence, and even the constitution of every city alike, who can deny that you chose the most honor able of all policies when you followed my advice?
Sections 66–70
To resume my argument: I ask you, Aeschines, what was the duty of Athens when she perceived that Philip’s purpose was to establish a despotic empire over all Greece? What language, what counsels, were incumbent upon an adviser of the people at Athens, of all places in the world, when I was conscious that, from the dawn of her history to the day when I first ascended the tribune, our country had ever striven for primacy, and honor, and renown, and that to serve an honor able ambition and the common welfare of Greece she had expended her treasure and the lives of her sons far more generously than any other Hellenic state fighting only for itself;
and knowing as I did that our antagonist Philip himself, contending for empire and supremacy, had endured the loss of his eye, the fracture of his collar-bone, the mutilation of his hand and his leg, and was ready to sacrifice to the fortune of war any and every part of his body, if only the life of the shattered remnant should be a life of honor and renown?
Surely no man will dare to call it becoming that in a man reared at Pella, then a mean and insignificant city, such lofty ambition should be innate as to covet the dominion of all Greece, and admit that aspiration to his soul, while you, natives of Athens, observing day by day, in every speech you hear and ill every spectacle you behold, memorials of the high prowess of your forefathers, should sink to such cowardice as by a spontaneous, voluntary act to surrender your liberty to a Philip.
No one will make that assertion. The only remaining, and the necessary, policy was to resist with justice all his unjust designs. That policy was adopted by you from the start in a spirit that well became you, and forwarded by me in all my proposals, according to the opportunities of my public life. I admit the charge. Tell me; what ought I to have done? I put the question to you, Aeschines, dismissing for the moment everything else—Amphipolis, Pydna, Potidaea, Halonnesus. I have no recollection of those places.
Serrium, Doriscus, the sack of Peparethus, and all other injuries of our city—I ignore them utterly. Yet you told us that I entangled the citizens in a quarrel by my talk about those places, though every resolution that concerned them was moved by Eubulus, or Aristophon, or Diopeithes, not by me; only you allege so glibly whatever suits your purpose!
Sections 71–75
Even now I will not discuss them. But here was a man annexing Euboea and making it a basis of operations against Attica, attacking Megara, occupying Oreus, demolishing Porthmus, establishing the tyranny of Philistides at Oreus and of Cleitarchus at Eretria, subjugating the Hellespont, besieging Byzantium, destroying some of the Greek cities, reinstating exiled traitors in others: by these acts was he, or was he not, committing injustice, breaking treaty, and violating the terms of peace? Was it, or was it not, right that some man of Grecian race should stand forward to stop those aggressions?
If it was not right, if Greece was to present the spectacle, as the phrase goes, of the looting of Mysia, while Athenians still lived and breathed, then I am a busybody, because I spoke of those matters, and Athens, too, is a busybody because she listened to me; and let all her misdeeds and blunders be charged to my account! But if it was right that some one should intervene, on whom did the duty fall, if not on the Athenian democracy? That then was my policy. I saw a man enslaving all mankind, and I stood in his way. I never ceased warning you and admonishing you to surrender nothing.
The peace was broken by Philip, when he seized those merchantmen; not by Athens, Aeschines. Produce the decrees, and Philip’s letter, and read them in their proper order. They will show who was responsible for each several proceeding.
(A Decree is read)
In the archonship of Neocles, in the month Boedromion, at an extraordinary meeting of the Assembly convened by the Generals, Eubulus, son of Mnesitheus, of Coprus, proposed that, whereas the generals have announced in the assembly that the admiral Leodamas and the twenty ships under his command, sent to the Hellespont to convoy corn, have been removed to Macedon by Philip’s officer, Amyntas, and are there kept in custody, it shall be the concern of the presidents and of the generals that the Council be convened and ambassadors chosen to go to Philip;
that on their arrival they shall confer with him about the seizure of the admiral and the ships and the soldiers, and, if Amyntas acted in ignorance, they shall say that the people attach no blame to him; or, if the admiral was caught exceeding his instructions, that the Athenians will investigate the matter, and punish him as his carelessness shall deserve; if, on the other hand, neither of these suppositions is true, but it was a deliberate affront on the part either of the officer or of his superior, they shall state the same, in order that the people, being apprised of it, may decide what course to take.
This decree was drawn up by Eubulus, not by me; the next in order by Aristophon; then we have Hegesippus, then Aristophon again, then Philocrates, then Cephisophon, and so on. I proposed no decree dealing with these matters. Go on reading.
(Another Decree is read)
In the archonship of Neocles, on the thirtieth day of Boedromion, by sanction of the Council, the Presidents and Generals introduced the report of the proceedings in the Assembly, to wit, that the People had resolved that ambassadors be chosen to approach Philip concerning the removal of the vessels, and instructions be given them in accordance with the decrees of the Assembly. The following were chosen: Cephisophon, son of Cleon, of Anaphlystus, Democritus, son of Demophon, of Anagyrus, Polycritus, son of Apemantus, of Cothocidae. In the presidence of the tribe Hippothontis, proposed by Aristophon, of Collytus, a president.
Sections 76–80
As I cite these decrees, Aeschines, you must cite some decree by proposing which I became responsible for the war. But you cannot cite one; if you could, there is no document which you would have produced more readily just now. Why, even Philip’s letter casts no blame upon me in respect of the war: he imputes it to other men. Read Philip’s actual letter.
(Philip’s Letter is read)
Philip, King of Macedonia, to the Council and People of Athens, greeting.—Your ambassadors, Cephisophon and Democritus and Polycritus, visited me and discussed the release of the vessels commanded by Leodamas. Now, speaking generally, it seems to me that you will be very simple people if you imagine that I do not know that the vessels were sent ostensibly to convey corn from the Hellespont to Lemnos, but really to help the Selymbrians, who are being besieged by me and are not included in the articles of friendship mutually agreed upon between us.
These instructions were given to the admiral, without the cognizance of the Athenian People, by certain officials and by others who are now out of office, but who were anxious by every means in their power to change the present friendly attitude of the people towards me to one of open hostility, being indeed much more zealous for this consummation than for the relief of the Selymbrians. They conceive that such a policy will be a source of income to themselves; it does not, however, strike me as profitable either for you or for me. Therefore the vessels now in my harbors I hereby release to you; and for the future, if, instead of permitting your statesmen to pursue this malicious policy, you will be good enough to c ensure them, I too will endeavor to preserve the peace. Farewell.
In this letter there is no mention of the name of Demosthenes, nor any charge against me. Why does he forget my acts, when he blames others? Because he could not mention me without recalling his own transgressions, on which I fixed my attention, and which I strove to resist. I began by proposing the embassy to Peloponnesus, when first he tried to get a footing there; then the embassy to Euboea, when he was tampering with Euboea; then an expedition— not an embassy—to Oreus, and again to Eretria, when he had set up tyrants in those cities.
Subsequently I dispatched all those squadrons by which the Chersonese was rescued from him, and Byzantium, and all our allies. By this policy you gained much glory, receiving commendations, eulogies, compliments, decorations, and votes of thanks from the recipients of y our favors. Of the nations that suffered aggression, those who followed your advice gained their salvation, while those who scorned it have had many occasions since to remember your warnings, and to acknowledge not only your goodwill but your sagacity and foresight, for everything has turned out as you predicted.
Sections 81–85
Now that Philistides would have paid a large sum for possession of Oreus, and Cleitarchus for possession of Eretria, and Philip himself to get those advantages of position against you, or to escape conviction in other matters or any inquiry into his wrongdoing in every quarter, is well known to all—and to no one better than to you, Aeschines.
For the ambassadors who came here from Cleitarchus and Philistides lodged at your house and you entertained them. The government expelled them as enemies, and as men whose proposals were dishonest and unacceptable; but to you they were friends. Well, no part of their business was successful,—you backbiter, who tell me that I hold my tongue with a fee in my pocket, and cry aloud when I have spent it! That is not your habit; you cry aloud without ceasing, and nothing will ever stop your mouth,—except perhaps a sentence of disfranchisement this very day.
Although at that time you decorated me for my services, although Aristonicus drafted the decree in the very same terms that Ctesiphon has now used, although the decoration was proclaimed in the theatre, so that this is the second proclamation of my name there, Aeschines, who was present, never opposed the decree, nor did he indict the proposer. Take and read the decree in question.
(The Decree is read)
In the archonship of Chaerondas, son of Hegemon, on the twenty-fifth day of Gamelion, the tribe Leontis holding the presidency, Aristonicus of Phrearrii proposed that, whereas Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, has conferred many great obligations on the People of Athens, and has aided many of the Allies by his decrees both heretofore and upon the present occasion, and has liberated some of the cities of Euboea, and is a constant friend of the Athenian People, and by word and deed does his utmost in the interests of the Athenians themselves as well as of the other Greeks, it be resolved by the Council and People of Athens to commend Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, and to crown him with a golden crown, and to proclaim the crown in the Theatre at the Dionysia at the performance of the new tragedies, the proclamation of the crown being entrusted to the tribe holding the presidency and to the steward of the festival. Proposed by Aristonicus of Phrearrii.
Is any one of you aware of any dishonor, contempt, or ridicule that has befallen the city in consequence of that decree, such as he now tells you will follow, if I am crowned? While acts are still recent and notorious, they are requited with gratitude, if good, and with punishment, if evil, and from this decree it appears that I received on that occasion gratitude, not censure nor punishment.
Sections 86–90
Therefore, up to the date of those transactions it is shown by common consent that my conduct was entirely beneficial to the commonwealth. The proofs are, that my speeches and motions were successful at your deliberations; that my resolutions were carried into effect; that thereby decorations came to the city and to all of you as well as to me; and that for these successes you thanked the gods with sacrifices and processions.
When Philip was driven out of Euboea by your arms, and also,—though these men choke themselves with their denials,—by my policy and my decrees, he cast about for a second plan of attack against Athens; and observing that we consume more imported corn than any other nation, he proposed to get control of the carrying trade in corn. He advanced towards Thrace, and the first thing he did was to claim the help of the Byzantines as his allies in the war against you. When they refused, declaring with entire truth that the terms of alliance included no such obligation, he set up a stockade against their city, planted artillery, and began a siege.
I will not further ask what was your proper course in those circumstances,—the answer is too obvious. But who sent reinforcements to the Byzantines and delivered them? Who prevented the estrangement of the Hellespont at that crisis? You, men of Athens; and when I say you, I mean the whole city. Who advised the city, moved the resolutions, took action, devoted himself wholeheartedly and without stint to that business?
I did; and I need not argue how profitable my policy was, for you know it by experience. The war in which we then engaged, apart from the renown it brought to you, made all the necessaries of life more abundant and cheaper than the peace we now enjoy, the peace which these worthies cherish to the disadvantage of the city, in view of future expectations! May those expectations fail! May they share only the blessings for which you men of honest intent supplicate the gods! And may they never bestow upon you any share in the principles they have chosen! Now read of the crowns of the Byzantines and of the Perinthians, conferred by them upon the city for these services.
(The Decree of the Byzantines is read)
In the recordership of Bosporichus, Damagetus proposed in the Assembly, with the sanction of the Council, that, whereas the Athenian People in former times have been constant friends of the Byzantines and of their allies and kinsmen the Perinthians, and have conferred many great services upon them, and recently, when Philip of Macedon attacked their land and city to exterminate the Byzantines and Perinthians, burning and devastating the land, they came to our aid with a hundred and twenty ships and provisions and arms and infantry, and extricated us from great dangers, and restored our original constitution and our laws and our sepulchres,
Sections 91–95
it be resolved by the People of Byzantium and Perinthus to grant to the Athenians rights of intermarriage, citizenship, tenure of land and houses, the seat of honor at the games, access to the Council and the people immediately after the sacrifices, and immunity from all public services for those who wish to settle in our city; also to erect three statues, sixteen cubits in height, in the Bosporeum, representing the People of Athens being crowned by the Peoples of Byzantium and Perinthus; also to send deputations to the Panhellenic gatherings, the Isthmian, Nemean, Olympian, and Pythian games, and there to proclaim the crown wherewith the Athenian People has been crowned by us, that the Greeks may know the merits of the Athenians and the gratitude of the Byzantines and the Perinthians.
Read also of the crowns awarded by the inhabitants of the Chersonese.
(The Decree of the Chersonesites is read.)
The peoples of the Chersonesus inhabiting Sestus, Elaeus, Madytus, and Alopeconnesus, do crown the Council and People of Athens with a golden crown of sixty talents’ value, and erect an altar to Gratitude and to the People of Athens, because they have been a contributory cause of all the greatest blessings to the peoples of the Chersonesus, having rescued them from Philip and restored their fatherland, their laws, their freedom, and their temples; also in all time to come they will not fail to be grateful and to do them every service in their power. This decree was passed in Confederate Council.
Thus my considered policy was not only successful in delivering the Chersonese and Byzantium, in preventing the subjugation of the Hellespont to Philip, and in bringing distinction to the city, but it exhibited to mankind the noble spirit of Athens and the depravity of Philip. For he, the ally of the Byzantines, was besieging them in the sight of all men: could anything be more discreditable and outrageous?
But you, who might with justice have found fault with them for earlier acts of trespass, so far from being vindictive and deserting them in their distress, appeared as their deliverers, and by that conduct won renown,—the goodwill of the whole world. Moreover all know that you have awarded crowns to many politicians; but no one can name any man—I mean any statesman or orator—except me, by whose exertions the city itself has been crowned.
I wish to show you that the attack Aeschines made on the Euboeans and the Byzantines by raking up old stories of their disobliging conduct towards you, was mere spiteful calumny,—not only because, as I think you all must know, those stories are false, but because, even if they were entirely true, the merits of my policy are not affected,—by relating, with due brevity, two or three of the noble actions of your own commonwealth; for the public conduct of a state, like the private conduct of a man, should always be guided by its most honor able traditions.
Sections 96–100
When the Lacedaemonians, men of Athens, had the supremacy of land and sea, and were holding with governors and garrisons all the frontiers of Attica, Euboea, Tanagra, all Boeotia, Megara, Aegina, Ceos, and the other islands, for at that time Athens had no ships and no walls, you marched out to Haliartus, and again a few days later to Corinth. The Athenians of those days had good reason to bear malice against the Corinthians and the Thebans for their conduct during the Decelean War; but they bore no malice whatever.
Yet in making both these expeditions, Aeschines, they were not requiting benefits received, and they knew they were taking risks. They did not use those pleas as excuses for deserting men who had sought their protection. For the sake of honor and glory they willingly encountered those perils,—a righteous and a noble resolve! For every man death is the goal of life, though he keep himself cloistered in his chamber; but it behoves the brave to set their hands to every noble enterprise, bearing before them the buckler of hope, and to endure gallantly whatever fate God may allot.
So your forefathers played their part; so also did the elder among yourselves. The Lacedaemonians were no friends or benefactors of ours; they had done many grievous wrongs to our commonwealth; but when the Thebans, after their victory at Leuctra, threatened to exterminate them, you balked that revenge, without fear of the prowess and high repute of the Thebans, without thought of the past misdeeds of the people for whom you imperilled yourselves.
And so you taught to all Greece the lesson that, however gravely a nation may have offended against you, you keep your resentment for proper occasions, but if ever their life or their liberty is endangered, you will not indulge your rancor or take your wrongs into account.
Not only towards the Lacedaemonians have you so demeaned yourselves; but when the Thebans were trying to annex Euboea, you were not indifferent; you did not call to mind the injuries you had suffered from Themiso and Theodorus in the matter of Oropus; you carried aid even to them. That was in the early days of the volunteer trierarchs, of whom I was one; but I say nothing of that now.
Your deliverance of the island was a generous act, but still more generously, when you had their lives and their cities at your mercy, you restored them honestly to men who had sinned against you, forgetting your wrongs where you found yourselves trusted. I pass over ten thousand instances I could cite,—battles by sea, expeditions by land, campaigns of ancient date and of our own times, in all of which Athens engaged herself for the freedom and salvation of Greece.
Sections 101–105
Having before my eyes the spectacle of a city in all those great enterprises ready to fight the battles of her neighbors, what advice was I to give and what policy to urge, when her deliberations in some measure concerned herself? To bear malice against men who were seeking deliverance? To search for excuses for deserting the common cause? Should I not have deserved death if even in word I had sought to tarnish our honor able traditions? In word, I say; for the deed you would never have done. Of that I am well assured, for if you so wished, what stood in your way? Was it not in your power? Were not Aeschines and his friends there to advise you?
I will now return to my next ensuing public actions; consider them once again in relation to the best interests of the commonwealth. Observing that the navy was going to pieces, that the wealthy were let off with trifling contributions, while citizens of moderate or small means were losing all they had, and that as a result the government was missing its opportunities, I made a statute under which I compelled the wealthy to take their fair share of expense, stopped the oppression of the poor, and, by a measure of great public benefit, caused your naval preparations to be made in good time.
Being indicted for this measure, I stood my trial before this court and was acquitted, the prosecutor not getting the fifth part of the votes. Now how much money do you think the first, second, and third classes of contributors on the Naval Boards offered me not to propose the measure, or, failing that, to put it on the list and then drop it on demurrer?\b It was so large a sum, men of Athens, that I hardly like to name it.
It was natural that they should make this attempt. Under the former statutes they might discharge their public services in groups of sixteen, spending little or nothing themselves, but grinding down the needy citizens, whereas by my statute they had to return the full assessment according to their means, and a man who was formerly one of sixteen contributors to a single trireme—for they were dropping the term trierarch and calling themselves contributors-might have to furnish two complete vessels. They offered any amount to get the new rules abrogated and escape their just obligation.
Read first the decree, for which I was indicted and tried, and then the schedules as compiled under the old statute under my statute.
(The Decree is read)
In the archonship of Polycles, on the sixteenth of the month Boëdromion, the tribe Hippothontis holding the presidency, Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, introduced a bill to amend the former law constituting the syndicates for the equipment of triremes. The bill was passed by the Council and the People, and Patrocles of Phlya indicted Demosthenes for a breach of the constitution, and, not obtaining the required proportion of votes, paid the fee of five hundred drachmas.
Now read that fine schedule.
(The Old Schedule is read)
The trierarchs to be called up, sixteen for each trireme, from the associations of joint contributors, from the age of twenty-five to that of forty, paying equal contributions to the public service.
Sections 106–110
Now read for comparison the schedule under my statute.
(The New Schedule is read)
The trierarchs to be chosen according to the assessment of their property at ten talents to a trireme; if the property be assessed above that sum, the public service shall be fixed proportionately up to three triremes and a tender. The same proportion shall be observed where those whose property is under ten talents form a syndicate to make up that sum.
Do you think it was a trifling relief I gave to the poor, or a trifling sum that the rich would have spent to escape their obligation? I pride myself not only on my refusal of compromise and on my acquittal, but also on having enacted a beneficial law and proved it such by experience. During the whole war, while the squadrons were organized under my regulations, no trierarch made petition as aggrieved, or appeared as a suppliant in the dockyard temple, or was imprisoned by the Admiralty, and no ship was either abandoned at sea and lost to the state, or left in harbor as unseaworthy.
Such incidents were frequent under the old regulations, because the public services fell upon poor men, and impossible demands were often made. I transferred the naval obligations from needy to well-to-do people, and so the duty was always discharged. I also claim credit for the very fact that all the measures I adopted brought renown and distinction and strength to the city, and that no measure of mine was invidious, or vexatious, or spiteful, or shabby and unworthy of Athens.
You will find that I maintained the same character both in domestic and in Hellenic policy. At home I never preferred the gratitude of the rich to the claims of the poor; in foreign affairs I never coveted the gifts and the friendship of Philip rather than the common interests of all Greece.
My remaining task, I think, is to speak of the proclamation and of the audit; for I hope that what I have already said has been sufficient to satisfy you that my policy was the best, and that I have been the people’s friend, and zealous in your service. Yet I pass by the most important of my public actions, first, because I conceive that my next duty is to submit my explanations in respect of the actual charge of illegality, secondly, because, though I say nothing further about the rest of my policy, your own knowledge will serve my purpose equally well.
Sections 111–115
As for Aeschines’ topsy-turvy miscellany of arguments about the statutes transcribed for comparison, I vow to Heaven that I do not believe that you understand the greater part of them, and I am sure they were quite unintelligible to me. I can only offer a plain, straightforward plea on the rights of the matter. So far from claiming, as he invidiously suggested just now, that I am not to be called to account, I fully admit that all my life long I have been accountable for all my official acts and public counsels;
but for the donations that I promised and gave at my own expense I do say that I am not accountable at any time— you hear that, Aeschines—nor is any other man, though he be one of the nine archons. Is there any law so compact of iniquity and illiberality that, when a man out of sheer generosity has given away his own money, it defrauds him of the gratitude he has earned, drags him before a set of prying informers, and gives them authority to hold an audit of his free donations? There is no such law. If he contradicts me, let him produce the law, and I will be satisfied and hold my peace.
But no, the law does not exist, men of Athens; only this man, with his pettifogging spite, because, when I was in charge of the theatric fund, I added gifts of my own to that fund, says, Ctesiphon gave him a vote of thanks before he had rendered his accounts. Yes, but the vote of thanks did not concern the accounts which I had to render; it was for my own donations, you pettifogger! But you were also a Commissioner of Fortifications. Why, that is how I earned my vote of thanks: I made a present of the money I had spent, and did not charge it to the public account. The account requires an audit and checkers; the benefaction deserves gratitude and formal thanks, and that is the very reason for Ctesiphon’s proposition.
That this distinction is recognized both in the statutes and in your moral feelings I can prove by many instances. Nausicles, for example, has been repeatedly decorated by you for the money he spent out of his own pocket when serving as military commander. When Diotimus, and on another occasion Charidemus, had made a present of shields, they were crowned. Then there is our friend Neoptolemus, who has received distinctions for donations given by him as Commissioner for sundry public works. It would be quite intolerable that it should either be illegal for a man holding any office to make presents to the government, or that, when he has made them, instead of receiving thanks, he should be subjected to an audit.
To prove the truth of my statement, please take and read the actual words of the decrees made in the cases I have cited. Read.
(Sundry Decrees are read)
Archonship of Demonicus of Phlya, on the twenty-sixth day of Boedromion, with sanction of Council and People: Callias of Phrearrii proposed that the Council and People resolve to crown Nausicles, the commander of the infantry, because, when Philo, the official paymaster, was prevented by storms from sailing with pay for the two thousand Athenian infantry serving in Imbros to assist the Athenian residents in that island, he paid them from his private means, and did not send in a claim to the people; and that the crown be proclaimed at the Dionysia at the performance of the new tragedies.
Sections 116–120
Proposed by Callias of Phrearrii, and put to vote by the presidents, with sanction of Council: that, whereas Charidemus, dispatched to Salamis in command of the infantry, and Diotimus, commanding the cavalry, when in the battle at the river some of the soldiers had been disarmed by the enemy, did at their own expense arm the younger men with eight hundred shields, it be resolved by the Council and People to crown Charidemus and Diotimus with a golden crown, and to proclaim it at the great Panathenaea during the gymnastic contest, and at the Dionysia at the performance of the new tragedies; and that the proclamation be entrusted to the judicial archons, the presidents, and the stewards of the festival.
Every one of the persons mentioned, Aeschines, was liable to audit in respect of the office he held, but not of the services for which he was decorated. It follows that I am not liable; for, surely, I have the same rights under the same conditions as anybody else! I made donations. For those donations I am thanked, not being subject to audit for what I gave. I held office. Yes, and I have submitted to audit for my offices, though not for my gifts. Ah, but perhaps I was guilty of official misconduct? Well, the auditors brought me into court—and no complaint from you!
To prove that Aeschines himself testifies that I have been crowned for matters in which I was audit-free, take and read the whole of the decree that was drawn in my favor. The proof that his prosecution is vindictive will appear from those sentences in the provisional decree which he has not indicted. Read.
(The Decree is read)
In the archonship of Euthycles, on the twenty-third day of Pyanepsion, the tribe Oeneis then holding the presidency, Ctesiphon, son of Leosthenes, of Anaphlystus, proposed that, whereas Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, having been appointed superintendent of the repair of the fortifications, and having spent upon the works three talents from his private means, has made the same a benevolence to the people; and whereas, having been appointed treasurer of the Theatrical Fund, he gave to the representatives of all the tribes one hundred minas for sacrifices, it be resolved by the Council and People of Athens to commend the said Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, for his merits and for the generosity which he has constantly displayed on every occasion towards the People of Athens, and to crown him with a golden crown, and to proclaim the crown in the theatre at the Dionysia at the performance of the new tragedies and that the proclamation be entrusted to the steward of the festival.
Here, then, are my donations, in the decree—but not in your indictment. Your prosecution is directed to the rewards which the Council says that I ought to receive for them. Acceptance of gifts you admit to be legal; gratitude for gifts you indict for illegality. In Heaven’s name, what do we mean by dishonesty and malignity, if you are not dishonest and malignant?
As for the proclamation in the Theatre, I will not insist that thousands of names have been a thousand times so proclaimed, nor that I myself have been crowned again and again before now. But, really now, are you so unintelligent and blind, Aeschines, that you are incapable of reflecting that a crown is equally gratifying to the person crowned wheresoever it is proclaimed, but that the proclamation is made in the Theatre merely for the sake of those by whom it is conferred? For the whole vast audience is stimulated to do service to the commonwealth, and applauds the exhibition of gratitude rather than the recipient; and that is the reason why the state has enacted this statute. Please take and read it.
(The Statute is read
In cases where crowns are bestowed by any of the townships, the proclamation of the crown shall be made within the respective townships, unless the crown is bestowed by the People of Athens or by the Council, in which case it shall be lawful to proclaim it in the Theatre at the Dionysia.
Sections 121–125
You hear, Aeschines, how the statute expressly makes an exception: persons named in any decree of the Council or the Assembly always excepted. They are to be proclaimed. Then why this miserable pettifogging? Why these insincere arguments? Why do you not try hellebore for your complaint? Are you not ashamed to prosecute for spite, not for crime; misquoting this statute, curtailing that statute, when they ought to be read in their entirety to a jury sworn to vote according to their direction?
And, while behaving like that, you treat us to your definition of all the qualities proper to a patriotic politician—as though you had bespoken a statue according to specification, and it had been delivered without the qualities specified ! As though talk, not deeds and policy, were the criterion of patriotism ! And then you raise your voice, like a clown at a carnival, and pelt me with epithets both decent and obscene, suitable for yourself and your kindred, but not for me.
Here is another point, men of Athens. The difference between railing and accusation I take to be this: accusation implies crimes punishable by law; railing, such abuse as quarrelsome people vent upon one another according to their disposition. These law courts, if I am not mistaken, were built by our ancestors, not that we should convene you here to listen to us taunting one another with the secret scandal of private life, but that we should here bring home to the guilty offences against the public weal.
Aeschines knows that as well as I do; but he has a keener taste for scurrility than for accusation. However, even in that respect he deserves to get as good as he gives. I will come to that presently; meantime I will ask him just one question. Are we to call you the enemy of Athens, Aeschines, or my enemy? Mine, of course. Yet you let slip your proper opportunities of bringing me to justice on behalf of the citizens, if I had done wrong, by audit, by indictment, by any sort of legal procedure;
but here, where I am invulnerable on every ground, by law, by lapse of time, by limitation, by many earlier judgements covering every point, by default of any previous conviction for any public offence, here, where the country must take her share in the repute or disrepute of measures that were approved by the people, here you have met me face to face. You pose as my enemy; are you sure you are not the enemy of the people?
Sections 126–130
A righteous and conscientious verdict is now sufficiently indicated; but I have still, as it seems—not because I have any taste for railing, but because of his calumnies—to state the bare necessary facts about Aeschines, in return for a great many lies. I must let you know who this man, who starts on vituperation so glibly—who ridicules certain words of mine though he has himself said things that every decent man would shrink from uttering—really is, and what is his parentage.
Why, if my calumniator had been Aeacus, or Rhadamanthus, or Minos, instead of a mere scandalmonger, a market-place loafer, a poor devil of a clerk, he could hardly have used such language, or equipped himself with such offensive expressions. Hark to his melodramatic bombast: Oh, Earth! Oh, Sun! Oh, Virtue, and all that vaporing; his appeals to intelligence and education, whereby we discriminate between things of good and evil report—for that was the sort of rubbish you heard him spouting.
Virtue! you runagate; what have you or your family to do with virtue? How do you distinguish between good and evil report? Where and how did you qualify as a moralist? Where did you get your right to talk about education? No really educated man would use such language about himself, but would rather blush to hear it from others; but people like you, who make stupid pretensions to the culture of which they are utterly destitute, succeed in disgusting everybody whenever they open their lips, but never in making the impression they desire.
I am at no loss for information about you and your family; but I am at a loss where to begin. Shall I relate how your father Tromes was a slave in the house of Elpias, who kept an elementary school near the Temple of Theseus, and how he wore shackles on his legs and a timber collar round his neck? or how your mother practised daylight nuptials in an outhouse next door to Heros the bone-setter, and so brought you up to act in tableaux vivants and to excel in minor parts on the stage? However, everybody knows that without being told by me. Shall I tell you how Phormio the boatswain, a slave of Dio of Phrearrii, uplifted her from that chaste profession? But I protest that, however well the story becomes you, I am afraid I may be thought to have chosen topics unbecoming to myself.
I will pass by those early days, and begin with his conduct of his own life; for indeed it has been no ordinary life, but such as is an abomination to a free people. Only recently— recently, do I say? Why it was only the day before yesterday when he became simultaneously an Athenian and an orator, and, by the addition of two syllables, transformed his father from Tromes to Atrometus, and bestowed upon his mother the high sounding name of Glaucothea, although she was universally known as the Banshee, a nickname she owed to the pleasing diversity of her acts and experiences—it can have no other origin.
Sections 131–135
You were raised from servitude to freedom, and from beggary to opulence, by the favor of your fellow-citizens, and yet you are so thankless and ill-conditioned that, instead of showing them your gratitude, you take the pay of their enemies and conduct political intrigues to their detriment. I will not deal with speeches which, on a disputable construction, may be called patriotic, but I will recall to memory acts by which he was proved beyond doubt to have served your enemies.
You all remember Antiphon, the man who was struck off the register, and came back to Athens after promising Philip that he would set fire to the dockyard. When I had caught him in hiding at Peiraeus, and brought him before the Assembly, this malignant fellow raised a huge outcry about my scandalous and undemocratic conduct in assaulting citizens in distress and breaking into houses without a warrant, and so procured his acquittal.
Had not the Council of the Areopagus, becoming aware of the facts, and seeing that you had made a most inopportune blunder, started further inquiries, arrested the man, and brought him into court a second time, the vile traitor would have slipped out of your hands and eluded justice, being smuggled out of the city by our bombastic phrase-monger. As it was, you put him on the rack and then executed him, and you ought to have done the same to Aeschines.
In fact, the Council of the Areopagus knew well that Aeschines had been to blame throughout this affair, and therefore when, after choosing him by vote to speak in support of your claims to the Temple at Delos, by a misapprehension such as has often been fatal to your public interests, you invited the cooperation of that Council and gave them full authority, they promptly rejected him as a traitor, and gave the brief to Hypereides. On this occasion the ballot was taken at the altar, and not a single vote was cast for this wretch.
To prove the truth of my statement, please call the witnesses.
(The Depositions are read)
We, Callias of Sunium, Zeno of Phlya, Cleon of Phalerum, Demonicus of Marathon, on behalf of all the councillors, bear witness for Demosthenes that, when the people elected Aeschines state-advocate before the Amphictyons in the matter of the temple at Delos, we in Council judged Hypereides more worthy to speak on behalf of the state, and Hypereides was accordingly commissioned.
Sections 136–140
Thus by rejecting this man from his spokesmanship, and giving the appointment to another, the Council branded him as a traitor and an enemy to the people.
So much for one of his spirited performances. Is it not just like the charges he brings against me? Now let me remind you of another. Philip had sent to us Pytho of Byzantium in company with an embassy representing all his allies, hoping to bring dishonor upon Athens and convict her of injustice. Pytho was mightily confident, denouncing you with a full spate of eloquence, but I did not shrink from the encounter. I stood up and contradicted him, refusing to surrender the just claims of the commonwealth, and proving that Philip was in the wrong so conclusively that his own allies rose and admitted I was right; but Aeschines took Philip’s side throughout, and bore witness, even false witness, against his own country.
Nor did that satisfy him. At a later date he was caught again in the company of the spy Anaxinus at the house of Thraso. Yet a man who secretly met and conversed with a spy sent by the enemy must have been himself a spy by disposition and an enemy of his country. To prove the truth of my statement, please call the witnesses.
(The Depositions are read)
Teledemus, son of Cleon, Hypereides, son of Callaeschrus, Nicomachus, son of Diophantus, bear witness for Demosthenes, and have taken oath before the Generals that to their knowledge Aeschines, son of Atrometus, of Cothocidae, comes by night to the house of Thraso and holds communication with Anaxinus, who has been proved to be a spy from Philip. These depositions were lodged with Nicias on the third day of Hecatombaeon.
I omit thousands of stories that I could tell you about him. The fact is, I could cite many clear instances of his conduct at that time, helping the enemy and maligning me; only it is not your way to score up such offences for accurate remembrance and due resentment. You have a vicious habit of allowing too much indulgence to anyone who chooses by spiteful calumnies to trip up the heels of a man who gives you good advice. You give away a sound policy in exchange for the entertainment you derive from invective; and so it is easier and safer for a public man to serve your enemies and pocket their pay than to choose and maintain a patriotic attitude.
Though it was a scandalous shame enough, God knows, openly to take Philip’s side against his own country even before the war, make him a present, if you choose, make him a present of that. But when our merchantmen had been openly plundered, when the Chersonese was being ravaged, when the man was advancing upon Attica, when there could no longer be any doubt about the position, but war had already begun—even after that this malignant mumbler of blank verse can point to no patriotic act. No profitable proposition, great or small, stands to the credit of Aeschines. If he claims any, let him cite it now, while my hour-glass runs. But there is none. Now one of two things: either he made no alternative proposal because he could find no fault with my policy, or he did not disclose his amendments because his object was the advantage of the enemy.
Did he then refrain from speech as well as from moving resolutions, when there was any mischief to be done? Why, no one else could get in a word! Apparently the city could stand, and he could do without detection, almost anything; but there was one performance of his that really gave the finishing touch to his earlier efforts. On that he has lavished all his wealth of words, citing in full the decrees against the Amphissians of Locri, in the hope of distorting the truth. But he can never disguise it. No, Aeschines, you will never wash out that stain; you cannot talk long enough for that!
Sections 141–145
In your presence, men of Athens, I now invoke all the gods and goddesses whose domain is the land of Attica. I invoke also Pythian Apollo, the ancestral divinity of this city, and I solemnly beseech them all that, if I shall speak the truth now, and if I spoke truth to my countrymen when first I saw this miscreant putting his hand to that transaction—for I knew it, I knew it instantly—they may grant to me prosperity and salvation. But if with malice or in the spirit of personal rivalry I lay against him any false charge, I pray that they may dispossess me of everything that is good.
This imprecation I address to Heaven, and this solemn averment I now make, because, though I have letters, deposited in the Record Office, enabling me to offer absolute proof, and though I am sure that you have not forgotten the transaction, I am afraid that his ability may be deemed inadequate for such enormous mischief. That mistake was made before, when by his false reports he contrived the destruction of the unhappy Phocians.
The war at Amphissa, that is, the war that brought Philip to Elatea, and caused the election, as general of the Amphictyons, of a man who turned all Greece upside down, was due to the machinations of this man. In his own single person he was the author of all our worst evils. I protested instantly; I raised my voice in Assembly; I cried aloud, You are bringing war into Attica, Aeschines, an Amphictyonic war; but a compact body of men, sitting there under his direction, would not let me speak, and the rest were merely astonished and imagined that I was laying an idle charge in private spite.
Men of Athens, you were not allowed to hear me then; but now you must and shall hear what was the real nature of that business, what was the purpose of the conspiracy, and how it was accomplished. You will see how skilfully it was contrived; you will get the benefit of new insight into your own politics and you will form an idea of the supreme craftiness of Philip.
For Philip there could be no end or quittance of hostilities with Athens unless he should make the Thebans and Thessalians her enemies. Now, aIthough your commanders were conducting the war against him without ability and without success, he was vastly distressed both by the campaign and by the privateers; for he could neither export the products of his own country, nor import what he needed for himself.
Sections 146–150
At that time he had no supremacy at sea, nor could he reach Attica by land unless the Thessalians followed his banner and the Thebans gave him free passage. In spite of his successes against the commanders you sent out, such as they were—I have nothing to say of their failure—he found himself in trouble by reason of conditions of locality and of the comparative resources of the two combatants.
Now, if he should invite the Thebans or the Thessalians to take up his private quarrel and march against you, he could expect no attention; but if he should espouse their joint grievances and be chosen as their leader, he might hope to succeed by a mixture of deception and persuasion. Very well; he sets to work—and observe how cleverly he managed it—to throw the Pylaean Congress into confusion and to implicate the Amphictyonic Council in warfare, feeling certain that they would immediately beg him to deal with the situation.
If, however, the question should be introduced by any of the commissioners of religion sent by him or by any allies of his, the Thebans and Thessalians, as he expected, would be suspicious and all on their guard; but, if the operator should be an Athenian, representing his opponents, he conceived that he would easily escape detection. And such was the actual result.
How did he manage it? By hiring Aeschines. Nobody, of course, had any inkling; nobody was watching— according to your usual custom! Aeschines was nominated for the deputation to Thermopylae; three or four hands were held up, and he was declared elected. He repaired to the Council, invested with all the prestige of Athens, and at once, putting aside and disregarding everything else, addressed himself to the business for which he had taken pay. He concocted a plausible speech about the legendary origin of the consecration of the Cirrhaean territory, and by this narration induced the commissioners, men unversed in oratory and unsuspicious of consequences,
to vote for a tour of survey of the land which the Amphissians said they were cultivating because it belonged to them, while Aeschines accused them of intruding on consecrated ground. It is not true that these Locrians w ere meditating any suit against Athens, or any other action such as he now falsely alleges in excuse. You will find a proof of his falsehood in this argument:—Of course it was not competent for the Locrians to take proceedings against Athens without serving a summons. Well, who served it? From what office was it issued? Name anyone who knows; point him out. You cannot; it was a false and idle pretext of yours.
Sections 151–155
With Aeschines as their trusty guide, the Amphictyons began their tour of the territory; but the Locrians fell upon them, were within an ace of spearing the whole crowd, and did actually seize and carry off the sacred persons of several commissioners. Complaints were promptly laid, and so war against the Amphissians was provoked. At the outset Cottyphus was commander of an army composed of Amphictyons; but some divisions never joined, and those who joined did nothing at all. The persons engaged in the plot, mostly scoundrels of old standing from Thessaly and other states, prepared to put the war into Philip’s hands at the next congress.
They found a plausible pretext: you must either, they said, pay contributions to a war-chest, maintain mercenary forces, and levy a fine on all recusants, or else elect Philip as commander-in-chief: and so, to cut a long story short, elected he was on this plea. He lost no time, collected his army, pretended to march to Cirrha, and then bade the Cirrhaeans and the Locrians alike good-bye and good luck, and seized Elatea.
When the Thebans saw the trick, they promptly changed their minds and joined our side; otherwise the whole business would have descended upon Athens like a torrent from the hills. In fact, the Thebans checked him for the moment; and for that relief, men of Athens, you have first and chiefly to thank the kindness of some friendly god, but in a secondary degree, and so far as one man could help, you have to thank me. Hand me those decrees, with the dates of the several transactions. They will show you what a mass of trouble this consummate villain provoked; and yet he was never punished.
Please read the decrees.
(Sundry Resolutions of the Amphictyons are read)
In the priesthood of Cleinagoras, at the spring session, it was resolved by the Wardens and the Assessors of the Amphictyons, and by the General Synod of the Amphictyons, that, whereas Amphissians are encroaching upon the sacred territory and are sowing and grazing the same, the Wardens and Assessors shall attend and mark out the boundaries with pillars, and shall forbid the Amphissians hereafter to encroach.
In the priesthood of Cleinagoras, at the spring session, it was resolved by the Wardens, Assessors, and General Synod that whereas the Amphissians who have occupied the sacred territory are tilling and grazing the same, and, when forbidden to do so, have appeared in arms and resisted the common assembly of the Greeks by force, and have actually wounded some of them, the general appointed by some of the Amphictyons, Cottyphus the Arcadian, shall go as an ambassador to Philip of Macedon and request him to come to the help of Apollo and the Amphictyons, that he may not suffer the god to be outraged by the impious Amphissians; he shall also announce that Philip is appointed General with full powers by the Greeks who are members of the Assembly of the Amphictyons.
Now read the dates of these transactions. They are all dates at which he was or spokesman at the Congress of Thermopylae.
(The Record of Dates is read)
Archonship of Mnesitheides, on the sixteenth of the month Anthesterion.
Sections 156–160
Now hand me the letter which Philip dispatched to his Peloponnesian allies, when the Thebans disobeyed him. Even that letter will give you a clear proof that he was concealing the true reasons of his enterprise, namely his designs against Greece, and especially against Thebes and Athens, and was only pretending zeal for the national interests as defined by the Amphictyonic Council. But the man who provided him with that basis of action and those pretexts was Aeschines. Read.
(Philip’s Letter is read)
Philip, king of Macedonia, to the public officers and councillors of the allied Peloponnesians and to all his other Allies, greeting. Since the Ozolian Locrians, settled at Amphissa, are outraging the temple of Apollo at Delphi and come in arms to plunder the sacred territory, I consent to join you in helping the god and in punishing those who transgress in any way the principles of religion. Therefore meet under arms at Phocis with forty days’ provisions in the next month, styled Lous by us, Boedromion by the Athenians, and Panemus by the Corinthians. Those who, being pledged to us, do not join us in full force, we shall treat as punishable. Farewell.
You see how he avoids personal excuses, and takes shelter in Amphictyonic reasons. Who gave him his equipment of deceit? Who supplied him with these pretexts ? Who above all others is to blame for all the ensuing mischief? Who but Aeschines? Then do not go about saying, men of Athens, that these disasters were brought upon Greece by Philip alone. I solemnly aver that it was not one man, but a gang of traitors in every state.
One of them was Aeschines; and, if I am to tell the whole truth without concealment, I will not flinch from declaring him the evil genius of all the men, all the districts, and all the cities that have perished. Let the man who sowed the seed bear the guilt of the harvest. I marvel that you did not avert your faces the moment you set eyes on him; only, as it seems, there is a cloud of darkness between you and the truth.
In dealing with his unpatriotic conduct I have approached the question of the very different policy pursued by myself. For many reasons you may fairly be asked to listen to my account of that policy, but chiefly because it would be discreditable, men of Athens, that you should be impatient of the mer e recital of those arduous labors on your behalf which I had patience to endure.
Sections 161–165
When I saw that the Thebans, and perhaps even the Athenians, under the influence of the adherents of Philip and the corrupt faction in the two states, were disregarding a real danger that called for earnest vigilance, the danger of permitting Philip’s aggrandizement, and were taking no single measure of precaution, but were ready to quarrel and attack each other, I persistently watched for opportunities of averting that danger, not merely because my own judgement warned me that such solicitude was necessary,
but because I knew that Aristophon, and after him Eubulus, had always wished to promote a good understanding between Athens and Thebes. In that regard they were always of one mind, despite their constant disagreement on other points of policy. While those statesmen were alive, Aeschines, you pestered them with your flattery, like the sly fox you are; now they are dead, you denounce them, unaware that, when you reproach me with a Theban policy, your censure does not affect me so much as the men who approved of a Theban alliance before I did. But that is a digression.
I say that, when Aeschines had provoked the war in Amphissa, and when his associates had helped him to aggravate our enmity towards Thebes, the result was that Philip marched against us, in pursuance of the purpose for which they had embroiled the states, and that, if we had not roused ourselves a little just in time, we could never have retrieved our position; so far had these men carried the quarrel. You will better understand the state of feeling between the two cities, when you have heard the decrees and the answers sent thereto. Please take and read these papers.
(The Decrees are read)
In the archonship of Heropythus, on the twenty-fifth day of the month Elaphebolion, the tribe Erechtheis then holding the presidency, on the advice of the Council and the Generals: whereas Philip has captured so me of the cities of our neighbors and is besieging others, and finally is preparing to advance against Attica, ignoring our agreement with him, and is meditating a breach of his oaths and of the peace, violating all mutual pledges, be it resolved by the Council and People to send ambassadors to confer with him and to summon him to preserve in particular his agreement and compact with us, and, failing that, to give the City time for decision and to conclude an armistice until the month of Thargelion. The following members of Council were chosen: Simus of Anagyrus, Euthydemos of Phylae, Bulagoras of Alopece.
In the archonship of Heropythus, on the thirtieth of the month Munychion, on the advice of the Commander-in-chief: whereas Philip aims at setting the Thebans at variance with us, and has prepared to march with all his forces to the parts nearest to Attica, violating his existing arrangements with us, be it resolved by the Council and People to send a herald and ambassadors to request and exhort him to conclude an armistice, in order that the People may decide according to circumstances; for even now the People have not decided to send a force if they can obtain reasonable terms. The following were chosen from the Council: Nearchus, son of Sosinomus, Polycrates, son of Epiphron; and as herald from the People, Eunomus of Anaphlystus.
Sections 166–170
Now read the replies.
(The Reply to the Athenians is read)
Philip, King of Macedonia, to the Council and People of Athens, greeting.—I am not ignorant of the policy which you have adopted towards us from the first, nor of your efforts to win over the Thessalians and Thebans, and the Boeotians as well. They, however, are wiser, and will not submit their policy to your dictation, but take their stand upon self-interest. And now you change your tactics, and send ambassadors with a herald to me, reminding me of our compact and asking for an armistice, though we have done you no wrong. However, after hearing your ambassadors, I accede to your request, and am ready to conclude an armistice, if you will dismiss your evil counsellors, and punish them with suitable degradation. Farewell.
(The Reply to the Thebans is read)
Philip, King of Macedonia, to the Council and People of Thebes, greeting.—I have received your letter, in which you renew goodwill and peace with me. I understand, however, that the Athenians are displaying the utmost eagerness in their desire to win your acceptance of their overtures. Now formerly I used to blame you for a tendency to put faith in their hopes and to adopt their policy; but now I am glad to learn that you have preferred to be at peace with me rather than to adopt the opinions of others. Especially do I commend you for forming a safer judgement on these matters and for retaining your goodwill toward us, which I expect will be of no small advantage to you, if you adhere to this purpose. Farewell.
Having, through the agency of these men, promoted such relations between the two cities, and being encouraged by these decrees and these replies, Philip came with his forces and occupied Elatea, imagining that, whatever might happen, you and the Thebans would never come to agreement. You all remember the commotion that ensued at Athens; nevertheless let me recount some small but essential details.
Evening had already fallen when a messenger arrived bringing to the presiding councillors the news that Elatea had been taken. They were sitting at supper, but they instantly rose from table, cleared the booths in the marketplace of their occupants, and unfolded the hurdles, while others summoned the commanders and ordered the attendance of the trumpeter. The commotion spread through the whole city. At daybreak on the morrow the presidents summoned the Council to the Council House, and the citizens flocked to the place of assembly. Before the Council could introduce the business and prepare the agenda, the whole body of citizens had taken their places on the hill.
The Council arrived, the presiding Councillors formally reported the intelligence they had received, and the courier was introduced. As soon as he had told his tale, the marshal put the question, Who wishes to speak? No one came forward. The marshal repeated his question again and again, but still no one rose to speak, although all the commanders were there, and all the orators, and although the country with her civic voice was calling for the man who should speak for her salvation; for we may justly regard the voice, which the crier raises as the laws direct, as the civic voice of our country.
Sections 171–175
Now had it been the duty of every man who desired the salvation of Athens to come forward, all of you, aye, every Athenian citizen, would have risen in your places and made your way to the tribune, for that salvation, I am well assured, was the desire of every heart. If that duty had fallen upon the wealthy, the Three Hundred would have risen; if upon those who were alike wealthy and patriotic, the men who thereafter gave those generous donations which signalized at once their wealth and their patriotism.
But, it seems, the call of the crisis on that momentous day was not only for the wealthy patriot but for the man who from first to last had closely watched the sequence of events, and had rightly fathomed the purposes and the desires of Philip; for anyone who had not grasped those purposes, or had not studied them long beforehand, however patriotic and however wealthy he might be, was not the man to appreciate the needs of the hour, or to find any counsel to offer to the people.
On that day, then, the call was manifestly for me. I came forward and addressed you; and I will now ask your careful attention to the speech I then made, for two reasons: first, that you may understand that I, alone among your orators and politicians, did not desert the post of patriotism in the hour of peril, but approved myself as one who in the midst of panic could, both in speech and in suggestion, do what duty bade on your behalf; and secondly, because at the cost of a few minutes of study you may gain experience which will stand you in good stead for your policy in times to come.
What I said was this. In my judgement the present position of affairs is misunderstood by those who are so much alarmed by the apprehension that all Thebes is at the disposal of Philip. If that were true, I am quite certain that we should have heard of him not at Elatea but on our own frontiers. But I know with certainty that he has come to complete his preparations at Thebes. Let me tell you how he is situated.
He has at his command all those Thebans whom he was able to win by fraud or corruption; but he cannot by any means prevail upon those who have resisted him from the first and who are still his opponents. His present object, and the purpose for which he has occupied Elatea, is that, by an exhibit ion of his power in the neighborhood of Thebes, and by bringing up armed forces, he may encourage and embolden his friends, and overawe his adversaries, hoping that the latter will yield to intimidation or to compulsion and will so concede what at present they refuse.
Sections 176–180
If, I added, at this crisis we are determined to remember all the provocative dealings of the Thebans with us in past time, and to distrust them still on the score of enmity, in the first place, we shall be acting exactly as Philip would beg us to act; and secondly, I am afraid that, if his present opponents give him a favorable reception, and unanimously become Philip’s men, both parties will join in an invasion of Attica. If, however, you will listen to my advice, and apply your minds to consideration, but not to captious criticism, of what I lay before you, I believe that you will find my proposals acceptable, and that I shall disperse the perils that overhang our city.
Let me then tell you what to do. In the first place, get rid of your present terror; or rather direct it elsewhere, and be as frightened as you will for the Thebans. They lie nearer to peril; the danger threatens them first. Next, let all men of military age, and all the cavalry, march out to Eleusis, and show the world that you are under arms. Then your partisans at Thebes will have equal freedom to speak their minds for righteousness’ sake, knowing that, just as the men who have sold their country to Philip are supported by a force at Elatea ready to come to their aid, so also you are in readiness to help men who are willing to fight for independence, and will come to their aid, if they are attacked.
In the next place, I would have you appoint ten ambassadors, and give them authority, in consultation with the military commanders, to determine the time of the march to Thebes and the conduct of the campaign. Now for my advice on the treatment of the difficulty after the arrival of the ambassadors at Thebes. I beg your careful attention to this. Do not ask any favor of the Thebans: for that the occasion is not creditable. Pledge yourselves to come to their aid at their call, on the ground that they are in extremities, and that we have a clearer foresight of the future than they. And so, if they accept our overtures and take our advice, we shall have accomplished our desires and have acted on a principle worthy of our traditions; while, if success does not fall to our lot, they will have themselves to blame for their immediate blunder, and we shall have done nothing mean or discreditable.
In those words, or to that effect, I spoke, and left the tribune. My speech was universally applauded, and there was no opposition. I did not speak without moving, nor move without serving as ambassador, nor serve without convincing the Thebans. I went through the whole business from beginning to end, devoting myself ungrudgingly to your service in face of the perils that encompassed our city. Please produce the decree made at that time.
What part do you wish me to assign to you, Aeschines, and what to myself, in the drama of that great day? Am I to be cast for the part of Battalus, as you dub me when you scold me so scornfully, and you for no vulgar role but to play some hero of legendary tragedy, Cresphontes, or Creon, or, shall we say, Oenomaus, whom you once murdered by your bad acting at Collytus? Anyhow, on that occasion Battalus of Paeania deserved better of his country than Oenomaus of Cothocidae. You were utterly useless; I did everything that became a good citizen. Please read the decree.
Sections 181–185
(The Decree of Demosthenes is read
In the archonship of Nausicles, the tribe Aeantis then holding the presidency, on the sixteenth day of Scirophorion, Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, proposed that, whereas Philip of Macedon is proved in the past to have violated the terms of peace agreed to between him and the People of Athens, disregarding his oaths and the principles of equity as recognized among all the Greeks: and whereas he appropriates cities not belonging to him, and has captured in war some that actually belonged to the Athenians without provocation from the Athenian people, and is today making great advances in violence and cruelty,
for of some Greek cities he overthrows the constitution, putting a garrison in them, others he razes to the ground, selling the inhabitants into slavery, others he colonizes with barbarians instead of Greeks, handing over to them the temples and the sepulchres, acting as might be expected from his nationality and his character and making insolent use of his present fortune, forgetful of how he rose to greatness unexpectedly from a small and ordinary beginning;
and whereas, so long as the People of Athens saw him seizing barbarian states, belonging to themselves alone, they conceived that their own wrongs were of less account, but now, seeing Greek states outraged or wiped out, they consider it a scandal and unworthy of the reputation of their ancestors to suffer the Greeks to he enslaved;
therefore be it resolved by the Council and People of Athens, after offering prayers and sacrifices to the gods and heroes who guard the city and country of the Athenians, and after taking into consideration their ancestors’ merits, in that they ranked the preservation of the liberties of Greece above the claims of their own state, that two hundred ships be launched, and that the Admiral sail into the Straits of Thermopylae, and that the General and commander of the cavalry march out with the infantry and cavalry to Eleusis; also that ambassadors be sent to the other Greeks, but first of all to the Thebans, because Philip is nearest to their territory,
and exhort them not to be dismayed at Philip, but to hold fast to their own liberty and the liberty of the other Greeks, assuring them t hat the people of Athens, harboring no ill will for previous mutual differences between the states, will help them with troops, money, ammunition, and arms, knowing that, while it is an honor able ambition for Greeks to dispute with each other for the hegemony, yet to be ruled by a man of alien race and to be robbed by him of that hegemony is unworthy both of the reputation of the Greeks and of the merits of their ancestors.
Sections 186–190
Furthermore, the People of Athens regard the people of Thebes as in no way alien either in race or in nationality. They remember the services rendered by their own ancestors to the ancestors of the Thebans, for, when the sons of Heracles were dispossessed by the Peloponnesians of their paternal dominion, they restored them, overcoming in battle those who were trying to oppose the descendants of Heracles; and we harbored Oedipus and his family when they were banished; and many other notable acts of kindness have we done to the Thebans.
Therefore now also the people of Athens will not desert the cause of Thebes and the other Greeks. An alliance shall be arranged with them, and rights of intermarriage established, and oaths exchanged. —Ambassadors appointed: Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes, of Paeania, Hypereides, son of Cleander, of Sphettus, Mnesitheides, son of Antiphanes, of Phrearrii, Democrates, son of Sophilus, of Phlya, Callaeschrus, son of Diotimus, of Cothocidae.
Such was the first beginning and such the basis of our negotiations with Thebes; the first, I say, for hitherto the two cities had been dragged by these men into mutual enmity, hatred, and distrust. The decree was made, and the danger that environed the city passed away like a summer cloud. Then was the time therefore for an honest man to point, if he could, to a better way; now cavilling comes too late.
That is the salient difference between the statesman and the charlatan, who are indeed in all respects unlike one another. The statesman declares his judgement before the event, and accepts responsibility to his followers, to fortune, to the chances of the hour, to every critic of his policy. The charlatan holds his peace when he ought to speak, and then croaks over any untoward result.
That then, as I said, was the opportunity for any man who cared for Athens or for honest discussion. But I will make a large concession. If even now any man can point to a better way, nay, if any policy whatever, save mine, was even praticable, I plead guilty. If anyone has now discerned any course which might have been taken profitably then, I admit that I ought not to have missed it. But if there is none, if there never was any, if to this very day no one is able to name any, what was a statesman to do? Surely to choose the best policy among those that were visible and feasible.
Sections 191–195
That is what I did, Aeschines, when the marshal put the question, Who wishes to speak? He did not ask, Who wishes to rake up old grievances? or, Who wishes to be answerable for the future? In those days you sat speechless at every assembly; I came forward and spoke. You had nothing to say then; very well,—show us our duty now. Tell me what plan I ought to have discovered. Tell me what favorable opportunity was lost to the state by my default. Tell me of any alliance, or any negotiation, to which I ought by preference to have introduced the people.
Bygones are bygones, all the world over. No one proposes deliberation about the past; it is the present and the future that call the statesman to his post. And at that time, as we all thought, there were future perils and there were present perils. Look at the policy I chose in the light of those perils; do not carp at results. The issue depends on the will of a higher Power; the mind of the statesman is manifested in his policy.
You must not accuse me of crime, because Philip happened to win the battle; for the event was in God’s hands, not mine. Show me that I did not adopt, as far as human calculation could go, all the measures that were practicable, or that I did not carry them out with honesty and diligence, and with an industry that overtaxed my strength; or else show me that the enterprises I initiated were not honor able, worthy of Athens, and inevitable. Prove that, and then denounce me; but not till then.
If the hurricane that burst upon us has been too strong, not for us alone, but for every Hellenic state,—what then? As if a shipowner, who had done everything in his power for a prosperous voyage, who had equipped his craft with every appliance he could think of to ensure her safety, should encounter a great storm, and then, because his tackle was overstrained or even shattered, should be accused of the crime of shipwreck! But, he might say, I was not at the helm—nor was I in command of the army—and I could not control fortune, but fortune controls all.
Here is another point for your consideration. If we were destined to disaster when we fought with the Thebans at our side, what were we to expect if we had lacked even that alliance, and if they had joined Philip, a union for which he exerted all his powers of appeal? And if, after a battle fought three days’ march from the frontier, such danger and such alarm beset the city, what must we have expected after suffering the same defeat within our own borders? Do you not see that, as it was, one, or two, or three days gave the city time for resistance, concentration, recovery, for much that made for deliverance; as it might have been—but I will not mention an experience that we were spared by divine favor, and by the protection of that very alliance which you denounce.
Sections 196–200
Gentlemen of the jury, all this long story is intended for you, and for that circle of hearers outside the barrier. For this contemptible fellow, I have a short, plain, and sufficient answer. Aeschines, if the future was revealed to you and to nobody else, you should have given us the benefit of your predictions when we were deliberating; if you had no foreknowledge, you are open to the charge of ignorance just like the rest of us. Then what better right have you to denounce me than I to denounce you?
In respect of the business of which I am speaking— and at present I discuss nothing else—I am a better citizen than you, in so far as I devoted myself to a course of action that was unanimously approved, neither shirking nor even counting any personal danger. You made no more acceptable suggestion, otherwise mine would not have been adopted; and in carrying out mine you were not of the slightest use. You are proved after the event to have behaved throughout like a worthless and most unpatriotic citizen; and now, by a strange coincidence, those thorough-going enemies of Athens, Aristratus at Naxos and Aristolaus at Thasos, are bringing the friends of Athens to trial, while at Athens itself Aeschines is accusing Demosthenes.
And yet he who built his reputation on the accumulated misfortunes of Greece deserves rather to perish himself than to prosecute his neighbor; and the man who has found his profit in the same emergencies as his country’s foes can make no claim to patriotism. You stand revealed in your life and conduct, in your public performances and also in your public abstinences. A project approved by the people is going forward. Aeschines is speechless. A regrettable incident is reported. Aeschines is in evidence. He reminds one of an old sprain or fracture: the moment you are out of health it begins to be active.
As he lays so much stress on results, let me venture on a paradox. If it seems extravagant, I beg that you will not be surprised, but that you will still give friendly consideration to what I am saying. Suppose that the future had been revealed to all of us, that every one had known what would happen, and that you, Aeschines, had predicted and protested, and shouted and stormed—though in fact you never opened your mouth—even then the city could not have departed from that policy, if she had any regard for honor, or for our ancestors, or for the days that are to come.
All that can be said now is, that we have failed and that is the common lot of humanity, if God so wills. But then, if Athens, after claiming the primacy of the nations, had run away from her claims, she would have been held guilty of betraying Greece to Philip. If, without striking a blow, she had abandoned the cause for which our forefathers flinched from no peril, is there a man who would not have spat in your face? In your face, Aeschines: not at Athens, not at me!
Sections 201–205
How could we have returned the gaze of visitors to our city, if the result had been what it is—Philip the chosen lord paramount of all Greece—and if other nations had fought gallantly to avert that calamity without our aid, although never before in the whole course of history had our city preferred inglorious security to the perils of a noble cause?
There is no man living, whether Greek or barbarian, who does not know that the Thebans, or the Lacedaemonians, who held supremacy before them, or the king of Persia himself, would cheerfully and gratefully have given Athens liberty to keep what she had and to take what she chose, if only she would do their behest and surrender the primacy of Greece.
But to the Athenians of old, I suppose, such temporizing was forbidden by their heredity, by their pride, by their very nature. Since the world began, no man has ever prevailed upon Athens to attach herself in the security of servitude to the oppressors of mankind however formidable: in every generation she has striven without a pause in the perilous contention for primacy, and honor, and renown.
Such constancy you deem so exemplary, and so congenial to your character, that you still sing the praises of those of your forefathers by whom it was most signally displayed. And you are right. Who would not exult in the valor of those famous men who, rather than yield to a conqueror’s behests, left city and country and made the war-galleys their home; who chose Themistocles, the man who gave them that counsel, as their commander, and stoned Cyrsilus to death for advising obedient submission? Aye, and his wife also was stoned by your wives.
The Athenians of that day did not search for a statesman or a commander who should help them to a servile security: they did not ask to live, unless they could live as free men. Every man of them thought of himself as one born, not to his father and his mother alone, but to his country. What is the difference? The man who deems himself born only to his parents will wait for his natural and destined end; the son of his country is willing to die rather than see her enslaved, and will look upon those outrages and indignities, which a commonwealth in subjection is compelled to endure, as more dreadful than death itself.
Sections 206–210
If I had attempted to claim that you were first inspired with the spirit of your forefathers by me, every one would justly rebuke me. But I do not: I am asserting these principles as your principles; I am showing you that such was the pride of Athens long before my time,—though for myself I do claim some credit for the administration of particular measures.
Aeschines, on the other hand, arraigns the whole policy, stirs up your resentment against me as the author of your terrors and your dangers, and, in his eagerness to strip me of the distinction of a moment, would rob you of the enduring praises of posterity. For if you condemn Ctesiphon on the ground of my political delinquency, you yourselves will be adjudged as wrongdoers, not as men who owed the calamities they have suffered to the unkindness of fortune.
But no; you cannot, men of Athens, you cannot have done wrongly when you accepted the risks of war for the redemption and the liberties of mankind; I swear it by our forefathers who bore the brunt of warfare at Marathon, who stood in array of battle at Plataea, who fought in the sea-fights of Salamis and Artemisium, and by all the brave men who repose in our public sepulchres, buried there by a country that accounted them all to be alike worthy of the same honor —all, I say, Aeschines, not the successful and the victorious alone. So justice bids: for by all the duty of brave men was accomplished: their fortune was such as Heaven severally allotted to them.
And then a disreputable quill-driver like you, wanting to rob me of a distinction given me by the kindness of my fellow citizens, talked about victories and battles and ancient deeds of valor, all irrelevant to the present trial. But I, who came forward to advise my country how to retain her supremacy—tell me, you third-rate tragedian, in what spirit did it beseem me to ascend the tribune? As one who should give to the citizens counsel unworthy of their traditions?
I should have deserved death! Men of Athens, you jurymen are not to judge public and private causes in the same temper. You look at contracts of everyday business in the light of relevant statutes and facts, but at questions of public policy with due regard to the proud traditions of our forefathers. If you feel bound to act in the spirit of that dignity, whenever you come into court to give judgement on public causes, you must bethink yourselves that with his staff and his badge every one of you receives in trust the ancient pride of Athens.
Sections 211–215
However, in touching upon the achievements of our ancestors, I have passed by some of my decrees and other measures. I will now therefore return to the point at which I digressed.
When we reached Thebes we found ambassadors from Philip and from the Thebans and others of his allies already there, our friends panic-stricken, and his friends full of confidence. To prove that this is not a statement made today to serve my own turn, please read the dispatch which the ambassadors sent at the time.
The prosecutor is so extraordinarily malicious that he gives the credit of any duty successfully performed not to me but to opportunity, but holds me and my bad luck responsible for everything that miscarried. I am a speaker and a statesman, yet it would seem that, in his view, I am to have no credit for the results of the discussion and deliberation, but am solely responsible for all the misadventures of our arms and of our generalship. Can you imagine a cruder or more abominable calumny? Read the dispatch.
(The Ambassadors’ Dispatch is read)
When the Thebans held their assembly, they introduced Philip’s ambassadors first, on the ground that they were in the position of allies. They came forward and made their speech, full of eulogy of Philip, and of incrimination of Athens, and recalled everything you had ever done in antagonism to Thebes. The gist of the speech was that they were to show gratitude to Philip for every good turn he had done to them, and to punish you for the injuries they had suffered, in whichever of two ways they chose— either by giving him a free passage, or by joining in the invasion of Attica. They proved, as they thought, that, if their advice were taken, cattle, slaves, and other loot from Attica would come into Boeotia, whereas the result of the proposals they expected from us would be that Boeotia would be ravaged by the war. They added many other arguments, all tending to the same conclusion.
I would give my life to recapitulate the reply that we made: but I am afraid that, as that crisis is long past, and as you may think that all those transactions are now obliterated as by a flood, you would regard any discussion of them as useless and vexatious. I will only ask you to hear how far we prevailed upon them, and what answer they returned. Take and read this document.
(The Reply of the Thebans is read)
After that, the Thebans invited you to join them. You marched out: you reinforced them. I pass over the incidents of the march: but their reception of you was so friendly that, while their own infantry and cavalry lay outside the walls, they gave you access to their homes, to their citadel, to their wives and children and most precious possessions. On that day the Thebans publicly paid three fine compliments—to your valor, to your righteousness, and to your sobriety. When they decided to fight on your side rather than against you, they adjudged you to be braver men than Philip, and your claim to be more righteous than his; and when they put into your power what they, like all other men, were most anxious to safeguard, namely their wives and their children, they exhibited their confidence in your sobriety.
Sections 216–220
And thereby, men of Athens, they showed a just appreciation of your character. After the entry of your soldiers no man ever laid even a groundless complaint against them, so soberly did you conduct yourselves. Fighting shoulder to shoulder with them in the two earliest engagements,—the battle by the river, and the winter battle,—you approved yourselves irreproachable fighters, admirable alike in discipline, in equipment, and in determination. Your conduct elicited the praises of other nations, and was acknowledged by yourselves in services of thanksgiving to the gods.
I should like to ask Aeschines a question: when all that was going on, when the whole city was a scene of enthusiasm and rejoicing and thanksgiving, did he take part in the worship and festivity of the populace, or did he sit still at home, grieving and groaning and sulking over public successes? If he was present as one of the throng, surely his behavior is scandalous and even sacrilegious, for after calling the gods to witness that certain measures were very good, he now asks a jury to vote that they were very bad—a jury that has sworn by the gods! If he was not present, he deserves many deaths for shrinking from a sight in which every one else rejoiced. Please read these decrees.
(The Decrees appointing a Public Thanksgivingare read)
So we were engaged in thanksgiving, and the Thebans in the deliverance that they owed to us. The situation was reversed, and a nation that, thanks to the intrigues of Aeschines and his party, seemed on the verge of suing for aid, was now giving aid in pursuance of the advice which you accepted from me. But indeed, what sort of language Philip gave vent to at that time, and how seriously he was discomposed, you shall learn from letters sent by him to Peloponnesus. Please take and read them, that the jury may learn the real effect of my perseverance, of my journeys and hardships, and of that profusion of decrees at which Aeschines was just now scoffing.
Men of Athens, there have been many great and distinguished orators in your city before my time,—the famous Callistratus, Aristophon, Cephalus, Thrasybulus, and thousands more; but no one of them ever devoted himself to any public business without intermission; the man who moved a resolution would not go on embassy, and the man who went on embassy would not move a resolution. Each of them used to leave himself some leisure, and at the same time some loop-hole, in case anything happened.
What! some one may say, were you so much stronger and bolder than others that you could do everything by yourself? That is not what I mean: but I was so firmly persuaded that the danger which overhung the city was very serious, that it did not seem to me to leave me any room for taking my personal safety into account; but a man, I thought, must be content, without neglecting anything, to do his duty.
Sections 221–225
As for myself, I was convinced, presumptuously, perhaps, but convinced I was, that there was no one more competent either to make sound proposals, or to carry them into effect, or to conduct an embassy diligently and honestly: and therefore I took my place in every field of action. Read Philip’s letters.
(Philip’s Letters are read)
To these straits had my policy, Aeschines, reduced Philip: and such was then the language uttered by a man who had hitherto lifted his voice vauntingly against Athens. And for that reason I was deservedly decorated by the citizens. You were present, but said nothing in opposition; and Diondas, who arraigned the grant, did not get the fifth part of the votes. Please read the decrees which were then by that acquittal validated, and which Aeschines never even arraigned.
(The Decrees are read)
These decrees, men of Athens, exhibit the same wording and phrasing as those proposed formerly by Aristonicus, and now by Ctesiphon. Aeschines did not prosecute them himself, nor did he support the accusation of the man who did arraign them. And yet if there is any truth in his present denunciation, he might then have prosecuted Demomeles, the proposer, and Hypereides, with more reason than Ctesiphon,
who can refer to these precedents, to the decision of the courts, to the observation that Aeschines himself did not prosecute persons who made the same proposals, to the statutory prohibition of repeated prosecution in such cases, and so forth; whereas at that time the issue would have been tried on its merits without such presumptions.
On the other hand, at that time, I imagine, there was no chance of doing what he does now, when out of a lot of old dates and decrees he selects for slanderous purposes any that nobody knew beforehand or would expect to hear cited today, transposes dates, substitutes fictitious reasons for the true reasons of transactions, and so makes a show of speaking to the point.
Sections 226–230
That trick was not possible then. All speeches must have been made on a basis of truth, within a short time of the facts, when the jury still remembered details and almost knew them by heart. That is why, after shirking inquiry at the time when the events were recent, he has returned to the issue today, expecting, I suppose, that you will conduct a forensic competition rather than an inquiry into political conduct, and that the decision will turn upon diction rather than sound policy.
Then he resorts to sophistry, and tells you that you must ignore any opinion of himself and me which you brought with you from home; and that, as, when you cast up a man’s accounts, though you anticipate a surplus, you acquiesce in the result if the totals balance, so you must now accept the result of the calculation. Every dishonest contrivance, you will observe, is rotten to the core.
By his ingenious apologue he has admitted that we are both here as acknowledged advocates—I of our country, he of Philip; for if such had not been the view you take of us, he would not have been at pains to convert you.
I shall prove without difficulty that he has no right to ask you to reverse that opinion—not by using counters, for political measures are not to be added up in that fashion, but by reminding you briefly of the several transactions, and appealing to you who hear me as both the witnesses and the auditors of my account. We owe it to that policy of mine which he denounces that, instead of the Thebans joining Philip in an invasion of our country, as everyone expected, they fought by our side and stopped him;
that, instead of the seat of war being in Attica, it was seven hundred furlongs away on the far side of Boeotia; that, instead of privateers from Euboea harrying us, Attica was at peace on the sea-frontier throughout the war; and that, instead of Philip taking Byzantium and holding the Hellespont, the Byzantines fought on our side against him.
Sections 231–235
Do you see any resemblance between this computation of results and your casting up of counters? Are we to cancel the gains to balance the losses, instead of providing that they shall never be forgotten? I need not add that other nations have had experience of that cruelty which is always observable whenever Philip has got people under his heel, whereas you have been lucky enough to enjoy the fruits of that factitious humanity in which he clothed himself with an eye to the future. But I pass that by.
I will not shrink from observing that any man who wished to bring an orator to the proof honestly, and not merely to slander him, would never have laid such charges as you have alleged, inventing analogies, and mimicking my diction and gestures. The fate of Greece, forsooth, depended on whether I used this word or that, or moved my hand this way or that way!
No; he would have considered, in the light of actual facts, the means and resources possessed by the city when I entered on administration, and those accumulated by me when at the head of affairs; and also the condition of our adversaries. If I had impaired our resources, he would have proved that the fault lay at my door: if I had greatly increased them, he would have spared his slanders. As you avoided this test, I will apply it; and the jury will see whether I state the case fairly.
For resources, the city possessed the islanders—but not all, only the weakest, for neither Chios, nor Rhodes, nor Corcyra was on our side; a subsidy of forty-five talents, all collected in advance; and not a single private or trooper apart from our own army. But what was most alarming to us, and advantageous to the enemy, Aeschines and his party had made all our neighbors, Megarians, Thebans, and Euboeans, more disposed to enmity than to friendship.
Such were the means of the city: and I defy anyone to name anything else. Now consider those of our antagonist Philip. In the first place, he was the despotic commander of his adherents: and in war that is the most important of all advantages. Secondly, they had their weapons constantly in their hands. Then he was well provided with money: he did whatever he chose, without giving notice by publishing decrees, or deliberating in public, without fear of prosecution by informers or indictment for illegal measures. He was responsible to nobody: he was the absolute autocrat, commander, and master of everybody and everything.
Sections 236–240
And I, his chosen adversary—it is a fair inquiry—of what was I master? Of nothing at all! Public speaking was my only privilege: and that you permitted to Philip’s hired servants on the same terms as to me. Whenever they had the advantage of me—and for one reason or another that often happened—you laid your plans for the enemy’s benefit, and went your ways.
In spite of all these drawbacks, I made alliance for you with Euboeans, Achaeans, Corinthians, Thebans, Megarians, Leucadians, and Corcyraeans: and from those states there was assembled a foreign division of fifteen thousand infantry and two thousand cavalry, not counting their citizen-soldiery. I also obtained from them in money the largest subsidy I could.
When you talk about fair terms with the Thebans, Aeschines, or with the Byzantines and the Euboeans, and raise at this time of day the question of equal contributions, in the first place, you must be unaware that of that famous fleet of three hundred galleys that fought for Greece in former days, our city supplied two hundred; and that she did not show any sign of complaining that she was unfairly treated, or impeaching the statesmen whose advice she took, or airing her dissatisfaction. That would have been discreditable indeed! No, she gave thanks to the gods that, when all the Greeks alike were encompassed by a great peril, she had contributed twice as much as all the rest to the common deliverance.
Secondly, when you grumble at me, you are doing an ill turn to your fellow-citizens. Why do you tell them today what they ought to have done then? You were in Athens and at the Assembly: why did you not offer your suggestions at the time—if indeed they could possibly be offered during an imminent crisis, when we had to accept, not all that we wanted, but all that the conditions allowed? There was a man lying in wait who was bidding against us, and was ready to welcome any allies we drove away, and pay them into the bargain.
If I am accused today for what was actually done, suppose that, while I was haggling over nice calculations, these cities had marched off and joined Philip—suppose he had become suzerain o f Euboea, Thebes, and Byzantium— what do you think these unprincipled men would have done or said then?
Sections 241–245
Would they not have told you that we had made Philip a present of our allies? That they had been driven away when they wanted to join us? That through the Byzantines he had gained the mastery of the Hellespont, and control of the corn-supply of all Greece? That by means of the Thebans Attica had become the scene of a distressing war with her own neighbors? That the sea had become useless for ships because of privateers with Euboea for their base? Would they not have made all those complaints, and plenty more?
Oh, men of Athens, what a vile monster is the calumniator, gathering malice from everywhere, always backbiting! But this fellow is by very nature a spiteful animal, absolutely incapable of honesty or generosity; this monkey of melodrama, this bumpkin tragedy-king, this pinchbeck orator! What use has all your cleverness ever been to your country?
What! talk about bygones today? It is as though a physician visiting his patients should never open his mouth, or tell them how to get rid of their complaint, so long as they are ill; but, as soon as one of them dies, and the obsequies are celebrated, should follow the corpse to the grave, and deliver his prescription at last from the tombstone: If our departed friend had done this or that, he would never have died! You lunatic! what is the use of talking now?
You will find that even our defeat, if this reprobate must needs exult over what he ought to have deplored, did not fall upon the city through any fault of mine. Make your reckoning in this way: wherever I was sent as your representative, I came away undefeated by Philip’s ambassador—from Thessaly, from Ambracia, from the Illyrians, from the kings of Thrace, from Byzantium, from every other place, and finally from Thebes; but wherever Philip was beaten in diplomacy, he attacked the place with an army and conquered it.
And for those defeats, Aeschines, you call me to account! Are you not ashamed to jeer at a man for cowardice, and then to require that same man to overcome the whole power of Philip single-handed, and to do it by mere words? For what else had I at my disposal? Certainly not the personal courage of each man, not the good fortune of the troops engaged, not that generalship for which you are unreasonable enough to hold me responsible. Make as strict an inquiry as you will into everything for which an orator is responsible; I ask no indulgence.
Sections 246–250
But for what is he responsible? For discerning the trend of events at the outset, for forecasting results, for warning others. That I have always done. Further, he ought to reduce to a minimum those delays and hesitations, those fits of ignorance and quarrelsomeness, which are the natural and inevitable failings of all free states, and on the other hand to promote unanimity and friendliness, and whatever impels a man to do his duty. All that also I have made my business: and herein no man can find any delinquency on my part.
Let any man you like be asked by what means Philip achieved most of his successes: the universal reply will be, by his army and by bribing and corrupting politicians. Well, I had no control or authority over your forces, and therefore no question of their performances can touch me. Moreover, in the matter of corruption or purity I have beaten Philip. In bribery, just as the purchaser has vanquished the seller, whenever the bargain is struck, so the man who refuses the price and remains incorruptible has vanquished the purchaser. Therefore, in my person, Athens is undefeated.
These, and such as these, with many others are the grounds furnished by my conduct to justify the proposal of the defendant. I will now mention grounds furnished by all of you. Immediately after the battle, in the very midst of danger and alarm, at a time when it would not have been surprising if most of you had treated me unkindly, the people, with a full knowledge of all my doings, in the first place, adopted by vote my proposals for the safety of the city. All those measures of defence—the disposition of outposts, the entrenchments, the expenditure on the fortifications—were taken on resolutions moved by me. In the second place, they appointed me Food Controller, selecting me from the whole body of citizens.
Then the men who made it their business to injure me formed a cabal, and set in motion all the machinery of indictments, audits, impeachments, and the like—not at first by their own agency, but employing persons by whom they imagined they would be screened. You will remember how, during that early period, I was put on my trial every day; and how the recklessness of Sosicles, and the spite of Philocrates, and the frenzy of Diondas and Melantus, and everything else, were turned to account by them for my detriment. Nevertheless, by the favor, first of the gods, and secondly of you and the rest of the Athenians, I came through unscathed. And so I deserved. Yes; that is true, and to the credit of juries that had taken the oath and gave judgement according to their oath.
When, on my impeachment, you acquitted me, and did not give the prosecutors the fifth part of your votes, your verdict implied approval of my policy. When I was indicted, I satisfied you that my proposals and my speeches had been constitutional. When you put the seal on my accounts, you further admitted that I had done my business honestly and without corruption. That being so, what description could Ctesiphon properly and honestly have applied to my conduct, other than that which he had seen applied by the whole nation and by sworn juries, and confirmed by the truth in the eyes of all men?
Sections 251–255
Ah, says he, but look at that glorious boast of Cephalus—never once indicted! Yes, glorious, and also lucky. But why should a man who has been often indicted but never convicted be the more justly open to reproach? However, men of Athens, so far as Aeschines is concerned, I can repeat that glorious boast: for he never indicted me or prosecuted me on indictment; and so, by his own admission, I am no worse a citizen than Cephalus.
At every point his morose and spiteful temper is conspicuous, and especially in what he said about fortune. As a general remark, I must say that it is a stupid thing for any human being to reproach his brother man on the score of fortune. Seeing that a man who thinks he is doing very well and regards himself as highly fortunate, is never certain that his good fortune will last till the evening, how can it be right to boast about it, or use it to insult other people? But, since Aeschines has treated this topic, like many others, so vaingloriously, I beg you to observe, men of Athens, that my discourse on fortune will be more veracious, and more suitable to a mere man, than his.
I attribute good fortune to our city, and so, I observe, does the oracle of Zeus at Dodona; but the present fortune of all mankind I account grievous and distressing. Is there a man living, Greek or barbarian, who has not in these days undergone many evils?
I reckon it as part of the good fortune of Athens that she has chosen the noblest policy, and that she is better off than the Greeks who expected prosperity from their betrayal of us. If she has been unsuccessful, if everything has not fallen out as we desired, I regard that as our appointed share in the general ill-fortune of mankind.
My personal fortune, or that of any man among you, must, I imagine, be estimated in the light of his private circumstances. That is my view of fortune: a just and correct view, as it seems to me, and, I think, also to you. But he declares that a poor, insignificant thing like my individual fortune has been more powerful than the great and good fortune of Athens. Now how is that possible?
Sections 256–260
If, Aeschines, you are determined at all costs to investigate my fortune, compare it with your own; and, should you find mine to be better than yours, stop your vilification. Begin your inquiry then at the beginning. And I beg earnestly that no one will blame me for want of generosity. No sensible man, in my judgement, ever turns poverty into a reproach, or prides himself on having been nurtured in affluence. But I am compelled by this troublesome man’s scurrility and backbiting to deal with these topics; and I will treat them with as much modesty as the state of the case permits.
In my boyhood, Aeschines, I had the advantage of attending respectable schools: and my means were sufficient for one who was not to be driven by poverty into disreputable occupations. When I had come of age, my circumstances were in accordance with my upbringing. I was in a position to provide a chorus, to pay for a war-galley, and to be assessed to property-tax. I renounced no honor able ambition either in public or in private life: and rendered good service both to the commonwealth and to my own friends. When I decided to take part in public affairs, the political services I chose were such that I was repeatedly decorated both by my own country and by many other Grecian cities and even my enemies, such as you, never ventured to say that my choice was other than honor able.
Such has been my fortune throughout my career. I could tell you more, but I forbear, fearing to weary you with details in which I take some pride.
But do you—you who are so proud and so contemptuous of others— compare your fortune with mine. In your childhood you were reared in abject poverty. You helped your father in the drudgery of a grammar-school, grinding the ink, sponging the benches, and sweeping the school-room, holding the position of a menial, not of a free-born boy.
On arriving at manhood you assisted your mother in her initiations, reading the service-book while she performed the ritual, and helping generally with the paraphernalia. At night it was your duty to mix the libations, to clothe the catechumens in fawn-skins, to wash their bodies, to scour them with the loam and the bran, and, when their lustration was duly performed, to set them on their legs, and give out the hymn: Here I leave my sins behind, Here the better way I find; and it was your pride that no one ever emitted that holy ululation so powerfully as yourself. I can well believe it! When you hear the stentorian tones of the orator, can you doubt that the ejaculations of the acolyte were simply magnificent?
In day-time you marshalled your gallant throng of bacchanals through the public streets, their heads garlanded with fennel and white poplar; and, as you went, you squeezed the fat-cheeked snakes, or brandished them above your head, now shouting your Euoi Saboi! now footing it to the measure of Hyes Attes! Attes Hyes!—saluted by all the old women with such proud titles as Master of the Ceremonies, Fugleman, Ivy-bearer, Fan-carrier; and at last receiving your recompense of tipsy-cakes, and cracknels, and currant-buns. With such rewards who would not rejoice greatly, and account himself the favorite of fortune?
Sections 261–265
After getting yourself enrolled on the register of your parish—no one knows how you managed it; but let that pass—anyhow, when you were enrolled, you promptly chose a most gentlemanly occupation, that of clerk and errand-boy to minor officials. After committing all the offences with which you now reproach other people, you were relieved of that employment; and I must say that your subsequent conduct did no discredit to your earlier career.
You entered the service of those famous players Simylus and Socrates, better known as the Growlers. You played small parts to their lead, picking up figs and grapes and olives, like an orchard-robbing costermonger, and making a better living out of those missiles than by all the battles that you fought for dear life. For there was no truce or armistice in the warfare between you and your audiences, and your casualties were so heavy, that no wonder you taunt with cowardice those of us who have no experience of such engagements.
However, passing by things for which your poverty may be blamed, I will address myself to actual charges against your way of living. When in course of time it occurred to you to enter public life, you chose such a line of political action that, so long as the city prospered, you lived the life of a hare, in fear and trembling and constant expectation of a sound thrashing for the crimes that burdened your conscience: although, when every one else is in distress, your confidence is manifest to all men.
What treatment does a man, who recovered his high spirits on the death of a thousand of his fellow-citizens, deserve at the hands of the survivors? I shall omit a great many other facts that I might relate; for I do not think that I ought to recount glibly all his discreditable and infamous qualities, but only such as I may mention without discredit to myself.
And now, Aeschines, I beg you to examine in contrast, quietly and without acrimony, the incidents of our respective careers: and then ask the jury, man by man, whether they would choose for themselves your fortune or mine. You were an usher, I a pupil; you were an acolyte, I a candidate; you were clerk-at-the-table, I addressed the House; you were a player, I a spectator; you were cat-called, I hissed; you have ever served our enemies, I have served my country.
Sections 266–270
Much I pass by; but on this very day, I am on proof for the honor of a crown, and acknowledged to be guiltless; you have already the reputation of an informer, and the question at hazard for you is, whether you are still to continue in that trade, or be stopped for ever by getting less than your quota of votes. And that is the good fortune enjoyed by you, who denounce the shabbiness of mine!
Let me now read to you the testimony of the public services I have rendered, and you shall read for comparison some of the blank-verse you used to make such a hash of: From gates of gloom and dwellings of the dead, or, Tidings of woe with heavy heart I bear, or, Oh cruel, cruel fate! Such a fate may the gods first, and the jury afterwards, allot to you—for your citizenship is as worthless as your mummery. Read the depositions.
(The Depositions are read)
Such has been my character in public life. In private life, if any of you are not aware that I have been generous and courteous, and helpful to the distressed, I do not mention it. I will never say a word, or tender any evidence about such matters as the captives I have ransomed, or the dowries I have helped to provide, or any such acts of charity.
It is a matter of principle with me. My view is that the recipient of a benefit ought to remember it all his life, but that the benefactor ought to put it out of his mind at once, if the one is to behave decently, and the other with magnanimity. To remind a man of the good turns you have done to him is very much like a reproach. Nothing shall induce me to do anything of the sort; but whatever be my reputation in that respect, I am content.
I have finished with private matters, but I have still some trifling remarks to offer on public affairs. If you, Aeschines, can name any human being, Greek or barbarian, on whom yonder sun shines, who has escaped all injury from the domination, first of Philip, and today of Alexander, so be it: I grant you that my fortune— or my misfortune, if you prefer the word—has been the cause of the whole trouble.
Sections 271–275
But if many people, who have never set eyes on me or heard the sound of my voice, have been grievously afflicted—I do not mean as individuals, but whole cities and nations—I say it is vastly more honest and candid to attribute these calamities to the common fortune of mankind, or to some distressing and untoward current of events.
Yet you dismiss those causes, and put the blame upon me, who only took part in politics by the side of my fellow-citizens here, although you must be conscious that a part, if not the whole, of your invective is addressed to all of them, and particularly to yourself. If I had held sole and despotic authority when I offered my counsels, it would have been open to you other orators to incriminate me:
but inasmuch as you were present at every assembly, as the state proposed a discussion of policy in which every one might join, and as my measures were approved at the time by every one, and especially by you,—for it was in no friendly spirit that you allowed me to enjoy all the hopes and enthusiasm and credit that were attached to my policy, but obviously because truth was too strong for you, and because you had nothing better to suggest—it is most iniquitous and outrageous to stigmatize today measures which at the time you were unable to amend.
Among other people I find this sort of distinction universally observed.—A man has sinned willfully: he is visited with resentment and punishment. He has erred unintentionally: pardon takes the place of punishment. Suppose that he has committed no sin or error at all, but, having devoted himself to a project approved by all, has, in common with all, failed of success. In that case he does not deserve reproach or obloquy, but condolence.
This distinction will be found not only embodied in our statutes, but laid down by nature herself in her unwritten laws and in the moral sense of the human race. Now Aeschines so far surpasses all mankind in savagery and malignity that he turns even misadventures, which he has himself cited as such, into crimes for which I am to be denounced.
Sections 276–280
To crown all—as though all his own speeches had been made in a disinterested and patriotic spirit—he bids you be on your guard against me, for fear I should mislead and deceive you, calling me an artful speaker, a mountebank, an impostor, and so forth. He seems to think that if a man can only get in the first blow with epithets that are really applicable to himself, they must be true, and the audience will make no reflections on the character of the speaker.
But I am sure you all know him well, and will regard those epithets as more appropriate to him than to me. I am also sure that my artfulness—well, be it so; although I notice that in general an audience controls the ability of a speaker, and that his reputation for wisdom depends upon your acceptance and your discriminating favor. Be that as it may, if I do possess any skill in speaking, you will all find that that skill has always been exercised on public concerns and for your advantage, never on private occasions and to your detriment. On the other hand the ability of Aeschines is applied not only to speaking on behalf of your enemies, but to the detriment of anyone who has annoyed or quarrelled with him. He never uses it honestly or in the interests of the commonweal.
No upright and honor able citizen must ever expect a jury impanelled in the public service to bolster up his own resentment or enmity or other passions, nor will he go to law to gratify them. If possible he will exclude them from his heart: if he cannot escape them, he will at least cherish them calmly and soberly. In what circumstances, then, ought a politician or an orator to be vehement? When all our national interests are imperilled; when the issue lies between the people and their adversaries. Then such is the part of a chivalrous and patriotic citizen.
But for a man who never once sought to bring me to justice for any public, nor, I will add, for any private offence, whether for the city’s sake or for his own, to come into court armed with a denunciation of a crown and of a vote of thanks, and to lavish such a wealth of eloquence on that plea, is a symptom of a peevish, jealous, small-minded, good-for-nothing disposition. And the exhibition of his turpitude is complete when he relinquishes his controversy with me, and directs the whole of his attack upon the defendant.
It really makes me think, Aeschines, that you deliberately went to law, not to get satisfaction for any transgression, but to make a display of your oratory and your vocal powers. But it is not the diction of an orator, Aeschines, or the vigor of his voice that has any value: it is supporting the policy of the people, and having the same friends and the same enemies as your country.
Sections 281–285
With such a disposition, a man’s speeches will always be patriotic: but the man who pays court to those from whom the state apprehends danger to herself, is not riding at the same anchor as the people, and therefore does not look to the same quarter for his security. I do; mark that! My purposes are my countrymen’s purposes; I have no peculiar or personal end to serve.
Can you say the same? No, indeed! Why, immediately after the battle you went on embassy to visit Philip, the author of all the recent calamities of your country, although hitherto you had notoriously declined that employment. And who is the deceiver of his country? Surely the man who does not say what he thinks. For whom does the marshal read the commination? For him. What graver crime can be charged to an orator than that his thoughts and his words do not tally? In that crime you were detected;
and yet you still raise your voice, and dare to look your fellow citizens in the face! Do you imagine that they do not know who you are? that they are sunk in such slumber and oblivion that they do not remember the harangues you made while the war was still going on, when you protested with oaths and curses that you had no dealings with Philip— that I had laid that charge against you out of private malice, and that it was not true?
But no sooner had the news of the battle reached us than you ignored all your protests, and confessed, or rather claimed, that you were Philip’s friend and Philip’s guest—a euphemism for Philip’s hired servant; for with what show of equality or honesty could Philip possibly be the host or the friend or even the acquaintance of Aeschines, son of Glaucothea the tambourinist ? I cannot see: but the truth is, you took his pay to injure the interests of your countrymen. And yet you, a traitor publicly convicted on information laid by yourself after the fact, vilify and reproach me for misfortunes for which you will find I am less responsible than any other man.
Our city owes to me, Aeschines, both the inception and the success of many great and noble enterprises; nor was she unmindful. It is a proof of her gratitude that, when the people wanted one who should speak over the bodies of the slain, shortly after the battle, you were nominated but they did not appoint you, in spite of your beautiful voice, nor Demades, although he had recently arranged the peace, nor Hegemon, nor any of your party: they appointed me. Then you came forward, and Pythocles with you—and, gracious Heavens! how coarsely and impudently you spoke!—making the very same charges that you have repeated today; but, for all your scurrility, they appointed me nevertheless.
Sections 286–290
You know very well why; but you shall hear the reason again from me. They were conscious both of the patriotism and energy with which I had conducted their business, and also of the dishonesty of you and your friends; for, when the city had made a false step, you had acknowledged relations which you had strenuously denied on oath in the days of prosperity. They conceived that men who found impunity for their ambitions in our national calamities had long been their secret, and were now their declared, enemies.
They thought it becoming that the orator who should speak over the bodies of the slain, and magnify their prowess, should not be one who had visited the homes and shared the loving cup of their adversaries; that the man who in Macedonia had taken part with their murderers in revels and songs of exultation over the calamities of Greece, should not be chosen for high distinction at Athens; and that the chosen speaker should not lament their fate with the feigning voice of an actor, but express the mourning of his very soul. Such sympathy they discerned in themselves, and in me; but not in your party; and that is why they appointed me, and did not appoint you.
The sentiments of the people were shared by those fathers and brothers of the dead who were chosen by the people to conduct the obsequies. In obedience to the custom that requires the funeral feast to be held in the home of the nearest relative of the dead, they ordered it to be held at my house; and with good reason. Each hero had some kinsman who by the ties of blood stood nearer to himself, but to the whole company of the fallen no man was nearer of kin than I. When they had met with their untimely fate, he who was most deeply concerned in their safety and their success, claimed the chief share in mourning for them all.
Read for his benefit the epitaph, which the state resolved by public vote to inscribe upon their monument. Even from these verses, Aeschines, you may learn something of your own callousness, and malignity, and brutality. Read. Epitaph Here lie the brave, who for their country’s right Drew sword, and put th’ insulting foe to flight. Their lives they spared not, bidding Death decide Who flinched and lived, and who with courage died. They fought and fell that Greece might still be free, Nor crouch beneath the yoke of slavery. Zeus spoke the word of doom; and now they rest Forspent with toil upon their country’s breast. God errs not, fails not; God alone is great; But man lies helpless in the hands of fate.
Do you hear this admonition, that it is the gods alone who err not and fail not? It attributes the power of giving success in battle not to the statesman, but to the gods. Accursed slanderer! why do you revile me for their death? Why do you utter words which I pray the gods to divert to the undoing of your children and yourself?
Sections 291–295
Among all the slanders and lies which he launched against me, men of Athens, what amazed me most was that, when he recounted the disasters that befell our city at that time, his comments were never such as would have been made by an honest and loyal citizen. He shed no tears; he had no emotion of regret in his heart; he vociferated, he exulted, he strained his throat. He evidently supposed himself to be testifying against me, but he was really offering proof against himself that in all those distressing events he had had no feeling in common with other citizens.
Yet a man who professes such solicitude, as he has professed today, for our laws and constitution, whatever else he lacks, ought at least to possess the quality of sympathizing both with the sorrows and the joys of the common people; and, in choosing his political principles, he ought not to range himself with their enemies. But that is clearly what he has done, when he declares that I am responsible for everything, and that the city has fallen into trouble by my fault.
Your policy of bearing succor to the Greeks did not originate in my statesmanship and my principles. If you were to acknowledge that my influence caused you to resist a despotism that threatened the ruin of Greece, you would bestow on me a favor greater than all the gifts you have ever conferred on anyone. I do not claim that favor; I cannot claim it without injustice to you: and I am certain that you will not grant it. If Aeschines had acted an honest part, he would never have indulged his spite against me by impairing and defaming the noblest of your national glories.
But why reproach him for that imputation, when he has uttered calumnies of far greater audacity? A m an who accuses me of Philippism— Heaven and Earth, of what lie is he not capable? I solemnly aver that, if we are to cast aside lying imputations and spiteful mendacity, and inquire in all sincerity who really are the men to whom the reproach of all that has befallen might by general consent be fairly and honestly brought home, you will find that they are men in the several cities who resemble Aeschines, and do not resemble me.
At a time when Philip’s resources were feeble and very small indeed, when we were constantly warning, exhorting, admonishing them for the best, these men flung away their national prosperity for private and selfish gain; they cajoled and corrupted all the citizens within their grasp, until they had reduced them to slavery. So the Thessalians were treated by Daochus, Cineas, Thrasydaus, the Arcadians by Cercidas, Hieronymus, Eucampidas, the Argives by Myrtis, Teledamus, Mnaseas, the Eleians by Euxitheus, Cleotimus, Aristaechmus, the Messenians by the sons of that god-forsaken Philiades, Neon and Thrasylochus, the Sicyonians by Aristratus and Epichares, the Corinthians by Deinarchus and Demaretus, the Megarians by Ptoeodorus, Helixus, Perilaus, the Thebans by Timolaus, Theogeiton, Anemoetas, the Euboeans by Hipparchus, Cleitarchus, and Sosistratus.
Sections 296–300
I could continue this catalogue of traitors till the sun sets. Every one of them, men of Athens, is a man of the same way of thinking in the politics of his own country as Aeschines and his friends are in ours. They too are profligates, sycophants, fiends incarnate; they have mutilated their own countries; they have pledged away their liberty in their cups, first to Philip, and now to Alexander. They measure their happiness by their belly and their baser parts; they have overthrown for ever that freedom and independence which to the Greeks of an earlier age were the very standard and canon of prosperity.
Of this disgraceful and notorious conspiracy, of this wickedness, or rather, men of Athens, if I am to speak without trifling, this betrayal of the liberties of Greece, you—thanks to my policy—are guiltless in the eyes of the world, as I am guiltless in your eyes. And then, Aeschines, you ask for what merit I claim distinction! I tell you that, when all the politicians in Greece, starting with you, had been corrupted, first by Philip, and now by Alexander,
neither opportunity, nor civil speeches, nor large promises, nor hope, nor fear, nor any other inducement, could provoke or suborn me to betray the just claims and the true interests of my country, as I conceived them; and that, whatever counsels I have offered to my fellow-citizens here, I have not offered, like you, as if I were a false balance with a bias in favor of the vendor. With a soul upright, honest and incorruptible, appointed to the control of more momentous transactions than any statesman of my time, I have administered them throughout in all purity and righteousness.
On those grounds I claim this distinction. As for my fortifications, which you treated so satirically, and my entrenchments, I do, and I must, judge these things worthy of gratitude and thanks; but I give them a place far removed from my political achievements. I did not fortify Athens with masonry and brickwork: they are not the works on which I chiefly pride myself. Regard my fortifications as you ought, and you will find armies and cities and outposts, seaports and ships and horses, and a multitude ready to fight for their defence.
These were the bastions I planted for the protection of Attica so far as it was possible to human forethought; and therewith I fortified, not the ring-fence of our port and our citadel, but the whole country. Nor was I beaten by Philip in forethought or in armaments; that is far from the truth. The generals and the forces of the allies were beaten by his good fortune. Have I any proofs of my claim? Yes, proofs definite and manifest. I ask you all to consider them.
Sections 301–305
What course of action was proper for a patriotic citizen who was trying to serve his country with all possible prudence and energy and loyalty? Surely it was to protect Attica on the sea-board by Euboea, on the inland frontier by Boeotia, and on the side towards Peloponnesus by our neighbors in that direction; to make provision for the passage of our corn-supply along friendly coasts all the way to Peiraeus;
to preserve places already at our disposal, such as Proconnesus, Chersonesus, Tenedos, by sending succor to them and by suitable speeches and resolutions; to secure the friendship and alliance of such places as Byzantium, Abydos, and Euboea; to destroy the most important of the existing resources of the enemy, and to make good the deficiencies of our own city. All these purposes were accomplished by my decrees and my administrative acts.
Whoever will study them, men of Athens, without jealousy, will find that they were rightly planned and honestly executed; that the proper opportunity for each several measure was never neglected, or ignored, or thrown away by me: and that nothing within the compass of one man’s ability or forethought was left undone. If the superior power of some deity or of fortune, or the incompetence of commanders, or the wickedness of traitors, or all these causes combined, vitiated and at last shattered the whole enterprise,—is Demosthenes guilty?
If in each of the cities of Greece there had been some one man such as I was in my appointed station in your midst, nay, if Thessaly had possessed one man and Arcadia one man holding the same sentiments that I held, no Hellenic people beyond or on this side of Thermopylae would have been exposed to their present distresses:
they would still be dwelling prosperously in their own countries, in freedom and independence, securely and without fear, grateful to you and to all the Athenians for the great and manifold blessings they owed to me. To prove that, as a precaution against envy, I am using words that do less than justice to my deeds, please take these papers, and read the list of expeditions sent in pursuance of my decrees.
(The List of Expeditions in Aid is read)
Sections 306–310
It was the duty, Aeschines, of an upright and honor able citizen to take these or similar measures. If they had been successful, we should have been, beyond controversy, the greatest of nations and a nation that deserved its greatness: and, though they have failed, there remains the result that our reputation stands high, and that no man can find fault with Athens or her policy, but lays the blame on the fortune that so ordered the issue.
Assuredly it was not the duty of such a citizen to abandon the cause of his country, to take the hire of her adversaries, to wait on the occasions, not of Athens, but of her enemies. It was not his duty to look with an evil eye upon a man who had made it his business to support or propose measures worthy of our traditions, and was resolved to stand by such measures; nor to treasure vindictively the memory of private annoyances. Nor was it his duty to hold his peace dishonestly and deceptively, as you so often do.
There is, indeed, a silence that is honest and beneficial to the city, such as is observed in all simplicity by the majority of you citizens. Not such, but far, far different, is the silence of Aeschines. Withdrawing himself from public life whenever he thinks fit—and that is very frequently—he lies in wait for the time when you will be weary of the incessant speaker, or when some unlucky reverse has befallen you, or any of those vexations that are so frequent in the life of mortal men; and then, seizing the occasion, he breaks silence and the orator reappears like a sudden squall, with his voice in fine training; he strings together the words and the phrases that he has accumulated, emphatically and without a pause; but, alas, they are all useless, they serve no good purpose, they are directed to the injury of this or that citizen, and to the discredit of the whole community.
Yet if all that assiduous practice, Aeschines, had been conducted in a spirit of honesty and of solicitude for your country’s well-being, it should have yielded a rich and noble harvest for the benefit of us all—alliances of states, new revenues, development of commerce, useful legislation, measures of opposition to our avowed enemies.
In days of old all those services afforded the recognized test of statesmanship: and the time through which you have passed supplied to an upright politician many opportunities of showing his worth; but among such men you won no position—you were neither first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, nor anywhere in the race—at least when the power of your country was to be enlarged.
Sections 311–315
What alliance does Athens owe to your exertions? What auxiliary expedition, what gain of amity or reputation? What embassy or service, by which the credit of the city has been raised? What project in domestic, Hellenic, or foreign policy, of which you took charge, has ever been successful? What war-galleys, or munitions, or docks, or fortifications, or cavalry, do we owe to you? Of what use in the wide world are you? What public-spirited assistance have you ever given to rich or to poor? None whatever.
But come, sir, without any of these things a man may show patriotism and zeal. Where? When? Why, you incorrigible knave, even at the time when every man who ever spoke from the tribune gave freely to the national defence, when at last even Aristonicus gave the money he had collected to redeem his citizenship, you never came forward and put your name down for a farthing. And yet you were certainly not without means, for you had inherited more than five talents from the estate of your father-in-law Philo, and you had a present of two talents, subscribed by the chairmen of the Navy Boards, as a reward for spoiling the Navy Reform Bill.
However, I will pass that by, for fear I should stray from my immediate purpose by telling one story after another. It is clear that you refused to contribute, not because you were poor, but because you were careful not to do anything in opposition to the party you serve in politics. Then on what occasions are you a man of spirit? When are you a shining light? Whenever something is to be said in prejudice of your fellow-citizens; then your voice is magnificent, then your memory is wonderful; then we hear the great tragedian, the Theocrines of the legitimate drama.
Then you remind us of the heroes of past generations. Quite right: but it is not fair, men of Athens, to take advantage of the affection you cherish for the departed, and analyze me, who am still living in your midst, by comparing me with them.
Everybody knows that against the living there is always an undercurrent of more or less jealousy, while the dead are no longer disliked even by their enemies. Such is human nature; am I then to be criticized and canvassed by comparison with my predecessors? Heaven forbid! No, Aeschines; that is unfair and unjust: compare me with yourself, or with any living man you choose, whose principles are identical with yours.
Sections 316–320
Consider this question: is it more decent and patriotic that for the sake of the services of men of old times, enormous as they were, nay, great beyond expression, the services that are now being rendered to the present age should be treated with ingratitude and vituperation, or that every man who achieves anything in a spirit of loyalty should receive some share of the respect and consideration of his fellow-citizens?
If I must deal with that subject, I say that, if my policy and my principles are considered, they will be found to resemble in spirit and purpose those of the venerated names of antiquity. Yours are like those of the men who maligned them: for it is certain that, even in their days, there were men who were always carping at the living and commending the dead—a spiteful vocation, and just like yours. You tell me I am not at all like those great men.
Are you like them, Aeschines? Or your brother? Or any other orator of this generation? In my opinion, none. Then, my honest friend— to call you nothing worse—assay a living man by the standard of living men, men of his own time. That is the test you apply to everything else—to dramatists, to choruses, to athletes.
Philammon did not leave Olympia without a crown, because he was not so strong as Glaucus of Carystus, or other bygone champions: he was crowned and proclaimed victor, because he fought better than the men who entered the ring against him. You must compare me with the orators of today; with yourself, for instance, or anyone you like: I exclude none.
When the commonwealth was at liberty to choose the best policy, when there was a competition of patriotism open to all comers, I made better speeches than any other man, and all business was conducted by my resolutions, my statutes, my diplomacy. Not one o f you ever put in an appearance— except when you must needs fall foul of my measures. But when certain deplorable events had taken place, and there was a call, not for counsellors, but for men who would obey orders, who were ready to injure their country for pay, and willing to truckle to strangers, then you and your party were at your post, great men with gorgeous equipages. I was powerless, I admit; but I was still the better patriot.
Sections 321–324
There are two traits, men of Athens, that mark the disposition of the well-meaning citizen;—that is a description I may apply to myself without offence. When in power, the constant aim of his policy should be the honor and the ascendancy of his country; and on every occasion and in all business he should preserve his loyalty. That virtue depends on his natural disposition: ability and success depend upon other considerations.
Such, you will find, has been my disposition, abidingly and without alloy. Look at the facts. They demanded that I should be given up; they arraigned me before the Amphictyonic Council; they tried me with threats, they tried me with promises; they set these miscreants to worry me like a pack of wolves; but through it all I never renounced my loyalty to you. At the very outset of my career I had chosen once for all the path of political uprightness and integrity, and resolved to support, to magnify, and to associate myself with the honor, the power, and the glory of my native land.
I do not perambulate the marketplace, gaily exulting in the good fortune of the alien, holding out my right hand, and telling the glad tidings to anyone I think likely to send word over yonder. When I hear of my country’s successes, I do not shudder, and sigh, and hang down my head, like those blasphemers, who traduce Athens, forgetting that thereby they are traducing themselves; who turn their eyes abroad, and, when the alien has prospered by the distresses of Greece, applaud his good fortune, and declare that we must try to preserve it for ever.
Never, O ye Powers of Heaven, never vouchsafe to them the fulfillment of that desire. If it be possible, implant even in them a better purpose and a better spirit; but, if their malady is incurable, consign them, and them alone, to utter and untimely destruction by land and sea, and to us who remain grant speedy deliverance from the terrors that hang over our heads, and a salvation that shall never fail.
Contents — 65 sections
- Sections 1–5
- Sections 6–10
- Sections 11–15
- Sections 16–20
- Sections 21–25
- Sections 26–30
- Sections 31–35
- Sections 36–40
- Sections 41–45
- Sections 46–50
- Sections 51–55
- Sections 56–60
- Sections 61–65
- Sections 66–70
- Sections 71–75
- Sections 76–80
- Sections 81–85
- Sections 86–90
- Sections 91–95
- Sections 96–100
- Sections 101–105
- Sections 106–110
- Sections 111–115
- Sections 116–120
- Sections 121–125
- Sections 126–130
- Sections 131–135
- Sections 136–140
- Sections 141–145
- Sections 146–150
- Sections 151–155
- Sections 156–160
- Sections 161–165
- Sections 166–170
- Sections 171–175
- Sections 176–180
- Sections 181–185
- Sections 186–190
- Sections 191–195
- Sections 196–200
- Sections 201–205
- Sections 206–210
- Sections 211–215
- Sections 216–220
- Sections 221–225
- Sections 226–230
- Sections 231–235
- Sections 236–240
- Sections 241–245
- Sections 246–250
- Sections 251–255
- Sections 256–260
- Sections 261–265
- Sections 266–270
- Sections 271–275
- Sections 276–280
- Sections 281–285
- Sections 286–290
- Sections 291–295
- Sections 296–300
- Sections 301–305
- Sections 306–310
- Sections 311–315
- Sections 316–320
- Sections 321–324
Sections 1–5
πρῶτον μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχομαι πᾶσι καὶ πάσαις, ὅσην εὔνοιαν ἔχων ἐγὼ διατελῶ τῇ τε πόλει καὶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν, τοσαύτην ὑπάρξαι μοι παρʼ ὑμῶν εἰς τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα, ἔπειθʼ ὅπερ ἐστὶ μάλισθʼ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας εὐσεβείας τε καὶ δόξης, τοῦτο παραστῆσαι τοὺς θεοὺς ὑμῖν, μὴ τὸν ἀντίδικον σύμβουλον ποιήσασθαι περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἀκούειν ὑμᾶς ἐμοῦ δεῖ (σχέτλιον γὰρ ἂν εἴη τοῦτό γε),
ἀλλὰ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τὸν ὅρκον, ἐν ᾧ πρὸς ἅπασι τοῖς ἄλλοις δικαίοις καὶ τοῦτο γέγραπται, τὸ ὁμοίως ἀμφοῖν ἀκροάσασθαι. τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶν οὐ μόνον τὸ μὴ προκατεγνωκέναι μηδέν, οὐδὲ τὸ τὴν εὔνοιαν ἴσην ἀποδοῦναι, ἀλλὰ τὸ καὶ τῇ τάξει καὶ τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ, ὡς βεβούληται καὶ προῄρηται τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων ἕκαστος, οὕτως ἐᾶσαι χρήσασθαι.
πολλὰ μὲν οὖν ἔγωγʼ ἐλαττοῦμαι κατὰ τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνʼ Αἰσχίνου, δύο δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ μεγάλα, ἓν μὲν ὅτι οὐ περὶ τῶν ἴσων ἀγωνίζομαι· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἴσον νῦν ἐμοὶ τῆς παρʼ ὑμῶν εὐνοίας διαμαρτεῖν καὶ τούτῳ μὴ ἑλεῖν τὴν γραφήν, ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ μὲν—οὐ βούλομαι δυσχερὲς εἰπεῖν οὐδὲν ἀρχόμενος τοῦ λόγου, οὗτος δʼ ἐκ περιουσίας μου κατηγορεῖ. ἕτερον δʼ, ὃ φύσει πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὑπάρχει, τῶν μὲν λοιδοριῶν καὶ τῶν κατηγοριῶν ἀκούειν ἡδέως, τοῖς ἐπαινοῦσι δʼ αὑτοὺς ἄχθεσθαι·
τούτων τοίνυν ὃ μέν ἐστι πρὸς ἡδονήν, τούτῳ δέδοται, ὃ δὲ πᾶσιν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἐνοχλεῖ, λοιπὸν ἐμοί. κἂν μὲν εὐλαβούμενος τοῦτο μὴ λέγω τὰ πεπραγμένʼ ἐμαυτῷ, οὐκ ἔχειν ἀπολύσασθαι τὰ κατηγορημένα δόξω, οὐδʼ ἐφʼ οἷς ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι δεικνύναι· ἐὰν δʼ ἐφʼ ἃ καὶ πεποίηκα καὶ πεπολίτευμαι βαδίζω, πολλάκις λέγειν ἀναγκασθήσομαι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ. πειράσομαι μὲν οὖν ὡς μετριώτατα τοῦτο ποιεῖν· ὅ τι δʼ ἂν τὸ πρᾶγμα αὔτʼ ἀναγκάζῃ, τούτου τὴν αἰτίαν οὗτός ἐστι δίκαιος ἔχειν ὁ τοιοῦτον ἀγῶνʼ ἐνστησάμενος.
οἶμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πάντας ἂν ὁμολογῆσαι κοινὸν εἶναι τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνʼ ἐμοὶ καὶ Κτησιφῶντι καὶ οὐδὲν ἐλάττονος ἄξιον σπουδῆς ἐμοί· πάντων μὲν γὰρ ἀποστερεῖσθαι λυπηρόν ἐστι καὶ χαλεπόν, ἄλλως τε κἂν ὑπʼ ἐχθροῦ τῳ τοῦτο συμβαίνῃ, μάλιστα δὲ τῆς παρʼ ὑμῶν εὐνοίας καὶ φιλανθρωπίας, ὅσῳπερ καὶ τὸ τυχεῖν τούτων μέγιστόν ἐστιν.
Sections 6–10
περὶ τούτων δʼ ὄντος τουτουὶ τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἀξιῶ καὶ δέομαι πάντων ὁμοίως ὑμῶν ἀκοῦσαί μου περὶ τῶν κατηγορημένων ἀπολογουμένου δικαίως, ὥσπερ οἱ νόμοι κελεύουσιν, οὓς ὁ τιθεὶς ἐξ ἀρχῆς Σόλων, εὔνους ὢν ὑμῖν καὶ δημοτικός, οὐ μόνον τῷ γράψαι κυρίους ᾤετο δεῖν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τοὺς δικάζοντας ὀμωμοκέναι, οὐκ ἀπιστῶν ὑμῖν,
ὥς γʼ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, ἀλλʼ ὁρῶν ὅτι τὰς αἰτίας καὶ τὰς διαβολάς, αἷς ἐκ τοῦ πρότερος λέγειν ὁ διώκων ἰσχύει, οὐκ ἔνι τῷ φεύγοντι παρελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ τῶν δικαζόντων ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς εὐσέβειαν φυλάττων καὶ τὰ τοῦ λέγοντος ὑστέρου δίκαια εὐνοϊκῶς προσδέξεται, καὶ παρασχὼν αὑτὸν ἴσον καὶ κοινὸν ἀμφοτέροις ἀκροατὴν οὕτω τὴν διάγνωσιν ποιήσεται περὶ ἁπάντων.
μέλλων δὲ τοῦ τʼ ἰδίου βίου παντός, ὡς ἔοικε, λόγον διδόναι τήμερον καὶ τῶν κοινῇ πεπολιτευμένων, βούλομαι πάλιν τοὺς θεοὺς παρακαλέσαι, καὶ ἐναντίον ὑμῶν εὔχομαι πρῶτον μέν, ὅσην εὔνοιαν ἔχων ἐγὼ διατελῶ τῇ τε πόλει καὶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν, τοσαύτην ὑπάρξαι μοι παρʼ ὑμῶν εἰς τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα, ἔπειθʼ ὅ τι μέλλει συνοίσειν καὶ πρὸς εὐδοξίαν κοινῇ καὶ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἑκάστῳ, τοῦτο παραστῆσαι πᾶσιν ὑμῖν περὶ ταυτησὶ τῆς γραφῆς γνῶναι.
εἰ μὲν οὖν περὶ ὧν ἐδίωκε μόνον κατηγόρησεν Αἰσχίνης, κἀγὼ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ προβουλεύματος εὐθὺς ἂν ἀπελογούμην· ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὐκ ἐλάττω λόγον τἄλλα διεξιὼν ἀνήλωκε καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα κατεψεύσατό μου, ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι νομίζω καὶ δίκαιον ἅμα βραχέʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν πρῶτον, ἵνα μηδεὶς ὑμῶν τοῖς ἔξωθεν λόγοις ἠγμένος ἀλλοτριώτερον τῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς γραφῆς δικαίων ἀκούῃ μου.
περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν ἰδίων ὅσα λοιδορούμενος βεβλασφήμηκεν περὶ ἐμοῦ, θεάσασθʼ ὡς ἁπλᾶ καὶ δίκαια λέγω. εἰ μὲν ἴστε με τοιοῦτον οἷον οὗτος ᾐτιᾶτο (οὐ γὰρ ἄλλοθί που βεβίωκʼ ἢ παρʼ ὑμῖν), μηδὲ φωνὴν ἀνάσχησθε, μηδʼ εἰ πάντα τὰ κοινὰ ὑπέρευ πεπολίτευμαι, ἀλλʼ ἀναστάντες καταψηφίσασθʼ ἤδη· εἰ δὲ πολλῷ βελτίω τούτου καὶ ἐκ βελτιόνων, καὶ μηδενὸς τῶν μετρίων, ἵνα μηδὲν ἐπαχθὲς λέγω, χείρονα καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς ὑπειλήφατε καὶ γιγνώσκετε, τούτῳ μὲν μηδʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων πιστεύετε (δῆλον γὰρ ὡς ὁμοίως ἅπαντʼ ἐπλάττετο), ἐμοὶ δʼ, ἣν παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον εὔνοιαν ἐνδέδειχθʼ ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀγώνων τῶν πρότερον, καὶ νυνὶ παράσχεσθε.
Sections 11–15
κακοήθης δʼ ὤν, Αἰσχίνη, τοῦτο παντελῶς εὔηθες ᾠήθης, τοὺς περὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων καὶ πεπολιτευμένων λόγους ἀφέντα με πρὸς τὰς λοιδορίας τὰς παρὰ σοῦ τρέψεσθαι. οὐ δὴ ποιήσω τοῦτο· οὐχ οὕτω τετύφωμαι· ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν πεπολιτευμένων ἃ κατεψεύδου καὶ διέβαλλες ἐξετάσω, τῆς δὲ πομπείας ταύτης τῆς ἀνέδην γεγενημένης, ὕστερον, ἂν βουλομένοις ᾖ τουτοισί, μνησθήσομαι.
τὰ μὲν οὖν κατηγορημένα πολλά, καὶ περὶ ὧν ἐνίων μεγάλας καὶ τὰς ἐσχάτας οἱ νόμοι διδόασι τιμωρίας, τοῦ δὲ παρόντος ἀγῶνος ἡ προαίρεσις αὕτη· ἐχθροῦ μὲν ἐπήρειαν ἔχει καὶ ὕβριν καὶ λοιδορίαν καὶ προπηλακισμὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα, τῶν μέντοι κατηγοριῶν καὶ τῶν αἰτιῶν τῶν εἰρημένων, εἴπερ ἦσαν ἀληθεῖς, οὐκ ἔνι τῇ πόλει δίκην ἀξίαν λαβεῖν, οὐδʼ ἐγγύς.
οὐ γὰρ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι δεῖ τὸ προσελθεῖν τῷ δήμῳ καὶ λόγου τυχεῖν, οὐδʼ ἐν ἐπηρείας τάξει καὶ φθόνου τοῦτο ποιεῖν· οὔτε μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς ὀρθῶς ἔχον οὔτε πολιτικὸν οὔτε δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι· ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ οἷς ἀδικοῦντά μʼ ἑώρα τὴν πόλιν, οὖσί γε τηλικούτοις ἡλίκα νῦν ἐτραγῴδει καὶ διεξῄει, ταῖς ἐκ τῶν νόμων τιμωρίαις παρʼ αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα χρῆσθαι, εἰ μὲν εἰσαγγελίας ἄξια πράττονθʼ ἑώρα, εἰσαγγέλλοντα καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάντα παρʼ ὑμῖν, εἰ δὲ γράφοντα παράνομα, παρανόμων γραφόμενον· οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν διʼ ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δʼ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο.
καὶ μὴν εἴ τι τῶν ἄλλων ὧν νυνὶ διέβαλλε καὶ διεξῄει ἢ καὶ ἄλλʼ ὁτιοῦν ἀδικοῦντά μʼ ὑμᾶς ἑώρα, εἰσὶ νόμοι περὶ πάντων καὶ τιμωρίαι, καὶ ἀγῶνες καὶ κρίσεις πικρὰ καὶ μεγάλʼ ἔχουσαι τἀπιτίμια, καὶ τούτοις ἐξῆν ἅπασι χρῆσθαι, καὶ ὁπηνίκʼ ἐφαίνετο ταῦτα πεποιηκὼς καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον κεχρημένος τοῖς πρὸς ἐμέ, ὡμολογεῖτʼ ἂν ἡ κατηγορία τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ.
νῦν δʼ ἐκστὰς τῆς ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας ὁδοῦ καὶ φυγὼν τοὺς παρʼ αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματʼ ἐλέγχους, τοσούτοις ὕστερον χρόνοις αἰτίας καὶ σκώμματα καὶ λοιδορίας συμφορήσας ὑποκρίνεται· εἶτα κατηγορεῖ μὲν ἐμοῦ, κρίνει δὲ τουτονί, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀγῶνος ὅλου τὴν πρὸς ἔμʼ ἔχθραν προΐσταται, οὐδαμοῦ δʼ ἐπὶ ταύτην ἀπηντηκὼς ἐμοὶ τὴν ἑτέρου ζητῶν ἐπιτιμίαν ἀφελέσθαι φαίνεται.
Sections 16–20
καίτοι πρὸς ἅπασιν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοῖς ἄλλοις οἷς ἂν εἰπεῖν τις ὑπὲρ Κτησιφῶντος ἔχοι, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ καὶ μάλʼ εἰκότως ἂν λέγειν, ὅτι τῆς ἡμετέρας ἔχθρας ἡμᾶς ἐφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν δίκαιον ἦν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι, οὐ τὸ μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγωνίζεσθαι παραλείπειν, ἑτέρῳ δʼ ὅτῳ κακόν τι δώσομεν ζητεῖν· ὑπερβολὴ γὰρ ἀδικίας τοῦτό γε.
πάντα μὲν τοίνυν τὰ κατηγορημένʼ ὁμοίως ἐκ τούτων ἄν τις ἴδοι, οὔτε δικαίως οὔτʼ ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα· βούλομαι δὲ καὶ καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐξετάσαι, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅσʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ τῆς πρεσβείας κατεψεύσατό μου, τὰ πεπραγμένʼ ἑαυτῷ μετὰ Φιλοκράτους ἀνατιθεὶς ἐμοί. ἔστι δʼ ἀναγκαῖον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ προσῆκον ἴσως, ὡς κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους εἶχε τὰ πράγματʼ ἀναμνῆσαι, ἵνα πρὸς τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε.
τοῦ γὰρ Φωκικοῦ συστάντος πολέμου, οὐ διʼ ἐμέ (οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγʼ ἐπολιτευόμην πω τότε), πρῶτον μὲν ὑμεῖς οὕτω διέκεισθε ὥστε Φωκέας μὲν βούλεσθαι σωθῆναι, καίπερ οὐ δίκαια ποιοῦντας ὁρῶντες, Θηβαίοις δʼ ὁτιοῦν ἂν ἐφησθῆναι παθοῦσιν, οὐκ ἀλόγως οὐδʼ ἀδίκως αὐτοῖς ὀργιζόμενοι· οἷς γὰρ ηὐτυχήκεσαν ἐν Λεύκτροις οὐ μετρίως ἐκέχρηντο· ἔπειθʼ ἡ Πελοπόννησος ἅπασα διειστήκει, καὶ οὔθʼ οἱ μισοῦντες Λακεδαιμονίους οὕτως ἴσχυον ὥστʼ ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς, οὔθʼ οἱ πρότερον διʼ ἐκείνων ἄρχοντες κύριοι τῶν πόλεων ἦσαν, ἀλλά τις ἦν ἄκριτος καὶ παρὰ τούτοις καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν ἔρις καὶ ταραχή.
ταῦτα δʼ ὁρῶν ὁ Φίλιππος (οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἀφανῆ) τοῖς παρʼ ἑκάστοις προδόταις χρήματʼ ἀναλίσκων πάντας συνέκρουε καὶ πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἐτάραττεν· εἶτʼ ἐν οἷς ἡμάρτανον ἄλλοι καὶ κακῶς ἐφρόνουν, αὐτὸς παρεσκευάζετο καὶ κατὰ πάντων ἐφύετο. ὡς δὲ ταλαιπωρούμενοι τῷ μήκει τοῦ πολέμου οἱ τότε μὲν βαρεῖς, νῦν δʼ ἀτυχεῖς Θηβαῖοι φανεροὶ πᾶσιν ἦσαν ἀναγκασθησόμενοι καταφεύγειν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς, ὁ Φίλιππος, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο γένοιτο μηδὲ συνέλθοιεν αἱ πόλεις, ὑμῖν μὲν εἰρήνην, ἐκείνοις δὲ βοήθειαν ἐπηγγείλατο.
τί οὖν συνηγωνίσατʼ αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ λαβεῖν ὀλίγου δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἑκόντας ἐξαπατωμένους; ἡ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, εἴτε χρὴ κακίαν εἴτʼ ἄγνοιαν εἴτε καὶ ἀμφότερα ταῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, οἳ πόλεμον συνεχῆ καὶ μακρὸν πολεμούντων ὑμῶν, καὶ τοῦτον ὑπὲρ τῶν πᾶσι συμφερόντων, ὡς ἔργῳ φανερὸν γέγονεν, οὔτε χρήμασιν οὔτε σώμασιν οὔτʼ ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ τῶν ἁπάντων συνελάμβανον ὑμῖν· οἷς καὶ δικαίως καὶ προσηκόντως ὀργιζόμενοι ἑτοίμως ὑπηκούσατε τῷ Φιλίππῳ. ἡ μὲν οὖν τότε συγχωρηθεῖσʼ εἰρήνη διὰ ταῦτʼ, οὐ διʼ ἐμέ, ὡς οὗτος διέβαλλεν, ἐπράχθη· τὰ δὲ τούτων ἀδικήματα καὶ δωροδοκήματʼ ἐν αὐτῇ τῶν νυνὶ παρόντων πραγμάτων, ἄν τις ἐξετάζῃ δικαίως, αἴτιʼ εὑρήσει.
Sections 21–25
καὶ ταυτὶ πάνθʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκριβολογοῦμαι καὶ διεξέρχομαι. εἰ γὰρ εἶναί τι δοκοίη τὰ μάλιστʼ ἐν τούτοις ἀδίκημα, οὐδέν ἐστι δήπου πρὸς ἐμέ· ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν πρῶτος εἰπὼν καὶ μνησθεὶς ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης Ἀριστόδημος ἦν ὁ ὑποκριτής, ὁ δʼ ἐκδεξάμενος καὶ γράψας καὶ ἑαυτὸν μετὰ τούτου μισθώσας ἐπὶ ταῦτα Φιλοκράτης ὁ Ἁγνούσιος, ὁ σός, Αἰσχίνη, κοινωνός, οὐχ ὁ ἐμός, οὐδʼ ἂν σὺ διαρραγῇς ψευδόμενος, οἱ δὲ συνειπόντες ὅτου δήποθʼ εἵνεκα (ἐῶ γὰρ τοῦτό γʼ ἐν τῷ παρόντι) Εὔβουλος καὶ Κηφισοφῶν· ἐγὼ δʼ οὐδὲν οὐδαμοῦ.
ἀλλʼ ὅμως, τούτων τοιούτων ὄντων καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας οὕτω δεικνυμένων, εἰς τοῦθʼ ἧκεν ἀναιδείας ὥστʼ ἐτόλμα λέγειν ὡς ἄρʼ ἐγὼ πρὸς τῷ τῆς εἰρήνης αἴτιος γεγενῆσθαι καὶ κεκωλυκὼς εἴην τὴν πόλιν μετὰ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν Ἑλλήνων ταύτην ποιήσασθαι. εἶτʼ ὦ—τί ἂν εἰπών σέ τις ὀρθῶς προσείποι; ἔστιν ὅπου σὺ παρὼν τηλικαύτην πρᾶξιν καὶ συμμαχίαν, ἡλίκην νυνὶ διεξῄεις, ὁρῶν ἀφαιρούμενόν με τῆς πόλεως, ἠγανάκτησας, ἢ παρελθὼν ταῦθʼ ἃ νῦν κατηγόρεις ἐδίδαξας καὶ διεξῆλθες;
καὶ μὴν εἰ τὸ κωλῦσαι τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων κοινωνίαν ἐπεπράκειν ἐγὼ Φιλίππῳ, σοὶ τὸ μὴ σιγῆσαι λοιπὸν ἦν, ἀλλὰ βοᾶν καὶ διαμαρτύρεσθαι καὶ δηλοῦν τουτοισί. οὐ τοίνυν ἐποίησας οὐδαμοῦ τοῦτο, οὐδʼ ἤκουσέ σου ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν οὐδείς· οὔτε γὰρ ἦν πρεσβεία πρὸς οὐδένʼ ἀπεσταλμένη τότε τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλὰ πάλαι πάντες ἦσαν ἐξεληλεγμένοι, οὔθʼ οὗτος ὑγιὲς περὶ τούτων εἴρηκεν οὐδέν.
χωρὶς δὲ τούτων καὶ διαβάλλει τὴν πόλιν τὰ μέγιστʼ ἐν οἷς ψεύδεται· εἰ γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἅμα τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας εἰς πόλεμον παρεκαλεῖτε, αὐτοὶ δὲ πρὸς Φίλιππον περὶ εἰρήνης πρέσβεις ἐπέμπετε, Εὐρυβάτου πρᾶγμα, οὐ πόλεως ἔργον οὐδὲ χρηστῶν ἀνθρώπων διεπράττεσθε. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἔστι· τί γὰρ καὶ βουλόμενοι μετεπέμπεσθʼ ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ; ἐπὶ τὴν εἰρήνην; ἀλλʼ ὑπῆρχεν ἅπασιν. ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον; ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ περὶ εἰρήνης ἐβουλεύεσθε. οὔκουν οὔτε τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰρήνης ἡγεμὼν οὐδʼ αἴτιος ὢν ἐγὼ φαίνομαι, οὔτε τῶν ἄλλων ὧν κατεψεύσατό μου οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς ὂν δείκνυται.
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐποιήσατο τὴν εἰρήνην ἡ πόλις, ἐνταῦθα πάλιν σκέψασθε τί ἡμῶν ἑκάτερος προείλετο πράττειν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκ τούτων εἴσεσθε τίς ἦν ὁ Φιλίππῳ πάντα συναγωνιζόμενος, καὶ τίς ὁ πράττων ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ τὸ τῇ πόλει συμφέρον ζητῶν. ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν ἔγραψα βουλεύων ἀποπλεῖν τὴν ταχίστην τοὺς πρέσβεις ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους ἐν οἷς ἂν ὄντα Φίλιππον πυνθάνωνται, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους ἀπολαμβάνειν· οὗτοι δʼ οὐδὲ γράψαντος ἐμοῦ ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἠθέλησαν.
Sections 26–30
τί δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐδύνατο, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι; ἐγὼ διδάξω. Φιλίππῳ μὲν ἦν συμφέρον ὡς πλεῖστον τὸν μεταξὺ χρόνον γενέσθαι τῶν ὅρκων, ὑμῖν δʼ ὡς ἐλάχιστον. διὰ τί; ὅτι ὑμεῖς μὲν οὐκ ἀφʼ ἧς ὠμόσαθʼ ἡμέρας μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἀφʼ ἧς ἠλπίσατε τὴν εἰρήνην ἔσεσθαι, πάσας ἐξελύσατε τὰς παρασκευὰς τὰς τοῦ πολέμου, ὁ δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου μάλιστʼ ἐπραγματεύετο, νομίζων, ὅπερ ἦν ἀληθές, ὅσα τῆς πόλεως προλάβοι πρὸ τοῦ τοὺς ὅρκους ἀποδοῦναι, πάντα ταῦτα βεβαίως ἕξειν· οὐδένα γὰρ τὴν εἰρήνην λύσειν τούτων εἵνεκα.
ἁγὼ προορώμενος, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ λογιζόμενος τὸ ψήφισμα τοῦτο γράφω, πλεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους ἐν οἷς ἂν ᾖ Φίλιππος καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους τὴν ταχίστην ἀπολαμβάνειν, ἵνʼ ἐχόντων τῶν Θρᾳκῶν, τῶν ὑμετέρων συμμάχων, ταῦτα τὰ χωρίʼ ἃ νῦν οὗτος διέσυρε, τὸ Σέρριον καὶ τὸ Μυρτηνὸν καὶ τὴν Ἐργίσκην, οὕτω γίγνοινθʼ οἱ ὅρκοι, καὶ μὴ προλαβὼν ἐκεῖνος τοὺς ἐπικαίρους τῶν τόπων κύριος τῆς Θρᾴκης κατασταίη, μηδὲ πολλῶν μὲν χρημάτων πολλῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν εὐπορήσας ἐκ τούτων ῥᾳδίως τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπιχειροίη πράγμασιν.
εἶτα τοῦτο μὲν οὐχὶ λέγει τὸ ψήφισμʼ οὐδʼ ἀναγιγνώσκει· εἰ δὲ βουλεύων ἐγὼ προσάγειν τοὺς πρέσβεις ᾤμην δεῖν, τοῦτό μου διαβάλλει. ἀλλὰ τί ἐχρῆν με ποιεῖν; μὴ προσάγειν γράψαι τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦθʼ ἥκοντας, ἵνʼ ὑμῖν διαλεχθῶσιν; ἢ θέαν μὴ κατανεῖμαι τὸν ἀρχιτέκτονʼ αὐτοῖς κελεῦσαι; ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν, εἰ μὴ τοῦτʼ ἐγράφη. τὰ μικρὰ συμφέροντα τῆς πόλεως ἔδει με φυλάττειν, τὰ δʼ ὅλα, ὥσπερ οὗτοι, πεπρακέναι; οὐ δήπου. λέγε τοίνυν μοι τὸ ψήφισμα τουτὶ λαβών, ὃ σαφῶς οὗτος εἰδὼς παρέβη.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ.
ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Μνησιφίλου, ἑκατομβαιῶνος ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Πανδιονίδος, Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς εἶπεν· ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος ἀποστείλας πρέσβεις περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης ὁμολογουμένας πεποίηται συνθήκας, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Ἀθηναίων, ὅπως ἂν ἡ εἰρήνη ἐπιτελεσθῇ ἡ ἐπιχειροτονηθεῖσα ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ, πρέσβεις ἑλέσθαι ἐκ πάντων Ἀθηναίων ἤδη πέντε, τοὺς δὲ χειροτονηθέντας ἀποδημεῖν μηδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν ποιουμένους, ὅπου ἂν ὄντας πυνθάνωνται τὸν Φίλιππον, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους λαβεῖν τε παρʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ταχίστην ἐπὶ ταῖς ὡμολογημέναις συνθήκαις αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν Ἀθηναίων δῆμον, συμπεριλαμβάνοντας καὶ τοὺς ἑκατέρων συμμάχους. πρέσβεις ᾑρέθησαν Εὔβουλος Ἀναφλύστιος, Αἰσχίνης Κοθωκίδης, Κηφισοφῶν Ῥαμνούσιος, Δημοκράτης Φλυεύς, Κλέων Κοθωκίδης.
ταῦτα γράψαντος ἐμοῦ τότε καὶ τὸ τῇ πόλει συμφέρον οὐ τὸ Φιλίππῳ ζητοῦντος, βραχὺ φροντίσαντες οἱ χρηστοὶ πρέσβεις οὗτοι καθῆντʼ ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ τρεῖς ὅλους μῆνας, ἕως ἦλθε Φίλιππος ἐκ Θρᾴκης πάντα καταστρεψάμενος, ἐξὸν ἡμερῶν δέκα, ὁμοίως δὲ τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων, εἰς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἀφῖχθαι καὶ τὰ χωρία σῶσαι, λαβόντας τοὺς ὅρκους πρὶν ἐκεῖνον ἐξελεῖν αὐτά· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἥψατʼ αὐτῶν παρόντων ἡμῶν, ἢ οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτόν, ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερʼ εἶχε, καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην καὶ τὰ χωρία.
Sections 31–35
τὸ μὲν τοίνυν ἐν τῇ πρεσβείᾳ πρῶτον κλέμμα μὲν Φιλίππου, δωροδόκημα δὲ τῶν ἀδίκων τούτων ἀνθρώπων τοιοῦτον ἐγένετο· ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ τότε καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ ὁμολογῶ καὶ πολεμεῖν καὶ διαφέρεσθαι τούτοις. ἕτερον δʼ εὐθὺς ἐφεξῆς ἔτι τούτου μεῖζον κακούργημα θεάσασθε.
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὤμοσε τὴν εἰρήνην ὁ Φίλιππος προλαβὼν τὴν Θρᾴκην διὰ τούτους οὐχὶ πεισθέντας τῷ ἐμῷ ψηφίσματι, πάλιν ὠνεῖται παρʼ αὐτῶν ὅπως μὴ ἄπιμεν ἐκ Μακεδονίας, ἕως τὰ τῆς στρατείας τῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς Φωκέας εὐτρεπῆ ποιήσαιτο, ἵνα μή, δεῦρʼ ἀπαγγειλάντων ἡμῶν ὅτι μέλλει καὶ παρασκευάζεται πορεύεσθαι, ἐξέλθοιθʼ ὑμεῖς καὶ περιπλεύσαντες ταῖς τριήρεσιν εἰς Πύλας ὥσπερ πρότερον κλείσαιτε τὸν τόπον, ἀλλʼ ἅμʼ ἀκούοιτε ταῦτʼ ἀπαγγελλόντων ἡμῶν κἀκεῖνος ἐντὸς εἴη Πυλῶν καὶ μηδὲν ἔχοιθʼ ὑμεῖς ποιῆσαι.
οὕτω δʼ ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἐν φόβῳ καὶ πολλῇ ἀγωνίᾳ, μὴ καὶ ταῦτα προειληφότος αὐτοῦ, εἰ πρὸ τοῦ τοὺς Φωκέας ἀπολέσθαι ψηφίσαισθε βοηθεῖν, ἐκφύγοι τὰ πράγματʼ αὐτόν, ὥστε μισθοῦται τὸν κατάπτυστον τουτονί, οὐκέτι κοινῇ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων πρέσβεων ἀλλʼ ἰδίᾳ καθʼ αὑτόν, τοιαῦτα πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν καὶ ἀπαγγεῖλαι διʼ ὧν ἅπαντʼ ἀπώλετο.
ἀξιῶ δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ δέομαι τοῦτο μεμνῆσθαι παρʼ ὅλον τὸν ἀγῶνα, ὅτι μὴ κατηγορήσαντος Αἰσχίνου μηδὲν ἔξω τῆς γραφῆς οὐδʼ ἂν ἐγὼ λόγον οὐδένʼ ἐποιούμην ἕτερον· πάσαις δʼ αἰτίαις καὶ βλασφημίαις ἅμα τούτου κεχρημένου ἀνάγκη κἀμοὶ πρὸς ἕκαστα τῶν κατηγορημένων μίκρʼ ἀποκρίνασθαι.
τίνες οὖν ἦσαν οἱ παρὰ τούτου λόγοι τότε ῥηθέντες, καὶ διʼ οὓς ἅπαντʼ ἀπώλετο; ὡς οὐ δεῖ θορυβεῖσθαι τῷ παρεληλυθέναι Φίλιππον εἴσω Πυλῶν· ἔσται γὰρ ἅπανθʼ ὅσα βούλεσθʼ ὑμεῖς, ἂν ἔχηθʼ ἡσυχίαν, καὶ ἀκούσεσθε δυοῖν ἢ τριῶν ἡμερῶν, οἷς μὲν ἐχθρὸς ἥκει, φίλον αὐτὸν γεγενημένον, οἷς δὲ φίλος, τοὐναντίον ἐχθρόν. οὐ γὰρ τὰ ῥήματα τὰς οἰκειότητας ἔφη βεβαιοῦν, μάλα σεμνῶς ὀνομάζων, ἀλλὰ τὸ ταὐτὰ συμφέρειν· συμφέρειν δὲ Φιλίππῳ καὶ Φωκεῦσι καὶ ὑμῖν ὁμοίως ἅπασι τῆς ἀναλγησίας καὶ τῆς βαρύτητος ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς τῶν Θηβαίων.
Sections 36–40
ταῦτα δʼ ἀσμένως τινὲς ἤκουον αὐτοῦ διὰ τὴν τόθʼ ὑποῦσαν ἀπέχθειαν πρὸς τοὺς Θηβαίους. τί οὖν συνέβη μετὰ ταῦτʼ εὐθύς, οὐκ εἰς μακράν; τοὺς μὲν Φωκέας ἀπολέσθαι καὶ κατασκαφῆναι τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν, ὑμᾶς δʼ ἡσυχίαν ἀγαγόντας καὶ τούτῳ πεισθέντας μικρὸν ὕστερον σκευαγωγεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν, τοῦτον δὲ χρυσίον λαβεῖν, καὶ ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις τὴν μὲν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν πρὸς Θηβαίους καὶ Θετταλοὺς τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι, τὴν δὲ χάριν τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν πεπραγμένων Φιλίππῳ.
ὅτι δʼ οὕτω ταῦτʼ ἔχει, λέγε μοι τό τε τοῦ Καλλισθένους ψήφισμα καὶ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου, ἐξ ὧν ἀμφοτέρων ταῦθʼ ἅπανθʼ ὑμῖν ἔσται φανερά. λέγε.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
ἐπὶ Μνησιφίλου ἄρχοντος, σύγκλητος ἐκκλησία ὑπὸ στρατηγῶν καὶ πρυτάνεων, βουλῆς γνώμη, μαιμακτηριῶνος δεκάτῃ ἀπιόντος, Καλλισθένης Ἐτεονίκου Φαληρεὺς εἶπε μηδένα Ἀθηναίων μηδεμιᾷ παρευρέσει ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ κοιταῖον γίγνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἄστει καὶ Πειραιεῖ, ὅσοι μὴ ἐν τοῖς φρουρίοις εἰσὶν ἀποτεταγμένοι· τούτων δʼ ἑκάστους ἣν παρέλαβον τάξιν διατηρεῖν μήτε ἀφημερεύοντας μήτε ἀποκοιτοῦντας.
ὃς δʼ ἂν ἀπειθήσῃ τῷδε τῷ ψηφίσματι, ἔνοχος ἔστω τοῖς τῆς προδοσίας ἐπιτιμίοις, ἐὰν μή τι ἀδύνατον ἐπιδεικνύῃ περὶ ἑαυτόν· περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου ἐπικρινέτω ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγὸς καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως καὶ ὁ γραμματεὺς τῆς βουλῆς. κατακομίζειν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν πάντα τὴν ταχίστην, τὰ μὲν ἐντὸς σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι εἰς ἄστυ καὶ Πειραιᾶ, τὰ δὲ ἐκτὸς σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι εἰς Ἐλευσῖνα καὶ Φυλὴν καὶ Ἄφιδναν καὶ Ῥαμνοῦντα καὶ Σούνιον. εἶπε Καλλισθένης Φαληρεύς.
ἆρʼ ἐπὶ ταύταις ταῖς ἐλπίσι τὴν εἰρήνην ἐποιεῖσθε, ἢ ταῦτʼ ἐπηγγέλλεθʼ ὑμῖν οὗτος ὁ μισθωτός;
λέγε δὴ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἣν ἔπεμψε Φίλιππος μετὰ ταῦτα.
ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ.
Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Ἀθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ χαίρειν. ἴστε ἡμᾶς παρεληλυθότας εἴσω Πυλῶν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Φωκίδα ὑφʼ ἑαυτοὺς πεποιημένους, καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἑκουσίως προσετίθετο τῶν πολισμάτων, φρουρὰς εἰσαγηοχότας, τὰ δὲ μὴ ὑπακούοντα κατὰ κράτος λαβόντες καὶ ἐξανδραποδισάμενοι κατεσκάψαμεν. ἀκούων δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς παρασκευάζεσθαι βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς γέγραφα ὑμῖν, ἵνα μὴ πλεῖον ἐνοχλῆσθε περὶ τούτων· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ὅλοις οὐδὲν μέτριόν μοι δοκεῖτε ποιεῖν, τὴν εἰρήνην συνθέμενοι καὶ ὁμοίως ἀντιπαρεξάγοντες, καὶ ταῦτα οὐδὲ συμπεριειλημμένων τῶν Φωκέων ἐν ταῖς κοιναῖς ἡμῶν συνθήκαις. ὥστε ἐὰν μὴ ἐμμένητε τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις, οὐδὲν προτερήσετε ἔξω τοῦ ἐφθακέναι ἀδικοῦντες.
ἀκούεθʼ ὡς σαφῶς δηλοῖ καὶ διορίζεται ἐν τῇ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστολῇ πρὸς τοὺς αὑτοῦ συμμάχους, ὅτι ἐγὼ ταῦτα πεποίηκʼ ἀκόντων Ἀθηναίων καὶ λυπουμένων, ὥστʼ εἴπερ εὖ φρονεῖτʼ, ὦ Θηβαῖοι καὶ Θετταλοί, τούτους μὲν ἐχθροὺς ὑπολήψεσθε, ἐμοὶ δὲ πιστεύσετε οὐ τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν γράψας, ταῦτα δὲ βουλόμενος δεικνύναι. τοιγαροῦν ἐκ τούτων ᾤχετʼ ἐκείνους λαβὼν εἰς τὸ μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν προορᾶν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα μηδʼ αἰσθάνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐᾶσαι πάντα τὰ πράγματʼ ἐκεῖνον ὑφʼ ἑαυτῷ ποιήσασθαι· ἐξ ὧν ταῖς παρούσαις συμφοραῖς οἱ ταλαίπωροι κέχρηνται.
Sections 41–45
ὁ δὲ ταύτης τῆς πίστεως αὐτῷ συνεργὸς καὶ συναγωνιστὴς καὶ ὁ δεῦρʼ ἀπαγγείλας τὰ ψευδῆ καὶ φενακίσας ὑμᾶς, οὗτός ἐσθʼ ὁ τὰ Θηβαίων ὀδυρόμενος νῦν πάθη καὶ διεξιὼν ὡς οἰκτρά, καὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν ἐν Φωκεῦσι κακῶν καὶ ὅσʼ ἄλλα πεπόνθασιν οἱ Ἕλληνες ἁπάντων αὐτὸς ὢν αἴτιος. δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι σὺ μὲν ἀλγεῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους ἐλεεῖς, κτήματʼ ἔχων ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ καὶ γεωργῶν τὰ ἐκείνων, ἐγὼ δὲ χαίρω, ὃς εὐθὺς ἐξῃτούμην ὑπὸ τοῦ ταῦτα πράξαντος.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐμπέπτωκʼ εἰς λόγους, οὓς αὐτίκα μᾶλλον ἴσως ἁρμόσει λέγειν. ἐπάνειμι δὴ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις, ὡς τὰ τούτων ἀδικήματα τῶν νυνὶ παρόντων πραγμάτων γέγονʼ αἴτια.
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐξηπάτησθε μὲν ὑμεῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου διὰ τούτων τῶν ἐν ταῖς πρεσβείαις μισθωσάντων ἑαυτοὺς καὶ οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς ὑμῖν ἀπαγγειλάντων, ἐξηπάτηντο δʼ οἱ ταλαίπωροι Φωκεῖς καὶ ἀνῄρηνθʼ αἱ πόλεις αὐτῶν, τί ἐγένετο;
οἱ μὲν κατάπτυστοι Θετταλοὶ καὶ ἀναίσθητοι Θηβαῖοι φίλον, εὐεργέτην, σωτῆρα τὸν Φίλιππον ἡγοῦντο· πάντʼ ἐκεῖνος ἦν αὐτοῖς· οὐδὲ φωνὴν ἤκουον εἴ τις ἄλλο τι βούλοιτο λέγειν. ὑμεῖς δʼ ὑφορώμενοι τὰ πεπραγμένα καὶ δυσχεραίνοντες ἤγετε τὴν εἰρήνην ὅμως· οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε. καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δʼ Ἕλληνες, ὁμοίως ὑμῖν πεφενακισμένοι καὶ διημαρτηκότες ὧν ἤλπισαν, ἦγον τὴν εἰρήνην ἄσμενοι, καὶ αὐτοὶ τρόπον τινʼ ἐκ πολλοῦ πολεμούμενοι.
ὅτε γὰρ περιιὼν Φίλιππος Ἰλλυριοὺς καὶ Τριβαλλούς, τινὰς δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατεστρέφετο, καὶ δυνάμεις πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας ἐποιεῖθʼ ὑφʼ ἑαυτῷ, καί τινες τῶν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐξουσίᾳ βαδίζοντες ἐκεῖσε διεφθείροντο, ὧν εἷς οὗτος ἦν, τότε πάντες ἐφʼ οὓς ταῦτα παρεσκευάζετʼ ἐκεῖνος ἐπολεμοῦντο. εἰ δὲ μὴ ᾐσθάνοντο, ἕτερος λόγος οὗτος, οὐ πρὸς ἐμέ.
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ προὔλεγον καὶ διεμαρτυρόμην καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν ἀεὶ καὶ ὅποι πεμφθείην· αἱ δὲ πόλεις ἐνόσουν, τῶν μὲν ἐν τῷ πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ πράττειν δωροδοκούντων καὶ διαφθειρομένων ἐπὶ χρήμασι, τῶν δʼ ἰδιωτῶν καὶ πολλῶν τὰ μὲν οὐ προορωμένων, τὰ δὲ τῇ καθʼ ἡμέραν ῥᾳστώνῃ καὶ σχολῇ δελεαζομένων, καὶ τοιουτονί τι πάθος πεπονθότων ἁπάντων, πλὴν οὐκ ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἑκάστων οἰομένων τὸ δεινὸν ἥξειν καὶ διὰ τῶν ἑτέρων κινδύνων τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἀσφαλῶς σχήσειν ὅταν βούλωνται.
Sections 46–50
εἶτʼ, οἶμαι, συμβέβηκε τοῖς μὲν πλήθεσιν ἀντὶ τῆς πολλῆς καὶ ἀκαίρου ῥᾳθυμίας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἀπολωλεκέναι, τοῖς δὲ προεστηκόσι καὶ τἄλλα πλὴν ἑαυτοὺς οἰομένοις πωλεῖν πρώτους ἑαυτοὺς πεπρακόσιν αἰσθέσθαι· ἀντὶ γὰρ φίλων καὶ ξένων ἃ τότʼ ὠνομάζοντο ἡνίκʼ ἐδωροδόκουν, νῦν κόλακες καὶ θεοῖς ἐχθροὶ καὶ τἄλλʼ ἃ προσήκει πάντʼ ἀκούουσιν.
οὐδεὶς γάρ, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸ τοῦ προδιδόντος συμφέρον ζητῶν χρήματʼ ἀναλίσκει, οὐδʼ ἐπειδὰν ὧν ἂν πρίηται κύριος γένηται τῷ προδότῃ συμβούλῳ περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἔτι χρῆται· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν ἦν εὐδαιμονέστερον προδότου. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα· πόθεν; πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ. ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὰν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐγκρατὴς ὁ ζητῶν ἄρχειν καταστῇ, καὶ τῶν ταῦτʼ ἀποδομένων δεσπότης ἐστί, τὴν δὲ πονηρίαν εἰδὼς τότε δή, τότε καὶ μισεῖ καὶ ἀπιστεῖ καὶ προπηλακίζει.
σκοπεῖτε δέ· καὶ γὰρ εἰ παρελήλυθʼ ὁ τῶν πραγμάτων καιρός, ὁ τοῦ γʼ εἰδέναι τὰ τοιαῦτα καιρὸς ἀεὶ πάρεστι τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι. μέχρι τούτου Λασθένης φίλος ὠνομάζετο, ἕως προὔδωκεν Ὄλυνθον· μέχρι τούτου Τιμόλαος, ἕως ἀπώλεσε Θήβας· μέχρι τούτου Εὔδικος καὶ Σῖμος ὁ Λαρισαῖος, ἕως Θετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ ἐποίησαν. εἶτʼ ἐλαυνομένων καὶ ὑβριζομένων καὶ τί κακὸν οὐχὶ πασχόντων πᾶσʼ ἡ οἰκουμένη μεστὴ γέγονεν. τί δʼ Ἀρίστρατος ἐν Σικυῶνι, καὶ τί Πέριλλος ἐν Μεγάροις; οὐκ ἀπερριμμένοι;
ἐξ ὧν καὶ σαφέστατʼ ἄν τις ἴδοι ὅτι ὁ μάλιστα φυλάττων τὴν αὑτοῦ πατρίδα καὶ πλεῖστʼ ἀντιλέγων τούτοις, οὗτος ὑμῖν, Αἰσχίνη, τοῖς προδιδοῦσι καὶ μισθαρνοῦσιν τὸ ἔχειν ἐφʼ ὅτῳ δωροδοκήσετε περιποιεῖ, καὶ διὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς τουτωνὶ καὶ τοὺς ἀνθισταμένους τοῖς ὑμετέροις βουλήμασιν ὑμεῖς ἐστὲ σῷοι καὶ ἔμμισθοι, ἐπεὶ διά γʼ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς πάλαι ἂν ἀπωλώλειτε.
καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν τότε πραχθέντων ἔχων ἔτι πολλὰ λέγειν, καὶ ταῦθʼ ἡγοῦμαι πλείω τῶν ἱκανῶν εἰρῆσθαι. αἴτιος δʼ οὗτος, ὥσπερ ἑωλοκρασίαν τινά μου τῆς πονηρίας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀδικημάτων κατασκεδάσας, ἣν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν πρὸς τοὺς νεωτέρους τῶν πεπραγμένων ἀπολύσασθαι. παρηνώχλησθε δʼ ἴσως οἱ καὶ πρὶν ἔμʼ εἰπεῖν ὁτιοῦν εἰδότες τὴν τούτου τότε μισθαρνίαν.
Sections 51–55
καίτοι φιλίαν γε καὶ ξενίαν αὐτὴν ὀνομάζει, καὶ νῦν εἶπέ που λέγων ὁ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου ξενίαν ὀνειδίζων ἐμοί ἐγώ σοι ξενίαν Ἀλεξάνδρου; πόθεν λαβόντι ἢ πῶς ἀξιωθέντι; οὔτε Φιλίππου ξένον οὔτʼ Ἀλεξάνδρου φίλον εἴποιμʼ ἂν ἐγώ σε, οὐχ οὕτω μαίνομαι, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοὺς θεριστὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλο τι μισθοῦ πράττοντας φίλους καὶ ξένους δεῖ καλεῖν τῶν μισθωσαμένων.
ἀλλὰ μισθωτὸν ἐγώ σε Φιλίππου πρότερον καὶ νῦν Ἀλεξάνδρου καλῶ, καὶ οὗτοι πάντες. εἰ δʼ ἀπιστεῖς, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς, μᾶλλον δʼ ἐγὼ τοῦθʼ ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω. πότερον ὑμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δοκεῖ μισθωτὸς Αἰσχίνης ἢ ξένος εἶναι Ἀλεξάνδρου; ἀκούεις ἃ λέγουσιν.
βούλομαι τοίνυν ἤδη καὶ περὶ τῆς γραφῆς αὐτῆς ἀπολογήσασθαι καὶ διεξελθεῖν τὰ πεπραγμένʼ ἐμαυτῷ, ἵνα καίπερ εἰδὼς Αἰσχίνης ὅμως ἀκούσῃ διʼ ἅ φημι καὶ τούτων τῶν προβεβουλευμένων καὶ πολλῷ μειζόνων ἔτι τούτων δωρειῶν δίκαιος εἶναι τυγχάνειν. καί μοι λέγε τὴν γραφὴν αὐτὴν λαβών.
ΓΡΑΦΗ.
ἐπὶ Χαιρώνδου ἄρχοντος, ἐλαφηβολιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἱσταμένου, Αἰσχίνης Ἀτρομήτου Κοθωκίδης ἀπήνεγκε πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα παρανόμων κατὰ Κτησιφῶντος τοῦ Λεωσθένους Ἀναφλυστίου, ὅτι ἔγραψε παράνομον ψήφισμα, ὡς ἄρα δεῖ στεφανῶσαι Δημοσθένην Δημοσθένους Παιανιέα χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις τοῖς μεγάλοις, τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς, ὅτι στεφανοῖ ὁ δῆμος Δημοσθένην Δημοσθένους Παιανιέα χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα καὶ εὐνοίας ἧς ἔχων διατελεῖ εἴς τε τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἅπαντας καὶ τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων καὶ ἀνδραγαθίας, καὶ διότι διατελεῖ πράττων καὶ λέγων τὰ βέλτιστα τῷ δήμῳ καὶ πρόθυμός ἐστι ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν δύνηται ἀγαθόν,
πάντα ταῦτα ψευδῆ γράψας καὶ παράνομα, τῶν νόμων οὐκ ἐώντων πρῶτον μὲν ψευδεῖς γραφὰς εἰς τὰ δημόσια γράμματα καταβάλλεσθαι, εἶτα τὸν ὑπεύθυνον στεφανοῦν (ἔστι δὲ Δημοσθένης τειχοποιὸς καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ θεωρικῷ τεταγμένος), ἔτι δὲ μὴ ἀναγορεύειν τὸν στέφανον ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις τραγῳδῶν τῇ καινῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ βουλὴ στεφανοῖ, ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ ἀνειπεῖν, ἐὰν δὲ ἡ πόλις, ἐν πυκνὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. τίμημα τάλαντα πεντήκοντα. κλήτορες Κηφισοφῶν Κηφισοφῶντος Ῥαμνούσιος, Κλέων Κλέωνος Κοθωκίδης.
Sections 56–60
ἃ μὲν διώκει τοῦ ψηφίσματος, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ταῦτʼ ἐστίν. ἐγὼ δʼ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τούτων πρῶτον οἶμαι δῆλον ὑμῖν ποιήσειν ὅτι πάντα δικαίως ἀπολογήσομαι· τὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν τούτῳ ποιησάμενος τῶν γεγραμμένων τάξιν περὶ πάντων ἐρῶ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐφεξῆς καὶ οὐδὲν ἑκὼν παραλείψω.
τοῦ μὲν οὖν γράψαι πράττοντα καὶ λέγοντα τὰ βέλτιστά με τῷ δήμῳ διατελεῖν καὶ πρόθυμον εἶναι ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν δύνωμαι ἀγαθόν, καὶ ἐπαινεῖν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἐν τοῖς πεπολιτευμένοις τὴν κρίσιν εἶναι νομίζω· ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτων ἐξεταζομένων εὑρεθήσεται εἴτʼ ἀληθῆ περὶ ἐμοῦ γέγραφε Κτησιφῶν ταῦτα καὶ προσήκοντα εἴτε καὶ ψευδῆ·
τὸ δὲ μὴ προσγράψαντα ἐπειδὰν τὰς εὐθύνας δῶ στεφανοῦν, καὶ ἀνειπεῖν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ τὸν στέφανον κελεῦσαι, κοινωνεῖν μὲν ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τοῦτο τοῖς πεπολιτευμένοις, εἴτʼ ἄξιός εἰμι τοῦ στεφάνου καὶ τῆς ἀναρρήσεως τῆς ἐν τούτοις εἴτε καὶ μή· ἔτι μέντοι καὶ τοὺς νόμους δεικτέον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, καθʼ οὓς ταῦτα γράφειν ἐξῆν τούτῳ. οὑτωσὶ μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, δικαίως καὶ ἁπλῶς τὴν ἀπολογίαν ἔγνωκα ποιεῖσθαι, βαδιοῦμαι δʼ ἐπʼ αὔθʼ ἃ πέπρακταί μοι.
καί με μηδεὶς ἀπαρτᾶν ὑπολάβῃ τὸν λόγον τῆς γραφῆς, ἐὰν εἰς Ἑλληνικὰς πράξεις καὶ λόγους ἐμπέσω· ὁ γὰρ διώκων τοῦ ψηφίσματος τὸ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν τὰ ἄριστά με καὶ γεγραμμένος ταῦθʼ ὡς οὐκ ἀληθῆ, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοὺς περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπολιτευμένων λόγους οἰκείους καὶ ἀναγκαίους τῇ γραφῇ πεποιηκώς. εἶτα καὶ πολλῶν προαιρέσεων οὐσῶν τῆς πολιτείας τὴν περὶ τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς πράξεις εἱλόμην ἐγώ, ὥστε καὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις ἐκ τούτων δίκαιός εἰμι ποιεῖσθαι.
ἃ μὲν οὖν πρὸ τοῦ πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ δημηγορεῖν ἐμὲ προὔλαβε καὶ κατέσχε Φίλιππος, ἐάσω· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι τούτων εἶναι πρὸς ἐμέ· ἃ δʼ ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ ταῦτʼ ἐπέστην ἐγὼ διεκωλύθη, ταῦτʼ ἀναμνήσω καὶ τούτων ὑφέξω λόγον, τοσοῦτον ὑπειπών. πλεονέκτημʼ, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, μέγʼ ὑπῆρξε Φιλίππῳ.
Sections 61–65
παρὰ γὰρ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, οὐ τισίν, ἀλλʼ ἅπασιν ὁμοίως, φορὰν προδοτῶν καὶ δωροδόκων καὶ θεοῖς ἐχθρῶν ἀνθρώπων συνέβη γενέσθαι τοσαύτην ὅσην οὐδείς πω πρότερον μέμνηται γεγονυῖαν· οὓς συναγωνιστὰς καὶ συνεργοὺς λαβὼν καὶ πρότερον κακῶς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἔχοντας πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ στασιαστικῶς ἔτι χεῖρον διέθηκε, τοὺς μὲν ἐξαπατῶν, τοῖς δὲ διδούς, τοὺς δὲ πάντα τρόπον διαφθείρων, καὶ διέστησεν εἰς μέρη πολλά, ἑνὸς τοῦ συμφέροντος ἅπασιν ὄντος, κωλύειν ἐκεῖνον μέγαν γίγνεσθαι.
ἐν τοιαύτῃ δὲ καταστάσει καὶ ἔτʼ ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ συνισταμένου καὶ φυομένου κακοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων Ἑλλήνων ὄντων, δεῖ σκοπεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τί προσῆκον ἦν ἑλέσθαι πράττειν καὶ ποιεῖν τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τούτων λόγον παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαβεῖν· ὁ γὰρ ἐνταῦθʼ ἑαυτὸν τάξας τῆς πολιτείας εἴμʼ ἐγώ.
πότερον αὐτὴν ἐχρῆν, Αἰσχίνη, τὸ φρόνημʼ ἀφεῖσαν καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν τὴν αὑτῆς ἐν τῇ Θετταλῶν καὶ Δολόπων τάξει συγκατακτᾶσθαι Φιλίππῳ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀρχὴν καὶ τὰ τῶν προγόνων καλὰ καὶ δίκαιʼ ἀναιρεῖν; ἢ τοῦτο μὲν μὴ ποιεῖν, δεινὸν γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς, ἃ δʼ ἑώρα συμβησόμενα, εἰ μηδεὶς κωλύσει, καὶ προῃσθάνεθʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐκ πολλοῦ, ταῦτα περιιδεῖν γιγνόμενα;
ἀλλὰ νῦν ἔγωγε τὸν μάλιστʼ ἐπιτιμῶντα τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἡδέως ἂν ἐροίμην, τῆς ποίας μερίδος γενέσθαι τὴν πόλιν ἐβούλετʼ ἄν, πότερον τῆς συναιτίας τῶν συμβεβηκότων τοῖς Ἕλλησι κακῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν, ἧς ἂν Θετταλοὺς καὶ τοὺς μετὰ τούτων εἴποι τις, ἢ τῆς περιεορακυίας ταῦτα γιγνόμενα ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς ἰδίας πλεονεξίας ἐλπίδι, ἧς ἂν Ἀρκάδας καὶ Μεσσηνίους καὶ Ἀργείους θείημεν.
ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων πολλοί, μᾶλλον δὲ πάντες, χεῖρον ἡμῶν ἀπηλλάχασιν. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὲν ὡς ἐκράτησε Φίλιππος ᾤχετʼ εὐθέως ἀπιὼν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἦγεν ἡσυχίαν, μήτε τῶν αὑτοῦ συμμάχων μήτε τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων μηδένα μηδὲν λυπήσας, ἦν ἄν τις κατὰ τῶν ἐναντιωθέντων οἷς ἔπραττεν ἐκεῖνος μέμψις καὶ κατηγορία· εἰ δʼ ὁμοίως ἁπάντων τὸ ἀξίωμα, τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν περιείλετο, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τὰς πολιτείας, ὅσων ἐδύνατο, πῶς οὐχ ἁπάντων ἐνδοξόταθʼ ὑμεῖς ἐβουλεύσασθʼ ἐμοὶ πεισθέντες;
Sections 66–70
ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖσʼ ἐπανέρχομαι. τί τὴν πόλιν, Αἰσχίνη, προσῆκε ποιεῖν ἀρχὴν καὶ τυραννίδα τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὁρῶσαν ἑαυτῷ κατασκευαζόμενον Φίλιππον; ἢ τί τὸν σύμβουλον ἔδει λέγειν ἢ γράφειν τὸν Ἀθήνησιν (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο πλεῖστον διαφέρει), ὃς συνῄδειν μὲν ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου μέχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ἀφʼ ἧς αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμʼ ἀνέβην, ἀεὶ περὶ πρωτείων καὶ τιμῆς καὶ δόξης ἀγωνιζομένην τὴν πατρίδα, καὶ πλείω καὶ χρήματα καὶ σώματʼ ἀνηλωκυῖαν ὑπὲρ φιλοτιμίας καὶ τῶν πᾶσι συμφερόντων ἢ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀνηλώκασιν ἕκαστοι,
ἑώρων δʼ αὐτὸν τὸν Φίλιππον, πρὸς ὃν ἦν ἡμῖν ὁ ἀγών, ὑπὲρ ἀρχῆς καὶ δυναστείας τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἐκκεκομμένον, τὴν κλεῖν κατεαγότα, τὴν χεῖρα, τὸ σκέλος πεπηρωμένον, πᾶν ὅ τι βουληθείη μέρος ἡ τύχη τοῦ σώματος παρελέσθαι, τοῦτο προϊέμενον, ὥστε τῷ λοιπῷ μετὰ τιμῆς καὶ δόξης ζῆν;
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτό γʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν εἰπεῖν τολμήσαι, ὡς τῷ μὲν ἐν Πέλλῃ τραφέντι, χωρίῳ ἀδόξῳ τότε γʼ ὄντι καὶ μικρῷ, τοσαύτην μεγαλοψυχίαν προσῆκεν ἐγγενέσθαι ὥστε τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀρχῆς ἐπιθυμῆσαι καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰς τὸν νοῦν ἐμβαλέσθαι, ὑμῖν δʼ οὖσιν Ἀθηναίοις καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην ἐν πᾶσι καὶ λόγοις καὶ θεωρήμασι τῆς τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς ὑπομνήμαθʼ ὁρῶσι τοσαύτην κακίαν ὑπάρξαι, ὥστε τῆς ἐλευθερίας αὐτεπαγγέλτους ἐθελοντὰς παραχωρῆσαι Φιλίππῳ.
οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς ταῦτα φήσειεν. λοιπὸν τοίνυν ἦν καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἅμα πᾶσιν οἷς ἐκεῖνος ἔπραττʼ ἀδικῶν ὑμᾶς ἐναντιοῦσθαι δικαίως. τοῦτʼ ἐποιεῖτε μὲν ὑμεῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰκότως καὶ προσηκόντως, ἔγραφον δὲ καὶ συνεβούλευον καὶ ἐγὼ καθʼ οὓς ἐπολιτευόμην χρόνους. ὁμολογῶ. ἀλλὰ τί ἐχρῆν με ποιεῖν; ἤδη γάρ σʼ ἐρωτῶ πάντα τἄλλʼ ἀφείς, Ἀμφίπολιν, Πύδναν, Ποτείδαιαν, Ἁλόννησον· οὐδενὸς τούτων μέμνημαι·
Σέρριον δὲ καὶ Δορίσκον καὶ τὴν Πεπαρήθου πόρθησιν καὶ ὅσʼ ἄλλʼ ἡ πόλις ἠδικεῖτο, οὐδʼ εἰ γέγονεν οἶδα. καίτοι σύ γʼ ἔφησθά με ταῦτα λέγοντʼ εἰς ἔχθραν ἐμβαλεῖν τουτουσί, Εὐβούλου καὶ Ἀριστοφῶντος καὶ Διοπείθους τῶν περὶ τούτων ψηφισμάτων ὄντων, οὐκ ἐμῶν, ὦ λέγων εὐχερῶς ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῇς.
Sections 71–75
οὐδὲ νῦν περὶ τούτων ἐρῶ. ἀλλʼ ὁ τὴν Εὔβοιαν ἐκεῖνος σφετεριζόμενος καὶ κατασκευάζων ἐπιτείχισμʼ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀττικήν, καὶ Μεγάροις ἐπιχειρῶν, καὶ καταλαμβάνων Ὠρεόν, καὶ κατασκάπτων Πορθμόν, καὶ καθιστὰς ἐν μὲν Ὠρεῷ Φιλιστίδην τύραννον, ἐν δʼ Ἐρετρίᾳ Κλείταρχον, καὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὑφʼ αὑτῷ ποιούμενος, καὶ Βυζάντιον πολιορκῶν, καὶ πόλεις Ἑλληνίδας τὰς μὲν ἀναιρῶν, εἰς τὰς δὲ τοὺς φυγάδας κατάγων, πότερον ταῦτα ποιῶν ἠδίκει καὶ παρεσπόνδει καὶ ἔλυε τὴν εἰρήνην ἢ οὔ; καὶ πότερον φανῆναί τινα τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸν ταῦτα κωλύσοντα ἐχρῆν, ἢ μή;
εἰ μὲν γὰρ μὴ ἐχρῆν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Μυσῶν λείαν καλουμένην τὴν Ἑλλάδʼ οὖσαν ὀφθῆναι ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων, περιείργασμαι μὲν ἐγὼ περὶ τούτων εἰπών, περιείργασται δʼ ἡ πόλις ἡ πεισθεῖσʼ ἐμοί, ἔστω δʼ ἀδικήματα πάνθʼ ἃ πέπρακται καὶ ἁμαρτήματʼ ἐμά. εἰ δʼ ἔδει τινὰ τούτων κωλυτὴν φανῆναι, τίνʼ ἄλλον ἢ τὸν Ἀθηναίων δῆμον προσῆκε γενέσθαι; ταῦτα τοίνυν ἐπολιτευόμην ἐγώ, καὶ ὁρῶν καταδουλούμενον πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐκεῖνον ἠναντιούμην, καὶ προλέγων καὶ διδάσκων μὴ προΐεσθαι διετέλουν. καὶ μὴν τὴν εἰρήνην γʼ ἐκεῖνος ἔλυσε τὰ πλοῖα λαβών, οὐχ ἡ πόλις, Αἰσχίνη.
φέρε δʼ αὐτὰ τὰ ψηφίσματα καὶ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου, καὶ λέγʼ ἐφεξῆς· ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτων τίς τίνος αἴτιός ἐστι γενήσεται φανερόν.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Νεοκλέους, μηνὸς βοηδρομιῶνος, ἐκκλησία σύγκλητος ὑπὸ στρατηγῶν, Εὔβουλος Μνησιθέου Κόπριος εἶπεν· ἐπειδὴ προσήγγειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ὡς ἄρα Λεωδάμαντα τὸν ναύαρχον καὶ τὰ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἀποσταλέντα σκάφη εἴκοσι ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ σίτου παραπομπὴν εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον ὁ παρὰ Φιλίππου στρατηγὸς Ἀμύντας καταγήοχεν εἰς Μακεδονίαν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἔχει, ἐπιμεληθῆναι τοὺς πρυτάνεις καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ὅπως ἡ βουλὴ συναχθῇ καὶ αἱρεθῶσι πρέσβεις πρὸς Φίλιππον,
οἳ παραγενόμενοι διαλέξονται πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ τοῦ ἀφεθῆναι τὸν ναύαρχον καὶ τὰ πλοῖα καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ εἰ μὲν διʼ ἄγνοιαν ταῦτα πεποίηκεν ὁ Ἀμύντας, ὅτι οὐ μεμψιμοιρεῖ ὁ δῆμος οὐδέν· εἰ δέ τι πλημμελοῦντα παρὰ τὰ ἐπεσταλμένα λαβών, ὅτι ἐπισκεψάμενοι Ἀθηναῖοι ἐπιτιμήσουσι κατὰ τὴν τῆς ὀλιγωρίας ἀξίαν· εἰ δὲ μηδέτερον τούτων ἐστίν, ἀλλʼ ἰδίᾳ ἀγνωμονοῦσιν ἢ ὁ ἀποστείλας ἢ ὁ ἀπεσταλμένος, καὶ τοῦτο λέγειν, ἵνα αἰσθανόμενος ὁ δῆμος βουλεύσηται τί δεῖ ποιεῖν.
τοῦτο μὲν τοίνυν τὸ ψήφισμʼ Εὔβουλος ἔγραψεν, οὐκ ἐγώ, τὸ δʼ ἐφεξῆς Ἀριστοφῶν, εἶθʼ Ἡγήσιππος, εἶτʼ Ἀριστοφῶν πάλιν, εἶτα Φιλοκράτης, εἶτα Κηφισοφῶν, εἶτα πάντες· ἐγὼ δʼ οὐδὲν περὶ τούτων. λέγε.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ.
ἐπὶ Νεοκλέους ἄρχοντος, βοηδρομιῶνος ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ, βουλῆς γνώμη, πρυτάνεις καὶ στρατηγοὶ ἐχρημάτισαν τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀνενεγκόντες, ὅτι ἔδοξε τῷ δήμῳ πρέσβεις ἑλέσθαι πρὸς Φίλιππον περὶ τῆς τῶν πλοίων ἀνακομιδῆς καὶ ἐντολὰς δοῦναι κατὰ τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ψηφίσματα. καὶ εἵλοντο τούσδε, Κηφισοφῶντα Κλέωνος Ἀναφλύστιον, Δημόκριτον Δημοφῶντος Ἀναγυράσιον, Πολύκριτον Ἀπημάντου Κοθωκίδην. πρυτανεία φυλῆς Ἱπποθωντίδος, Ἀριστοφῶν Κολλυτεὺς πρόεδρος εἶπεν.
Sections 76–80
ὥσπερ τοίνυν ἐγὼ ταῦτα δεικνύω τὰ ψηφίσματα, οὕτω καὶ σὺ δεῖξον, Αἰσχίνη, ὁποῖον ἐγὼ γράψας ψήφισμα αἴτιός εἰμι τοῦ πολέμου. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις· εἰ γὰρ εἶχες, οὐδὲν ἂν αὐτοῦ πρότερον νυνὶ παρέσχου. καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ ὁ Φίλιππος οὐδὲν αἰτιᾶται ἔμʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ πολέμου, ἑτέροις ἐγκαλῶν. λέγε δʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τὴν τοῦΦιλίππου.
ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ.
Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Ἀθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ χαίρειν. παραγενόμενοι πρὸς ἐμὲ οἱ παρʼ ὑμῶν πρεσβευταί, Κηφισοφῶν καὶ Δημόκριτος καὶ Πολύκριτος, διελέγοντο περὶ τῆς τῶν πλοίων ἀφέσεως ὧν ἐναυάρχει Λεωδάμας. καθʼ ὅλου μὲν οὖν ἔμοιγε φαίνεσθε ἐν μεγάλῃ εὐηθείᾳ ἔσεσθαι, εἰ οἴεσθʼ ἐμὲ λανθάνειν ὅτι ἐξαπεστάλη ταῦτα τὰ πλοῖα πρόφασιν μὲν ὡς τὸν σῖτον παραπέμψοντα ἐκ τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου εἰς Λῆμνον, βοηθήσοντα δὲ Σηλυμβριανοῖς τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ μὲν πολιορκουμένοις, οὐ συμπεριειλημμένοις δὲ ἐν ταῖς τῆς φιλίας κοινῇ κειμέναις ἡμῖν συνθήκαις.
καὶ ταῦτα συνετάχθη τῷ ναυάρχῳ ἄνευ μὲν τοῦ δήμου τοῦ Ἀθηναίων, ὑπὸ δέ τινων ἀρχόντων καὶ ἑτέρων ἰδιωτῶν μὲν νῦν ὄντων, ἐκ παντὸς δὲ τρόπου βουλομένων τὸν δῆμον ἀντὶ τῆς νῦν ὑπαρχούσης πρὸς ἐμὲ φιλίας τὸν πόλεμον ἀναλαβεῖν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον φιλοτιμουμένων τοῦτο συντετελέσθαι ἢ τοῖς Σηλυμβριανοῖς βοηθῆσαι. καὶ ὑπολαμβάνουσιν αὑτοῖς τὸ τοιοῦτο πρόσοδον ἔσεσθαι· οὐ μέντοι μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτο χρήσιμον ὑπάρχειν οὔθʼ ὑμῖν οὔτʼ ἐμοί. διόπερ τά τε νῦν καταχθέντα πλοῖα πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀφίημι ὑμῖν, καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ, ἐὰν βούλησθε μὴ ἐπιτρέπειν τοῖς προεστηκόσιν ὑμῶν κακοήθως πολιτεύεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐπιτιμᾶτε, πειράσομαι κἀγὼ διαφυλάττειν τὴν εἰρήνην. εὐτυχεῖτε.
ἐνταῦθʼ οὐδαμοῦ Δημοσθένην γέγραφεν, οὐδʼ αἰτίαν οὐδεμίαν κατʼ ἐμοῦ. τί ποτʼ οὖν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐγκαλῶν τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπραγμένων οὐχὶ μέμνηται; ὅτι τῶν ἀδικημάτων ἂν ἐμέμνητο τῶν αὑτοῦ· τούτων γὰρ εἰχόμην ἐγὼ καὶ τούτοις ἠναντιούμην. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν εἰς Πελοπόννησον πρεσβείαν ἔγραψα, ὅτε πρῶτον ἐκεῖνος εἰς Πελοπόννησον παρεδύετο, εἶτα τὴν εἰς Εὔβοιαν, ἡνίκʼ Εὐβοίας ἥπτετο, εἶτα τὴν ἐπʼ Ὠρεὸν ἔξοδον, οὐκέτι πρεσβείαν, καὶ τὴν εἰς Ἐρέτριαν, ἐπειδὴ τυράννους ἐκεῖνος ἐν ταύταις ταῖς πόλεσιν κατέστησεν.
μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἅπαντας ἀπέστειλα, καθʼ οὓς Χερρόνησος ἐσώθη καὶ Βυζάντιον καὶ πάντες οἱ σύμμαχοι. ἐξ ὧν ὑμῖν μὲν τὰ κάλλιστα, ἔπαινοι, δόξαι, τιμαί, στέφανοι, χάριτες παρὰ τῶν εὖ πεπονθότων ὑπῆρχον· τῶν δʼ ἀδικουμένων τοῖς μὲν ὑμῖν τότε πεισθεῖσιν ἡ σωτηρία περιεγένετο, τοῖς δʼ ὀλιγωρήσασι τὸ πολλάκις ὧν ὑμεῖς προείπατε μεμνῆσθαι, καὶ νομίζειν ὑμᾶς μὴ μόνον εὔνους ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ φρονίμους ἀνθρώπους καὶ μάντεις εἶναι· πάντα γὰρ ἐκβέβηχʼ ἃ προείπατε.
Sections 81–85
καὶ μὴν ὅτι πολλὰ μὲν ἂν χρήματʼ ἔδωκε Φιλιστίδης ὥστʼ ἔχειν Ὠρεόν, πολλὰ δὲ Κλείταρχος ὥστʼ ἔχειν Ἐρέτριαν, πολλὰ δʼ αὐτὸς ὁ Φίλιππος ὥστε ταῦθʼ ὑπάρχειν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς αὐτῷ, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων μηδὲν ἐξελέγχεσθαι μηδʼ ἃ ποιῶν ἠδίκει μηδένʼ ἐξετάζειν πανταχοῦ, οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ, καὶ πάντων ἥκιστα σύ·
οἱ γὰρ παρὰ τοῦ Κλειτάρχου καὶ τοῦ Φιλιστίδου τότε πρέσβεις δεῦρʼ ἀφικνούμενοι παρὰ σοὶ κατέλυον, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ σὺ προὐξένεις αὐτῶν· οὓς ἡ μὲν πόλις ὡς ἐχθροὺς καὶ οὔτε δίκαιʼ οὔτε συμφέροντα λέγοντας ἀπήλασε, σοὶ δʼ ἦσαν φίλοι. οὐ τοίνυν ἐπράχθη τούτων οὐδέν, ὦ βλασφημῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ λέγων ὡς σιωπῶ μὲν λαβών, βοῶ δʼ ἀναλώσας. ἀλλʼ οὐ σύ, ἀλλὰ βοᾷς μὲν ἔχων, παύσει δʼ οὐδέποτʼ ἐὰν μή σʼ οὗτοι παύσωσιν ἀτιμώσαντες τήμερον.
στεφανωσάντων τοίνυν ὑμῶν ἔμʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις τότε, καὶ γράψαντος Ἀριστονίκου τὰς αὐτὰς συλλαβὰς ἅσπερ οὑτοσὶ Κτησιφῶν νῦν γέγραφε, καὶ ἀναρρηθέντος ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ τοῦ στεφάνου, καὶ δευτέρου κηρύγματος ἤδη μοι τούτου γιγνομένου, οὔτʼ ἀντεῖπεν Αἰσχίνης παρὼν οὔτε τὸν εἰπόντʼ ἐγράψατο. καί μοι λέγε καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα λαβών.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
ἐπὶ Χαιρώνδου Ἡγήμονος ἄρχοντος, γαμηλιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἀπιόντος, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Λεοντίδος, Ἀριστόνικος Φρεάρριος εἶπεν· ἐπειδὴ Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας χρείας παρέσχηται τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Ἀθηναίων, καὶ πολλοῖς τῶν συμμάχων καὶ πρότερον καὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ βεβοήθηκε διὰ τῶν ψηφισμάτων, καί τινας τῶν ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ πόλεων ἠλευθέρωκε, καὶ διατελεῖ εὔνους ὢν τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Ἀθηναίων, καὶ λέγει καὶ πράττει ὅ τι ἂν δύνηται ἀγαθὸν ὑπέρ τε αὐτῶν Ἀθηναίων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Ἀθηναίων ἐπαινέσαι Δημοσθένην Δημοσθένους Παιανιέα καὶ στεφανῶσαι χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι τὸν στέφανον ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ, Διονυσίοις, τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς, τῆς δὲ ἀναγορεύσεως τοῦ στεφάνου ἐπιμεληθῆναι τὴν πρυτανεύουσαν φυλὴν καὶ τὸν ἀγωνοθέτην. εἶπεν Ἀριστόνικος Φρεάρριος.
ἔστιν οὖν ὅστις ὑμῶν οἶδέ τινʼ αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει συμβᾶσαν διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα ἢ χλευασμὸν ἢ γέλωτα, ἃ νῦν οὗτος ἔφη συμβήσεσθαι, ἂν ἐγὼ στεφανῶμαι; καὶ μὴν ὅταν ᾖ νέα καὶ γνώριμα πᾶσι τὰ πράγματα, ἐάν τε καλῶς ἔχῃ, χάριτος τυγχάνει, ἐάν θʼ ὡς ἑτέρως, τιμωρίας. φαίνομαι τοίνυν ἐγὼ χάριτος τετυχηκὼς τότε, καὶ οὐ μέμψεως οὐδὲ τιμωρίας.
Sections 86–90
οὐκοῦν μέχρι μὲν τῶν χρόνων ἐκείνων, ἐν οἷς ταῦτʼ ἐπράχθη, πάντʼ ἀνωμολόγημαι τὰ ἄριστα πράττειν τῇ πόλει, τῷ νικᾶν, ὅτʼ ἐβουλεύεσθε, λέγων καὶ γράφων, τῷ καταπραχθῆναι τὰ γραφέντα, καὶ στεφάνους ἐξ αὐτῶν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐμοὶ καὶ πᾶσιν γενέσθαι, τῷ θυσίας τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ προσόδους ὡς ἀγαθῶν τούτων ὄντων ὑμᾶς πεποιῆσθαι.
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας ὁ Φίλιππος ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξηλάθη τοῖς ὅπλοις, τῇ δὲ πολιτείᾳ καὶ τοῖς ψηφίσμασι, κἂν διαρραγῶσί τινες τούτων, ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ, ἕτερον κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐπιτειχισμὸν ἐζήτει. ὁρῶν δʼ ὅτι σίτῳ πάντων ἀνθρώπων πλείστῳ χρώμεθʼ ἐπεισάκτῳ, βουλόμενος τῆς σιτοπομπίας κύριος γενέσθαι, παρελθὼν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης Βυζαντίους συμμάχους ὄντας αὑτῷ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἠξίου συμπολεμεῖν τὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς πόλεμον, ὡς δʼ οὐκ ἤθελον οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔφασαν τὴν συμμαχίαν πεποιῆσθαι, λέγοντες ἀληθῆ, χάρακα βαλόμενος πρὸς τῇ πόλει καὶ μηχανήματʼ ἐπιστήσας ἐπολιόρκει.
τούτων δὲ γιγνομένων ὅ τι μὲν προσῆκε ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς, οὐκ ἐπερωτήσω· δῆλον γάρ ἐστιν ἅπασιν. ἀλλὰ τίς ἦν ὁ βοηθήσας τοῖς Βυζαντίοις καὶ σώσας αὐτούς; τίς ὁ κωλύσας τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἀλλοτριωθῆναι κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους; ὑμεῖς, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι. τὸ δʼ ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λέγω. τίς δʼ ὁ τῇ πόλει λέγων καὶ γράφων καὶ πράττων καὶ ἁπλῶς ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὰ πράγματʼ ἀφειδῶς δούς; ἐγώ.
ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡλίκα ταῦτʼ ὠφέλησεν ἅπαντας, οὐκέτʼ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου δεῖ μαθεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἔργῳ πεπείρασθε· ὁ γὰρ τότʼ ἐνστὰς πόλεμος ἄνευ τοῦ καλὴν δόξαν ἐνεγκεῖν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἀφθονωτέροις καὶ εὐωνοτέροις διῆγεν ὑμᾶς τῆς νῦν εἰρήνης, ἣν οὗτοι κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος τηροῦσιν οἱ χρηστοί, ἐπὶ ταῖς μελλούσαις ἐλπίσιν, ὧν διαμάρτοιεν, καὶ μετάσχοιεν ὧν ὑμεῖς οἱ τὰ βέλτιστα βουλόμενοι τοὺς θεοὺς αἰτεῖτε, μὴ μεταδοῖεν ὑμῖν ὧν αὐτοὶ προῄρηνται. λέγε δʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ τοὺς τῶν Βυζαντίων στεφάνους καὶ τοὺς τῶν Περινθίων, οἷς ἐστεφάνουν ἐκ τούτων τὴν πόλιν.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΩΝ.
ἐπὶ ἱερομνάμονος Βοσπορίχω Δαμάγητος ἐν τᾷ ἁλίᾳ ἔλεξεν, ἐκ τᾶς βωλᾶς λαβὼν ῥήτραν· ἐπειδὴ ὁ δᾶμος ὁ Ἀθαναίων ἔν τε τοῖς προγενομένοις καιροῖς εὐνοέων διατελεῖ Βυζαντίοις καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις καὶ συγγενέσι Περινθίοις καὶ πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας χρείας παρέσχηται, ἔν τε τῷ παρεστακότι καιρῷ Φιλίππω τῶ Μακεδόνος ἐπιστρατεύσαντος ἐπὶ τὰν χώραν καὶ τὰν πόλιν ἐπʼ ἀναστάσει Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων καὶ τὰν χώραν δαίοντος καὶ δενδροκοπέοντος, βοαθήσας πλοίοις ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ σίτῳ καὶ βέλεσι καὶ ὁπλίταις ἐξείλετο ἁμὲ ἐκ τῶν μεγάλων κινδύνων καὶ ἀποκατέστασε τὰν πάτριον πολιτείαν καὶ τὼς νόμως καὶ τὼς τάφως,
Sections 91–95
δεδόχθαι τῷ δάμῳ τῷ Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων Ἀθαναίοις δόμεν ἐπιγαμίαν, πολιτείαν, ἔγκτασιν γᾶς καὶ οἰκιᾶν, προεδρίαν ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι, πόθοδον ποτὶ τὰν βωλὰν καὶ τὸν δᾶμον πράτοις πεδὰ τὰ ἱερά, καὶ τοῖς κατοικεῖν ἐθέλουσι τὰν πόλιν ἀλειτουργήτοις ἦμεν πασᾶν τᾶν λειτουργιᾶν· στᾶσαι δὲ καὶ εἰκόνας τρεῖς ἑκκαιδεκαπάχεις ἐν τῷ Βοσπορείῳ, στεφανούμενον τὸν δᾶμον τὸν Ἀθαναίων ὑπὸ τῶ δάμω τῶ Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων· ἀποστεῖλαι δὲ καὶ θεαρίας ἐς τὰς ἐν τᾷ Ἑλλάδι παναγύριας, Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα καὶ Ὀλύμπια καὶ Πύθια, καὶ ἀνακαρῦξαι τὼς στεφάνως οἷς ἐστεφάνωται ὁ δᾶμος ὁ Ἀθαναίων ὑφʼ ἁμέων, ὅπως ἐπιστέωνται οἱ Ἕλλανες τάν τε Ἀθαναίων ἀρετὰν καὶ τὰν Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων εὐχαριστίαν.
λέγε καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἐν Χερρονήσῳ στεφάνους.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ ΧΕΡΡΟΝΗΣΙΤΩΝ.
Χερρονησιτῶν οἱ κατοικοῦντες Σηστόν, Ἐλαιοῦντα, Μάδυτον, Ἀλωπεκόννησον, στεφανοῦσιν Ἀθηναίων τὴν βουλὴν καὶ τὸν δῆμον χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ ἀπὸ ταλάντων ἑξήκοντα, καὶ Χάριτος βωμὸν ἱδρύονται καὶ Δήμου Ἀθηναίων, ὅτι πάντων τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν παραίτιος γέγονε Χερρονησίταις, ἐξελόμενος ἐκ τῆς Φιλίππου καὶ ἀποδοὺς τὰς πατρίδας, τοὺς νόμους, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, τὰ ἱερά. καὶ ἐν τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα αἰῶνι παντὶ οὐκ ἐλλείψει εὐχαριστῶν καὶ ποιῶν ὅ τι ἂν δύνηται ἀγαθόν. ταῦτα ἐψηφίσαντο ἐν τῷ κοινῷ βουλευτηρίῳ.
οὐκοῦν οὐ μόνον τὸ Χερρόνησον καὶ Βυζάντιον σῶσαι, οὐδὲ τὸ κωλῦσαι τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ γενέσθαι τότε, οὐδὲ τὸ τιμᾶσθαι τὴν πόλιν ἐκ τούτων ἡ προαίρεσις ἡ ἐμὴ καὶ ἡ πολιτεία διεπράξατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν ἔδειξεν ἀνθρώποις τήν τε τῆς πόλεως καλοκαγαθίαν καὶ τὴν Φιλίππου κακίαν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ σύμμαχος ὢν τοῖς Βυζαντίοις πολιορκῶν αὐτοὺς ἑωρᾶθʼ ὑπὸ πάντων, οὗ τί γένοιτʼ ἂν αἴσχιον ἢ μιαρώτερον;
ὑμεῖς δʼ, οἱ καὶ μεμψάμενοι πολλὰ καὶ δίκαιʼ ἂν ἐκείνοις εἰκότως περὶ ὧν ἠγνωμονήκεσαν εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις, οὐ μόνον οὐ μνησικακοῦντες οὐδὲ προϊέμενοι τοὺς ἀδικουμένους ἀλλὰ καὶ σῴζοντες ἐφαίνεσθε, ἐξ ὧν δόξαν, εὔνοιαν παρὰ πάντων ἐκτᾶσθε. καὶ μὴν ὅτι μὲν πολλοὺς ἐστεφανώκατʼ ἤδη τῶν πολιτευομένων ἅπαντες ἴσασι· διʼ ὅντινα δʼ ἄλλον ἡ πόλις ἐστεφάνωται, σύμβουλον λέγω καὶ ῥήτορα, πλὴν διʼ ἐμέ, οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς εἰπεῖν ἔχοι.
ἵνα τοίνυν καὶ τὰς βλασφημίας ἃς κατὰ τῶν Εὐβοέων καὶ τῶν Βυζαντίων ἐποιήσατο, εἴ τι δυσχερὲς αὐτοῖς ἐπέπρακτο πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὑπομιμνῄσκων, συκοφαντίας οὔσας ἐπιδείξω μὴ μόνον τῷ ψευδεῖς εἶναι (τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς εἰδότας ἡγοῦμαι), ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ, εἰ τὰ μάλιστʼ ἦσαν ἀληθεῖς, οὕτως ὡς ἐγὼ κέχρημαι τοῖς πράγμασι συμφέρειν χρήσασθαι, ἓν ἢ δύο βούλομαι τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς πεπραγμένων καλῶν τῇ πόλει διεξελθεῖν, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐν βραχέσι· καὶ γὰρ ἄνδρʼ ἰδίᾳ καὶ πόλιν κοινῇ πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀεὶ δεῖ πειρᾶσθαι τὰ λοιπὰ πράττειν.
Sections 96–100
ὑμεῖς τοίνυν, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, Λακεδαιμονίων γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἀρχόντων καὶ τὰ κύκλῳ τῆς Ἀττικῆς κατεχόντων ἁρμοσταῖς καὶ φρουραῖς, Εὔβοιαν, Τάναγραν, τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἅπασαν, Μέγαρα, Αἴγιναν, Κέω, τὰς ἄλλας νήσους, οὐ ναῦς, οὐ τείχη τῆς πόλεως τότε κεκτημένης, ἐξήλθετʼ εἰς Ἁλίαρτον καὶ πάλιν οὐ πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ὕστερον εἰς Κόρινθον, τῶν τότʼ Ἀθηναίων πόλλʼ ἂν ἐχόντων μνησικακῆσαι καὶ Κορινθίοις καὶ Θηβαίοις τῶν περὶ τὸν Δεκελεικὸν πόλεμον πραχθέντων· ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐποίουν τοῦτο, οὐδʼ ἐγγύς.
καίτοι τότε ταῦτʼ ἀμφότερʼ, Αἰσχίνη, οὔθʼ ὑπὲρ εὐεργετῶν ἐποίουν οὔτʼ ἀκίνδυνʼ ἑώρων. ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ ταῦτα προΐεντο τοὺς καταφεύγοντας ἐφʼ ἑαυτούς, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ εὐδοξίας καὶ τιμῆς ἤθελον τοῖς δεινοῖς αὑτοὺς διδόναι, ὀρθῶς καὶ καλῶς βουλευόμενοι. πέρας μὲν γὰρ ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις ἐστὶ τοῦ βίου θάνατος, κἂν ἐν οἰκίσκῳ τις αὑτὸν καθείρξας τηρῇ· δεῖ δὲ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἐγχειρεῖν μὲν ἅπασιν ἀεὶ τοῖς καλοῖς, τὴν ἀγαθὴν προβαλλομένους ἐλπίδα, φέρειν δʼ ἃν ὁ θεὸς διδῷ γενναίως.
ταῦτʼ ἐποίουν οἱ ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι, ταῦθʼ ὑμεῖς οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, οἳ Λακεδαιμονίους οὐ φίλους ὄντας οὐδʼ εὐεργέτας, ἀλλὰ πολλὰ τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ἠδικηκότας καὶ μεγάλα, ἐπειδὴ Θηβαῖοι κρατήσαντες ἐν Λεύκτροις ἀνελεῖν ἐπεχείρουν, διεκωλύσατε, οὐ φοβηθέντες τὴν τότε Θηβαίοις ῥώμην καὶ δόξαν ὑπάρχουσαν, οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ οἷα πεποιηκότων ἀνθρώπων κινδυνεύσετε διαλογισάμενοι.
καὶ γάρ τοι πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐδείξατʼ ἐκ τούτων ὅτι, κἂν ὁτιοῦν τις εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐξαμάρτῃ, τούτων τὴν ὀργὴν εἰς τἄλλʼ ἔχετε, ἐὰν δʼ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἢ ἐλευθερίας κίνδυνός τις αὐτοὺς καταλαμβάνῃ, οὔτε μνησικακήσετʼ οὔθʼ ὑπολογιεῖσθε. καὶ οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτων μόνον οὕτως ἐσχήκατε, ἀλλὰ πάλιν σφετεριζομένων Θηβαίων τὴν Εὔβοιαν οὐ περιείδετε, οὐδʼ ὧν ὑπὸ Θεμίσωνος καὶ Θεοδώρου περὶ Ὠρωπὸν ἠδίκησθʼ ἀνεμνήσθητε, ἀλλʼ ἐβοηθήσατε καὶ τούτοις, τῶν ἐθελοντῶν τότε τριηράρχων πρῶτον γενομένων τῇ πόλει, ὧν εἷς ἦν ἐγώ.
ἀλλʼ οὔπω περὶ τούτων. καὶ καλὸν μὲν ἐποιήσατε καὶ τὸ σῶσαι τὴν νῆσον, πολλῷ δʼ ἔτι τούτου κάλλιον τὸ καταστάντες κύριοι καὶ τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τῶν πόλεων ἀποδοῦναι ταῦτα δικαίως αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἐξημαρτηκόσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς, μηδὲν ὧν ἠδίκησθε ἐν οἷς ἐπιστεύθητε ὑπολογισάμενοι. μυρία τοίνυν ἕτερʼ εἰπεῖν ἔχων παραλείπω, ναυμαχίας, ἐξόδους καὶ πάλαι γεγονυίας καὶ νῦν ἐφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ἃς ἁπάσας ἡ πόλις τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας καὶ σωτηρίας πεποίηται.
Sections 101–105
εἶτʼ ἐγὼ τεθεωρηκὼς ἐν τοσούτοις καὶ τοιούτοις τὴν πόλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις συμφερόντων ἐθέλουσαν ἀγωνίζεσθαι, ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς τρόπον τινὰ τῆς βουλῆς οὔσης τί ἔμελλον κελεύσειν ἢ τί συμβουλεύσειν αὐτῇ ποιεῖν; μνησικακεῖν νὴ Δία πρὸς τοὺς βουλομένους σῴζεσθαι, καὶ προφάσεις ζητεῖν διʼ ἃς ἅπαντα προησόμεθα. καὶ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἀπέκτεινέν με δικαίως, εἴ τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τῇ πόλει καλῶν λόγῳ μόνον καταισχύνειν ἐπεχείρησα; ἐπεὶ τό γʼ ἔργον οὐκ ἂν ἐποιήσαθʼ ὑμεῖς, ἀκριβῶς οἶδʼ ἐγώ· εἰ γὰρ ἐβούλεσθε, τί ἦν ἐμποδών; οὐκ ἐξῆν; οὐχ ὑπῆρχον οἱ ταῦτʼ ἐροῦντες οὗτοι;
βούλομαι τοίνυν ἐπανελθεῖν ἐφʼ ἃ τούτων ἑξῆς ἐπολιτευόμην· καὶ σκοπεῖτʼ ἐν τούτοις πάλιν αὖ, τί τὸ τῇ πόλει βέλτιστον ἦν. ὁρῶν γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸ ναυτικὸν ὑμῶν καταλυόμενον καὶ τοὺς μὲν πλουσίους ἀτελεῖς ἀπὸ μικρῶν ἀναλωμάτων γιγνομένους, τοὺς δὲ μέτριʼ ἢ μικρὰ κεκτημένους τῶν πολιτῶν τὰ ὄντʼ ἀπολλύοντας, ἔτι δʼ ὑστερίζουσαν ἐκ τούτων τὴν πόλιν τῶν καιρῶν, ἔθηκα νόμον καθʼ ὃν τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας ἔπαυσʼ ἀδικουμένους, τῇ πόλει δʼ ὅπερ ἦν χρησιμώτατον, ἐν καιρῷ γίγνεσθαι τὰς παρασκευὰς ἐποίησα.
καὶ γραφεὶς τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦτον εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσῆλθον καὶ ἀπέφυγον, καὶ τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων ὁ διώκων οὐκ ἔλαβεν. καίτοι πόσα χρήματα τοὺς ἡγεμόνας τῶν συμμοριῶν ἢ τοὺς δευτέρους καὶ τρίτους οἴεσθέ μοι διδόναι, ὥστε μάλιστα μὲν μὴ θεῖναι τὸν νόμον τοῦτον, εἰ δὲ μή, καταβάλλοντʼ ἐᾶν ἐν ὑπωμοσίᾳ; τοσαῦτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ὅσʼ ὀκνήσαιμʼ ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν.
καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰκότως ἔπραττον ἐκεῖνοι. ἦν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐκ μὲν τῶν προτέρων νόμων συνεκκαίδεκα λῃτουργεῖν, αὐτοῖς μὲν μικρὰ καὶ οὐδὲν ἀναλίσκουσι, τοὺς δʼ ἀπόρους τῶν πολιτῶν ἐπιτρίβουσιν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐμοῦ νόμου τὸ γιγνόμενον κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ἕκαστον τιθέναι, καὶ δυοῖν ἐφάνη τριήραρχος ὁ τῆς μιᾶς ἕκτος καὶ δέκατος πρότερον συντελής· οὐδὲ γὰρ τριηράρχους ἔτʼ ὠνόμαζον ἑαυτούς, ἀλλὰ συντελεῖς. ὥστε δὴ ταῦτα λυθῆναι καὶ μὴ τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἀναγκασθῆναι, οὐκ ἔσθʼ ὅ τι οὐκ ἐδίδοσαν.
καί μοι λέγε πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ψήφισμα καθʼ ὃ εἰσῆλθον τὴν γραφήν, εἶτα τοὺς καταλόγους, τόν τʼ ἐκ τοῦ προτέρου νόμου καὶ τὸν κατὰ τὸν ἐμόν. λέγε.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Πολυκλέους, μηνὸς βοηδρομιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δέκα, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Ἱπποθωντίδος, Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς εἰσήνεγκε νόμον τριηραρχικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ πρότερον, καθʼ ὃν αἱ συντέλειαι ἦσαν τῶν τριηράρχων· καὶ ἐπεχειροτόνησεν ἡ βουλὴ καὶ ὁ δῆμος· καὶ ἀπήνεγκε παρανόμων Δημοσθένει Πατροκλῆς Φλυεύς, καὶ τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων οὐ λαβὼν ἀπέτεισε τὰς πεντακοσίας δραχμάς.
Sections 106–110
φέρε δὴ καὶ τὸν καλὸν κατάλογον.
ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ.
Τοὺς τριηράρχους καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν τριήρη συνεκκαίδεκα ἐκ τῶν ἐν τοῖς λόχοις συντελειῶν, ἀπὸ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ἐτῶν εἰς τετταράκοντα, ἐπὶ ἴσον τῇ χορηγίᾳ χρωμένους.
Φέρε δὴ παρὰ τοῦτον τὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ νόμου κατάλογον.
ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ.
Τοὺς τριηράρχους αἱρεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν τριήρη ἀπὸ τῆς οὐσίας κατὰ τίμησιν, ἀπὸ ταλάντων δέκα· ἐὰν δὲ πλειόνων ἡ οὐσία ἀποτετιμημένη ᾖ χρημάτων, κατὰ τὸν ἀναλογισμὸν ἕως τριῶν πλοίων καὶ ὑπηρετικοῦ ἡ λειτουργία ἔστω. κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ ἀναλογίαν ἔστω καὶ οἷς ἐλάττων οὐσία ἐστὶ τῶν δέκα ταλάντων, εἰς συντέλειαν συναγομένοις εἰς τὰ δέκα τάλαντα.
ἆρα μικρὰ βοηθῆσαι τοῖς πένησιν ὑμῶν δοκῶ, ἢ μίκρʼ ἀναλῶσαι ἂν τοῦ μὴ τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν οἱ πλούσιοι; οὐ τοίνυν μόνον τῷ μὴ καθυφεῖναι ταῦτα σεμνύνομαι, οὐδὲ τῷ γραφεὶς ἀποφυγεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ συμφέροντα θεῖναι τὸν νόμον καὶ τῷ πεῖραν ἔργῳ δεδωκέναι. πάντα γὰρ τὸν πόλεμον τῶν ἀποστόλων γιγνομένων κατὰ τὸν νόμον τὸν ἐμόν, οὐχ ἱκετηρίαν ἔθηκε τριήραρχος οὐδεὶς πώποθʼ ὡς ἀδικούμενος παρʼ ὑμῖν, οὐκ ἐν Μουνιχίας ἐκαθέζετο, οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστολέων ἐδέθη, οὐ τριήρης οὔτʼ ἔξω καταλειφθεῖσʼ ἀπώλετο τῇ πόλει, οὔτʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπελείφθη οὐ δυναμένη ἀνάγεσθαι.
καίτοι κατὰ τοὺς προτέρους νόμους ἅπαντα ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο. τὸ δʼ αἴτιον, ἐν τοῖς πένησιν ἦν τὸ λῃτουργεῖν· πολλὰ δὴ τἀδύνατα συνέβαινεν. ἐγὼ δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἀπόρων εἰς τοὺς εὐπόρους μετήνεγκα τὰς τριηραρχίας· πάντʼ οὖν τὰ δέοντʼ ἐγίγνετο. καὶ μὴν καὶ κατʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτʼ ἄξιός εἰμʼ ἐπαίνου τυχεῖν, ὅτι πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα προῃρούμην πολιτεύματα, ἀφʼ ὧν ἅμα δόξαι καὶ τιμαὶ καὶ δυνάμεις συνέβαινον τῇ πόλει· βάσκανον δὲ καὶ πικρὸν καὶ κακόηθες οὐδέν ἐστι πολίτευμʼ ἐμόν, οὐδὲ ταπεινόν, οὐδὲ τῆς πόλεως ἀνάξιον.
ταὐτὸ τοίνυν ἦθος ἔχων ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν πολιτεύμασι καὶ ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς φανήσομαι· οὔτε γὰρ ἐν τῇ πόλει τὰς παρὰ τῶν πλουσίων χάριτας μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ τῶν πολλῶν δίκαιʼ εἱλόμην, οὔτʼ ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς τὰ Φιλίππου δῶρα καὶ τὴν ξενίαν ἠγάπησα ἀντὶ τῶν κοινῇ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι συμφερόντων.
ἡγοῦμαι τοίνυν λοιπὸν εἶναί μοι περὶ τοῦ κηρύγματος εἰπεῖν καὶ τῶν εὐθυνῶν· τὸ γὰρ ὡς τἄριστά τʼ ἔπραττον καὶ διὰ παντὸς εὔνους εἰμὶ καὶ πρόθυμος εὖ ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἱκανῶς ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων δεδηλῶσθαί μοι νομίζω. καίτοι τὰ μέγιστά γε τῶν πεπολιτευμένων καὶ πεπραγμένων ἐμαυτῷ παραλείπω, ὑπολαμβάνων πρῶτον μὲν ἐφεξῆς τοὺς περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ παρανόμου λόγους ἀποδοῦναί με δεῖν, εἶτα, κἂν μηδὲν εἴπω περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν πολιτευμάτων, ὁμοίως παρʼ ὑμῶν ἑκάστῳ τὸ συνειδὸς ὑπάρχειν μοι.
Sections 111–115
τῶν μὲν οὖν λόγων, οὓς οὗτος ἄνω καὶ κάτω διακυκῶν ἔλεγε περὶ τῶν παραγεγραμμένων νόμων, οὔτε μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς ὑμᾶς οἶμαι μανθάνειν οὔτʼ αὐτὸς ἐδυνάμην συνεῖναι τοὺς πολλούς· ἁπλῶς δὲ τὴν ὀρθὴν περὶ τῶν δικαίων διαλέξομαι. τοσούτου γὰρ δέω λέγειν ὡς οὐκ εἴμʼ ὑπεύθυνος, ὃ νῦν οὗτος διέβαλλε καὶ διωρίζετο, ὥσθʼ ἅπαντα τὸν βίον ὑπεύθυνος εἶναι ὁμολογῶ ὧν ἢ διακεχείρικʼ ἢ πεπολίτευμαι παρʼ ὑμῖν.
ὧν μέντοι γʼ ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας ἐπαγγειλάμενος δέδωκα τῷ δήμῳ, οὐδεμίαν ἡμέραν ὑπεύθυνος εἶναί φημι (ἀκούεις Αἰσχίνη;) οὐδʼ ἄλλον οὐδένα, οὐδʼ ἂν τῶν ἐννέʼ ἀρχόντων τις ὢν τύχῃ. τίς γάρ ἐστι νόμος τοσαύτης ἀδικίας καὶ μισανθρωπίας μεστὸς ὥστε τὸν δόντα τι τῶν ἰδίων καὶ ποιήσαντα πρᾶγμα φιλάνθρωπον καὶ φιλόδωρον τῆς χάριτος μὲν ἀποστερεῖν, εἰς τοὺς συκοφάντας δʼ ἄγειν, καὶ τούτους ἐπὶ τὰς εὐθύνας ὧν ἔδωκεν ἐφιστάναι; οὐδὲ εἷς. εἰ δέ φησιν οὗτος, δειξάτω, κἀγὼ στέρξω καὶ σιωπήσομαι.
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστιν, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἀλλʼ οὗτος συκοφαντῶν, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῷ θεωρικῷ τότʼ ὢν ἐπέδωκα τὰ χρήματα, ἐπῄνεσεν αὐτό φησίν ὑπεύθυνον ὄντα οὐ περὶ τούτων γʼ οὐδενὸς ὧν ὑπεύθυνος ἦν, ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ οἷς ἐπέδωκα, ὦ συκοφάντα. ἀλλὰ καὶ τειχοποιὸς ἦσθα καὶ διά γε τοῦτο ὀρθῶς ἐπῃνούμην, ὅτι τἀνηλωμένʼ ἔδωκα καὶ οὐκ ἐλογιζόμην. ὁ μὲν γὰρ λογισμὸς εὐθυνῶν καὶ τῶν ἐξετασόντων προσδεῖται, ἡ δὲ δωρειὰ χάριτος καὶ ἐπαίνου δικαία ἐστὶ τυγχάνειν· διόπερ ταῦτʼ ἔγραψεν ὁδὶ περὶ ἐμοῦ.
ὅτι δʼ οὕτω ταῦτʼ οὐ μόνον ἐν τοῖς νόμοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὑμετέροις ἤθεσιν ὥρισται, ἐγὼ ῥᾳδίως πολλαχόθεν δείξω. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ Ναυσικλῆς στρατηγῶν ἐφʼ οἷς ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων προεῖτο πολλάκις ἐστεφάνωται ὑφʼ ὑμῶν· εἶθʼ ὅτε τὰς ἀσπίδας Διότιμος ἔδωκε καὶ πάλιν Χαρίδημος, ἐστεφανοῦντο· εἶθʼ οὑτοσὶ Νεοπτόλεμος πολλῶν ἔργων ἐπιστάτης ὤν, ἐφʼ οἷς ἐπέδωκε τετίμηται. σχέτλιον γὰρ ἂν εἴη τοῦτό γε, εἰ τῷ τινʼ ἀρχὴν ἄρχοντι ἢ διδόναι τῇ πόλει τὰ ἑαυτοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν μὴ ἐξέσται, ἢ τῶν δοθέντων ἀντὶ τοῦ κομίσασθαι χάριν εὐθύνας ὑφέξει.
ὅτι τοίνυν ταῦτʼ ἀληθῆ λέγω, λέγε τὰ ψηφίσματά μοι τὰ τούτοις γεγενημένʼ αὐτὰ λαβών. λέγε.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
Ἄρχων Δημόνικος Φλυεύς, βοηδρομιῶνος ἕκτῃ μετʼ εἰκάδα, γνώμη βουλῆς καὶ δήμου, Καλλίας Φρεάρριος εἶπεν, ὅτι δοκεῖ τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ στεφανῶσαι Ναυσικλέα τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων, ὅτι Ἀθηναίων ὁπλιτῶν δισχιλίων ὄντων ἐν Ἴμβρῳ καὶ βοηθούντων τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἀθηναίων τὴν νῆσον, οὐ δυναμένου Φίλωνος τοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως κεχειροτονημένου διὰ τοὺς χειμῶνας πλεῦσαι καὶ μισθοδοτῆσαι τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας ἔδωκε καὶ οὐκ εἰσέπραξε τὸν δῆμον, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι τὸν στέφανον Διονυσίοις τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς.
ΕΤΕΡΟΝ ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
Sections 116–120
Εἶπε Καλλίας Φρεάρριος, πρυτάνεων λεγόντων, βουλῆς γνώμη· ἐπειδὴ Χαρίδημος ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, ἀποσταλεὶς εἰς Σαλαμῖνα, καὶ Διότιμος ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ἱππέων, ἐν τῇ ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ μάχῃ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τινῶν ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων σκυλευθέντων, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἀναλωμάτων καθώπλισαν τοὺς νεανίσκους ἀσπίσιν ὀκτακοσίαις, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ στεφανῶσαι Χαρίδημον καὶ Διότιμον χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι Παναθηναίοις τοῖς μεγάλοις ἐν τῷ γυμνικῷ ἀγῶνι καὶ Διονυσίοις τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς· τῆς δὲ ἀναγορεύσεως ἐπιμεληθῆναι θεσμοθέτας, πρυτάνεις, ἀγωνοθέτας.
τούτων ἕκαστος, Αἰσχίνη, τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς ἧς ἦρχεν ὑπεύθυνος ἦν, ἐφʼ οἷς δʼ ἐστεφανοῦτο οὐχ ὑπεύθυνος. οὐκοῦν οὐδʼ ἐγώ· ταὐτὰ γὰρ δίκαιʼ ἐστί μοι περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις δήπου. ἐπέδωκα· ἐπαινοῦμαι διὰ ταῦτα, οὐκ ὢν ὧν ἔδωχʼ ὑπεύθυνος. ἦρχον· καὶ δέδωκά γʼ εὐθύνας ἐκείνων, οὐχ ὧν ἐπέδωκα. νὴ Δίʼ, ἀλλʼ ἀδίκως ἦρξα. εἶτα παρών, ὅτε μʼ εἰσῆγον οἱ λογισταί, οὐ κατηγόρεις;
ἵνα τοίνυν ἴδηθʼ ὅτι αὐτὸς οὗτός μοι μαρτυρεῖ ἐφʼ οἷς οὐχ ὑπεύθυνος ἦν ἐστεφανῶσθαι, λαβὼν ἀνάγνωθι τὸ ψήφισμʼ ὅλον τὸ γραφέν μοι. οἷς γὰρ οὐκ ἐγράψατο τοῦ προβουλεύματος, τούτοις ἃ διώκει συκοφαντῶν φανήσεται. λέγε.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Εὐθυκλέους, πυανεψιῶνος ἐνάτῃ ἀπιόντος, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Οἰνῇδος, Κτησιφῶν Λεωσθένους Ἀναφλύστιος εἶπεν· ἐπειδὴ Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς γενόμενος ἐπιμελητὴς τῆς τῶν τειχῶν ἐπισκευῆς καὶ προσαναλώσας εἰς τὰ ἔργα ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας τρία τάλαντα ἐπέδωκε ταῦτα τῷ δήμῳ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θεωρικοῦ κατασταθεὶς ἐπέδωκε τοῖς ἐκ πασῶν τῶν φυλῶν θεωροῖς ἑκατὸν μνᾶς εἰς θυσίας, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Ἀθηναίων ἐπαινέσαι Δημοσθένην Δημοσθένους Παιανιέα ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα καὶ καλοκαγαθίας ἧς ἔχων διατελεῖ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ εἰς τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων, καὶ στεφανῶσαι χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι τὸν στέφανον ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς· τῆς δὲ ἀναγορεύσεως ἐπιμεληθῆναι τὸν ἀγωνοθέτην.
οὐκοῦν ἃ μὲν ἐπέδωκα, ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν ὧν οὐδὲν σὺ γέγραψαι· ἃ δέ φησιν ἡ βουλὴ δεῖν ἀντὶ τούτων γενέσθαι μοι, ταῦτʼ ἔσθʼ ἃ διώκεις. τὸ λαβεῖν οὖν τὰ διδόμενʼ ὁμολογῶν ἔννομον εἶναι, τὸ χάριν τούτων ἀποδοῦναι παρανόμων γράφει. ὁ δὲ παμπόνηρος ἄνθρωπος καὶ θεοῖς ἐχθρὸς καὶ βάσκανος ὄντως ποῖός τις ἂν εἴη πρὸς θεῶν; οὐχ ὁ τοιοῦτος;
καὶ μὴν περὶ τοῦ γʼ ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ κηρύττεσθαι, τὸ μὲν μυριάκις μυρίους κεκηρῦχθαι παραλείπω καὶ τὸ πολλάκις αὐτὸς πρότερον. ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεῶν οὕτω σκαιὸς εἶ καὶ ἀναίσθητος, Αἰσχίνη, ὥστʼ οὐ δύνασαι λογίσασθαι ὅτι τῷ μὲν στεφανουμένῳ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχει ζῆλον ὁ στέφανος, ὅπου ἂν ἀναρρηθῇ, τοῦ δὲ τῶν στεφανούντων εἵνεκα συμφέροντος ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ γίγνεται τὸ κήρυγμα; οἱ γὰρ ἀκούσαντες ἅπαντες εἰς τὸ ποιεῖν εὖ τὴν πόλιν προτρέπονται, καὶ τοὺς ἀποδιδόντας τὴν χάριν μᾶλλον ἐπαινοῦσι τοῦ στεφανουμένου· διόπερ τὸν νόμον τοῦτον ἡ πόλις γέγραφεν. λέγε δʼ αὐτόν μοι τὸν νόμον λαβών.
ΝΟΜΟΣ.
Ὅσους στεφανοῦσί τινες τῶν δήμων, τὰς ἀναγορεύσεις τῶν στεφάνων ποιεῖσθαι ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑκάστους τοῖς ἰδίοις δήμοις, ἐὰν μή τινας ὁ δῆμος ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἢ ἡ βουλὴ στεφανοῖ· τούτους δʼ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις [...]
Sections 121–125
ἀκούεις, Αἰσχίνη, τοῦ νόμου λέγοντος σαφῶς, πλὴν ἐάν τινας ὁ δῆμος ἢ ἡ βουλὴ ψηφίσηται· τούτους δʼ ἀναγορευέτω τί οὖν, ὦ ταλαίπωρε, συκοφαντεῖς; τί λόγους πλάττεις; τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐπὶ τούτοις; ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ αἰσχύνει φθόνου δίκην εἰσάγων, οὐκ ἀδικήματος οὐδενός, καὶ νόμους μεταποιῶν, τῶν δʼ ἀφαιρῶν μέρη, οὓς ὅλους δίκαιον ἦν ἀναγιγνώσκεσθαι τοῖς γʼ ὀμωμοκόσιν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ψηφιεῖσθαι;
ἔπειτα τοιαῦτα ποιῶν λέγεις πόσα δεῖ προσεῖναι τῷ δημοτικῷ, ὥσπερ ἀνδριάντʼ ἐκδεδωκὼς κατὰ συγγραφήν, εἶτʼ οὐκ ἔχονθʼ ἃ προσῆκεν ἐκ τῆς συγγραφῆς κομιζόμενος, ἢ λόγῳ τοὺς δημοτικούς, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς πολιτεύμασιν γιγνωσκομένους. καὶ βοᾷς ῥητὰ καὶ ἄρρητʼ ὀνομάζων, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἁμάξης, ἃ σοὶ καὶ τῷ σῷ γένει πρόσεστιν, οὐκ ἐμοί. καίτοι καὶ τοῦτʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι·
ἐγὼ λοιδορίαν κατηγορίας τούτῳ διαφέρειν ἡγοῦμαι, τῷ τὴν μὲν κατηγορίαν ἀδικήματʼ ἔχειν, ὧν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις εἰσὶν αἱ τιμωρίαι, τὴν δὲ λοιδορίαν βλασφημίας, ἃς κατὰ τὴν αὑτῶν φύσιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς περὶ ἀλλήλων συμβαίνει λέγειν. οἰκοδομῆσαι δὲ τοὺς προγόνους ταυτὶ τὰ δικαστήριʼ ὑπείληφα, οὐχ ἵνα συλλέξαντες ὑμᾶς εἰς ταῦτα ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων κακῶς τἀπόρρητα λέγωμεν ἀλλήλους, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ἐξελέγχωμεν ἐάν τις ἠδικηκώς τι τυγχάνῃ τὴν πόλιν.
ταῦτα τοίνυν εἰδὼς Αἰσχίνης οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐμοῦ πομπεύειν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατηγορεῖν εἵλετο. οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐνταῦθʼ ἔλαττον ἔχων δίκαιός ἐστιν ἀπελθεῖν. ἤδη δʼ ἐπὶ ταῦτα πορεύσομαι, τοσοῦτον αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσας. πότερόν σέ τις, Αἰσχίνη, τῆς πόλεως ἐχθρὸν ἢ ἐμὸν εἶναι φῇ; ἐμὸν δῆλον ὅτι. εἶθʼ οὗ μὲν ἦν παρʼ ἐμοῦ δίκην κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ὑπὲρ τούτων λαβεῖν, εἴπερ ἠδίκουν, ἐξέλειπες, ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις, ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς, ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις κρίσεσιν·
οὗ δʼ ἐγὼ μὲν ἀθῷος ἅπασι, τοῖς νόμοις, τῷ χρόνῳ, τῇ προθεσμίᾳ, τῷ κεκρίσθαι περὶ πάντων πολλάκις πρότερον, τῷ μηδεπώποτʼ ἐξελεγχθῆναι μηδὲν ὑμᾶς ἀδικῶν, τῇ πόλει δʼ ἢ πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον ἀνάγκη τῶν γε δημοσίᾳ πεπραγμένων μετεῖναι τῆς δόξης, ἐνταῦθʼ ἀπήντηκας; ὅρα μὴ τούτων μὲν ἐχθρὸς ᾖς, ἐμοὶ δὲ προσποιῇ.
Sections 126–130
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἡ μὲν εὐσεβὴς καὶ δικαία ψῆφος ἅπασι δέδεικται, δεῖ δέ μʼ, ὡς ἔοικε, καίπερ οὐ φιλολοίδορον ὄντα, διὰ τὰς ὑπὸ τούτου βλασφημίας εἰρημένας ἀντὶ πολλῶν καὶ ψευδῶν αὐτὰ τἀναγκαιότατʼ εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δεῖξαι τίς ὢν κἀκ τίνων ῥᾳδίως οὕτως ἄρχει τοῦ κακῶς λέγειν, καὶ λόγους τινὰς διασύρει, αὐτὸς εἰρηκὼς ἃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ὤκνησεν τῶν μετρίων ἀνθρώπων φθέγξασθαι;
—εἰ γὰρ Αἰακὸς ἢ Ῥαδάμανθυς ἢ Μίνως ἦν ὁ κατηγορῶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ σπερμολόγος, περίτριμμʼ ἀγορᾶς, ὄλεθρος γραμματεύς, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν οἶμαι ταῦτʼ εἰπεῖν οὐδʼ ἂν οὕτως ἐπαχθεῖς λόγους πορίσασθαι, ὥσπερ ἐν τραγῳδίᾳ βοῶντα ὦ γῆ καὶ ἥλιε καὶ ἀρετὴ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, καὶ πάλιν σύνεσιν καὶ παιδεία ἐπικαλούμενον, ᾗ τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσχρὰ διαγιγνώσκεται. ταῦτα γὰρ δήπουθεν ἠκούετʼ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος.
σοὶ δʼ ἀρετῆς, ὦ κάθαρμα, ἢ τοῖς σοῖς τίς μετουσία; ἢ καλῶν ἢ μὴ τοιούτων τίς διάγνωσις; πόθεν ἢ πῶς ἀξιωθέντι; ποῦ δὲ παιδείας σοὶ θέμις μνησθῆναι; ἧς τῶν μὲν ὡς ἀληθῶς τετυχηκότων οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς εἴποι περὶ αὑτοῦ τοιοῦτον οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ κἂν ἑτέρου λέγοντος ἐρυθριάσειε, τοῖς δʼ ἀπολειφθεῖσι μέν, ὥσπερ σύ, προσποιουμένοις δʼ ὑπʼ ἀναισθησίας τὸ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἀλγεῖν ποιεῖν ὅταν λέγωσιν, οὐ τὸ δοκεῖν τοιούτοις εἶναι περίεστιν.
οὐκ ἀπορῶν δʼ ὅ τι χρὴ περὶ σοῦ καὶ τῶν σῶν εἰπεῖν, ἀπορῶ τοῦ πρώτου μνησθῶ· πότερʼ ὡς ὁ πατήρ σου Τρόμης ἐδούλευε παρʼ Ἐλπίᾳ τῷ πρὸς τῷ Θησείῳ διδάσκοντι γράμματα, χοίνικας παχείας ἔχων καὶ ξύλον; ἢ ὡς ἡ μήτηρ τοῖς μεθημερινοῖς γάμοις ἐν τῷ κλεισίῳ τῷ πρὸς τῷ καλαμίτῃ ἥρῳ χρωμένη τὸν καλὸν ἀνδριάντα καὶ τριταγωνιστὴν ἄκρον ἐξέθρεψέ σε; ἀλλὰ πάντες ἴσασι ταῦτα, κἂν ἐγὼ μὴ λέγω. ἀλλʼ ὡς ὁ τριηραύλης Φορμίων, ὁ Δίωνος τοῦ Φρεαρρίου δοῦλος, ἀνέστησεν αὐτὴν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς καλῆς ἐργασίας; ἀλλὰ νὴ τὸν Δία καὶ θεοὺς ὀκνῶ μὴ περὶ σοῦ τὰ προσήκοντα λέγων αὐτὸς οὐ προσήκοντας ἐμαυτῷ δόξω προῃρῆσθαι λόγους.
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐάσω, ἀπʼ αὐτῶν δʼ ὧν αὐτὸς βεβίωκεν ἄρξομαι· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὧν ἔτυχεν ἦν, ἀλλʼ οἷς ὁ δῆμος καταρᾶται. ὀψὲ γάρ ποτε—ὀψὲ λέγω; χθὲς μὲν οὖν καὶ πρώην ἅμʼ Ἀθηναῖος καὶ ῥήτωρ γέγονεν, καὶ δύο συλλαβὰς προσθεὶς τὸν μὲν πατέρʼ ἀντὶ Τρόμητος ἐποίησεν Ἀτρόμητον, τὴν δὲ μητέρα σεμνῶς πάνυ Γλαυκοθέαν, ἣν Ἔμπουσαν ἅπαντες ἴσασι καλουμένην, ἐκ τοῦ πάντα ποιεῖν καὶ πάσχειν δηλονότι ταύτης τῆς ἐπωνυμίας τυχοῦσαν· πόθεν γὰρ ἄλλοθεν;
Sections 131–135
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὕτως ἀχάριστος εἶ καὶ πονηρὸς φύσει ὥστʼ ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ διὰ τουτουσὶ γεγονὼς οὐχ ὅπως χάριν αὐτοῖς ἔχεις, ἀλλὰ μισθώσας σαυτὸν κατὰ τουτωνὶ πολιτεύει. καὶ περὶ ὧν μὲν ἔστι τις ἀμφισβήτησις, ὡς ἄρʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως εἴρηκεν, ἐάσω· ἃ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν φανερῶς ἀπεδείχθη πράττων, ταῦτʼ ἀναμνήσω.
τίς γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐκ οἶδεν τὸν ἀποψηφισθέντʼ Ἀντιφῶντα, ὃς ἐπαγγειλάμενος Φιλίππῳ τὰ νεώριʼ ἐμπρήσειν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἦλθεν; ὃν λαβόντος ἐμοῦ κεκρυμμένον ἐν Πειραιεῖ καὶ καταστήσαντος εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν βοῶν ὁ βάσκανος οὗτος καὶ κεκραγώς, ὡς ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ δεινὰ ποιῶ τοὺς ἠτυχηκότας τῶν πολιτῶν ὑβρίζων καὶ ἐπʼ οἰκίας βαδίζων ἄνευ ψηφίσματος, ἀφεθῆναι ἐποίησεν.
καὶ εἰ μὴ ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου τὸ πρᾶγμʼ αἰσθομένη καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἄγνοιαν ἐν οὐ δέοντι συμβεβηκυῖαν ἰδοῦσα ἐπεζήτησε τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ συλλαβοῦσʼ ἐπανήγαγεν ὡς ὑμᾶς, ἐξήρπαστʼ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ τὸ δίκην δοῦναι διαδὺς ἐξεπέπεμπτʼ ἂν ὑπὸ τοῦ σεμνολόγου τουτουί· νῦν δʼ ὑμεῖς στρεβλώσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπεκτείνατε, ὡς ἔδει γε καὶ τοῦτον.
τοιγαροῦν εἰδυῖα ταῦθʼ ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου τότε τούτῳ πεπραγμένα, χειροτονησάντων αὐτὸν ὑμῶν σύνδικον ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ ἐν Δήλῳ ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγνοίας ἧσπερ πολλὰ προΐεσθε τῶν κοινῶν, ὡς προσείλεσθε κἀκείνην καὶ τοῦ πράγματος κυρίαν ἐποιήσατε, τοῦτον μὲν εὐθὺς ἀπήλασεν ὡς προδότην, Ὑπερείδῃ δὲ λέγειν προσέταξε· καὶ ταῦτʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ βωμοῦ φέρουσα τὴν ψῆφον ἔπραξε, καὶ οὐδεμία ψῆφος ἠνέχθη τῷ μιαρῷ τούτῳ.
καὶ ὅτι ταῦτʼ ἀληθῆ λέγω, κάλει τούτων τοὺς μάρτυρας.
ΜΑΡΤΥΡΕΣ.
Μαρτυροῦσι Δημοσθένει ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων οἵδε, Καλλίας Σουνιεύς, Ζήνων Φλυεύς, Κλέων Φαληρεύς, Δημόνικος Μαραθώνιος, ὅτι τοῦ δήμου ποτὲ χειροτονήσαντος Αἰσχίνην σύνδικον ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ ἐν Δήλῳ εἰς τοὺς Ἀμφικτύονας συνεδρεύσαντες ἡμεῖς ἐκρίναμεν Ὑπερείδην ἄξιον εἶναι μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως λέγειν, καὶ ἀπεστάλη Ὑπερείδης.
Sections 136–140
οὐκοῦν ὅτε τοῦτον τοῦ λέγειν ἀπήλασεν ἡ βουλὴ καὶ προσέταξʼ ἑτέρῳ, τότε καὶ προδότην εἶναι καὶ κακόνουν ὑμῖν ἀπέφηνεν.
ἓν μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτο τοιοῦτο πολίτευμα τοῦ νεανίου τούτου, ὅμοιόν γε, οὐ γάρ; οἷς ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖ· ἕτερον δʼ ἀναμιμνῄσκεσθε. ὅτε γὰρ Πύθωνα Φίλιππος ἔπεμψε τὸν Βυζάντιον καὶ παρὰ τῶν αὑτοῦ συμμάχων πάντων συνέπεμψε πρέσβεις, ὡς ἐν αἰσχύνῃ ποιήσων τὴν πόλιν καὶ δείξων ἀδικοῦσαν, τότʼ ἐγὼ μὲν τῷ Πύθωνι θρασυνομένῳ καὶ πολλῷ ῥέοντι καθʼ ὑμῶν οὐχ ὑπεχώρησα, ἀλλʼ ἀναστὰς ἀντεῖπον καὶ τὰ τῆς πόλεως δίκαιʼ οὐχὶ προὔδωκα, ἀλλʼ ἀδικοῦντα Φίλιππον ἐξήλεγξα φανερῶς οὕτως ὥστε τοὺς ἐκείνου συμμάχους αὐτοὺς ἀνισταμένους ὁμολογεῖν· οὗτος δὲ συνηγωνίζετο καὶ τἀναντίʼ ἐμαρτύρει τῇ πατρίδι, καὶ ταῦτα ψευδῆ.
καὶ οὐκ ἀπέχρη ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ πάλιν μετὰ ταῦθʼ ὕστερον Ἀναξίνῳ τῷ κατασκόπῳ συνιὼν εἰς τὴν Θράσωνος οἰκίαν ἐλήφθη. καίτοι ὅστις τῷ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων πεμφθέντι μόνος μόνῳ συνῄει καὶ ἐκοινολογεῖτο, οὗτος αὐτὸς ὑπῆρχε τῇ φύσει κατάσκοπος καὶ πολέμιος τῇ πατρίδι. καὶ ὅτι ταῦτʼ ἀληθῆ λέγω, κάλει μοι τούτων τοὺς μάρτυρας.
ΜΑΡΤΥΡΕΣ.
Τελέδημος Κλέωνος, Ὑπερείδης Καλλαίσχρου, Νικόμαχος Διοφάντου μαρτυροῦσι Δημοσθένει καὶ ἐπωμόσαντο ἐπὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν εἰδέναι Αἰσχίνην Ἀτρομήτου Κοθωκίδην συνερχόμενον νυκτὸς εἰς τὴν Θράσωνος οἰκίαν καὶ κοινολογούμενον Ἀναξίνῳ, ὃς ἐκρίθη εἶναι κατάσκοπος παρὰ Φιλίππου. αὗται ἀπεδόθησαν αἱ μαρτυρίαι ἐπὶ Νικίου, ἑκατομβαιῶνος τρίτῃ ἱσταμένου.
μυρία τοίνυν ἕτερʼ εἰπεῖν ἔχων περὶ αὐτοῦ παραλείπω. καὶ γὰρ οὕτω πως ἔχει. πόλλʼ ἂν ἐγὼ ἔτι τούτων ἔχοιμι δεῖξαι, ὧν οὗτος κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους τοῖς μὲν ἐχθροῖς ὑπηρετῶν, ἐμοὶ δʼ ἐπηρεάζων εὑρέθη. ἀλλʼ οὐ τίθεται ταῦτα παρʼ ὑμῖν εἰς ἀκριβῆ μνήμην οὐδʼ ἣν προσῆκεν ὀργήν, ἀλλὰ δεδώκατʼ ἔθει τινὶ φαύλῳ πολλὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ βουλομένῳ τὸν λέγοντά τι τῶν ὑμῖν συμφερόντων ὑποσκελίζειν καὶ συκοφαντεῖν, τῆς ἐπὶ ταῖς λοιδορίαις ἡδονῆς καὶ χάριτος τὸ τῆς πόλεως συμφέρον ἀνταλλαττόμενοι· διόπερ ῥᾷόν ἐστι καὶ ἀσφαλέστερον ἀεὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑπηρετοῦντα μισθαρνεῖν ἢ τὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἑλόμενον τάξιν πολιτεύεσθαι.
καὶ τὸ μὲν δὴ πρὸ τοῦ πολεμεῖν φανερῶς συναγωνίζεσθαι Φιλίππῳ δεινὸν μέν, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί, πῶς γὰρ οὔ; κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος· δότε δʼ, εἰ βούλεσθε, δότʼ αὐτῷ τοῦτο. ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ φανερῶς ἤδη τὰ πλοῖʼ ἐσεσύλητο, Χερρόνησος ἐπορθεῖτο, ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀττικὴν ἐπορεύεθʼ ἅνθρωπος, οὐκέτʼ ἐν ἀμφισβητησίμῳ τὰ πράγματʼ ἦν, ἀλλʼ ἐνειστήκει πόλεμος, ὅ τι μὲν πώποτʼ ἔπραξʼ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ὁ βάσκανος οὗτος ἰαμβειοφάγος, οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι δεῖξαι, οὐδʼ ἔστιν οὔτε μεῖζον οὔτʼ ἔλαττον ψήφισμʼ οὐδὲν Αἰσχίνῃ περὶ τῶν συμφερόντων τῇ πόλει. εἰ δέ φησι, νῦν δειξάτω ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ὕδατι. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδέν. καίτοι δυοῖν αὐτὸν ἀνάγκη θάτερον, ἢ μηδὲν τοῖς πραττομένοις ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ τότʼ ἔχοντʼ ἐγκαλεῖν μὴ γράφειν παρὰ ταῦθʼ ἕτερα, ἢ τὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν συμφέρον ζητοῦντα μὴ φέρειν εἰς μέσον τὰ τούτων ἀμείνω.
ἆρʼ οὖν οὐδʼ ἔλεγεν, ὥσπερ οὐδʼ ἔγραφεν, ἡνίκʼ ἐργάσασθαί τι δέοι κακόν; οὐ μὲν οὖν ἦν εἰπεῖν ἑτέρῳ. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα καὶ φέρειν ἐδύναθʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἡ πόλις καὶ ποιῶν οὗτος λανθάνειν· ἓν δʼ ἐπεξειργάσατʼ, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοιοῦτον ὃ πᾶσι τοῖς προτέροις ἐπέθηκε τέλος· περὶ οὗ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀνήλωσε λόγους, τὰ τῶν Ἀμφισσέων διεξιὼν δόγματα, ὡς διαστρέψων τἀληθές. τὸ δʼ οὐ τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· πόθεν; οὐδέποτʼ ἐκνίψει σὺ τἀκεῖ πεπραγμένα σαυτῷ· οὐχ οὕτω πόλλʼ ἐρεῖς.
Sections 141–145
καλῶ δʼ ἐναντίον ὑμῶν, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τοὺς θεοὺς πάντας καὶ πάσας ὅσοι τὴν χώραν ἔχουσι τὴν Ἀττικήν, καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλω τὸν Πύθιον, ὃς πατρῷός ἐστι τῇ πόλει, καὶ ἐπεύχομαι πᾶσι τούτοις, εἰ μὲν ἀληθῆ πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἴποιμι καὶ εἶπον καὶ τότʼ εὐθὺς ἐν τῷ δήμῳ, ὅτε πρῶτον εἶδον τουτονὶ τὸν μιαρὸν τούτου τοῦ πράγματος ἁπτόμενον (ἔγνων γάρ, εὐθέως ἔγνων), εὐτυχίαν μοι δοῦναι καὶ σωτηρίαν, εἰ δὲ πρὸς ἔχθραν ἢ φιλονικίας ἰδίας ἕνεκʼ αἰτίαν ἐπάγω τούτῳ ψευδῆ, πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνόνητόν με ποιῆσαι.
τί οὖν ταῦτʼ ἐπήραμαι καὶ διετεινάμην οὑτωσὶ σφοδρῶς; ὅτι καὶ γράμματʼ ἔχων ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ κείμενα, ἐξ ὧν ταῦτʼ ἐπιδείξω σαφῶς, καὶ ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς τὰ πεπραγμένα μνημονεύοντας, ἐκεῖνο φοβοῦμαι, μὴ τῶν εἰργασμένων αὐτῷ κακῶν οὗτος ἐλάττων ὑποληφθῇ· ὅπερ πρότερον συνέβη, ὅτε τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Φωκέας ἐποίησʼ ἀπολέσθαι τὰ ψευδῆ δεῦρʼ ἀπαγγείλας.
τὸν γὰρ ἐν Ἀμφίσσῃ πόλεμον, διʼ ὃν εἰς Ἐλάτειαν ἦλθε Φίλιππος καὶ διʼ ὃν ᾑρέθη τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων ἡγεμών, ὃς ἅπαντʼ ἀνέτρεψε τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ συγκατασκευάσας καὶ πάντων εἷς ἀνὴρ μεγίστων αἴτιος κακῶν. καὶ τότʼ εὐθὺς ἐμοῦ διαμαρτυρομένου καὶ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πόλεμον εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν εἰσάγεις, Αἰσχίνη, πόλεμον Ἀμφικτυονικόν οἱ μὲν ἐκ παρακλήσεως συγκαθήμενοι οὐκ εἴων με λέγειν, οἱ δʼ ἐθαύμαζον καὶ κενὴν αἰτίαν διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἔχθραν ἐπάγειν μʼ ὑπελάμβανον αὐτῷ.
ἥτις δʼ ἡ φύσις, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, γέγονεν τούτων τῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ τίνος εἵνεκα ταῦτα συνεσκευάσθη καὶ πῶς ἐπράχθη, νῦν ἀκούσατε, ἐπειδὴ τότʼ ἐκωλύθητε· καὶ γὰρ εὖ πρᾶγμα συντεθὲν ὄψεσθε, καὶ μεγάλʼ ὠφελήσεσθε πρὸς ἱστορίαν τῶν κοινῶν, καὶ ὅση δεινότης ἦν ἐν τῷ Φιλίππῳ θεάσεσθε.
οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πολέμου πέρας οὐδʼ ἀπαλλαγὴ Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους καὶ Θετταλοὺς ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει· ἀλλὰ καίπερ ἀθλίως καὶ κακῶς τῶν στρατηγῶν τῶν ὑμετέρων πολεμούντων αὐτῷ, ὅμως ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τῶν λῃστῶν μυρίʼ ἔπασχε κακά. οὔτε γὰρ ἐξήγετο τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας γιγνομένων οὐδὲν οὔτʼ εἰσήγεθʼ ὧν ἐδεῖτʼ αὐτῷ·
Sections 146–150
ἦν δʼ οὔτʼ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ τότε κρείττων ὑμῶν οὔτʼ εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν ἐλθεῖν δυνατὸς μήτε Θετταλῶν ἀκολουθούντων μήτε Θηβαίων διιέντων· συνέβαινε δʼ αὐτῷ τῷ πολέμῳ κρατοῦντι τοὺς ὁποιουσδήποθʼ ὑμεῖς ἐξεπέμπετε στρατηγούς (ἐῶ γὰρ τοῦτό γε) αὐτῇ τῇ φύσει τοῦ τόπου καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἑκατέροις κακοπαθεῖν.
εἰ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκʼ ἔχθρας ἢ τοὺς Θετταλοὺς ἢ τοὺς Θηβαίους συμπείθοι βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς, οὐδένʼ ἡγεῖτο προσέξειν αὐτῷ τὸν νοῦν· ἐὰν δὲ τὰς ἐκείνων κοινὰς προφάσεις λαβὼν ἡγεμὼν αἱρεθῇ, ῥᾷον ἤλπιζε τὰ μὲν παρακρούσεσθαι, τὰ δὲ πείσειν. τί οὖν; ἐπιχειρεῖ, θεάσασθʼ ὡς εὖ, πόλεμον ποιῆσαι τοῖς Ἀμφικτύοσι καὶ περὶ τὴν Πυλαίαν ταραχήν· εἰς γὰρ ταῦτʼ εὐθὺς αὐτοὺς ὑπελάμβανεν αὑτοῦ δεήσεσθαι.
εἰ μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτʼ ἢ τῶν παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ πεμπομένων ἱερομνημόνων ἢ τῶν ἐκείνου συμμάχων εἰσηγοῖτό τις, ὑπόψεσθαι τὸ πρᾶγμʼ ἐνόμιζε καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους καὶ τοὺς Θετταλοὺς καὶ πάντας φυλάξεσθαι, ἂν δʼ Ἀθηναῖος ᾖ καὶ παρʼ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑπεναντίων ὁ τοῦτο ποιῶν, εὐπόρως λήσειν· ὅπερ συνέβη. πῶς οὖν ταῦτʼ ἐποίησεν; μισθοῦται τουτονί.
οὐδενὸς δὲ προειδότος, οἶμαι, τὸ πρᾶγμʼ οὐδὲ φυλάττοντος, ὥσπερ εἴωθε τὰ τοιαῦτα παρʼ ὑμῖν γίγνεσθαι, προβληθεὶς πυλάγορος οὗτος καὶ τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων χειροτονησάντων αὐτὸν ἀνερρήθη. ὡς δὲ τὸ τῆς πόλεως ἀξίωμα λαβὼν ἀφίκετʼ εἰς τοὺς Ἀμφικτύονας, πάντα τἄλλʼ ἀφεὶς καὶ παριδὼν ἐπέραινεν ἐφʼ οἷς ἐμισθώθη,καὶ λόγους εὐπροσώπους καὶ μύθους, ὅθεν ἡ Κιρραία χώρα καθιερώθη, συνθεὶς καὶ διεξελθὼν ἀνθρώπους ἀπείρους λόγων καὶ τὸ μέλλον οὐ προορωμένους, τοὺς ἱερομνήμονας,
πείθει ψηφίσασθαι περιελθεῖν τὴν χώραν, ἣν οἱ μὲν Ἀμφισσεῖς σφῶν αὐτῶν οὖσαν γεωργεῖν ἔφασαν, οὗτος δὲ τῆς ἱερᾶς χώρας ᾐτιᾶτʼ εἶναι, οὐδεμίαν δίκην τῶν Λοκρῶν ἐπαγόντων ἡμῖν, οὐδʼ ἃ νῦν προφασίζεται λέγων οὐκ ἀληθῆ. γνώσεσθε δʼ ἐκεῖθεν. οὐκ ἐνῆν ἄνευ τοῦ προσκαλέσασθαι δήπου τοῖς Λοκροῖς δίκην κατὰ τῆς πόλεως τελέσασθαι. τίς οὖν ἐκλήτευσεν ἡμᾶς; ἐπὶ ποίας ἀρχῆς; εἰπὲ τὸν εἰδότα, δεῖξον. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις, ἀλλὰ κενῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ κατεχρῶ καὶ ψευδεῖ.
Sections 151–155
περιιόντων τοίνυν τὴν χώραν τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων κατὰ τὴν ὑφήγησιν τὴν τούτου, προσπεσόντες οἱ Λοκροὶ μικροῦ κατηκόντισαν ἅπαντας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ συνήρπασαν τῶν ἱερομνημόνων. ὡς δʼ ἅπαξ ἐκ τούτων ἐγκλήματα καὶ πόλεμος πρὸς τοὺς Ἀμφισσεῖς ἐταράχθη, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὁ Κόττυφος αὐτῶν τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων ἤγαγε στρατιάν, ὡς δʼ οἱ μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον, οἱ δʼ ἐλθόντες οὐδὲν ἐποίουν, εἰς τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν πυλαίαν ἐπὶ τὸν Φίλιππον εὐθὺς ἡγεμόνʼ ἦγον οἱ κατεσκευασμένοι καὶ πάλαι πονηροὶ τῶν Θετταλῶν καὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι.
καὶ προφάσεις εὐλόγους εἰλήφεσαν· ἢ γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἰσφέρειν καὶ ξένους τρέφειν ἔφασαν δεῖν καὶ ζημιοῦν τοὺς μὴ ταῦτα ποιοῦντας, ἢ ʼκεῖνον αἱρεῖσθαι. τί δεῖ τὰ πολλὰ λέγειν; ᾑρέθη γὰρ ἐκ τούτων ἡγεμών. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτʼ εὐθέως δύναμιν συλλέξας καὶ παρελθὼν ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν Κιρραίαν, ἐρρῶσθαι φράσας πολλὰ Κιρραίοις καὶ Λοκροῖς, τὴν Ἐλάτειαν καταλαμβάνει.
εἰ μὲν οὖν μὴ μετέγνωσαν εὐθέως, ὡς τοῦτʼ εἶδον, οἱ Θηβαῖοι καὶ μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἐγένοντο, ὥσπερ χειμάρρους ἂν ἅπαν τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμʼ εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσέπεσε· νῦν δὲ τό γʼ ἐξαίφνης ἐπέσχον ἐκεῖνοι, μάλιστα μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, θεῶν τινὸς εὐνοίᾳ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, εἶτα μέντοι καὶ ὅσον καθʼ ἕνʼ ἄνδρα, καὶ διʼ ἐμέ. δὸς δέ μοι τὰ δόγματα ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς χρόνους ἐν οἷς ἕκαστα πέπρακται, ἵνʼ εἰδῆθʼ ἡλίκα πράγμαθʼ ἡ μιαρὰ κεφαλὴ ταράξασʼ αὕτη δίκην οὐκ ἔδωκε.
λέγε μοι τὰ δόγματα.
ΔΟΓΜΑ ΑΜΦΙΚΤΥΟΝΩΝ.
ἐπὶ ἱερέως Κλειναγόρου, ἐαρινῆς πυλαίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς πυλαγόροις καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων καὶ τῷ κοινῷ τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων, ἐπειδὴ Ἀμφισσεῖς ἐπιβαίνουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν καὶ σπείρουσι καὶ βοσκήμασι κατανέμουσιν, ἐπελθεῖν τοὺς πυλαγόρους καὶ τοὺς συνέδρους καὶ στήλαις διαλαβεῖν τοὺς ὅρους, καὶ ἀπειπεῖν τοῖς Ἀμφισσεῦσι τοῦ λοιποῦ μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν.
ΕΤΕΡΟΝ ΔΟΓΜΑ.
ἐπὶ ἱερέως Κλειναγόρου, ἐαρινῆς πυλαίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς πυλαγόροις καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων καὶ τῷ κοινῷ τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων, ἐπειδὴ οἱ ἐξ Ἀμφίσσης τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν κατανειμάμενοι γεωργοῦσι καὶ βοσκήματα νέμουσι, καὶ κωλυόμενοι τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις παραγενόμενοι τὸ κοινὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνέδριον κεκωλύκασι μετὰ βίας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ τετραυματίκασι, τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν ᾑρημένον τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων Κόττυφον τὸν Ἀρκάδα πρεσβεῦσαι πρὸς Φίλιππον τὸν Μακεδόνα, καὶ ἀξιοῦν ἵνα βοηθήσῃ τῷ τε Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ τοῖς Ἀμφικτύοσιν, ὅπως μὴ περιίδῃ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀσεβῶν Ἀμφισσέων τὸν θεὸν πλημμελούμενον· καὶ διότι αὐτὸν στρατηγὸν αὐτοκράτορα αἱροῦνται οἱ Ἕλληνες οἱ μετέχοντες τοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων.
λέγε δὴ καὶ τοὺς χρόνους ἐν οἷς ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο· εἰσὶ γὰρ καθʼ οὓς ἐπυλαγόρησεν οὗτος. λέγε.
ΧΡΟΝΟΙ.
Ἄρχων Μνησιθείδης, μηνὸς ἀνθεστηριῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δέκα.
Sections 156–160
δὸς δὴ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἥν, ὡς οὐχ ὑπήκουον οἱ Θηβαῖοι, πέμπει πρὸς τοὺς ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ συμμάχους ὁ Φίλιππος, ἵνʼ εἰδῆτε καὶ ἐκ ταύτης σαφῶς ὅτι τὴν μὲν ἀληθῆ πρόφασιν τῶν πραγμάτων, τὸ ταῦτʼ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους καὶ ὑμᾶς πράττειν, ἀπεκρύπτετο, κοινὰ δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ἀμφικτύοσιν δόξαντα ποιεῖν προσεποιεῖτο· ὁ δὲ τὰς ἀφορμὰς ταύτας καὶ τὰς προφάσεις αὐτῷ παρασχὼν οὗτος ἦν. λέγε.
ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ.
Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Πελοποννησίων τῶν ἐν τῇ συμμαχίᾳ τοῖς δημιουργοῖς καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συμμάχοις πᾶσι χαίρειν. ἐπειδὴ Λοκροὶ οἱ καλούμενοι Ὀζόλαι, κατοικοῦντες ἐν Ἀμφίσσῃ, πλημμελοῦσιν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος τοῦ ἐν Δελφοῖς καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν ἐρχόμενοι μεθʼ ὅπλων λεηλατοῦσι, βούλομαι τῷ θεῷ μεθʼ ὑμῶν βοηθεῖν καὶ ἀμύνασθαι τοὺς παραβαίνοντάς τι τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐσεβῶν· ὥστε συναντᾶτε μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων εἰς τὴν Φωκίδα, ἔχοντες ἐπισιτισμὸν ἡμερῶν τετταράκοντα, τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος μηνὸς λῴου, ὡς ἡμεῖς ἄγομεν, ὡς δὲ Ἀθηναῖοι, βοηδρομιῶνος, ὡς δὲ Κορίνθιοι, πανήμου. τοῖς δὲ μὴ συναντήσασι πανδημεὶ χρησόμεθα τοῖς δὲ συμβούλοις ἡμῖν κειμένοις ἐπιζημίοις. εὐτυχεῖτε.
ὁρᾶθʼ ὅτι φεύγει μὲν τὰς ἰδίας προφάσεις, εἰς δὲ τὰς Ἀμφικτυονικὰς καταφεύγει. τίς οὖν ὁ ταῦτα συμπαρασκευάσας αὐτῷ; τίς ὁ τὰς προφάσες ταύτας ἐνδούς; τίς ὁ τῶν κακῶν τῶν γεγενημένων μάλιστʼ αἴτιος; οὐχ οὗτος; μὴ τοίνυν λέγετʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, περιιόντες ὡς ὑφʼ ἑνὸς τοιαῦτα πέπονθεν ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀνθρώπου. οὐχ ὑφʼ ἑνός, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ πολλῶν καὶ πονηρῶν τῶν παρʼ ἑκάστοις, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί·
ὧν εἷς οὑτοσί, ὅν, εἰ μηδὲν εὐλαβηθέντα τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν δέοι, οὐκ ἂν ὀκνήσαιμʼ ἔγωγε κοινὸν ἀλειτήριον τῶν μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἀπολωλότων ἁπάντων εἰπεῖν, ἀνθρώπων, τόπων, πόλεων· ὁ γὰρ τὸ σπέρμα παρασχών, οὗτος τῶν φύντων αἴτιος. ὃν ὅπως ποτʼ οὐκ εὐθὺς ἰδόντες ἀπεστράφητε θαυμάζω. πλὴν πολύ τι σκότος, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐστὶν παρʼ ὑμῖν πρὸ τῆς ἀληθείας.
συμβέβηκε τοίνυν μοι τῶν κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος τούτῳ πεπραγμένων ἁψαμένῳ εἰς ἃ τούτοις ἐναντιούμενος αὐτὸς πεπολίτευμαι ἀφῖχθαι· ἃ πολλῶν μὲν εἵνεκʼ ἂν εἰκότως ἀκούσαιτέ μου, μάλιστα δʼ ὅτι αἰσχρόν ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, εἰ ἐγὼ μὲν τὰ ἔργα τῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν πόνων ὑπέμεινα, ὑμεῖς δὲ μηδὲ τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν ἀνέξεσθε.
Sections 161–165
ὁρῶν γὰρ ἐγὼ Θηβαίους, σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ Φιλίππου φρονούντων καὶ διεφθαρμένων παρʼ ἑκατέροις, ὃ μὲν ἦν ἀμφοτέροις φοβερὸν καὶ φυλακῆς πολλῆς δεόμενον, τὸ τὸν Φίλιππον ἐᾶν αὐξάνεσθαι, παρορῶντας καὶ οὐδὲ καθʼ ἓν φυλαττομένους, εἰς ἔχθραν δὲ καὶ τὸ προσκρούειν ἀλλήλοις ἑτοίμως ἔχοντας, ὅπως τοῦτο μὴ γένοιτο παρατηρῶν διετέλουν, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ γνώμης μόνον ταῦτα συμφέρειν ὑπολαμβάνων,
ἀλλʼ εἰδὼς Ἀριστοφῶντα καὶ πάλιν Εὔβουλον πάντα τὸν χρόνον βουλομένους πρᾶξαι ταύτην τὴν φιλίαν, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολλάκις ἀντιλέγοντας ἑαυτοῖς τοῦθʼ ὁμογνωμονοῦντας ἀεί. οὓς σὺ ζῶντας μέν, ὦ κίναδος, κολακεύων παρηκολούθεις, τεθνεώτων δʼ οὐκ αἰσθάνει κατηγορῶν· ἃ γὰρ περὶ Θηβαίων ἐπιτιμᾷς ἐμοί, ἐκείνων πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖς, τῶν πρότερον ἢ ἐγὼ ταύτην τὴν συμμαχίαν δοκιμασάντων.
ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖσʼ ἐπάνειμι, ὅτι τὸν ἐν Ἀμφίσσῃ πόλεμον τούτου μὲν ποιήσαντος, συμπεραναμένων δὲ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συνεργῶν αὐτῷ τὴν πρὸς Θηβαίους ἔχθραν, συνέβη τὸν Φίλιππον ἐλθεῖν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς, οὗπερ εἵνεκα τὰς πόλεις οὗτοι συνέκρουον, καὶ εἰ μὴ προεξανέστημεν μικρόν, οὐδʼ ἀναλαβεῖν ἂν ἠδυνήθημεν· οὕτω μέχρι πόρρω προήγαγον οὗτοι. ἐν οἷς δʼ ἦτʼ ἤδη τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, τουτωνὶ τῶν ψηφισμάτων ἀκούσαντες καὶ τῶν ἀποκρίσεων εἴσεσθε. καί μοι λέγε ταῦτα λαβών.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
Ἐπʼ ἄρχοντος Ἡροπύθου, μηνὸς ἐλαφηβολιῶνος ἕκτῃ φθίνοντος, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Ἐρεχθῇδος, βουλῆς καὶ στρατηγῶν γνώμη· ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος ἃς μὲν κατείληφε πόλεις τῶν ἀστυγειτόνων, τινὰς δὲ πορθεῖ, κεφαλαίῳ δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀττικὴν παρασκευάζεται παραγίγνεσθαι, παρʼ οὐδὲν ἡγούμενος τὰς ἡμετέρας συνθήκας, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους λύειν ἐπιβάλλεται καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην, παραβαίνων τὰς κοινὰς πίστεις, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ πέμπειν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρέσβεις, οἵτινες αὐτῷ διαλέξονται καὶ παρακαλέσουσιν αὐτὸν μάλιστα μὲν τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁμόνοιαν διατηρεῖν καὶ τὰς συνθήκας, εἰ δὲ μή, πρὸς τὸ βουλεύσασθαι δοῦναι χρόνον τῇ πόλει καὶ τὰς ἀνοχὰς ποιήσασθαι μέχρι τοῦ θαργηλιῶνος μηνός. ᾑρέθησαν ἐκ βουλῆς Σῖμος Ἀναγυράσιος, Εὐθύδημος Φυλάσιος, Βουλαγόρας Ἀλωπεκῆθεν.
ΕΤΕΡΟΝ ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ.
Ἐπʼ ἄρχοντος Ἡροπύθου, μηνὸς μουνυχιῶνος ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ, πολεμάρχου γνώμη· ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος εἰς ἀλλοτριότητα Θηβαίους πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐπιβάλλεται καταστῆσαι, παρεσκεύασται δὲ καὶ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς τοὺς ἔγγιστα τῆς Ἀττικῆς παραγίγνεσθαι τόπους, παραβαίνων τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὑπαρχούσας αὐτῷ συνθήκας, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ πέμψαι πρὸς αὐτὸν κήρυκα καὶ πρέσβεις, οἵτινες ἀξιώσουσι καὶ παρακαλέσουσιν αὐτὸν ποιήσασθαι τὰς ἀνοχάς, ὅπως ἐνδεχομένως ὁ δῆμος βουλεύσηται· καὶ γὰρ νῦν οὐ κέκρικε βοηθεῖν ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν μετρίων. ᾑρέθησαν ἐκ βουλῆς Νέαρχος Σωσινόμου, Πολυκράτης Ἐπίφρονος, καὶ κῆρυξ Εὔνομος Ἀναφλύστιος ἐκ τοῦ δήμου.
Sections 166–170
λέγε δὴ καὶ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις.
ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ ΑΘΗΝΑΙΟΙΣ.
Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Ἀθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ χαίρειν. ἣν μὲν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς εἴχετε πρὸς ἡμᾶς αἵρεσιν, οὐκ ἀγνοῶ, καὶ τίνα σπουδὴν ἐποιεῖσθε προσκαλέσασθαι βουλόμενοι Θετταλοὺς καὶ Θηβαίους, ἔτι δὲ καὶ Βοιωτούς· βέλτιον δʼ αὐτῶν φρονούντων καὶ μὴ βουλομένων ἐφʼ ὑμῖν ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἑαυτῶν αἵρεσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ συμφέρον ἱσταμένων, νῦν ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς ἀποστείλαντες ὑμεῖς πρός με πρέσβεις καὶ κήρυκα συνθηκῶν μνημονεύετε καὶ τὰς ἀνοχὰς αἰτεῖσθε, κατʼ οὐδὲν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν πεπλημμελημένοι. ἐγὼ μέντοι ἀκούσας τῶν πρεσβευτῶν συγκατατίθεμαι τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις καὶ ἕτοιμός εἰμι ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἀνοχάς, ἄν περ τοὺς οὐκ ὀρθῶς συμβουλεύοντας ὑμῖν παραπέμψαντες τῆς προσηκούσης ἀτιμίας ἀξιώσητε. ἔρρωσθε.
ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ ΘΗΒΑΙΟΙΣ.
Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Θηβαίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ χαίρειν. ἐκομισάμην τὴν παρʼ ὑμῶν ἐπιστολήν, διʼ ἧς μοι τὴν ὁμόνοιαν καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ἀνανεοῦσθε. πυνθάνομαι μέντοι διότι πᾶσαν ὑμῖν Ἀθηναῖοι προσφέρονται φιλοτιμίαν βουλόμενοι ὑμᾶς συγκαταίνους γενέσθαι τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν παρακαλουμένοις. πρότερον μὲν οὖν ὑμῶν κατεγίγνωσκον ἐπὶ τῷ μέλλειν πείθεσθαι ταῖς ἐκείνων ἐλπίσι καὶ ἐπακολουθεῖν αὐτῶν τῇ προαιρέσει. νῦν δʼ ἐπιγνοὺς ὑμᾶς τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐζητηκότας ἔχειν εἰρήνην μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς ἑτέρων ἐπακολουθεῖν γνώμαις, ἥσθην καὶ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ κατὰ πολλά, μάλιστα δʼ ἐπὶ τῷ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τούτων ἀσφαλέστερον καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔχειν ἐν εὐνοίᾳ· ὅπερ οὐ μικρὰν ὑμῖν οἴσειν ἐλπίζω ῥοπήν, ἐάν περ ἐπὶ ταύτης μένητε τῆς προθέσεως. ἔρρωσθε.
οὕτω διαθεὶς ὁ Φίλιππος τὰς πόλεις πρὸς ἀλλήλας διὰ τούτων καὶ τούτοις ἐπαρθεὶς τοῖς ψηφίσμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν, ἧκεν ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν Ἐλάτειαν κατέλαβεν, ὡς οὐδʼ ἂν εἴ τι γένοιτʼ ἔτι συμπνευσάντων ἂν ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν Θηβαίων. ἀλλὰ μὴν τὸν τότε συμβάντʼ ἐν τῇ πόλει θόρυβον ἴστε μὲν ἅπαντες· μικρὰ δʼ ἀκούσαθʼ ὅμως αὐτὰ τἀναγκαιότατα.
ἑσπέρα μὲν γὰρ ἦν, ἧκε δʼ ἀγγέλλων τις ὡς τοὺς πρυτάνεις ὡς Ἐλάτεια κατείληπται. καὶ μετὰ ταῦθʼ οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς ἐξαναστάντες μεταξὺ δειπνοῦντες τούς τʼ ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐξεῖργον καὶ τὰ γέρρʼ ἐνεπίμπρασαν, οἱ δὲ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς μετεπέμποντο καὶ τὸν σαλπικτὴν ἐκάλουν· καὶ θορύβου πλήρης ἦν ἡ πόλις. τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ, ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οἱ μὲν πρυτάνεις τὴν βουλὴν ἐκάλουν εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον, ὑμεῖς δʼ εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπορεύεσθε, καὶ πρὶν ἐκείνην χρηματίσαι καὶ προβουλεῦσαι πᾶς ὁ δῆμος ἄνω καθῆτο.
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὡς ἦλθεν ἡ βουλὴ καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν οἱ πρυτάνεις τὰ προσηγγελμένʼ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τὸν ἥκοντα παρήγαγον κἀκεῖνος εἶπεν, ἠρώτα μὲν ὁ κῆρυξ τίς ἀγορεύειν βούλεται παρῄει δʼ οὐδείς. πολλάκις δὲ τοῦ κήρυκος ἐρωτῶντος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀνίστατʼ οὐδείς, ἁπάντων μὲν τῶν στρατηγῶν παρόντων, ἁπάντων δὲ τῶν ῥητόρων, καλούσης δὲ τῆς πατρίδος τὸν ἐροῦνθʼ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας· ἣν γὰρ ὁ κῆρυξ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους φωνὴν ἀφίησι, ταύτην κοινὴν τῆς πατρίδος δίκαιον ἡγεῖσθαι.
Sections 171–175
καίτοι εἰ μὲν τοὺς σωθῆναι τὴν πόλιν βουλομένους παρελθεῖν ἔδει, πάντες ἂν ὑμεῖς καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Ἀθηναῖοι ἀναστάντες ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμʼ ἐβαδίζετε· πάντες γὰρ οἶδʼ ὅτι σωθῆναι αὐτὴν ἐβούλεσθε· εἰ δὲ τοὺς πλουσιωτάτους, οἱ τριακόσιοι· εἰ δὲ τοὺς ἀμφότερα ταῦτα, καὶ εὔνους τῇ πόλει καὶ πλουσίους, οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα τὰς μεγάλας ἐπιδόσεις ἐπιδόντες· καὶ γὰρ εὐνοίᾳ καὶ πλούτῳ τοῦτʼ ἐποίησαν.
ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐκεῖνος ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ʼκείνη οὐ μόνον εὔνουν καὶ πλούσιον ἄνδρʼ ἐκάλει, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρηκολουθηκότα τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ συλλελογισμένον ὀρθῶς τίνος εἵνεκα ταῦτʼ ἔπραττεν ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ τί βουλόμενος· ὁ γὰρ μὴ ταῦτʼ εἰδὼς μηδʼ ἐξητακὼς πόρρωθεν, οὔτʼ εἰ εὔνους ἦν οὔτʼ εἰ πλούσιος, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἔμελλʼ ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν εἴσεσθαι οὐδʼ ὑμῖν ἕξειν συμβουλεύειν.
ἐφάνην τοίνυν οὗτος ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγὼ καὶ παρελθὼν εἶπον εἰς ὑμᾶς, ἅ μου δυοῖν εἵνεκʼ ἀκούσατε προσσχόντες τὸν νοῦν, ἑνὸς μέν, ἵνʼ εἰδῆθʼ ὅτι μόνος τῶν λεγόντων καὶ πολιτευομένων ἐγὼ τὴν τῆς εὐνοίας τάξιν ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς οὐκ ἔλιπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ λέγων καὶ γράφων ἐξηταζόμην τὰ δέονθʼ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς φοβεροῖς, ἑτέρου δέ, ὅτι μικρὸν ἀναλώσαντες χρόνον πολλῷ πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς πάσης πολιτείας ἔσεσθʼ ἐμπειρότεροι.
εἶπον τοίνυν ὅτι τοὺς μὲν ὡς ὑπαρχόντων Θηβαίων Φιλίππῳ λίαν θορυβουμένους ἀγνοεῖν τὰ παρόντα πράγμαθʼ ἡγοῦμαι· εὖ γὰρ οἶδʼ ὅτι, εἰ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἐτύγχανεν ἔχον, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν ἠκούομεν ἐν Ἐλατείᾳ ὄντα, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις ὁρίοις. ὅτι μέντοι ἵνʼ ἕτοιμα ποιήσηται τἀν Θήβαις ἥκει, σαφῶς ἐπίσταμαι. ὡς δʼ ἔχε ἔφην ταῦτα, ἀκούσατέ μου.
ἐκεῖνος ὅσους ἢ πεῖσαι χρήμασιν Θηβαίων ἢ ἐξαπατῆσαι ἐνῆν ἅπαντας ηὐτρέπισται· τοὺς δʼ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀνθεστηκότας αὐτῷ καὶ νῦν ἐναντιουμένους οὐδαμῶς πεῖσαι δύναται. τί οὖν βούλεται, καὶ τίνος εἵνεκα τὴν Ἐλάτειαν κατείληφεν; πλησίον δύναμιν δείξας καὶ παραστήσας τὰ ὅπλα τοὺς μὲν ἑαυτοῦ φίλους ἐπᾶραι καὶ θρασεῖς ποιῆσαι, τοὺς δʼ ἐναντιουμένους καταπλῆξαι, ἵνʼ ἢ συγχωρήσωσι φοβηθέντες ἃ νῦν οὐκ ἐθέλουσιν, ἢ βιασθῶσιν.
Sections 176–180
εἰ μὲν τοίνυν προαιρησόμεθʼ ἡμεῖς ἔφην ἐν τῷ παρόντι, εἴ τι δύσκολον πέπρακται Θηβαίοις πρὸς ἡμᾶς, τούτου μεμνῆσθαι καὶ ἀπιστεῖν αὐτοῖς ὡς ἐν τῇ τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὖσιν μερίδι, πρῶτον μὲν ἃν εὔξαιτο Φίλιππος ποιήσομεν, εἶτα φοβοῦμαι μὴ προσδεξαμένων τῶν νῦν ἀνθεστηκότων αὐτῷ καὶ μιᾷ γνώμῃ πάντων φιλιππισάντων, εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν ἔλθωσιν ἀμφότεροι. ἂν μέντοι πεισθῆτʼ ἐμοὶ καὶ πρὸς τῷ σκοπεῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ φιλονικεῖν περὶ ὧν ἂν λέγω γένησθε, οἶμαι καὶ τὰ δέοντα λέγειν δόξειν καὶ τὸν ἐφεστηκότα κίνδυνον τῇ πόλει διαλύσειν.
τί οὖν φημὶ δεῖν; πρῶτον μὲν τὸν παρόντʼ ἐπανεῖναι φόβον, εἶτα μεταθέσθαι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι πάντας ὑπὲρ Θηβαίων· πολὺ γὰρ τῶν δεινῶν εἰσιν ἡμῶν ἐγγυτέρω, καὶ προτέροις αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ὁ κίνδυνος· ἔπειτʼ ἐξελθόντας Ἐλευσῖνάδε τοὺς ἐν ἡλικίᾳ καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας δεῖξαι πᾶσιν ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὄντας, ἵνα τοῖς ἐν Θήβαις φρονοῦσι τὰ ὑμέτερα ἐξ ἴσου γένηται τὸ παρρησιάζεσθαι περὶ τῶν δικαίων, ἰδοῦσιν ὅτι, ὥσπερ τοῖς πωλοῦσι Φιλίππῳ τὴν πατρίδα πάρεσθʼ ἡ βοηθήσουσα δύναμις ἐν Ἐλατείᾳ, οὕτω τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι βουλομένοις ὑπάρχεθʼ ὑμεῖς ἕτοιμοι καὶ βοηθήσετε, ἐάν τις ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἴῃ.
μετὰ ταῦτα χειροτονῆσαι κελεύω δέκα πρέσβεις, καὶ ποιῆσαι τούτους κυρίους μετὰ τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ τοῦ πότε δεῖ βαδίζειν ἐκεῖσε καὶ τῆς ἐξόδου. ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἔλθωσιν οἱ πρέσβεις εἰς Θήβας, πῶς χρήσασθαι τῷ πράγματι παραινῶ; τούτῳ πάνυ μοι προσέχετε τὸν νοῦν. μὴ δεῖσθαι Θηβαίων μηδέν (αἰσχρὸς γὰρ ὁ καιρός), ἀλλʼ ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι βοηθήσειν, ἂν κελεύωσιν, ὡς ἐκείνων ὄντων ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις, ἡμῶν δʼ ἄμεινον ἢ ʼκεῖνοι προορωμένων· ἵνʼ ἐὰν μὲν δέξωνται ταῦτα καὶ πεισθῶσιν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἃ βουλόμεθʼ ὦμεν διῳκημένοι καὶ μετὰ προσχήματος ἀξίου τῆς πόλεως ταῦτα πράξωμεν, ἂν δʼ ἄρα μὴ συμβῇ κατατυχεῖν, ἐκεῖνοι μὲν αὑτοῖς ἐγκαλῶσιν ἄν τι νῦν ἐξαμαρτάνωσιν, ἡμῖν δὲ μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν μηδὲ ταπεινὸν ᾖ πεπραγμένον.
ταῦτα καὶ παραπλήσια τούτοις εἰπὼν κατέβην. συνεπαινεσάντων δὲ πάντων καὶ οὐδενὸς εἰπόντος ἐναντίον οὐδέν, οὐκ εἶπον μὲν ταῦτα, οὐκ ἔγραψα δέ, οὐδʼ ἔγραψα μέν, οὐκ ἐπρέσβευσα δέ, οὐδʼ ἐπρέσβευσα μέν, οὐκ ἔπεισα δὲ Θηβαίους, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τῆς τελευτῆς διεξῆλθον, καὶ ἔδωκʼ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἁπλῶς εἰς τοὺς περιεστηκότας τῇ πόλει κινδύνους. καί μοι φέρε τὸ ψήφισμα τὸ τότε γενόμενον.
καίτοι τίνα βούλει σέ, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ τίνʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν εἶναι θῶ; βούλει ἐμαυτὸν μέν, ὃν ἂν σὺ λοιδορούμενος καὶ διασύρων καλέσαις, Βάτταλον, σὲ δὲ μηδʼ ἥρω τὸν τυχόντα, ἀλλὰ τούτων τινὰ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς, Κρεσφόντην ἢ Κρέοντα ἢ ὃν ἐν Κολλυτῷ ποτʼ Οἰνόμαον κακῶς ἐπέτριψας; τότε τοίνυν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ὁ Παιανιεὺς ἐγὼ Βάτταλος Οἰνομάου τοῦ Κοθωκίδου σοῦ πλείονος ἄξιος ὢν ἐφάνην τῇ πατρίδι. σὺ μέν γʼ οὐδὲν οὐδαμοῦ χρήσιμος ἦσθα· ἐγὼ δὲ πάνθʼ ὅσα προσῆκε τὸν ἀγαθὸν πολίτην ἔπραττον. λέγε τὸ ψήφισμά μοι.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ.
Sections 181–185
ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Ναυσικλέους, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Αἰαντίδος, σκιροφοριῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δέκα, Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς εἶπεν· ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος ὁ Μακεδὼν ἔν τε τῷ παρεληλυθότι χρόνῳ παραβαίνων φαίνεται τὰς γεγενημένας αὐτῷ συνθήκας πρὸς τὸν Ἀθηναίων δῆμον περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης, ὑπεριδὼν τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰ παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι νομιζόμενα εἶναι δίκαια, καὶ πόλεις παραιρεῖται οὐδὲν αὐτῷ προσηκούσας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ Ἀθηναίων οὔσας δοριαλώτους πεποίηκεν οὐδὲν προαδικηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου τοῦ Ἀθηναίων, ἔν τε τῷ παρόντι ἐπὶ πολὺ προάγει τῇ τε βίᾳ καὶ τῇ ὠμότητι·
καὶ γὰρ Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις ἃς μὲν ἐμφρούρους ποιεῖ καὶ τὰς πολιτείας καταλύει, τινὰς δὲ καὶ ἐξανδραποδιζόμενος κατασκάπτει, εἰς ἐνίας δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ Ἑλλήνων βαρβάρους κατοικίζει ἐπὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τοὺς τάφους ἐπάγων, οὐδὲν ἀλλότριον ποιῶν οὔτε τῆς ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδος οὔτε τοῦ τρόπου, καὶ τῇ νῦν αὐτῷ παρούσῃ τύχῃ κατακόρως χρώμενος, ἐπιλελησμένος ἑαυτοῦ ὅτι ἐκ μικροῦ καὶ τοῦ τυχόντος γέγονεν ἀνελπίστως μέγας·
καὶ ἕως μὲν πόλεις ἑώρα παραιρούμενον αὐτὸν βαρβάρους καὶ ἰδίας, ὑπελάμβανεν ἔλαττον εἶναι ὁ δῆμος ὁ Ἀθηναίων τὸ εἰς αὑτὸν πλημμελεῖσθαι· νῦν δὲ ὁρῶν Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις τὰς μὲν ὑβριζομένας, τὰς δὲ ἀναστάτους γιγνομένας, δεινὸν ἡγεῖται εἶναι καὶ ἀνάξιον τῆς τῶν προγόνων δόξης τὸ περιορᾶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας καταδουλουμένους·
διὸ δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Ἀθηναίων, εὐξαμένους καὶ θύσαντας τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ ἥρωσι τοῖς κατέχουσι τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν τὴν Ἀθηναίων, καὶ ἐνθυμηθέντας τῆς τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς, διότι περὶ πλείονος ἐποιοῦντο τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίαν διατηρεῖν ἢ τὴν ἰδίαν πατρίδα, διακοσίας ναῦς καθέλκειν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καὶ τὸν ναύαρχον ἀναπλεῖν ἐντὸς Πυλῶν, καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ τὸν ἵππαρχον τὰς πεζὰς καὶ τὰς ἱππικὰς δυνάμεις Ἐλευσῖνάδε ἐξάγειν, πέμψαι δὲ καὶ πρέσβεις πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας, πρῶτον δὲ πάντων πρὸς Θηβαίους διὰ τὸ ἐγγυτάτω εἶναι τὸν Φίλιππον τῆς ἐκείνων χώρας,
παρακαλεῖν δὲ αὐτοὺς μηδὲν καταπλαγέντας τὸν Φίλιππον ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας, καὶ ὅτι ὁ Ἀθηναίων δῆμος, οὐδὲν μνησικακῶν εἴ τι πρότερον γέγονεν ἀλλότριον ταῖς πόλεσι πρὸς ἀλλήλας, βοηθήσει καὶ δυνάμεσι καὶ χρήμασι καὶ βέλεσι καὶ ὅπλοις, εἰδὼς ὅτι αὐτοῖς μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαμφισβητεῖν περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας οὖσιν Ἕλλησι καλόν, ὑπὸ δὲ ἀλλοφύλου ἀνθρώπου ἄρχεσθαι καὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀποστερεῖσθαι ἀνάξιον εἶναι καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων δόξης καὶ τῆς τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς.
Sections 186–190
ἔτι δὲ οὐδὲ ἀλλότριον ἡγεῖται εἶναι ὁ Ἀθηναίων δῆμος τὸν Θηβαίων δῆμον οὔτε τῇ συγγενείᾳ οὔτε τῷ ὁμοφύλῳ. ἀναμιμνῄσκεται δὲ καὶ τὰς τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἑαυτοῦ εἰς τοὺς Θηβαίων προγόνους εὐεργεσίας· καὶ γὰρ τοὺς Ἡρακλέους παῖδας ἀποστερουμένους ὑπὸ Πελοποννησίων τῆς πατρῴας ἀρχῆς κατήγαγον, τοῖς ὅπλοις κρατήσαντες τοὺς ἀντιβαίνειν πειρωμένους τοῖς Ἡρακλέους ἐγγόνοις, καὶ τὸν Οἰδίπουν καὶ τοὺς μετʼ ἐκείνου ἐκπεσόντας ὑπεδεξάμεθα, καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ ἡμῖν ὑπάρχει φιλάνθρωπα καὶ ἔνδοξα πρὸς Θηβαίους·
διόπερ οὐδὲ νῦν ἀποστήσεται ὁ Ἀθηναίων δῆμος τῶν Θηβαίοις τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι συμφερόντων. συνθέσθαι δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς συμμαχίαν καὶ ἐπιγαμίαν ποιήσασθαι καὶ ὅρκους δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν. πρέσβεις Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεύς, Ὑπερείδης Κλεάνδρου Σφήττιος, Μνησιθείδης Ἀντιφάνους Φρεάρριος, Δημοκράτης Σωφίλου Φλυεύς, Κάλλαισχρος Διοτίμου Κοθωκίδης.
αὕτη τῶν περὶ Θήβας ἐγίγνετο πραγμάτων ἀρχὴ καὶ κατάστασις πρώτη, τὰ πρὸ τούτων εἰς ἔχθραν καὶ μῖσος καὶ ἀπιστίαν τῶν πόλεων ὑπηγμένων ὑπὸ τούτων. τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα τὸν τότε τῇ πόλει περιστάντα κίνδυνον παρελθεῖν ἐποίησεν ὥσπερ νέφος. ἦν μὲν τοίνυν τοῦ δικαίου πολίτου τότε δεῖξαι πᾶσιν, εἴ τι τούτων εἶχεν ἄμεινον, μὴ νῦν ἐπιτιμᾶν.
ὁ γὰρ σύμβουλος καὶ ὁ συκοφάντης, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲν ἐοικότες, ἐν τούτῳ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διαφέρουσιν· ὁ μέν γε πρὸ τῶν πραγμάτων γνώμην ἀποφαίνεται, καὶ δίδωσιν ἑαυτὸν ὑπεύθυνον τοῖς πεισθεῖσι, τῇ τύχῃ, τῷ καιρῷ, τῷ βουλομένῳ· ὁ δὲ σιγήσας ἡνίκʼ ἔδει λέγειν, ἄν τι δύσκολον συμβῇ, τοῦτο βασκαίνει.
ἦν μὲν οὖν, ὅπερ εἶπον, ἐκεῖνος ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ γε φροντίζοντος ἀνδρὸς τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῶν δικαίων λόγων· ἐγὼ δὲ τοσαύτην ὑπερβολὴν ποιοῦμαι ὥστε, ἂν νῦν ἔχῃ τις δεῖξαί τι βέλτιον, ἢ ὅλως εἴ τι ἄλλʼ ἐνῆν πλὴν ὧν ἐγὼ προειλόμην, ἀδικεῖν ὁμολογῶ. εἰ γὰρ ἔσθʼ ὅ τι τις νῦν ἑόρακεν, ὃ συνήνεγκεν ἂν τότε πραχθέν, τοῦτʼ ἐγώ φημι δεῖν ἐμὲ μὴ λαθεῖν. εἰ δὲ μήτʼ ἔστι μήτʼ ἦν μήτʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοι μηδεὶς μηδέπω καὶ τήμερον, τί τὸν σύμβουλον ἐχρῆν ποιεῖν; οὐ τῶν φαινομένων καὶ ἐνόντων τὰ κράτισθʼ ἑλέσθαι;
Sections 191–195
τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐποίησα, τοῦ κήρυκος ἐρωτῶντος, Αἰσχίνη, τίς ἀγορεύειν βούλεται, οὐ τίς αἰτιᾶσθαι περὶ τῶν παρεληλυθότων, οὐδὲ τίς ἐγγυᾶσθαι τὰ μέλλοντʼ ἔσεσθαι; σοῦ δʼ ἀφώνου κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις καθημένου, ἐγὼ παριὼν ἔλεγον. ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὐ τότε, ἀλλὰ νῦν δεῖξον. εἰπὲ τίς ἢ λόγος, ὅντινʼ ἐχρῆν εὐπορεῖν, ἢ καιρὸς συμφέρων ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ παρελείφθη τῇ πόλει; τίς δὲ συμμαχία, τίς πρᾶξις, ἐφʼ ἣν μᾶλλον ἔδει μʼ ἀγαγεῖν τουτουσί;
rend="indent"ἀλλὰ μὴν τὸ μὲν παρεληλυθὸς ἀεὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀφεῖται, καὶ οὐδεὶς περὶ τούτου προτίθησιν οὐδαμοῦ βουλήν· τὸ δὲ μέλλον ἢ τὸ παρὸν τὴν τοῦ συμβούλου τάξιν ἀπαιτεῖ. τότε τοίνυν τὰ μὲν ἔμελλεν, ὡς ἐδόκει, τῶν δεινῶν, τὰ δʼ ἤδη παρῆν, ἐν οἷς τὴν προαίρεσίν μου σκόπει τῆς πολιτείας, μὴ τὰ συμβάντα συκοφάντει. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πέρας ὡς ἂν ὁ δαίμων βουληθῇ πάντων γίγνεται· ἡ δὲ προαίρεσις αὐτὴ τὴν τοῦ συμβούλου διάνοιαν δηλοῖ.
μὴ δὴ τοῦθʼ ὡς ἀδίκημʼ ἐμὸν θῇς, εἰ κρατῆσαι συνέβη Φιλίππῳ τῇ μάχῃ· ἐν γὰρ τῷ θεῷ τὸ τούτου τέλος ἦν, οὐκ ἐμοί. ἀλλʼ ὡς οὐχ ἅπανθʼ ὅσʼ ἐνῆν κατʼ ἀνθρώπινον λογισμὸν εἱλόμην, καὶ δικαίως ταῦτα καὶ ἐπιμελῶς ἔπραξα καὶ φιλοπόνως ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, ἢ ὡς οὐ καλὰ καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἄξια πράγματʼ ἐνεστησάμην καὶ ἀναγκαῖα, ταῦτά μοι δεῖξον, καὶ τότʼ ἤδη κατηγόρει μου.
εἰ δʼ ὁ συμβὰς σκηπτὸς μὴ μόνον ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων μείζων γέγονε, τί χρὴ ποιεῖν; ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ναύκληρον πάντʼ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ πράξαντα καὶ κατασκευάσαντα τὸ πλοῖον ἀφʼ ὧν ὑπελάμβανε σωθήσεσθαι, εἶτα χειμῶνι χρησάμενον καὶ πονησάντων αὐτῷ τῶν σκευῶν ἢ καὶ συντριβέντων ὅλως, τῆς ναυαγίας αἰτιῷτο. ἀλλʼ οὔτʼ ἐκυβέρνων τὴν ναῦν, φήσειεν ἄν (ὥσπερ οὐδʼ ἐστρατήγουν ἐγώ), οὔτε τῆς τύχης κύριος ἦν, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνη τῶν πάντων.
ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο λογίζου καὶ ὅρα· εἰ μετὰ Θηβαίων ἡμῖν ἀγωνιζομένοις οὕτως εἵμαρτο πρᾶξαι, τί χρῆν προσδοκᾶν εἰ μηδὲ τούτους ἔσχομεν συμμάχους ἀλλὰ Φιλίππῳ προσέθεντο, ὑπὲρ οὗ τότʼ ἐκεῖνος πάσας ἀφῆκε φωνάς; καὶ εἰ νῦν τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀττικῆς ὁδὸν τῆς μάχης γενομένης τοσοῦτος κίνδυνος καὶ φόβος περιέστη τὴν πόλιν, τί ἄν, εἴ που τῆς χώρας ταὐτὸ τοῦτο πάθος συνέβη, προσδοκῆσαι χρῆν; ἆρʼ οἶσθʼ ὅτι νῦν μὲν στῆναι, συνελθεῖν, ἀναπνεῦσαι, πολλὰ μίʼ ἡμέρα καὶ δύο καὶ τρεῖς ἔδοσαν τῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν τῇ πόλει, τότε δʼ—οὐκ ἄξιον εἰπεῖν, ἅ γε μηδὲ πεῖραν ἔδωκε θεῶν τινὸς εὐνοίᾳ καὶ τῷ προβαλέσθαι τὴν πόλιν ταύτην τὴν συμμαχίαν, ἧς σὺ κατηγορεῖς.
Sections 196–200
ἔστι δὲ ταυτὶ πάντα μοι, τὰ πολλά, πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες δικασταί, καὶ τοὺς περιεστηκότας ἔξωθεν καὶ ἀκροωμένους, ἐπεὶ πρός γε τοῦτον τὸν κατάπτυστον βραχὺς καὶ σαφὴς ἐξήρκει λόγος. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἦν σοὶ πρόδηλα τὰ μέλλοντʼ, Αἰσχίνη, μόνῳ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅτʼ ἐβουλεύεθʼ ἡ πόλις περὶ τούτων, τότʼ ἔδει προλέγειν· εἰ δὲ μὴ προῄδεις, τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεύθυνος εἶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὥστε τί μᾶλλον ἐμοῦ σὺ ταῦτα κατηγορεῖς ἢ ἐγὼ σοῦ;
τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἀμείνων ἐγὼ σοῦ πολίτης γέγονʼ εἰς αὐτὰ ταῦθʼ ἃ λέγω (καὶ οὔπω περὶ τῶν ἄλλων διαλέγομαι), ὅσον ἐγὼ μὲν ἔδωκʼ ἐμαυτὸν εἰς τὰ πᾶσι δοκοῦντα συμφέρειν, οὐδένα κίνδυνον ὀκνήσας ἴδιον οὐδʼ ὑπολογισάμενος, σὺ δʼ οὔθʼ ἕτερʼ εἶπες βελτίω τούτων (οὐ γὰρ ἂν τούτοις ἐχρῶντο), οὔτʼ εἰς ταῦτα χρήσιμον οὐδὲν σαυτὸν παρέσχες, ὅπερ δʼ ἂν ὁ φαυλότατος καὶ δυσμενέστατος ἄνθρωπος τῇ πόλει, τοῦτο πεποιηκὼς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβᾶσιν ἐξήτασαι, καὶ ἅμʼ Ἀρίστρατος ἐν Νάξῳ καὶ Ἀριστόλεως ἐν Θάσῳ, οἱ καθάπαξ ἐχθροὶ τῆς πόλεως, τοὺς Ἀθηναίων κρίνουσι φίλους καὶ Ἀθήνησιν Αἰσχίνης Δημοσθένους κατηγορεῖ.
καίτοι ὅτῳ τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀτυχήματʼ ἐνευδοκιμεῖν ἀπέκειτο, ἀπολωλέναι μᾶλλον οὗτός ἐστι δίκαιος ἢ κατηγορεῖν ἑτέρου· καὶ ὅτῳ συνενηνόχασιν οἱ αὐτοὶ καιροὶ καὶ τοῖς τῆς πόλεως ἐχθροῖς, οὐκ ἔνι τοῦτον εὔνουν εἶναι τῇ πατρίδι. δηλοῖς δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὧν ζῇς καὶ ποιεῖς καὶ πολιτεύει καὶ πάλιν οὐ πολιτεύει. πράττεταί τι τῶν ὑμῖν δοκούντων συμφέρειν· ἄφωνος Αἰσχίνης. ἀντέκρουσέ τι καὶ γέγονʼ οἷον οὐκ ἔδει· πάρεστιν Αἰσχίνης. ὥσπερ τὰ ῥήγματα καὶ τὰ σπάσματα, ὅταν τι κακὸν τὸ σῶμα λάβῃ, τότε κινεῖται.
ἐπειδὴ δὲ πολὺς τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται, βούλομαί τι καὶ παράδοξον εἰπεῖν. καί μου πρὸς Διὸς καὶ θεῶν μηδεὶς τὴν ὑπερβολὴν θαυμάσῃ, ἀλλὰ μετʼ εὐνοίας ὃ λέγω θεωρησάτω. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἅπασι πρόδηλα τὰ μέλλοντα γενήσεσθαι καὶ προῄδεσαν πάντες καὶ σὺ προὔλεγες, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ διεμαρτύρου βοῶν καὶ κεκραγώς, ὃς οὐδʼ ἐφθέγξω, οὐδʼ οὕτως ἀποστατέον τῇ πόλει τούτων ἦν, εἴπερ ἢ δόξης ἢ προγόνων ἢ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος εἶχε λόγον.
νῦν μέν γʼ ἀποτυχεῖν δοκεῖ τῶν πραγμάτων, ὃ πᾶσι κοινόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώποις ὅταν τῷ θεῷ ταῦτα δοκῇ· τότε δʼ ἀξιοῦσα προεστάναι τῶν ἄλλων, εἶτʼ ἀποστᾶσα τούτου Φιλίππῳ, προδεδωκέναι πάντας ἂν ἔσχεν αἰτίαν. εἰ γὰρ ταῦτα προεῖτʼ ἀκονιτεί, περὶ ὧν οὐδένα κίνδυνον ὅντινʼ οὐχ ὑπέμειναν οἱ πρόγονοι, τίς οὐχὶ κατέπτυσεν ἂν σοῦ; μὴ γὰρ τῆς πόλεώς γε, μηδʼ ἐμοῦ.
Sections 201–205
τίσι δʼ ὀφθαλμοῖς πρὸς Διὸς ἑωρῶμεν ἂν τοὺς εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀνθρώπους ἀφικνουμένους, εἰ τὰ μὲν πράγματʼ εἰς ὅπερ νυνὶ περιέστη, ἡγεμὼν δὲ καὶ κύριος ᾑρέθη Φίλιππος ἁπάντων, τὸν δʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ γενέσθαι ταῦτʼ ἀγῶνα ἕτεροι χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἦσαν πεποιημένοι, καὶ ταῦτα μηδεπώποτε τῆς πόλεως ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις ἀσφάλειαν ἄδοξον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν καλῶν κίνδυνον ᾑρημένης.
τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν Ἑλλήνων, τίς δὲ βαρβάρων, ὅτι καὶ παρὰ Θηβαίων καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἔτι τούτων πρότερον ἰσχυρῶν γενομένων Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως μετὰ πολλῆς χάριτος τοῦτʼ ἂν ἀσμένως ἐδόθη τῇ πόλει, ὅ τι βούλεται λαβούσῃ καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῆς ἐχούσῃ τὸ κελευόμενον ποιεῖν καὶ ἐᾶν ἕτερον τῶν Ἑλλήνων προεστάναι;
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἦν ταῦθʼ, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις πάτρια οὐδʼ ἀνεκτὰ οὐδʼ ἔμφυτα, οὐδʼ ἐδυνήθη πώποτε τὴν πόλιν οὐδεὶς ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου πεῖσαι τοῖς ἰσχύουσι μέν, μὴ δίκαια δὲ πράττουσι προσθεμένην ἀσφαλῶς δουλεύειν, ἀλλʼ ἀγωνιζομένη περὶ πρωτείων καὶ τιμῆς καὶ δόξης κινδυνεύουσα πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα διατετέλεκε.
καὶ ταῦθʼ οὕτω σεμνὰ καὶ προσήκοντα τοῖς ὑμετέροις ἤθεσιν ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετʼ εἶναι ὥστε καὶ τῶν προγόνων τοὺς ταῦτα πράξαντας μάλιστʼ ἐπαινεῖτε. εἰκότως· τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἀγάσαιτο τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῆς ἀρετῆς, οἳ καὶ τὴν χώραν καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐκλιπεῖν ὑπέμειναν εἰς τὰς τριήρεις ἐμβάντες ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τὸ κελευόμενον ποιῆσαι, τὸν μὲν ταῦτα συμβουλεύσαντα Θεμιστοκλέα στρατηγὸν ἑλόμενοι, τὸν δʼ ὑπακούειν ἀποφηνάμενον τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις Κυρσίλον καταλιθώσαντες, οὐ μόνον αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αἱ ὑμέτεραι τὴν γυναῖκʼ αὐτοῦ.
οὐ γὰρ ἐζήτουν οἱ τότʼ Ἀθηναῖοι οὔτε ῥήτορʼ οὔτε στρατηγὸν διʼ ὅτου δουλεύσουσιν εὐτυχῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ζῆν ἠξίουν, εἰ μὴ μετʼ ἐλευθερίας ἐξέσται τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ἡγεῖτο γὰρ αὐτῶν ἕκαστος οὐχὶ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῇ μητρὶ μόνον γεγενῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ πατρίδι. διαφέρει δὲ τί; ὅτι ὁ μὲν τοῖς γονεῦσι μόνον γεγενῆσθαι νομίζων τὸν τῆς εἱμαρμένης καὶ τὸν αὐτόματον θάνατον περιμένει, ὁ δὲ καὶ τῇ πατρίδι, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ταύτην ἐπιδεῖν δουλεύουσαν ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐθελήσει, καὶ φοβερωτέρας ἡγήσεται τὰς ὕβρεις καὶ τὰς ἀτιμίας, ἃς ἐν δουλευούσῃ τῇ πόλει φέρειν ἀνάγκη, τοῦ θανάτου.
Sections 206–210
εἰ μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτʼ ἐπεχείρουν λέγειν, ὡς ἐγὼ προήγαγον ὑμᾶς ἄξια τῶν προγόνων φρονεῖν, οὐκ ἔσθʼ ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ἐπιτιμήσειέ μοι. νῦν δʼ ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμετέρας τὰς τοιαύτας προαιρέσεις ἀποφαίνω, καὶ δείκνυμʼ ὅτι καὶ πρὸ ἐμοῦ τοῦτʼ εἶχεν τὸ φρόνημʼ ἡ πόλις, τῆς μέντοι διακονίας τῆς ἐφʼ ἑκάστοις τῶν πεπραγμένων καὶ ἐμαυτῷ μετεῖναί φημι·
οὗτος δὲ τῶν ὅλων κατηγορῶν καὶ κελεύων ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ πικρῶς ἔχειν ὡς φόβων καὶ κινδύνων αἰτίῳ τῇ πόλει, τῆς μὲν εἰς τὸ παρὸν τιμῆς ἔμʼ ἀποστερῆσαι γλίχεται, τὰ δʼ εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον ἐγκώμιʼ ὑμῶν ἀφαιρεῖται. εἰ γὰρ ὡς οὐ τὰ βέλτιστʼ ἐμοῦ πολιτευσαμένου τουδὶ καταψηφιεῖσθε, ἡμαρτηκέναι δόξετε, οὐ τῇ τῆς τύχης ἀγνωμοσύνῃ τὰ συμβάντα παθεῖν.
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἡμάρτετʼ, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁπάντων ἐλευθερίας καὶ σωτηρίας κίνδυνον ἀράμενοι, μὰ τοὺς Μαραθῶνι προκινδυνεύσαντας τῶν προγόνων, καὶ τοὺς ἐν Πλαταιαῖς παραταξαμένους, καὶ τοὺς ἐν Σαλαμῖνι ναυμαχήσαντας καὶ τοὺς ἐπʼ Ἀρτεμισίῳ, καὶ πολλοὺς ἑτέρους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς δημοσίοις μνήμασιν κειμένους ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας, οὓς ἅπαντας ὁμοίως ἡ πόλις τῆς αὐτῆς ἀξιώσασα τιμῆς ἔθαψεν, Αἰσχίνη, οὐχὶ τοὺς κατορθώσαντας αὐτῶν οὐδὲ τοὺς κρατήσαντας μόνους. δικαίως· ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἦν ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργον ἅπασι πέπρακται· τῇ τύχῃ δʼ, ἣν ὁ δαίμων ἔνειμεν ἑκάστοις, ταύτῃ κέχρηνται.
ἔπειτʼ, ὦ κατάρατε καὶ γραμματοκύφων, σὺ μὲν τῆς παρὰ τουτωνὶ τιμῆς καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἔμʼ ἀποστερῆσαι βουλόμενος τρόπαια καὶ μάχας καὶ παλαίʼ ἔργʼ ἔλεγες, ὧν τίνος προσεδεῖθʼ ὁ παρὼν ἀγὼν οὑτοσί; ἐμὲ δʼ, ὦ τριταγωνιστά, τὸν περὶ τῶν πρωτείων σύμβουλον τῇ πόλει παριόντα τὸ τίνος φρόνημα λαβόντʼ ἀναβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμʼ ἔδει; τὸ τοῦ τούτων ἀνάξιʼ ἐροῦντος; δικαίως μέντἂν ἀπέθανον.
ἐπεὶ οὐδʼ ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας δεῖ τάς τʼ ἰδίας δίκας καὶ τὰς δημοσίας κρίνειν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τοῦ καθʼ ἡμέραν βίου συμβόλαια ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων νόμων καὶ ἔργων σκοποῦντας, τὰς δὲ κοινὰς προαιρέσεις εἰς τὰ τῶν προγόνων ἀξιώματʼ ἀποβλέποντας. καὶ παραλαμβάνειν γʼ ἅμα τῇ βακτηρίᾳ καὶ τῷ συμβόλῳ τὸ φρόνημα τὸ τῆς πόλεως νομίζειν ἕκαστον ὑμῶν δεῖ, ὅταν τὰ δημόσιʼ εἰσίητε κρινοῦντες, εἴπερ ἄξιʼ ἐκείνων πράττειν οἴεσθε χρῆναι.
Sections 211–215
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐμπεσὼν εἰς τὰ πεπραγμένα τοῖς προγόνοις ὑμῶν ἔστιν ἃ τῶν ψηφισμάτων παρέβην καὶ τῶν πραχθέντων. ἐπανελθεῖν οὖν ὁπόθεν ἐνταῦθʼ ἐξέβην βούλομαι.
ὡς γὰρ ἀφικόμεθʼ εἰς τὰς Θήβας, κατελαμβάνομεν Φιλίππου καὶ Θετταλῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων παρόντας πρέσβεις, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἡμετέρους φίλους ἐν φόβῳ, τοὺς δʼ ἐκείνου θρασεῖς. ὅτι δʼ οὐ νῦν ταῦτα λέγω τοῦ συμφέροντος εἵνεκʼ ἐμαυτῷ, λέγε μοι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἣν τότʼ ἐπέμψαμεν εὐθὺς οἱ πρέσβεις.
καίτοι τοσαύτῃ γʼ ὑπερβολῇ συκοφαντίας οὗτος κέχρηται ὥστε, εἰ μέν τι τῶν δεόντων ἐπράχθη, τὸν καιρόν, οὐκ ἐμέ φησιν αἴτιον γεγενῆσθαι, τῶν δʼ ὡς ἑτέρως συμβάντων ἁπάντων ἐμὲ καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν τύχην αἰτίαν εἶναι· καί, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὁ σύμβουλος καὶ ῥήτωρ ἐγὼ τῶν μὲν ἐκ λόγου καὶ τοῦ βουλεύσασθαι πραχθέντων οὐδὲν αὐτῷ συναίτιος εἶναι δοκῶ, τῶν δʼ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις καὶ κατὰ τὴν στρατηγίαν ἀτυχηθέντων μόνος αἴτιος εἶναι. πῶς ἂν ὠμότερος συκοφάντης γένοιτʼ ἢ καταρατότερος; λέγε τὴν ἐπιστολήν.
ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ.
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, προσῆγον ἐκείνους προτέρους διὰ τὸ τὴν τῶν συμμάχων τάξιν ἐκείνους ἔχειν. καὶ παρελθόντες ἐδημηγόρουν πολλὰ μὲν Φίλιππον ἐγκωμιάζοντες, πολλὰ δʼ ὑμῶν κατηγοροῦντες, πάνθʼ ὅσα πώποτʼ ἐναντίʼ ἐπράξατε Θηβαίοις ἀναμιμνῄσκοντες. τὸ δʼ οὖν κεφάλαιον, ἠξίουν ὧν μὲν εὖ ʼπεπόνθεσαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου χάριν αὐτοὺς ἀποδοῦναι, ὧν δʼ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἠδίκηντο δίκην λαβεῖν, ὁποτέρως βούλονται, ἢ διέντας αὐτοὺς ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἢ συνεμβαλόντας εἰς τὴν Ἀττικήν· καὶ ἐδείκνυσαν, ὡς ᾤοντο, ἐκ μὲν ὧν αὐτοὶ συνεβούλευον τἀκ τῆς Ἀττικῆς βοσκήματα καὶ ἀνδράποδα καὶ τἄλλʼ ἀγάθʼ εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἥξοντα, ἐκ δʼ ὧν ἡμᾶς ἐρεῖν ἔφασαν τἀν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ διαρπασθησόμενʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ πολέμου. καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ πρὸς τούτοις, εἰς ταὐτὰ δὲ πάντα συντείνοντʼ ἔλεγον.
ἃ δʼ ἡμεῖς πρὸς ταῦτα, τὰ μὲν καθʼ ἕκαστʼ ἐγὼ μὲν ἀντὶ παντὸς ἂν τιμησαίμην εἰπεῖν τοῦ βίου, ὑμᾶς δὲ δέδοικα, μὴ παρεληλυθότων τῶν καιρῶν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ κατακλυσμὸν γεγενῆσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων ἡγούμενοι, μάταιον ὄχλον τοὺς περὶ τούτων λόγους νομίσητε· ὅ τι δʼ οὖν ἐπείσαμεν ἡμεῖς καὶ ἡμῖν ἀπεκρίναντο, ἀκούσατε. λέγε ταυτὶ λαβών.
ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ ΘΗΒΑΙΩΝ.
μετὰ ταῦτα τοίνυν ἐκάλουν ὑμᾶς καὶ μετεπέμποντο. ἐξῇτε, ἐβοηθεῖτε, ἵνα τἀν μέσῳ παραλείπω, οὕτως οἰκείως ὑμᾶς ἐδέχοντο ὥστʼ ἔξω τῶν ὁπλιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ὄντων εἰς τὰς οἰκίας καὶ τὸ ἄστυ δέχεσθαι τὴν στρατιὰν ἐπὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ τιμιώτατα. καίτοι τρίʼ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἔδειξαν ἐγκώμια Θηβαῖοι καθʼ ὑμῶν τὰ κάλλιστα, ἓν μὲν ἀνδρείας, ἕτερον δὲ δικαιοσύνης, τρίτον δὲ σωφροσύνης. καὶ γὰρ τὸν ἀγῶνα μεθʼ ὑμῶν μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἑλόμενοι ποιήσασθαι καὶ ἀμείνους εἶναι καὶ δικαιότερʼ ἀξιοῦν ὑμᾶς ἔκριναν Φιλίππου· καὶ τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ παρὰ πᾶσι δʼ ἐν πλείστῃ φυλακῇ, παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας, ἐφʼ ὑμῖν ποιήσαντες σωφροσύνης πίστιν περὶ ὑμῶν ἔχοντες ἔδειξαν.
Sections 216–220
ἐν οἷς πᾶσιν, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, κατά γʼ ὑμᾶς ὀρθῶς ἐφάνησαν ἐγνωκότες. οὔτε γὰρ εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσελθόντος τοῦ στρατοπέδου οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν οὐδʼ ἀδίκως ὑμῖν ἐνεκάλεσεν· οὕτω σώφρονας παρέσχεθʼ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς· δίς τε συμπαραταξάμενοι τὰς πρώτας μάχας, τήν τʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τὴν χειμερινήν, οὐκ ἀμέμπτους μόνον ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ θαυμαστοὺς ἐδείξατε τῷ κόσμῳ, ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, τῇ προθυμίᾳ. ἐφʼ οἷς παρὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὑμῖν ἐγίγνοντʼ ἔπαινοι, παρὰ δʼ ὑμῶν θυσίαι καὶ πομπαὶ τοῖς θεοῖς.
καὶ ἔγωγʼ ἡδέως ἂν ἐροίμην Αἰσχίνην, ὅτε ταῦτʼ ἐπράττετο καὶ ζήλου καὶ χαρᾶς καὶ ἐπαίνων ἡ πόλις ἦν μεστή, πότερον συνέθυε καὶ συνευφραίνετο τοῖς πολλοῖς, ἢ λυπούμενος καὶ στένων καὶ δυσμεναίνων τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀγαθοῖς οἴκοι καθῆτο. εἰ μὲν γὰρ παρῆν καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξητάζετο, πῶς οὐ δεινὰ ποιεῖ, μᾶλλον δʼ οὐδʼ ὅσια, εἰ ὧν ὡς ἀρίστων αὐτὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἐποιήσατο μάρτυρας, ταῦθʼ ὡς οὐκ ἄριστα νῦν ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῖ ψηφίσασθαι τοὺς ὀμωμοκότας τοὺς θεούς; εἰ δὲ μὴ παρῆν, πῶς οὐκ ἀπολωλέναι πολλάκις ἐστὶ δίκαιος, εἰ ἐφʼ οἷς ἔχαιρον οἱ ἄλλοι, ταῦτʼ ἐλυπεῖθʼ ὁρῶν; λέγε δὴ καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ψηφίσματά μοι.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ ΘΥΣΙΩΝ.
οὐκοῦν ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐν θυσίαις ἦμεν τότε, Θηβαῖοι δʼ ἐν τῷ διʼ ἡμᾶς σεσῶσθαι νομίζειν, καὶ περιειστήκει τοῖς βοηθείας δεήσεσθαι δοκοῦσιν ἀφʼ ὧν ἔπραττον οὗτοι, αὐτοὺς βοηθεῖν ἑτέροις ἐξ ὧν ἐπείσθητʼ ἐμοί. ἀλλὰ μὴν οἵας τότʼ ἀφίει φωνὰς ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ ἐν οἵαις ἦν ταραχαῖς ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἐκ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τῶν ἐκείνου μαθήσεσθε ὧν εἰς Πελοπόννησον ἔπεμπεν. καί μοι λέγε ταύτας λαβών, ἵνʼ εἰδῆτε, ἡ ἐμὴ συνέχεια καὶ πλάνοι καὶ ταλαιπωρίαι καὶ τὰ πολλὰ ψηφίσματα, ἃ νῦν οὗτος διέσυρε, τί ἀπειργάσατο.
καίτοι πολλοὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, γεγόνασι ῥήτορες ἔνδοξοι καὶ μεγάλοι πρὸ ἐμοῦ, Καλλίστρατος ἐκεῖνος, Ἀριστοφῶν, Κέφαλος, Θρασύβουλος, ἕτεροι μυρίοι· ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδεὶς πώποτε τούτων διὰ παντὸς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς οὐδὲν τῇ πόλει, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν γράφων οὐκ ἂν ἐπρέσβευσεν, ὁ δὲ πρεσβεύων οὐκ ἂν ἔγραψεν. ὑπέλειπε γὰρ αὐτῶν ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ ἅμα μὲν ῥᾳστώνην, ἅμα δʼ εἴ τι γένοιτʼ ἀναφοράν.
τί οὖν; εἴποι τις ἄν, σὺ τοσοῦθʼ ὑπερῆρας ῥώμῃ καὶ τόλμῃ ὥστε πάντα ποιεῖν αὐτός; οὐ ταῦτα λέγω, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἐπεπείσμην μέγαν εἶναι τὸν κατειληφότα κίνδυνον τὴν πόλιν ὥστʼ οὐκ ἐδόκει μοι χώραν οὐδὲ πρόνοιαν οὐδεμίαν τῆς ἰδίας ἀσφαλείας διδόναι, ἀλλʼ ἀγαπητὸν εἶναι, εἰ μηδὲν παραλιπών τις ἃ δεῖ πράξειεν.
Sections 221–225
ἐπεπείσμην δʼ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ, τυχὸν μὲν ἀναισθητῶν, ὅμως δʼ ἐπεπείσμην, μήτε γράφοντʼ ἂν ἐμοῦ γράψαι μηδένα μήτε πράττοντα πρᾶξαι μήτε πρεσβεύοντα πρεσβεῦσαι προθυμότερον μηδὲ δικαιότερον. διὰ ταῦτʼ ἐν πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν ἔταττον. λέγε τὰς ἐπιστολὰς τὰς τοῦ Φιλίππου.
ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΑΙ.
εἰς ταῦτα κατέστησε Φίλιππον ἡ ἐμὴ πολιτεία, Αἰσχίνη· ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἐκεῖνος ἀφῆκε, πολλοὺς καὶ θρασεῖς τὰ πρὸ τούτων τῇ πόλει λόγους ἐπαιρόμενος. ἀνθʼ ὧν δικαίως ἐστεφανούμην ὑπὸ τουτωνί, καὶ σὺ παρὼν οὐκ ἀντέλεγες, ὁ δὲ γραψάμενος Διώνδας τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων οὐκ ἔλαβεν. καί μοι λέγε ταῦτα τὰ ψηφίσματα τὰ ἀποπεφευγότα, ὑπὸ τούτου δʼ οὐδὲ γραφέντα.
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ.
ταυτὶ τὰ ψηφίσματʼ, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὰς αὐτὰς συλλαβὰς καὶ ταὐτὰ ῥήματʼ ἔχει ἅπερ πρότερον μὲν Ἀριστόνικος, νῦν δὲ Κτησιφῶν γέγραφεν οὑτοσί. καὶ ταῦτʼ Αἰσχίνης οὔτʼ ἐδίωξεν αὐτὸς οὔτε τῷ γραψαμένῳ συγκατηγόρησεν. καίτοι τότε τὸν Δημομέλη τὸν ταῦτα γράφοντα καὶ τὸν Ὑπερείδην, εἴπερ ἀληθῆ μου νῦν κατηγορεῖ, μᾶλλον ἂν εἰκότως ἢ τόνδʼ ἐδίωκεν.
διὰ τί; ὅτι τῷδε μὲν ἔστʼ ἀνενεγκεῖν ἐπʼ ἐκείνους καὶ τὰς τῶν δικαστηρίων γνώσεις καὶ τὸ τοῦτον αὐτὸν ἐκείνων μὴ κατηγορηκέναι ταὐτὰ γραψάντων ἅπερ οὗτος νῦν, καὶ τὸ τοὺς νόμους μηκέτʼ ἐᾶν περὶ τῶν οὕτω πραχθέντων κατηγορεῖν, καὶ πόλλʼ ἕτερα· τότε δʼ αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶγμʼ ἂν ἐκρίνετʼ ἐφʼ αὑτοῦ, πρίν τι τούτων προλαβεῖν.
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἦν, οἶμαι, τόθʼ ὃ νυνὶ ποιεῖν, ἐκ παλαιῶν χρόνων καὶ ψηφισμάτων πολλῶν ἐκλέξαντα, ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτʼ ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι, διαβάλλειν, καὶ μετενεγκόντα τοὺς χρόνους καὶ προφάσεις ἀντὶ τῶν ἀληθῶν ψευδεῖς μεταθέντα τοῖς πεπραγμένοις δοκεῖν τι λέγειν.
Sections 226–230
οὐκ ἦν τότε ταῦτα, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐγγὺς τῶν ἔργων, ἔτι μεμνημένων ὑμῶν καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἕκαστʼ ἐχόντων, πάντες ἐγίγνοντʼ ἂν οἱ λόγοι. διόπερ τοὺς παρʼ αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματʼ ἐλέγχους φυγὼν νῦν ἥκει, ῥητόρων ἀγῶνα νομίζων, ὥς γʼ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, καὶ οὐχὶ τῶν πεπολιτευμένων ἐξέτασιν ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς, καὶ λόγου κρίσιν, οὐχὶ τοῦ τῇ πόλει συμφέροντος ἔσεσθαι.
εἶτα σοφίζεται καὶ φησὶ προσήκειν ἧς μὲν οἴκοθεν ἥκετʼ ἔχοντες δόξης περὶ ἡμῶν ἀμελῆσαι, ὥσπερ δʼ, ὅταν οἰόμενοι περιεῖναι χρήματά τῳ λογίζησθε, ἂν καθαραὶ ὦσιν αἱ ψῆφοι καὶ μηδὲν περιῇ, συγχωρεῖτε, οὕτω καὶ νῦν τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ λόγου φαινομένοις προσθέσθαι. θεάσασθε τοίνυν ὡς σαθρόν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἔστι φύσει πᾶν ὅ τι ἂν μὴ δικαίως ᾖ πεπραγμένον.
ἐκ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σοφοῦ τούτου παραδείγματος ὡμολόγηκε νῦν γʼ ἡμᾶς ὑπάρχειν ἐγνωσμένους ἐμὲ μὲν λέγειν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος, αὐτὸν δʼ ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου· οὐ γὰρ ἂν μεταπείθειν ὑμᾶς ἐζήτει μὴ τοιαύτης οὔσης τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ὑπολήψεως περὶ ἑκατέρου.
καὶ μὴν ὅτι γʼ οὐ δίκαια λέγει μεταθέσθαι ταύτην τὴν δόξαν ἀξιῶν, ἐγὼ διδάξω ῥᾳδίως, οὐ τιθεὶς ψήφους (οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τῶν πραγμάτων οὗτος λογισμός), ἀλλʼ ἀναμιμνῄσκων ἕκαστʼ ἐν βραχέσι, λογισταῖς ἅμα καὶ μάρτυσι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ὑμῖν χρώμενος. ἡ γὰρ ἐμὴ πολιτεία, ἧς οὗτος κατηγορεῖ, ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ Θηβαίους μετὰ Φιλίππου συνεμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν χώραν, ὃ πάντες ᾤοντο, μεθʼ ἡμῶν παραταξαμένους ἐκεῖνον κωλύειν ἐποίησεν·
ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ τὸν πόλεμον εἶναι, ἑπτακόσια στάδιʼ ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τοῖς Βοιωτῶν ὁρίοις γενέσθαι· ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ τοὺς λῃστὰς ἡμᾶς φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας, ἐν εἰρήνῃ τὴν Ἀττικὴν ἐκ θαλάττης εἶναι πάντα τὸν πόλεμον· ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἔχειν Φίλιππον λαβόντα Βυζάντιον, συμπολεμεῖν τοὺς Βυζαντίους μεθʼ ἡμῶν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον.
Sections 231–235
ἆρά σοι ψήφοις ὅμοιος ὁ τῶν ἔργων λογισμὸς φαίνεται; ἢ δεῖν ἀντανελεῖν ταῦτα, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὅπως τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον μνημονευθήσεται σκέψασθαι; καὶ οὐκέτι προστίθημι ὅτι τῆς μὲν ὠμότητος, ἣν ἐν οἷς καθάπαξ τινῶν κατέστη κύριος Φίλιππος ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ἑτέροις πειραθῆναι συνέβη, τῆς δὲ φιλανθρωπίας, ἣν τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐκεῖνος περιβαλλόμενος ἐπλάττετο, ὑμεῖς καλῶς ποιοῦντες τοὺς καρποὺς κεκόμισθε. ἀλλʼ ἐῶ ταῦτα.
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ὀκνήσω, ὅτι ὁ τὸν ῥήτορα βουλόμενος δικαίως ἐξετάζειν καὶ μὴ συκοφαντεῖν οὐκ ἂν οἷα σὺ νῦν ἔλεγες, τοιαῦτα κατηγόρει, παραδείγματα πλάττων καὶ ῥήματα καὶ σχήματα μιμούμενος (πάνυ γὰρ παρὰ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὁρᾷς; γέγονεν τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, εἰ τουτὶ τὸ ῥῆμα, ἀλλὰ μὴ τουτὶ διελέχθην ἐγώ, ἢ δευρὶ τὴν χεῖρα,
ἀλλὰ μὴ δευρὶ παρήνεγκα), ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει τίνας εἶχεν ἀφορμὰς ἡ πόλις καὶ τίνας δυνάμεις, ὅτʼ εἰς τὰ πράγματʼ εἰσῄειν, καὶ τίνας συνήγαγον αὐτῇ μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἐπιστὰς ἐγώ, καὶ πῶς εἶχε τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων. εἶτʼ εἰ μὲν ἐλάττους ἐποίησα τὰς δυνάμεις, παρʼ ἐμοὶ τἀδίκημʼ ἂν ἐδείκνυεν ὄν, εἰ δὲ πολλῷ μείζους, οὐκ ἂν ἐσυκοφάντει. ἐπειδὴ δὲ σὺ τοῦτο πέφευγας, ἐγὼ ποιήσω· καὶ σκοπεῖτʼ εἰ δικαίως χρήσομαι τῷ λόγῳ.
δύναμιν μὲν τοίνυν εἶχεν ἡ πόλις τοὺς νησιώτας, οὐχ ἅπαντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀσθενεστάτους· οὔτε γὰρ Χίος οὔτε Ῥόδος οὔτε Κέρκυρα μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἦν· χρημάτων δὲ σύνταξιν εἰς πέντε καὶ τετταράκοντα τάλαντα, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἦν προεξειλεγμένα· ὁπλίτην δʼ ἢ ἱππέα πλὴν τῶν οἰκείων οὐδένα. ὃ δὲ πάντων καὶ φοβερώτατον καὶ μάλισθʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, οὗτοι παρεσκευάκεσαν τοὺς περιχώρους πάντας ἔχθρας ἢ φιλίας ἐγγυτέρω, Μεγαρέας, Θηβαίους, Εὐβοέας.
τὰ μὲν τῆς πόλεως οὕτως ὑπῆρχεν ἔχοντα, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἂν ἔχοι παρὰ ταῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ἄλλʼ οὐδέν· τὰ δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου, πρὸς ὃν ἦν ἡμῖν ὁ ἀγών, σκέψασθε πῶς. πρῶτον μὲν ἦρχε τῶν ἀκολουθούντων αὐτὸς αὐτοκράτωρ, ὃ τῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον μέγιστόν ἐστιν ἁπάντων· εἶθʼ οὗτοι τὰ ὅπλʼ εἶχον ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἀεί· ἔπειτα χρημάτων ηὐπόρει καὶ ἔπραττεν ἃ δόξειεν αὐτῷ, οὐ προλέγων ἐν τοῖς ψηφίσμασιν, οὐδʼ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ βουλευόμενος, οὐδʼ ὑπὸ τῶν συκοφαντούντων κρινόμενος, οὐδὲ γραφὰς φεύγων παρανόμων, οὐδʼ ὑπεύθυνος ὢν οὐδενί, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸς δεσπότης, ἡγεμών, κύριος πάντων.
Sections 236–240
ἐγὼ δʼ ὁ πρὸς τοῦτον ἀντιτεταγμένος (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτʼ ἐξετάσαι δίκαιον) τίνος κύριος ἦν; οὐδενός· αὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ δημηγορεῖν πρῶτον, οὗ μόνου μετεῖχον ἐγώ, ἐξ ἴσου προὐτίθεθʼ ὑμεῖς τοῖς παρʼ ἐκείνου μισθαρνοῦσι καὶ ἐμοί, καὶ ὅσʼ οὗτοι περιγένοιντʼ ἐμοῦ (πολλὰ δʼ ἐγίγνετο ταῦτα, διʼ ἣν ἕκαστον τύχοι πρόφασιν), ταῦθʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀπῇτε βεβουλευμένοι.
ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἐκ τοιούτων ἐλαττωμάτων ἐγὼ συμμάχους μὲν ὑμῖν ἐποίησα Εὐβοέας, Ἀχαιούς, Κορινθίους, Θηβαίους, Μεγαρέας, Λευκαδίους, Κερκυραίους, ἀφʼ ὧν μύριοι μὲν καὶ πεντακισχίλιοι ξένοι, δισχίλιοι δʼ ἱππεῖς ἄνευ τῶν πολιτικῶν δυνάμεων συνήχθησαν· χρημάτων δʼ ὅσων ἐδυνήθην ἐγὼ πλείστων συντέλειαν ἐποίησα.
εἰ δὲ λέγεις ἢ τὰ πρὸς Θηβαίους δίκαιʼ, Αἰσχίνη, ἢ τὰ πρὸς Βυζαντίους ἢ τὰ πρὸς Εὐβοέας, ἢ περὶ τῶν ἴσων νυνὶ διαλέγει, πρῶτον μὲν ἀγνοεῖς ὅτι καὶ πρότερον τῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐκείνων ἀγωνισαμένων τριήρων, τριακοσίων οὐσῶν τῶν πασῶν, τὰς διακοσίας ἡ πόλις παρέσχετο, καὶ οὐκ ἐλαττοῦσθαι νομίζουσα οὐδὲ κρίνουσα τοὺς ταῦτα συμβουλεύσαντας οὐδʼ ἀγανακτοῦσʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἑωρᾶτο (αἰσχρὸν γάρ), ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεοῖς ἔχουσα χάριν, εἰ κοινοῦ κινδύνου τοῖς Ἕλλησι περιστάντος αὐτὴ διπλάσια τῶν ἄλλων εἰς τὴν ἁπάντων σωτηρίαν παρέσχετο.
εἶτα κενὰς χαρίζει χάριτας τουτοισὶ συκοφαντῶν ἐμέ. τί γὰρ νῦν λέγεις οἷʼ ἐχρῆν πράττειν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τότʼ ὢν ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ παρὼν ταῦτʼ ἔγραφες, εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο παρὰ τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς, ἐν οἷς οὐχ ὅσʼ ἐβουλόμεθα, ἀλλʼ ὅσα δοίη τὰ πράγματʼ ἔδει δέχεσθαι· ὁ γὰρ ἀντωνούμενος καὶ ταχὺ τοὺς παρʼ ἡμῶν ἀπελαυνομένους προσδεξόμενος καὶ χρήματα προσθήσων ὑπῆρχεν ἕτοιμος.
ἀλλʼ εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις κατηγορίας ἔχω, τί ἂν οἴεσθε, εἰ τότʼ ἐμοῦ περὶ τούτων ἀκριβολογουμένου, ἀπῆλθον αἱ πόλεις καὶ προσέθεντο Φιλίππῳ, καὶ ἅμʼ Εὐβοίας καὶ Θηβῶν καὶ Βυζαντίου κύριος κατέστη, τί ποιεῖν ἂν ἢ τί λέγειν τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς ἀνθρώπους τουτουσί;
Sections 241–245
οὐχ ὡς ἐξεδόθησαν; οὐχ ὡς ἀπηλάθησαν βουλόμενοι μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἶναι; εἶτα τοῦ μὲν Ἑλλησπόντου διὰ Βυζαντίων ἐγκρατὴς καθέστηκε, καὶ τῆς σιτοπομπίας τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων κύριος, πόλεμος δʼ ὅμορος καὶ βαρὺς εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν διὰ Θηβαίων κεκόμισται, ἄπλους δʼ ἡ θάλαττα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας ὁρμωμένων λῃστῶν γέγονεν· οὐκ ἂν ταῦτʼ ἔλεγον καὶ πολλά γε πρὸς τούτοις ἕτερα;
πονηρόν, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχόθεν βάσκανον καὶ φιλαίτιον· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ φύσει κίναδος τἀνθρώπιόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑγιὲς πεποιηκὸς οὐδʼ ἐλεύθερον, αὐτοτραγικὸς πίθηκος, ἀρουραῖος Οἰνόμαος, παράσημος ῥήτωρ. τί γὰρ ἡ σὴ δεινότης εἰς ὄνησιν ἥκει τῇ πατρίδι;
νῦν ἡμῖν λέγεις περὶ τῶν παρεληλυθότων; ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἰατρὸς ἀσθενοῦσι μὲν τοῖς κάμνουσιν εἰσιὼν μὴ λέγοι μηδὲ δεικνύοι διʼ ὧν ἀποφεύξονται τὴν νόσον, ἐπειδὴ δὲ τελευτήσειέ τις αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ νομιζόμενʼ αὐτῷ φέροιτο, ἀκολουθῶν ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα διεξίοι εἰ τὸ καὶ τὸ ἐποίησεν ἅνθρωπος οὑτοσί, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν. ἐμβρόντητε, εἶτα νῦν λέγεις;
οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ τὴν ἧτταν, εἰ ταύτῃ γαυριᾷς ἐφʼ ᾗ στένειν σʼ, ὦ κατάρατε, προσῆκεν, ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν παρʼ ἐμοὶ γεγονυῖαν εὑρήσετε τῇ πόλει. οὑτωσὶ δὲ λογίζεσθε. οὐδαμοῦ πώποθʼ, ὅποι πρεσβευτὴς ἐπέμφθην ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἐγώ, ἡττηθεὶς ἀπῆλθον τῶν παρὰ Φιλίππου πρέσβεων, οὐκ ἐκ Θετταλίας οὐδʼ ἐξ Ἀμβρακίας, οὐκ ἐξ Ἰλλυριῶν οὐδὲ παρὰ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν βασιλέων, οὐκ ἐκ Βυζαντίου, οὐκ ἄλλοθεν οὐδαμόθεν, οὐ τὰ τελευταῖʼ ἐκ Θηβῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐν οἷς κρατηθεῖεν οἱ πρέσβεις αὐτοῦ τῷ λόγῳ, ταῦτα τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐπιὼν κατεστρέφετο.
ταῦτʼ οὖν ἀπαιτεῖς παρʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνει τὸν αὐτὸν εἴς τε μαλακίαν σκώπτων καὶ τῆς Φιλίππου δυνάμεως ἀξιῶν ἕνʼ ὄντα κρείττω γενέσθαι; καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς λόγοις; τίνος γὰρ ἄλλου κύριος ἦν ἐγώ; οὐ γὰρ τῆς γʼ ἑκάστου ψυχῆς, οὐδὲ τῆς τύχης τῶν παραταξαμένων, οὐδὲ τῆς στρατηγίας, ἧς ἔμʼ ἀπαιτεῖς εὐθύνας· οὕτω σκαιὸς εἶ.
Sections 246–250
ἀλλὰ μὴν ὧν γʼ ἂν ὁ ῥήτωρ ὑπεύθυνος εἴη, πᾶσαν ἐξέτασιν λαμβάνετε· οὐ παραιτοῦμαι. τίνʼ οὖν ἐστι ταῦτα; ἰδεῖν τὰ πράγματʼ ἀρχόμενα καὶ προαισθέσθαι καὶ προειπεῖν τοῖς ἄλλοις. ταῦτα πέπρακταί μοι. καὶ ἔτι τὰς ἑκασταχοῦ βραδυτῆτας, ὄκνους, ἀγνοίας, φιλονικίας, ἃ πολιτικὰ ταῖς πόλεσιν πρόσεστιν ἁπάσαις καὶ ἀναγκαῖʼ ἁμαρτήματα, ταῦθʼ ὡς εἰς ἐλάχιστα συστεῖλαι, καὶ τοὐναντίον εἰς ὁμόνοιαν καὶ φιλίαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖν ὁρμὴν προτρέψαι. καὶ ταῦτά μοι πάντα πεποίηται, καὶ οὐδεὶς μήποθʼ εὕρῃ κατʼ ἔμʼ οὐδὲν ἐλλειφθέν.
εἰ τοίνυν τις ἔροιθʼ ὁντινοῦν τίσιν τὰ πλεῖστα Φίλιππος ὧν κατέπραξε διῳκήσατο, πάντες ἂν εἴποιεν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ καὶ τῷ διδόναι καὶ διαφθείρειν τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων. οὐκοῦν τῶν μὲν δυνάμεων οὔτε κύριος οὔθʼ ἡγεμὼν ἦν ἐγώ, ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ὁ λόγος τῶν κατὰ ταῦτα πραχθέντων πρὸς ἐμέ. καὶ μὴν τῷ διαφθαρῆναι χρήμασιν ἢ μὴ κεκράτηκα Φίλιππον· ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ ὠνούμενος νενίκηκε τὸν λαβόντα, ἐὰν πρίηται, οὕτως ὁ μὴ λαβὼν νενίκηκε τὸν ὠνούμενον. ὥστʼ ἀήττητος ἡ πόλις τὸ κατʼ ἐμέ.
ἃ μὲν τοίνυν ἐγὼ παρεσχόμην εἰς τὸ δικαίως τοιαῦτα γράφειν τοῦτον περὶ ἐμοῦ, πρὸς πολλοῖς ἑτέροις ταῦτα καὶ παραπλήσια τούτοις ἐστίν· ἃ δʼ οἱ πάντες ὑμεῖς, ταῦτʼ ἤδη λέξω. μετὰ γὰρ τὴν μάχην εὐθὺς ὁ δῆμος, εἰδὼς καὶ ἑορακὼς πάνθʼ ὅσʼ ἔπραττον ἐγώ, ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς δεινοῖς καὶ φοβεροῖς ἐμβεβηκώς, ἡνίκʼ οὐδʼ ἀγνωμονῆσαί τι θαυμαστὸν ἦν τοὺς πολλοὺς πρὸς ἐμέ, πρῶτον μὲν περὶ σωτηρίας τῆς πόλεως τὰς ἐμὰς γνώμας ἐχειροτόνει, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα τῆς φυλακῆς εἵνεκʼ ἐπράττετο, ἡ διάταξις τῶν φυλάκων, αἱ τάφροι, τὰ εἰς τὰ τείχη χρήματα, διὰ τῶν ἐμῶν ψηφισμάτων ἐγίγνετο· ἔπειθʼ αἱρούμενος σιτώνην ἐκ πάντων ἔμʼ ἐχειροτόνησεν ὁ δῆμος.
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα συστάντων οἷς ἦν ἐπιμελὲς κακῶς ἐμὲ ποιεῖν, καὶ γραφάς, εὐθύνας, εἰσαγγελίας, πάντα ταῦτʼ ἐπαγόντων μοι, οὐ διʼ ἑαυτῶν τό γε πρῶτον, ἀλλὰ διʼ ὧν μάλισθʼ ὑπελάμβανον ἀγνοήσεσθαι (ἴστε γὰρ δήπου καὶ μέμνησθʼ ὅτι τοὺς πρώτους χρόνους κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην ἐκρινόμην ἐγώ, καὶ οὔτʼ ἀπόνοια Σωσικλέους οὔτε συκοφαντία Φιλοκράτους οὔτε Διώνδου καὶ Μελάντου μανία οὔτʼ ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν ἀπείρατον ἦν τούτοις κατʼ ἐμοῦ), ἐν τοίνυν τούτοις πᾶσι μάλιστα μὲν διὰ τοὺς θεούς, δεύτερον δὲ διʼ ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἀθηναίους ἐσῳζόμην. δικαίως· τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἀληθές ἐστι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ὀμωμοκότων καὶ γνόντων τὰ εὔορκα δικαστῶν.
οὐκοῦν ἐν μὲν οἷς εἰσηγγελλόμην, ὅτʼ ἀπεψηφίζεσθέ μου καὶ τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων τοῖς διώκουσιν οὐ μετεδίδοτε, τότʼ ἐψηφίζεσθε τἄριστά με πράττειν· ἐν οἷς δὲ τὰς γραφὰς ἀπέφευγον, ἔννομα καὶ γράφειν καὶ λέγειν ἀπεδεικνύμην· ἐν οἷς δὲ τὰς εὐθύνας ἐπεσημαίνεσθε, δικαίως καὶ ἀδωροδοκήτως πάντα πεπρᾶχθαί μοι προσωμολογεῖτε. τούτων οὖν οὕτως ἐχόντων, τί προσῆκεν ἢ τί δίκαιον ἦν τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ πεπραγμένοις θέσθαι τὸν Κτησιφῶντʼ ὄνομα; οὐχ ὃ τὸν δῆμον ἑώρα τιθέμενον, οὐχ ὃ τοὺς ὀμωμοκότας δικαστάς, οὐχ ὃ τὴν ἀλήθειαν παρὰ πᾶσι βεβαιοῦσαν;
Sections 251–255
ναί, φησίν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ Κεφάλου καλόν, τὸ μηδεμίαν γραφὴν φυγεῖν. καὶ νὴ Δίʼ εὔδαιμόν γε. ἀλλὰ τί μᾶλλον ὁ πολλάκις μὲν φυγών, μηδεπώποτε δʼ ἐξελεγχθεὶς ἀδικῶν ἐν ἐγκλήματι γίγνοιτʼ ἂν διὰ τοῦτο δικαίως; καίτοι πρός γε τοῦτον, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Κεφάλου καλὸν εἰπεῖν ἔστι μοι. οὐδεμίαν γὰρ πώποτʼ ἐγράψατό μʼ οὐδʼ ἐδίωξε γραφήν, ὥσθʼ ὑπὸ σοῦ γʼ ὡμολόγημαι μηδὲν εἶναι τοῦ Κεφάλου χείρων πολίτης.
πανταχόθεν μὲν τοίνυν ἄν τις ἴδοι τὴν ἀγνωμοσύνην αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν βασκανίαν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δʼ ἀφʼ ὧν περὶ τῆς τύχης διελέχθη. ἐγὼ δʼ ὅλως μέν, ὅστις ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἀνθρώπῳ τύχην προφέρει, ἀνόητον ἡγοῦμαι· ἣν γὰρ ὁ βέλτιστα πράττειν νομίζων καὶ ἀρίστην ἔχειν οἰόμενος οὐκ οἶδεν εἰ μενεῖ τοιαύτη μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας, πῶς χρὴ περὶ ταύτης λέγειν ἢ πῶς ὀνειδίζειν ἑτέρῳ; ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὗτος πρὸς πολλοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ περὶ τούτων ὑπερηφάνως χρῆται τῷ λόγῳ, σκέψασθʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ θεωρήσατε ὅσῳ καὶ ἀληθέστερον καὶ ἀνθρωπινώτερον ἐγὼ περὶ τῆς τύχης τούτου διαλεχθήσομαι.
ἐγὼ τὴν τῆς πόλεως τύχην ἀγαθὴν ἡγοῦμαι, καὶ ταῦθʼ ὁρῶ καὶ τὸν Δία τὸν Δωδωναῖον ὑμῖν μαντευόμενον, τὴν μέντοι τῶν πάντων ἀνθρώπων, ἣ νῦν ἐπέχει, χαλεπὴν καὶ δεινήν· τίς γὰρ Ἑλλήνων ἢ τίς βαρβάρων οὐ πολλῶν κακῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι πεπείραται;
τὸ μὲν τοίνυν προελέσθαι τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ τὸ τῶν οἰηθέντων Ἑλλήνων, εἰ προοῖνθʼ ἡμᾶς, ἐν εὐδαιμονίᾳ διάξειν αὐτῶν ἄμεινον πράττειν, τῆς ἀγαθῆς τύχης τῆς πόλεως εἶναι τίθημι· τὸ δὲ προσκροῦσαι καὶ μὴ πάνθʼ ὡς ἐβουλόμεθʼ ἡμῖν συμβῆναι, τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων τύχης τὸ ἐπιβάλλον ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς μέρος μετειληφέναι νομίζω τὴν πόλιν.
τὴν δʼ ἰδίαν τύχην τὴν ἐμὴν καὶ τὴν ἑνὸς ἡμῶν ἑκάστου ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ἐξετάζειν δίκαιον εἶναι νομίζω. ἐγὼ μὲν οὑτωσὶ περὶ τῆς τύχης ἀξιῶ, ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως, ὡς ἐμαυτῷ δοκῶ, νομίζω δὲ καὶ ὑμῖν· ὁ δὲ τὴν ἰδίαν τύχην τὴν ἐμὴν τῆς κοινῆς τῆς πόλεως κυριωτέραν εἶναί φησι, τὴν μικρὰν καὶ φαύλην τῆς ἀγαθῆς καὶ μεγάλης. καὶ πῶς ἔνι τοῦτο γενέσθαι;
Sections 256–260
καὶ μὴν εἴ γε τὴν ἐμὴν τύχην πάντως ἐξετάζειν, Αἰσχίνη, προαιρεῖ, πρὸς τὴν σεαυτοῦ σκόπει, κἂν εὕρῃς τὴν ἐμὴν βελτίω τῆς σῆς, παῦσαι λοιδορούμενος αὐτῇ. σκόπει τοίνυν εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς. καί μου πρὸς Διὸς μηδεμίαν ψυχρότητα καταγνῷ μηδείς. ἐγὼ γὰρ οὔτʼ εἴ τις πενίαν προπηλακίζει, νοῦν ἔχειν ἡγοῦμαι, οὔτʼ εἴ τις ἐν ἀφθόνοις τραφεὶς ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνύνεται· ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τῆς τουτουὶ τοῦ χαλεποῦ βλασφημίας καὶ συκοφαντίας εἰς τοιούτους λόγους ἐμπίπτειν ἀναγκάζομαι, οἷς ἐκ τῶν ἐνόντων ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι μετριώτατα χρήσομαι.
ἐμοὶ μὲν τοίνυν ὑπῆρξεν, Αἰσχίνη, παιδὶ μὲν ὄντι φοιτᾶν εἰς τὰ προσήκοντα διδασκαλεῖα, καὶ ἔχειν ὅσα χρὴ τὸν μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ποιήσοντα διʼ ἔνδειαν, ἐξελθόντι δʼ ἐκ παίδων ἀκόλουθα τούτοις πράττειν, χορηγεῖν, τριηραρχεῖν, εἰσφέρειν, μηδεμιᾶς φιλοτιμίας μήτʼ ἰδίας μήτε δημοσίας ἀπολείπεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ τοῖς φίλοις χρήσιμον εἶναι, ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ προσελθεῖν ἔδοξέ μοι, τοιαῦτα πολιτεύμαθʼ ἑλέσθαι ὥστε καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς πατρίδος καὶ ὑπʼ ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων πολλῶν πολλάκις ἐστεφανῶσθαι, καὶ μηδὲ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμᾶς, ὡς οὐ καλά γʼ ἦν ἃ προειλόμην, ἐπιχειρεῖν λέγειν.
ἐγὼ μὲν δὴ τοιαύτῃ συμβεβίωκα τύχῃ, καὶ πόλλʼ ἂν ἔχων ἕτερʼ εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῆς παραλείπω, φυλαττόμενος τὸ λυπῆσαί τινʼ ἐν οἷς σεμνύνομαι. σὺ δʼ ὁ σεμνὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ διαπτύων τοὺς ἄλλους σκόπει πρὸς ταύτην ποίᾳ τινὶ κέχρησαι τύχῃ, διʼ ἣν παῖς μὲν ὢν μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἐνδείας ἐτράφης, ἅμα τῷ πατρὶ πρὸς τῷ διδασκαλείῳ προσεδρεύων, τὸ μέλαν τρίβων καὶ τὰ βάθρα σπογγίζων καὶ τὸ παιδαγωγεῖον κορῶν,
οἰκέτου τάξιν, οὐκ ἐλευθέρου παιδὸς ἔχων, ἀνὴρ δὲ γενόμενος τῇ μητρὶ τελούσῃ τὰς βίβλους ἀνεγίγνωσκες καὶ τἄλλα συνεσκευωροῦ, τὴν μὲν νύκτα νεβρίζων καὶ κρατηρίζων καὶ καθαίρων τοὺς τελουμένους καὶ ἀπομάττων τῷ πηλῷ καὶ τοῖς πιτύροις, καὶ ἀνιστὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ καθαρμοῦ κελεύων λέγειν ἔφυγον κακόν, εὗρον ἄμεινον, ἐπὶ τῷ μηδένα πώποτε τηλικοῦτʼ ὀλολύξαι σεμνυνόμενος (καὶ ἔγωγε νομίζω·
μὴ γὰρ οἴεσθʼ αὐτὸν φθέγγεσθαι μὲν οὕτω μέγα, ὀλολύζειν δʼ οὐχ ὑπέρλαμπρον), ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις τοὺς καλοὺς θιάσους ἄγων διὰ τῶν ὁδῶν, τοὺς ἐστεφανωμένους τῷ μαράθῳ καὶ τῇ λεύκῃ, τοὺς ὄφεις τοὺς παρείας θλίβων καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς αἰωρῶν, καὶ βοῶν εὐοῖ σαβοῖ, καὶ ἐπορχούμενος ὑῆς ἄττης ἄττης ὑῆς, ἔξαρχος καὶ προηγεμὼν καὶ κιττοφόρος καὶ λικνοφόρος καὶ τοιαῦθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν γρᾳδίων προσαγορευόμενος, μισθὸν λαμβάνων τούτων ἔνθρυπτα καὶ στρεπτοὺς καὶ νεήλατα, ἐφʼ οἷς τίς οὐκ ἂν ὡς ἀληθῶς αὑτὸν εὐδαιμονίσειε καὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ τύχην;
Sections 261–265
ἐπειδὴ δʼ εἰς τοὺς δημότας ἐνεγράφης ὁπωσδήποτε, (ἐῶ γὰρ τοῦτο,) ἐπειδή γʼ ἐνεγράφης, εὐθέως τὸ κάλλιστον ἐξελέξω τῶν ἔργων, γραμματεύειν καὶ ὑπηρετεῖν τοῖς ἀρχιδίοις. ὡς δʼ ἀπηλλάγης ποτὲ καὶ τούτου, πάνθʼ ἃ τῶν ἄλλων κατηγορεῖς αὐτὸς ποιήσας,
οὐ κατῄσχυνας μὰ Δίʼ οὐδὲν τῶν προϋπηργμένων τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα βίῳ, ἀλλὰ μισθώσας σαυτὸν τοῖς βαρυστόνοις ἐπικαλουμένοις ὑποκριταῖς Σιμύκᾳ καὶ Σωκράτει, ἐτριταγωνίστεις, σῦκα καὶ βότρυς καὶ ἐλάας συλλέγων ὥσπερ ὀπωρώνης ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων χωρίων, πλείω λαμβάνων ἀπὸ τούτων ἢ τῶν ἀγώνων, οὓς ὑμεῖς περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἠγωνίζεσθε· ἦν γὰρ ἄσπονδος καὶ ἀκήρυκτος ὑμῖν πρὸς τοὺς θεατὰς πόλεμος, ὑφʼ ὧν πολλὰ τραύματʼ εἰληφὼς εἰκότως τοὺς ἀπείρους τῶν τοιούτων κινδύνων ὡς δειλοὺς σκώπτεις.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ παρεὶς ὧν τὴν πενίαν αἰτιάσαιτʼ ἄν τις, πρὸς αὐτὰ τὰ τοῦ τρόπου σου βαδιοῦμαι κατηγορήματα. τοιαύτην γὰρ εἵλου πολιτείαν, ἐπειδή ποτε καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐπῆλθέ σοι ποιῆσαι, διʼ ἣν εὐτυχούσης μὲν τῆς πατρίδος λαγὼ βίον ἔζης δεδιὼς καὶ τρέμων καὶ ἀεὶ πληγήσεσθαι προσδοκῶν ἐφʼ οἷς σαυτῷ συνῄδεις ἀδικοῦντι, ἐν οἷς δʼ ἠτύχησαν οἱ ἄλλοι, θρασὺς ὢν ὑφʼ ἁπάντων ὦψαι.
καίτοι ὅστις χιλίων πολιτῶν ἀποθανόντων ἐθάρρησε, τί οὗτος παθεῖν ὑπὸ τῶν ζώντων δίκαιός ἐστιν; πολλὰ τοίνυν ἕτερʼ εἰπεῖν ἔχων περὶ αὐτοῦ παραλείψω· οὐ γὰρ ὅσʼ ἂν δείξαιμι προσόντʼ αἰσχρὰ τούτῳ καὶ ὀνείδη, πάντʼ οἶμαι δεῖν εὐχερῶς λέγειν, ἀλλʼ ὅσα μηδὲν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ἐμοί.
ἐξέτασον τοίνυν παρʼ ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα, πράως, μὴ πικρῶς, Αἰσχίνη· εἶτʼ ἐρώτησον τουτουσὶ τὴν ποτέρου τύχην ἂν ἕλοιθʼ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν. ἐδίδασκες γράμματα, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐφοίτων. ἐτέλεις, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐτελούμην. ἐγραμμάτευες, ἐγὼ δʼ ἠκκλησίαζον. ἐτριταγωνίστεις, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐθεώρουν. ἐξέπιπτες, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐσύριττον. ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πεπολίτευσαι πάντα, ἐγὼ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος.
Sections 266–270
ἐῶ τἄλλα, ἀλλὰ νυνὶ τήμερον ἐγὼ μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ στεφανωθῆναι δοκιμάζομαι, τὸ δὲ μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν ἀδικεῖν ἀνωμολόγημαι, σοὶ δὲ συκοφάντῃ μὲν εἶναι δοκεῖν ὑπάρχει, κινδυνεύεις δʼ εἴτε δεῖ σʼ ἔτι τοῦτο ποιεῖν, εἴτʼ ἤδη πεπαῦσθαι μὴ μεταλαβόντα τὸ πέμπτον μέρος τῶν ψήφων. ἀγαθῇ γʼ, οὐχ ὁρᾷς; τύχῃ συμβεβιωκὼς τῆς ἐμῆς κατηγορεῖς.
φέρε δὴ καὶ τὰς τῶν λῃτουργιῶν μαρτυρίας ὧν λελῃτούργηκα ὑμῖν ἀναγνῶ. παρʼ ἃς παρανάγνωθι καὶ σύ μοι τὰς ῥήσεις ἃς ἐλυμαίνου, ἥκω νεκρῶν κευθμῶνα καὶ σκότου πύλαςκαὶ κακαγγελεῖν μὲν ἴσθι μὴ θέλοντά με, καὶ κακὸν κακῶς σε μάλιστα μὲν οἱ θεοί, ἔπειθʼ οὗτοι πάντες ἀπολέσειαν, πονηρὸν ὄντα καὶ πολίτην καὶ τριταγωνιστήν.
λέγε τὰς μαρτυρίας.
ΜΑΡΤΥΡΙΑΙ.
ἐν μὲν τοίνυν τοῖς πρὸς τὴν πόλιν τοιοῦτος· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις εἰ μὴ πάντες ἴσθʼ ὅτι κοινὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος καὶ τοῖς δεομένοις ἐπαρκῶν, σιωπῶ καὶ οὐδὲν ἂν εἴποιμι οὐδὲ παρασχοίμην περὶ τούτων οὐδεμίαν μαρτυρίαν, οὔτʼ εἴ τινας ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων ἐλυσάμην, οὔτʼ εἴ τισιν θυγατέρας συνεξέδωκα, οὔτε τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν.
καὶ γὰρ οὕτω πως ὑπείληφα. ἐγὼ νομίζω τὸν μὲν εὖ παθόντα δεῖν μεμνῆσθαι πάντα τὸν χρόνον, τὸν δὲ ποιήσαντʼ εὐθὺς ἐπιλελῆσθαι, εἰ δεῖ τὸν μὲν χρηστοῦ, τὸν δὲ μὴ μικροψύχου ποιεῖν ἔργον ἀνθρώπου. τὸ δὲ τὰς ἰδίας εὐεργεσίας ὑπομιμνῄσκειν καὶ λέγειν μικροῦ δεῖν ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ ὀνειδίζειν. οὐ δὴ ποιήσω τοιοῦτον οὐδέν, οὐδὲ προαχθήσομαι, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ποθʼ ὑπείλημμαι περὶ τούτων, ἀρκεῖ μοι.
βούλομαι δὲ τῶν ἰδίων ἀπαλλαγεὶς ἔτι μικρὰ πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν περὶ τῶν κοινῶν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἔχεις, Αἰσχίνη, τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον εἰπεῖν ἀνθρώπων ὅστις ἀθῷος τῆς Φιλίππου πρότερον καὶ νῦν τῆς Ἀλεξάνδρου δυναστείας γέγονεν, ἢ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἢ τῶν βαρβάρων, ἔστω, συγχωρῶ τὴν ἐμὴν εἴτε τύχην εἴτε δυστυχίαν ὀνομάζειν βούλει πάντων αἰτίαν γεγενῆσθαι.
Sections 271–275
εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν μηδεπώποτʼ ἰδόντων ἐμὲ μηδὲ φωνὴν ἀκηκοότων ἐμοῦ πολλοὶ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ πεπόνθασι, μὴ μόνον κατʼ ἄνδρα, ἀλλὰ καὶ πόλεις ὅλαι καὶ ἔθνη, πόσῳ δικαιότερον καὶ ἀληθέστερον τὴν ἁπάντων, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀνθρώπων τύχην κοινὴν καὶ φοράν τινα πραγμάτων χαλεπὴν καὶ οὐχ οἵαν ἔδει τούτων αἰτίαν ἡγεῖσθαι.
σὺ τοίνυν ταῦτʼ ἀφεὶς ἐμὲ τὸν παρὰ τουτοισὶ πεπολιτευμένον αἰτιᾷ, καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰδὼς ὅτι, καὶ εἰ μὴ τὸ ὅλον, μέρος γʼ ἐπιβάλλει τῆς βλασφημίας ἅπασι, καὶ μάλιστα σοί. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν αὐτοκράτωρ περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐβουλευόμην, ἦν ἂν τοῖς ἄλλοις ῥήτορσιν ὑμῖν ἔμʼ αἰτιᾶσθαι·
εἰ δὲ παρῆτε μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἁπάσαις, ἀεὶ δʼ ἐν κοινῷ τὸ συμφέρον ἡ πόλις προὐτίθει σκοπεῖν, πᾶσι δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐδόκει τότʼ ἄριστʼ εἶναι, καὶ μάλιστα σοί (οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ εὐνοίᾳ γʼ ἐμοὶ παρεχώρεις ἐλπίδων καὶ ζήλου καὶ τιμῶν, ἃ πάντα προσῆν τοῖς τότε πραττομένοις ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡττώμενος δηλονότι καὶ τῷ μηδὲν ἔχειν εἰπεῖν βέλτιον), πῶς οὐκ ἀδικεῖς καὶ δεινὰ ποιεῖς τούτοις νῦν ἐγκαλῶν ὧν τότʼ οὐκ εἶχες λέγειν βελτίω;
παρὰ μὲν τοίνυν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔγωγʼ ὁρῶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις διωρισμένα καὶ τεταγμένα πως τὰ τοιαῦτα. ἀδικεῖ τις ἑκών· ὀργὴν καὶ τιμωρίαν κατὰ τούτου. ἐξήμαρτέ τις ἄκων· συγγνώμην ἀντὶ τῆς τιμωρίας τούτῳ. οὔτʼ ἀδικῶν τις οὔτʼ ἐξαμαρτάνων εἰς τὰ πᾶσι δοκοῦντα συμφέρειν ἑαυτὸν δοὺς οὐ κατώρθωσεν μεθʼ ἁπάντων· οὐκ ὀνειδίζειν οὐδὲ λοιδορεῖσθαι τῷ τοιούτῳ δίκαιον, ἀλλὰ συνάχθεσθαι.
φανήσεται ταῦτα πάνθʼ οὕτως οὐ μόνον ἐν τοῖς νόμοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ τοῖς ἀγράφοις νομίμοις καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις ἤθεσιν διώρικεν. Αἰσχίνης τοίνυν τοσοῦτον ὑπερβέβληκεν ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους ὠμότητι καὶ συκοφαντίᾳ, ὥστε καὶ ὧν αὐτὸς ὡς ἀτυχημάτων ἐμέμνητο, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖ.
Sections 276–280
καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὥσπερ αὐτὸς ἁπλῶς καὶ μετʼ εὐνοίας πάντας εἰρηκὼς τοὺς λόγους, φυλάττειν ἐμὲ καὶ τηρεῖν ἐκέλευεν, ὅπως μὴ παρακρούσομαι μηδʼ ἐξαπατήσω, δεινὸν καὶ γόητα καὶ σοφιστὴν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτʼ ὀνομάζων, ὡς ἐὰν πρότερός τις εἴπῃ τὰ προσόνθʼ ἑαυτῷ περὶ ἄλλου, καὶ δὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχοντα, καὶ οὐκέτι τοὺς ἀκούοντας σκεψομένους τίς ποτʼ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων. ἐγὼ δʼ οἶδʼ οἶδʼ ὅτι γιγνώσκετε τοῦτον ἅπαντες, καὶ πολὺ τούτῳ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐμοὶ νομίζετε ταῦτα προσεῖναι.
κἀκεῖνʼ εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι τὴν ἐμὴν δεινότητα—ἔστω γάρ. καίτοι ἔγωγʼ ὁρῶ τῆς τῶν λεγόντων δυνάμεως τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸ πλεῖστον κυρίους· ὡς γὰρ ἂν ὑμεῖς ἀποδέξησθε καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον ἔχητʼ εὐνοίας, οὕτως ὁ λέγων ἔδοξε φρονεῖν. εἰ δʼ οὖν ἐστι καὶ παρʼ ἐμοί τις ἐμπειρία τοιαύτη, ταύτην μὲν εὑρήσετε πάντες ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς ἐξεταζομένην ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἀεὶ καὶ οὐδαμοῦ καθʼ ὑμῶν οὐδʼ ἰδίᾳ, τὴν δὲ τούτου τοὐναντίον οὐ μόνον τῷ λέγειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ τις ἐλύπησέ τι τοῦτον ἢ προσέκρουσέ που, κατὰ τούτων. οὐ γὰρ αὐτῇ δικαίως, οὐδʼ ἐφʼ ἃ συμφέρει τῇ πόλει, χρῆται.
οὔτε γὰρ τὴν ὀργὴν οὔτε τὴν ἔχθραν οὔτʼ ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων τὸν καλὸν κἀγαθὸν πολίτην δεῖ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν εἰσεληλυθότας δικαστὰς ἀξιοῦν αὑτῷ βεβαιοῦν, οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ τούτων εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσιέναι, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν μὴ ἔχειν ταῦτʼ ἐν τῇ φύσει, εἰ δʼ ἄρʼ ἀνάγκη, πράως καὶ μετρίως διακείμενʼ ἔχειν. ἐν τίσιν οὖν σφοδρὸν εἶναι τὸν πολιτευόμενον καὶ τὸν ῥήτορα δεῖ; ἐν οἷς τῶν ὅλων τι κινδυνεύεται τῇ πόλει, καὶ ἐν οἷς πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐστὶ τῷ δήμῳ, ἐν τούτοις· ταῦτα γὰρ γενναίου καὶ ἀγαθοῦ πολίτου.
μηδενὸς δʼ ἀδικήματος πώποτε δημοσίου, προσθήσω δὲ μηδʼ ἰδίου, δίκην ἀξιώσαντα λαβεῖν παρʼ ἐμοῦ μήθʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως μήθʼ ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ, στεφάνου καὶ ἐπαίνου κατηγορίαν ἥκειν συνεσκευασμένον καὶ τοσουτουσὶ λόγους ἀνηλωκέναι ἰδίας ἔχθρας καὶ φθόνου καὶ μικροψυχίας ἐστὶ σημεῖον, οὐδενὸς χρηστοῦ. τὸ δὲ δὴ καὶ τοὺς πρὸς ἔμʼ αὐτὸν ἀγῶνας ἐάσαντα νῦν ἐπὶ τόνδʼ ἥκειν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἔχει κακίαν.
καί μοι δοκεῖς ἐκ τούτων, Αἰσχίνη, λόγων ἐπίδειξίν τινα καὶ φωνασκίας βουλόμενος ποιήσασθαι τοῦτον προελέσθαι τὸν ἀγῶνα, οὐκ ἀδικήματος οὐδενὸς λαβεῖν τιμωρίαν. ἔστι δʼ οὐχ ὁ λόγος τοῦ ῥήτορος, Αἰσχίνη, τίμιον, οὐδʼ ὁ τόνος τῆς φωνῆς, ἀλλὰ τὸ ταὐτὰ προαιρεῖσθαι τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ τὸ τοὺς αὐτοὺς μισεῖν καὶ φιλεῖν οὕσπερ ἂν ἡ πατρίς.
Sections 281–285
ὁ γὰρ οὕτως ἔχων τὴν ψυχήν, οὗτος ἐπʼ εὐνοίᾳ πάντʼ ἐρεῖ· ὁ δʼ ἀφʼ ὧν ἡ πόλις προορᾶταί τινα κίνδυνον ἑαυτῇ, τούτους θεραπεύων οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ὁρμεῖ τοῖς πολλοῖς, οὔκουν οὐδὲ τῆς ἀσφαλείας τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει προσδοκίαν. ἀλλʼ, ὁρᾷς; ἐγώ· ταὐτὰ γὰρ συμφέρονθʼ εἱλόμην τουτοισί, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐξαίρετον οὐδʼ ἴδιον πεποίημαι.
ἆρʼ οὖν οὐδὲ σύ; καὶ πῶς; ὃς εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν μάχην πρεσβευτὴς ἐπορεύου πρὸς Φίλιππον, ὃς ἦν τῶν ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις συμφορῶν αἴτιος τῇ πατρίδι, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἀρνούμενος πάντα τὸν ἔμπροσθε χρόνον ταύτην τὴν χρείαν, ὡς πάντες ἴσασιν. καίτοι τίς ὁ τὴν πόλιν ἐξαπατῶν; οὐχ ὁ μὴ λέγων ἃ φρονεῖ; τῷ δʼ ὁ κῆρυξ καταρᾶται δικαίως; οὐ τῷ τοιούτῳ; τί δὲ μεῖζον ἔχοι τις ἂν εἰπεῖν ἀδίκημα κατʼ ἀνδρὸς ῥήτορος ἢ εἰ μὴ ταὐτὰ φρονεῖ καὶ λέγει; σὺ τοίνυν οὗτος εὑρέθης.
εἶτα σὺ φθέγγει καὶ βλέπειν εἰς τὰ τούτων πρόσωπα τολμᾷς; πότερʼ οὐχ ἡγεῖ γιγνώσκειν αὐτοὺς ὅστις εἶ; ἢ τοσοῦτον ὕπνον καὶ λήθην ἅπαντας ἔχειν ὥστʼ οὐ μεμνῆσθαι τοὺς λόγους οὓς ἐδημηγόρεις ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, καταρώμενος καὶ διομνύμενος μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ Φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα, ἀλλʼ ἐμὲ τὴν αἰτίαν σοι ταύτην ἐπάγειν τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκʼ ἔχθρας, οὐκ οὖσαν ἀληθῆ.
ὡς δʼ ἀπηγγέλθη τάχισθʼ ἡ μάχη, οὐδὲν τούτων φροντίσας εὐθέως ὡμολόγεις καὶ προσεποιοῦ φιλίαν καὶ ξενίαν εἶναί σοι πρὸς αὐτόν, τῇ μισθαρνίᾳ ταῦτα μετατιθέμενος τὰ ὀνόματα· ἐκ ποίας γὰρ ἴσης ἢ δικαίας προφάσεως Αἰσχίνῃ τῷ Γλαυκοθέας τῆς τυμπανιστρίας ξένος ἢ φίλος ἢ γνώριμος ἦν Φίλιππος; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶ, ἀλλʼ ἐμισθώθης ἐπὶ τῷ τὰ τουτωνὶ συμφέροντα διαφθείρειν. ἀλλʼ ὅμως, οὕτω φανερῶς αὐτὸς εἰλημμένος προδότης καὶ κατὰ σαυτοῦ μηνυτὴς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβᾶσιν γεγονώς, ἐμοὶ λοιδορεῖ καὶ ὀνειδίζεις ταῦτα, ὧν πάντας μᾶλλον αἰτίους εὑρήσεις.
πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ καὶ μεγάλʼ ἡ πόλις, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ προείλετο καὶ κατώρθωσεν διʼ ἐμοῦ, ὧν οὐκ ἠμνημόνησεν. σημεῖον δέ· χειροτονῶν γὰρ ὁ δῆμος τὸν ἐροῦντʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς τετελευτηκόσιν παρʼ αὐτὰ τὰ συμβάντα, οὐ σὲ ἐχειροτόνησε προβληθέντα, καίπερ εὔφωνον ὄντα, οὐδὲ Δημάδην, ἄρτι πεποιηκότα τὴν εἰρήνην, οὐδʼ Ἡγήμονα, οὐδʼ ἄλλον ὑμῶν οὐδένα, ἀλλʼ ἐμέ. καὶ παρελθόντος σοῦ καὶ Πυθοκλέους ὠμῶς καὶ ἀναιδῶς, ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ θεοί, καὶ κατηγορούντων ἐμοῦ ταὔθʼ ἃ καὶ σὺ νυνί, καὶ λοιδορουμένων, ἔτʼ ἄμεινον ἐχειροτόνησεν ἐμέ.
Sections 286–290
τὸ δʼ αἴτιον οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς μέν, ὅμως δὲ φράσω σοι κἀγώ. ἀμφότερʼ ᾔδεσαν αὐτοί, τήν τʼ ἐμὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ προθυμίαν μεθʼ ἧς τὰ πράγματʼ ἔπραττον, καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀδικίαν· ἃ γὰρ εὐθενούντων τῶν πραγμάτων ἠρνεῖσθε διομνύμενοι, ταῦτʼ ἐν οἷς ἔπταισεν ἡ πόλις ὡμολογήσατε. τοὺς οὖν ἐπὶ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀτυχήμασιν ὧν ἐφρόνουν λαβόντας ἄδειαν ἐχθροὺς μὲν πάλαι, φανεροὺς δὲ τόθʼ ἡγήσανθʼ αὑτοῖς γεγενῆσθαι·
εἶτα καὶ προσήκειν τὸν ἐροῦντʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς τετελευτηκόσι καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀρετὴν κοσμήσοντα μήθʼ ὁμωρόφιον μήθʼ ὁμόσπονδον γεγενημένον εἶναι τοῖς πρὸς ἐκείνους παραταξαμένοις, μηδʼ ἐκεῖ μὲν κωμάζειν καὶ παιωνίζειν ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων συμφοραῖς μετὰ τῶν αὐτοχείρων τοῦ φόνου, δεῦρο δʼ ἐλθόντα τιμᾶσθαι, μηδὲ τῇ φωνῇ δακρύειν ὑποκρινόμενον τὴν ἐκείνων τύχην, ἀλλὰ τῇ ψυχῇ συναλγεῖν. τοῦτο δʼ ἑώρων παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παρʼ ἐμοί, παρὰ δʼ ὑμῖν οὔ.
διὰ ταῦτʼ ἔμʼ ἐχειροτόνησαν καὶ οὐχ ὑμᾶς. καὶ οὐχ ὁ μὲν δῆμος οὕτως, οἱ δὲ τῶν τετελευτηκότων πατέρες καὶ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου τόθʼ αἱρεθέντες ἐπὶ τὰς ταφὰς ἄλλως πως, ἀλλὰ δέον ποιεῖν αὐτοὺς τὸ περίδειπνον ὡς παρʼ οἰκειοτάτῳ τῶν τετελευτηκότων, ὥσπερ τἄλλʼ εἴωθε γίγνεσθαι, τοῦτʼ ἐποίησαν παρʼ ἐμοί. εἰκότως· γένει μὲν γὰρ ἕκαστος ἑκάστῳ μᾶλλον οἰκεῖος ἦν ἐμοῦ, κοινῇ δὲ πᾶσιν οὐδεὶς ἐγγυτέρω· ᾧ γὰρ ἐκείνους σωθῆναι καὶ κατορθῶσαι μάλιστα διέφερεν, οὗτος καὶ παθόντων ἃ μήποτʼ ὤφελον τῆς ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων λύπης πλεῖστον μετεῖχεν.
λέγε δʼ αὐτῷ τουτὶ τὸ ἐπίγραμμα, ὃ δημοσίᾳ προείλεθʼ ἡ πόλις αὐτοῖς ἐπιγράψαι, ἵνʼ εἰδῇς, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τούτῳ σαυτὸν ἀγνώμονα καὶ συκοφάντην ὄντα καὶ μιαρόν. λέγε.
ΕΠΙΓΡΑΜΜΑ.
οἵδε πάτρας ἕνεκα σφετέρας εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντοὅπλα, καὶ ἀντιπάλων ὕβριν ἀπεσκέδασαν·μαρνάμενοι δʼ ἀρετῆς καὶ δείματος οὐκ ἐσάωσανψυχάς, ἀλλʼ Ἀΐδην κοινὸν ἔθεντο βραβῆ,οὕνεκεν Ἑλλήνων, ὡς μὴ ζυγὸν αὐχένι θέντεςδουλοσύνης στυγερὰν ἀμφὶς ἔχωσιν ὕβριν.γαῖα δὲ πατρὶς ἔχει κόλποις τῶν πλεῖστα καμόντωνσώματʼ, ἐπεὶ θνητοῖς ἐκ Διὸς ἥδε κρίσις·μηδὲν ἁμαρτεῖν ἐστι θεῶν καὶ πάντα κατορθοῦνἐν βιοτῇ· μοῖραν δʼ οὔ τι φυγεῖν ἔπορεν.
ἀκούεις, Αἰσχίνη, μηδὲν ἁμαρτεῖν ἐστι θεῶν καὶ πάντα κατορθοῦν; οὐ τῷ συμβούλῳ τὴν τοῦ κατορθοῦν τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους ἀνέθηκεν δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεοῖς. τί οὖν, ὦ κατάρατʼ, ἐμοὶ περὶ τούτων λοιδορεῖ, καὶ λέγεις ἃ σοὶ καὶ τοῖς σοῖς οἱ θεοὶ τρέψειαν εἰς κεφαλήν;
Sections 291–295
πολλὰ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ ἄλλα κατηγορηκότος αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεψευσμένου, μάλιστʼ ἐθαύμασα πάντων ὅτε τῶν συμβεβηκότων τότε τῇ πόλει μνησθεὶς οὐχ ὡς ἂν εὔνους καὶ δίκαιος πολίτης ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην οὐδʼ ἐδάκρυσεν, οὐδʼ ἔπαθεν τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν τῇ ψυχῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐπάρας τὴν φωνὴν καὶ γεγηθὼς καὶ λαρυγγίζων ᾤετο μὲν ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖν δηλονότι, δεῖγμα δʼ ἐξέφερεν καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ ὅτι τοῖς γεγενημένοις ἀνιαροῖς οὐδὲν ὁμοίως ἔσχε τοῖς ἄλλοις.
καίτοι τὸν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῆς πολιτείας φάσκοντα φροντίζειν, ὥσπερ οὗτος νυνί, καὶ εἰ μηδὲν ἄλλο, τοῦτό γʼ ἔχειν δεῖ, ταὐτὰ λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ταὐτὰ χαίρειν τοῖς πολλοῖς, καὶ μὴ τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν κοινῶν ἐν τῷ τῶν ἐναντίων μέρει τετάχθαι· ὃ σὺ νυνὶ πεποιηκὼς εἶ φανερός, ἐμὲ πάντων αἴτιον καὶ διʼ ἔμʼ εἰς πράγματα φάσκων ἐμπεσεῖν τὴν πόλιν, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς πολιτείας οὐδὲ προαιρέσεως ἀρξαμένων ὑμῶν τοῖς Ἕλλησι βοηθεῖν,
ἐπεὶ ἔμοιγʼ εἰ τοῦτο δοθείη παρʼ ὑμῶν, διʼ ἔμʼ ὑμᾶς ἠναντιῶσθαι τῇ κατὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀρχῇ πραττομένῃ, μείζων ἂν δοθείη δωρειὰ συμπασῶν ὧν τοῖς ἄλλοις δεδώκατε. ἀλλʼ οὔτʼ ἂν ἐγὼ ταῦτα φήσαιμι (ἀδικοίην γὰρ ἂν ὑμᾶς), οὔτʼ ἂν ὑμεῖς εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι συγχωρήσαιτε· οὗτός τʼ εἰ δίκαιʼ ἐποίει, οὐκ ἂν εἵνεκα τῆς πρὸς ἔμʼ ἔχθρας τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ὑμετέρων καλῶν ἔβλαπτε καὶ διέβαλλεν.
ἀλλὰ τί ταῦτʼ ἐπιτιμῶ, πολλῷ σχετλιώτερʼ ἄλλα κατηγορηκότος αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεψευσμένου; ὃς γὰρ ἐμοῦ φιλιππισμόν, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί, κατηγορεῖ, τί οὗτος οὐκ ἂν εἴποι; καίτοι νὴ τὸν Ἡρακλέα καὶ πάντας θεούς, εἴ γʼ ἐπʼ ἀληθείας δέοι σκοπεῖσθαι, τὸ καταψεύδεσθαι καὶ διʼ ἔχθραν τι λέγειν ἀνελόντας ἐκ μέσου, τίνες ὡς ἀληθῶς εἰσὶν οἷς ἂν εἰκότως καὶ δικαίως τὴν τῶν γεγενημένων αἰτίαν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀναθεῖεν ἅπαντες, τοὺς ὁμοίους τούτῳ παρʼ ἑκάστῃ τῶν πόλεων εὕροιτʼ ἄν, οὐ τοὺς ἐμοί·
οἵ, ὅτʼ ἦν ἀσθενῆ τὰ Φιλίππου πράγματα καὶ κομιδῇ μικρά, πολλάκις προλεγόντων ἡμῶν καὶ παρακαλούντων καὶ διδασκόντων τὰ βέλτιστα, τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκʼ αἰσχροκερδίας τὰ κοινῇ συμφέροντα προΐεντο, τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας ἕκαστοι πολίτας ἐξαπατῶντες καὶ διαφθείροντες, ἕως δούλους ἐποίησαν, Θετταλοὺς Δάοχος, Κινέας, Θρασύδαος· Ἀρκάδας Κερκιδᾶς, Ἱερώνυμος, Εὐκαμπίδας· Ἀργείους Μύρτις, Τελέδαμος, Μνασέας· Ἠλείους Εὐξίθεος, Κλεότιμος, Ἀρίσταιχμος· Μεσσηνίους οἱ Φιλιάδου τοῦ θεοῖς ἐχθροῦ παῖδες Νέων καὶ Θρασύλοχος· Σικυωνίους Ἀρίστρατος, Ἐπιχάρης· Κορινθίους Δείναρχος, Δημάρετος· Μεγαρέας Πτοιόδωρος, Ἕλιξος, Πέριλλος· Θηβαίους Τιμόλαος, Θεογείτων, Ἀνεμοίτας· Εὐβοέας Ἵππαρχος, Κλείταρχος, Σωσίστρατος.
Sections 296–300
ἐπιλείψει με λέγονθʼ ἡ ἡμέρα τὰ τῶν προδοτῶν ὀνόματα. οὗτοι πάντες εἰσίν, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῶν αὐτῶν βουλευμάτων ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν πατρίσιν ὧνπερ οὗτοι παρʼ ὑμῖν, ἄνθρωποι μιαροὶ καὶ κόλακες καὶ ἀλάστορες, ἠκρωτηριασμένοι τὰς αὑτῶν ἕκαστοι πατρίδας, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν προπεπωκότες πρότερον μὲν Φιλίππῳ, νῦν δʼ Ἀλεξάνδρῳ, τῇ γαστρὶ μετροῦντες καὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν, τὴν δʼ ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὸ μηδένʼ ἔχειν δεσπότην αὑτῶν, ἃ τοῖς προτέροις Ἕλλησιν ὅροι τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἦσαν καὶ κανόνες, ἀνατετροφότες.
ταύτης τοίνυν τῆς οὕτως αἰσχρᾶς καὶ περιβοήτου συστάσεως καὶ κακίας, μᾶλλον δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, προδοσίας, εἰ δεῖ μὴ ληρεῖν, τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας ἥ τε πόλις παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἀναίτιος γέγονʼ ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν πολιτευμάτων καὶ ἐγὼ παρʼ ὑμῖν. εἶτά μʼ ἐρωτᾷς ἀντὶ ποίας ἀρετῆς ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι; ἐγὼ δέ σοι λέγω, ὅτι τῶν πολιτευομένων παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι διαφθαρέντων ἁπάντων, ἀρξαμένων ἀπὸ σοῦ,
ἔμʼ οὔτε καιρὸς οὔτε φιλανθρωπία λόγων οὔτʼ ἐπαγγελιῶν μέγεθος οὔτʼ ἐλπὶς οὔτε φόβος οὔτʼ ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν ἐπῆρεν οὐδὲ προηγάγετο ὧν ἔκρινα δικαίων καὶ συμφερόντων τῇ πατρίδι οὐδὲν προδοῦναι, οὐδʼ, ὅσα συμβεβούλευκα πώποτε τουτοισί, ὁμοίως ὑμῖν ὥσπερ ἂν τρυτάνη ῥέπων ἐπὶ τὸ λῆμμα συμβεβούλευκα, ἀλλʼ ἀπʼ ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας καὶ ἀδιαφθόρου τῆς ψυχῆς· καὶ μεγίστων δὴ πραγμάτων τῶν κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνθρώπων προστὰς πάνθʼ ὑγιῶς καὶ δικαίως πεπολίτευμαι.
διὰ ταῦτʼ ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι. τὸν δὲ τειχισμὸν τοῦτον, ὃν σύ μου διέσυρες, καὶ τὴν ταφρείαν ἄξια μὲν χάριτος καὶ ἐπαίνου κρίνω, πῶς γὰρ οὔ; πόρρω μέντοι που τῶν ἐμαυτῷ πεπολιτευμένων τίθεμαι. οὐ λίθοις ἐτείχισα τὴν πόλιν οὐδὲ πλίνθοις ἐγώ, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις μέγιστον τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ φρονῶ· ἀλλʼ ἐὰν τὸν ἐμὸν τειχισμὸν βούλῃ δικαίως σκοπεῖν, εὑρήσεις ὅπλα καὶ πόλεις καὶ τόπους καὶ λιμένας καὶ ναῦς καὶ ἵππους καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀμυνομένους·
ταῦτα προὐβαλόμην ἐγὼ πρὸ τῆς Ἀττικῆς, ὅσον ἦν ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ δυνατόν, καὶ τούτοις ἐτείχισα τὴν χώραν, οὐχὶ τὸν κύκλον τοῦ Πειραιῶς οὐδὲ τοῦ ἄστεως. οὐδέ γʼ ἡττήθην ἐγὼ τοῖς λογισμοῖς Φιλίππου, πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, οὐδὲ ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, ἀλλʼ οἱ τῶν συμμάχων στρατηγοὶ καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τῇ τύχῃ. τίνες αἱ τούτων ἀποδείξεις; ἐναργεῖς καὶ φανεραί. σκοπεῖτε δέ.
Sections 301–305
τί χρῆν τὸν εὔνουν πολίτην ποιεῖν, τί τὸν μετὰ πάσης προνοίας καὶ προθυμίας καὶ δικαιοσύνης ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος πολιτευόμενον; οὐκ ἐκ μὲν θαλάττης τὴν Εὔβοιαν προβαλέσθαι πρὸ τῆς Ἀττικῆς, ἐκ δὲ τῆς μεσογείας τὴν Βοιωτίαν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν πρὸς Πελοπόννησον τόπων τοὺς ὁμόρους ταύτῃ; οὐ τὴν σιτοπομπίαν, ὅπως παρὰ πᾶσαν φιλίαν ἄχρι τοῦ Πειραιῶς κομισθήσεται, προϊδέσθαι;
καὶ τὰ μὲν σῶσαι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐκπέμποντα βοηθείας καὶ λέγοντα καὶ γράφοντα τοιαῦτα, τὴν Προκόννησον, τὴν Χερρόνησον, τὴν Τένεδον, τὰ δʼ ὅπως οἰκεῖα καὶ σύμμαχʼ ὑπάρξει πρᾶξαι, τὸ Βυζάντιον, τὴν Ἄβυδον, τὴν Εὔβοιαν; καὶ τῶν μὲν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑπαρχουσῶν δυνάμεων τὰς μεγίστας ἀφελεῖν, ὧν δʼ ἐνέλειπε τῇ πόλει, ταῦτα προσθεῖναι; ταῦτα τοίνυν ἅπαντα πέπρακται τοῖς ἐμοῖς ψηφίσμασι καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς πολιτεύμασιν,
ἃ καὶ βεβουλευμένʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἐὰν ἄνευ φθόνου τις βούληται σκοπεῖν, ὀρθῶς εὑρήσει καὶ πεπραγμένα πάσῃ δικαιοσύνῃ, καὶ τὸν ἑκάστου καιρὸν οὐ παρεθέντʼ οὐδʼ ἀγνοηθέντʼ οὐδὲ προεθένθʼ ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ὅσʼ εἰς ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς δύναμιν καὶ λογισμὸν ἧκεν, οὐδὲν ἐλλειφθέν. εἰ δʼ ἢ δαίμονός τινος ἢ τύχης ἰσχὺς ἢ στρατηγῶν φαυλότης ἢ τῶν προδιδόντων τὰς πόλεις ὑμῶν κακία ἢ πάντα ταῦτʼ ἐλυμαίνετο τοῖς ὅλοις, ἕως ἀνέτρεψεν, τί Δημοσθένης ἀδικεῖ;
εἰ δʼ οἷος ἐγὼ παρʼ ὑμῖν κατὰ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ τάξιν, εἷς ἐν ἑκάστῃ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων ἀνὴρ ἐγένετο, μᾶλλον δʼ εἰ ἕνʼ ἄνδρα μόνον Θετταλία καὶ ἕνʼ ἄνδρʼ Ἀρκαδία ταὐτὰ φρονοῦντʼ ἔσχεν ἐμοί, οὐδένες οὔτε τῶν ἔξω Πυλῶν Ἑλλήνων οὔτε τῶν εἴσω τοῖς παροῦσι κακοῖς ἐκέχρηντʼ ἄν,
ἀλλὰ πάντες ἂν ὄντες ἐλεύθεροι καὶ αὐτόνομοι μετὰ πάσης ἀδείας ἀσφαλῶς ἐν εὐδαιμονίᾳ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ᾤκουν πατρίδας, τῶν τοσούτων καὶ τοιούτων ἀγαθῶν ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἀθηναίοις ἔχοντες χάριν διʼ ἐμέ. ἵνα δʼ εἰδῆθʼ ὅτι πολλῷ τοῖς λόγοις ἐλάττοσι χρῶμαι τῶν ἔργων, εὐλαβούμενος τὸν φθόνον, λέγε μοι ταυτὶ καὶ ἀνάγνωθι λαβὼν τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν βοηθειῶν κατὰ τὰ ἐμὰ ψηφίσματα.
ΑΡΙΘΜΟΣ ΒΟΗΘΕΙΩΝ.
Sections 306–310
ταῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτα πράττειν, Αἰσχίνη, τὸν καλὸν κἀγαθὸν πολίτην ἔδει, ὧν κατορθουμένων μὲν μεγίστοις ἀναμφισβητήτως ὑπῆρχεν εἶναι καὶ τὸ δικαίως προσῆν, ὡς ἑτέρως δὲ συμβάντων τὸ γοῦν εὐδοκιμεῖν περίεστι καὶ τὸ μηδένα μέμφεσθαι τὴν πόλιν μηδὲ τὴν προαίρεσιν αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ τὴν τύχην κακίζειν τὴν οὕτω τὰ πράγματα κρίνασαν·
οὐ μὰ Δίʼ οὐκ ἀποστάντα τῶν συμφερόντων τῇ πόλει, μισθώσαντα δʼ αὑτὸν τοῖς ἐναντίοις, τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν καιροὺς ἀντὶ τῶν τῆς πατρίδος θεραπεύειν, οὐδὲ τὸν μὲν πράγματʼ ἄξια τῆς πόλεως ὑποστάντα λέγειν καὶ γράφειν καὶ μένειν ἐπὶ τούτων βασκαίνειν, ἂν δέ τις ἰδίᾳ τι λυπήσῃ, τοῦτο μεμνῆσθαι καὶ τηρεῖν, οὐδέ γʼ ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν ἄδικον καὶ ὕπουλον, ὃ σὺ ποιεῖς πολλάκις.
ἔστι γάρ, ἔστιν ἡσυχία δικαία καὶ συμφέρουσα τῇ πόλει, ἣν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ὑμεῖς ἁπλῶς ἄγετε. ἀλλʼ οὐ ταύτην οὗτος ἄγει τὴν ἡσυχίαν, πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, ἀλλʼ ἀποστὰς ὅταν αὐτῷ δόξῃ τῆς πολιτείας (πολλάκις δὲ δοκεῖ), φυλάττει πηνίκʼ ἔσεσθε μεστοὶ τοῦ συνεχῶς λέγοντος ἢ παρὰ τῆς τύχης τι συμβέβηκεν ἐναντίωμα ἢ ἄλλο τι δύσκολον γέγονεν (πολλὰ δὲ τἀνθρώπινα)· εἶτʼ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ ῥήτωρ ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τῆς ἡσυχίας ὥσπερ πνεῦμʼ ἐφάνη, καὶ πεφωνασκηκὼς καὶ συνειλοχὼς ῥήματα καὶ λόγους συνείρει τούτους σαφῶς καὶ ἀπνευστεί, ὄνησιν μὲν οὐδεμίαν φέροντας οὐδʼ ἀγαθοῦ κτῆσιν οὐδενός, συμφορὰν δὲ τῷ τυχόντι τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ κοινὴν αἰσχύνην.
καίτοι ταύτης τῆς μελέτης καὶ τῆς ἐπιμελείας, Αἰσχίνη, εἴπερ ἐκ ψυχῆς δικαίας ἐγίγνετο καὶ τὰ τῆς πατρίδος συμφέροντα προῃρημένης, τοὺς καρποὺς ἔδει γενναίους καὶ καλοὺς καὶ πᾶσιν ὠφελίμους εἶναι, συμμαχίας πόλεων, πόρους χρημάτων, ἐμπορίου κατασκευήν, νόμων συμφερόντων θέσεις, τοῖς ἀποδειχθεῖσιν ἐχθροῖς ἐναντιώματα.
τούτων γὰρ ἁπάντων ἦν ἐν τοῖς ἄνω χρόνοις ἐξέτασις, καὶ ἔδωκεν ὁ παρελθὼν χρόνος πολλὰς ἀποδείξεις ἀνδρὶ καλῷ τε κἀγαθῷ, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς, οὐ πρῶτος, οὐ δεύτερος, οὐ τρίτος, οὐ τέταρτος, οὐ πέμπτος, οὐχ ἕκτος, οὐχ ὁποστοσοῦν, οὔκουν ἐπί γʼ οἷς ἡ πατρὶς ηὐξάνετο.
Sections 311–315
τίς γὰρ συμμαχία σοῦ πράξαντος γέγονεν τῇ πόλει; τίς δὲ βοήθεια ἢ κτῆσις εὐνοίας ἢ δόξης; τίς δὲ πρεσβεία, τίς διακονία διʼ ἣν ἡ πόλις ἐντιμοτέρα; τί τῶν οἰκείων ἢ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ ξενικῶν, οἷς ἐπέστης, ἐπηνώρθωται; ποῖαι τριήρεις; ποῖα βέλη; ποῖοι νεώσοικοι; τίς ἐπισκευὴ τειχῶν; ποῖον ἱππικόν; τί τῶν ἁπάντων σὺ χρήσιμος ; τίς ἢ τοῖς εὐπόροις ἢ τοῖς ἀπόροις πολιτικὴ καὶ κοινὴ βοήθεια χρημάτων; οὐδεμία.
ἀλλʼ, ὦ τᾶν, εἰ μηδὲν τούτων, εὔνοιά γε καὶ προθυμία· ποῦ; πότε; ὅστις, ὦ πάντων ἀδικώτατε, οὐδʼ ὅθʼ ἅπαντες, ὅσοι πώποτʼ ἐφθέγξαντʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐπεδίδοσαν, καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον Ἀριστόνικος τὸ συνειλεγμένον εἰς τὴν ἐπιτιμίαν, οὐδὲ τότʼ οὔτε παρῆλθες οὔτʼ ἐπέδωκας οὐδέν, οὐκ ἀπορῶν, πῶς γάρ; ὅς γʼ ἐκεκληρονομήκεις μὲν τῶν Φίλωνος τοῦ κηδεστοῦ χρημάτων πλεῖν ἢ πέντε ταλάντων, διτάλαντον δʼ εἶχες ἔρανον παρὰ τῶν ἡγεμόνων τῶν συμμοριῶν ἐφʼ οἷς ἐλυμήνω τὸν τριηραρχικὸν νόμον.
ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ λόγον ἐκ λόγου λέγων τοῦ παρόντος ἐμαυτὸν ἐκκρούσω, παραλείψω ταῦτα. ἀλλʼ ὅτι γʼ οὐχὶ διʼ ἔνδειαν οὐκ ἐπέδωκας, ἐκ τούτων δῆλον, ἀλλὰ φυλάττων τὸ μηδὲν ἐναντίον γενέσθαι παρὰ σοῦ τούτοις οἷς ἅπαντα πολιτεύει. ἐν τίσιν οὖν σὺ νεανίας καὶ πηνίκα λαμπρός; ἡνίκʼ ἂν κατὰ τούτων τι δέῃ, ἐν τούτοις λαμπροφωνότατος, μνημονικώτατος, ὑποκριτὴς ἄριστος, τραγικὸς Θεοκρίνης.
εἶτα τῶν πρότερον γεγενημένων ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν μέμνησαι. καὶ καλῶς ποιεῖς. οὐ μέντοι δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὴν πρὸς τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν προλαβόντα παρʼ ὑμῶν πρὸς ἐκείνους ἐξετάζειν καὶ παραβάλλειν ἐμὲ τὸν νῦν ζῶντα μεθʼ ὑμῶν.
τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε τῶν πάντων, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν ζῶσι πᾶσιν ὕπεστί τις ἢ πλείων ἢ ἐλάττων φθόνος, τοὺς τεθνεῶτας δʼ οὐδὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐδεὶς ἔτι μισεῖ; οὕτως οὖν ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει, πρὸς τοὺς πρὸ ἐμαυτοῦ νῦν ἐγὼ κρίνωμαι καὶ θεωρῶμαι; μηδαμῶς· οὔτε γὰρ δίκαιον οὔτʼ ἴσον, Αἰσχίνη, ἀλλὰ πρὸς σὲ καὶ ἄλλον εἴ τινα βούλει τῶν ταὐτά σοι προῃρημένων καὶ ζώντων.
Sections 316–320
κἀκεῖνο σκόπει. πότερον κάλλιον καὶ ἄμεινον τῇ πόλει διὰ τὰς τῶν πρότερον εὐεργεσίας, οὔσας ὑπερμεγέθεις, οὐ μὲν οὖν εἴποι τις ἂν ἡλίκας, τὰς ἐπὶ τὸν παρόντα βίον γιγνομένας εἰς ἀχαριστίαν καὶ προπηλακισμὸν ἄγειν, ἢ πᾶσιν, ὅσοι τι μετʼ εὐνοίας πράττουσι, τῆς παρὰ τούτων τιμῆς καὶ φιλανθρωπίας μετεῖναι;
καὶ μὴν εἰ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἄρα δεῖ μʼ εἰπεῖν, ἡ μὲν ἐμὴ πολιτεία καὶ προαίρεσις, ἄν τις σκοπῇ, ταῖς τῶν τότʼ ἐπαινουμένων ἀνδρῶν ὁμοία καὶ ταὐτὰ βουλομένη φανήσεται, ἡ δὲ σὴ ταῖς τῶν τοὺς τοιούτους τότε συκοφαντούντων· δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι καὶ κατʼ ἐκείνους ἦσάν τινες, οἳ διασύροντες τοὺς ὄντας τότε τοὺς πρότερον γεγενημένους ἐπῄνουν, βάσκανον πρᾶγμα καὶ ταὐτὸ ποιοῦντες σοί.
εἶτα λέγεις ὡς οὐδὲν ὅμοιός εἰμʼ ἐκείνοις ἐγώ; σὺ δʼ ὅμοιος, Αἰσχίνη; ὁ δʼ ἀδελφὸς ὁ σός; ἄλλος δέ τις τῶν νῦν ῥητόρων; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐδένα φημί. ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ζῶντας, ὦ χρηστέ, ἵνα μηδὲν ἄλλʼ εἴπω, τὸν ζῶντʼ ἐξέταζε καὶ τοὺς καθʼ αὑτόν, ὥσπερ τἄλλα πάντα, τοὺς ποιητάς, τοὺς χορούς, τοὺς ἀγωνιστάς.
ὁ Φιλάμμων οὐχ ὅτι Γλαύκου τοῦ Καρυστίου καί τινων ἑτέρων πρότερον γεγενημένων ἀθλητῶν ἀσθενέστερος ἦν, ἀστεφάνωτος ἐκ τῆς Ὀλυμπίας ἀπῄει, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τῶν εἰσελθόντων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἄριστʼ ἐμάχετο, ἐστεφανοῦτο καὶ νικῶν ἀνηγορεύετο. καὶ σὺ πρὸς τοὺς νῦν ὅρα με ῥήτορας, πρὸς σαυτόν, πρὸς ὅντινα βούλει τῶν ἁπάντων· οὐδένʼ ἐξίσταμαι.
ὧν, ὅτε μὲν τῇ πόλει τὰ βέλτισθʼ ἑλέσθαι παρῆν, ἐφαμίλλου τῆς εἰς τὴν πατρίδʼ εὐνοίας ἐν κοινῷ πᾶσι κειμένης, ἐγὼ κράτιστα λέγων ἐφαινόμην, καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς καὶ ψηφίσμασι καὶ νόμοις καὶ πρεσβείαις ἅπαντα διῳκεῖτο, ὑμῶν δʼ οὐδεὶς ἦν οὐδαμοῦ, πλὴν εἰ τούτοις ἐπηρεάσαι τι δέοι· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἃ μήποτʼ ὤφελεν συνέβη, καὶ οὐκέτι συμβούλων ἀλλὰ τῶν τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις ὑπηρετούντων καὶ τῶν κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος μισθαρνεῖν ἑτοίμων καὶ τῶν κολακεύειν ἕτερον βουλομένων ἐξέτασις ἦν, τηνικαῦτα σὺ καὶ τούτων ἕκαστος ἐν τάξει καὶ μέγας καὶ λαμπρὸς ἱπποτρόφος, ἐγὼ δʼ ἀσθενής, ὁμολογῶ, ἀλλʼ εὔνους μᾶλλον ὑμῶν τουτοισί.
Sections 321–324
δύο δʼ, ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τὸν φύσει μέτριον πολίτην ἔχειν δεῖ (οὕτω γάρ μοι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ λέγοντι ἀνεπιφθονώτατον εἰπεῖν), ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἐξουσίαις τὴν τοῦ γενναίου καὶ τοῦ πρωτείου τῇ πόλει προαίρεσιν διαφυλάττειν, ἐν παντὶ δὲ καιρῷ καὶ πράξει τὴν εὔνοιαν· τούτου γὰρ ἡ φύσις κυρία, τοῦ δύνασθαι δὲ καὶ ἰσχύειν ἕτερα. ταύτην τοίνυν παρʼ ἐμοὶ μεμενηκυῖαν εὑρήσεθʼ ἁπλῶς.
ὁρᾶτε δέ. οὐκ ἐξαιτούμενος, οὐκ εἰς Ἀμφικτύονας δίκας ἐπαγόντων, οὐκ ἀπειλούντων, οὐκ ἐπαγγελλομένων, οὐχὶ τοὺς καταράτους τούτους ὥσπερ θηρία μοι προσβαλλόντων, οὐδαμῶς ἐγὼ προδέδωκα τὴν εἰς ὑμᾶς εὔνοιαν. τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐθὺς ὀρθὴν καὶ δικαίαν τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς πολιτείας εἱλόμην, τὰς τιμάς, τὰς δυναστείας, τὰς εὐδοξίας τὰς τῆς πατρίδος θεραπεύειν, ταύτας αὔξειν, μετὰ τούτων εἶναι.
οὐκ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς ἑτέρων εὐτυχήμασι φαιδρὸς ἐγὼ καὶ γεγηθὼς κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν περιέρχομαι, τὴν δεξιὰν προτείνων καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενος τούτοις οὓς ἂν ἐκεῖσʼ ἀπαγγελεῖν οἴωμαι, τῶν δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἀγαθῶν πεφρικὼς ἀκούω καὶ στένων καὶ κύπτων εἰς τὴν γῆν, ὥσπερ οἱ δυσσεβεῖς οὗτοι, οἳ τὴν μὲν πόλιν διασύρουσιν, ὥσπερ οὐχ αὑτοὺς διασύροντες, ὅταν τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, ἔξω δὲ βλέπουσι, καὶ ἐν οἷς ἀτυχησάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ηὐτύχησʼ ἕτερος, ταῦτʼ ἐπαινοῦσι καὶ ὅπως τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον μενεῖ φασὶ δεῖν τηρεῖν.
μὴ δῆτʼ, ὦ πάντες θεοί, μηδεὶς ταῦθʼ ὑμῶν ἐπινεύσειεν, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν καὶ τούτοις βελτίω τινὰ νοῦν καὶ φρένας ἐνθείητε, εἰ δʼ ἄρʼ ἔχουσιν ἀνιάτως, τούτους μὲν αὐτοὺς καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἐξώλεις καὶ προώλεις ἐν γῇ καὶ θαλάττῃ ποιήσατε, ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς λοιποῖς τὴν ταχίστην ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν ἐπηρτημένων φόβων δότε καὶ σωτηρίαν ἀσφαλῆ.
Panegyricus
Contents — 38 sections
- Sections 1–5
- Sections 6–10
- Sections 11–15
- Sections 16–20
- Sections 21–25
- Sections 26–30
- Sections 31–35
- Sections 36–40
- Sections 41–45
- Sections 46–50
- Sections 51–55
- Sections 56–60
- Sections 61–65
- Sections 66–70
- Sections 71–75
- Sections 76–80
- Sections 81–85
- Sections 86–90
- Sections 91–95
- Sections 96–100
- Sections 101–105
- Sections 106–110
- Sections 111–115
- Sections 116–120
- Sections 121–125
- Sections 126–130
- Sections 131–135
- Sections 136–140
- Sections 141–145
- Sections 146–150
- Sections 151–155
- Sections 156–160
- Sections 161–165
- Sections 166–170
- Sections 171–175
- Sections 176–180
- Sections 181–185
- Sections 186–189
Sections 1–5
Many times have I wondered at those who first convoked the national assemblies and established the athletic games, amazed that they should have thought the prowess of men’s bodies to be deserving of so great bounties, while to those who had toiled in private for the public good and trained their own minds so as to be able to help also their fellow-men they apportioned no reward whatsoever,
when, in all reason, they ought rather to have made provision for the latter; for if all the athletes should acquire twice the strength which they now possess, the rest of the world would be no better off; but let a single man attain to wisdom, and all men will reap the benefit who are willing to share his insight.
Yet I have not on this account lost heart nor chosen to abate my labors; on the contrary, believing that I shall have a sufficient reward in the approbation which my discourse will itself command, I have come before you to give my counsels on the war against the barbarians and on concord among ourselves. I am, in truth, not unaware that many of those who have claimed to be sophists
have rushed upon this theme, but I hope to rise so far superior to them that it will seem as if no word had ever been spoken by my rivals upon this subject; and, at the same time, I have singled out as the highest kind of oratory that which deals with the greatest affairs and, while best displaying the ability of those who speak, brings most profit to those who hear; and this oration is of that character.
In the next place, the moment for action has not yet gone by, and so made it now futile to bring up this question; for then, and only then, should we cease to speak, when the conditions have come to an end and there is no longer any need to deliberate about them, or when we see that the discussion of them is so complete that there is left to others no room to improve upon what has been said.
Sections 6–10
But so long as conditions go on as before, and what has been said about them is inadequate, is it not our duty to scan and study this question, the right decision of which will deliver us from our mutual warfare, our present confusion, and our greatest ills?
Furthermore, if it were possible to present the same subject matter in one form and in no other, one might have reason to think it gratuitous to weary one’s hearers by speaking again in the same manner as his predecessors; but since oratory is of such a nature
that it is possible to discourse on the same subject matter in many different ways—to represent the great as lowly or invest the little with grandeur, to recount the things of old in a new manner or set forth events of recent date in an old fashion—it follows that one must not shun the subjects upon which others have spoken before, but must try to speak better than they.
For the deeds of the past are, indeed, an inheritance common to us all; but the ability to make proper use of them at the appropriate time, to conceive the right sentiments about them in each instance, and to set them forth in finished phrase, is the peculiar gift of the wise.
And it is my opinion that the study of oratory as well as the other arts would make the greatest advance if we should admire and honor, not those who make the first beginnings in their crafts, but those who are the most finished craftsmen in each, and not those who seek to speak on subjects on which no one has spoken before, but those who know how to speak as no one else could.
Sections 11–15
Yet there are some who carp at discourses which are beyond the powers of ordinary men and have been elaborated with extreme care, and who have gone so far astray that they judge the most ambitious oratory by the standard of the pleas made in the petty actions of the courts; as if both kinds should be alike and should not be distinguished, the one by plainness of style, the other by display; or as if they themselves saw clearly the happy mean, while the man who knows how to speak elegantly could not speak simply and plainly if he chose.
Now these people deceive no one; clearly they praise those who are near their own level. I, for my part, am not concerned with such men, but rather with those who will not tolerate, but will resent, any carelessness of phrase, and will seek to find in my speeches a quality which they will not discover in others. Addressing myself to these, I shall proceed with my theme, after first vaunting a little further my own powers.
For I observe that the other orators in their introductions seek to conciliate their hearers and make excuses for the speeches which they are about to deliver, sometimes alleging that their preparation has been on the spur of the moment, sometimes urging that it is difficult to find words to match the greatness of their theme.
But as for myself, if I do not speak in a manner worthy of my subject and of my reputation and of the time which I have spent—not merely the hours which have been devoted to my speech but also all the years which I have lived—I bid you show me no indulgence but hold me up to ridicule and scorn; for there is nothing of the sort which I do not deserve to suffer, if indeed, being no better than the others, I make promises so great. So much, by way of introduction, as to my personal claims.
But as to our public interests, the speakers who no sooner come before us than they inform us that we must compose our enmities against each other and turn against the barbarian, rehearsing the misfortunes which have come upon us from our mutual warfare and the advantages which will result from a campaign against our natural enemy—these men do speak the truth, but they do not start at the point from which they could best bring these things to pass.
Sections 16–20
For the Hellenes are subject, some to us, others to the Lacedaemonians, the polities by which they govern their states having thus divided most of them. If any man, therefore, thinks that before he brings the leading states into friendly relations, the rest will unite in doing any good thing, he is all too simple and out of touch with the actual conditions.
No, the man who does not aim merely to make an oratorical display, but desires to accomplish something as well, must seek out such arguments as will persuade these two states to share and share alike with each other, to divide the supremacy between them, and to wrest from the barbarians the advantages which at the present time they desire to seize for themselves at the expense of the Hellenes.
Now our own city could easily be induced to adopt this policy, but at present the Lacedaemonians are still hard to persuade; for they have inherited the false doctrine that leadership is theirs by ancestral right. If, however, one should prove to them that this honor belongs to us rather than to them, perhaps they might give up splitting hairs about this question and pursue their true interests.
So, then, the other speakers also should have made this their starting-point and should not have given advice on matters about which we agree before instructing us on the points about which we disagree. I, at all events, am justified by a twofold motive in devoting most of my attention to these points: first and foremost, in order that some good may come of it, and that we may put an end to our mutual rivalries and unite in a war against the barbarian;
and, secondly, if this is impossible, in order that I may show who they are that stand in the way of the happiness of the Hellenes, and that all may be made to see that even as in times past Athens justly held the sovereignty of the sea, so now she not unjustly lays claim to the hegemony.
Sections 21–25
For in the first place, if it is the most experienced and the most capable who in any field of action deserve to be honored, it is without question our right to recover the hegemony which we formerly possessed; for no one can point to another state which so far excels in warfare on land as our city is superior in fighting battles on the sea.
But, in the next place, if there are any who do not regard this as a fair basis of judgement, since the reversals of fortune are frequent (for sovereignty never remains in the same hands), and who believe that the hegemony, like any other prize, should be held by those who first won this honor, or else by those who have rendered the most service to the Hellenes, I think that these also are on our side;
for the farther back into the past we go in our examination of both these titles to leadership, the farther behind shall we leave those who dispute our claims. For it is admitted that our city is the oldest and the greatest in the world and in the eyes of all men the most renowned. But noble as is the foundation of our claims, the following grounds give us even a clearer title to distinction:
for we did not become dwellers in this land by driving others out of it, nor by finding it uninhabited, nor by coming together here a motley horde composed of many races; but we are of a lineage so noble and so pure that throughout our history we have continued in possession of the very land which gave us birth, since we are sprung from its very soil and are able to address our city by the very names which we apply to our nearest kin;
for we alone of all the Hellenes have the right to call our city at once nurse and fatherland and mother. And yet, if men are to have good ground for pride and make just claims to leadership and frequently recall their ancestral glories, they must show that their race boasts an origin as noble as that which I have described.
Sections 26–30
So great, then, are the gifts which were ours from the beginning and which fortune has bestowed upon us. But how many good things we have contributed to the rest of the world we could estimate to best advantage if we should recount the history of our city from the beginning and go through all her achievements in detail; for we should find that not only was she the leader in the hazards of war, but that the social order in general in which we dwell,
with which we share the rights of citizenship and through which we are able to live, is almost wholly due to her. It is, however, necessary to single out from the number of her benefactions, not those which because of their slight importance have escaped attention and been pased over in silence, but those which because of their great importance have been and still are on the lips and in the memory of all men everywhere.
Now, first of all, that which was the first necessity of man’s nature was provided by our city; for even though the story has taken the form of a myth, yet it deserves to be told again. When Demeter came to our land, in her wandering after the rape of Kore, and, being moved to kindness towards our ancestors by services which may not be told save to her initiates, gave these two gifts, the greatest in the world—the fruits of the earth, which have enabled us to rise above the life of the beasts, and the holy rite which inspires in those who partake of it sweeter hopes regarding both the end of life and all eternity,
—our city was not only so beloved of the gods but also so devoted to mankind that, having been endowed with these great blessings, she did not begrudge them to the rest of the world, but shared with all men what she had received. The mystic rite we continue even now, each year, to reveal to the initiates; and as for the fruits of the earth, our city has, in a word, instructed the world in their uses, their cultivation, and the benefits derived from them.
This statement, when I have added a few further proofs, no one could venture to discredit. In the first place, the very ground on which we might disparage the story, namely that it is ancient, would naturally lead us to believe that the events actually came to pass; for because many have told and all have heard the story which describes them, it is reasonable to regard this not, to be sure, as recent, yet withal as worthy of our faith. In the next place, we are not obliged to take refuge in the mere fact that we have received the account and the report from remote times; on the contrary, we are able to adduce even greater proofs than this regarding what took place.
Sections 31–35
For most of the Hellenic cities, in memory of our ancient services, send us each year the first-fruits of the harvest, and those who neglect to do so have often been admonished by the Pythian priestess to pay us our due portion of their crops and to observe in relation to our city the customs of their fathers. And about what, I should like to know, can we more surely exercise our faith than about matters as to which the oracle of Apollo speaks with authority, many of the Hellenes are agreed, and the words spoken long ago confirm the practice of today, while present events tally with the statements which have come down from the men of old?
But apart from these considerations, if we waive all this and carry our inquiry back to the beginning, we shall find that those who first appeared upon the earth did not at the outset find the kind of life which we enjoy to-day, but that they procured it little by little through their own joint efforts. Whom, then, must we think the most likely either to have received this better life as a gift from the gods or to have hit upon it through their own search?
Would it not be those who are admitted by all men to have been the first to exist, to be endowed with the greatest capacity for the arts, and to be the most devoted in the worship of the gods? And surely it is superfluous to attempt to show how high is the honor which the authors of such great blessings deserve; for no one could find a reward great enough to match the magnitude of their achievements.
This much, then, I have to say about that service to humanity which is the greatest, the earliest, and the most universal in its benefits. But at about the same time, our city, seeing the barbarians in possession of most of the country, while the Hellenes were confined within a narrow space and, because of the scarcity of the land, were conspiring and making raids against each other, and were perishing, some through want of daily necessities, others through war,
—our city, I say, was not content to let these things be as they were, but sent out leaders to the several states, who, enlisting the neediest of the people, and placing themselves at their head, overcame the barbarians in war, founded many cities on either continent, settled colonies in all the islands, and saved both those who followed them and those who remained behind;
Sections 36–40
for to the latter they left the home country—sufficient for their needs—and for the former they provided more land than they had owned since they embraced in their conquests all the territory which we Hellenes now possess. And so they smoothed the way for those also who in a later time resolved to send out colonists and imitate our city; for these did not have to undergo the perils of war in acquiring territory, but could go into the country marked out by us and settle there.
And yet who can show a leadership more ancestral than this, which had its origin before most of the cities of Hellas were founded, or more serviceable than this, which drove the barbarians from their homes and advanced the Hellenes to so great prosperity?
Nor did our city, after she had played her part in bringing to pass the most important benefits, neglect what remained to be done; on the contrary she made it but the beginning of her benefactions to find for those who were in want that sustenance which men must have who are to provide well also for their other needs; but considering that an existence limited to this alone was not enough to make men desire to live, she gave such careful thought to their remaining wants as well that of the good things which are now at the service of mankind—in so far as we do not have them from the gods but owe them to each other—there is not one in which our city has had no part, and most of them are due to her alone.
For, finding the Hellenes living without laws and in scattered abodes, some oppressed by tyrannies, others perishing through anarchy, she delivered them from these evils by taking some under her protection and by setting to others her own example; for she was the first to lay down laws and establish a polity.
This is apparent from the fact that those who in the beginning brought charges of homicide, and desired to settle their mutual differences by reason and not by violence, tried their cases under our laws. Yes, and the arts also, both those which are useful in producing the necessities of life and those which have been devised to give us pleasure, she has either invented or stamped with her approval, and has then presented them to the rest of the world to enjoy.
Sections 41–45
Moreover, she has established her polity in general in such a spirit of welcome to strangers and friendliness to all men, that it adapts itself both to those who lack means and to those who wish to enjoy the means which they possess, and that it fails to be of service neither to those who are prosperous nor to those who are unfortunate in their own cities; nay, both classes find with us what they desire, the former the most delightful pastimes, the latter the securest refuge.
Again, since the different populations did not in any case possess a country that was self-sufficing, each lacking in some things and producing others in excess of their needs, and since they were greatly at a loss where they should dispose of their surplus and whence they should import what they lacked, in these difficulties also our city came to the rescue; for she established the Piraeus as a market in the center of Hellas—a market of such abundance that the articles which it is difficult to get, one here, one there, from the rest of the world, all these it is easy to procure from Athens.
Now the founders of our great festivals are justly praised for handing down to us a custom by which, having proclaimed a truce and resolved our pending quarrels, we come together in one place, where, as we make our prayers and sacrifices in common, we are reminded of the kinship which exists among us and are made to feel more kindly towards each other for the future, reviving our old friendships and establishing new ties.
And neither to common men nor to those of superior gifts is the time so spent idle and profitless, but in the concourse of the Hellenes the latter have the opportunity to display their prowess, the former to behold these contending against each other in the games; and no one lacks zest for the festival, but all find in it that which flatters their pride, the spectators when they see the athletes exert themselves for their benefit, the athletes when they reflect that all the world is come to gaze upon them. Since, then, the benefits which accrue to us from our assembling together are so great, here again our city has not been backward;
for she affords the most numerous and the most admirable spectacles, some passing all bounds in the outlay of money, some highly reputed for their artistic worth, and others excelling in both these regards; and the multitude of people who visit us is so great that, whatever advantage there is in our associating together, this also has been compassed by our city, Athens. Besides, it is possible to find with us as nowhere else the most faithful friendships and to enjoy the most varied social intercourse; and, furthermore, to see contests not alone of speed and strength, but of eloquence and wisdom and of all the other arts—and for these the greatest prizes;
Sections 46–50
since in addition to those which the city herself sets up, she prevails upon the rest of the world also to offer prizes; for the judgements pronounced by us command such great approbation that all mankind accept them, gladly. But apart from these considerations, while the assemblages at the other great festivals are brought together only at long intervals and are soon dispersed, our city throughout all time is a festival for those who visit her.
Philosophy, moreover, which has helped to discover and establish all these institutions, which has educated us for public affairs and made us gentle towards each other, which has distinguished between the misfortunes that are due to ignorance and those which spring from necessity, and taught us to guard against the former and to bear the latter nobly—philosophy, I say, was given to the world by our city. And Athens it is that has honored eloquence,
which all men crave and envy in its possessors; for she realized that this is the one endowment of our nature which singles us out from all living creatures, and that by using this advantage we have risen above them in all other respects as well; she saw that in other activities the fortunes of life are so capricious that in them often the wise fail and the foolish succeed, whereas beautiful and artistic speech is never allotted to ordinary men, but is the work of an intelligent mind,
and that it is in this respect that those who are accounted wise and ignorant present the strongest contrast; and she knew, furthermore, that whether men have been liberally educated from their earliest years is not to be determined by their courage or their wealth or such advantages, but is made manifest most of all by their speech, and that this has proved itself to be the surest sign of culture in every one of us, and that those who are skilled in speech are not only men of power in their own cities but are also held in honor in other states.
And so far has our city distanced the rest of mankind in thought and in speech that her pupils have become the teachers of the rest of the world; and she has brought it about that the name Hellenes suggests no longer a race but an intelligence, and that the title Hellenes is applied rather to those who share our culture than to those who share a common blood.
Sections 51–55
But in order that I may not appear to be dwelling at length on the details when I have proposed to speak on the general subject nor to be extolling the city for these accomplishments because I lack ground for praising her conduct in war, let what I have said suffice for those who glory in such services. But I think that honor is due to our ancestors no less for their wars than for their other benefactions;
for not slight, nor few, nor obscure, but many and dread and great, were the struggles they sustained, some for their own territories, some for the freedom of the rest of the world; for at all times, without ceasing, they have offered the city as a common refuge and as a champion to the Hellenes whenever oppressed.
And it is for this very reason that we are sometimes charged with adopting a foolish policy in that we are accustomed to cultivate the weaker peoples—as though such charges do not support those who desire to sing our praises. For it was not because we failed to appreciate how much more advantageous great alliances are in point of security that we pursued this policy in regard to the weak; no, although we realized much more exactly than our rivals the consequences of such a course, we nevertheless preferred to stand by the weaker even against our interests rather than to unite with the stronger in oppressing others for our own advantage.
The character and power of Athens may be judged from the appeals which sundry people have in times past made to us for our help. Those of recent occurrence or for insignificant ends I shall omit; but long before the Trojan War (for it is only fair that those who dispute about immemorial rights should draw their arguments from that early time) there came to us the sons of Heracles and, a little before them, Adrastus, Talaus’s son, king of Argos.
Adrastus, on his return from the expedition against Thebes where he had met with disaster and had not by his own efforts been able to recover the bodies of those who had fallen under the Cadmean fortress, called upon our city to lend aid in a misfortune which was of universal concern, and not to suffer that men who die in battle be left unburied nor that ancient custom and immemorial law be brought to naught.
Sections 56–60
The sons of Heracles, on the other hand, came fleeing the persecution of Eurystheus, ignoring the other states as not capable of succouring them in their distress, and looking upon our city as the only one great enough to make return for the benefits which their father had bestowed upon all mankind.
So from these facts it is easy to see that even at that time our city was in the position of a leader; for who would venture an appeal for help to those who were weaker than themselves, or to those who were subject to others, passing by those who had greater power, especially in matters not of personal but of public interest which none would be likely to take in hand but those who claimed to stand first among the Hellenes?
And, in the next place, the suppliants were manifestly not disappointed in the hopes which caused them to take refuge with our ancestors; for the Athenians went to war against the Thebans in the cause of those who had fallen in the battle, and against the power of Eurystheus in the cause of the sons of Heracles. Taking the field against the Thebans, they compelled them to restore the dead to their kindred for burial; and when the Peloponnesians, led by Eurystheus, had invaded our territory, they marched out against them, conquered them in battle, and put an end to their leader’s insolence.
And though they already commanded admiration for their other deeds, these exploits enhanced their fame still more; for they did not do things by halves, but so completely revolutionized the fortunes of either monarch that Adrastus, who had seen fit to throw himself on our mercy, went his way, having in despite of his foes won all that he had asked, while Eurystheus, who had expected to overpower us, was himself made captive and compelled to sue for mercy;
and, although he had throughout all his life inflicted his orders and indignities on one whose nature transcended that of man, and who, being the son of Zeus, possessed, while still a mortal, the strength of a god, yet, when Eurystheus offended against us, he suffered so complete a reverse that he fell into the power of Heracles’ sons and came to a shameful end.
Sections 61–65
Many are the services which we have rendered to the state of the Lacedaemonians, but it has suited my purpose to speak of this one only; for, starting with the advantage afforded by our succor of them, the descendants of Heracles—the progenitors of those who now reign in Lacedaemon—returned to the Peloponnese, took possession of Argos, Lacedaemon, and Messene, settled Sparta, and were established as the founders of all the blessings which the Lacedaemonians now enjoy.
These benefits they should have held in grateful remembrance, and should never have invaded this land from which they set out and acquired so great prosperity, nor have placed in peril the city which had imperilled herself for the sons of Heracles, nor, while bestowing the kingship upon his posterity, have yet thought it right that the city which was the means of the deliverance of their race should be enslaved to their power.
But if we have to leave out of account considerations of gratitude and fairness, and, returning to the main question, state the point which is most essential, assuredly it is not ancestral custom for immigrants to set themselves over the sons of the soil, or the recipients of benefits over their benefactors, or refugees over those who gave them asylum.
But I can make the matter clear in yet briefer terms. Of all the Hellenic states, excepting our own, Argos and Thebes and Lacedaemon were at that time the greatest, as they still are to this day. And yet our ancestors were manifestly so superior to them all that on behalf of the defeated Argives they dictated terms to the Thebans at the moment of their greatest pride,
and on behalf of the sons of Heracles they conquered the Argives and the rest of the Peloponnesians in battle, and delivered the founders and leaders of Lacedaemon out of all danger from Eurystheus. Therefore, as to what state was the first power in Hellas, I do not see how anyone could produce more convincing evidence.
Sections 66–70
But it seems to me fitting that I should speak also of the city’s achievements against the barbarians, the more so since the subject which I have undertaken is the question of who should take the lead against them. Now if I were to go through the list of all our wars, I should speak at undue length; therefore I shall confine myself to the most important, endeavoring to deal with this topic also in the same manner in which I have just dealt with the other.
Let us single out, then, the races which have the strongest instinct for domination and the greatest power of aggression—the Scythians and the Thracians and the Persians; it so happens that these have all had hostile designs upon us and that against all these our city has fought decisive wars. And yet what ground will be left for our opponents if it be shown that those among the Hellenes who are powerless to obtain their rights see fit to appeal to us for help, and that those among the barbarians who purpose to enslave the Hellenes make us the first object of their attacks?
Now, while the most celebrated of our wars was the one against the Persians, yet certainly our deeds of old offer evidence no less strong for those who dispute over ancestral rights. For while Hellas was still insignificant, our territory was invaded by the Thracians, led by Eumolpus, son of Poseidon, and by the Scythians, led by the Amazons, the daughters of Ares—not at the same time, but during the period when both races were trying to extend their dominion over Europe; for though they hated the whole Hellenic race, they raised complaints against us in particular, thinking that in this way they would wage war against one state only, but would at the same time impose their power on all the states of Hellas.
Of a truth they were not successful; nay, in this conflict against our forefathers alone they were as utterly overwhelmed as if they had fought the whole world. How great were the disasters which befell them is evident; for the tradition respecting them would not have persisted for so long a time if what was then done had not been without parallel.
At any rate, we are told regarding the Amazons that of all who came not one returned again, while those who had remained at home were expelled from power because of the disaster here; and we are told regarding the Thracians that, whereas at one time they dwelt beside us on our very borders, they withdrew so far from us in consequence of that expedition that in the spaces left between their land and ours many nations, races of every kind, and great cities have been established.
Sections 71–75
Noble indeed are these achievements—yea, and appropriate to those who dispute over the hegemony. But of the same breed as those which have been mentioned, and of such a kind as would naturally be expected of men descended from such ancestors, are the deeds of those who fought against Darius and Xerxes. For when that greatest of all wars broke out and a multitude of dangers presented themselves at one and the same time, when our enemies regarded themselves as irresistible because of their numbers and our allies thought themselves endowed with a courage which could not be excelled, we outdid them both,
surpassing each in the way appropriate to each; and having proved our superiority in meeting all dangers, we were straightway awarded the meed of valor, and we obtained, not long after, the sovereignty of the sea by the willing grant of the Hellenes at large and without protest from those who now seek to wrest it from our hands.
And let no one think that I ignore the fact that during these critical times the Lacedaemonians also placed the Hellenes under obligations for many services; nay, for this reason I am able the more to extol our city because, in competition with such rivals, she so far surpassed them. But I desire to speak a little more at length about these two states, and not to hasten too quickly by them, in order that we may have before us reminders both of the courage of our ancestors and of their hatred against the barbarians.
And yet I have not failed to appreciate the fact that it is difficult to come forward last and speak upon a subject which has long been appropriated, and upon which the very ablest speakers among our citizens have many times addressed you at the public funerals; for, naturally, the most important topics have already been exhausted, while only unimportant topics have been left for later speakers. Nevertheless, since they are apposite to the matter in hand, I must not shirk the duty of taking up the points which remain and of recalling them to your memory.
Now the men who are responsible for our greatest blessings and deserve our highest praise are, I conceive, those who risked their bodies in defense of Hellas; and yet we cannot in justice fail to recall also those who lived before this war and were the ruling power in each of the two states; for they it was who, in good time, trained the coming generation and turned the masses of the people toward virtue, and made of them stern foemen of the barbarians.
Sections 76–80
For they did not slight the commonwealth, nor seek to profit by it as their own possession, nor yet neglect it as the concern of others; but were as careful of the public revenues as of their private property, yet abstained from them as men ought from that to which they have no right. Nor did they estimate well-being by the standard of money, but in their regard that man seemed to have laid up the securest fortune and the noblest who so ordered his life that he should win the highest repute for himself and leave to his children the greatest name;
neither did they vie with one another in temerity, nor did they cultivate recklessness in themselves, but thought it a more dreadful thing to be charged with dishonor by their countrymen than to die honorably for their country; and they blushed more for the sins of the commonwealth than men do nowadays for their own.
The reason for this was that they gave heed to the laws to see that they should be exact and good—not so much the laws about private contracts as those which have to do with men’s daily habits of life; for they understood that for good and true men there would be no need of many written laws, but that if they started with a few principles of agreement they would readily be of one mind as to both private and public affairs.
So public-spirited were they that even in their party struggles they opposed one another, not to see which faction should destroy the other and rule over the remnant, but which should outstrip the other in doing something good for the state; and they organized their political clubs, not for personal advantage, but for the benefit of the people.
In the same spirit they governed their relations with other states. They treated the Hellenes with consideration and not with insolence, regarding it as their duty to command them in the field but not to tyrannize over them, desiring rather to be addressed as leaders than as masters, and rather to be greeted as saviors than reviled as destroyers; they won the Hellenic cities to themselves by doing kindness instead of subverting them by force,
Sections 81–85
keeping their word more faithfully than men now keep their oaths, and thinking it right to abide by their covenants as by the decrees of necessity; they exulted less in the exercise of power than they gloried in living with self-control, thinking it their duty to feel toward the weaker as they expected the stronger to feel toward themselves; and, while they regarded their home cities as their several places of abode, yet they considered Hellas to be their common fatherland.
Because they were inspired by such sentiments, and educated the young in such habits of conduct, they produced in the persons of those who fought against the Asiatic hordes men of so great valor that no one, either of the poets or of the sophists, has ever been able to speak in a manner worthy of their achievements. And I can well excuse them, for it is quite as difficult to praise those who have excelled the exploits of the rest of the world as to praise those who have done no good thing at all; for in the case of the latter the speaker has no support in deeds, and to describe the former there exist no fitting words.
For what words can match the measure of such men, who so far surpassed the members of the expedition against Troy that, whereas the latter consumed ten years beleaguering a single city they, in a short space of time, completely defeated the forces that had been collected from all Asia, and not only saved their own countries but liberated the whole of Hellas as well? And from what deeds or hardships or dangers would they have shrunk so as to enjoy men’s praise while living—these men who were so ready to lay down their lives for the sake of the glory they would have when dead?
Methinks some god out of admiration for their valor brought about this war in order that men endowed by nature with such a spirit should not be lost in obscurity nor die without renown, but should be deemed worthy of the same honors as are given to those who have sprung from the gods and are called demi-gods; for while the gods surrendered the bodies even of their own sons to the doom of nature, yet they have made immortal the memory of their valor.
Now while our forefathers and the Lacedaemonians were always emulous of each other, yet during that time their rivalry was for the noblest ends; they did not look upon each other as enemies but as competitors, nor did they court the favor of the barbarians for the enslavement of the Hellenes; on the contrary, they were of one mind when the common safety was in question, and their rivalry with each other was solely to see which of them should bring this about. They first displayed their valor when Darius sent his troops;
Sections 86–90
for when the Persians landed in Attica the Athenians did not wait for their allies, but, making the common war their private cause, they marched out with their own forces alone to meet an enemy who looked with contempt upon the whole of Hellas—a mere handful against thousands upon thousands—as if they were about to risk the lives of others, not their own; the Lacedaemonians, on the other hand, no sooner heard of the war in Attica than they put all else aside and came to our rescue, having made as great haste as if it had been their own country that was being laid waste.
A proof of the swiftness and of the rivalry of both is that, according to the account, our ancestors on one and the same day learned of the landing of the barbarians, rushed to the defense of the borders of their land, won the battle, and set up a trophy of victory over the enemy; while the Lacedaemonians in three days and as many nights covered twelve hundred stadia in marching order: so strenuously did they both hasten, the Lacedaemonians to share in the dangers, the Athenians to engage the enemy before their helpers should arrive.
Then came the later expedition, which was led by Xerxes in person; he had left his royal residence, boldly taken command as general in the field, and collected about him all the hosts of Asia. What orator, however eager to overshoot the mark, has not fallen short of the truth in speaking of this king,
who rose to such a pitch of arrogance that, thinking it a small task to subjugate Hellas, and proposing to leave a memorial such as would mark a more than human power, did not stop until he had devised and compelled the execution of a plan whose fame is on the lips of all mankind—a plan by which, having bridged the Hellespont and channelled Athos, he sailed his ships across the mainland, and marched his troops across the main?
It was against a king who had grown so proud, who had carried through such mighty tasks, and who had made himself master of so many men, that our ancestors and the Lacedaemonians marched forth, first dividing the danger: the latter going to Thermopylae to oppose the land forces with a thousand picked soldiers of their own, supported by a few of their allies, with the purpose of checking the Persians in the narrow pass from advancing farther; while our ancestors sailed to Artemisium with sixty triremes which they had manned to oppose the whole armada of the enemy.
Sections 91–95
And they dared to do these things, not so much in contempt of their foes as in keen rivalry against each other: the Lacedaemonians envying our city its victory at Marathon, and seeking to even the score, and fearing, furthermore, lest our city should twice in succession be the instrument of saving Hellas; while our ancestors, on the other hand, desired above all to maintain the reputation they had won, and to prove to the world that in their former battle they had conquered through valor and not through fortune, and in the next place to incite the Hellenes to carry on the war with their ships, by showing that in fighting on the sea no less than on the land valor prevails over numbers.
But though they displayed equal courage, they did not meet with similar fortunes. The Lacedaemonians were utterly destroyed. Although in spirit they were victorious, in body they were outworn; for it were sacrilege to say that they were defeated, since not one of them deigned to leave his post. Our ancestors, on the other hand, met and conquered the advance squadron of the Persians and when they heard that the enemy were masters of the pass, they sailed back home and adopted such measures for what remained to be done that, however many and however glorious had been their previous achievements, they outdid themselves still more in the final hazards of that war.
For when all the allies were in a state of dejection, and the Peloponnesians were fortifying the Isthmus and selfishly seeking their own safety; when the other states had submitted to the barbarians and were fighting on the Persian side, save only those which were overlooked because of their insignificance; when twelve hundred ships of war were bearing down upon them, and an innumerable army was on the point of invading Attica; when no light of deliverance could be glimpsed in any quarter, but, on the contrary, the Athenians had been abandoned by their allies and cheated of their every hope;
and when it lay in their power not only to escape from their present dangers but also to enjoy the signal honors which the King held out to them, since he conceived that if he could get the support of the Athenian fleet he could at once become master of the Peloponnesus also, then our ancestors scorned to accept his gifts; nor did they give way to anger against the Hellenes for having betrayed them and rush gladly to make terms with the barbarians;
nay, by themselves they made ready to battle for freedom, while they forgave the rest for choosing bondage. For they considered that while it was natural for the weaker states to seek their security by every means, it was not possible for those states which asserted their right to stand at the head of Hellas to avoid the perils of war; on the contrary, they believed that just as it is preferable for men who are honorable to die nobly rather than to live in disgrace, so too it is better for cities which are illustrious to be blotted out from the sight of mankind rather than to be seen in a state of bondage.
Sections 96–100
It is evident that they were of this mind; for when they were not able to marshal themselves against both the land and the sea forces at once, they took with them the entire population, abandoned the city, and sailed to the neighboring island, in order that they might encounter each force in turn. And yet how could men be shown to be braver or more devoted to Hellas than our ancestors, who, to avoid bringing slavery upon the rest of the Hellenes, endured to see their city made desolate, their land ravaged, their sanctuaries rifled, their temples burned, and all the forces of the enemy closing in upon their own country?
But in truth even this did not satisfy them; they were ready to give battle on the sea—they alone against twelve hundred ships of war. They were not, indeed, allowed to fight alone; for the Peloponnesians, put to shame by our courage, and thinking, moreover, that if the Athenians should first be destroyed, they could not themselves be saved from destruction, and that if the Athenians should succeed, their own cities would be brought into disrepute, they were constrained to share the dangers. Now the clamors that arose during the action, and the shoutings and the cheers—things which are common to all those who fight on ships—I see no reason why I should take time to describe;
my task is to speak of those matters which are distinctive and give claim to leadership, and which confirm the arguments which I have already advanced. In short, our city was so far superior while she stood unharmed that even after she had been laid waste she contributed more ships to the battle for the deliverance of Hellas than all the others put together who fought in the engagement; and no one is so prejudiced against us that he would not acknowledge that it was by winning the sea fight that we conquered in the war, and that the credit for this is due to Athens.
Who then should have the hegemony, when a campaign against the barbarians is in prospect? Should it not be they who distinguished themselves above all others in the former war? Should it not be they who many times bore, alone, the brunt of battle, and in the joint struggles of the Hellenes were awarded the prize of valor? Should it not be they who abandoned their own country to save the rest of Hellas, who in ancient times founded most of the Hellenic cities, and who later delivered them from the greatest disasters? Would it not be an outrage upon us, if, having taken the largest share in the evils of war, we should be adjudged worthy of a lesser share in its honors, and if, having at that time been placed in the lead in the cause of all the Hellenes, we should now be compelled to follow the lead of others?
Now up to this point I am sure that all men would acknowledge that our city has been the author of the greatest number of blessings, and that she should in fairness be entitled to the hegemony. But from this point on some take us to task, urging that after we succeeded to the sovereignty of the sea we brought many evils upon the Hellenes; and, in these speeches of theirs, they cast it in our teeth that we enslaved the Melians and destroyed the people of Scione.
Sections 101–105
I, however, take the view, in the first place, that it is no sign that we ruled badly if some of those who were at war with us are shown to have been severely disciplined, but that a much clearer proof that we administered the affairs of our allies wisely is seen in the fact that among the states which remained our loyal subjects not one experienced these disasters.
In the second place, if other states had dealt more leniently with the same circumstances, they might reasonably censure us; but since that is not the case, and it is impossible to control so great a multitude of states without disciplining those who offend, does it not follow that we deserve praise because we acted harshly in the fewest possible cases and were yet able to hold our dominion for the greatest length of time?
But I believe that all men are of the opinion that those will prove the best leaders and champions of the Hellenes under whom in the past those who yielded obedience have fared the best. Well, then, it will be found that under our supremacy the private households grew most prosperous and that the commonwealths also became greatest. For we were not jealous of the growing states,
nor did we engender confusion among them by setting up conflicting polities side by side, in order that faction might be arrayed against faction and that both might court our favor. On the contrary, we regarded harmony among our allies as the common boon of all, and therefore we governed all the cities under the same laws, deliberating about them in the spirit of allies, not of masters;
guarding the interests of the whole confederacy but leaving each member of it free to direct its own affairs; supporting the people but making war on despotic powers, considering it an outrage that the many should be subject to the few, that those who were poorer in fortune but not inferior in other respects should be banished from the offices, that, furthermore, in a fatherland which belongs to all in common some should hold the place of masters, others of aliens, and that men who are citizens by birth should be robbed by law of their share in the government.
Sections 106–110
It was because we had these objections, and others besides, to oligarchies that we established the same polity in the other states as in Athens itself—a polity which I see no need to extol at greater length, since I can tell the truth about it in a word: They continued to live under this regime for seventy years, and, during this time, they experienced no tyrannies, they were free from the domination of the barbarians, they were untroubled by internal factions, and they were at peace with all the world.
On account of these services it becomes all thinking men to be deeply grateful to us, much rather than to reproach us because of our system of colonization; for we sent our colonies into the depopulated states for the protection of their territories and not for our own aggrandizement. And here is proof of this: We had in proportion to the number of our citizens a very small territory, but a very great empire; we possessed twice as many ships of war as all the rest combined, and these were strong enough to engage double their number; at the very borders of Attica lay Euboea,
which was not only fitted by her situation to command the sea, but also surpassed all the islands in her general resources, and Euboea lent itself more readily to our control than did our own country besides, while we knew that both among the Hellenes and among the barbarians those are regarded most highly who have driven their neighbors from their homes and have so secured for themselves a life of affluence and ease, nevertheless, none of these considerations tempted us to wrong the people of the island;
on the contrary, we alone of those who have obtained great power suffered ourselves to live in more straitened circumstances than those who were reproached with being our slaves. And yet, had we been disposed to seek our own advantage, we should not, I imagine, have set our hearts on the territory of Scione (which, as all the world knows, we gave over to our Plataean refugees), and passed over this great territory which would have enriched us all.
Now although we have shown ourselves to be of such character and have given so convincing proof that we do not covet the possessions of others, we are brazenly denounced by those who had a hand in the decarchies—men who have befouled their own countries, who have made the crimes of the past seem insignificant, and have left the would-be scoundrels of the future no chance to exceed their villiany; and who, for all that, profess to follow the ways of Lacedaemon, when they practise the very opposite, and bewail the disasters of the Melians, when they have shamelessly inflicted irreparable wrongs upon their own citizens. For what crime have they overlooked?
Sections 111–115
What act of shame or outrage is wanting in their careers? They regarded the most lawless of men as the most loyal; they courted traitors as if they were benefactors; they chose to be slaves to one of the Helots so that they might oppress their own countries; they honored the assassins and murderers of their fellow-citizens more than their own parents;
and to such a stage of brutishness did they bring us all that, whereas in former times, because of the prosperity which prevailed, every one of us found many to sympathize with him even in trifling reverses, yet under the rule of these men, because of the multitude of our own calamities, we ceased feeling pity for each other, since there was no man to whom they allowed enough of respite so that he could share another’s burdens.
For what man dwelt beyond their reach? What man was so far removed from public life that he was not forced into close touch with the disasters into which such creatures plunged us? But in the face of all this, these men, who brought their own cities to such a pitch of anarchy, do not blush to make unjust charges against our city; nay, to crown their other effronteries, they even have the audacity to talk of the private and public suits which were once tried in Athens, when they themselves put to death without trial more men in the space of three months than Athens tried during the whole period of her supremacy.
And of their banishments, their civil strife, their subversion of laws, their political revolutions, their atrocities upon children, their insults to women, their pillage of estates, who could tell the tale? I can only say this much of the whole business—the severities under our administration could have been readily brought to an end by a single vote of the people, while the murders and acts of violence under their regime are beyond any power to remedy.
And, furthermore, not even the present peace, nor yet that “autonomy” which is inscribed in the treaties but is not found in our governments, is preferable to the rule of Athens. For who would desire a condition of things where pirates command the seas and mercenaries occupy our cities;
Sections 116–120
where fellow-countrymen, instead of waging war in defense of their territories against strangers, are fighting within their own walls against each other; where more cities have been captured in war than before we made the peace; and where revolutions follow so thickly upon each other that those who are at home in their own countries are more dejected than those who have been punished with exile? For the former are in dread of what is to come, while the latter live ever in the hope of their return.
And so far are the states removed from “freedom” and “autonomy” that some of them are ruled by tyrants, some are controlled by alien governors, some have been sacked and razed, and some have become slaves to the barbarians—the same barbarians whom we once so chastened for their temerity in crossing over into Europe, and for their overweening pride,
that they not only ceased from making expeditions against us, but even endured to see their own territory laid waste; and we brought their power so low, for all that they had once sailed the sea with twelve hundred ships, that they launched no ship of war this side of Phaselis but remained inactive and waited on more favorable times rather than trust in the forces which they then possessed.
And that this state of affairs was due to the valor of our ancestors has been clearly shown in the fortunes of our city: for the very moment when we were deprived of our dominion marked the beginning of a dominion of ills for the Hellenes. In fact, after the disaster which befell us in the Hellespont, when our rivals took our place as leaders, the barbarians won a naval victory, became rulers of the sea, occupied most of the islands, made a landing in Laconia, took Cythera by storm, and sailed around the whole Peloponnesus, inflicting damage as they went.
One may best comprehend how great is the reversal in our circumstances if he will read side by side the treaties which were made during our leadership and those which have been published recently; for he will find that in those days we were constantly setting limits to the empire of the King, levying tribute on some of his subjects, and barring him from the sea; now, however, it is he who controls the destinies of the Hellenes, who dictates what they must each do, and who all but sets up his viceroys in their cities.
Sections 121–125
For with this one exception, what else is lacking? Was it not he who decided the issue of the war, was it not he who directed the terms of peace, and is it not he who now presides over our affairs? Do we not sail off to him as to a master, when we have complaints against each other? Do we not address him as “The Great King” as though we were the captives of his spear? Do we not in our wars against each other rest our hopes of salvation on him, who would gladly destroy both Athens and Lacedaemon ?
Reflecting on these things, we may well be indignant at the present state of affairs, and yearn for our lost supremacy: and we may well blame the Lacedaemonians because, although in the beginning they entered upon the war with the avowed intention of freeing the Hellenes, in the end they delivered so many of them into bondage, and because they induced the Ionians to revolt from Athens, the mother city from which the Ionians emigrated and by whose influence they were often preserved from destruction, and then betrayed them to the barbarians—those barbarians in despite of whom they possess their lands and against whom they have never ceased to war.
At that time the Lacedaemonians were indignant because we thought it right by legitimate means to extend our dominion over certain peoples. Now, however, they feel no concern, when these peoples are reduced to such abject servitude that it is not enough that they should be forced to pay tribute and see their citadels occupied by their foes, but, in addition to these public calamities, must also in their own persons submit to greater indignities than those which are suffered in our world by purchased slaves; for none of us is so cruel to his servants as are the barbarians in punishing free men.
But the crowning misery is that they are compelled to take the field with the enemy in the very cause of slavery and to fight against men who assert their right to freedom, and to submit to hazards of war on such terms that in case of defeat they will be destroyed at once, and in case of victory they will strengthen the claims of their bondage for all time to come.
For these evils, who else, can we think, is to blame but the Lacedaemonians, seeing that they have so great power, yet look on with indifference while those who have placed themselves under the Lacedaemonian alliance are visited with such outrages, and while the barbarian builds up his own empire by means of the strength of the Hellenes? In former days, it is true, they used to expel tyrants and bring succor to the people, but now they have so far reversed their policy that they make war on responsible governments and aid in establishing absolute monarchies;
Sections 126–130
they sacked and razed the city of Mantinea, after peace had been concluded; they seized the Cadmea in Thebes; and now they are laying siege to Olynthus and Phlius: on the other hand, they are assisting Amyntas, king of the Macedonians, and Dionysius, the tyrant of Sicily, and the barbarian king who rules over Asia, to extend their dominions far and wide.
And yet is it not extraordinary that those who stand at the head of the Hellenes should set up one man as master over a host of human beings so great that it is not easy to ascertain even their numbers, while they do not permit the very greatest of our cities to govern even themselves, but try to compel them to submit to slavery or else involve them in the greatest disasters?
But most monstrous of all it is to see a people who arrogate to themselves the right of leadership making war every day upon the Hellenes and committed for all time to an alliance with the barbarians.
And let no one suppose that I am ill-natured, because I have recalled these facts to you in rather harsh terms, after having stated at the outset that I intended to speak on conciliation; for it is not with the intention of stigmatizing the city of the Lacedaemonians in the eyes of others that I have spoken as I have about them, but that I may induce the Lacedaemonians themselves, so far as it lies in the power of words to do so, to make an end of such a policy.
It is not, however, possible to turn men from their errors, or to inspire in them the desire for a different course of action without first roundly condemning their present conduct; and a distinction must be made between accusation, when one denounces with intent to injure, and admonition, when one uses like words with intent to benefit; for the same words are not to be interpreted in the same way unless they are spoken in the same spirit.
Sections 131–135
For we have reason to reproach the Lacedaemonians for this also, that in the interest of their own city they compel their neighbors to live in serfdom, but for the common advantage of their allies they refuse to bring about a similar condition, although it lies in their power to make up their quarrel with us and reduce all the barbarians to a state of subjection to the whole of Hellas.
And yet it is the duty of men who are proud because of natural gifts and not merely because of fortune to undertake such deeds much rather than to levy tribute on the islanders, who are deserving of their pity, seeing that because of the scarcity of land they are compelled to till mountains, while the people of the mainland, because of the abundance of their territory, allow most of it to lie waste, and have, nevertheless, from that part of it which they do harvest, grown immensely rich.
It is my opinion that if anyone should come here from another part of the world and behold the spectacle of the present state of our affairs, he would charge both the Athenians and the Lacedaemonians with utter madness, not only because we risk our lives fighting as we do over trifles when we might enjoy in security a wealth of possessions, but also because we continually impoverish our own territory while neglecting to exploit that of Asia.
As for the barbarian, nothing is more to his purpose than to take measures to prevent us from ever ceasing to make war upon each other; while we, on the contrary, are so far from doing anything to embroil his interests or foment rebellion among his subjects that when, thanks to fortune, dissensions do break out in his empire we actually lend him a hand in putting them down. Even now, when the two armies are fighting in Cyprus, we permit him to make use of the one and to besiege the other, although both of them belong to Hellas;
for the Cyprians, who are in revolt against him, are not only on friendly terms with us but are also seeking the protection of the Lacedaemonians; and as to the forces which are led by Tiribazus, the most effective troops of his infantry have been levied from these parts, and most of his fleet has been brought together from Ionia; and all these would much more gladly make common cause and plunder Asia than risk their lives fighting against each other over trifling issues.
Sections 136–140
But these things we take no thought to prevent; instead, we wrangle about the islands of the Cyclades, when we have so recklessly given over so many cities and such great forces to the barbarians. And therefore some of our possessions are now his, some will soon be his, and others are threatened by his treacherous designs. And he has rightly conceived an utter contempt for us all;
for he has attained what no one of his ancestors ever did: Asia has been conceded both by us and by the Lacedaemonians to belong to the King; and as for the cities of the Hellenes, he has taken them so absolutely under his control that he either razes them to the ground or builds his fortresses within them. And all this has come about by reason of our own folly, not because of his power.
And yet there are those who stand in awe of the greatness of the King’s power and maintain that he is a dangerous enemy, dwelling at length on the many reversals which he has brought about in the affairs of the Hellenes. In my judgement, however, those who express such sentiments do not discourage but urge on the expedition; for if he is going to be hard to make war against when we have composed our differences and while he, himself is still beset by dissensions, then verily we should be in utmost dread of that time when the conflicting interests of the barbarians are settled and are governed by a single purpose, while we continue to be, as now, hostile to each other.
But even though these objectors do in fact lend support to my contention, yet, for all that, they are mistaken in their views about the power of the King; for if they could show that he had ever in the past prevailed over both Athens and Lacedaemon at once, they would have reason for attempting to alarm us now. But if this is not the case, and the truth is that when we and the Lacedaemonians have been in conflict he has but given support to one of the two sides and so rendered the achievements of that one side more brilliant, this is no evidence of his own power. For in such times of crisis small forces have often played a great part in turning the scale; for example, even for the people of Chios I might make the claim that whichever side they have been inclined to support, that side has proved stronger on the sea.
Nay, it is obviously not fair to estimate the power of the King from those exploits in which he has joined forces with the one or the other of us, but rather from the wars which he, unaided, has fought on his own behalf. Take, first, the case of Egypt: since its revolt from the King, what progress has he made against its inhabitants? Did he not dispatch to this war the most renowned of the Persians, Abrocomas and Tithraustes and Pharnabazus, and did not they, after remaining there three years and suffering more disasters than they inflicted, finally withdraw in such disgrace that the rebels are no longer content with their freedom, but are already trying to extend their dominion over the neighboring peoples as well?
Sections 141–145
Next, there is his campaign against Evagoras. Evagoras is ruler over but a single city; he is given over to the Persians by the terms of the Treaty; his is an insular power and he has already sustained a disaster to his fleet; he has, at present, for the defense of his territory only three thousand light-armed troops; yet, humble as is the power of Evagoras, the King has not the power to conquer it in war, but has already frittered away six years in the attempt; and, if we may conjecture the future by the past, there is much more likelihood that someone else will rise in revolt before Evagoras is reduced by the siege—so slothful is the King in his enterprises.
Again, in the Rhodian War, the King had the good will of the allies of Lacedaemon because of the harshness with which they were governed, he availed himself of the help of our seamen; and at the head of his forces was Conon, who was the most competent of our generals, who possessed more than any other the confidence of the Hellenes, and who was the most experienced in the hazards of war; yet, although the King had such a champion to help him in the war, he suffered the fleet which bore the brunt of the defense of Asia to be bottled up for three years by only an hundred ships, and for fifteen months he deprived the soldiers of their pay; and the result would have been, had it depended upon the King alone, that they would have been disbanded more than once; but, thanks to their commander and to the alliance which was formed at Corinth, they barely succeeded in winning a naval victory.
And these were the most royal and the most imposing of his achievements, and these are the deeds about which people are never weary of speaking who are fain to exalt the power of the barbarians! So no one can say that I am not fair in my use of instances, nor that I dwell upon the minor undertakings of the King and pass over the most important;
for I have striven to forestall just such a complaint, and have recounted the most glorious of his exploits. I do not, however, forget his minor campaigns; I do not forget that Dercylidas, with a thousand heavy-armed troops, extended his power over Aeolis; that Draco took possession of Atarneus, and afterwards collected an army of three thousand light-armed men, and devastated the plains of Mysia; that Thimbron, with a force only a little larger, crossed over into Lydia and plundered the whole country; and that Agesilaus, with the help of the army of Cyrus, conquered almost all the territory this side of the Halys river.
And assuredly we have no greater reason to fear the army which wanders about with the King nor the valor of the Persians themselves; for they were clearly shown by the troops who marched inland with Cyrus to be no better than the King’s soldiers who live on the coast. I refrain from speaking of all the other battles in which the Persians were worsted, and I am willing to grant that they were split with factions, and so where not inclined to throw themselves wholeheartedly into the struggle against the King’s brother.
Sections 146–150
But after Cyrus had been killed, and all the people of Asia had joined forces, even under these favorable conditions they made such a disgraceful failure of the war as to leave for those who are in the habit of vaunting Persian valor not a word to say. For they had to deal with only six thousand Hellenes—not picked troops, but men who, owing to stress of circumstances, were unable to live in their own cities. These were, moreover, unfamiliar with the country; they had been deserted by their allies; they had been betrayed by those who made the expedition with them; they had been deprived of the general whom they had followed;
and yet the Persians were so inferior to these men that the King, finding himself in difficult straits and having no confidence in the force which was under his own command, did not scruple to arrest the captains of the auxiliaries in violation of the truce, hoping by this lawless act to throw their army into confusion, and preferring to offend against the gods rather than join issue openly with these soldiers.
But when he failed in this plot—for the soldiers not only stood together but bore their misfortune nobly,—then, as they set out on their journey home, he sent with them Tissaphernes and the Persian cavalry. But although these kept plotting against them throughout the entire journey, the Hellenes continued their march to the end as confidently as if they had been under friendly escort, dreading most of all the uninhabited regions of that country, and deeming it the best possible fortune to fall in with as many of the enemy as possible.
Let me sum up the whole matter: These men did not set out to get plunder or to capture a town, but took the field against the King himself, and yet they returned in greater security than ambassadors who go to him on a friendly mission. Therefore it seems to me that in every quarter the Persians have clearly exposed their degeneracy; for along the coast of Asia they have been defeated in many battles, and when they crossed to Europe they were duly punished, either perishing miserably or saving their lives with dishonor; and to crown all, they made themselves objects of derision under the very walls of their King’s palace.
And none of these things has happened by accident, but all of them have been due to natural causes; for it is not possible for people who are reared and governed as are the Persians, either to have a part in any other form of virtue or to set up on the field of battle trophies of victory over their foes. For how could either an able general or a good soldier be produced amid such ways of life as theirs? Most of their population is a mob without discipline or experience of dangers, which has lost all stamina for war and has been trained more effectively for servitude than are the slaves in our country.
Sections 151–155
Those, on the other hand, who stand highest in repute among them have never governed their lives by dictates of equality or of common interest or of loyalty to the state; on the contrary, their whole existence consists of insolence toward some, and servility towards others—a manner of life than which nothing could be more demoralizing to human nature. Because they are rich, they pamper their bodies; but because they are subject to one man’s power, they keep their souls in a state of abject and cringing fear, parading themselves at the door of the royal palace, prostrating themselves, and in every way schooling themselves to humility of spirit, falling on their knees before a mortal man, addressing him as a divinity, and thinking more lightly of the gods than of men.
So it is that those of the Persians who come down to the sea, whom they term satraps, do not dishonor the training which they receive at home, but cling steadfastly to the same habits: they are faithless to their friends and cowardly to their foes; their lives are divided between servility on the one hand and arrogance on the other; they treat their allies with contempt and pay court to their enemies.
For example, they maintained the army under Agesilaus at their own expense for eight months, but they deprived the soldiers who were fighting in the Persian cause of their pay for double that length of time; they distributed an hundred talents among the captors of Cisthene, but treated more outrageously than their prisoners of war the troops who supported them in the campaign against Cyprus.
To put it briefly—and not to speak in detail but in general terms,— who of those that have fought against them has not come off with success, and who of those that have fallen under their power has not perished from their atrocities? Take the case of Conon, who, as commander in the service of Asia, brought an end to the power of the Lacadaemonians: did they not shamelessly seize him for punishment by death? Take, on the other hand, the case of Themistocles, who in the service of Hellas defeated them at Salamis: did they not think him worthy of the greatest gifts?
Then why should we cherish the friendship of men who punish their benefactors and so openly flatter those who do them injury? Who is there among us whom they have not wronged? When have they given the Hellenes a moment’s respite from their treacherous plots? What in our world is not hateful to them who did not shrink in the earlier war from rifling even the images and temples of the gods, and burning them to the ground?
Sections 156–160
Therefore, the Ionians deserve to be commended because, when their sanctuaries had been burned, they invoked the wrath of Heaven upon any who should disturb the ruins or should desire to restore their shrines as they were of old; and they did this, not because they lacked the means to rebuild them, but in order that there might be left a memorial to future generations of the impiety of the barbarians, and that none might put their trust in men who do not scruple to commit such sins against our holy temples, but that all might be on their guard against them and fear them, seeing that they waged that war not against our persons only, but even against our votive offerings to the gods.
Of my own countrymen also I have a similar tale to tell. For towards all other peoples with whom they have been at war, they forget their past enmities the moment they have concluded peace, but toward the Asiatics they feel no gratitude even when they receive favors from them; so eternal is the wrath which they cherish against the barbarians. Again, our fathers condemned many to death for defection to the Medes; in our public assemblies even to this day, before any other business is transacted, the Athenians call down curses upon any citizen who proposes friendly overtures to the Persians; and, at the celebration of the Mysteries, the Eumolpidae and the Kerykes, because of our hatred of the Persians, give solemn warning to the other barbarians also, even as to men guilty of murder, that they are for ever banned from the sacred rites.
So ingrained in our nature is our hostility to them that even in the matter of our stories we linger most fondly over those which tell of the Trojan and the Persian wars, because through them we learn of our enemies’ misfortunes; and you will find that our warfare against the barbarians has inspired our hymns, while that against the Hellenes has brought forth our dirges; and that the former are sung at our festivals, while we recall the latter on occasions of sorrow.
Moreover, I think that even the poetry of Homer has won a greater renown because he has nobly glorified the men who fought against the barbarians, and that on this account our ancestors determined to give his art a place of honor in our musical contests and in the education of our youth, in order that we, hearing his verses over and over again, may learn by heart the enmity which stands from of old between us and them, and that we, admiring the valor of those who were in the war against Troy, may conceive a passion for like deeds.
So it seems to me that the motives which summon us to enter upon a war against them are many indeed; but grief among them is the present opportunity, which we must not throw away; for it is disgraceful to neglect a chance when it is present and regret it when it is past. Indeed, what further advantage could we desire to have on our side when contemplating a war against the King beyond those which are now at hand?
Sections 161–165
Are not Egypt and Cyprus in revolt against him? Have not Phoenicia and Syria been devastated because of the war? Has not Tyre, on which he set great store, been seized by his foes? Of the cities in Cilicia, the greater number are held by those who side with us and the rest are not difficult to acquire. Lycia no Persian has ever subdued.
Hecatomnus, the viceroy of Caria, has in reality been disaffected for a long time now, and will openly declare himself whenever we wish. From Cnidus to Sinope the coast of Asia is settled by Hellenes, and these we need not to persuade to go to war—all we have to do is not to restrain them. With such bases at our command for the operation of our forces, and with so widespread a war threatening Asia on every side, why, then, need we examine too closely what the outcome will be? For since the barbarians are unequal to small divisions of the Hellenes, it is not hard to foresee what would be their plight if they should be forced into a war against our united forces.
But this is how the matter stands: If the barbarian strengthens his hold on the cities of the coast by stationing in them larger garrisons than he has there now, perhaps those of the islands which lie near the mainland, as, for example, Rhodes and Samos and Chios, might incline to his side; but if we get possession of them first, we may expect that the populations of Lydia and Phrygia and of the rest of the up-country will be in the power of our forces operating from those positions.
Therefore we must be quick and not waste time, in order that we may not repeat the experience of our fathers. For they, because they took the field later than the barbarians and had to abandon some of their allies, were compelled to encounter great numbers with a small force; whereas, if they had crossed over to the continent in time to be first on the ground, having with them the whole strength of Hellas, they could have subdued each of the nations there in turn.
For experience has shown that when you go to war with people who are gathered together from many places, you must not wait until they are upon you, but must strike while they are still scattered. Now our fathers, having made this mistake at the outset, entirely retrieved it only after engaging in the most perilous of struggles; but we, if we are wise, shall guard against it from the beginning, and endeavor to be the first to quarter an army in the region of Lydia and Ionia,
Sections 166–170
knowing that the King holds sway over the people of the continent, not because they are his willing subjects, but because he has surrounded himself with a force which is greater than any of those which they severally possess. So whenever we transport thither a force stronger than his, which we can easily do if we so will, we shall enjoy in security the resources of all Asia. Moreover, it is much more glorious to fight against the King for his empire than to contend against each other for the hegemony.
It were well to make the expedition in the present generation, in order that those who have shared in our misfortunes may also benefit by our advantages and not continue all their days in wretchedness. For sufficient is the time that is past, filled as it has been with every form of horror; for many as are the ills which are incident to the nature of man, we have ourselves invented more than those which necessity lays upon us, by engendering wars and factions among ourselves;
and, in consequence, some are being put to death contrary to law in their own countries, others are wandering with their women and children in strange lands, and many, compelled through lack of the necessities of life to enlist in foreign armies, are being slain, fighting for their foes against their friends. Against these ills no one has ever protested; and people are not ashamed to weep over the calamities which have been fabricated by the poets, while they view complacently the real sufferings, the many terrible sufferings, which result from our state of war; and they are so far from feeling pity that they even rejoice more in each other’s sorrows than in their own blessings.
But perhaps many might even laugh at my simplicity if I should lament the misfortunes of individual men, in times like these, when Italy has been laid waste, when Sicily has been enslaved, when such mighty cities have been given over to the barbarians, and when the remaining portions of the Hellenic race are in the gravest peril.
I am amazed at those who hold power in our states, if they think that they have occasion to be proud when they have never been able either to propose or to conceive a remedy for a situation so momentous; for they ought, if they had been worthy of their present reputation, to have dropped all else, and have proposed measures and given counsel about our war against the barbarians.
Sections 171–175
Perhaps they might have helped us to get something done; but even if they had given up before gaining their object, they would, at any rate, have left to us their words as oracles for the future. But as things are, those who are held in highest honor are intent on matters of little consequence, and have left it to us, who stand aloof from public life, to advise on matters of so great moment.
Nevertheless, the more faint-hearted our leading men happen to be, the more vigorously must the rest of us look to the means by which we shall deliver ourselves from our present discord. For as matters now stand, it is in vain that we make our treaties of peace; for we do not settle our wars, but only postpone them and wait for the opportune moment when we shall have the power to inflict some irreparable disaster upon each other.
We must clear from our path these treacherous designs and pursue that course of action which will enable us to dwell in our several cities with greater security and to feel greater confidence in each other. What I have to say on these points is simple and easy: It is not possible for us to cement an enduring peace unless we join together in a war against the barbarians, nor for the Hellenes to attain to concord until we wrest our material advantages from one and the same source and wage our wars against one and the same enemy.
When these conditions have been realized, and when we have been freed from the poverty which afflicts our lives—a thing that breaks up friendships, perverts the affections of kindred into enmity, and plunges the whole world into war and strife—then surely we shall enjoy a spirit of concord, and the good will which we shall feel towards each other will be genuine. For all these reasons, we must make it our paramount duty to transfer the war with all speed from our boundaries to the continent, since the only benefit which we can reap from the wars which we have waged against each other is by resolving that the experience which we have gained from them shall be employed against the barbarians.
But is it not well, you may perhaps ask, on account of the Treaty, to curb ourselves and not be over-hasty or make the expedition too soon, seeing that the states which have gained their freedom through the Treaty feel grateful toward the King, because they believe that it was through him that they gained their independence, while those states which have been delivered over to the barbarians complain very bitterly of the Lacedaemonians and only less bitterly of the other Hellenes who entered into the peace, because, in their view, they were forced by them into slavery? But, I reply, is it not our duty to annul this agreement, which has given birth to such a sentiment—the sentiment that the barbarian cares tenderly for Hellas, and stands guard over her peace, while among ourselves are to be found those who outrage and evilly entreat her?
Sections 176–180
The crowning absurdity of all, however, is the fact that among the articles which are written in the agreement it is only the worst which we guard and observe. For those which guarantee the independence of the islands and of the cities in Europe have long since been broken and are dead letters on the pillars, while those which bring shame upon us and by which many of our allies have been given over to the enemy—these remain intact, and we all regard them as binding upon us, though we ought to have expunged them and not allowed them to stand a single day, looking upon them as commands, and not as compacts; for who does not know that a compact is something which is fair and impartial to both parties, while a command is something which puts one side at a disadvantage unjustly?
On this ground we may justly complain of our envoys who negotiated this peace, because, although dispatched by the Hellenes, they made the Treaty in the interest of the barbarians. For they ought, no matter whether they took the view that each of the states concerned should retain its original territory, or that each should extend its sovereignty over all that it had acquired by conquest, or that we should each retain control over what we held when peace was declared—they ought, I say, to have adopted definitely some one of these views, applying the principle impartially to all, and on this basis to have drafted the articles of the Treaty.
But instead of that, they assigned no honor whatsoever to our city or to Lacedaemon, while they set up the barbarian as lord of all Asia; as if we had gone to war for his sake, or as if the rule of the Persians had been long established, and we were only just now founding our cities—whereas in fact it is they who have only recently attained this place of honor, while Athens and Lacedaemon have been throughout their entire history a power among the Hellenes.
I think, however, that I shall show still more clearly both the dishonor which we have suffered, and the advantage which the King has gained by putting the matter in this way: All the world which lies beneath the firmament being divided into two parts, the one called Asia, the other Europe, he has taken half of it by the Treaty, as if he were apportioning the earth with Zeus, and not making compacts with men.
Yes, and he has compelled us to engrave this Treaty on pillars of stone and place it in our public temples— a trophy far more glorious for him than those which are set up on fields of battle; for the latter are for minor deeds and a single success, but this treaty stands as a memorial of the entire war and of the humiliation of the whole of Hellas.
Sections 181–185
These things may well rouse our indignation and make us look to the means by which we shall take vengeance for the past and set the future right. For verily it is shameful for us, who in our private life think the barbarians are fit only to be used as household slaves, to permit by our public policy so many of our allies to be enslaved by them; and it is disgraceful for us, when our fathers who engaged in the Trojan expedition because of the rape of one woman, all shared so deeply in the indignation of the wronged that they did not stop waging war until they had laid in ruins the city of him who had dared to commit the crime,
—it is disgraceful for us, I say, now that all Hellas is being continually outraged, to take not a single step to wreak a common vengeance, although we have it in our power to accomplish deeds as lofty as our dreams. For this war is the only war which is better than peace; it will be more like a sacred mission than a military expedition; and it will profit equally both those who crave the quiet life and those who are eager for war; for it will enable the former to reap the fruits of their own possessions in security and the latter to win great wealth from the possessions of our foes.
You will find, if you weigh the matter carefully, that this undertaking is most desirable for us from many points of view. For against whom, pray, ought men to wage war who crave no aggrandizement, but look to the claims of justice alone? Is it not against those who in the past have injured Hellas, and are now plotting against her, and have always been so disposed towards us?
And against whom should we expect men to direct their envy who, while not wholly lacking in courage, yet curb this feeling with prudence? Is it not against those who have compassed powers that are too great for man, and yet are less deserving than those who are unfortunate among us? And against whom should those take the field who both desire to serve their gods and are at the same time intent on their own advantage? Is it not against those who are both their natural enemies and their hereditary foes, who have acquired the greatest possessions and are yet, of all men, the least able to defend them? Do not the Persians, then, fulfill all these conditions?
Furthermore, we shall not even trouble the several states by levying soldiers from them—a practice which now in our warfare against each other they find most burdensome. For it is my belief that those who will be inclined to remain at home will be far fewer than those who will be eager to join this army. For who, be he young or old, is so indolent that he will not desire to have a part in this expedition—an expedition led by the Athenians and the Lacedaemonians, gathered together in the cause of the liberty of our allies, dispatched by all Greece, and faring forth to wreak vengeance on the barbarians?
Sections 186–189
And how great must we think will be the name and the fame and the glory which they will enjoy during their lives, or, if they die in battle, will leave behind them—they who will have won the meed of honor in such an enterprise? For if those who made war against an Alexander and took a single city were accounted worthy of such praise, what encomiums should we expect these men to win who have conquered the whole of Asia? For who that is skilled to sing or trained to speak will not labor and study in his desire to leave behind a memorial both of his own genius and of their valor, for all time to come?
I am not at the present moment of the same mind as I was at the beginning of my speech. For then I thought that I should be able to speak in a manner worthy of my theme; now, however, I have not risen to its grandeur, and many of the thoughts which I had in mind to utter have escaped me. Therefore you must come to my aid and try to picture to yourselves what vast prosperity we should attain if we should turn the war which now involves ourselves against the peoples of the continent, and bring the prosperity of Asia across to Europe.
And you must not depart to your homes as men who have merely listened to an oration; nay, those among you who are men of action must exhort one another to try to reconcile our city with Lacedaemon; and those among you who make claims to eloquence must stop composing orations on “deposits,” or on the other trivial themes which now engage your efforts, and center your rivalry on this subject and study how you may surpass me in speaking on the same question,
bearing ever in mind that it does not become men who promise great things to waste their time on little things, nor yet to make the kind of speeches which will improve no whit the lives of those whom they convince, but rather the kind which, if carried out in action, will both deliver the authors themselves from their present distress and win for them the credit of bringing to pass great blessings for the rest of the world.
Contents — 38 sections
- Sections 1–5
- Sections 6–10
- Sections 11–15
- Sections 16–20
- Sections 21–25
- Sections 26–30
- Sections 31–35
- Sections 36–40
- Sections 41–45
- Sections 46–50
- Sections 51–55
- Sections 56–60
- Sections 61–65
- Sections 66–70
- Sections 71–75
- Sections 76–80
- Sections 81–85
- Sections 86–90
- Sections 91–95
- Sections 96–100
- Sections 101–105
- Sections 106–110
- Sections 111–115
- Sections 116–120
- Sections 121–125
- Sections 126–130
- Sections 131–135
- Sections 136–140
- Sections 141–145
- Sections 146–150
- Sections 151–155
- Sections 156–160
- Sections 161–165
- Sections 166–170
- Sections 171–175
- Sections 176–180
- Sections 181–185
- Sections 186–189
Sections 1–5
πολλάκις ἐθαύμασα τῶν τὰς πανηγύρεις συναγαγόντων καὶ τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας καταστησάντων, ὅτι τὰς μὲν τῶν σωμάτων εὐτυχίας οὕτω μεγάλων δωρεῶν ἠξίωσαν, τοῖς δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν ἰδίᾳ πονήσασι καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς οὕτω παρασκευάσασιν ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὠφελεῖν δύνασθαι,
τούτοις δʼ οὐδεμίαν τιμὴν ἀπένειμαν· ὧν εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτοὺς μᾶλλον ποιήσασθαι πρόνοιαν· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀθλητῶν δὶς τοσαύτην ῥώμην λαβόντων οὐδὲν ἂν πλέον γένοιτο τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἑνὸς δὲ ἀνδρὸς εὖ φρονήσαντος ἅπαντες ἂν ἀπολαύσειαν οἱ βουλόμενοι κοινωνεῖν τῆς ἐκείνου διανοίας.
οὐ μὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀθυμήσας εἱλόμην ῥᾳθυμεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἱκανὸν νομίσας ἆθλον ἔσεσθαί μοι τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ λόγου γενησομένην ἥκω συμβουλεύσων περί τε τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους καὶ τῆς ὁμονοίας τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ὅτι πολλοὶ τῶν προσποιησαμένων εἶναι σοφιστῶν ἐπὶ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ὥρμησαν,
ἀλλʼ ἅμα μὲν ἐλπίζων τοσοῦτον διοίσειν ὥστε τοῖς ἄλλοις μηδὲν πώποτε δοκεῖν εἰρῆσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἅμα δὲ προκρίνας τούτους καλλίστους εἶναι τῶν λόγων, οἵτινες περὶ μεγίστων τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες καὶ τούς τε λέγοντας μάλιστʼ ἐπιδεικνύουσι καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας πλεῖστʼ ὠφελοῦσιν,
ὧν εἷς οὗτός ἐστιν. ἔπειτʼ οὐδʼ οἱ καιροί πω παρεληλύθασιν, ὥστʼ ἤδη μάτην εἶναι τὸ μεμνῆσθαι περὶ τούτων. τότε γὰρ χρὴ παύεσθαι λέγοντας, ὅταν ἢ τὰ πράγματα λάβῃ τέλος καὶ μηκέτι δέῃ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἢ τὸν λόγον ἴδῃ τις ἔχοντα πέρας, ὥστε μηδεμίαν λελεῖφθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπερβολήν.
Sections 6–10
ἕως δʼ τὰ μὲν ὁμοίως ὥσπερ πρότερον φέρηται, τὰ δʼ εἰρημένα φαύλως ἔχοντα τυγχάνῃ, πῶς οὐ χρὴ σκοπεῖν καὶ φιλοσοφεῖν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον, ὃς ἢν κατορθωθῇ, καὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς τῆς παρούσης καὶ τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν ἡμᾶς ἀπαλλάξει;
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, εἰ μὲν μηδαμῶς ἄλλως οἷόν τʼ ἦν δηλοῦν τὰς αὐτὰς πράξεις ἀλλʼ ἢ διὰ μιᾶς ἰδέας, εἶχεν ἄν τις ὑπολαβεῖν ὡς περίεργόν ἐστι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐκείνοις λέγοντα πάλιν ἐνοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ οἱ λόγοι τοιαύτην ἔχουσι τὴν φύσιν,
ὥσθʼ οἷόν τʼ εἶναι περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πολλαχῶς ἐξηγήσασθαι, καὶ τά τε μεγάλα ταπεινὰ ποιῆσαι καὶ τοῖς μικροῖς μέγεθος περιθεῖναι, καὶ τά τε παλαιὰ καινῶς διελθεῖν καὶ περὶ τῶν νεωστὶ γεγενημένων ἀρχαίως εἰπεῖν, οὐκέτι φευκτέον ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ περὶ ὧν ἕτεροι πρότερον εἰρήκασιν, ἀλλʼ ἄμεινον ἐκείνων εἰπεῖν πειρατέον.
αἱ μὲν γὰρ πράξεις αἱ προγεγενημέναι κοιναὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν κατελείφθησαν, τὸ δʼ ἐν καιρῷ ταύταις καταχρήσασθαι καὶ τὰ προσήκοντα περὶ ἑκάστης ἐνθυμηθῆναι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν εὖ διαθέσθαι τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ἴδιόν ἐστιν.
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ οὕτως ἂν μεγίστην ἐπίδοσιν λαμβάνειν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας τέχνας καὶ τὴν περὶ τοὺς λόγους φιλοσοφίαν, εἴ τις θαυμάζοι καὶ τιμῴη μὴ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἔργων ἀρχομένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἄρισθʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐξεργαζομένους, μηδὲ τοὺς περὶ τούτων ζητοῦντας λέγειν περὶ ὧν μηδεὶς πρότερον εἴρηκεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς οὕτως ἐπισταμένους εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄλλος δύναιτο.
Sections 11–15
καίτοι τινὲς ἐπιτιμῶσι τῶν λόγων τοῖς ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἔχουσι καὶ λίαν ἀπηκριβωμένοις, καὶ τοσοῦτον διημαρτήκασιν ὥστε τοὺς πρὸς ὑπερβολὴν πεποιημένους πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων σκοποῦσιν, ὥσπερ ὁμοίως δέον ἀμφοτέρους ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοὺς μὲν ἀσφαλῶς τοὺς δʼ ἐπιδεικτικῶς, ἢ σφᾶς μὲν διορῶντας τὰς μετριότητας, τὸν δʼ ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενον λέγειν ἁπλῶς οὐκ ἂν δυνάμενον εἰπεῖν.
μὲν οὖν οὐ λελήθασιν ὅτι τούτους ἐπαινοῦσιν ὧν ἐγγὺς αὐτοὶ τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες· ἐμοὶ δʼ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἐστί, τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀποδεξομένους τῶν εἰκῇ λεγομένων, ἀλλὰ δυσχερανοῦντας καὶ ζητήσοντας ἰδεῖν τι τοιοῦτον ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς, οἷον παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐχ εὑρήσουσιν. πρὸς οὓς ἔτι μικρὸν ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ θρασυνάμενος, ἤδη περὶ τοῦ πράγματος ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους.
τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους ἐν τοῖς προοιμίοις ὁρῶ καταπραΰνοντας τοὺς ἀκροατάς, καὶ προφασιζομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων ῥηθήσεσθαι, καὶ λέγοντας τοὺς μὲν ὡς ἐξ ὑπογυίου γέγονεν αὐτοῖς ἡ παρασκευή, τοὺς δʼ ὡς χαλεπόν ἐστιν ἴσους τοὺς λόγους τῷ μεγέθει τῶν ἔργων ἐξευρεῖν.
ἐγὼ δʼ ἢν μὴ καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ἀξίως εἴπω καὶ τῆς δόξης τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τοῦ χρόνου, μὴ μόνον τοῦ περὶ τὸν λόγον ἡμῖν διατριφθέντος ἀλλὰ καὶ σύμπαντος οὗ βεβίωκα, παρακελεύομαι μηδεμίαν συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ καταγελᾶν καὶ καταφρονεῖν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ὅ τι τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἄξιός εἰμι πάσχειν, εἴπερ μηδὲν διαφέρων οὕτω μεγάλας ποιοῦμαι τὰς ὑποσχέσεις.
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἰδίων ταῦτά μοι προειρήσθω. περὶ δὲ τῶν κοινῶν,
ὅσοι μὲν εὐθὺς ἐπελθόντες διδάσκουσιν ὡς χρὴ διαλυσαμένους τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἔχθρας ἐπὶ τὸν βάρβαρον τραπέσθαι, καὶ διεξέρχονται τάς τε συμφορὰς τὰς ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἡμῖν γεγενημένας καὶ τὰς ὠφελείας τὰς ἐκ τῆς στρατείας τῆς ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον ἐσομένας, ἀληθῆ μὲν λέγουσιν, οὐ μὴν ἐντεῦθεν ποιοῦνται τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅθεν ἂν μάλιστα συστῆσαι ταῦτα δυνηθεῖεν.
Sections 16–20
τῶν γὰρ Ἑλλήνων οἱ μὲν ὑφʼ ἡμῖν οἱ δʼ ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίοις εἰσίν· αἱ γὰρ πολιτεῖαι, διʼ ὧν οἰκοῦσι τὰς πόλεις, οὕτω τοὺς πλείστους αὐτῶν διειλήφασιν. ὅστις οὖν οἴεται τοὺς ἄλλους κοινῇ τι πράξειν ἀγαθόν, πρὶν ἂν τοὺς προεστῶτας αὐτῶν διαλλάξῃ, λίαν ἁπλῶς καὶ πόρρω τῶν πραγμάτων ἐστίν.
ἀλλὰ δεῖ τὸν μὴ μόνον ἐπίδειξιν ποιούμενον ἀλλὰ καὶ διαπράξασθαί τι βουλόμενον ἐκείνους τοὺς λόγους ζητεῖν, οἵ τινες τὼ πόλη τούτω πείσουσιν ἰσομοιρῆσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλας καὶ τάς θʼ ἡγεμονίας διελέσθαι καὶ τὰς πλεονεξίας ἃς νῦν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπιθυμοῦσιν αὑταῖς γίγνεσθαι, ταύτας παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων ποιήσασθαι.
τὴν μὲν οὖν ἡμετέραν πόλιν ῥᾴδιον ἐπὶ ταῦτα προαγαγεῖν, Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ νῦν μὲν ἔτι δυσπείστως ἔχουσι· παρειλήφασι γὰρ ψευδῆ λόγον, ὡς ἔστιν αὐτοῖς ἡγεῖσθαι πάτριον· ἢν δʼ ἐπιδείξῃ τις αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν τιμὴν ἡμετέραν οὖσαν μᾶλλον ἢ ʼκείνων, τάχʼ ἂν ἐάσαντες τὸ διακριβοῦσθαι περὶ τούτων ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον ἔλθοιεν.
ἐχρῆν μὲν οὖν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχεσθαι καὶ μὴ πρότερον περὶ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων συμβουλεύειν, πρὶν περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἡμᾶς ἐδίδαξαν· ἐμοὶ δʼ οὖν ἀμφοτέρων ἕνεκα προσήκει περὶ ταῦτα ποιήσασθαι τὴν πλείστην διατριβήν, μάλιστα μὲν ἵνα προὔργου τι γένηται καὶ παυσάμενοι τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς φιλονικίας κοινῇ τοῖς βαρβάροις πολεμήσωμεν,
εἰ δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐστὶν ἀδύνατον, ἵνα δηλώσω τοὺς ἐμποδὼν ὄντας τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐδαιμονία, καὶ πᾶσι γένηται φανερὸν ὅτι καὶ πρότερον ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν δικαίως τῆς θαλάττης ἦρξε καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἀδίκως ἀμφισβητεῖ τῆς ἡγεμονίας.
Sections 21–25
τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ εἰ δεῖ τούτους ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ τιμᾶσθαι τῶν ἔργων, τοὺς ἐμπειροτάτους ὄντας καὶ μεγίστην δύναμιν ἔχοντας, ἀναμφισβητήτως ἡμῖν προσήκει τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἥν περ πρότερον ἐτυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν ἑτέραν πόλιν ἐπιδείξειε τοσοῦτον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ κατὰ γῆν ὑπερέχουσαν, ὅσον τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις τοῖς κατὰ θάλατταν διαφέρουσαν.
τοῦτο δʼ εἴ τινες ταύτην μὲν μὴ νομίζουσι δικαίαν εἶναι τὴν κρίσιν, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς τὰς μεταβολὰς γίγνεσθαι (τὰς γὰρ δυναστείας οὐδέποτε τοῖς αὐτοῖς παραμένειν), ἀξιοῦσι δὲ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχειν ὥσπερ ἄλλο τι γέρας ἢ τοὺς πρώτους τυχόντας ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς ἢ τοὺς πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὄντας, ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τούτους εἶναι μεθʼ ἡμῶν·
ὅσῳ γὰρ ἄν τις πορρωτέρωθεν σκοπῇ περὶ τούτων ἀμφοτέρων, τοσούτῳ πλέον ἀπολείψομεν τοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντας. ὁμολογεῖται μὲν γὰρ τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ἀρχαιοτάτην εἶναι καὶ μεγίστην καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὀνομαστοτάτην· οὕτω δὲ καλῆς τῆς ὑποθέσεως οὔσης, ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχομένοις τούτων ἔτι μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς προσήκει τιμᾶσθαι.
ταύτην γὰρ οἰκοῦμεν οὐχ ἑτέρους ἐκβαλόντες οὐδʼ ἐρήμην καταλαβόντες οὐδʼ ἐκ πολλῶν ἐθνῶν μιγάδες συλλεγέντες, ἀλλʼ οὕτω καλῶς καὶ γνησίως γεγόναμεν, ὥστʼ ἐξ ἧσπερ ἔφυμεν, ταύτην ἔχοντες ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διατελοῦμεν, αὐτόχθονες ὄντες καὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων τοῖς αὐτοῖς, οἷσπερ τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους,
τὴν πόλιν ἔχοντες προσειπεῖν· μόνοις γὰρ ἡμῖν τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὴν αὐτὴν τροφὸν καὶ πατρίδα καὶ μητέρα καλέσαι προσήκει. καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς εὐλόγως μέγα φρονοῦντας καὶ περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας δικαίως ἀμφισβητοῦντας καὶ τῶν πατρίων πολλάκις μεμνημένους τοιαύτην τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γένους ἔχοντας φαίνεσθαι.
Sections 26–30
τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπάρξαντα καὶ παρὰ τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα τηλικαῦθʼ ἡμῖν τὸ μέγεθός ἐστιν· ὅσων δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγαθῶν αἴτιοι γεγόναμεν, οὕτως ἂν κάλλιστʼ ἐξετάσαιμεν, εἰ τόν τε χρόνον ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς καὶ τὰς πράξεις τὰς τῆς πόλεως ἐφεξῆς διέλθοιμεν· εὑρήσομεν γὰρ αὐτὴν οὐ μόνον τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον κινδύνων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἄλλης κατασκευῆς,
ἐν ᾗ κατοικοῦμεν καὶ μεθʼ ἧς πολιτευόμεθα καὶ διʼ ἣν ζῆν δυνάμεθα, σχεδὸν ἁπάσης αἰτίαν οὖσαν. ἀνάγκη δὲ προαιρεῖσθαι τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν μὴ τὰς διὰ μικρότητα διαλαθούσας καὶ κατασιωπηθείσας, ἀλλὰ τὰς διὰ τὸ μέγεθος ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ πάλαι καὶ νῦν καὶ πανταχοῦ καὶ λεγομένας καὶ μνημονευομένας.
πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν, οὗ πρῶτον ἡ φύσις ἡμῶν ἐδεήθη, διὰ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐπορίσθη· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μυθώδης ὁ λόγος γέγονεν, ὅμως αὐτῷ καὶ νῦν ῥηθῆναι προσήκει. Δήμητρος γὰρ ἀφικομένης εἰς τὴν χώραν ὅτʼ ἐπλανήθη τῆς Κόρης ἁρπασθείσης, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν εὐμενῶς διατεθείσης ἐκ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν ἃς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἄλλοις ἢ τοῖς μεμυημένοις ἀκούειν, καὶ δούσης δωρεὰς διττὰς αἵπερ μέγισται τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι, τούς τε καρπούς, οἳ τοῦ μὴ θηριωδῶς ζῆν ἡμᾶς αἴτιοι γεγόνασι, καὶ τὴν τελετήν, ἧς οἱ μετασχόντες περί τε τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς καὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος αἰῶνος ἡδίους τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχουσιν,
οὕτως ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν οὐ μόνον θεοφιλῶς ἀλλὰ καὶ φιλανθρώπως ἔσχεν, ὥστε κυρία γενομένη τοσούτων ἀγαθῶν οὐκ ἐφθόνησε τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀλλʼ ὧν ἔλαβεν ἅπασι μετέδωκεν. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔτι καὶ νῦν καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν δείκνυμεν, τῶν δὲ συλλήβδην τάς τε χρείας καὶ τὰς ἐργασίας καὶ τὰς ὠφελίας τὰς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν γιγνομένας ἐδίδαξεν.
καὶ τούτοις ἀπιστεῖν μικρῶν ἔτι προστεθέντων οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀξιώσειεν. πρῶτον μὲν γάρ, ἐξ ὧν ἄν τις καταφρονήσειε τῶν λεγομένων ὡς ἀρχαίων ὄντων, ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων εἰκότως ἂν καὶ τὰς πράξεις γεγενῆσθαι νομίσειεν· διὰ γὰρ τὸ πολλοὺς εἰρηκέναι καὶ πάντας ἀκηκοέναι προσήκει μὴ καινὰ μὲν πιστὰ δὲ δοκεῖν εἶναι τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ αὐτῶν. ἔπειτʼ οὐ μόνον ἐνταῦθα καταφυγεῖν ἔχομεν, ὅτι τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν φήμην ἐκ πολλοῦ παρειλήφαμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σημείοις μείζοσιν ἢ τούτοις ἔστιν ἡμῖν χρήσασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
Sections 31–35
αἱ μὲν γὰρ πλεῖσται τῶν πόλεων ὑπόμνημα τῆς παλαιᾶς εὐεργεσίας ἀπαρχὰς τοῦ σίτου καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ὡς ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμπουσι, ταῖς δʼ ἐκλειπούσαις πολλάκις ἡ Πυθία προσέταξεν ἀποφέρειν τὰ μέρη τῶν καρπῶν καὶ ποιεῖν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν τὰ πάτρια. καίτοι περὶ τίνων χρὴ μᾶλλον πιστεύειν ἢ περὶ ὧν ὅ τε θεὸς ἀναιρεῖ καὶ πολλοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνδοκεῖ, καὶ τά τε πάλαι ῥηθέντα τοῖς παροῦσιν ἔργοις συμμαρτυρεῖ, καὶ τὰ νῦν γιγνόμενα τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνων εἰρημένοις ὁμολογεῖ; χωρὶς δὲ τούτων,
ἢν ἅπαντα ταῦτʼ ἐάσαντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς σκοπῶμεν, εὑρήσομεν ὅτι τὸν βίον οἱ πρῶτοι φανέντες ἐπὶ γῆς οὐκ εὐθὺς οὕτως ὥσπερ νῦν ἔχοντα κατέλαβον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ μικρὸν αὐτοὶ συνεπορίσαντο. τίνας οὖν χρὴ μᾶλλον νομίζειν ἢ δωρεὰν παρὰ τῶν θεῶν λαβεῖν ἢ ζητοῦντας αὐτοὺς ἐντυχεῖν;
οὐ τοὺς ὑπὸ πάντων ὁμολογουμένους καὶ πρώτους γενομένους καὶ πρός τε τὰς τέχνας εὐφυεστάτους ὄντας καὶ πρὸς τὰ τῶν θεῶν εὐσεβέστατα διακειμένους; καὶ μὴν ὅσης προσήκει τιμῆς τυγχάνειν τοὺς τηλικούτων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους, περίεργον διδάσκειν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν δύναιτο δωρεὰν τοσαύτην τὸ μέγεθος εὑρεῖν, ἥ τις ἴση τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἐστίν.
περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ μεγίστου τῶν εὐεργετημάτων καὶ πρώτου γενομένου καὶ πᾶσι κοινοτάτου ταῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ἔχομεν· περὶ δὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους ὁρῶσα τοὺς μὲν βαρβάρους τὴν πλείστην τῆς χώρας κατέχοντας, τοὺς δʼ Ἕλληνας εἰς μικρὸν τόπον κατακεκλειμένους καὶ διὰ σπανιότητα τῆς γῆς ἐπιβουλεύοντάς τε σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ στρατείας ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους ποιουμένους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν διʼ ἔνδειαν τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν τοὺς δὲ διὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἀπολλυμένους,
οὐδὲ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχοντα περιεῖδεν, ἀλλʼ ἡγεμόνας εἰς τὰς πόλεις ἐξέπεμψεν, οἳ παραλαβόντες τοὺς μάλιστα βίου δεομένους, στρατηγοὶ καταστάντες αὐτῶν καὶ πολέμῳ κρατήσαντες τοὺς βαρβάρους, πολλὰς μὲν ἐφʼ ἑκατέρας τῆς ἠπείρου πόλεις ἔκτισαν, ἁπάσας δὲ τὰς νήσους κατῴκισαν, ἀμφοτέρους δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀκολουθήσαντας καὶ τοὺς ὑπομείναντας ἔσωσαν·
Sections 36–40
τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἱκανὴν τὴν οἴκοι χώραν κατέλιπον, τοῖς δὲ πλείω τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ἐπόρισαν· ἅπαντα γὰρ περιεβάλοντο τὸν τόπον, ὃν νῦν τυγχάνομεν κατέχοντες. ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ὕστερον βουληθεῖσιν ἀποικίσαι τινὰς καὶ μιμήσασθαι τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν πολλὴν ῥᾳστώνην ἐποίησαν· οὐ γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἔδει κτωμένους χώραν διακινδυνεύειν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὴν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἀφορισθεῖσαν,
εἰς ταύτην οἰκεῖν ἰόντας. καίτοι τίς ἂν ταύτης ἡγεμονίαν ἐπιδείξειεν ἢ πατριωτέραν, τῆς πρότερον γενομένης πρὶν τὰς πλείστας οἰκισθῆναι τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων, ἢ μᾶλλον συμφέρουσαν, τῆς τοὺς μὲν βαρβάρους ἀναστάτους ποιησάσης, τοὺς δʼ Ἕλληνας εἰς τοσαύτην εὐπορίαν προαγαγούσης;
οὐ τοίνυν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ μέγιστα συνδιέπραξε, τῶν ἄλλων ὠλιγώρησεν, ἀλλʼ ἀρχὴν μὲν ταύτην ἐποιήσατο τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, τροφὴν τοῖς δεομένοις εὑρεῖν, ἥνπερ χρὴ τοὺς μέλλοντας καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων καλῶς διοικήσειν, ἡγουμένη δὲ τὸν βίον τὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις μόνον οὔπω τοῦ ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖν ἀξίως ἔχειν οὕτως ἐπεμελήθη καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὥστε τῶν παρόντων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθῶν, ὅσα μὴ παρὰ θεῶν ἔχομεν ἀλλὰ διʼ ἀλλήλους ἡμῖν γέγονε, μηδὲν μὲν ἄνευ τῇς πόλεως τῆς ἡμετέρας εἶναι, τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα διὰ ταύτην γεγενῆσθαι.
παραλαβοῦσα γὰρ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀνόμως ζῶντας καὶ σποράδην οἰκοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὑπὸ δυναστειῶν ὑβριζομένους τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἀναρχίαν ἀπολλυμένους, καὶ τούτων τῶν κακῶν αὐτοὺς ἀπήλλαξε, τῶν μὲν κυρία γενομένη, τοῖς δʼ αὑτὴν παράδειγμα ποιήσασα· πρώτη γὰρ καὶ νόμους ἔθετο καὶ πολιτείαν κατεστήσατο.
δῆλον δʼ ἐκεῖθεν· οἱ γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ περὶ τῶν φονικῶν ἐγκαλέσαντες, καὶ βουληθέντες μετὰ λόγου καὶ μὴ μετὰ βίας διαλύσασθαι τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἐν τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς ἡμετέροις τὰς κρίσεις ἐποιήσαντο περὶ αὐτῶν. καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν τάς τε πρὸς τἀναγκαῖα τοῦ βίου χρησίμας καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἡδονὴν μεμηχανημένας, τὰς μὲν εὑροῦσα τὰς δὲ δοκιμάσασα χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις παρέδωκεν.
Sections 41–45
τὴν τοίνυν ἄλλην διοίκησιν οὕτω φιλοξένως κατεσκευάσατο καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντας οἰκείως, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς χρημάτων δεομένοις καὶ τοῖς ἀπολαῦσαι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἀμφοτέροις ἁρμόττειν, καὶ μήτε τοῖς εὐδαιμονοῦσι μήτε τοῖς δυστυχοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀχρήστως ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ ἑκατέροις αὐτῶν εἶναι παρʼ ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὲν ἡδίστας διατριβάς, τοῖς δὲ ἀσφαλεστάτην καταφυγήν.
ἔτι δὲ τὴν χώραν οὐκ αὐτάρκη κεκτημένων ἑκάστων, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἐλλείπουσαν τὰ δὲ πλείω τῶν ἱκανῶν φέρουσαν, καὶ πολλῆς ἀπορίας οὔσης τὰ μὲν ὅπου χρὴ διαθέσθαι τὰ δʼ ὁπόθεν εἰσαγαγέσθαι, καὶ ταύταις ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἐπήμυνεν· ἐμπόριον γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς Ἑλλάδος τὸν Πειραιᾶ κατεσκευάσατο, τοσαύτην ἔχονθʼ ὑπερβολήν, ὥσθʼ ἃ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἓν παρʼ ἑκάστων χαλεπόν ἐστι λαβεῖν, ταῦθʼ ἅπαντα παρʼ αὐτῆς ῥᾴδιον εἶναι πορίσασθαι.
τῶν τοίνυν τὰς πανηγύρεις καταστησάντων δικαίως ἐπαινουμένων ὅτι τοιοῦτον ἔθος ἡμῖν παρέδοσαν, ὥστε σπεισαμένους πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τὰς ἔχθρας τὰς ἐνεστηκυίας διαλυσαμένους συνελθεῖν εἰς ταὐτόν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτʼ εὐχὰς καὶ θυσίας κοινὰς ποιησαμένους ἀναμνησθῆναι μὲν τῆς συγγενείας τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὑπαρχούσης, εὐμενεστέρως δʼ εἰς τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον διατεθῆναι πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, καὶ τάς τε παλαιὰς ξενίας ἀνανεώσασθαι καὶ καινὰς ἑτέρας ποιήσασθαι,
καὶ μήτε τοῖς ἰδιώταις μήτε τοῖς διενεγκοῦσι τὴν φύσιν ἀργὸν εἶναι τὴν διατριβήν, ἀλλʼ ἀθροισθέντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐγγενέσθαι τοῖς μὲν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὰς αὑτῶν εὐτυχίας, τοῖς δὲ θεάσασθαι τούτους πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγωνιζομένους, καὶ μηδετέρους ἀθύμως διάγειν, ἀλλʼ ἑκατέρους ἔχειν ἐφʼ οἷς φιλοτιμηθῶσιν, οἱ μὲν ὅταν ἴδωσι τοὺς ἀθλητὰς αὑτῶν ἕνεκα πονοῦντας, οἱ δʼ ὅταν ἐνθυμηθῶσιν ὅτι πάντες ἐπὶ τὴν σφετέραν θεωρίαν ἥκουσι, — τοσούτων τοίνυν ἀγαθῶν διὰ τὰς συνόδους ἡμῖν γιγνομένων οὐδʼ ἐν τούτοις ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν ἀπελείφθη.
καὶ γὰρ θεάματα πλεῖστα καὶ κάλλιστα κέκτηται, τὰ μὲν ταῖς δαπάναις ὑπερβάλλοντα, τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὰς τέχνας εὐδοκιμοῦντα, τὰ δʼ ἀμφοτέροις τούτοις διαφέροντα, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εἰσαφικνουμένων ὡς ἡμᾶς τοσοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὥστʼ εἴ τι ἐν τῷ πλησιάζειν ἀλλήλοις ἀγαθόν ἐστι, καὶ τοῦθʼ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς περιειλῆφθαι. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ φιλίας εὑρεῖν πιστοτάτας καὶ συνουσίαις ἐντυχεῖν παντοδαπωτάταις μάλιστα παρʼ ἡμῖν ἔστιν, ἔτι δʼ ἀγῶνας ἰδεῖν, μὴ μόνον τάχους καὶ ῥώμης, ἀλλὰ καὶ λόγων καὶ γνώμης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων ἁπάντων, καὶ τούτων ἆθλα μέγιστα.
Sections 46–50
πρὸς γὰρ οἷς αὐτὴ τίθησι, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους διδόναι συναναπείθει· τὰ γὰρ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν κριθέντα τοσαύτην λαμβάνει δόξαν ὥστε παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἀγαπᾶσθαι. χωρὶς δὲ τούτων αἱ μὲν ἄλλαι πανηγύρεις διὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου συλλεγεῖσαι ταχέως διελύθησαν, ἡ δʼ ἡμετέρα πόλις ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα τοῖς ἀφικνουμένοις πανήγυρίς ἐστιν.
φιλοσοφίαν τοίνυν, ἣ πάντα ταῦτα συνεξεῦρε καὶ συγκατεσκεύασε, καὶ πρός τε τὰς πράξεις ἡμᾶς ἐπαίδευσε καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπράϋνε, καὶ τῶν συμφορῶν τάς τε διʼ ἀμαθίαν καὶ τὰς ἐξ ἀνάγκης γιγνομένας διεῖλε, καὶ τὰς μὲν φυλάξασθαι τὰς δὲ καλῶς ἐνεγκεῖν ἐδίδαξεν, ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν κατέδειξε,
καὶ λόγους ἐτίμησεν, ὧν πάντες μὲν ἐπιθυμοῦσι, τοῖς δʼ ἐπισταμένοις φθονοῦσι, συνειδυῖα μὲν ὅτι τοῦτο μόνον ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ζῴων ἴδιον ἔφυμεν ἔχοντες, καὶ διότι τούτῳ πλεονεκτήσαντες καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν αὐτῶν διηνέγκαμεν, ὁρῶσα δὲ περὶ μὲν τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις οὕτω ταραχώδεις οὔσας τὰς τύχας ὥστε πολλάκις ἐν αὐταῖς καὶ τοὺς φρονίμους ἀτυχεῖν καὶ τοὺς ἀνοήτους κατορθοῦν, τῶν δὲ λόγων τῶν καλῶς καὶ τεχνικῶς ἐχόντων οὐ μετὸν τοῖς φαύλοις, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς εὖ φρονούσης ἔργον ὄντας,
καὶ τούς τε σοφοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀμαθεῖς δοκοῦντας εἶναι ταύτῃ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διαφέροντας, ἔτι δὲ τοὺς εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐλευθέρως τεθραμμένους ἐκ μὲν ἀνδρίας καὶ πλούτου καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀγαθῶν οὐ γιγνωσκομένους, ἐκ δὲ τῶν λεγομένων μάλιστα καταφανεῖς γιγνομένους, καὶ τοῦτο σύμβολον τῆς παιδεύσεως ἡμῶν ἑκάστου πιστότατον ἀποδεδειγμένον, καὶ τοὺς λόγῳ καλῶς χρωμένους οὐ μόνον ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν δυναμένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐντίμους ὄντας.
τοσοῦτον δʼ ἀπολέλοιπεν ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν περὶ τὸ φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους, ὥσθʼ οἱ ταύτης μαθηταὶ τῶν ἄλλων διδάσκαλοι γεγόνασι, καὶ τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὄνομα πεποίηκε μηκέτι τοῦ γένους ἀλλὰ τῆς διανοίας δοκεῖν εἶναι, καὶ μᾶλλον Ἕλληνας καλεῖσθαι τοὺς τῆς παιδεύσεως τῆς ἡμετέρας ἢ τοὺς τῆς κοινῆς φύσεως μετέχοντας.
Sections 51–55
ἵνα δὲ μὴ δοκῶ περὶ τὰ μέρη διατρίβειν ὑπὲρ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων ὑποθέμενος μηδʼ ἐκ τούτων ἐγκωμιάζειν τὴν πόλιν ἀπορῶν τὰ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον αὐτὴν ἐπαινεῖν, ταῦτα μὲν εἰρήσθω μοι πρὸς τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλοτιμουμένους, ἡγοῦμαι δὲ τοῖς προγόνοις ἡμῶν οὐχ ἧττον ἐκ τῶν κινδύνων τιμᾶσθαι προσήκειν ἢ τῶν ἄλλων εὐεργεσιῶν.
οὐ γὰρ μικροὺς οὐδʼ ὀλίγους οὐδʼ ἀφανεῖς ἀγῶνας ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλὰ πολλοὺς καὶ δεινοὺς καὶ μεγάλους, τοὺς μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὑτῶν χώρας, τοὺς δʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἐλευθερίας· ἅπαντα γὰρ τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσαν κοινὴν πόλιν παρέχοντες καὶ τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ἀεὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπαμύνουσαν.
διὸ δὴ καὶ κατηγοροῦσί τινες ἡμῶν ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς βουλευομένων, ὅτι τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους εἰθίσμεθα θεραπεύειν, ὥσπερ οὐ μετὰ τῶν ἐπαινεῖν βουλομένων ἡμᾶς τοὺς λόγους ὄντας τοὺς τοιούτους. οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοοῦντες ὅσον διαφέρουσιν αἱ μείζους τῶν συμμαχιῶν πρὸς τὴν ἀσφάλειαν οὕτως ἐβουλευόμεθα περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων ἀκριβέστερον εἰδότες τὰ συμβαίνοντʼ ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ὅμως ᾑρούμεθα τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις καὶ παρὰ τὸ συμφέρον βοηθεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς κρείττοσι τοῦ λυσιτελοῦντος ἕνεκα συναδικεῖν.
γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις καὶ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν ῥώμην τὴν τῆς πόλεως ἐκ τῶν ἱκετειῶν, ἃς ἤδη τινὲς ἡμῖν ἐποιήσαντο. τὰς μὲν οὖν ἢ νεωστὶ γεγενημένας ἢ περὶ μικρῶν ἐλθούσας παραλείψω· πολὺ δὲ πρὸ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν (ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ δίκαιον τὰς πίστεις λαμβάνειν τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν πατρίων ἀμφισβητοῦντας) ἦλθον οἵ θʼ Ἡρακλέους παῖδες καὶ μικρὸν πρὸ τούτων Ἄδραστος ὁ Ταλαοῦ, βασιλεὺς ὢν Ἄργους,
οὗτος μὲν ἐκ τῆς στρατείας τῆς ἐπὶ Θήβας δεδυστυχηκώς, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ τῇ Καδμείᾳ τελευτήσαντας αὐτὸς μὲν οὐ δυνάμενος ἀνελέσθαι, τὴν δὲ πόλιν ἀξιῶν βοηθεῖν ταῖς κοιναῖς τύχαις καὶ μὴ περιορᾶν τοὺς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις ἀποθνήσκοντας ἀτάφους γιγνομένους μηδὲ παλαιὸν ἔθος καὶ πάτριον νόμον καταλυόμενον,
Sections 56–60
οἱ δʼ Ἡρακλέους παῖδες φεύγοντες τὴν Εὐρυσθέως ἔχθραν, καὶ τὰς μὲν ἄλλας πόλεις ὑπερορῶντες ὡς οὐκ ἂν δυναμένας βοηθῆσαι ταῖς ἑαυτῶν συμφοραῖς, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν ἱκανὴν νομίζοντες εἶναι μόνην ἀποδοῦναι χάριν ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εὐεργέτησεν.
ἐκ δὴ τούτων ῥᾴδιον κατιδεῖν ὅτι καὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν ἡγεμονικῶς εἶχε· τίς γὰρ ἂν ἱκετεύειν τολμήσειεν ἢ τοὺς ἥττους αὑτοῦ ἢ τοὺς ὑφʼ ἑτέροις ὄντας, παραλιπὼν τοὺς μείζω δύναμιν ἔχοντας, ἄλλως τε καὶ περὶ πραγμάτων οὐκ ἰδίων ἀλλὰ κοινῶν καὶ περὶ ὧν οὐδένας ἄλλους εἰκὸς ἦν ἐπιμεληθῆναι πλὴν τοὺς προεστάναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀξιοῦντας;
ἔπειτʼ οὐδὲ ψευσθέντες φαίνονται τῶν ἐλπίδων, διʼ ἃς κατέφυγον ἐπὶ τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν. ἀνελόμενοι γὰρ πόλεμον ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν τελευτησάντων πρὸς Θηβαίους, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν παίδων τῶν Ἡρακλέους πρὸς τὴν Εὐρυσθέως δύναμιν, τοὺς μὲν ἐπιστρατεύσαντες ἠνάγκασαν ἀποδοῦναι θάψαι τοὺς νεκροὺς τοῖς προσήκουσι, Πελοποννησίων δὲ τοὺς μετʼ Εὐρυσθέως εἰς τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν εἰσβαλόντας ἐπεξελθόντες ἐνίκησαν μαχόμενοι κἀκεῖνον τῆς ὕβρεως ἔπαυσαν.
θαυμαζόμενοι δὲ καὶ διὰ τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις, ἐκ τούτων τῶν ἔργων ἔτι μᾶλλον εὐδοκίμησαν. οὐ γὰρ παρὰ μικρὸν ἐποίησαν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον τὰς τύχας ἑκατέρων μετήλλαξαν, ὥσθʼ ὁ μὲν ἱκετεύειν ἡμᾶς ἀξιώσας βίᾳ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἅπανθʼ ὅσων ἐδεήθη διαπραξάμενος ἀπῆλθεν, Εὐρυσθεὺς δὲ βιάσασθαι προσδοκήσας αὐτὸς αἰχμάλωτος γενόμενος ἱκέτης ἠναγκάσθη καταστῆναι,
καὶ τῷ μὲν ὑπερενεγκόντι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, ὃς ἐκ Διὸς μὲν γεγονὼς ἔτι δὲ θνητὸς ὢν θεοῦ ῥώμην ἔσχε, τούτῳ μὲν ἐπιτάττων καὶ λυμαινόμενος ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον διετέλεσεν, ἐπειδὴ δʼ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐξήμαρτεν, εἰς τοσαύτην κατέστη μεταβολήν, ὥστʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς ἐκείνου γενόμενος ἐπονειδίστως τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν.
Sections 61–65
πολλῶν δʼ ὑπαρχουσῶν ἡμῖν εὐεργεσιῶν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων, περὶ ταύτης μόνης μοι συμβέβηκεν εἰπεῖν· ἀφορμὴν γὰρ λαβόντες τὴν διʼ ἡμῶν αὐτοῖς γενομένην σωτηρίαν οἱ πρόγονοι μὲν τῶν νῦν ἐν Λακεδαίμονι βασιλευόντων, ἔκγονοι δʼ Ἡρακλέους, κατῆλθον μὲν εἰς Πελοπόννησον, κατέσχον δʼ Ἄργος καὶ Λακεδαίμονα καὶ Μεσσήνην, οἰκισταὶ δὲ Σπάρτης ἐγένοντο, καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῖς ἁπάντων ἀρχηγοὶ κατέστησαν.
ὧν ἐχρῆν ἐκείνους μεμνημένους μηδέποτʼ εἰς τὴν χώραν ταύτην εἰσβαλεῖν, ἐξ ἧς ὁρμηθέντες τοσαύτην εὐδαιμονίαν κατεκτήσαντο, μηδʼ εἰς κινδύνους καθιστάναι τὴν πόλιν τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν παίδων τῶν Ἡρακλέους προκινδυνεύσασαν, μηδὲ τοῖς μὲν ἀπʼ ἐκείνου γεγονόσι διδόναι τὴν βασιλείαν, τὴν δὲ τῷ γένει τῆς σωτηρίας αἰτίαν οὖσαν δουλεύειν αὑτοῖς ἀξιοῦν.
εἰ δὲ δεῖ τὰς χάριτας καὶ τὰς ἐπιεικείας ἀνελόντας ἐπὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν καὶ τὸν ἀκριβέστατον τῶν λόγων εἰπεῖν, οὐ δή που πάτριόν ἐστιν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐπήλυδας τῶν αὐτοχθόνων, οὐδὲ τοὺς εὖ παθόντας τῶν εὖ ποιησάντων, οὐδὲ τοὺς ἱκέτας γενομένους τῶν ὑποδεξαμένων.
ἔτι δὲ συντομώτερον ἔχω δηλῶσαι περὶ αὐτῶν. τῶν μὲν γὰρ Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων, χωρὶς τῆς ἡμετέρας, Ἄργος καὶ Θῆβαι καὶ Λακεδαίμων καὶ τότʼ ἦσαν μέγισται καὶ νῦν ἔτι διατελοῦσι. φαίνονται δʼ ἡμῶν οἱ πρόγονοι τοσοῦτον ἁπάντων διενεγκόντες, ὥσθʼ ὑπὲρ μὲν Ἀργείων δυστυχησάντων Θηβαίοις, ὅτε μέγιστον ἐφρόνησαν, ἐπιτάττοντες,
ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν παίδων τῶν Ἡρακλέους Ἀργείους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Πελοποννησίους μάχῃ κρατήσαντες, ἐκ δὲ τῶν πρὸς Εὐρυσθέα κινδύνων τοὺς οἰκιστὰς καὶ τοὺς ἡγεμόνας τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίων διασώσαντες. ὥστε περὶ μὲν τῆς ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι δυναστείας οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἄν τις σαφέστερον ἐπιδεῖξαι δυνηθείη.
Sections 66–70
δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ περὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους τῇ πόλει πεπραγμένων προσήκειν εἰπεῖν, ἄλλως τʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸν λόγον κατεστησάμην περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας τῆς ἐπʼ ἐκείνους. ἅπαντας μὲν οὖν ἐξαριθμῶν τοὺς κινδύνους λίαν ἄν μακρολογοίην· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν μεγίστων τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὅν περ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον πειράσομαι καὶ περὶ τούτων διελθεῖν.
ἔστι γὰρ ἀρχικώτατα μὲν τῶν γενῶν καὶ μεγίστας δυναστείας ἔχοντα Σκύθαι καὶ Θρᾷκες καὶ Πέρσαι, τυγχάνουσι δʼ οὗτοι μὲν ἅπαντες ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύσαντες, ἡ δὲ πόλις πρὸς ἅπαντας τούτους διακινδυνεύσασα. καίτοι τί λοιπὸν ἔσται τοῖς ἀντιλέγουσιν, ἢν ἐπιδειχθῶσι τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων οἱ μὴ δυνάμενοι τυγχάνειν τῶν δικαίων ἡμᾶς ἱκετεύειν ἀξιοῦντες, τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων οἱ βουλόμενοι καταδουλώσασθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς πρώτους ἰόντες;
ἐπιφανέστατος μὲν οὖν τῶν πολέμων ὁ Περσικὸς γέγονεν, οὐ μὴν ἐλάττω τεκμήρια τὰ παλαιὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐστὶ τοῖς περὶ τῶν πατρίων ἀμφισβητοῦσιν. ἔτι γὰρ ταπεινῆς οὔσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἦλθον εἰς τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν Θρᾷκες μὲν μετʼ Εὐμόλπου τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος, Σκύθαι δὲ μετʼ Ἀμαζόνων τῶν Ἄρεως θυγατέρων, οὐ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, ἀλλὰ καθʼ ὃν ἑκάτεροι τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐπῆρχον, μισοῦντες μὲν ἅπαν τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γένος, ἰδίᾳ δὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐγκλήματα ποιησάμενοι, νομίζοντες ἐκ τούτου τοῦ τρόπου πρὸς μίαν μὲν πόλιν κινδυνεύσειν,
ἁπασῶν δʼ ἅμα κρατήσειν. οὐ μὴν κατώρθωσαν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς μόνους τοὺς προγόνους τοὺς ἡμετέρους συμβαλόντες ὁμοίως διεφθάρησαν ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπολέμησαν. δῆλον δὲ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν κακῶν τῶν γενομένων ἐκείνοις· οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποθʼ οἱ λόγοι περὶ αὐτῶν τοσοῦτον χρόνον διέμειναν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τὰ πραχθέντα πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων διήνεγκεν.
λέγεται δʼ οὖν περὶ μὲν Ἀμαζόνων ὡς τῶν μὲν ἐλθουσῶν οὐδεμία πάλιν ἀπῆλθεν, αἱ δʼ ὑπολειφθεῖσαι διὰ τὴν ἐνθάδε συμφορὰν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξεβλήθησαν, περὶ δὲ Θρᾳκῶν ὅτι τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ὅμοροι προσοικοῦντες ἡμῖν διὰ τὴν τότε γενομένην στρατείαν τοσοῦτον διέλιπον, ὥστʼ ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ τῆς χώρας ἔθνη πολλὰ καὶ γένη παντοδαπὰ καὶ πόλεις μεγάλας κατοικισθῆναι.
Sections 71–75
καλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ταῦτα, καὶ πρέποντα τοῖς περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀμφισβητοῦσιν· ἀδελφὰ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ τοιαῦθʼ οἷά περ εἰκὸς τοὺς ἐκ τοιούτων γεγονότας, οἱ πρὸς Δαρεῖον καὶ Ξέρξην πολεμήσαντες ἔπραξαν. μεγίστου γὰρ πολέμου συστάντος ἐκείνου, καὶ πλείστων κινδύνων εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον συμπεσόντων, καὶ τῶν μὲν πολεμίων ἀνυποστάτων οἰομένων εἶναι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος, τῶν δὲ συμμάχων ἀνυπέρβλητον ἡγουμένων ἔχειν τὴν ἀρετήν,
ἀμφοτέρων κρατήσαντες ὡς ἑκατέρων προσῆκεν, καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς κινδύνους διενεγκόντες, εὐθὺς μὲν τῶν ἀριστείων ἠξιώθησαν, οὐ πολλῶ δʼ ὕστερον τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης ἔλαβον, δόντων μὲν τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, οὐκ ἀμφισβητούντων δὲ τῶν νῦν ἡμᾶς ἀφαιρεῖσθαι ζητούντων.
καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω μʼ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι περὶ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιοι τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατέστησαν· ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπαινεῖν ἔχω τὴν πόλιν, ὅτι τοιούτων ἀνταγωνιστῶν τυχοῦσα τοσοῦτον αὐτῶν διήνεγκεν. βούλομαι δʼ ὀλίγῳ μακρότερα περὶ τοῖν πολέοιν εἰπεῖν καὶ μὴ ταχὺ λίαν παραδραμεῖν, ἵνʼ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῖν ὑπομνήματα γένηται, τῆς τε τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ἔχθρας.
καίτοι μʼ οὐ λέληθεν ὅτι χαλεπόν ἐστιν ὕστατον ἐπελθόντα λέγειν περὶ πραγμάτων πάλαι προκατειλημμένων, καὶ περὶ ὧν οἱ μάλιστα δυνηθέντες τῶν πολιτῶν εἰπεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς δημοσίᾳ θαπτομένοις πολλάκις εἰρήκασιν· ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὰ μὲν μέγιστʼ αὐτῶν ἤδη κατακεχρῆσθαι, μικρὰ δʼ ἔτι παραλελεῖφθαι. ὅμως δʼ ἐκ τῶν ὑπολοίπων, ἐπειδὴ συμφέρει τοῖς πράγμασιν, οὐκ ὀκνητέον μνησθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.
πλείστων μὲν οὖν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους καὶ μεγίστων ἐπαίνων ἀξίους ἡγοῦμαι γεγενῆσθαι τοὺς τοῖς σώμασιν ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος προκινδυνεύσαντας· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τῶν πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου τούτου γενομένων καὶ δυναστευσάντων ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ τοῖν πολέοιν δίκαιον ἀμνημονεῖν· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ προασκήσαντες τοὺς ἐπιγιγνομένους καὶ τὰ πλήθη προτρέψαντες ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ χαλεποὺς ἀνταγωνιστὰς τοῖς βαρβάροις ποιήσαντες.
Sections 76–80
οὐ γὰρ ὠλιγώρουν τῶν κοινῶν, οὐδʼ ἀπέλαυον μὲν ὡς ἰδίων, ἠμέλουν δʼ ὡς ἀλλοτρίων, ἀλλʼ ἐκήδοντο μὲν ὡς οἰκείων, ἀπείχοντο δʼ ὥσπερ χρὴ τῶν μηδὲν προσηκόντων· οὐδὲ πρὸς ἀργύριον τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἔκρινον, ἀλλʼ οὗτος ἐδόκει πλοῦτον ἀσφαλέστατον κεκτῆσθαι καὶ κάλλιστον, ὅστις τοιαῦτα τυγχάνοι πράττων ἐξ ὧν αὐτός τε μέλλοι μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμήσειν καὶ τοῖς παισὶ μεγίστην δόξαν καταλείψειν.
οὐδὲ τὰς θρασύτητας τὰς ἀλλήλων ἐζήλουν, οὐδὲ τὰς τόλμας τὰς αὑτῶν ἤσκουν, ἀλλὰ δεινότερον μὲν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι κακῶς ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν ἢ καλῶς ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ἀποθνήσκειν, μᾶλλον δʼ ᾐσχύνοντʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἢ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις τοῖς σφετέροις αὐτῶν.
τούτων δʼ ἦν αἴτιον ὅτι τοὺς νόμους ἐσκόπουν ὅπως ἀκριβῶς καὶ καλῶς ἕξουσιν, οὐχ οὕτω τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων ὡς τοὺς περὶ τῶν καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπιτηδευμάτων· ἠπίσταντο γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲν δεήσει πολλῶν γραμμάτων, ἀλλʼ ἀπʼ ὀλίγων συνθημάτων ῥᾳδίως καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν ὁμονοήσουσιν.
οὕτω δὲ πολιτικῶς εἶχον, ὥστε καὶ τὰς στάσεις ἐποιοῦντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους οὐχ ὁπότεροι τοὺς ἑτέρους ἀπολέσαντες τῶν λοιπῶν ἄρξουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὁπότεροι φθήσονται τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθόν τι ποιήσαντες· καὶ τὰς ἑταιρείας συνῆγον οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν συμφερόντων, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πλήθους ὠφελείᾳ.
τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων διῴκουν, θεραπεύοντες ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑβρίζοντες τοὺς Ἕλληνας, καὶ στρατηγεῖν οἰόμενοι δεῖν ἀλλὰ μὴ τυραννεῖν αὐτῶν, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπιθυμοῦντες ἡγεμόνες ἢ δεσπόται προσαγορεύεσθαι καὶ σωτῆρες ἀλλὰ μὴ λυμεῶνες ἀποκαλεῖσθαι, τῷ ποιεῖν εὖ προσαγόμενοι τὰς πόλεις, ἀλλʼ οὐ βίᾳ καταστρεφόμενοι,
Sections 81–85
πιστοτέροις μὲν τοῖς λόγοις ἢ νῦν τοῖς ὅρκοις χρώμενοι, ταῖς δὲ συνθήκαις ὥσπερ ἀνάγκαις ἐμμένειν ἀξιοῦντες, οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ ταῖς δυναστείαις μέγα φρονοῦντες, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ σωφρόνως ζῆν φιλοτιμούμενοι, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀξιοῦντες γνώμην ἔχειν πρὸς τοὺς ἥττους ἥνπερ τοὺς κρείττους πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, ἴδια μὲν ἄστη τὰς αὑτῶν πόλεις ἡγούμενοι, κοινὴν δὲ πατρίδα τὴν Ἑλλάδα νομίζοντες εἶναι.
τοιαύταις διανοίαις χρώμενοι, καὶ τοὺς νεωτέρους ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἤθεσι παιδεύοντες, οὕτως ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς ἀπέδειξαν τοὺς πολεμήσαντας πρὸς τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας, ὥστε μηδένα πώποτε δυνηθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν μήτε τῶν ποιητῶν μήτε τῶν σοφιστῶν ἀξίως τῶν ἐκείνοις πεπραγμένων εἰπεῖν. καὶ πολλὴν αὐτοῖς ἔχω συγγνώμην· ὁμοίως γάρ ἐστι χαλεπὸν ἐπαινεῖν τοὺς ὑπερβεβληκότας τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετὰς ὥσπερ τοὺς μηδὲν ἀγαθὸν πεποιηκότας· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ οὐχ ὕπεισι πράξεις, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς οὐκ εἰσὶν ἁρμόττοντες λόγοι.
πῶς γὰρ ἂν γένοιντο σύμμετροι τοιούτοις ἀνδράσιν, οἳ τοσοῦτον μὲν τῶν ἐπὶ Τροίαν στρατευσαμένων διήνεγκαν, ὅσον οἱ μὲν περὶ μίαν πόλιν ἔτη δέκα διέριψαν, οἱ δὲ τὴν ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς Ἀσίας δύναμιν ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνω κατεπολέμησαν, οὐ μόνον δὲ τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας διέσωσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν σύμπασαν Ἑλλάδα ἠλευθέρωσαν; ποίων δʼ ἂν ἔργων ἢ πόνων ἢ κινδύνων ἀπέστησαν ὥστε ζῶντες εὐδοκιμεῖν, οἵ τινες ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης ἧς ἔμελλον τελευτήσαντες ἕξειν οὕτως ἑτοίμως ἤθελον ἀποθνήσκειν;
οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τὸν πόλεμον θεῶν τινα συναγαγεῖν ἀγασθέντα τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ τοιοῦτοι γενόμενοι τὴν φύσιν διαλάθοιεν μηδʼ ἀκλεῶς τὸν βίον τελευτήσαιεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἐκ τῶν θεῶν γεγονόσι καὶ καλουμένοις ἡμιθέοις ἀξιωθεῖεν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων τὰ μὲν σώματα ταῖς τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκαις ἀπέδοσαν, τῆς δʼ ἀρετῆς ἀθάνατον τὴν μνήμην ἐποίησαν.
ἀεὶ μὲν οὖν οἵ θʼ ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι φιλοτίμως πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἶχον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ περὶ καλλίστων ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις ἐφιλονίκησαν, οὐκ ἐχθροὺς ἀλλʼ ἀνταγωνιστὰς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶναι νομίζοντες, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ δουλείᾳ τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸν βάρβαρον θεραπεύοντες, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας ὁμονοοῦντες, ὁπότεροι δὲ ταύτης αἴτιοι γενήσονται, περὶ τούτου ποιούμενοι τὴν ἅμιλλαν.
ἐπεδείξαντο δὲ τὰς αὑτῶν ἀρετὰς πρῶτον μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὑπὸ Δαρείου πεμφθεῖσιν.
Sections 86–90
ἀποβάντων γὰρ αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν οἱ μὲν οὐ περιέμειναν τοὺς συμμάχους, ἀλλὰ τὸν κοινὸν πόλεμον ἴδιον ποιησάμενοι πρὸς τοὺς ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος καταφρονήσαντας ἀπήντων τὴν οἰκείαν δύναμιν ἔχοντες, ὀλίγοι πρὸς πολλὰς μυριάδας, ὥσπερ ἐν ἀλλοτρίαις ψυχαῖς μέλλοντες κινδυνεύειν, οἱ δʼ οὐκ ἔφθησαν πυθόμενοι τὸν περὶ τὴν Ἀττικὴν πόλεμον, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἀμελήσαντες ἧκον ἡμῖν ἀμυνοῦντες, τοσαύτην ποιησάμενοι σπουδὴν ὅσην περ ἂν τῆς αὑτῶν χώρας πορθουμένης.
σημεῖον δὲ τοῦ τάχους καὶ τῆς ἁμίλλης· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἡμετέρους προγόνους φασὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας πυθέσθαι τε τὴν ἀπόβασιν τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ βοηθήσαντας ἐπὶ τοὺς ὅρους τῆς χώρας μάχῃ νικήσαντας τρόπαιον στῆσαι τῶν πολεμίων, τοὺς δʼ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις καὶ τοσαύταις νυξὶ διακόσια καὶ χίλια στάδια διελθεῖν στρατοπέδῳ πορευομένους. οὕτω σφόδρʼ ἠπείχθησαν οἱ μὲν μετασχεῖν τῶν κινδύνων, οἱ δὲ φθῆναι συμβαλόντες πρὶν ἐλθεῖν τοὺς βοηθήσοντας.
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γενομένης τῆς ὕστερον στρατείας, ἣν αὐτὸς Ξέρξης ἤγαγεν, ἐκλιπὼν μὲν τὰ βασίλεια, στρατηγὸς δὲ καταστῆναι τολμήσας, ἅπαντας δὲ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας συναγείρας· περὶ οὗ τίς οὐχ ὑπερβολὰς προθυμηθεὶς εἰπεῖν ἐλάττω τῶν ὑπαρχόντων εἴρηκεν;
ὃς εἰς τοσοῦτον ἦλθεν ὑπερηφανίας, ὥστε μικρὸν μὲν ἡγησάμενος ἔργον εἶναι τὴν Ἑλλάδα χειρώσασθαι, βουληθεὶς δὲ τοιοῦτον μνημεῖον καταλιπεῖν ὃ μὴ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεώς ἐστιν, οὐ πρότερον ἐπαύσατο πρὶν ἐξεῦρε καὶ συνηνάγκασεν ὃ πάντες θρυλοῦσιν, ὥστε τῷ στρατοπέδῳ πλεῦσαι μὲν διὰ τῆς ἠπείρου, πεζεῦσαι δὲ διὰ τῆς θαλάττης, τὸν μὲν Ἑλλήσποντον ζεύξας, τὸν δʼ Ἄθω διορύξας.
πρὸς δὴ τὸν οὕτω μέγα φρονήσαντα καὶ τηλικαῦτα διαπραξάμενον καὶ τοσούτων δεσπότην γενόμενον ἀπήντων διελόμενοι τὸν κίνδυνον, Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν εἰς Θερμοπύλας πρὸς τὸ πεζόν, χιλίους αὑτῶν ἐπιλέξαντες καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ὀλίγους παραλαβόντες, ὡς ἐν τοῖς στενοῖς κωλύσοντες αὐτοὺς περαιτέρω προελθεῖν, οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι πατέρες ἐπʼ Ἀρτεμίσιον, ἑξήκοντα τριήρεις πληρώσαντες πρὸς ἅπαν τὸ τῶν πολεμίων ναυτικόν.
Sections 91–95
ταῦτα δὲ ποιεῖν ἐτόλμων οὐχ οὕτω τῶν πολεμίων καταφρονοῦντες ὡς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγωνιῶντες, Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν ζηλοῦντες τὴν πόλιν τῆς Μαραθῶνι μάχης, καὶ ζητοῦντες αὑτοὺς ἐξισῶσαι, καὶ δεδιότες μὴ δὶς ἐφεξῆς ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν αἰτία γένηται τοῖς Ἕλλησι τῆς σωτηρίας, οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι μάλιστα μὲν βουλόμενοι διαφυλάξαι τὴν παροῦσαν δόξαν, καὶ πᾶσι ποιῆσαι φανερὸν ὅτι καὶ τὸ πρότερον διʼ ἀρετὴν ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ τύχην ἐνίκησαν, ἔπειτα καὶ προαγαγέσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ τὸ διαναυμαχεῖν, ἐπιδείξαντες αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως ἐν τοῖς ναυτικοῖς κινδύνοις ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς πεζοῖς τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ πλήθους περιγιγνομένην.
ἴσας δὲ τὰς τόλμας παρασχόντες οὐχ ὁμοίαις ἐχρήσαντο ταῖς τύχαις, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν διεφθάρησαν καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς νικῶντες τοῖς σώμασιν ἀπεῖπον (οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτό γε θέμις εἰπεῖν, ὡς ἡττήθησαν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ αὐτῶν φυγεῖν ἠξίωσεν), οἱ δʼ ἡμέτεροι τὰς μὲν πρόπλους ἐνίκησαν, ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἤκουσαν τῆς παρόδου τοὺς πολεμίους κρατοῦντας, οἴκαδε καταπλεύσαντες οὕτως ἐβουλεύσαντο περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὥστε πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν αὐτοῖς προειργασμένων ἐν τοῖς τελευταίοις τῶν κινδύνων ἔτι πλέον διήνεγκαν.
ἀθύμως γὰρ ἁπάντων τῶν συμμάχων διακειμένων, καὶ Πελοποννησίων μὲν διατειχιζόντων τὸν Ἰσθμὸν καὶ ζητούντων ἰδίαν αὑτοῖς σωτηρίαν, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων πόλεων ὑπὸ τοῖς βαρβάροις γεγενημένων καὶ συστρατευομένων ἐκείνοις, πλὴν εἴ τις διὰ μικρότητα παρημελήθη, προσπλεουσῶν δὲ τριήρων διακοσίων καὶ χιλίων καὶ πεζῆς στρατιᾶς ἀναριθμήτου μελλούσης εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν εἰσβάλλειν, οὐδεμιᾶς σωτηρίας αὐτοῖς ὑποφαινομένης, ἀλλʼ ἔρημοι συμμάχων γεγενημένοι καὶ τῶν ἐλπίδων ἁπασῶν διημαρτηκότες,
ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς μὴ μόνον τοὺς παρόντας κινδύνους διαφυγεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμὰς ἐξαιρέτους λαβεῖν, ἃς αὐτοῖς ἐδίδου βασιλεὺς ἡγούμενος, εἰ τὸ τῆς πόλεως προσλάβοι ναυτικόν, παραχρῆμα καὶ Πελοποννήσου κρατήσειν, οὐχ ὑπέμειναν τὰς παρʼ ἐκείνου δωρεάς, οὐδʼ ὀργισθέντες τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅτι προὐδόθησαν ἀσμένως ἐπὶ τὰς διαλλαγὰς τὰς πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ὥρμησαν,
ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας πολεμεῖν παρεσκευάζοντο, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις τὴν δουλείαν αἱρουμένοις συγγνώμην εἶχον. ἡγοῦντο γὰρ ταῖς μὲν ταπειναῖς τῶν πόλεων προσήκειν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζητεῖν τὴν σωτηρίαν, ταῖς δὲ προεστάναι τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀξιούσαις οὐχ οἷόν τʼ εἶναι διαφεύγειν τοὺς κινδύνους, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τοῖς καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς αἱρετώτερόν ἐστι καλῶς ἀποθανεῖν ἢ ζῆν αἰσχρῶς, οὕτω καὶ τῶν πόλεων ταῖς ὑπερεχούσαις λυσιτελεῖν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀφανισθῆναι μᾶλλον ἢ δούλαις ὀφθῆναι γενομέναις.
Sections 96–100
δῆλον δʼ ὅτι ταῦτα διενοήθησαν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν πρὸς ἀμφοτέρας ἅμα παρατάξασθαι τὰς δυνάμεις, παραλαβόντες ἅπαντα τὸν ὄχλον τὸν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην νῆσον ἐξέπλευσαν, ἵνʼ ἐν μέρει πρὸς ἑκατέραν κινδυνεύσωσιν.
καίτοι πῶς ἂν ἐκείνων ἄνδρες ἀμείνους ἢ μᾶλλον φιλέλληνες ὄντες ἐπιδειχθεῖεν, οἵτινες ἔτλησαν ἐπιδεῖν, ὥστε μὴ τοῖς λοιποῖς αἴτιοι γενέσθαι τῆς δουλείας, ἐρήμην μὲν τὴν πόλιν γενομένην, τὴν δὲ χώραν πορθουμένην, ἱερὰ δὲ συλώμενα καὶ νεὼς ἐμπιπραμένους, ἅπαντα δὲ τὸν πόλεμον περὶ τὴν πατρίδα τὴν αὑτῶν γιγνόμενον;
καὶ οὐδὲ ταῦτʼ ἀπέχρησεν αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς χιλίας καὶ διακοσίας τριήρεις μόνοι διαναυμαχεῖν ἐμέλλησαν. οὐ μὴν εἰάθησαν· καταισχυνθέντες γὰρ Πελοποννήσιοι τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν, καὶ νομίσαντες προδιαφθαρέντων μὲν τῶν ἡμετέρων οὐδʼ αὐτοὶ σωθήσεσθαι, κατορθωσάντων δʼ εἰς ἀτιμίαν τὰς αὑτῶν πόλεις καταστήσειν, ἠναγκάσθησαν μετασχεῖν τῶν κινδύνων. καὶ τοὺς μὲν θορύβους τοὺς ἐν τῷ πράγματι γενομένους καὶ τὰς κραυγὰς καὶ τὰς παρακελεύσεις, ἃ κοινὰ πάντων ἐστὶ τῶν ναυμαχούντων, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ λέγοντα διατρίβειν·
ἃ δʼ ἐστὶν ἴδια καὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἄξια καὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις ὁμολογούμενα, ταῦτα δʼ ἐμὸν ἔργον ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν. τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν διέφερεν, ὅτʼ ἦν ἀκέραιος, ὥστʼ ἀνάστατος γενομένη πλείους μὲν συνεβάλετο τριήρεις εἰς τὸν κίνδυνον τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ ναυμαχήσαντες, οὐδεὶς δὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς οὕτως ἔχει δυσμενῶς, ὅς τις οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογήσειε διὰ μὲν τὴν ναυμαχίαν ἡμᾶς τῷ πολέμῳ κρατῆσαι, ταύτης δὲ τὴν πόλιν αἰτίαν γενέσθαι.
καίτοι μελλούσης στρατείας ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἔσεσθαι τίνας χρὴ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχειν; οὐ τοὺς ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ πολέμῳ μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμήσαντας, καὶ πολλάκις μὲν ἰδίᾳ προκινδυνεύσαντας, ἐν δὲ τοῖς κοινοῖς τῶν ἀγώνων ἀριστείων ἀξιωθέντας, οὐ τοὺς τὴν αὑτῶν ἐκλιπόντας ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων σωτηρίας, καὶ τό τε παλαιὸν οἰκιστὰς τῶν πλείστων πόλεων γενομένους, καὶ πάλιν αὐτὰς ἐκ τῶν μεγίστων συμφορῶν διασώσαντας; πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν δεινὰ πάθοιμεν, εἰ τῶν κακῶν πλεῖστον μέρος μετασχόντες ἐν ταῖς τιμαῖς ἔλαττον ἔχειν ἀξιωθεῖμεν, καὶ τότε προταχθέντες ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων νῦν ἑτέροις ἀκολουθεῖν ἀναγκασθεῖμεν;
μέχρι μὲν οὖν τούτων οἶδʼ ὅτι πάντες ἂν ὁμολογήσειαν πλείστων ἀγαθῶν τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν αἰτίαν γεγενῆσθαι, καὶ δικαίως ἂν αὐτῆς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν εἶναι· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἤδη τινὲς ἡμῶν κατηγοροῦσιν, ὡς ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης παρελάβομεν, πολλῶν κακῶν αἴτιοι τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατέστημεν, καὶ τόν τε Μηλίων ἀνδραποδισμὸν καὶ τὸν Σκιωναίων ὄλεθρον ἐν τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις ἡμῖν προφέρουσιν.
Sections 101–105
ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι πρῶτον μὲν οὐδὲν εἶναι τοῦτο σημεῖον ὡς κακῶς ἤρχομεν, εἴ τινες τῶν πολεμησάντων ἡμῖν σφόδρα φαίνονται κολασθέντες, ἀλλὰ πολὺ τόδε μεῖζον τεκμήριον ὡς καλῶς διῳκοῦμεν τὰ τῶν συμμάχων, ὅτι τῶν πόλεων τῶν ὑφʼ ἡμῖν οὐσῶν οὐδεμία ταύταις ταῖς συμφοραῖς περιέπεσεν.
ἔπειτʼ εἰ μὲν ἄλλοι τινὲς τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων πραότερον ἐπεμελήθησαν, εἰκότως ἂν ἡμῖν ἐπιτιμῷεν· εἰ δὲ μήτε τοῦτο γέγονε μήθʼ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶ τοσούτων πόλεων τὸ πλῆθος κρατεῖν, ἤν μή τις κολάζῃ τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας, πῶς οὐκ ἤδη δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ἐπαινεῖν, οἵ τινες ἐλαχίστοις χαλεπήναντες πλεῖστον χρόνον τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχεῖν ἠδυνήθημεν;
οἶμαι δὲ πᾶσι δοκεῖν τούτους κρατίστους προστάτας γενήσεσθαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἐφʼ ὧν οἱ πειθαρχήσαντες ἄριστα τυγχάνουσι πράξαντες. ἐπὶ τοίνυν τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡγεμονίας εὑρήσομεν καὶ τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς ἰδίους πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν πλεῖστον ἐπιδόντας καὶ τὰς πόλεις μεγίστας γενομένας.
οὐ γὰρ ἐφθονοῦμεν ταῖς αὐξανομέναις αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ ταραχὰς ἐνεποιοῦμεν πολιτείας ἐναντίας παρακαθιστάντες, ἵνʼ ἀλλήλοις μὲν στασιάζοιεν, ἡμᾶς δʼ ἀμφότεροι θεραπεύοιεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν συμμάχων ὁμόνοιαν κοινὴν ὠφέλειαν νομίζοντες τοῖς αὐτοῖς νόμοις ἁπάσας τὰς πόλεις διῳκοῦμεν, συμμαχικῶς ἀλλʼ οὐ δεσποτικῶς βουλευόμενοι περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅλων μὲν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιστατοῦντες,
ἰδίᾳ δʼ ἑκάστους ἐλευθέρους ἐῶντες εἶναι, καὶ τῷ μὲν πλήθει βοηθοῦντες, ταῖς δὲ δυναστείαις πολεμοῦντες, δεινὸν ἡγούμενοι τοὺς πολλοὺς ὑπὸ τοῖς ὀλίγοις εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς ταῖς οὐσίαις ἐνδεεστέρους τὰ δʼ ἄλλα μηδὲν χείρους ὄντας ἀπελαύνεσθαι τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἔτι δὲ κοινῆς τῆς πατρίδος οὔσης τοὺς μὲν τυραννεῖν τοὺς δὲ μετοικεῖν, καὶ φύσει πολίτας ὄντας νόμῳ τῆς πολιτείας ἀποστερεῖσθαι.
Sections 106–110
τοιαῦτʼ ἔχοντες ταῖς ὀλιγαρχίαις ἐπιτιμᾶν καὶ πλείω τούτων, τὴν αὐτὴν πολιτείαν ἥνπερ παρʼ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις κατεστήσαμεν, ἣν οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ διὰ μακροτέρων ἐπαινεῖν, ἄλλως τε καὶ συντόμως ἔχοντα δηλῶσαι περὶ αὐτῆς. μετὰ γὰρ ταύτης οἰκοῦντες ἑβδομήκοντʼ ἔτη διετέλεσαν ἄπειροι μὲν τυραννίδων, ἐλεύθεροι δὲ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους, ἀστασίαστοι δὲ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, εἰρήνην δʼ ἄγοντες πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους.
ὑπὲρ ὧν προσήκει τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας μεγάλην χάριν ἔχειν πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τὰς κληρουχίας ἡμῖν ὀνειδίζειν, ἃς ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰς ἐρημουμένας τῶν πόλεων φυλακῆς ἕνεκα τῶν χωρίων, ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ πλεονεξίαν ἐξεπέμπομεν. σημεῖον δὲ τούτων· ἔχοντες γὰρ χώραν μὲν ὡς πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πολιτῶν ἐλαχίστην, ἀρχὴν δὲ μεγίστην, καὶ κεκτημένοι τριήρεις διπλασίας μὲν ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ ἄλλοι, δυναμένας δὲ πρὸς δὶς τοσαύτας κινδυνεύειν, ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑπὸ τὴν Ἀττικήν,
ἣ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν τῆς θαλάττης εὐφυῶς εἶχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν ἁπασῶν τῶν νήσων διέφερε, κρατοῦντες αὐτῆς μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἡμετέρας αὐτῶν, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις εἰδότες καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων τούτους μάλιστʼ εὐδοκιμοῦντας, οἳ τοὺς ὁμόρους ἀναστάτους ποιήσαντες ἄφθονον καὶ ῥᾴθυμον αὑτοῖς κατεστήσαντο τὸν βίον, ὅμως οὐδὲν τούτων ἡμᾶς ἐπῆρε περὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὴν νῆσον ἐξαμαρτεῖν,
ἀλλὰ μόνοι δὴ τῶν μεγάλην δύναμιν λαβόντων περιείδομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπορωτέρως ζῶντας τῶν δουλεύειν αἰτίαν ἐχόντων. καίτοι βουλόμενοι πλεονεκτεῖν οὐκ ἂν δή που τῆς μὲν Σκιωναίων γῆς ἐπεθυμήσαμεν, ἣν Πλαταιέων τοῖς ὡς ἡμᾶς καταφυγοῦσι φαινόμεθα παραδόντες, τοσαύτην δὲ χώραν παρελίπομεν, ἣ πάντας ἂν ἡμᾶς εὐπορωτέρους ἐποίησεν.
τοιούτων τοίνυν ἡμῶν γεγενημένων, καὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν δεδωκότων ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν, τολμῶσι κατηγορεῖν οἱ τῶν δεκαδαρχιῶν κοινωνήσαντες καὶ τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας διαλυμηνάμενοι καὶ μικρὰς μὲν ποιήσαντες δοκεῖν εἶναι τὰς τῶν προγεγενημένων ἀδικίας, οὐδεμίαν δὲ λιπόντες ὑπερβολὴν τοῖς αὖθις βουλομένοις γενέσθαι πονηροῖς, ἀλλὰ φάσκοντες μὲν λακωνίζειν, τἀναντία δʼ ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδεύοντες, καὶ τὰς μὲν Μηλίων ὀδυρόμενοι συμφοράς, περὶ δὲ τοὺς αὑτῶν πολίτας ἀνήκεστα τολμήσαντες ἐξαμαρτεῖν. ποῖον γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἀδίκημα διέφυγεν;
Sections 111–115
ἤ τί τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἢ δεινῶν οὐ διεξῆλθον; οἳ τοὺς μὲν ἀνομωτάτους πιστοτάτους ἐνόμιζον, τοὺς δὲ προδότας ὥσπερ εὐεργέτας ἐθεράπευον, ᾑροῦντο δὲ τῶν Εἱλώτων ἑνὶ δουλεύειν ὥστʼ εἰς τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας ὑβρίζειν, μᾶλλον δʼ ἐτίμων τοὺς αὐτόχειρας καὶ φονέας τῶν πολιτῶν ἢ τοὺς γονέας τοὺς αὐτῶν,
εἰς τοῦτο δʼ ὠμότητος ἅπαντας ἡμᾶς κατέστησαν, ὥστε πρὸ τοῦ μὲν διὰ τὴν παροῦσαν εὐδαιμονίαν καὶ ταῖς μικραῖς ἀτυχίαις πολλοὺς ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἔχειν τοὺς συμπενθήσοντας, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς τούτων ἀρχῆς διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν οἰκείων κακῶν ἐπαυσάμεθʼ ἀλλήλους ἐλεοῦντες. οὐδενὶ γὰρ τοσαύτην σχολὴν παρέλιπον ὥσθʼ ἑτέρῳ συναχθεσθῆναι.
τίνος γὰρ οὐκ ἐφίκοντο; ἢ τίς οὕτω πόρρω τῶν πολιτικῶν ἦν πραγμάτων, ὅστις οὐκ ἐγγὺς ἠναγκάσθη γενέσθαι τῶν συμφορῶν, εἰς ἃς αἱ τοιαῦται φύσεις ἡμᾶς κατέστησαν; εἶτʼ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται τὰς ἑαυτῶν πόλεις οὕτως ἀνόμως διαθέντες καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀδίκως κατηγοροῦντες, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ περὶ τῶν δικῶν καὶ τῶν γραφῶν τῶν ποτε παρʼ ἡμῖν γενομένων λέγειν τολμῶσιν, αὐτοὶ πλείους ἐν τρισὶ μησὶν ἀκρίτους ἀποκτείναντες ὧν ἡ πόλις ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἁπάσης ἔκρινεν.
φυγὰς δὲ καὶ στάσεις καὶ νόμων συγχύσεις καὶ πολιτειῶν μεταβολάς, ἔτι δὲ παίδων ὕβρεις καὶ γυναικῶν αἰσχύνας καὶ χρημάτων ἁρπαγάς, τίς ἂν δύναιτο διεξελθεῖν; πλὴν τοσοῦτον εἰπεῖν ἔχω καθʼ ἁπάντων, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἐφʼ ἡμῶν δεινὰ ῥᾳδίως ἄν τις ἑνὶ ψηφίσματι διέλυσε, τὰς δὲ σφαγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀνομίας τὰς ἐπὶ τούτων γενομένας οὐδεὶς ἂν ἰάσασθαι δύναιτο.
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τὴν παροῦσαν εἰρήνην, οὐδὲ τὴν αὐτονομίαν τὴν ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις μὲν οὐκ ἐνοῦσαν ἐν δὲ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἀναγεγραμμένην, ἄξιον ἑλέσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν ἡμετέραν. τίς γὰρ ἂν τοιαύτης καταστάσεως ἐπιθυμήσειεν, ἐν ᾗ καταποντισταὶ μὲν τὴν θάλατταν κατέχουσι, πελτασταὶ δὲ τὰς πόλεις καταλαμβάνουσιν,
Sections 116–120
ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ πρὸς ἑτέρους περὶ τῆς χώρας πολεμεῖν ἐντὸς τείχους οἱ πολῖται πρὸς ἀλλήλους μάχονται, πλείους δὲ πόλεις αἰχμάλωτοι γεγόνασιν ἢ πρὶν τὴν εἰρήνην ἡμᾶς ποιήσασθαι, διὰ δὲ τὴν πυκνότητα τῶν μεταβολῶν ἀθυμοτέρως διάγουσιν οἱ τὰς πόλεις οἰκοῦντες τῶν ταῖς φυγαῖς ἐζημιωμένων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὸ μέλλον δεδίασιν, οἱ δʼ ἀεὶ κατιέναι προσδοκῶσιν.
τοσοῦτον δʼ ἀπέχουσι τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ τῆς αὐτονομίας, ὥσθʼ αἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τυράννοις εἰσί, τὰς δʼ ἁρμοσταὶ κατέχουσιν, ἔνιαι δʼ ἀνάστατοι γεγόνασι, τῶν δʼ οἱ βάρβαροι δεσπόται καθεστήκασιν· οὓς ἡμεῖς διαβῆναι τολμήσαντας εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην καὶ μεῖζον ἢ προσῆκεν αὐτοῖς φρονήσαντας οὕτω διέθεμεν,
ὥστε μὴ μόνον παύσασθαι στρατείας ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ποιουμένους ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν χώραν ἀνέχεσθαι πορθουμένην, καὶ διακοσίαις καὶ χιλίαις ναυσὶ περιπλέοντας εἰς τοσαύτην ταπεινότητα κατεστήσαμεν, ὥστε μακρὸν πλοῖον ἐπὶ τάδε Φασήλιδος μὴ καθέλκειν, ἀλλʼ ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καὶ τοὺς καιροὺς περιμένειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῇ παρούσῃ δυνάμει πιστεύειν.
καὶ ταῦθʼ ὅτι διὰ τὴν τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀρετὴν οὕτως εἶχεν, αἱ τῆς πόλεως συμφοραὶ σαφῶς ἐπέδειξαν· ἅμα γὰρ ἡμεῖς τε τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπεστερούμεθα καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀρχὴ τῶν κακῶν ἐγίγνετο. μετὰ γὰρ τὴν ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ γενομένην ἀτυχίαν ἑτέρων ἡγεμόνων καταστάντων ἐνίκησαν μὲν οἱ βάρβαροι ναυμαχοῦντες, ἦρξαν δὲ τῆς θαλάττης, κατέσχον δὲ τὰς πλείστας τῶν νήσων, ἀπέβησαν δʼ εἰς τὴν Λακωνικήν, Κύθηρα δὲ κατὰ κράτος εἷλον, ἅπασαν δὲ τὴν Πελοπόννησον κακῶς ποιοῦντες περιέπλευσαν.
μάλιστα δʼ ἄν τις συνίδοι τὸ μέγεθος τῆς μεταβολῆς, εἰ παραναγνοίη τὰς συνθήκας τάς τʼ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν γενομένας καὶ τὰς νῦν ἀναγεγραμμένας. τότε μὲν γὰρ ἡμεῖς φανησόμεθα τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν βασιλέως ὁρίζοντες καὶ τῶν φόρων ἐνίους τάττοντες καὶ κωλύοντες αὐτὸν τῇ θαλάττῃ χρῆσθαι· νῦν δʼ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ διοικῶν τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, καὶ προστάττων ἃ χρὴ ποιεῖν ἑκάστους, καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐπιστάθμους ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι καθιστάς.
Sections 121–125
πλὴν γὰρ τούτου τί τῶν ἄλλων ὑπόλοιπόν ἐστιν; οὐ καὶ τοῦ πολέμου κύριος ἐγένετο, καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπρυτάνευσε, καὶ τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων ἐπιστάτης καθέστηκεν; οὐχ ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην, ἀλλήλων κατηγορήσοντες; οὐ βασιλέα τὸν μέγαν αὐτὸν προσαγορεύομεν, ὥσπερ αἰχμάλωτοι γεγονότες; οὐκ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις τοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐν ἐκείνῳ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχομεν τῆς σωτηρίας, ὃς ἀμφοτέρους ἡμᾶς ἡδέως ἂν ἀπολέσειεν;
ὧν ἄξιον ἐνθυμηθέντας ἀγανακτῆσαι μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς παροῦσι, ποθέσαι δὲ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν, μέμψασθαι δὲ Λακεδαιμονίοις ὅτι τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον κατέστησαν ὡς ἐλευθερώσοντες τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἐπὶ δὲ τελευτῆς οὕτω πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκδότους ἐποίησαν, καὶ τῆς μὲν ἡμετέρας πόλεως τοὺς Ἴωνας ἀπέστησαν, ἐξ ἧς ἀπῴκησαν καὶ διʼ ἣν πολλάκις ἐσώθησαν, τοῖς δὲ βαρβάροις αὐτοὺς ἐξέδοσαν, ὧν ἀκόντων τὴν χώραν ἔχουσι καὶ πρὸς οὓς οὐδὲ πώποτʼ ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες.
καὶ τότε μὲν ἠγανάκτουν, ὅθʼ ἡμεῖς νομίμως ἐπάρχειν τινῶν ἠξιοῦμεν· νῦν δʼ εἰς τοιαύτην δουλείαν καθεστώτων οὐδὲν φροντίζουσιν αὐτῶν, οἷς οὐκ ἐξαρκεῖ δασμολογεῖσθαι καὶ τὰς ἀκροπόλεις ὁρᾶν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν κατεχομένας, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ταῖς κοιναῖς συμφοραῖς καὶ τοῖς σώμασι δεινότερα πάσχουσι τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀργυρωνήτων· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν οὕτως αἰκίζεται τοὺς οἰκέτας, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι τοὺς ἐλευθέρους κολάζουσιν.
μέγιστον δὲ τῶν κακῶν, ὅταν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς τῆς δουλείας ἀναγκάζωνται συστρατεύεσθαι, καὶ πολεμεῖν τοῖς ἐλευθέροις ἀξιοῦσιν εἶναι, καὶ τοιούτους κινδύνους ὑπομένειν, ἐν οἷς ἡττηθέντες μὲν παραχρῆμα διαφθαρήσονται, κατορθώσαντες δὲ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον δουλεύσουσιν.
ὧν τίνας ἄλλους αἰτίους χρὴ νομίζειν ἢ Λακεδαιμονίους, οἳ τοσαύτην ἰσχὺν ἔχοντες περιορῶσι τοὺς μὲν αὑτῶν συμμάχους γενομένους οὕτω δεινὰ πάσχοντας, τὸν δὲ βάρβαρον τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ῥώμῃ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν αὑτοῦ κατασκευαζόμενον; καὶ πρότερον μὲν τοὺς τυράννους ἐξέβαλλον, τῷ δὲ πλήθει τὰς βοηθείας ἐποιοῦντο, νῦν δὲ τοσοῦτον μεταβεβλήκασιν, ὥστε ταῖς μὲν πολιτείαις πολεμοῦσι,
Sections 126–130
τὰς δὲ μοναρχίας συγκαθιστᾶσι. τὴν μέν γε Μαντινέων πόλιν εἰρήνης ἤδη γεγενημένης ἀνάστατον ἐποίησαν, καὶ τὴν Θηβαίων Καδμείαν κατέλαβον, καὶ νῦν Ὀλυνθίους καὶ Φλιασίους πολιορκοῦσιν, Ἀμύντᾳ δὲ τῷ Μακεδόνων βασιλεῖ καὶ Διονυσίῳ τῷ Σικελίας τυράννῳ καὶ τῷ βαρβάρῳ τῷ τῆς Ἀσίας κρατοῦντι συμπράττουσιν ὅπως ὡς μεγίστην ἀρχὴν ἕξουσιν.
καίτοι πῶς οὐκ ἄτοπον τοὺς προεστῶτας τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἕνα μὲν ἄνδρα τοσούτων ἀνθρώπων καθιστάναι δεσπότην, ὧν οὐδὲ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐξευρεῖν ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι, τὰς δὲ μεγίστας τῶν πόλεων μηδʼ αὐτὰς αὑτῶν ἐᾶν εἶναι κυρίας, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκάζειν δουλεύειν ἢ ταῖς μεγίσταις συμφοραῖς περιβάλλειν;
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ὅταν τις ἴδῃ τοὺς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχειν ἀξιοῦντας ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς Ἕλληνας καθʼ ἑκάστην τὴν ἡμέραν στρατευομένους, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς βαρβάρους εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον συμμαχίαν πεποιημένους.
καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπολάβῃ με δυσκόλως ἔχειν, ὅτι τραχύτερον τούτων ἐμήσθην, προειπὼν ὡς περὶ διαλλαγῶν ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους· οὐ γὰρ ἵνα πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους διαβάλω τὴν πόλιν τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων οὕτως εἴρηκα περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους παύσω, καθʼ ὅσον ὁ λόγος δύναται, τοιαύτην ἔχοντας τὴν γνώμην.
ἔστι δὲ οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἀποτρέπειν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, οὐδʼ ἑτέρων πράξεων πείθειν ἐπιθυμεῖν, ἢν μή τις ἐρρωμένως ἐπιτιμήσῃ τοῖς παροῦσιν· χρὴ δὲ κατηγορεῖν μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τοιαῦτα λέγοντας, νουθετεῖν δὲ τοὺς ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ λοιδοροῦντας. τὸν γὰρ αὐτὸν λόγον οὐχ ὁμοίως ὑπολαμβάνειν δεῖ, μὴ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας λεγόμενον.
Sections 131–135
ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔχομεν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτιμᾶν, ὅτι τῇ μὲν αὑτῶν πόλει τοὺς ὁμόρους εἱλωτεύειν ἀναγκάζουσι, τῷ δὲ κοινῷ τῷ τῶν συμμάχων οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον κατασκευάζουσιν, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαλυσαμένοις ἅπαντας τοὺς βαρβάρους περιοίκους ὅλης τῆς Ἑλλάδος καταστῆσαι.
καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς φύσει καὶ μὴ διὰ τύχην μέγα φρονοῦντας τοιούτοις ἔργοις ἐπιχειρεῖν πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς νησιώτας δασμολογεῖν, οὓς ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἐλεεῖν, ὁρῶντας τούτους μὲν διὰ σπανιότητα τῆς γῆς ὄρη γεωργεῖν ἀναγκαζομένους, τοὺς δʼ ἠπειρώτας διʼ ἀφθονίαν τῆς χώρας τὴν μὲν πλείστην αὐτῆς ἀργὸν περιορῶντας, ἐξ ἧς δὲ καρποῦνται τοσοῦτον πλοῦτον κεκτημένους.
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ, εἴ τινες ἄλλοθεν ἐπελθόντες θεαταὶ γένοιντο τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων, πολλὴν ἂν αὐτοὺς καταγνῶναι μανίαν ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν, οἵ τινες οὕτω περὶ μικρῶν κινδυνεύομεν, ἐξὸν ἀδεῶς πολλὰ κεκτῆσθαι, καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν αὐτῶν χώραν διαφθείρομεν, ἀμελήσαντες τὴν Ἀσίαν καρποῦσθαι.
καὶ τῷ μὲν οὐδὲν προὐργιαίτερόν ἐστιν ἢ σκοπεῖν ἐξ ὧν μηδέποτε παυσόμεθα πρὸς ἀλλήλους πολεμοῦντες· ἡμεῖς δὲ τοσούτου δέομεν συγκρούειν τι τῶν ἐκείνου πραγμάτων ἢ ποιεῖν στασιάζειν, ὥστε καὶ τὰς διὰ τύχην αὐτῷ γεγενημένας ταραχὰς συνδιαλύειν ἐπιχειροῦμεν, οἵ τινες καὶ τοῖν στρατοπέδοιν τοῖν περὶ Κύπρον ἐῶμεν αὐτὸν τῷ μὲν χρῆσθαι τὸ δὲ πολιορκεῖν, ἀμφοτέροιν αὐτοῖν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὄντοιν.
οἵ τε γὰρ ἀφεστῶτες πρὸς ἡμᾶς τʼ οἰκείως ἔχουσι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐνδιδόασιν, τῶν τε μετὰ Τειριβάζου στρατευομένων καὶ τοῦ πεζοῦ τὸ χρησιμώτατον ἐκ τῶνδε τῶν τόπων ἤθροισται, καὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ τὸ πλεῖστον ἀπʼ Ἰωνίας συμπέπλευκεν, οἳ πολὺ ἂν ἥδιον κοινῇ τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐπόρθουν ἢ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἕνεκα μικρῶν ἐκινδύνευον.
Sections 136–140
ὧν ἡμεῖς οὐδεμίαν ποιούμεθα πρόνοιαν, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων ἀμφισβητοῦμεν, τοσαύτας δὲ τὸ πλῆθος πόλεις καὶ τηλικαύτας τὸ μέγεθος δυνάμεις οὕτως εἰκῇ τῷ βαρβάρῳ παραδεδώκαμεν. τοιγαροῦν τὰ μὲν ἔχει, τὰ δὲ μέλλει, τοῖς δʼ ἐπιβουλεύει, δικαίως ἁπάντων ἡμῶν καταπεφρονηκώς.
διαπέπρακται γὰρ ὃ τῶν ἐκείνου προγόνων οὐδεὶς πώποτε· τήν τε γὰρ Ἀσίαν διωμολόγηται καὶ παρʼ ἡμῶν καὶ παρὰ Λακεδαιμονίων βασιλέως εἶναι, τάς τε πόλεις τὰς Ἑλληνίδας οὕτω κυρίως παρείληφεν, ὥστε τὰς μὲν αὐτῶν κατασκάπτειν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἀκροπόλεις ἐντειχίζειν. καὶ ταῦτα πάντα γέγονε διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἄνοιαν, ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ τὴν ἐκείνου δύναμιν.
καίτοι τινὲς θαυμάζουσι τὸ μέγεθος τῶν βασιλέως πραγμάτων, καί φασιν αὐτὸν εἶναι δυσπολέμητον, διεξιόντες ὡς πολλὰς τὰς μεταβολὰς τοῖς Ἕλλησι πεποίηκεν. ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι μὲν τοὺς ταῦτα λέγοντας οὐκ ἀποτρέπειν ἀλλʼ ἐπισπεύδειν τὴν στρατείαν· εἰ γὰρ ἡμῶν ὁμονοησάντων αὐτὸς ἐν ταραχαῖς ὢν χαλεπὸς ἔσται προσπολεμεῖν, ἦ που σφόδρα χρὴ δεδιέναι τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον, ὅταν τὰ μὲν τῶν βαρβάρων καταστῇ καὶ διὰ μιᾶς γένηται γνώμης, ἡμεῖς δὲ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὥσπερ νῦν πολεμικῶς ἔχωμεν.
οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ εἰ συναγορεύουσι τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις, οὐδʼ ὣς ὀρθῶς περὶ τῆς ἐκείνου δυνάμεως γιγνώσκουσιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀπέφαινον αὐτὸν ἅμα τοῖν πολέοιν ἀμφοτέροιν πρότερόν ποτε περιγεγενημένον, εἰκότως ἂν ἡμᾶς καὶ νῦν ἐκφοβεῖν ἐπεχείρουν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μὲν μὴ γέγονεν, ἀντιπάλων δʼ ὄντων ἡμῶν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων προσθέμενος τοῖς ἑτέροις ἐπικυδέστερα τὰ πράγματα θάτερʼ ἐποίησεν, οὐδέν ἐστι τοῦτο σημεῖον τῆς ἐκείνου ῥώμης. ἐν γὰρ τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς πολλάκις μικραὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας τὰς ῥοπὰς ἐποίησαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ περὶ Χίων ἔχοιμʼ ἂν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον εἰπεῖν, ὡς ὁποτέροις ἐκεῖνοι προσθέσθαι βουληθεῖεν, οὗτοι κατὰ θάλατταν κρείττους ἦσαν.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἐκ τούτων δίκαιόν ἐστι σκοπεῖν τὴν βασιλέως δύναμιν, ἐξ ὧν μεθʼ ἑκατέρων γέγονεν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ πεπολέμηκεν.
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἀποστάσης Αἰγύπτου τί διαπέπρακται πρὸς τοὺς ἔχοντας αὐτήν; οὐκ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον τοῦτον κατέπεμψε τοὺς εὐδοκιμωτάτους Περσῶν, Ἀβροκόμαν καὶ Τιθραύστην καὶ Φαρνάβαζον, οὗτοι δὲ τρίʼ ἔτη μείναντες, καὶ πλείω κακὰ παθόντες ἢ ποιήσαντες, τελευτῶντες οὕτως αἰσχρῶς ἀπηλλάγησαν, ὥστε τοὺς ἀφεστῶτας μηκέτι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἀγαπᾶν, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ τῶν ὁμόρων ζητεῖν ἐπάρχειν;
Sections 141–145
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐπʼ Εὐαγόραν στρατεύσας, ὃς ἄρχει μὲν μιᾶς πόλεως, ἐν δὲ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἔκδοτός ἐστιν, οἰκῶν δὲ νῆσον κατὰ μὲν θάλατταν προδεδυστύχηκεν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς χώρας τρισχιλίους ἔχει μόνον πελταστάς, ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὕτω ταπεινῆς δυνάμεως οὐ δύναται περιγενέσθαι βασιλεὺς πολεμῶν, ἀλλʼ ἤδη μὲν ἓξ ἔτη διατέτριφεν, εἰ δὲ δεῖ τὰ μέλλοντα τοῖς γεγενημένοις τεκμαίρεσθαι, πολὺ πλείων ἐλπίς ἐστιν ἕτερον ἀποστῆναι πρὶν ἐκεῖνον ἐκπολιορκηθῆναι· τοιαῦται βραδυτῆτες ἐν ταῖς πράξεσι ταῖς βασιλέως ἔνεισιν.
ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ περὶ Ῥόδον ἔχων μὲν τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίων συμμάχους εὔνους διὰ τὴν χαλεπότητα τῶν πολιτειῶν, χρώμενος δὲ ταῖς ὑπηρεσίαις ταῖς παρʼ ἡμῶν, στρατηγοῦντος δʼ αὐτῷ Κόνωνος, ὃς ἦν ἐπιμελέστατος μὲν τῶν στρατηγῶν, πιστότατος δὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἐμπειρότατος δὲ τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον κινδύνων, τοιοῦτον λαβὼν συναγωνιστὴν τρία μὲν ἔτη περιεῖδε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ προκινδυνεῦον ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἀσίας ὑπὸ τριήρων ἑκατὸν μόνων πολιορκούμενον, πεντεκαίδεκα δὲ μηνῶν τοὺς στρατιώτας τὸν μισθὸν ἀπεστέρησεν, ὥστε τὸ μὲν ἐπʼ ἐκείνῳ πολλάκις ἂν διελύθησαν, διὰ δὲ τὸν ἐφεστῶτα καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν τὴν περὶ Κόρινθον συστᾶσαν μόλις ναυμαχοῦντες ἐνίκησαν.
καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ τὰ βασιλικώτατα καὶ σεμνότατα τῶν ἐκείνῳ πεπραγμένων, καὶ περὶ ὧν οὐδέποτε παύονται λέγοντες οἱ βουλόμενοι τὰ τῶν βαρβάρων μεγάλα ποιεῖν.
ὥστʼ οὐδεὶς ἂν ἔχοι τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, ὡς οὐ δικαίως χρῶμαι τοῖς παραδείγμασιν, οὐδʼ ὡς ἐπὶ μικροῖς διατρίβω τὰς μεγίστας τῶν πράξεων παραλείπων·
φεύγων γὰρ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἔργων διῆλθον, οὐκ ἀμνημονῶν οὐδʼ ἐκείνων, ὅτι Δερκυλίδας μὲν χιλίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας τῆς Αἰολίδος ἐπῆρχε, Δράκων δὲ Ἀταρνέα καταλαβὼν καὶ τρισχιλίους πελταστὰς συλλέξας τὸ Μύσιον πεδίον ἀνάστατον ἐποίησε, Θίβρων δὲ ὀλίγῳ πλείους τούτων διαβιβάσας τὴν Λυδίαν ἅπασαν ἐπόρθησεν, Ἀγησίλαος δὲ τῷ Κυρείῳ στρατεύματι χρώμενος μικροῦ δεῖν τῆς ἐντὸς Ἅλυος χώρας ἐκράτησεν.
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τὴν στρατιὰν τὴν μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως περιπολοῦσαν, οὐδὲ τὴν Περσῶν ἀνδρίαν ἄξιον φοβηθῆναι· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι φανερῶς ἐπεδείχθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν Κύρῳ συναναβάντων οὐδὲν βελτίους ὄντες τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ. τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλας μάχας ὅσας ἡττήθησαν ἐῶ, καὶ τίθημι στασιάζειν αὐτοὺς καὶ μὴ βούλεσθαι προθύμως πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν βασιλέως διακινδυνεύειν.
Sections 146–150
ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ Κύρου τελευτήσαντος συνῆλθον ἅπαντες οἱ τὴν Ἀσίαν κατοικοῦντες, ἐν τούτοις τοῖς καιροῖς οὕτως αἰσχρῶς ἐπολέμησαν, ὥστε μηδένα λόγον ὑπολιπεῖν τοῖς εἰθισμένοις τὴν Περσῶν ἀνδρίαν ἐπαινεῖν. λαβόντες γὰρ ἑξακισχιλίους τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐκ ἀριστίνδην ἐπειλεγμένους, ἀλλʼ οἳ διὰ φαυλότητα ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ζῆν, ἀπείρους μὲν τῆς χώρας ὄντας, ἐρήμους δὲ συμμάχων γεγενημένους, προδεδομένους δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν συναναβάντων, ἀπεστερημένους δὲ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ μεθʼ οὗ συνηκολούθησαν,
τοσοῦτον αὐτῶν ἥττους ἦσαν, ὥσθʼ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀπορήσας τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασι καὶ καταφρονήσας τῆς περὶ αὑτὸν δυνάμεως τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοὺς τῶν ἐπικούρων ὑποσπόνδους συλλαβεῖν ἐτόλμησεν, ὡς εἰ τοῦτο παρανομήσειε συνταράξων τὸ στρατόπεδον, καὶ μᾶλλον εἵλετο περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἐξαμαρτεῖν ἢ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ διαγωνίσασθαι.
διαμαρτὼν δὲ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς, καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν συμμεινάντων καὶ καλῶς ἐνεγκόντων τὴν συμφοράν, ἀπιοῦσιν αὐτοῖς Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας συνέπεμψεν, ὑφʼ ὧν ἐκεῖνοι παρὰ πᾶσαν ἐπιβουλευόμενοι τὴν ὁδὸν ὁμοίως διεπορεύθησαν ὡσπερανεὶ προπεμπόμενοι, μάλιστα μὲν φοβούμενοι τὴν ἀοίκητον τῆς χώρας, μέγιστον δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν νομίζοντες εἰ τῶν πολεμίων ὡς πλείστοις ἐντύχοιεν.
κεφάλαιον δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ οὐκ ἐπὶ λείαν ἐλθόντες οὐδὲ κώμην καταλαβόντες, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα στρατεύσαντες, ἀσφαλέστερον κατέβησαν τῶν περὶ φιλίας ὡς αὐτὸν πρεσβευόντων. ὥστε μοι δοκοῦσιν ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς τόποις σαφῶς ἐπιδεδεῖχθαι τὴν αὑτῶν μαλακίαν· καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ παραλίᾳ τῆς Ἀσίας πολλὰς μάχας ἥττηνται, καὶ διαβάντες εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην δίκην ἔδοσαν (οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν κακῶς ἀπώλοντο, οἱ δʼ αἰσχρῶς ἐσώθησαν), καὶ τελευτῶντες ὑπʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς βασιλείοις καταγέλαστοι γεγόνασιν.
καὶ τούτων οὐδὲν ἀλόγως γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ πάντʼ εἰκότως ἀποβέβηκεν· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε τοὺς οὕτω τρεφομένους καὶ πολιτευομένους οὔτε τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς μετέχειν οὔτʼ ἐν ταῖς μάχαις τρόπαιον ἱστάναι τῶν πολεμίων. πῶς γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνων ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐγγενέσθαι δύναιτʼ ἂν ἢ στρατηγὸς δεινὸς ἢ στρατιώτης ἀγαθός, ὧν τὸ μὲν πλεῖστόν ἐστιν ὄχλος ἄτακτος καὶ κινδύνων ἄπειρος, πρὸς μὲν τὸν πόλεμον ἐκλελυμένος, πρὸς δὲ τὴν δουλείαν ἄμεινον τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν οἰκετῶν πεπαιδευμένος,
Sections 151–155
οἱ δʼ ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις δόξαις ὄντες αὐτῶν ὁμαλῶς μὲν οὐδὲ κοινῶς οὐδὲ πολιτικῶς οὐδεπώποτʼ ἐβίωσαν, ἅπαντα δὲ τὸν χρόνον διάγουσιν εἰς μὲν τοὺς ὑβρίζοντες τοῖς δὲ δουλεύοντες, ὡς ἂν ἄνθρωποι μάλιστα τὰς φύσεις διαφθαρεῖεν, καὶ τὰ μὲν σώματα διὰ τοὺς πλούτους τρυφῶντες, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς διὰ τὰς μοναρχίας ταπεινὰς καὶ περιδεεῖς ἔχοντες, ἐξεταζόμενοι πρὸς αὐτοῖς τοῖς βασιλείοις καὶ προκαλινδούμενοι καὶ πάντα τρόπον μικρὸν φρονεῖν μελετῶντες, θνητὸν μὲν ἄνδρα προσκυνοῦντες καὶ δαίμονα προσαγορεύοντες, τῶν δὲ θεῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὀλιγωροῦντες. τοιγαροῦν οἱ καταβαίνοντες αὐτῶν ἐπὶ θάλατταν,
οὓς καλοῦσι σατράπας, οὐ καταισχύνουσι τὴν ἐκεῖ παίδευσιν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσι τοῖς αὐτοῖς διαμένουσι, πρὸς μὲν τοὺς φίλους ἀπίστως πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἀνάνδρως ἔχοντες, καὶ τὰ μὲν ταπεινῶς τὰ δʼ ὑπερηφάνως ζῶντες, τῶν μὲν συμμάχων καταφρονοῦντες τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους θεραπεύοντες.
τὴν μέν γε μετʼ Ἀγησιλάου στρατιὰν ὀκτὼ μῆνας ταῖς αὑτῶν δαπάναις διέθρεψαν, τοὺς δʼ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν κινδυνεύοντας ἑτέρου τοσούτου χρόνου τὸν μισθὸν ἀπεστέρησαν· καὶ τοῖς μὲν Κισθήνην καταλαβοῦσιν ἑκατὸν τάλαντα διένειμαν, τοὺς δὲ μεθʼ αὑτῶν εἰς Κύπρον στρατευσαμένους μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ὕβριζον.
ὡς δʼ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν καὶ μὴ καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, τίς ἢ τῶν πολεμησάντων αὐτοῖς οὐκ εὐδαιμονήσας ἀπῆλθεν, ἢ τῶν ὑπʼ ἐκείνοις γενομένων οὐκ αἰκισθεὶς τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν; οὐ Κόνωνα μέν, ὃς ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἀσίας στρατηγήσας τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων κατέλυσεν, ἐπὶ θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν ἐτόλμησαν, Θεμιστοκλέα δʼ, ὃς ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος αὐτοὺς κατεναυμάχησε, τῶν μεγίστων δωρεῶν ἠξίωσαν;
καίτοι πῶς χρὴ τὴν τούτων φιλίαν ἀγαπᾶν, οἳ τοὺς μὲν εὐεργέτας τιμωροῦνται, τοὺς δὲ κακῶς ποιοῦντας οὕτως ἐπιφανῶς κολακεύουσιν; περὶ τίνας δʼ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξημαρτήκασιν; ποῖον δὲ χρόνον διαλελοίπασιν ἐπιβουλεύοντες τοῖς Ἕλλησιν; τί δʼ οὐκ ἐχθρὸν αὐτοῖς ἐστι τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν, οἳ καὶ τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἕδη καὶ τοὺς νεὼς συλᾶν ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ πολέμῳ καὶ κατακάειν ἐτόλμησαν; διὸ καὶ τοὺς Ἴωνας ἄξιον ἐπαινεῖν,
Sections 156–160
ὅτι τῶν ἐμπρησθέντων ἱερῶν ἐπηράσαντο εἴ τινες κινήσειαν ἢ πάλιν εἰς τἀρχαῖα καταστῆσαι βουληθεῖεν, οὐκ ἀποροῦντες πόθεν ἐπισκευάσωσιν, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ὑπόμνημα τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις ᾖ τῆς τῶν βαρβάρων ἀσεβείας, καὶ μηδεὶς πιστεύῃ τοῖς τοιαῦτα εἰς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἐξαμαρτεῖν τολμῶσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ φυλάττωνται καὶ δεδίωσιν, ὁρῶντες αὐτοὺς οὐ μόνον τοῖς σώμασιν ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀναθήμασι πολεμήσαντας.
ἔχω δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων τοιαῦτα διελθεῖν. καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἄλλους, ὅσοις πεπολεμήκασιν, ἅμα διαλλάττονται καὶ τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς γεγενημένης ἐπιλανθάνονται, τοῖς δʼ ἠπειρώταις οὐδʼ ὅταν εὖ πάσχωσι χάριν ἴσασιν· οὕτως ἀείμνηστον τὴν ὀργὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔχουσιν. καὶ πολλῶν μὲν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μηδισμοῦ θάνατον κατέγνωσαν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς συλλόγοις ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀρὰς ποιοῦνται, πρὶν ἄλλο τι χρηματίζειν, εἴ τις ἐπικηρυκεύεται Πέρσαις τῶν πολιτῶν· Εὐμολπίδαι δὲ καὶ Κήρυκες ἐν τῇ τελετῇ τῶν μυστηρίων διὰ τὸ τούτων μῖσος καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις βαρβάροις εἴργεσθαι τῶν ἱερῶν, ὥσπερ τοῖς ἀνδροφόνοις,
προαγορεύουσιν. οὕτω δὲ φύσει πολεμικῶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔχομεν, ὥστε καὶ τῶν μύθων ἥδιστα συνδιατρίβομεν τοῖς Τρωικοῖς καὶ Περσικοῖς, διʼ ὧν ἔστι πυνθάνεσθαι τὰς ἐκείνων συμφοράς. εὕροι δʼ ἄν τις ἐκ μὲν τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ὕμνους πεποιημένους, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας θρήνους ἡμῖν γεγενημένους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς ᾀδομένους, τῶν δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἡμᾶς μεμνημένους.
οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τὴν Ὁμήρου ποίησιν μείζω λαβεῖν δόξαν, ὅτι καλῶς τοὺς πολεμήσαντας τοῖς βαρβάροις ἐνεκωμίασε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο βουληθῆναι τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν ἔντιμον αὐτοῦ ποιῆσαι τὴν τέχνην ἔν τε τοῖς τῆς μουσικῆς ἄθλοις καὶ τῇ παιδεύσει τῶν νεωτέρων, ἳνα πολλάκις ἀκούοντες τῶν ἐπῶν ἐκμανθάνωμεν τὴν ἔχθραν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ ζηλοῦντες τὰς ἀρετὰς τῶν στρατευσαμένων τῶν αὐτῶν ἔργων ἐκείνοις ἐπιθυμῶμεν.
ὥστε μοι δοκεῖ πολλὰ λίαν εἶναι τὰ παρακελευόμενα πολεμεῖν αὐτοῖς, μάλιστα δʼ ὁ παρὼν καιρός, ὃν οὐκ ἀφετέον· καὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν παρόντι μὲν μὴ χρῆσθαι, παρελθόντος δʼ αὐτοῦ μεμνῆσθαι. τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ βουληθεῖμεν ἡμῖν προσγενέσθαι, μέλλοντες βασιλεῖ πολεμεῖν, ἔξω τῶν νῦν ὑπαρχόντων;
Sections 161–165
οὐκ Αἴγυπτος μὲν αὐτοῦ καὶ Κύπρος ἀφέστηκε, Φοινίκη δὲ καὶ Συρία διὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἀνάστατοι γεγόνασι, Τύρος δʼ, ἐφʼ ᾗ μέγʼ ἐφρόνησεν, ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τῶν ἐκείνου κατείληπται; τῶν δʼ ἐν Κιλικίᾳ πόλεων τὰς μὲν πλείστας οἱ μεθʼ ἡμῶν ὄντες ἔχουσι, τὰς δʼ οὐ χαλεπόν ἐστι κτήσασθαι. Λυκίας δʼ οὐδεὶς πώποτε Περσῶν ἐκράτησεν.
Ἑκατόμνως δʼ ὁ Καρίας ἐπίσταθμος τῇ μὲν ἀληθείᾳ πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ἀφέστηκεν, ὁμολογήσει δʼ ὅταν ἡμεῖς βουληθῶμεν. ἀπὸ δὲ Κνίδου μέχρι Σινώπης Ἕλληνες τὴν Ἀσίαν παροικοῦσιν, οὓς οὐ δεῖ πείθειν ἀλλὰ μὴ κωλύειν πολεμεῖν. καίτοι τοιούτων ὁρμητηρίων ὑπαρξάντων, καὶ τοσούτου πολέμου τὴν Ἀσίαν περιστάντος, τί δεῖ τὰ συμβησόμενα λίαν ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζειν; ὅπου γὰρ μικρῶν μερῶν ἥττους εἰσίν, οὐκ ἄδηλον ὡς ἂν διατεθεῖεν, εἰ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν πολεμεῖν ἀναγκασθεῖεν.
ἔχει δʼ οὕτως. ἐὰν μὲν ὁ βάρβαρος ἐρρωμενεστέρως κατάσχῃ τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, φρουρὰς μείζους ἐν αὐταῖς ἢ νῦν ἐγκαταστήσας, τάχʼ ἂν καὶ τῶν νήσων αἱ περὶ τὴν ἤπειρον, οἷον Ῥόδος καὶ Σάμος καὶ Χίος, ἐπὶ τὰς ἐκείνου τύχας ἀποκλίναιεν· ἢν δʼ ἡμεῖς αὐτὰς πρότεροι καταλάβωμεν, εἰκὸς τοὺς τὴν Λυδίαν καὶ Φρυγίαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην τὴν ὑπερκειμένην χώραν οἰκοῦντας ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν ὁρμωμένοις εἶναι.
διὸ δεῖ σπεύδειν καὶ μηδεμίαν ποιεῖσθαι διατριβήν, ἵνα μὴ πάθωμεν ὅπερ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ὑστερίσαντες τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ προέμενοί τινας τῶν συμμάχων ἠναγκάσθησαν ὀλίγοι πρὸς πολλοὺς κινδυνεύειν, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς προτέροις διαβᾶσιν εἰς τὴν ἤπειρον μετὰ πάσης τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων δυνάμεως ἐν μέρει τῶν ἐθνῶν ἕκαστον χειροῦσθαι.
δέδεικται γὰρ, ὅταν τις πολεμῇ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἐκ πολλῶν τόπων συλλεγομένους, ὅτι δεῖ μὴ περιμένειν ἕως ἂν ἐπιστῶσιν, ἀλλʼ ἔτι διεσπαρμένοις αὐτοῖς ἐπιχειρεῖν. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὖν προεξαμαρτόντες ἅπαντα ταῦτʼ ἐπηνωρθώσαντο, καταστάντες εἰς τοὺς μεγίστους ἀγῶνας· ἡμεῖς δʼ ἂν σωφρονῶμεν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς φυλαξόμεθα, καὶ πειρασόμεθα φθῆναι περὶ τὴν Λυδίαν καὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν στρατόπεδον ἐγκαταστήσαντες,
Sections 166–170
εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ βασιλεὺς οὐχ ἑκόντων ἄρχει τῶν ἠπειρωτῶν, ἀλλὰ μείζω δύναμιν περὶ αὑτὸν ἑκάστων αὐτῶν ποιησάμενος· ἧς ἡμεῖς ὅταν κρείττω διαβιβάσωμεν, ὃ βουληθέντες ῥᾳδίως ἂν ποιήσαιμεν, ἀσφαλῶς ἅπασαν τὴν Ἀσίαν καρπωσόμεθα. πολὺ δὲ κάλλιον ἐκείνῳ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας πολεμεῖν, ἢ πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀμφισβητεῖν.
ἄξιον δʼ ἐπὶ τῆς νῦν ἡλικίας ποιήσασθαι τὴν στρατείαν, ἵνʼ οἱ τῶν συμφορῶν κοινωνήσαντες, οὗτοι καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπολαύσωσι καὶ μὴ πάντα τὸν χρόνον δυστυχοῦντες διαγάγωσιν. ἱκανὸς γὰρ ὁ παρεληλυθώς, ἐν ᾧ τί τῶν δεινῶν οὐ γέγονεν; πολλῶν γὰρ κακῶν τῇ φύσει τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπαρχόντων αὐτοὶ πλείω τῶν ἀναγκαίων προσεξευρήκαμεν, πολέμους καὶ στάσεις ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐμποιήσαντες,
ὥστε τοὺς μὲν ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀνόμως ἀπόλλυσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ ξένης μετὰ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν ἀλᾶσθαι, πολλοὺς δὲ διʼ ἔνδειαν τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐπικουρεῖν ἀναγκαζομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοῖς φίλοις μαχομένους ἀποθνήσκειν.
ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδεὶς πώποτʼ ἠγανάκτησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν ταῖς συμφοραῖς ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ποιητῶν συγκειμέναις δακρύειν ἀξιοῦσιν, ἀληθινὰ δὲ πάθη πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ γιγνόμενα διὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἐφορῶντες τοσούτου δέουσιν ἐλεεῖν, ὥστε καὶ μᾶλλον χαίρουσιν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀλλήλων κακοῖς ἢ τοῖς αὑτῶν ἰδίοις ἀγαθοῖς.
ἴσως δʼ ἂν καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς εὐηθείας πολλοὶ καταγελάσειαν, εἰ δυστυχίας ἀνδρῶν ὀδυροίμην ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις καιροῖς, ἐν οἷς Ἰταλία μὲν ἀνάστατος γέγονε, Σικελία δὲ καταδεδούλωται, τοσαῦται δὲ πόλεις τοῖς βαρβάροις ἐκδέδονται, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ μέρη τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις κινδύνοις ἐστίν.
θαυμάζω δὲ τῶν δυναστευόντων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν, εἰ προσήκειν αὑτοῖς ἡγοῦνται μέγα φρονεῖν, μηδὲν πώποθʼ ὑπὲρ τηλικούτων πραγμάτων μήτʼ εἰπεῖν μήτʼ ἐνθυμηθῆναι δυνηθέντες. ἐχρῆν γὰρ αὐτούς, εἴπερ ἦσαν ἄξιοι τῆς παρούσης δόξης, ἁπάντων ἀφεμένους τῶν ἄλλων περὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους εἰσηγεῖσθαι καὶ συμβουλεύειν.
Sections 171–175
τυχὸν μὲν γὰρ ἄν τι συνεπέραναν· εἰ δὲ καὶ προαπεῖπον, ἀλλʼ οὖν τούς γε λόγους ὥσπερ χρησμοὺς εἰς τὸν ἐπιόντα χρόνον ἂν κατέλιπον. νῦν δʼ οἱ μὲν ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις δόξαις ὄντες ἐπὶ μικροῖς σπουδάζουσιν, ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς τῶν πολιτικῶν ἐξεστηκόσι περὶ τηλικούτων πραγμάτων συμβουλεύειν παραλελοίπασιν.
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅσῳ μικροψυχότεροι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες οἱ προεστῶτες ἡμῶν, τοσούτῳ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐρρωμενεστέρως δεῖ σκοπεῖν ὅπως ἀπαλλαγησόμεθα τῆς παρούσης ἔχθρας. νῦν μὲν γὰρ μάτην ποιούμεθα τὰς περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης συνθήκας· οὐ γὰρ διαλυόμεθα τοὺς πολέμους ἀλλʼ ἀναβαλλόμεθα, καὶ περιμένομεν τοὺς καιροὺς ἐν οἷς ἀνήκεστόν τι κακὸν ἀλλήλους ἐργάσασθαι δυνησόμεθα.
δεῖ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς ἐκποδὼν ποιησαμένους ἐκείνοις τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπιχειρεῖν, ἐξ ὧν τάς τε πόλεις ἀσφαλέστερον οἰκήσομεν καὶ πιστότερον διακεισόμεθα πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς. ἔστι δʼ ἁπλοῦς καὶ ῥᾴδιος ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ τούτων· οὔτε γὰρ εἰρήνην οἷόν τε βεβαίαν ἀγαγεῖν, ἢν μὴ κοινῇ τοῖς βαρβάροις πολεμήσωμεν, οὔθʼ ὁμονοῆσαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, πρὶν ἂν καὶ τὰς ὠφελίας ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς ποιησώμεθα.
τούτων δὲ γενομένων, καὶ τῆς ἀπορίας τῆς περὶ τὸν βίον ἡμῶν ἀφαιρεθείσης, ἣ καὶ τὰς ἑταιρίας διαλύει καὶ τὰς συγγενείας εἰς ἔχθραν προάγει καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς πολέμους καὶ στάσεις καθίστησιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐχ ὁμονοήσομεν καὶ τὰς εὐνοίας ἀληθινὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἕξομεν. ὧν ἕνεκα περὶ παντὸς ποιητέον ὅπως ὡς τάχιστα τὸν ἐνθένδε πόλεμον εἰς τὴν ἤπειρον διοριοῦμεν, ὡς μόνον ἂν τοῦτʼ ἀγαθὸν ἀπολαύσαιμεν τῶν κινδύνων τῶν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, εἰ ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις ταῖς ἐκ τούτων γεγενημέναις πρὸς τὸν βάρβαρον καταχρήσασθαι δόξειεν ἡμῖν.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἴσως διὰ τὰς συνθήκας ἄξιον ἐπισχεῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπειχθῆναι καὶ θᾶττον ποιήσασθαι τὴν στρατείαν; διʼ ἃς αἱ μὲν ἠλευθερωμέναι τῶν πόλεων βασιλεῖ χάριν ἴσασιν, ὡς διʼ ἐκεῖνον τυχοῦσαι τῆς αὐτονομίας ταύτης, αἱ δʼ ἐκδεδομέναι τοῖς βαρβάροις μάλιστα μὲν Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐπικαλοῦσιν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς μετασχοῦσι τῆς εἰρήνης, ὡς ὑπὸ τούτων δουλεύειν ἠναγκασμέναι. καίτοι πῶς οὐ χρὴ διαλύειν ταύτας τὰς ὁμολογίας, ἐξ ὧν τοιαύτη δόξα γέγονεν, ὡς ὁ μὲν βάρβαρος κήδεται τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ φύλαξ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐστίν, ἡμῶν δέ τινές εἰσιν οἱ λυμαινόμενοι καὶ κακῶς ποιοῦντες αὐτήν;
Sections 176–180
ὃ δὲ πάντων καταγελαστότατον, ὅτι τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν ταῖς ὁμολογίαις τὰ χείριστα τυγχάνομεν διαφυλάττοντες. ἃ μὲν γὰρ αὐτονόμους ἀφίησι τάς τε νήσους καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐπὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης, πάλαι λέλυται καὶ μάτην ἐν ταῖς στήλαις ἐστίν· ἃ δʼ αἰσχύνην ἡμῖν φέρει καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν συμμάχων ἐκδέδωκε, ταῦτα δὲ κατὰ χώραν μένει καὶ πάντες αὐτὰ κύρια ποιοῦμεν· ἃ χρῆν ἀναιρεῖν καὶ μηδὲ μίαν ἐᾶν ἡμέραν, νομίζοντας προστάγματα καὶ μὴ συνθήκας εἶναι. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι συνθῆκαι μέν εἰσιν, αἵ τινες ἂν ἴσως καὶ κοινῶς ἀμφοτέροις ἔχωσι, προστάγματα δὲ τὰ τοὺς ἑτέρους ἐλαττοῦντα παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον;
διὸ καὶ τῶν πρεσβευσάντων ταύτην τὴν εἰρήνην δικαίως ἂν κατηγοροῖμεν, ὅτι πεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὑπὲρ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐποιήσαντο τὰς συνθήκας. ἐχρῆν γὰρ αὐτούς, εἴτʼ ἐδόκει τὴν αὑτῶν ἔχειν ἑκάστους, εἴτε καὶ τῶν δοριαλώτων ἐπάρχειν, εἴτε τούτων κρατεῖν ὧν ὑπὸ τὴν εἰρήνην ἐτυγχάνομεν ἔχοντες, ἕν τι τούτων ὁρισαμένους καὶ κοινὸν τὸ δίκαιον ποιησαμένους, οὕτω συγγράφεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
νῦν δὲ τῇ μὲν ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει καὶ τῇ Λακεδαιμονίων οὐδεμίαν τιμὴν ἀπένειμαν, τὸν δὲ βάρβαρον ἁπάσης τῆς Ἀσίας δεσπότην κατέστησαν, ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου πολεμησάντων, ἡμῶν, ἢ τῆς μὲν Περσῶν ἀρχῆς πάλαι καθεστηκυίας ἡμῶν δʼ ἄρτι τὰς πόλεις κατοικούντων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκείνων μὲν νεωστὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐχόντων, ἡμῶν δὲ τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι δυναστευόντων.
οἶμαι δʼ ἐκείνως εἰπὼν μᾶλλον δηλώσειν τήν τε περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀτιμίαν γεγενημένην καὶ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πλεονεξίαν. τῆς γὰρ γῆς ἁπάσης τῆς ὑπὸ τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης δίχα τετμημένης, καὶ τῆς μὲν Ἀσίας τῆς δʼ Εὐρώπης καλουμένης, τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἐκ τῶν συνθηκῶν εἴληφεν, ὥσπερ πρὸς τὸν Δία τὴν χώραν νεμόμενος, ἀλλʼ οὐ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους τὰς συνθήκας ποιούμενος.
καὶ ταύτας ἡμᾶς ἠνάγκασεν ἐν στήλαις λιθίναις ἀναγράψαντας ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς τῶν ἱερῶν καταθεῖναι, πολὺ κάλλιον τρόπαιον τῶν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις γιγνομένων· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ μικρῶν ἔργων καὶ μιᾶς τύχης ἐστίν, αὗται δʼ ὑπὲρ ἅπαντος τοῦ πολέμου καὶ καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἑστήκασιν.
Sections 181–185
ὑπὲρ ὧν ἄξιον ὀργίζεσθαι, καὶ σκοπεῖν ὅπως τῶν τε γεγενημένων δίκην ληψόμεθα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα διορθωσόμεθα. καὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν ἰδίᾳ μὲν τοῖς βαρβάροις οἰκέταις ἀξιοῦν χρῆσθαι, δημοσίᾳ δὲ τοσούτους τῶν συμμάχων περιορᾶν αὐτοῖς δουλεύοντας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὰ Τρωικὰ γενομένους μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἁρπασθείσης οὕτως ἅπαντας συνοργισθῆναι τοῖς ἀδικηθεῖσιν, ὥστε μὴ πρότερον παύσασθαι πολεμοῦντας πρὶν τὴν πόλιν ἀνάστατον ἐποίησαν τοῦ τολμήσαντος ἐξαμαρτεῖν,
ἡμᾶς δʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὑβριζομένης μηδεμίαν ποιήσασθαι κοινὴν τιμωρίαν, ἐξὸν ἡμῖν εὐχῆς ἄξια διαπράξασθαι. μόνος γὰρ οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος εἰρήνης κρείττων ἐστί, θεωρίᾳ μὲν μᾶλλον ἢ στρατείᾳ προσεοικώς, ἀμφοτέροις δὲ συμφέρων, καὶ τοῖς ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καὶ τοῖς πολεμεῖν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν. εἴη γὰρ ἂν τοῖς μὲν ἀδεῶς τὰ σφέτερʼ αὐτῶν καρποῦσθαι, τοῖς δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων μεγάλους πλούτους κατακτήσασθαι.
πολλαχῇ δʼ ἄν τις λογιζόμενος εὕροι ταύτας τὰς πράξεις μάλιστα λυσιτελούσας ἡμῖν. φέρε γάρ, πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν τοὺς μηδεμιᾶς πλεονεξίας ἐπιθυμοῦντας ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ τὸ δίκαιον σκοποῦντας; οὐ πρὸς τοὺς καὶ πρότερον κακῶς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ποιήσαντας καὶ νῦν ἐπιβουλεύοντας καὶ πάντα τὸν χρόνον οὕτω πρὸς ἡμᾶς διακειμένους;
τίσι δὲ φθονεῖν εἰκός ἐστι τοὺς μὴ παντάπασιν ἀνάνδρως διακειμένους ἀλλὰ μετρίως τούτῳ τῷ πράγματι χρωμένους; οὐ τοῖς μείζους μὲν τὰς δυναστείας ἢ κατʼ ἀνθρώπους περιβεβλημένοις, ἐλάττονος δʼ ἀξίοις τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν δυστυχούντων; ἐπὶ τίνας δὲ στρατεύειν προσήκει τοὺς ἅμα μὲν εὐσεβεῖν βουλομένους ἅμα δὲ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἐνθυμουμένους; οὐκ ἐπὶ τοὺς καὶ φύσει πολεμίους καὶ πατρικοὺς ἐχθρούς, καὶ πλεῖστα μὲν ἀγαθὰ κεκτημένους, ἥκιστα δʼ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀμύνεσθαι δυναμένους; οὐκοῦν ἐκεῖνοι πᾶσι τούτοις ἔνοχοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες.
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τὰς πόλεις λυπήσομεν στρατιώτας ἐξ αὐτῶν καταλέγοντες, ὃ νῦν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὀχληρότατόν ἐστιν αὐταῖς· πολὺ γὰρ οἶμαι σπανιωτέρους ἔσεσθαι τοὺς μένειν ἐθελήσοντας τῶν συνακολουθεῖν ἐπιθυμησόντων. τίς γὰρ οὕτως ἢ νέος ἢ παλαιὸς ῥᾴθυμός ἐστιν, ὅστις οὐ μετασχεῖν βουλήσεται ταύτης τῆς στρατιᾶς, τῆς ὑπʼ Ἀθηναίων μὲν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων στρατηγουμένης, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς τῶν συμμάχων ἐλευθερίας ἀθροιζομένης, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσης ἐκπεμπομένης, ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων τιμωρίαν πορευομένης;
Sections 186–189
φήμην δὲ καὶ μνήμην καὶ δόξαν πόσην τινὰ χρὴ νομίζειν ἢ ζῶντας ἕξειν ἢ τελευτήσαντας καταλείψειν τοὺς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔργοις ἀριστεύσαντας; ὅπου γὰρ οἱ πρὸς Ἀλέξανδρον πολεμήσαντες καὶ μίαν πόλιν ἑλόντες τοιούτων ἐπαίνων ἠξιώθησαν, ποίων τινῶν χρὴ προσδοκᾶν ἐγκωμίων τεύξεσθαι τοὺς ὅλης τῆς Ἀσίας κρατήσαντας; τίς γὰρ ἢ τῶν ποιεῖν δυναμένων ἢ τῶν λέγειν ἐπισταμένων οὐ πονήσει καὶ φιλοσοφήσει βουλόμενος ἅμα τῆς θʼ αὑτοῦ διανοίας καὶ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀρετῆς μνημεῖον εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον καταλιπεῖν;
οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ τυγχάνω γνώμην ἔχων ἔν τε τῷ παρόντι καὶ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς τοῦ λόγου. τότε μὲν γὰρ ᾤμην ἀξίως δυνήσεσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων εἰπεῖν· νῦν δʼ οὐκ ἐφικνοῦμαι τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ πολλά με διαπέφευγεν ὧν διενοήθην. αὐτοὺς οὖν χρὴ συνδιορᾶν ὅσης ἂν εὐδαιμονίας τύχοιμεν, εἰ τὸν μὲν πόλεμον τὸν νῦν ὄντα περὶ ἡμᾶς πρὸς τοὺς ἠπειρώτας ποιησαίμεθα, τὴν δʼ εὐδαιμονίαν τὴν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην διακομίσαιμεν, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀκροατὰς γενομένους ἀπελθεῖν,
ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν πράττειν δυναμένους παρακαλοῦντας ἀλλήλους πειρᾶσθαι διαλλάττειν τήν τε πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων, τοὺς δὲ τῶν λόγων ἀμφισβητοῦντας πρὸς μὲν τὴν παρακαταθήκην καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὧν νῦν φλυαροῦσι παύεσθαι γράφοντας, πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἅμιλλαν, καὶ σκοπεῖν ὅπως ἄμεινον ἐμοῦ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων ἐροῦσιν,
ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι τοῖς μεγάλʼ ὑπισχνουμένοις οὐ πρέπει περὶ μικρὰ διατρίβειν, οὐδὲ τοιαῦτα λέγειν ἐξ ὧν ὁ βίος μηδὲν ἐπιδώσει τῶν πεισθέντων, ἀλλʼ ὧν ἐπιτελεσθέντων αὐτοί τʼ ἀπαλλαγήσονται τῆς παρούσης ἀπορίας καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιοι δόξουσιν εἶναι.
Antidosis
Contents — 65 sections
- Sections 1–5
- Sections 6–10
- Sections 11–15
- Sections 16–20
- Sections 21–25
- Sections 26–30
- Sections 31–35
- Sections 36–40
- Sections 41–45
- Sections 46–50
- Sections 51–55
- Sections 56–60
- Sections 61–65
- Sections 66–70
- Sections 71–75
- Sections 76–80
- Sections 81–85
- Sections 86–90
- Sections 91–95
- Sections 96–100
- Sections 101–105
- Sections 106–110
- Sections 111–115
- Sections 116–120
- Sections 121–125
- Sections 126–130
- Sections 131–135
- Sections 136–140
- Sections 141–145
- Sections 146–150
- Sections 151–155
- Sections 156–160
- Sections 161–165
- Sections 166–170
- Sections 171–175
- Sections 176–180
- Sections 181–185
- Sections 186–190
- Sections 191–195
- Sections 196–200
- Sections 201–205
- Sections 206–210
- Sections 211–215
- Sections 216–220
- Sections 221–225
- Sections 226–230
- Sections 231–235
- Sections 236–240
- Sections 241–245
- Sections 246–250
- Sections 251–255
- Sections 256–260
- Sections 261–265
- Sections 266–270
- Sections 271–275
- Sections 276–280
- Sections 281–285
- Sections 286–290
- Sections 291–295
- Sections 296–300
- Sections 301–305
- Sections 306–310
- Sections 311–315
- Sections 316–320
- Sections 321–323
Sections 1–5
If the discourse which is now about to be read had been like the speeches which are produced either for the law-courts or for oratorical display, I should not, I suppose, have prefaced it by any explanation. Since, however, it is novel and different in character, it is necessary to begin by setting forth the reasons why I chose to write a discourse so unlike any other; for if I neglected to make this clear, my speech would, no doubt, impress many as curious and strange.
The fact is that, although I have known that some of the sophists traduce my occupation, saying that it has to do with writing speeches for the courts, very much as one might have the effrontery to call Pheidias, who wrought our statue of Athena, a doll-maker, or say that Zeuxis and Parrhasius practiced the same art as the sign-painters, nevertheless I have never deigned to defend myself against their attempts to belittle me,
because I considered that their foolish babble had no influence whatever and that I had, myself, made it manifest to all that I had elected to speak and write, not on petty disputes, but on subjects so important and so elevated that no one would attempt them except those who had studied with me, and their would-be imitators.
Indeed, I had always thought, until well on in years, that, owing to this choice and to my retired life in general, I stood fairly well in the opinion of all the lay public. Then when my career was near its close, having been challenged to an exchange of property on the question of a trierarchy, and subjected to a trial on that issue, I came to realize that even outside of my profession there were those who were not disposed towards me as I had thought; nay, that some had been absolutely misled as to my pursuits and were inclined to listen to my detractors, while others, who were well aware of the nature of my work, were envious, feeling the same towards me as do the sophists, and rejoiced to see people hold false opinions of my character.
They betrayed their sentiments at the trial; for, although my opponent made no argument whatever on the merits of the case, and did nothing but decry my “cleverness” of speech and indulge in extravagant nonsense about my wealth and the number of my pupils, they imposed the trierarchy upon me. Now, I bore that expense in such a manner as is becoming to those who are neither too much upset by such things nor altogether reckless or even careless about money.
Sections 6–10
But when my eyes were opened, as I have said, to the fact that a greater number than I supposed had mistaken ideas about me, I began to ponder how I could show to them and to posterity the truth about my character, my life, and the education to which I am devoted, and not suffer myself to be condemned on these issues without a trial nor to remain, as I had just been, at the mercy of my habitual calumniators.
And as I kept thinking upon it, I came ever to the same conclusion, namely, that the only way in which I could accomplish this was to compose a discourse which would be, as it were, a true image of my thought and of my whole life; for I hoped that this would serve both as the best means of making known the truth about me and, at the same time, as a monument, after my death, more noble than statues of bronze.
I saw, however, that if I were to attempt a eulogy of myself, I should not be able to cover all the points which I proposed to discuss, nor should I succeed in treating them without arousing the displeasure or even the envy of my hearers. But it occurred to me that if I were to adopt the fiction of a trial and of a suit brought against me—if I were to suppose that a sycophant had brought an indictment and was threatening me with trouble and that he was using the calumnies which had been urged against me in the suit about the exchange of property, while I, for my part, cast my speech in the form of a defense in court—in this way it would be possible to discuss to the best advantage all the points which I wanted to make.
With these thoughts in mind I set myself to write this discourse—I who am no longer in the prime of youth but in my eighty-second year. Wherefore, you may well forgive me if my speech appears to be less vigorous than those which I have published in the past.
For, I assure you, it has not been an easy nor a simple task, but one of great difficulty; for while some things in my discourse are appropriate to be spoken in a court-room, others are out of place amid such controversies, being frank discussions about philosophy and expositions of its power. There is in it, also, matter which it would be well for young men to hear before they set out to gain knowledge and an education; and there is much, besides, of what I have written in the past, inserted in the present discussion, not without reason nor without fitness, but with due appropriateness to the subject in hand.
Sections 11–15
Now to view as a whole so great an extent of subject matter, to harmonize and bring together so many diverse varieties of discourse, to connect smoothly what follows with what goes before, and to make all parts consonant one with another, was by no means an easy undertaking. Yet I did not desist, in spite of my age, until I had accomplished it, such as it is. It is, at any rate, written with devotion to the truth; its other qualities I leave to the judgement of my hearers.
But I urge all who intend to acquaint themselves with my speech, first, to make allowance, as they listen to it, for the fact that it is a mixed discourse, composed with an eye to all these subjects; next, to fix their attention even more on what is about to be said than on what has been said before; and, lastly, not to seek to run through the whole of it at the first sitting, but only so much of it as will not fatigue the audience. For if you comply with this advice, you will be better able to determine whether I speak in a manner worthy of my reputation.
These, then, are the things which it was necessary for me to say by way of introduction. I beg you now to listen to my defense, which purports to have been written for a trial, but whose real purpose is to show the truth about myself, to make those who are ignorant about me know the sort of man I am and those who are afflicted with envy suffer a still more painful attack of this malady; for a greater revenge upon them than this I could not hope to obtain.
I consider that in all the world there are none so depraved and so deserving of the severest punishment as those who have the audacity to charge others with the offenses of which they themselves are guilty. And this is the very thing that Lysimachus has done. For this informer, himself delivering a composed speech, has said more in complaint of my compositions than upon all other points; it is as if one were to charge another with breaking into a temple, while showing in his own hands plunder stolen from the gods.
I would give much if he really thought that I am as “clever” as he has made me out to be to you, for then he would never have tried to trouble me. But now, although he alleges that I am able to make the weaker cause appear the stronger, he has, in fact, so low an opinion of my powers that he is confident that he with his lies will win against me and the truth.
Sections 16–20
And so maliciously has everything conspired against me, that while others may depend on their power of speech to make an end of calumnies, it is, in my case, just this power of speech which Lysimachus has most calumniated, in order that if I shall appear to speak well, I may show that I am subject to the charges which he has made about my cleverness; while if it turns out that I speak less ably than he has led you to expect, you may think that mine is the weaker cause.
I beg you, then, neither to credit nor to discredit what has been said to you until you have heard to the end what I also have to say, bearing it in mind that there would have been no need of granting to the accused the right of making a defense, had it been possible to reach a just verdict from the arguments of the accuser. At this stage of the case no one here present is in any doubt whether the accuser has spoken well or badly, but it is not yet easy for the jury to decide from what the first speaker has said whether he has based his arguments on the truth; nay, they will be fortunate if they are able to draw a just conclusion from the arguments of both sides.
I do not wonder that men spend more time in denouncing those who attempt to deceive the jury than upon their own defense, nor that they complain that calumny is our greatest bane. What, indeed, could work greater mischief? It causes liars to be looked on with respect, innocent men to be regarded as criminals, and judges to violate their oaths; in a word, it smothers truth, and pouring false ideas into our ears, it leaves no man among our citizens secure from an unjust death.
You must be on your guard against this and take care that nothing of the sort happens in this case and that you are not yourselves seen to fall into the very faults which you find reprehensible in others. I think you know well enough that time and again in the past Athens has so deeply repented the judgements which have been pronounced in passion and without proof that not long after the events she has become eager to punish her deceivers, and would gladly have seen the victims of calumny in happier circumstances than before.
You should remember this and not trust too hastily the assertions of the accuser nor hear the defendant in uproar and anger. Ours is a shameful state of inconsistency; for while it is acknowledged that in our life in general we are the most merciful and gentle of all the Hellenes, yet in the conduct of our trials here we manifestly give the lie to this reputation.
Sections 21–25
In other states, when they try a man for his life, they cast a portion of the votes for the defendant, but with us the accused has not even an equal chance with the sycophants; nay, while we take our solemn oath at the beginning of each year that we will hear impartially both accusers and accused,
we depart so far from this in practice, that when the accuser makes his charges we give ear to whatever he may say; but when the accused endeavors to refute them, we sometimes do not endure even to hear his voice. Those states in which an occasional citizen is put to death without a trial we condemn as unfit to live in, yet are blind to the fact that we are in the same case when we do not hear with equal good will both sides of the contest.
But what is most absurd of all is the fact that when one of us is on trial, he denounces the calumniators, but when he sits in judgement upon another, he is no longer of the same mind regarding them. Yet, surely, intelligent men ought to be such when they are judges of others, as they would expect others to be to them in like case, bearing in mind the fact that because of the audacity of the sycophants it is impossible to foresee what man may be placed in peril and be compelled to plead, even as I am now doing, before men who are to decide his fate by their votes.
Indeed no one may rely on the honesty of his life as a guarantee that he will be able to live securely in Athens; for the men who have chosen to neglect what is their own and to plot against what belongs to others do not keep their hands off citizens who live soberly and bring before you only those who do evil; on the contrary, they advertise their powers in their attacks upon men who are entirely innocent, and so get more money from those who are clearly guilty.
This is exactly what Lysimachus had in mind when he subjected me to this trial; for he thought that this suit against me would bring him profit from other sources, and he expected that if he won in the debate with me, whom he calls the teacher of other men, everyone would regard his power as irresistible.
Sections 26–30
He is confident that he will win easily; for he sees that you are over-ready to accept slanders and calumnies, while I, because of my age and my lack of experience in contests of this kind, shall not be able to reply to them in a manner worthy of my reputation;
for I have so lived all my life till now that no man either under the oligarchy or under the democracy has ever charged me with any offense, whether of violence or injury, nor will any man be found to have sat either as arbitrator or as judge upon my actions. For I have schooled myself to avoid giving any offense to others, and, when I have been wronged by others, not to seek revenge in court but to adjust the matter in dispute by conferring with their friends.
All this has availed me nothing; on the contrary, I who have lived to this advanced age without complaint from anyone could not be in greater jeopardy if I had wronged all the world. Yet I am not utterly discouraged because I face so great a penalty; no, if you will only hear me with good will, I am very confident that those who have been misled as to my pursuits and have been won over by my would-be slanderers will promptly change their views, while those who think of me as I really am will be still more confirmed in their opinion.
But in order that I may not overtax your patience by speaking at undue length before coming to the subject, I shall leave off this discussion and attempt forthwith to inform you on the question which you are to vote upon. Please read the indictment.
Indictment
Here in the indictment my accuser endeavors to vilify me, charging that I corrupt young men by teaching them to speak and gain their own advantage in the courts contrary to justice, while in his speech he makes me out to be a man whose equal has never been known either among those who hang about the law-courts or among the devotees of philosophy; for he declares that I have had as my pupils not only private persons but orators, generals, kings, and despots; and that I have received from them and am now receiving enormous sums of money.
Sections 31–35
He has made his accusation in this manner, thinking that his extravagant assertions about me and my wealth and the great number of my pupils would arouse the envy of all his hearers, while my alleged activities in the law-courts would stir up your anger and hate; and when judges are affected by these very passions, they are most severe upon those who are on trial. However, in the one charge he has grossly exaggerated the facts and in the other he lies outright, as I think I can easily show.
Let me ask you, however, not to pay any attention to what you have heard about me in the past from my would-be slanderers and calumniators, not to credit charges which have been made without proof or trial, and not to be influenced by the suspicions which have been maliciously implanted in you by my enemies, but to judge me to be the kind of man which the accusation and the defense in this trial will show me to be; for if you decide the case on this basis, you will have the credit of judging honorably and in accordance with the law, while I, for my part, shall obtain my complete deserts.
Now, in fact, no citizen has ever been harmed either by my “cleverness” or by my writings, and I think the most convincing proof of this is furnished by this trial; for if any man had been wronged by me, even though he might have held his tongue up till now, he would not have neglected the present opportunity, but would have come forward to denounce me or bear witness against me. For when one who has never in his life heard a single disparaging word from me has put me in so great peril, depend upon it, had any suffered injury at my hands, they would now attempt to have their revenge.
For surely it is neither probable nor possible both that I, on the one hand, have wronged many people and that those, on the other hand, who have been visited with misfortune through me are silent and refrain from accusing me; nay, are kinder to me when my life is in peril than those who have suffered no injury, especially since all they have to do is to testify to the wrongs I have done them in order to obtain the fullest reparation.
But neither in the past nor now will anyone be found to have made any such complaint. If, therefore, I were to agree with my accuser and concede his claim that I am the “cleverest” of men and that I have never had an equal as a writer of the kind of speeches which are offensive to you, it would be much more just to give me credit for being an honest man than to punish me;
Sections 36–40
for when a man has superior talents whether for speech or for action, one cannot fairly charge it to anything but fortune, but when a man makes good and temperate use of the power which nature has given him, as in my own case, all the world ought in justice to commend his character. However, though I might advance this argument in my behalf, I shall never be found to have had anything to do with speeches for the courts.
You can judge this from my habits of life, from which, indeed, you can get at the truth much better than from the lips of my accusers; for no one is, I think, blind to the fact that all people are wont to spend their time in the places where they elect to gain their livelihood.
And you will observe that those who live upon your contracts and the litigation connected with them are all but domiciled in the courts of law, while no one has ever seen me either at the council-board, or at the preliminaries, or in the courts, or before the arbitrators; on the contrary, I have kept aloof from all these more than any of my fellow-citizens.
Moreover, you will find that these men are able to carry on a profitable business in Athens alone; if they were to sail to any other place they would starve to death; while my resources, which this fellow has exaggerated, have all come to me from abroad. Then again you will find associated with them either men who are themselves in evil case or who want to ruin others, while in my company are those who of all the Hellenes lead the most untroubled lives.
But you have heard also from my accuser that I have received many great presents from Nicocles, the king of the Salaminians. And yet, can any one of you be persuaded that Nicocles made me these presents in order that he might learn how to plead cases in court—he who dispensed justice, like a master, to others in their disputes? So, from what my accuser has himself said, it is easy for you to conclude that I have nothing to do with litigation.
Sections 41–45
Nay, everyone is aware of this also, that there is a superabundance of men who produce speeches for litigants in the courts. Nevertheless you will not find that any one of them, numerous as they are, has ever been thought worthy to have pupils, while I, as my accuser states, have had more than all the rest together who are occupied with philosophy. Yet how can anyone think that people who are so far apart in their ways of life are engaged in the same occupations?
But although I could point out many contrasts between my own career and that of the pleaders in the courts, I believe that the quickest way to disabuse your mind of this confusion would be to show that people do not study under me what my accuser says they do, and that I am not clever at the kind of oratory which has to do with private disputes.
For I think, now that the charge under which I formerly labored has been disproved, you are anxious to change your attitude and want to hear from me what sort of eloquence it is which has occupied me and given me so great a reputation. Whether, indeed, it is going to profit me to speak the truth, I am not sure; for it is hard to conjecture what is in your thoughts. Yet, for all that, I am going to speak to you absolutely without reserve.
For I should blush before my associates, if, after having told them again and again that I should be glad to have everyone of my fellow-citizens know the life I lead and the speeches which I compose, I did not now lay them open before you, but appeared rather to attempt to hide them away. Be assured, therefore, that you shall hear from me the whole truth, and in this spirit give me your attention.
First of all, then, you should know that there are no fewer branches of composition in prose than in verse. For some men have devoted their lives to researches in the genealogies of the demi-gods; others have made studies in the poets; others have elected to compose histories of wars; while still others have occupied themselves with dialogue, and are called dialecticians.
Sections 46–50
It would, however, be no slight task to attempt to enumerate all the forms of prose, and I shall take up only that which is pertinent to me, and ignore the rest. For there are men who, albeit they are not strangers to the branches which I have mentioned, have chosen rather to write discourses, not for private disputes, but which deal with the world of Hellas, with affairs of state, and are appropriate to be delivered at the Pan-Hellenic assemblies—discourses which, as everyone will agree, are more akin to works composed in rhythm and set to music than to the speeches which are made in court.
For they set forth facts in a style more imaginative and more ornate; they employ thoughts which are more lofty and more original, and, besides, they use throughout figures of speech in greater number and of more striking character. All men take as much pleasure in listening to this kind of prose as in listening to poetry, and many desire to take lessons in it, believing that those who excel in this field are wiser and better and of more use to the world than men who speak well in court.
For they know that while the latter owe to a capacity for intrigue their expertness in forensic debate, the former have drawn from their pursuit of wisdom the eloquence which I have described; that while those who are thought to be adept in court procedure are tolerated only for the day when they are engaged in the trial, the devotees of philosophy are honored and held in high esteem in every society and at all times;
that, furthermore, while the former come to be despised and decried as soon as they are seen two or three times in court, the latter are admired more and more as they become better and more widely known; and, finally, that while clever pleaders are sadly unequal to the higher eloquence, the exponents of the latter could, if they so desired, easily master also the oratory of the courts.
Reflecting on these facts, and considering it to be by far the better choice, they elect to have a part in that culture wherein, it would appear, neither have I myself been an alien but have, on the contrary, won a far more gracious reputation. Now you have heard the whole truth about my power, my philosophy, my profession, or whatever you care to call it.
Sections 51–55
However, I want to set up for myself a more difficult standard than for other people, and to make a proposition which may seem over-rash for my years. For I ask you not only to show me no mercy, if the oratory which I cultivate is harmful, but to inflict on me the extreme penalty if it is not superior to any other. But I should not have made so bold a proposal, if I were not about to show you what my eloquence is and to make it very easy for you to pass judgement upon it.
For it is this way: the best and fairest defense, in my opinion, is that which enables the judges to know the facts, so far as this is possible, in regard to the issues on which they are to vote, and which leaves no room for them to go astray in their judgement or to be in doubt as to which party speaks the truth.
If, however, I were being tried for some criminal act, I should not have been able to produce the act itself before your eyes but you would have had to conjecture the facts from what I said and pass judgement as best you might. But since I am charged with offending by my words, I think that I shall be in a better position to make you see the truth;
for I shall present in evidence the actual words which I have spoken and written, so that you will vote upon my discourses, not from conjecture, but with clear knowledge of their nature. I cannot, however, present them all in complete form; for the time which has been allowed me is too short. But just as is done with fruits, I shall try to produce a sample of each kind. For when you have heard a small portion of them you will easily recognize my true character and appreciate the force of all my speeches.
But I beg those of you who have read many times what you are now about to hear, not to expect new discourses from me on the present occasion nor think me burdensome because I repeat what has long been the talk of Athens. For if I were to repeat my orations in order to display my powers, I should reasonably be liable to this complaint; but now that I am on trial and in jeopardy I have no choice but to use my speeches in this fashion.
Sections 56–60
For it would be the height of absurdity if in a case where my accuser denounces me for writing the kind of speeches which both hurt our city and corrupt our youth I used other speeches in my defense, when I can clear my name of the calumnies which are being heaped upon it by producing before you the very discourses of which he complains. I ask of you, then, for these reasons to bear with me and to lend me your support. But for the benefit of the others on the jury I shall attempt to proceed with my selections, after a further word of explanation to enable them to follow more easily what is said.
The discourse which is to be submitted to you first was written at the time when the Lacedaemonians were the first power in Hellas, while our fortunes were at low ebb. In it I summon the Hellenes to make an expedition against the barbarians, and I dispute the right of the Lacedaemonians to take the lead.
Developing this theme, I show that Athens has been author of all the advantages which the Hellenes now enjoy. Then, having concluded the account of these benefactions, and desiring to show more convincingly that leadership in the expedition is the right of Athens, I further try to prove that far greater honor is due to her for the perils she has faced in war than for her other benefactions.
Now I thought that I should be able to go through these passages myself, but I find that my age hampers me and causes me to give out easily. So then, in order that I may not break down utterly while there are still many things which I must say, let the clerk begin at the place marked and read the passage on the hegemony.
As to the hegemony, then, it is easy enough for you to make up your minds from what has been read to you that it should by right belong to Athens. But, I beg of you, consider well whether I appear to you to corrupt the young by my words, or, on the contrary, to inspire them to a life of valor and of dangers endured for their country; whether I should justly be punished for the words which have been read, or whether, on the contrary, I deserve to have your deepest gratitude
Sections 61–65
for having so glorified Athens and our ancestors and the wars which were fought in those days that the orators who had composed discourses on this theme have destroyed them all, being ashamed of their own efforts, while they who today are reputed to be clever dare no longer to speak upon this subject, but confess the feebleness of their own powers.
But yet, although these things are true, you will find among those who are unable to create or say anything of value, but are past masters in criticizing and prejudicing the works of others, some who will say that all this is spoken “prettily” (for they will be too grudging to say “well”), but that those discourses are better and more profitable which denounce our present mistakes than those which praise our past deeds, and those which counsel us what we ought to do than those which recount ancient history.
Well, then, in order that I may forestall even this objection, I shall abstain from defending the speech to which you have listened and shall attempt to bring before you a selection of equal length from another oration, in which it will be seen that I have given much attention to all these questions. At the beginning of this oration I speak on the question of making peace with the Chians, the Rhodians, and the Byzantines;
and, after I have shown that it is to the advantage of Athens to end the war, I decry our dominion over the Hellenes and our sea-power, showing that it is no whit different, either in its conduct or in its results, from tyranny. I recall also the evils which that power has brought upon Athens, upon the Lacedaemonians, and upon all the others.
After having dwelt upon this subject, deplored the misfortunes of Hellas, and urged Athens not to allow herself to remain in her present state, finally I summon her to a career of justice, I condemn the mistakes she is now making, and I counsel her as to her future policy. Now begin at the point where I start to discuss these matters and read this selection also to the jury.
Sections 66–70
You have heard parts of two discourses; I want now to run through a few topics from a third, in order that it may become even more evident to you that all my writings tend toward virtue and justice. The one which is about to be produced before you is addressed to Nicocles of Cyprus, who at that time was king, and is made up of advice to him as to how to rule over his people. It is not, however, composed in the same style as the extracts which have been read.
For in them each part is always in accord and in logical connection with that which goes before; but in this, on the contrary, I detach one part from another, and breaking up the discourse, as it were, into what we call general heads, I strive to express in a few words each bit of counsel which I have to offer.
But my reason for writing upon this subject was that I thought my advice would be the best means of aiding his understanding and at the same time the readiest means of publishing my own principles. It was with the same motive that I decided to present this discourse to you on the present occasion, not that it is the best written of my works, but that through it you will best see in what spirit I am wont to deal with princes as well as with private men;
for you will see that I have expressed myself to Nicocles as a free man and an Athenian should, not paying court to his wealth nor to his power, but pleading the cause of his subjects, and striving with all my powers to secure for them the mildest government possible. And since in addressing a king I have spoken for his subjects, surely I would urge upon men who live under a democracy to pay court to the people.
Sections 71–75
Now in the introduction and in the opening words of that discourse I reproach monarchs because they who more than others ought to cultivate their understanding are less educated than men in private station. After discussing this point, I enjoin upon Nicocles not to be easy-going and not to feel that he had taken up the royal office as one takes up the office of a priest, but to put aside his selfish pleasures and give his mind to his affairs.
And I try to persuade him also that it ought to be revolting to his mind to see the base ruling over the good and the foolish giving orders to the wise, saying to him that the more vigorously he condemns folly in other men, the more should he cultivate his own understanding. Now then, begin where I have left off and read to the jury the rest of the discourse.
Now this is the last selection which I shall have the clerk read to you—and the last of such length which I shall use; since I am not going to refrain from quoting, at any rate briefly, from my earlier writings, but shall use whatever I may think appropriate to the present occasion. For it would be absurd, when I see other men making use of my words, if I alone should refrain from using what I have written in former days, especially now when I have chosen to repeat to you not merely small parts but whole divisions of my speeches. I shall, therefore, act in this matter as occasion may suggest.
I said, I think, before these selections were read, that I asked not only to be adjudged guilty if my discourses are harmful but to be visited with the heaviest of punishments if they are not incomparable. If any of you then felt that my words were boastful and over-confident, they cannot longer justly be of this opinion; for I think that I have made good my promise and that the discourses which have been read to you are such as from the first I maintained that they were.
Sections 76–80
But I want to say just a word in behalf of each of them and so make it still more manifest that what I then said and what I now say about them is true. First of all, tell me what eloquence could be more righteous or more just than one which praises our ancestors in a manner worthy of their excellence and of their achievements?
Again, what could be more patriotic or more serviceable to Athens than one which shows that by virtue both of our other benefactions and of our exploits in war we have greater claims to the hegemony than the Lacedaemonians? And, finally, what discourse could have a nobler or a greater theme than one which summons the Hellenes to make an expedition against the barbarians and counsels them to be of one mind among themselves?
Well, then, in the first speech I have discoursed upon these themes, and in those later quoted upon matters which, though less lofty, are by no means less fruitful or less advantageous to our city. And you will appreciate the power of these discourses if you will read them side by side with others written by orators of recognized ability and service to mankind.
Now everyone would admit, I think, that our laws have been the source of very many and very great benefits to the life of humanity. But our enjoyment of these laws is a boon which, in the very nature of the case, is limited to the affairs of our state and to the engagements which you enter into with each other; whereas, if you would heed my words, you might direct the whole of Hellas with honor and justice and, at the same time, with advantage to Athens.
Men of wisdom ought to concern themselves both for the interests of our city and for the interests of Hellas, but should give preference to the broader and worthier cause; and they ought, furthermore, to appreciate the fact that while any number of men both among the Hellenes and among the barbarians have been able to lay down laws, there are not many who can discourse upon questions of public welfare in a spirit worthy both of Athens and of Hellas.
Sections 81–85
For these reasons, men who make it their duty to invent discourses of that kind should be held in higher esteem than those who propose and write down laws, inasmuch as they are rarer, have the more difficult task, and must have superior qualities of mind. Especially is this true in our day;
for, at the time when the human race was beginning to come into existence and to settle together in cities, it was natural that their searching should have been for much the same thing; but today, on the other hand, when we have advanced to the point where the discourses which have been spoken and the laws which have been laid down are innumerable, and where we single out the oldest among laws and the newest among discourses for our praise, these tasks no longer call for the same understanding;
nay, those who have elected to make laws have had at their service a multitude of laws already made (for they have no need to search for new laws, but only to put forth the effort to collect those which are approved in other states, which anyone who so desires can easily do), while those who occupy themselves with oratory, seeing that most subjects have been seized upon and used by others before them, are in the opposite case; for if they repeat the same things which have been said in the past, they will be regarded as shameless babblers, and if they seek for what is new, they will have great difficulty in finding it. That is why I stated that, while both are entitled to your praise, they are the more entitled to it who are able to execute the harder task.
I maintain also that if you compare me with those who profess to turn men to a life of temperance and justice, you will find that my teaching is more true and more profitable than theirs. For they exhort their followers to a kind of virtue and wisdom which is ignored by the rest of the world and is disputed among themselves; I, to a kind which is recognized by all.
They, again, are satisfied if through the prestige of their names they can draw a number of pupils into their society; I, you will find, have never invited any person to follow me, but endeavor to persuade the whole state to pursue a policy from which the Athenians will become prosperous themselves, and at the same time deliver the rest of the Hellenes from their present ills.
Sections 86–90
And yet, when anyone devotes his life to urging all his fellow-countrymen to be nobler and juster leaders of the Hellenes, how is it conceivable that such a man should corrupt his followers? What man possessed of the power to discover discourses of this character would try to search for those that are pernicious and have to do with pernicious things, especially a man who has reaped from his works the rewards which I have had?
For the writing and publication of them has won me distinction in many parts of the world and brought me many disciples, no one of whom would have remained with me had they not found in me the very kind of man they expected to find. In fact, although I have had so many pupils, and they have studied with me in some cases three, and in some cases four years, yet not one of them will be found to have uttered a word of complaint about his sojourn with me;
on the contrary, when at the last the time would come for them to sail away to their parents or their friends at home, so happy did they feel in their life with me, that they would always take their leave with regret and tears. Well, then, whom ought you to believe? Those who know intimately both my words and my character, or a sycophant who knows nothing about me at all, but has chosen to make me his victim? Ought you to believe a man who is so unscrupulous and so brazen that,
having indicted me for teaching the kind of eloquence which enables people to gain their own advantage contrary to justice, he has not brought before you the slightest evidence of this but has dwelt from the beginning to the end of his speech on the iniquity of corrupting our youth—as if anyone disputed that, or as if it were necessary for him to prove what all men concede, instead of showing simply that I have been guilty of this offense?
Why, if anyone were to bring this fellow to trial for kidnapping or stealing or highway robbery, and, instead of proving that he had done any of these things, were to hold forth on the iniquity of each of these crimes, my opponent would reply that his accuser was mad and talked like a fool; yet he has, himself, used just such arguments and thinks that you do not see through him.
Sections 91–95
I, however, believe that even the most simple-minded of people recognize that an accusation, to be convincing and to carry great weight, must not be one which may be employed equally well against the innocent, but one which can be applied only to the guilty. My accuser has made light of this fact, and has made a speech which is in no respect pertinent to the indictment.
For he ought both to have produced before you the speeches by which I corrupt my associates and to have named to you the pupils who have been debased by association with me. However, he has done neither of these things, but has rejected the most legitimate form of accusation and attempted to lead you astray. I, on the contrary, shall base my defense only on grounds which are pertinent and just.
I had my speeches read to you a moment ago; I shall now bring before you the men who have been associated with me from the time of my youth to the days of my old age, and from your own number I shall present men of my own years to bear witness to the truth of what I say. Among the first to begin studying with me were Eunomus, Lysitheides, and Callippus; and following them were Onetor, Anticles, Philonides, Philomelus, and Charmantides.
All these men were crowned by Athens with chaplets of gold, not because they were covetous of other people’s possessions, but because they were honorable men and had spent large sums of their private fortunes upon the city. Suppose whatever you like as to the nature of my relations with them;
for the result, at any rate so far as the present issue is concerned, will be altogether to my advantage. For if you suppose that I was their counsellor and teacher, I should deserve from you greater gratitude than those who are maintained in the Prytaneum in recognition of excellence; for each of the latter has furnished to the city his own high qualities alone, whereas I have furnished those of all whom I have just now named to you.
Sections 96–100
But if, on the other hand, you suppose that I, myself, had nothing to do with their achievements, but that I merely enjoyed their society and friendship, I consider that even this view is defense enough against the charges on which I am being tried. For if I have had the affection of men who have received rewards in recognition of excellence, but have nothing in common with the sycophant, then how, in all reason, could you judge me to be a corrupter of youth?
Verily, I should be the most unfortunate of all men if, when others are esteemed better or worse, as the case may be, from the manner of their lives and from the character of their associates, I alone should be denied this basis of judgement; and if I, who have lived all my life in company with such men, and have kept myself above all criticism up to this point in my career, should be classed with those who from the manner of their lives and the character of their associates have got themselves a bad name. I should like to know what in the world my fate would have been if I had numbered among my associates anyone like my accuser, when, although I hate all his kind and am hated by them, I am yet subjected to this trial.
Nor, I assure you, can my case be justly injured by the argument which certain of those who are entirely hostile to me may, perhaps, dare to put forth, namely, that I have associated with the men I have mentioned merely to the extent of having been seen conversing with them, whereas I have had as my disciples many of another sort, mischievous characters, whom I am trying to conceal from you. For I have ready at hand a reply which will refute and confound all calumnies of that sort.
For I ask this of you: If any of those who have been associated with me have turned out to be good men in their relations to the state, to their friends, and to their own households—I ask you to give them the praise and not to be grateful to me on their account; but if, on the other hand, any of them have turned out to be bad—the kind of men who lay information, hale people into court, and covet the property of others—then to let the penalty be visited on me.
What proposition could be less invidious or more fair than one which claims no credit for those who are honorable, but offers to submit to punishment for any who have become depraved? And these are no idle words; on the contrary, if anyone can name anyone of that kind to you, I yield the floor for this purpose to my accuser or to anyone else who may desire it—not that there are not persons who would gladly perjure themselves to my harm, but that they would be shown up to you at once, and the injury would fall upon them, not upon me . . .
Sections 101–105
Well, then, I do not see how I could show more clearly that the charges filed against me are false and that I am not guilty of corrupting my associates. My accuser has mentioned also the friendship which existed between me and Timotheus, and has attempted to calumniate us both, nor did any sense of shame restrain him from saying slanderous and utterly infamous things about a man who is dead, to whom Athens is indebted for many services.
But I, for my part, should have thought that even if I were proved guilty beyond a doubt, yet because of my friendship with him I should be entitled to go free. But since Lysimachus is attempting to hurt me by the very means which ought to help my case, I am compelled to go into this question. I must explain that I did not mention Timotheus when I named my other associates because he was in very different case from them.
For, in the first place, my accuser has not dared to say anything derogatory of my other friends, while he has laid greater stress upon his arraignment of Timotheus than upon the charges which he has preferred in his indictment. In the next place, my other friends were entrusted with only a few commissions, although in every case they discharged the duties assigned to them in such a manner that they won the honor which I mentioned a moment ago, while Timotheus had the responsibility of many affairs of great importance and over a long period of time. It would not, therefore, have been fitting to discuss him and the others in one group, but it was necessary to separate and segregate them as I have done.
You must not think, however, that what I say in behalf of Timotheus is irrelevant to the present case, nor that I am straying beyond the limits of the indictment; for while it is proper for the layman to say what he has to say in defense of his own actions and then take his seat or else to be thought to overdo his case, yet when anyone occupies a position in the eyes of the public as a counsellor and teacher, he must then justify his followers as well as himself, especially if he is being tried on this charge—which is exactly the position in which I have been placed.
Now any other man might be satisfied to say that it is not fair that he should share the blame for any mistakes which Timotheus may have made, on the ground that he was given no share in the rewards or the honors which were voted to Timotheus, nor was he even thought worthy by any orator of being commended as an adviser of the latter, and that it is only fair that one should either share the good fortunes of another, or have no part in his misfortunes.
Sections 106–110
I, however, should be ashamed to make this plea, and I make you the same proposition regarding Timotheus as I made regarding my other associates. For I ask that if it turns out that Timotheus was a bad man and committed many wrongs against you—I ask to be allowed to share the blame, to pay the penalty, and to suffer whatever is meted out to the guilty; but if, on the other hand, it is shown that he was both a good citizen and a greater general than any other within our knowledge, then I hold that you should praise him and be grateful to him, while as to this indictment against me, you should pass whatever judgement you may deem fair in the light of what I, myself, have done.
The facts, then, about Timotheus I can put most concisely and in the most comprehensive terms by saying that he has taken more cities by storm than any other man has ever done, and I include all generals who have led armies into the field whether from Athens or from the rest of Hellas. And among these cities were some whose capture compelled all the surrounding territory to make terms with Athens; so great was their importance in each case.
For who does not know that Corcyra has the best strategic position among the cities in the neighborhood of the Peloponnese; Samos, among the cities of Ionia; Sestos and Crithôte, among those in the Hellespont; and Potidaea and Torône among the settlements in Thrace? All these cities he has taken and presented to you, with no great outlay of money, without imposing burdens upon your present allies, and without forcing you to pay many taxes into the treasury.
Indeed, for the voyage of the fleet around the Peloponnese, Athens allowed him only thirteen talents and fifty triremes, and yet he captured Corcyra, a city with a fleet of eighty triremes, and about the same time he won a naval battle over the Lacedaemonians and forced them to agree to the terms of the present peace—a peace which has so changed the relative positions of Athens and of Lacedaemon
that from that day to this we celebrate the peace with sacrifices every year because no other treaty has been so advantageous to our city; while, as for the Lacedaemonians, no man since that time has seen a ship of theirs voyage this side of Malea nor any land force advance beyond the Isthmus, and anyone can see in this fact the cause of their disaster at Leuctra.
Sections 111–115
After these exploits he led an expedition against Samos; and that city which Pericles, renowned above all others for his wisdom, his justice, and his moderation, reduced with a fleet of two hundred ships and the expenditure of a thousand talents, Timotheus, without receiving from you or collecting from your allies any money whatsoever, captured after a siege of ten months with a force of eight thousand light-armed troops and thirty triremes, and he paid all these forces from the spoils of war.
And if you can point to any other man who has done a like thing, I stand ready to admit my folly in attempting to praise superlatively one who has done no more than others. Well, then, from Samos he sailed away and captured Sestos and Crithôte, forcing you, who up to that time had been careless of your interests in the Chersonese, to give your attention to that territory.
And finally he took Potidaea, upon which Athens had in times past squandered twenty-four hundred talents, and he met the expense from money which he himself provided and from contributions of the Thracians; and, for full measure, he reduced all the Chalcideans to subjection. To speak, not in detail, but in summary, he made you masters of twenty-four cities and spent in doing so less than your fathers paid out in the siege of Melos.
I could wish that just as it has been quite easy to recount his exploits, so it were possible to picture briefly the circumstances under which each of them was accomplished—what the situation was in Athens in each case and what the strength of our foes—, for you would then have been made to appreciate much more highly the worth of his achievements and of the man himself. As it is, the subject is so large that I must leave it untouched.
But I think you would like to have me explain to you why in the world it is that some of the generals who have a high reputation among you and are thought to be great fighters have not been able to take even a village, while Timotheus, who lacks a robust physique and has not knocked about with itinerant armies but has shared with you the duties of a citizen, has accomplished such great things. What I have to say on this question will no doubt be offensive, but it will not be without profit for you to hear it.
Sections 116–120
Timotheus was superior to all the rest in that he did not hold the same views as you with regard to the affairs of the Hellenes and of your allies and the manner in which they should be directed. For you elect as your generals men who have the most robust bodies and who have served in many campaigns with foreign armies, thinking that under their leadership you will have some success. Timotheus, on the other hand, used these men as captains and division-commanders,
while he, himself, showed his ability in the very things which it is necessary for a good general to know. What, then, are the requisites of a good general and what ability do they involve? For they cannot be summed up in a word, but must be explained clearly. First of all is the ability to know against whom and with whose help to make war; for this is the first requisite of good strategy, and if one makes any mistake about this, the result is inevitably a war which is disadvantageous, difficult, and to no purpose.
Well, in this kind of sagacity there has never been anyone like him or even comparable with him, as may easily be seen from his deeds themselves. For, although he undertook most of his wars without support from the city, he brought them all to a successful issue, and convinced all the Hellenes that he won them justly. And what greater or clearer proof of his wise judgement could one adduce than this fact?
What, then, is the second requisite of a good general? It is the ability to collect an army which is adequate to the war in hand, and to organize and to employ it to good advantage. Now, that Timotheus understood how to employ his forces to good purpose, his achievements themselves have shown; that in the ability to recruit armies which were splendidly equipped and reflected honor upon Athens he excelled all other men, no one even of his enemies would dare to gainsay;
and, furthermore, in the power both to bear the privations and hardships of army life, and again to find abundant resources, who of the men who were with him in the field would not pronounce him incomparable? For they know that at the beginning of his campaigns, owing to the fact that he received nothing from Athens, he found himself in great extremities, but that, even with this handicap, he was able to bring his fortunes round to the point where he not only prevailed over our enemies but paid his soldiers in full.
Sections 121–125
These are great things and compel our admiration; but the facts which I now give entitle him to even greater praise. For although he saw that you respected only the kind of generals who threatened and tried to terrify the other cities and were always for setting up some revolution or other among your allies, he did not fall in with your prejudices, nor was he willing to enhance his own reputation to the injury of Athens; on the contrary, he made it the object of his thought and of his actions to see to it that no one of the cities of Hellas should be afraid of him, but that all should feel secure excepting those which did wrong;
for he realized that men who are afraid hate those who inspire this feeling in them, and that it was due to the friendship of the other cities that Athens rose to great power and prosperity, just as it was due to their hatred that she barely escaped the most disastrous fate. Bearing in mind these facts, he used the power of Athens in order to subdue her enemies, and the force of his own character in order to win the good will of the rest of the world, believing that this is a greater and nobler kind of generalship than to conquer many cities many times in battle.
So concerned was he that none of the cities should in the slightest degree suspect him of sinister designs that whenever he intended to take his fleet to any of the cities which had been remiss in their contributions, he sent word to the authorities and announced his coming beforehand, lest his appearance without warning in front of their ports might plunge them into disquiet and confusion;
and if he happened to harbor his fleet in any place, he would never permit his soldiers to plunder and pillage and sack the people’s houses, but took as great precautions to prevent such an occurrence as the owners would take to guard their own possessions; for his mind was not upon winning for himself the good opinion of his soldiers by such license, but upon winning for Athens the good opinion of the Hellenes.
Moreover, when cities had been taken by him in battle, he would treat them with a mildness and a consideration for their rights which no one else has ever shown to allies in war; for he thought that if he showed such an attitude toward those who had made war upon him, he could give no greater guarantee that he would never bring himself to wrong the others.
Sections 126–130
Therefore it was that, because of the reputation which this conduct gave him, many of the cities which had no love for Athens used to welcome him with gates thrown wide; and he, in turn, never set up any disturbance in them, but just as he found them governed when he entered their gates, so he left them when he passed out.
And now to sum up all this: In other times many calamities were wont to be visited upon the Hellenes, but, under his leadership, no one can point to cities devastated, governments overthrown, men murdered or driven into exile, or any other of those ills that are irreparable. Nay, so complete was the respite from such misfortunes in his day that, so far back as we can remember, he is the only general under whom no complaint was raised against Athens by the other Hellenes.
And surely you ought to find your ideal of a good general, not in one who by a single stroke of good fortune has attained, like Lysander, a success which it has been the lot of no other man to achieve, but one who, though loaded with many difficult responsibilities of all sorts, has always discharged them with honesty and wisdom. And just this has been the fortune of Timotheus.
Most of you are, I suppose, astonished at what I am saying, and think that in praising him I am condemning Athens, since he, after having captured so many cities and having never lost a single one, was tried for treason, and again when he submitted his reports, and Iphicrates took upon himself the responsibility for the conduct of the campaign and Menestheus accounted for the moneys expended upon it, they, on the one hand, were acquitted, while Timotheus was fined a larger sum than anyone in the past had ever been condemned to pay.
The fact is, however, that I desire to stand up for Athens also. It is true that if you consider the actions of the city by the standard of pure justice, no one of you can avoid the conclusion that her treatment of Timotheus was cruel and abominable; but if you make allowance for the ignorance which possesses all mankind, for the feelings of envy that are aroused in us, and, furthermore, for the confusion and turmoil in which we live, you will find that nothing of what has been done has come about without a reason nor does the cause lie outside our human weakness, but that Timotheus, also, has been responsible in some degree for the mistaken judgements passed upon him.
Sections 131–135
For while he was no anti-democrat nor a misanthrope, nor arrogant, nor possessed of any such defect of character, yet because of his proud bearing—an advantage to the office of a general but out of place in dealing with men from day to day—everyone attributed to him the faults which I have named; for he was by nature as inept in courting the favor of men as he was gifted in handling affairs.
Indeed he has often been advised by me, among others, that while men who are in public life and desire to be in favor must adopt the principle of doing what is most serviceable and noble and of saying what is most true and just, yet they must at the same time not neglect to study and consider well how in everything they say and do they may convince the people of their graciousness and human sympathy; since those who are careless of these matters are thought by their fellow-citizens to be disagreeable and offensive.
“You observe,” I would say to him, “the nature of the multitude, how susceptible they are to flattery; that they like those who cultivate their favor better than those who seek their good; and that they prefer those who cheat them with beaming smiles and brotherly love to those who serve them with dignity and reserve. You have paid no attention to these things, but are of the opinion that if you attend honestly to your enterprises abroad, the people at home also will think well of you.
But this is not the case, and the very contrary is wont to happen. For if you please the people in Athens, no matter what you do they will not judge your conduct by the facts but will construe it in a light favorable to you; and if you make mistakes, they will overlook them, while if you succeed, they will exalt your success to the high heaven. For good will has this effect upon all men.
“But you, while seeking by every means in your power to win for Athens the good will of the rest of the Hellenes, because you recognize its great advantages, nevertheless do not consider that there is any need to secure for yourself the good will of Athens; nay, you who have benefited the city in ways beyond calculation are less esteemed than those who have done nothing of note.
Sections 136–140
“And you could expect nothing else; for such men cultivate the public orators and the speakers who are effective in private gatherings and who profess to be authorities on every subject, while you not only neglect to do this, but actually make an open breach between yourself and the orators who are from time to time the most influential. “And yet I wonder if you realize how many men have either come to grief or failed of honor because of the misrepresentations of these orators; how many in the generations that are past have left no name, although they were far better and worthier men than those who are celebrated in song and on the tragic stage.
But the latter, you see, found their poets and historians, while the others secured no one to hymn their praises. Therefore, if you will only heed me and be sensible, you will not despise these men whom the multitude are wont to believe, not only with reference to each one of their fellow-citizens, but also with reference to the affairs of the whole state, but you will in some measure show attention and pay court to them in order that you may be held in honor both because of your own deeds and because of their words.”
When I would speak to him in this wise, he would admit that I was right, but he could not change his nature. He was a good man and true, a credit to Athens and to Hellas, but he could not lower himself to the level of people who are intolerant of their natural superiors. So it was that the orators occupied themselves with inventing many false charges against him, and the multitude with drinking them in.
I should be glad to refute these slanders, if the occasion permitted me to do so; for I believe that if you could hear me, you would come to loathe the men who have stirred the city to anger against Timotheus and the men who dare to speak evil of him. Now, however, I shall leave this subject and take up again my own defense and the case before us.
But I am at a loss to know how to proceed with the rest of my speech—what topic to take up first and what next; for the power to speak in any set order has escaped me. Perhaps, therefore, I have no choice but to discuss each point as it happens to occur to me. Accordingly, I am going to lay bare to you the thoughts which have now come into my mind. I have been thinking all along that I ought to put them before you, but I have been advised against doing so.
Sections 141–145
For when I was indicted, I pondered these very matters, as any one of you would have done, and I reviewed my life and my actions, dwelling longest on the things for which I thought I deserved approbation. But one of my associates, hearing me, made bold to urge an objection which was amazing in the extreme; he stated that while my life as I described it was worthy of emulation, yet he himself greatly feared that my story would irritate many of my hearers.
“Some men,” he said, “have been so brutalized by envy and want and are so hostile that they wage war, not on depravity, but on prosperity; they hate not only the best men but the noblest pursuits; and, in addition to their other faults, they take sides with wrong-doers and are in sympathy with them, while they destroy, whenever they have the power, those whom they have cause to envy.
They do these things, not because they are ignorant of the issues on which they are to vote, but because they intend to inflict injury and do not expect to be found out; and so, by protecting those of their own kind, they think they are providing for their own safety. “I have told you this in order that, being forewarned, you may be able to handle your case to better advantage and to use less dangerous arguments before the jury. For as things are, what judgement can you expect such men to reach when you tell them of your life and your conduct, which are not in the least degree like their own, but such as you are attempting to describe to me?
For you show that the speeches which you have written merit, not blame, but the highest favor; that the men who have been under your instruction have in no case been guilty of wrong-doing or of crime, while some of them have been crowned by the city in recognition of their worth; that from day to day you, yourself, have lived so uprightly and lawfully that I know not who of your fellow-citizens can compare with you; and that, furthermore, you have never brought anyone to trial nor stood trial yourself save in the matter of an exchange of property, nor have you appeared as counsel or as witness for others, nor have you engaged in any other of the activities which make up the civic life of all Athenians.
And to these peculiarities and idiosyncrasies you add another, namely, that you have held aloof from the public offices and the emoluments which go with them, and from all other privileges of the commonwealth as well, while you have enrolled not only yourself but your son among the twelve hundred who pay the war-taxes and bear the liturgies, and you and he have three times discharged the trierarchy, besides having performed the other services more generously and handsomely than the laws require.
Sections 146–150
“When you say these things to men whose conduct is the opposite of all which has been said, do you not suppose that they will take offense and think that you are showing up the unworthiness of their own lives? For possibly if they had seen that it is through hard work and sacrifice that you provide yourself with the means wherewith to discharge your public duties and to maintain your affairs in general, they would not have felt the same about it.
But in fact they think that these fees which come to you from your foreign pupils are much greater than they actually are, and they consider that you live in greater ease and comfort than not only the people in general but also than those who cultivate philosophy and are of the same profession as yourself. “For they see most of the sophists, excepting those who have embraced your life and ways, showing off their oratory in the public assemblies or in private gatherings, contesting against each other, making extravagant professions, disputing, reviling each other, omitting nothing in the language of abuse,
but in effect damaging their own cause and giving license to their auditors, now to ridicule what they say, sometimes to praise them, most often to despise them, and again to think of them whatever they like. But in you they see a man who has no part in these things, who lives in a manner different from the sophists as well as from laymen, and from those who enjoy many possessions as well as from those who live in want.
It is true that reasonable and intelligent people might perhaps congratulate you on these grounds, but people who are less fortunate and are wont to be more chagrined at the honest prosperity of others than at their own ill fortune cannot fail to be surly and resentful. Knowing, then, that such will be the attitude of your audience, consider well what you had better say and what you had better leave unsaid.”
But I thought as he said these things and I think now that they would be of all men the strangest and most perverse who could take offense at being told that I hold myself at the service of Athens in discharging the liturgies and performing any public duty she enjoins, and yet do not ask to have any part in the allotment of the offices nor in the distribution of the gifts she doles out to others, nor in the privilege of prosecuting or defending cases in the courts.
Sections 151–155
For I have prescribed this course for myself, not because I am rich or have any false pride, nor because I look down on those who do not live in the same way as I do, but because I love peace and tranquillity, and most of all because I see that men who so live are looked up to both in Athens and in other parts of the world. Moreover, I consider that this kind of life is more agreeable than that of men who are busy with a multitude of things, and that it is, besides, more in keeping with the career to which I have dedicated myself from the first.
It was for these reasons that I chose this manner of life. And if I have refrained from accepting the bounties which are distributed by the city it was because I thought it outrageous if I, who am able to maintain myself from my private resources, should stand in the way of any of those who have been compelled to get their livelihood from the city, and if because of my presence anyone should be deprived of the necessities of existence. Now for this I deserved praise rather than prejudice.
But as things are I am utterly at a loss to know what I could do to satisfy men of this stamp. For if I have made it my object all my life not to injure or burden or offend any man, and if by this very course I offend certain people, what could I do to please them? Or what conclusion is left to me other than that I seem to be unfortunate, and that these people appear to be boorish and churlish toward their fellow-citizens?
It is, therefore, utter folly to seek to justify myself to those who are not minded like other men but are harder on the innocent than on the guilty; for it is obvious that the more honest a man shows himself to be, the more hopeless will he make his case in their eyes. But to the others I must address myself in reply to the false charge of Lysimachus that I am possessed of enormous wealth, lest this statement, if credited, impose upon me greater public burdens than I could bear.
Now, generally speaking, you will find that no one of the so-called sophists has accumulated a great amount of money, but that some of them have lived in poor, others in moderate circumstances. The man who in our recollection laid up the most was Gorgias of Leontini. He spent his time in Thessaly when the Thessalians were the most prosperous people in Hellas; he lived a long life and devoted himself to the making of money;
Sections 156–160
he had no fixed domicile in any city and therefore paid out nothing for public weal nor was he subject to any tax; moreover, he did not marry and beget children, but was free from this, the most unremitting and expensive of burdens; and yet, although he had so great an advantage toward laying up more wealth than any other man, he left at his death only a thousand staters.
And surely on the subject of each other’s incomes we must not credit people who make charges at haphazard nor think that the earnings of the sophists are equal to those of the actors, but should judge men of the same profession in reference to each other and go on the principle that those of the same order of talent in each profession have incomes which are comparable.
If, then, you will class me with the sophist who has made more money than any other, and will compare me with him, you will not seem to engage in utterly blind conjectures on such matters, nor shall I be found to have managed badly in providing either for the public welfare or for my own, although, as a matter of fact, I have lived on less than I have expended on my public duties. And surely it is deserving of praise when a man is more frugal in what he spends on his own household than in what he pays out for the common weal.
It occurs to me as I am speaking what a change has come over Athens; people nowadays do not look at things in the same way as those who lived in the city in former times. For, when I was a boy, wealth was regarded as a thing so secure as well as admirable that almost every one affected to own more property than he actually possessed, because he wanted to enjoy the standing which it gave.
Now, on the other hand, a man has to be ready to defend himself against being rich as if it were the worst of crimes, and to keep on the alert if he is to avoid disaster; for it has become far more dangerous to be suspected of being well off than to be detected in crime; for criminals are pardoned or let off with slight penalties, while the rich are ruined utterly, and it will be found that the number of men who have been spoiled of their property is greater than those who have been punished for their misdeeds.
Sections 161–165
But why speak of public affairs? For I have myself, in my own affairs, suffered not a little from this change. For when I was beginning to repair my own fortunes after I had lost in the Peloponnesian War the patrimony which remained to me from what my father had spent partly in rendering himself serviceable to the state and partly in educating me with such care that I was more conspicuous then and more distinguished among the youth of my own age and among my fellow-students than I am now among my fellow-citizens—
when, as I have said, I began to attach pupils to myself, I thought that if I could acquire a greater competence and attain a higher position than others who had started in the same profession, I should be acclaimed both for the superiority of my teaching and for the excellence of my conduct.
But the result has been the very opposite; for if I had turned out to be worthless and had excelled in nothing, no one would have made trouble for me; nay, I might have been a flagrant offender and yet lived secure—from the sycophants, at any rate. But now, instead of the acclaim which I expected, I have been rewarded with trials and perils and envy and calumny.
For so much does the Athens of this day rejoice in repressing and humiliating honest men, while giving license to the depraved to say and do what they please, that Lysimachus, a man who has elected to live by practicing intrigue and by preying from day to day on his fellow-citizens, is here in court denouncing me; while I, who have never in my life injured any man, who have kept my hands clean from such spoils, and have provided my advantages from foreigners who feel that I have served them well, am charged with grave offenses and placed in very great peril by this trial.
And yet all sensible men would do well to pray the gods to endow as many of our people as possible with the power of getting means from abroad in order to make themselves serviceable to the city, even as I have done. But, though there are many anomalies in my situation, it would be the crowning absurdity of all if, when the men who have paid me money are so grateful to me that they are still even now devoted to me,
Sections 166–170
you on whom I have spent my means should desire to penalize me. It would be even more absurd if, whereas Pindar, the poet, was so highly honored by our forefathers because of a single line of his in which he praises Athens as “the bulwark of Hellas” that he was made ”proxenos“ and given a present of ten thousand drachmas, I, on the other hand, who have glorified Athens and our ancestors with much ampler and nobler encomiums, should not even be privileged to end my days in peace.
With regard, then, to this as well as to the other charges of my accuser, I consider that the defense which I have made is a sufficient answer. Nevertheless, I am not going to hesitate to confide in you the truth as to how I now feel about the pending trial and how I felt about it at the first. I was very confident that for myself personally I could make out a good case;
for I relied upon the character of my life and conduct, and believed that I had no lack of arguments to justify them. But as I observed not only the intolerant feeling toward the teaching of eloquence on the part of those who are churlish toward everyone, but the truculent attitude towards it on the part of my fellow-citizens in general, I began to be afraid that the truth regarding me personally might be overlooked and that I might suffer some harm from the common prejudice against the sophists.
But as time went on, and I fell to thinking what I should do in the present circumstances, I ceased being fearful and disturbed on this account, not without good reason, but after having weighed the probabilities and reassured myself.
For I knew that the honest men among you—and it is to those that I shall address myself—do not remain fixed in opinions which they have formed unjustly, but are in quest of the truth and are ready to be convinced by those who plead a just cause; and I believed that I should have abundant grounds to show that philosophy has been unjustly slandered, and that it deserves much more to be held in favor than in contempt; and I am still of the same opinion.
Sections 171–175
However, it is not surprising that liberal pursuits have sometimes failed of recognition and regard, nor that some people have been utterly misled about them. In fact we find that this happens in regard to ourselves as well as to other things without number. For our city, which is now and has been in the past the author of so many blessings both to our own people and to the other Hellenes, and which abounds in so many charms, has, nevertheless, a most serious drawback.
For Athens is so large and the multitude of people living here is so great, that the city does not present to the mind an image easily grasped or sharply defined, but, like a turbid flood, whatever it catches up in its course, whether men or things, in each case it sweeps them along pell-mell, and in some cases it imbues them with a reputation which is the opposite of the true; and exactly that has been the fortune of this system of education.
You must bear these things in mind, and not pass judgement in any trial without the exercise of reason, nor be as careless when you sit in judgement as you are in your private occupations, but must examine thoroughly each point and search for the truth, mindful of your oaths and of the laws under which you have come together to dispense justice. It is no minor question which is under discussion and on trial here, but the most important in the world. For you are to determine by your votes, not my fate only, but that of a way of life to which many of our youths are devoting their minds.
I suppose that you are not unaware of the fact that the government of the state is handed on by the older men to the youth of the coming generation; and that since the succession goes on without end, it follows of necessity that as is the education of our youth so from generation to generation will be the fortune of the state. Therefore, you must not let the sycophants have control of a thing so momentous, nor punish those who refuse to pay them money, while permitting those from whom they have received it to do whatever they please.
But if philosophy has an influence which tends to corrupt our youth, you ought not merely to punish the occasional offender whom some sycophant hales into court but to banish all who are engaged in teaching it. If, however, it has the opposite effect and helps and improves and makes better men of its devotees, then you should call a halt on those who load this study with abuse; you should strip the sycophants of their rewards, and counsel our young men to occupy themselves with this pursuit above all others.
Sections 176–180
I would have given a good deal, assuming that I was doomed by fate to defend myself against this charge, if I could have faced this trial in the fullness of my vigor; for in that case I should have felt no misgiving but should have been better able both to protect myself from my accuser and to champion the cause of liberal education. Now, however, I am afraid that, although I have been enabled by this education to speak well enough on other themes, I may find that I have discoursed less ably upon this subject than upon matters which should have concerned me less.
And yet I would rather lay down my life this day—for you shall have the truth even though the words be inept—after having spoken adequately upon this theme and persuaded you to look upon the study of eloquence in its true light, than live many times my allotted span and see it continue to fare among you as it now does.
My aspiration, then, is much greater than my power to do the subject justice; but yet I shall try as best I can to explain what is the nature of this education, what is its power, what of the other arts it is akin to, what benefit it is to its devotees, and what claims I make for it. For I think that when you know the truth about this you will be in a better position to deliberate and pronounce judgement upon it.
But I beg of you, if I appear to carry on the discussion in a manner far removed from that which is customary here, not to be impatient but to bear with me, remembering that when a man is defending himself on a charge unlike any other, he must resort to a kind of pleading which is out of the ordinary. Be patient, therefore, with the manner of my discourse and with my frankness of speech; permit me to use up the time allotted to my defense; and then cast your ballots as each of you thinks is right and in accordance with the law.
In my treatment of the art of discourse, I desire, like the genealogists, to start at the beginning. It is acknowledged that the nature of man is compounded of two parts, the physical and the mental, and no one would deny that of these two the mind comes first and is of greater worth; for it is the function of the mind to decide both on personal and on public questions, and of the body to be servant to the judgements of the mind.
Sections 181–185
Since this is so, certain of our ancestors, long before our time, seeing that many arts had been devised for other things, while none had been prescribed for the body and for the mind, invented and bequeathed to us two disciplines, physical training for the body, of which gymnastics is a part, and, for the mind, philosophy, which I am going to explain.
These are twin arts—parallel and complementary—by which their masters prepare the mind to become more intelligent and the body to become more serviceable, not separating sharply the two kinds of education, but using similar methods of instruction, exercise, and other forms of discipline.
For when they take their pupils in hand, the physical trainers instruct their followers in the postures which have been devised for bodily contests, while the teachers of philosophy impart all the forms of discourse in which the mind expresses itself.
Then, when they have made them familiar and thoroughly conversant with these lessons, they set them at exercises, habituate them to work, and require them to combine in practice the particular things which they have learned, in order that they may grasp them more firmly and bring their theories into closer touch with the occasions for applying them—I say “theories,” for no system of knowledge can possibly cover these occasions, since in all cases they elude our science. Yet those who most apply their minds to them and are able to discern the consequences which for the most part grow out of them, will most often meet these occasions in the right way.
Watching over them and training them in this manner, both the teachers of gymnastic and the teachers of discourse are able to advance their pupils to a point where they are better men and where they are stronger in their thinking or in the use of their bodies. However, neither class of teachers is in possession of a science by which they can make capable athletes or capable orators out of whomsoever they please. They can contribute in some degree to these results, but these powers are never found in their perfection save in those who excel by virtue both of talent and of training.
Sections 186–190
I have given you now some impression of what philosophy is. But I think that you will get a still clearer idea of its powers if I tell you what professions I make to those who want to become my pupils.
I say to them that if they are to excel in oratory or in managing affairs or in any line of work, they must, first of all, have a natural aptitude for that which they have elected to do; secondly, they must submit to training and master the knowledge of their particular subject, whatever it may be in each case; and, finally, they must become versed and practised in the use and application of their art; for only on these conditions can they become fully competent and pre-eminent in any line of endeavor.
In this process, master and pupil each has his place; no one but the pupil can furnish the necessary capacity; no one but the master, the ability to impart knowledge while both have a part in the exercises of practical application: for the master must painstakingly direct his pupil, and the latter must rigidly follow the master’s instructions.
Now these observations apply to any and all the arts. If anyone, ignoring the other arts, were to ask me which of these factors has the greatest power in the education of an orator I should answer that natural ability is paramount and comes before all else. For given a man with a mind which is capable of finding out and learning the truth and of working hard and remembering what it learns, and also with a voice and a clarity of utterance which are able to captivate the audience, not only by what he says, but by the music of his words,
and, finally, with an assurance which is not an expression of bravado, but which, tempered by sobriety, so fortifies the spirit that he is no less at ease in addressing all his fellow-citizens than in reflecting to himself—who does not know that such a man might, without the advantage of an elaborate education and with only a superficial and common training, be an orator such as has never, perhaps, been seen among the Hellenes?
Sections 191–195
Again, we know that men who are less generously endowed by nature but excel in experience and practice, not only improve upon themselves, but surpass others who, though highly gifted, have been too negligent of their talents. It follows, therefore, that either one of these factors may produce an able speaker or an able man of affairs, but both of them combined in the same person might produce a man incomparable among his fellows.
These, then, are my views as to the relative importance of native ability and practice. I cannot, however, make a like claim for education; its powers are not equal nor comparable to theirs. For if one should take lessons in all the principles of oratory and master them with the greatest thoroughness, he might, perhaps, become a more pleasing speaker than most, but let him stand up before the crowd and lack one thing only, namely, assurance, and he would not be able to utter a word.
But let no one of you think that before you I belittle my pretensions, while when I address those who desire to become my pupils I claim every power for my teaching; for it was to avoid just such a charge as this that, when I entered upon my profession, I wrote and published a discourse in which you will find that I attack those who make pretensions which are unwarranted, and set forth my own ideas.
Now I am not going to quote from it my criticisms of others; for they are too long for the present occasion; but I shall attempt to repeat to you that part in which I express my own views. I begin at this point.
Now this quotation is of a more finished style than what has been said before, but its meaning is the same, and this ought to be taken by you as a convincing proof of my honesty; for you see that I did not brag and make big promises when I was young only to speak modestly for my philosophy now that I have reaped the harvest of my labors and am an old man, but that, on the contrary, I speak in the same terms both when I was at the height of my career and now when I am ready to retire from it, both when I had no thought of danger and now when I stand in jeopardy, and both in addressing those who wanted to become my pupils and now in addressing those who are to vote upon my fate. I do not see, therefore, how the sincerity and honesty of my professions could be more clearly shown.
Sections 196–200
Let this quotation, then, add its weight to what I have said before. I do not, however, delude myself as to the people who are ill disposed towards my teaching: nothing of what I have said so far is enough to disabuse them of this feeling; and it will take many arguments of all sorts to convert them to a different opinion from that which they now hold.
Accordingly I must not leave off expounding and speaking until I shall accomplish one of two things—until I have persuaded them to change their views or have proved that the slanders and charges which they repeat against me are false. These charges are of two kinds. Some of them say that the profession of the sophist is nothing but sham and chicane, maintaining that no kind of education has ever been discovered which can improve a man’s ability to speak or his capacity for handling affairs, and that those who excel in these respects owe their superiority to natural gifts;
while others acknowledge that men who take this training are more able, but complain that they are corrupted and demoralized by it, alleging that when they gain the power to do so, they scheme to get other people’s property. Now there is not a sound or true word in either complaint, as I am very confident that I can prove to everyone.
First of all I would have you note, in the case of those who assert that education is a sham, that they quite obviously talk rubbish themselves; for while they ridicule it as powerless to help us—nothing but humbug and chicane—at the same time they demand that my pupils show improvement from the moment they come to me;
that when they have been with me a few days, they must be abler and wiser in speech than those who have the advantage over them both in years and in experience; and that when they have been with me no more than a year, they must all be good and finished orators; nor must the indolent be a whit less accomplished than the industrious, nor they who are lacking in ability than those who are blessed with vigorous minds.
Sections 201–205
These are the requirements they set up, and yet they have never heard me make such promises, nor have they ever seen like results in the other arts and disciplines. On the contrary, all knowledge yields itself up to us only after great effort on our part, and we are by no means all equally capable of working out in practice what we learn. Nay, from all our schools only two or three students turn out to be real champions, the rest retiring from their studies into private life.
And yet how can we fail to deny intelligence to those who have the effrontery to demand powers which are not found in the recognized arts of this which they declare is not an art and who expect greater advantages to come from an art in which they do not believe than from arts which they regard as thoroughly perfected?
Men of intelligence ought not to form contrary judgements about similar things nor refuse to recognize a discipline which accomplishes the same results as most of the arts. For who among you does not know that most of those who have sat under the sophists have not been duped nor affected as these men claim,
but that some of them have been turned out competent champions and others able teachers; while those who have preferred to live in private have become more gracious in their social intercourse than before, and keener judges and more prudent counsellors than the great majority? How then is it possible to scorn a discipline which is able to make of those who have taken advantage of it men of that kind?
Furthermore, this also will be agreed to by all men, namely, that in all the arts and crafts we regard those as the most skilled who turn out pupils who all work as far as possible in the same manner. Now it will be seen that this is the case with philosophy.
Sections 206–210
For all who have been under a true and intelligent guide will be found to have a power of speech so similar that it is evident to everyone that they have shared the same training. And yet, had not a common habit and a common technique of training been instilled into them, it is inconceivable that they should have taken on this likeness.
Again, every one of you could name many of your schoolfellows who when they were boys seemed to be the dullest among their companions, but who, growing older, outstripped them farther in intelligence and in speech than they had lagged behind them when they were boys. From this fact you can best judge what training can do; for it is evident that when they were young they all possessed such mental powers as they were born with, but as they grew to be men, these outstripped the others and changed places with them in intelligence, because their companions lived dissolutely and softly, while they gave heed to their own opportunities and to their own welfare.
But when people succeed in making progress through their own diligence alone, how can they fail to improve in a much greater degree both over themselves and over others if they put themselves under a master who is mature, of great experience, and learned not only in what has been handed down to him but in what he has discovered for himself?
But there remain still other reasons why everyone may well be astonished at the ignorance in men who venture so blindly to condemn philosophy. For, in the first place, they know that pains and industry give proficiency in all other activities and arts, yet deny that they have any such power in the training of the intellect;
secondly, they admit that no physical weakness is so hopeless that it cannot be improved by exercise and effort, but they do not believe that our minds, which are naturally superior to our bodies, can be made more serviceable through education and suitable training;
Sections 211–215
again, they observe that some people possess the art of training horses and dogs and most other animals by which they make them more spirited, gentle or intelligent, as the case may be, yet they do not think that any education has been discovered for training human nature, such as can improve men in any of those respects in which we improve the beasts.
Nay, so great is the misfortune which they impute to us all, that while they would acknowledge that it is by our mental powers that every creature is improved and made more useful, yet they have the hardihood to claim that we ourselves, who are endowed with an intelligence through which we render all creatures of greater worth, cannot help each other to advance in excellence.
But most absurd of all, they behold in the shows which are held year after year lions which are more gentle toward their trainers than some people are toward their benefactors, and bears which dance about and wrestle and imitate our skill,
and yet they are not able to judge even from these instances the power which education and training have, nor can they see that human nature will respond more promptly than the animals to the benefits of education. In truth, I cannot make up my mind which should astonish us the more—the gentleness which is implanted in the fiercest of wild beasts or the brutishness which resides in the souls of such men.
One might say more upon this head, but if I say too much on questions about which most men are agreed, I fear you may suspect that I have little to say on questions which are in dispute. Therefore I shall leave this subject and turn my attention to a class of people who do not, to be sure, contemn philosophy but condemn it much more bitterly since they attribute the iniquities of those who profess to be sophists, but in practice are far different, to those whose ways have nothing in common with them.
Sections 216–220
But I am speaking, not in behalf of all those who pretend to be able to educate the young, but in behalf of those only who have justly earned this reputation, and I think that I shall convince you that my accusers have shot very wide of the truth if only you are willing to hear me to the end.
In the first place, then, we must determine what are the objects which make people venture to do evil; for if we define these correctly, you will be better able to make up your minds whether the charges which have been made against us are true or false. Well then, I maintain that everyone does everything which he does for the sake of pleasure or gain or honor; for I observe that no desire springs up in men save for these objects.
If this be so, it only remains to consider which of these objects we should attain by corrupting the young. Do you suppose it would give us pleasure to see or hear that our pupils were bad and in evil repute with their fellow-citizens? And who is so insensate that he would not be distressed to have such things reported about himself?
But surely we could not expect to be admired nor to enjoy great honor for sending out disciples of that sort; on the contrary, we should be much more despised and hated than those who are charged with other forms of villainy. And, mark you, even if we could shut our eyes to these consequences, we could not gain the most money by directing a training of that character;
for, I suppose, all men are aware that a sophist reaps his finest and his largest reward when his pupils prove to be honorable and intelligent and highly esteemed by their fellow-citizens, since pupils of that sort inspire many with the desire to enjoy his teaching, while those who are depraved repel even those who were formerly minded to join his classes. Who, then, could be blind to the more profitable course, when there is so vast a difference between the two?
Sections 221–225
Perhaps, however, some might venture to reply that many men, because of their incontinence, are not amenable to reason, but neglect their true interests and rush on in the pursuit of pleasure. I grant you that many men in general and some who pretend to be sophists are of this nature.
Nevertheless, no one even of their number is so incontinent as to desire his pupils also to show the same lack of control; for he would not be able to share in the pleasures which they might enjoy as the result of their incontinence, while he would bring down upon his own head most of the evil repute which would result from their depravity. Again, whom would they corrupt and what manner of people would they get as pupils?
For this is worth inquiring into. Would they get those who are already perverse and vicious? And who, pray, would make an effort to learn from another what his own nature teaches him? Would they, then, get those who are honest and ambitious to lead a useful life? But no such person would deign to speak with men who are evil in their words and in their deeds.
I should like to ask those who disapprove of me what they think about the students who cross the sea from Sicily, from the Pontus, and from other parts of the world in order to enjoy my instruction. Do they think that they voyage to Athens because of the dearth of evil-minded men at home? But anywhere on earth anyone can find no lack of men willing to aid him in depravity and crime.
Do they think, then, that they come here in order to become intriguers and sycophants, at great expense to themselves? But, in the first place, people of this mind are much more inclined to lay hold of other people’s property than to part with anything of their own; and, in the next place, who would pay out money to learn depravity, since it is easy to be depraved at no expense whatever, whenever one is so inclined? For there is no need of taking lessons in evil-doing; all that a man has to do is to set his hands to it.
Sections 226–230
No, it is evident that these students cross the sea and pay out money and go to all manner of trouble because they think that they themselves will be the better for it and that the teachers here are much more intelligent than those in their own countries. This ought to fill all Athenians with pride and make them appreciate at their worth those who have given to the city this reputation.
But, in fact, some of our people are extremely unreasonable. They know that neither the strangers who come here nor the men who preside over their education occupy themselves with anything harmful, but that they are, on the contrary, the most unofficious and the most peaceable of all who live in Athens, giving their minds to their own affairs and confining their intercourse to each other,
and living, furthermore, day by day in the greatest simplicity and decorum, taking their pleasures in discourse—not the kind of discourse which is employed in petty litigation nor that which is offensive to anyone, but the kind which has the approbation of all men. Nevertheless, although they know all this about them, they do not refrain from traducing them and saying that they engage in this training in order that they may defeat the ends of justice in the courts and win their own advantage.
And yet who that engages in the practice of injustice and of evildoing would be willing to live more continently than the rest? Whom have these traducers ever seen reserving and treasuring up their depravities for future use instead of indulging from the first the evil instincts present in their nature?
But, apart from these considerations, if it be true that cleverness in speech results in plotting against other people’s property, we should expect all able speakers to be intriguers and sycophants; for the same cause produces in every instance the same effect.
Sections 231–235
In fact, however, you will find that among our public men who are living today or who have but lately passed away those who give most study to the art of words are the best of the statesmen who come before you on the rostrum, and, furthermore, that among the ancients it was the greatest and the most illustrious orators who brought to the city most of her blessings.
First of all was Solon. For when he was placed at the head of the people, he gave them laws, set their affairs in order, and constituted the government of the city so wisely that even now Athens is well satisfied with the polity which was organized by him. Next, Cleisthenes, after he had been driven from Athens by the tyrants, succeeded by his eloquence in persuading the Amphictyons to lend him money from the treasury of Apollo, and thus restored the people to power, expelled the tyrants, and established that democracy to which the world of Hellas owes its greatest blessings.
After him, Themistocles, placed at the head of our forces in the Persian War, counselled our ancestors to abandon the city(and who could have persuaded them to do this but a man of surpassing eloquence?), and so advanced their circumstances that at the price of being homeless for a few days they became for a long period of time the masters of the Hellenes.
Finally, Pericles, because he was both a good leader of the people and an excellent orator, so adorned the city with temples, monuments, and other objects of beauty, that even today visitors who come to Athens think her worthy of ruling not only the Hellenes, but all the world; and, more than this, he stored away in the Acropolis a sum of not less than ten thousand talents.
And of these men who carried out such great enterprises not one neglected the art of discourse; nay, so much more did they apply their minds to eloquence than to other things, that Solon was named one of the seven sophists and was given the title which is now dishonored and on trial here; and Pericles studied under two of the sophists, Anaxagoras of Clazomenae and Damon, the latter in his day reputed to be the wisest among the Athenians.
Sections 236–240
Could one, then, show more clearly than by these examples that the powers of eloquence do not turn men into evil-doers? No, but, on the other hand, those who are evil from their birth, like my accuser, will, I doubt not, continue to the end indulging their depravity both in words and in deeds.
But I can show you also where you may see, if you desire, the names of our trouble-makers and of the men who are really liable to the charges which these people apply to the sophists. They are published by law on the tablets which the magistrates set up: public offenders and sycophants have their names published by the Thesmothetae; malefactors and their instigators, by the Eleven; and private offenders and authors of unjust complaints, by the Forty.
In these lists you will find the names of this fellow and his friends recorded many times, but you will not find my name nor that of anyone of my profession published in a single one of them. On the contrary, you will find that we so order our own affairs as to stand in no need of your lawsuits.
And yet, when men keep clear of these troubles, when they live decently and have had no part in any disgraceful act, why do you not give them their due of praise instead of subjecting them to trial? For it is evident that the principles which we instil into our students are such as we practice in our own lives.
Now you will appreciate even more clearly from the things which I am going to say that I am far from being a corrupter of our youth. For if I were guilty of this, Lysimachus would not be the one to be incensed in their behalf, nor anyone of his kind, but you would see the fathers and relatives of my pupils up in arms, framing writs and seeking to bring me to justice.
Sections 241–245
But instead of that they bring their sons to me and are ready to pay me money, and are rejoiced when they see them spending their days in my society, while the sycophants are the men who speak evil of me and hale me into court. And who more than these sycophants would like to see many of our citizens corrupted and depraved, since they know that when they live among such characters they wield great power, whereas when they fall into the hands of honorable and intelligent men, they are doomed to destruction?
Therefore these men are wise in seeking to do away with all studies which they consider will make men better, and so render them more intolerant of the depravities and intrigues of the sycophants. It is well for you, however, to take the opposite course and regard those pursuits as the best to which you see that these men are most inimical.
But I now find myself in a curious position; for I am going to be frank even if some will say that I shift my ground too easily. A little while ago I said that many good men had been misled about philosophy, and are consequently harshly disposed toward it. Now, however, I have assumed that the arguments which I have presented are so plain and evident to all that no one, it seems to me, can misapprehend its power or accuse me of corrupting my disciples or have any such feeling as I imputed to them a little while ago.
Nevertheless, if I am to speak the truth and say what has now come into my mind, I am of the opinion that while all those who are envious of my success covet the ability to think and speak well, yet they themselves neglect to cultivate it, some because they are indolent, some because they discredit their own powers, and some on other pretexts (and these are legion);
but when other men take great pains and show a desire to attain what they themselves covet, then they grow irritated, jealous, perturbed in spirit, and are much in the same state of mind as lovers are. Indeed, how could one more aptly explain their condition?
Sections 246–250
They envy the good fortune of those who are able to use words eloquently; yet they reproach the youth who aspire to win this distinction. There is no one of them who would not pray the gods to bestow the power of eloquence upon himself, first of all, and failing that, upon his sons and his own kin;
yet when men strive through work and study to accomplish for themselves what these people would like to have as a gift from the gods, they accuse them of going utterly astray. At one moment they make believe to mock at them as dupes and victims; and then again, for no reason at all, they change about and denounce them as adepts in grasping their own advantage.
When any danger threatens the city, they seek counsel from those who can speak best upon the question at issue and act upon their advice; but when men devote their efforts to preparing themselves to serve the state in just such crises, they think it proper to traduce them. And they reproach the Thebans and our other enemies for their ignorance; yet when men seek by every means to escape from that malady, they never cease maligning them.
But as a symptom, not only of their confusion of mind, but of their contempt for the gods, they recognize that Persuasion is one of the gods, and they observe that the city makes sacrifices to her every year, but when men aspire to share the power which the goddess possesses, they claim that such aspirants are being corrupted, as though their desire were for some evil thing.
But what is most astonishing of all is that while they would grant that the mind is superior to the body, nevertheless, in spite of this opinion, they look with greater favor upon training in gymnastics than upon the study of philosophy. And yet how unreasonable it is to give higher praise to those who cultivate the less than to those who cultivate the greater thing, and that too when everyone knows it was not through excellence of body that Athens ever accomplished any noteworthy thing, but that through wisdom of men she became the most prosperous and the greatest of Hellenic states.
Sections 251–255
It would be possible to bring together many more contradictions than the above in the views of these people, but that is a task for those who are younger than I and who are free from anxiety about the present occasion. For example, one might put the following questions on this very subject: Suppose the case of men who, having inherited large fortunes from their ancestors, used their wealth, not to render themselves serviceable to the state, but to outrage their fellow-citizens and to dishonor their sons and their wives; would anyone venture to put the blame upon the authors of their wealth instead of demanding that the offenders themselves be punished?
Again, suppose the case of men who, having mastered the art of war, did not use their skill against the enemy, but rose up and slew many of their fellow-citizens; or suppose the case of men who, having been trained to perfection in the art of boxing or of the pancration, kept away from the games and fell foul of the passers-by; would anyone withhold praise from their instructors instead of putting to death those who turned their lessons to an evil use?
We ought, therefore, to think of the art of discourse just as we think of the other arts, and not to form opposite judgements about similar things, nor show ourselves intolerant toward that power which, of all the faculties which belong to the nature of man, is the source of most of our blessings. For in the other powers which we possess, as I have already said on a former occasion, we are in no respect superior to other living creatures; nay, we are inferior to many in swiftness and in strength and in other resources;
but, because there has been implanted in us the power to persuade each other and to make clear to each other whatever we desire, not only have we escaped the life of wild beasts, but we have come together and founded cities and made laws and invented arts; and, generally speaking, there is no institution devised by man which the power of speech has not helped us to establish.
For this it is which has laid down laws concerning things just and unjust, and things honorable and base; and if it were not for these ordinances we should not be able to live with one another. It is by this also that we confute the bad and extol the good. Through this we educate the ignorant and appraise the wise; for the power to speak well is taken as the surest index of a sound understanding, and discourse which is true and lawful and just is the outward image of a good and faithful soul.
Sections 256–260
With this faculty we both contend against others on matters which are open to dispute and seek light for ourselves on things which are unknown; for the same arguments which we use in persuading others when we speak in public, we employ also when we deliberate in our own thoughts; and, while we call eloquent those who are able to speak before a crowd, we regard as sage those who most skilfully debate their problems in their own minds.
And, if there is need to speak in brief summary of this power, we shall find that none of the things which are done with intelligence take place without the help of speech, but that in all our actions as well as in all our thoughts speech is our guide, and is most employed by those who have the most wisdom. But without reflecting at all on these truths, Lysimachus has dared to attack those who aspire to an accomplishment which is the source of blessings so many and so great.
But why should we be surprised at him when even among the professors of disputation there are some who talk no less abusively of the art of speaking on general and useful themes than do the most benighted of men, not that they are ignorant of its power or of the advantage which it quickly gives to those who avail themselves of it, but because they think that by decrying this art they will enhance the standing of their own.
I could, perhaps, say much harsher things of them than they of me, but I refrain for a double reason. I want neither to descend to the level of men whom envy has made blind nor to censure men who, although they do no actual harm to their pupils are less able to benefit them than are other teachers. I shall, however, say a few words about them, first because they also have paid their compliments to me; second, in order that you, being better informed as to their powers, may estimate us justly in relation to each other;
and, furthermore, that I may show you clearly that we who are occupied with political discourse and whom they call contentious are more considerate than they; for although they are always saying disparaging things of me, I shall not answer them in kind but shall confine myself to the simple truth.
Sections 261–265
For I believe that the teachers who are skilled in disputation and those who are occupied with astronomy and geometry and studies of that sort do not injure but, on the contrary, benefit their pupils, not so much as they profess, but more than others give them credit for.
Most men see in such studies nothing but empty talk and hair-splitting; for none of these disciplines has any useful application either to private or to public affairs; nay, they are not even remembered for any length of time after they are learned because they do not attend us through life nor do they lend aid in what we do, but are wholly divorced from our necessities.
But I am neither of this opinion nor am I far removed from it; rather it seems to me both that those who hold that this training is of no use in practical life are right and that those who speak in praise of it have truth on their side. If there is a contradiction in this statement, it is because these disciplines are different in their nature from the other studies which make up our education;
for the other branches avail us only after we have gained a knowledge of them, whereas these studies can be of no benefit to us after we have mastered them unless we have elected to make our living from this source, and only help us while we are in the process of learning. For while we are occupied with the subtlety and exactness of astronomy and geometry
and are forced to apply our minds to difficult problems, and are, in addition, being habituated to speak and apply ourselves to what is said and shown to us, and not to let our wits go wool-gathering, we gain the power, after being exercised and sharpened on these disciplines, of grasping and learning more easily and more quickly those subjects which are of more importance and of greater value.
Sections 266–270
I do not, however, think it proper to apply the term “philosophy” to a training which is no help to us in the present either in our speech or in our actions, but rather I would call it a gymnastic of the mind and a preparation for philosophy. It is, to be sure, a study more advanced than that which boys in school pursue, but it is for the most part the same sort of thing;
for they also when they have labored through their lessons in grammar, music, and the other branches, are not a whit advanced in their ability to speak and deliberate on affairs, but they have increased their aptitude for mastering greater and more serious studies.
I would, therefore, advise young men to spend some time on these disciplines, but not to allow their minds to be dried up by these barren subtleties, nor to be stranded on the speculations of the ancient sophists, who maintain, some of them, that the sum of things is made up of infinite elements; Empedocles that it is made up of four, with strife and love operating among them; Ion, of not more than three; Alcmaeon, of only two; Parmenides and Melissus, of one; and Gorgias, of none at all.
For I think that such curiosities of thought are on a par with jugglers’ tricks which, though they do not profit anyone, yet attract great crowds of the empty-minded, and I hold that men who want to do some good in the world must banish utterly from their interests all vain speculations and all activities which have no bearing on our lives.
Now I have spoken and advised you enough on these studies for the present. It remains to tell you about “wisdom” and “philosophy.” It is true that if one were pleading a case on any other issue it would be out of place to discuss these words (for they are foreign to all litigation), but it is appropriate for me, since I am being tried on such an issue, and since I hold that what some people call philosophy is not entitled to that name, to define and explain to you what philosophy, properly conceived, really is.
Sections 271–275
My view of this question is, as it happens, very simple. For since it is not in the nature of man to attain a science by the possession of which we can know positively what we should do or what we should say, in the next resort I hold that man to be wise who is able by his powers of conjecture to arrive generally at the best course, and I hold that man to be a philosopher who occupies himself with the studies from which he will most quickly gain that kind of insight.
What the studies are which have this power I can tell you, although I hesitate to do so; they are so contrary to popular belief and so very far removed from the opinions of the rest of the world, that I am afraid lest when you first hear them you will fill the whole court-room with your murmurs and your cries. Nevertheless, in spite of my misgivings, I shall attempt to tell you about them; for I blush at the thought that anyone might suspect me of betraying the truth to save my old age and the little of life remaining to me.
But, I beg of you, do not, before you have heard me, judge that I could have been so mad as to choose deliberately, when my fate is in your hands, to express to you ideas which are repugnant to your opinions if I had not believed that these ideas follow logically on what I have previously said, and that I could support them with true and convincing proofs.
I consider that the kind of art which can implant honesty and justice in depraved natures has never existed and does not now exist, and that people who profess that power will grow weary and cease from their vain pretensions before such an education is ever found.
But I do hold that people can become better and worthier if they conceive an ambition to speak well, if they become possessed of the desire to be able to persuade their hearers, and, finally, if they set their hearts on seizing their advantage—I do not mean “advantage” in the sense given to that word by the empty-minded, but advantage in the true meaning of that term;
Sections 276–280
and that this is so I think I shall presently make clear. For, in the first place, when anyone elects to speak or write discourses which are worthy of praise and honor, it is not conceivable that he will support causes which are unjust or petty or devoted to private quarrels, and not rather those which are great and honorable, devoted to the welfare of man and our common good; for if he fails to find causes of this character, he will accomplish nothing to the purpose.
In the second place, he will select from all the actions of men which bear upon his subject those examples which are the most illustrious and the most edifying; and, habituating himself to contemplate and appraise such examples, he will feel their influence not only in the preparation of a given discourse but in all the actions of his life. It follows, then, that the power to speak well and think right will reward the man who approaches the art of discourse with love of wisdom and love of honor.
Furthermore, mark you, the man who wishes to persuade people will not be negligent as to the matter of character; no, on the contrary, he will apply himself above all to establish a most honorable name among his fellow-citizens; for who does not know that words carry greater conviction when spoken by men of good repute than when spoken by men who live under a cloud, and that the argument which is made by a man’s life is of more weight than that which is furnished by words? Therefore,the stronger a man’s desire to persuade his hearers, the more zealously will he strive to be honorable and to have the esteem of his fellow-citizens.
And let no one of you suppose that while all other people realize how much the scales of persuasion incline in favor of one who has the approval of his judges, the devotees of philosophy alone are blind to the power of good will. In fact, they appreciate this even more thoroughly than others, and they know, furthermore,
that probabilities and proofs and all forms of persuasion support only the points in a case to which they are severally applied, whereas an honorable reputation not only lends greater persuasiveness to the words of the man who possesses it, but adds greater lustre to his deeds, and is, therefore, more zealously to be sought after by men of intelligence than anything else in the world.
Sections 281–285
I come now to the question of “advantage”—the most difficult of the points I have raised. If anyone is under the impression that people who rob others or falsify accounts or do any evil thing get the advantage, he is wrong in his thinking; for none are at a greater disadvantage throughout their lives than such men; none are found in more difficult straits, none live in greater ignominy; and, in a word, none are more miserable than they.
No, you ought to believe rather that those are better off now and will receive the advantage in the future at the hands of the gods who are the most righteous and the most faithful in their devotions, and that those receive the better portion at the hands of men who are the most conscientious in their dealings with their associates, whether in their homes or in public life, and are themselves esteemed as the noblest among their fellows.
This is verily the truth, and it is well for us to adopt this way of speaking on the subject, since, as things now are, Athens has in many respects been plunged into such a state of topsy-turvy and confusion that some of our people no longer use words in their proper meaning but wrest them from the most honorable associations and apply them to the basest pursuits.
On the one hand, they speak of men who play the buffoon and have a talent for mocking and mimicking as “gifted”—an appellation which should be reserved for men endowed with the highest excellence; while, on the other hand, they think of men who indulge their depraved and criminal instincts and who for small gains acquire a base reputation as “getting the advantage,” instead of applying this term to the most righteous and the most upright, that is, to men who take advantage of the good and not the evil things of life.
They characterize men who ignore our practical needs and delight in the mental juggling of the ancient sophists as “students of philosophy,” but refuse this name to whose who pursue and practise those studies which will enable us to govern wisely both our own households and the commonwealth—which should be the objects of our toil, of our study, and of our every act. It is from these pursuits that you have for a long time now been driving away our youth, because you accept the words of those who denounce this kind of education.
Sections 286–290
Yes, and you have brought it about that the most promising of our young men are wasting their youth in drinking-bouts, in parties, in soft living and childish folly, to the neglect of all efforts to improve themselves; while those of grosser nature are engaged from morning until night in extremes of dissipation which in former days an honest slave would have despised.
You see some of them chilling their wine at the “Nine-fountains”; others, drinking in taverns; others, tossing dice in gambling dens; and many, hanging about the training-schools of the flute-girls. And as for those who encourage them in these things, no one of those who profess to be concerned for our youth has ever haled them before you for trial, but instead they persecute me, who, whatever else I may deserve, do at any rate deserve thanks for this, that I discourage such habits in my pupils.
But so inimical to all the world is this race of sycophants that when men pay a ransom of a hundred and thirty minae for women who bid fair to help them make away with the rest of their property besides, so far from reproaching them, they actually rejoice in their extravagance; but when men spend any amount, however small, upon their education, they complain that they are being corrupted. Could any charge be more unjust than this against our students?
For, while in the prime of vigor, when most men of their age are most inclined to indulge their passions, they have disdained a life of pleasure; when they might have saved expense and lived softly, they have elected to pay out money and submit to toil; and, though hardly emerged from boyhood, they have come to appreciate what most of their elders do not know,
namely, that if one is to govern his youth rightly and worthily and make the proper start in life, he must give more heed to himself than to his possessions, he must not hasten and seek to rule over others before he has found a master to direct his own thoughts, and he must not take as great pleasure or pride in other advantages as in the good things which spring up in the soul under a liberal education. I ask you, then, when young men have governed themselves by these principles, ought they not to be praised rather than censured, ought they not to be recognized as the best and the most sober-minded among their fellows?
Sections 291–295
I marvel at men who felicitate those who are eloquent by nature on being blessed with a noble gift, and yet rail at those who wish to become eloquent, on the ground that they desire an immoral and debasing education. Pray, what that is noble by nature becomes shameful and base when one attains it by effort? We shall find that there is no such thing, but that, on the contrary, we praise, at least in other fields, those who by their own devoted toil are able to acquire some good thing more than we praise those who inherit it from their ancestors.
And rightly so; for it is well that in all activities, and most of all in the art of speaking, credit is won, not by gifts of fortune, but by efforts of study. For men who have been gifted with eloquence by nature and by fortune, are governed in what they say by chance, and not by any standard of what is best, whereas those who have gained this power by the study of philosophy and by the exercise of reason never speak without weighing their words, and so are less often in error as to a course of action.
Therefore, it behoves all men to want to have many of their youth engaged in training to become speakers, and you Athenians most of all. For you, yourselves, are pre-eminent and superior to the rest of the world, not in your application to the business of war, nor because you govern yourselves more excellently or preserve the laws handed down to you by your ancestors more faithfully than others, but in those qualities by which the nature of man rises above the other animals, and the race of the Hellenes above the barbarians,
namely, in the fact that you have been educated as have been no other people in wisdom and in speech. So, then, nothing more absurd could happen than for you to declare by your votes that students who desire to excel their companions in those very qualities in which you excel mankind, are being corrupted, and to visit any misfortune upon them for availing themselves of an education in which you have become the leaders of the world.
For you must not lose sight of the fact that Athens is looked upon as having become a school for the education of all able orators and teachers of oratory. And naturally so; for people observe that she holds forth the greatest prizes for those who have this ability, that she offers the greatest number and variety of fields of exercise to those who have chosen to enter contests of this character and want to train for them,
Sections 296–300
and that, furthermore, everyone obtains here that practical experience which more than any other thing imparts ability to speak; and, in addition to these advantages, they consider that the catholicity and moderation of our speech, as well as our flexibility of mind and love of letters, contribute in no small degree to the education of the orator. Therefore they suppose, and not without just reason, that all clever speakers are the disciples of Athens.
Beware, then, lest it make you utterly ridiculous to pronounce a disparaging judgement upon the reputation which you have among the Hellenes even more than I have among you. Manifestly, by such an unjust verdict, you would be passing sentence upon yourselves.
It would be as if the Lacedaemonians were to attempt to penalize men for training themselves in preparation for war, or as if the Thessalians saw fit to punish men for practicing the art of horsemanship. Take care, therefore, not to do yourselves this wrong and not to lend support to the slanders of the enemies of Athens rather than to the eulogies of her friends.
I think that you are not unaware that while some of the Hellenes are hostile to you, some are extremely friendly, and rest their hopes of security upon you. These say that Athens is the only city, the others being mere villages, and that she deserves to be termed the capital of Hellas both because of her size and because of the resources which she furnishes to the rest of the world, and most of all because of the character of her inhabitants;
for no people, they insist, are more kindly or more sociable, nor could anyone find any people with whom he could spend all his days in friendlier intercourse. Indeed, so extravagant are they in their praise that they do not even hesitate to say that they would rather suffer injury at the hands of an Athenian gentleman than benefit through the rudeness of people from another city. There are, on the other hand, those who scoff at this praise, and, dwelling upon the cruel and iniquitous practices of the sycophants, denounce the whole city as savage and insupportable.
Sections 301–305
It is, therefore, the duty of intelligent judges to destroy those who heap infamy upon the city and to reward those who are responsible in some degree for the tributes paid to her, more than you reward the athletes who are crowned in the great games, seeing that they win for the city a greater and more fitting glory than any athlete;
for in contests of the body we have many rivals; but in the training of the mind everyone would concede that we stand first. And men with even a slight ability to reason ought to show the world that they reward those who excel in those activities for which the city is renowned, and they ought not to envy them nor hold an opinion of them which is the opposite of the esteem in which they are held by the rest of the Hellenes.
But you have never troubled yourselves to do this; nay, you have so far mistaken your true interests that you are more pleased with those who cause you to be reviled than with those who cause you to be praised, and you think that those who have made many people hate the city are better friends of the demos than those who have inspired good will toward Athens in all with whom they have had to deal.
If, however, you are wise, you will put an end to this confusion, and you will not continue, as now, to take either a hostile or a contemptuous view of philosophy; on the contrary, you will conceive that the cultivation of the mind is the noblest and worthiest of pursuits and you will urge our young men who have sufficient means and who are able to take the time for it to embrace an education and a training of this sort.
And when they are willing to work hard and to prepare themselves to be of service to the city, you will make much of them; but when they give themselves to loose living and care for nothing else than to enjoy riotously what their fathers left to them, you will despise them and look upon them as false to the city and to the good name of their ancestors. For it will be hard enough, even though you show such an attitude of mind in either case, to get our youth to look down upon a life of ease and be willing to give their minds to their own improvement and to philosophy.
Sections 306–310
But reflect upon the glory and the greatness of the deeds wrought by our city and our ancestors, review them in your minds and consider what kind of man was he, what was his birth and what the character of his education, who expelled the tyrants, brought the people into their own, and established our democratic state; what sort was he who conquered the barbarians in the battle at Marathon and won for the city the glory which has come to Athens from this victory;
what was he who after him liberated the Hellenes and led our forefathers forth to the leadership and power which they achieved, and who, besides, appreciating the natural advantage of the Piraeus, girded the city with walls in despite of the Lacedaemonians; and what manner of man was he who after him filled the Acropolis with gold and silver and made the homes of the Athenians to overflow with prosperity and wealth:
for you will find if you review the career of each of these, that it was not those who lived unscrupulously or negligently nor those who did not stand out from the multitude who accomplished these things, but that it was men who were superior and pre-eminent, not only in birth and reputation, but in wisdom and eloquence, who have been the authors of all our blessings.
You ought to lay this lesson to heart and, while seeing to it in behalf of the mass of the people that they shall obtain their just rights in the trials of their personal disputes and that they shall have their due share of the other privileges which are common to all, you ought, on the other hand, to welcome and honor and cherish those who stand out from the multitude both in ability and in training and those who aspire to such eminence, since you know that leadership in great and noble enterprises, and the power to keep the city safe from danger and to preserve the rule of the people, rests with such men, and not with the sycophants.
Many ideas crowd into my thoughts, but I do not know how I can make place for them; for it seems to me that while every point which I have in mind would appeal to you if I presented it by itself, yet if I attempted to discuss them all at this time, I should put too great a strain both upon myself and upon my hearers. Indeed I fear that in what I have already said to you I may have fatigued you by speaking at such length.
Sections 311–315
For we are all so insatiable in discourse that while we prize due measure and affirm that there is nothing so precious, yet when we think that we have something of importance to say, we throw moderation to the winds, and go on adding point after point until little by little we involve ourselves in utter irrelevancies. Why, at the very moment that I say this and recognize its truth, I desire, nevertheless, to speak to you at greater length!
For I am grieved to see the sycophant’s trade faring better than philosophy—the one attacking, the other on the defensive. Who of the men of old could have anticipated that things would come to this pass, in Athens, of all places, where we more than others plume ourselves on our wisdom?
Things were not like that in the time of our ancestors; on the contrary, they admired the sophists, as they called them, and envied the good fortune of their disciples, while they blamed the sycophants for most of their ills. You will find the strongest proof of this in the fact that they saw fit to put Solon, who was the first of the Athenians to receive the title of sophist, at, the head of the state, while they applied to the sycophants more stringent laws than to other criminals;
for, while they placed the trial of the greatest crimes in the hands of a single one of the courts, against the sycophants they instituted indictments before the Thesmothetae, impeachments before the Senate, and plaints before the General Assembly, believing that those who plied this trade exceeded all other forms of villainy; for other criminals, at any rate, try to keep their evil-doing under cover,
while these flaunt their brutality, their misanthropy, and their contentiousness before the eyes of all. That was the way our ancestors felt about them. But you, so far from punishing the sycophants, actually set them up as accusers and legislators for the rest of the people. And yet there is reason for detesting them now more than at that time;
Sections 316–320
for then it was only in matters of ordinary routine and in affairs confined to the city that they damaged their country-men. In the meantime, however, the city waxed powerful and seized the empire of the Hellenes, and our fathers, growing more self-assured than was meet for them, began to look with disfavor on those good men and true who had made Athens great, envying them their power, and to crave instead men who were base-born and full of insolence,
thinking that by their bravado and contentiousness they would be able to preserve the rule of the people, while because of the meanness of their origin they would not become overweening nor ambitious to overturn the constitution. And since this change has taken place, what calamity has not been visited upon the city? What great misfortunes have these depraved natures failed to bring to pass through their speech and through their actions?
Have they not taunted the most illustrious of the Athenians—the men who were the best able to benefit the city—with oligarchical and Lacedaemonian sympathies, and never ceased until they have driven them to become in fact what they were charged with being? Have they not by ill-treating our allies, by lodging false complaints against them, by stripping the best of them of their possessions—have they not so disaffected them that they have revolted against us and craved the friendship and alliance of the Lacedaemonians?
And with what results? We have been plunged into war; we have seen many of our fellow-countrymen suffer, some of them dying in battle, some made prisoners of war, and others reduced to the last extremities of want; we have seen the democracy twice overthrown, the walls which defended our country torn down; and, worst of all, we have seen the whole city in peril of being enslaved, and our enemy encamped on the Acropolis.
But I perceive, even though my feelings carry me away, that the water in the clock is giving out, while I myself have fallen into thoughts and recriminations which would exhaust the day. Therefore, I pass over the multitude of calamities which these men have brought upon us; I thrust aside the throng of offenses which we might charge to their infamy, and content myself with just one word before I close.
Sections 321–323
I observe that when others who are placed in jeopardy here come to the end of their defense, they supplicate, they implore, they bring their children and their friends before the jury. I, however, consider that such expedients are unbecoming to one of my age; and, apart from this feeling, I should be ashamed to owe my life to any other plea than to the words which you have just heard. For I know that I have spoken with so just and clear a conscience both towards the city and our ancestors, and above all towards the gods, that if it be true that the gods concern themselves at all with human affairs I am sure that they are not indifferent to my present situation.
Wherefore, I have no fear of what may come to me at your hands; nay, I am of good courage and have every confidence that when I close my life it will be when it is best for me; for I take it as a good sign that all my past life up to this day has been such as is the due of righteous and god-fearing men.
Being assured, therefore, that I am of this mind, and that I believe that whatever you decide will be for my good and to my advantage, let each one cast his vote as he pleases and is inclined.
Contents — 65 sections
- Sections 1–5
- Sections 6–10
- Sections 11–15
- Sections 16–20
- Sections 21–25
- Sections 26–30
- Sections 31–35
- Sections 36–40
- Sections 41–45
- Sections 46–50
- Sections 51–55
- Sections 56–60
- Sections 61–65
- Sections 66–70
- Sections 71–75
- Sections 76–80
- Sections 81–85
- Sections 86–90
- Sections 91–95
- Sections 96–100
- Sections 101–105
- Sections 106–110
- Sections 111–115
- Sections 116–120
- Sections 121–125
- Sections 126–130
- Sections 131–135
- Sections 136–140
- Sections 141–145
- Sections 146–150
- Sections 151–155
- Sections 156–160
- Sections 161–165
- Sections 166–170
- Sections 171–175
- Sections 176–180
- Sections 181–185
- Sections 186–190
- Sections 191–195
- Sections 196–200
- Sections 201–205
- Sections 206–210
- Sections 211–215
- Sections 216–220
- Sections 221–225
- Sections 226–230
- Sections 231–235
- Sections 236–240
- Sections 241–245
- Sections 246–250
- Sections 251–255
- Sections 256–260
- Sections 261–265
- Sections 266–270
- Sections 271–275
- Sections 276–280
- Sections 281–285
- Sections 286–290
- Sections 291–295
- Sections 296–300
- Sections 301–305
- Sections 306–310
- Sections 311–315
- Sections 316–320
- Sections 321–323
Sections 1–5
εἰ μὲν ὅμοιος ἦν ὁ λόγος ὁ μέλλων ἀναγνωσθήσεσθαι τοῖς ἢ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἢ πρὸς τὰς ἐπιδείξεις γιγνομένοις, οὐδὲν ἂν οἶμαι προδιαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτοῦ· νῦν δὲ διὰ τὴν καινότητα καὶ τὴν διαφορὰν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι προειπεῖν τὰς αἰτίας, διʼ ἃς οὕτως ἀνόμοιον αὐτὸν ὄντα τοῖς ἄλλοις γράφειν προειλόμην· μὴ γὰρ τούτων δηλωθεισῶν πολλοῖς ἂν ἴσως ἄτοπος εἶναι δόξειεν.
ἐγὼ γὰρ εἰδὼς ἐνίους τῶν σοφιστῶν βλασφημοῦντας περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς διατριβῆς, καὶ λέγοντας ὡς ἔστι περὶ δικογραφίαν, καὶ παραπλήσιον ποιοῦντας ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις Φειδίαν τὸν τὸ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἕδος ἐργασάμενον τολμῴη καλεῖν κοροπλάθον, ἢ Ζεῦξιν καὶ Παρράσιον τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν φαίη τέχνην τοῖς τὰ πινάκια γράφουσιν, ὅμως οὐδὲ πώποτε τὴν μικρολογίαν ταύτην ἠμυνάμην αὐτῶν,
ἡγούμενος τὰς μὲν ἐκείνων φλυαρίας οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν ἔχειν, αὐτὸς δὲ πᾶσι τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι φανερόν, ὅτι προῄρημαι καὶ λέγειν καὶ γράφειν οὐ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τηλικούτων τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τοιούτων πραγμάτων, ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄλλος ἐπιχειρήσειε, πλὴν τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπλησιακότων ἢ τῶν τούτους μιμεῖσθαι βουλομένων.
μέχρι μὲν οὖν πόρρω τῆς ἡλικίας ᾠόμην καὶ διὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ταύτην καὶ διὰ τὴν ἄλλην ἀπραγμοσύνην ἐπιεικῶς ἔχειν πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς ἰδιώτας· ἤδη δʼ ὑπογυίου μοι τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς οὔσης, ἀντιδόσεως γενομένης περὶ τριηραρχίας καὶ περὶ ταύτης ἀγῶνος ἔγνων καὶ τούτων τινὰς οὐχ οὕτω πρός με διακειμένους ὥσπερ ἤλπιζον, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν πολὺ διεΨευσμένους τῶν ἐμῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ ῥέποντας ἐπὶ τὸ πείθεσθαι τοῖς ἀνεπιτήδειόν τι λέγουσι, τοὺς δὲ σαφῶς μὲν εἰδότας περὶ ἃ τυγχάνω διατρίβων, φθονοῦντας δὲ καὶ ταὐτὸν πεπονθότας τοῖς σοφισταῖς καὶ χαίροντας ἐπὶ τοῖς Ψευδῆ περί μου δόξαν ἔχουσιν.
ἐδήλωσαν δʼ οὕτω διακείμενοι· τοῦ γὰρ ἀντιδίκου περὶ μὲν ὧν ἡ κρίσις ἦν οὐδὲν λέγοντος δίκαιον, διαβάλλοντος δὲ τὴν τῶν λόγων τῶν ἐμῶν δύναμιν καὶ καταλαζονευομένου περί τε τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν μαθητῶν, ἔγνωσαν ἐμὴν εἶναι τὴν λειτουργίαν. τὴν μὲν οὖν δαπάνην οὕτως ἠνέγκαμεν, ὥσπερ προσήκει τοὺς μήτε λίαν ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων ἐκταραττομένους μήτε παντάπασιν ἀσώτως μηδʼ ὀλιγώρως πρὸς χρήματα διακειμένους·
Sections 6–10
ᾐσθημένος δʼ ὥσπερ εἶπον πλείους ὄντας ὧν ᾠόμην τοὺς οὐκ ὀρθῶς περί μου γιγνώσκοντας, ἐνεθυμούμην πῶς ἂν δηλώσαιμι καὶ τούτοις καὶ τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις καὶ τὸν τρόπον ὃν ἔχω καὶ τὸν βίον ὃν ζῶ καὶ τὴν παιδείαν περὶ ἣν διατρίβω, καὶ μὴ περιίδοιμι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἄκριτον ἐμαυτὸν ὄντα, μηδʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς βλασφημεῖν εἰθισμένοις ὥσπερ νῦν γενόμενον.
σκοπούμενος οὖν εὕρισκον οὐδαμῶς ἂν ἄλλως τοῦτο διαπραξόμενος, πλὴν εἰ γραφείη λόγος ὥσπερ εἰκὼν τῆς ἐμῆς διανοίας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐμοὶ βεβιωμένων· διὰ τούτου γὰρ ἤλπιζον καὶ τὰ περὶ ἐμὲ μάλιστα γνωσθήσεσθαι, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον μνημεῖόν μου καταλειφθήσεσθαι πολὺ κάλλιον τῶν χαλκῶν ἀναθημάτων.
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐπαινεῖν ἐμαυτὸν ἐπιχειροίην, ἑώρων οὔτε περιλαβεῖν ἅπαντα περὶ ὧν διελθεῖν προῃρούμην οἷός τε γενησόμενος, οὔτʼ ἐπιχαρίτως οὐδʼ ἀνεπιφθόνως εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν δυνησόμενος· εἰ δʼ ὑποθείμην ἀγῶνα μὲν καὶ κίνδυνόν τινα περὶ ἐμὲ γιγνόμενον, συκοφάντην δʼ ὄντα τὸν γεγραμμένον καὶ τὸν πράγματά μοι παρέχοντα, κἀκεῖνον μὲν ταῖς διαβολαῖς χρώμενον ταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς ἀντιδόσεως ῥηθείσαις, ἐμαυτὸν δʼ ἐν ἀπολογίας σχήματι τοὺς λόγους ποιούμενον, οὕτως ἂν ἐκγενέσθαι μοι μάλιστα διαλεχθῆναι περὶ ἁπάντων ὧν τυγχάνω βουλόμενος.
ταῦτα δὲ διανοηθεὶς ἔγραφον τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, οὐκ ἀκμάζων, ἀλλʼ ἔτη γεγονὼς δύο καὶ ὀγδοήκοντα. διόπερ χρὴ συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἢν μαλακώτερος ὢν φαίνηται τῶν παρʼ ἐμοῦ πρότερον ἐκδεδομένων. καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ ῥᾴδιος ἦν οὐδʼ ἁπλοῦς, ἀλλὰ πολλὴν ἔχων πραγματείαν.
ἔστι γὰρ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἔνια μὲν ἐν δικαστηρίῳ πρέποντα ῥηθῆναι, τὰ δὲ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀγῶνας οὐχ ἁρμόττοντα, περὶ δὲ φιλοσοφίας πεπαρρησιασμένα καὶ δεδηλωκότα τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς· ἔστι δέ τι καὶ τοιοῦτον ὃ τῶν νεωτέρων τοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ μαθήματα καὶ τὴν παιδείαν ὁρμῶσιν ἀκούσασιν ἂν συνενέγκοι, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ πάλαι γεγραμμένων ἐγκαταμεμιγμένα τοῖς νῦν λεγομένοις οὐκ ἀλόγως οὐδʼ ἀκαίρως, ἀλλὰ προσηκόντως τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις.
Sections 11–15
τοσοῦτον οὖν μῆκος λόγου συνιδεῖν, καὶ τοσαύτας ἰδέας καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀλλήλων ἀφεστώσας συναρμόσαι καὶ συναγαγεῖν, καὶ τὰς ἐπιφερομένας οἰκειῶσαι ταῖς προειρημέναις, καὶ πάσας ποιῆσαι σφίσιν αὐταῖς ὁμολογουμένας, οὐ πάνυ μικρὸν ἦν ἔργον. ὅμως δʼ οὐκ ἀπέστην, καίπερ τηλικοῦτος ὤν. πρὶν αὐτὸν ἀπετέλεσα, μετὰ πολλῆς μὲν ἀληθείας εἰρημένον, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα τοιοῦτον οἷος ἂν εἶναι δόξη τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις.
χρὴ δὲ τοὺς διεξιόντας αὐτὸν πρῶτον μὲν ὡς ὄντος μικτοῦ τοῦ λόγου καὶ πρὸς ἁπάσας τὰς ὑποθέσεις ταύτας γεγραμμένου ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀκρόασιν, ἔπειτα προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν ἔτι μᾶλλον τοῖς λέγεσθαι μέλλουσιν ἢ τοῖς ἤδη προειρημένοις, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις μὴ ζητεῖν εὐθὺς ἐπελθόντας ὅλον αὐτὸν διελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον μέρος ὅσον μὴ λυπήσει τοὺς παρόντας. ἐὰν γὰρ ἐμμείνητε τούτοις, μᾶλλον δυνήσεσθε κατιδεῖν εἴ τι τυγχάνομεν λέγοντες ἄξιον ἡμῶν αὐτῶν.
ἃ μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν προειπεῖν, ταῦτʼ ἐστίν· ἤδη δʼ ἀναγιγνώσκετε τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν προσποιουμένην μὲν περὶ κρίσεως γεγράφθαι, βουλομένην δὲ περὶ ἐμοῦ δηλῶσαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀγνοοῦντας εἰδέναι ποιῆσαι, τοὺς δὲ φθονοῦντας ἔτι μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου ταύτης λυπεῖσθαι· μείζω γὰρ δίκην οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην λαβεῖν παρʼ αὐτῶν.
πάντων ἡγοῦμαι πονηροτάτους εἶναι καὶ μεγίστης ζημίας ἀξίους, οἵτινες οἷς αὐτοὶ τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες ἔνοχοι, ταῦτα τῶν ἄλλων τολμῶσι κατηγορεῖν· ὅπερ Λυσίμαχος πεποίηκεν. οὗτος γὰρ αὐτὸς συγγεγραμμένα λέγων περὶ τῶν ἐμῶν συγγραμμάτων πλείω πεποίηται λόγον ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, ὅμοιον ἐργαζόμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἱεροσυλίας ἕτερον διώκων αὐτὸς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἐν τοῖν χεροῖν ἔχων φανείη.
πρὸ πολλοῦ δʼ ἂν ἐποιησάμην οὕτως αὐτὸν νομίζειν εἶναί με δεινόν, ὥσπερ ἐν ὑμῖν εἴρηκεν· οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτέ μοι πράγματα ποιεῖν ἐπεχείρησε. νῦν δὲ λέγει μὲν ὡς ἐγὼ τοὺς ἥττους λόγους κρείττους δύναμαι ποιεῖν, τοσοῦτον δέ μου καταπεφρόνηκεν, ὥστε αὐτὸς ψευδόμενος ἐμοῦ τἀληθῆ λέγοντος ἐλπίζει ῥᾳδίως ἐπικρατήσειν.
Sections 16–20
οὕτω δέ μοι δυσκόλως ἅπαντα συμβέβηκεν, ὥσθʼ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι τοῖς λόγοις διαλύονται τὰς διαβολάς, ἐμοῦ δὲ Λυσίμαχος αὐτοὺς τοὺς λόγους μάλιστα διαβέβληκεν, ἵνʼ ἢν μὲν ἱκανῶς δόξω λέγειν, ἔνοχος ὢν φανῶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τούτου περὶ τῆς δεινότητος τῆς ἐμῆς προειρημένοις, ἢν δʼ ἐνδεέστερον τύχω διαλεχθεὶς ὧν οὗτος ὑμᾶς προσδοκᾶν πεποίηκε, τὰς πράξεις ἡγῆσθέ μου χείρους εἶναι.
δέομαι οὖν ὑμῶν μήτε πιστεύειν πω μήτʼ ἀπιστεῖν τοῖς εἰρημένοις, πρὶν ἂν διὰ τέλους ἀκούσητε καὶ τὰ παρʼ ἡμῶν, ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν ἔδει δίδοσθαι τοῖς φεύγουσιν ἀπολογίαν, εἴπερ οἷόν τʼ ἦν ἐκ τῶν τοῦ διώκοντος λόγων ἐψηφίσθαι τὰ δίκαια. νῦν δʼ εἰ μὲν εὖ τυγχάνει κατηγορηκὼς ἢ κακῶς, οὐδεὶς ἂν τῶν παρόντων ἀγνοήσειεν· εἰ δʼ ἀληθέσι κέχρηται τοῖς λόγοις, οὐκέτι τοῦτο τοῖς κρίνουσι γνῶναι ῥᾴδιον ἐξ ὧν ὁ πρότερος εἴρηκεν, ἀλλʼ ἀγαπητὸν ἢν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν λόγων ἐκλαβεῖν δυνηθῶσι τὸ δίκαιον.
οὐ θαυμάζω δὲ τῶν πλείω χρόνον διατριβόντων ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν ἐξαπατώντων κατηγορίαις ἢ ταῖς ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀπολογίαις, οὐδὲ τῶν λεγόντων ὡς ἔστι μέγιστον κακὸν διαβολή· τί γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο ταύτης κακουργότερον, ἣ ποιεῖ τοὺς μὲν ψευδομένους εὐδοκιμεῖν, τοὺς δὲ δικάζοντας ἐπιορκεῖν, ὅλως δὲ τὴν μὲν ἀλήθειαν ἀφανίζει, ψευδῆ δὲ δόξαν παραστήσασα τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ὃν ἂν τύχῃ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀδίκως ἀπόλλυσιν;
ἃ φυλακτέον ἐστίν, ὅπως μηδὲν ὑμῖν συμβήσεται τοιοῦτον, μηδʼ ἃ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἂν ἐπιτιμήσαιτε τούτοις αὐτοὶ φανήσεσθε περιπίπτοντες. οἶμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι τῇ πόλει πολλάκις οὕτως ἤδη μετεμέλησε τῶν κρίσεων τῶν μετʼ ὀργῆς καὶ μὴ μετʼ ἐλέγχου γενομένων, ὥστʼ οὐ πολὺν χρόνον διαλιποῦσα παρὰ μὲν τῶν ἐξαπατησάντων δίκην λαβεῖν ἐπεθύμησε, τοὺς δὲ διαβληθέντας ἡδέως ἂν εἶδεν ἄμεινον ἢ πρότερον πράττοντας.
ὧν χρὴ μεμνημένους μὴ προπετῶς πιστεύειν τοῖς τῶν κατηγόρων λόγοις, μηδὲ μετὰ θορύβου καὶ χαλεπότητος ἀκροᾶσθαι τῶν ἀπολογουμένων. καὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων πραγμάτων ἐλεημονεστάτους ὁμολογεῖσθαι καὶ πραοτάτους ἁπάντων εἶναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς ἀγῶσι τοῖς ἐνθάδε γιγνομένοις τἀναντία τῇ δόξῃ ταύτῃ φαίνεσθαι πράττοντας·
Sections 21–25
καὶ παρʼ ἑτέροις μὲν ἐπειδὰν περὶ ψυχῆς ἀνθρώπου δικάζωσι, μέρος τι τῶν ψήφων ὑποβάλλεσθαι τοῖς φεύγουσι, παρʼ ὑμῖν δὲ μηδὲ τῶν ἴσων τυγχάνειν τοὺς κινδυνεύοντας τοῖς συκοφαντοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ὀμνύναι μὲν καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἦ μὴν ὁμοίως ἀκροάσεσθαι τῶν κατηγορούντων καὶ τῶν ἀπολογουμένων,
τοσοῦτον δὲ τὸ μεταξὺ ποιεῖν, ὥστε τῶν μὲν αἰτιωμένων ὅ τι ἂν λέγωσιν ἀποδέχεσθαι, τῶν δὲ τούτους ἐξελέγχειν πειρωμένων ἐνίοτε μηδὲ τὴν φωνὴν ἀκούοντας ἀνέχεσθαι, καὶ νομίζειν μὲν ἀοικήτους εἶναι ταύτας τῶν πόλεων ἐν αἷς ἄκριτοί τινες ἀπόλλυνται τῶν πολιτῶν, ἀγνοεῖν δʼ ὅτι τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν οἱ μὴ κοινὴν τὴν εὔνοιαν τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις παρέχοντες.
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ὅταν τις αὐτὸς μὲν κινδυνεύων κατηγορῇ τῶν διαβαλλόντων, ἑτέρῳ δὲ δικάζων μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχῃ γνώμην περὶ αὐτῶν. καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας τοιούτους εἶναι κριτὰς τοῖς ἄλλοις, οἵων περ ἂν αὐτοὶ τυγχάνειν ἀξιώσαιεν, λογιζομένους ὅτι διὰ τοὺς συκοφαντεῖν τολμῶντας ἄδηλον ὅστις εἰς κίνδυνον καταστὰς ἀναγκασθήσεται λέγειν ἅπερ ἐγὼ νῦν πρὸς τοὺς μέλλοντας περὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν ψῆφον διοίσειν.
οὐ γὰρ δὴ τῷ γε κοσμίως ζῆν ἄξιον πιστεύειν ὡς ἀδεῶς ἐξέσται τὴν πόλιν οἰκεῖν· οἱ γὰρ προῃρημένοι τῶν μὲν ἰδίων ἀμελεῖν τοῖς δʼ ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν οὐ τῶν μὲν σωφρόνως πολιτευομένων ἀπέχονται, τοὺς δὲ κακόν τι δρῶντας εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσάγουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦσιν ἐπιδειξάμενοι τὰς αὑτῶν δυνάμεις παρὰ τῶν φανερῶς ἐξημαρτηκότων πλέον λαμβάνουσιν ἀργύριον.
ἅπερ Λυσίμαχος διανοηθεὶς εἰς τουτονὶ τὸν κίνδυνόν με κατέστησεν, ἡγούμενος τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν πρὸς ἐμὲ παρʼ ἑτέρων αὑτῷ χρηματισμὸν ποιήσειν, καὶ προσδοκῶν, ἢν ἐμοῦ περιγένηται τοῖς λόγοις, ὅν φησι διδάσκαλον εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων, ἀνυπόστατον τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν ἅπασιν εἶναι δόξειν.
Sections 26–30
ἐλπίζει δὲ ῥᾳδίως τοῦτο ποιήσειν· ὁρᾷ γὰρ ὑμᾶς μὲν λίαν ταχέως ἀποδεχομένους τὰς αἰτίας καὶ τὰς διαβολάς, ἐμὲ δʼ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν οὐ δυνησόμενον ἀξίως τῆς δόξης ἀπολογήσασθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ γῆρας καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τῶν τοιούτων ἀγώνων.
οὕτω γὰρ βεβίωκα τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον, ὥστε μηδένα μοι πώποτε μήτʼ ἐν ὀλιγαρχία μήτʼ ἐν δημοκρατία μήθʼ ὕβριν μήτʼ ἀδικίαν ἐγκαλέσαι, μηδʼ εἶναι μήτε διαιτητὴν μήτε δικαστὴν ὅστις περὶ τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπραγμένων φανήσεται κριτὴς γεγενημένος· ἠπιστάμην γὰρ αὐτὸς μὲν εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους μηδὲν ἐξαμαρτάνειν, ἀδικούμενος δὲ μὴ μετὰ δικαστηρίου ποιεῖσθαι τὰς τιμωρίας, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς φίλοις τοῖς ἐκείνων διαλύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων. ὧν οὐδέν μοι πλέον γέγονεν,
ἀλλʼ ἀνεγκλητεὶ μέχρι ταυτησὶ τῆς ἡλικίας βεβιωκὼς εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν καθέστηκα κίνδυνον, εἰς ὅνπερ ἂν εἰ πάντας ἐτύγχανον ἠδικηκώς. οὐ μὴν παντάπασιν ἀθυμῶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ τιμήματος, ἀλλʼ ἐάν περ ἐθελήσητε μετʼ εὐνοίας ἀκροάσασθαι, πολλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω τοὺς μὲν διεψευσμένους τῶν ἐμῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ πεπεισμένους ὑπὸ τῶν βουλομένων βλασφημεῖν ταχέως μεταπεισθήσεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, τοὺς δὲ τοιοῦτον εἶναί με νομίζοντας οἷός περ εἰμί, βεβαιότερον ἔτι ταύτην ἕξειν τὴν διάνοιαν.
ἵνα δὲ μὴ λίαν ἐνοχλῶ πολλὰ πρὸ τοῦ πράγματος λέγων, ἀφέμενος τούτων, περὶ ὧν οἴσετε τὴν ψῆφον, ἤδη πειράσομαι διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς. καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι τὴν γραφήν.
Γραφή.
ἐκ μὲν τοίνυν τῆς γραφῆς πειρᾶταί με διαβάλλειν ὁ κατήγορος ὡς διαφθείρω τοὺς νεωτέρους λέγειν διδάσκων καὶ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι πλεονεκτεῖν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων λόγων ποιεῖ με τηλικοῦτον, ὅσος οὐδεὶς πώποτε γέγονεν οὔτε τῶν περὶ τὰ δικαστήρια καλινδουμένων οὔτε τῶν περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διατριψάντων· οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἰδιώτας φησί μου γεγενῆσθαι μαθητάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥήτορας καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ βασιλέας καὶ τυράννους, καὶ χρήματα παρʼ αὐτῶν παμπληθῆ τὰ μὲν εἰληφέναι τὰ δʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν λαμβάνειν.
Sections 31–35
τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον πεποίηται τὴν κατηγορίαν, ἡγούμενος ἐκ μὲν ὧν καταλαζονεύεται περί μου καὶ τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν μαθητῶν φθόνον ἅπασι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἐμποιήσειν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς περὶ τὰ δικαστήρια πραγματείας εἰς ὀργὴν καὶ μῖσος ὑμᾶς καταστήσειν· ἅπερ ὅταν πάθωσιν οἱ κρίνοντες, χαλεπώτατοι τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις εἰσίν. ὡς οὖν τὰ μὲν μείζω τοῦ προσήκοντος εἴρηκε, τὰ δʼ ὅλως ψεύδεται, ῥᾳδίως οἶμαι φανερὸν ποιήσειν.
ἀξιῶ δʼ ὑμᾶς τοῖς μὲν λόγοις οἷς πρότερον ἀκηκόατε περί μου τῶν βλασφημεῖν καὶ διαβάλλειν βουλομένων, μὴ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, μηδὲ πιστεύειν τοῖς μήτε μετʼ ἐλέγχου μήτε μετὰ κρίσεως εἰρημένοις, μηδὲ ταῖς δόξαις χρῆσθαι ταῖς ἀδίκως ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ὑμῖν ἐγγεγενημέναις, ἀλλʼ ὁποῖός τις ἂν ἐκ τῆς κατηγορίας τῆς νῦν καὶ τῆς ἀπολογίας φαίνωμαι, τοιοῦτον εἶναί με νομίζειν· οὕτω γὰρ γιγνώσκοντες αὐτοί τε δόξετε καλῶς κρίνειν καὶ νομίμως, ἐγώ τε τεύξομαι πάντων τῶν δικαίων.
ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐδεὶς οὔθʼ ὑπὸ τῆς δεινότητος τῆς ἐμῆς οὔθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν συγγραμμάτων βέβλαπται τῶν πολιτῶν, τὸν ἐνεστῶτα κίνδυνον ἡγοῦμαι μέγιστον εἶναι τεκμήριον. εἰ γάρ τις ἦν ἠδικημένος, εἰ καὶ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἡσυχίαν εἶχεν, οὐκ ἂν ἠμέλησε τοῦ καιροῦ τοῦ παρόντος, ἀλλʼ ἦλθεν ἂν ἤτοι κατηγορήσων ἢ καταμαρτυρήσων. ὅπου γὰρ ὁ μηδʼ ἀκηκοὼς μηδὲν πώποτε φλαῦρον εἰς ἀγῶνά με τηλικουτονὶ κατέστησεν, ἦ που σφόδρʼ ἂν οἱ κακῶς πεπονθότες ἐπειρῶντʼ ἂν δίκην παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνειν.
οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτό γʼ ἐστὶν οὔτʼ εἰκὸς οὔτε δυνατόν, ἐμὲ μὲν περὶ πολλοὺς ἡμαρτηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ ταῖς συμφοραῖς διʼ ἐμὲ περιπεπτωκότας ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν καὶ μὴ τολμᾶν ἐγκαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ πραοτέρους ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς εἶναι κινδύνοις τῶν μηδὲν ἠδικημένων, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς δηλώσασιν ἃ πεπόνθασι τὴν μεγίστην παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαβεῖν τιμωρίαν.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὔτε πρότερον οὔτε νῦν οὐδείς μοι φανήσεται τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν ἐγκαλέσας. ὥστʼ εἰ συγχωρήσαιμι τῷ κατηγόρῳ καὶ προσομολογήσαιμι πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἶναι δεινότατος, καὶ συγγραφεὺς τῶν λόγων τῶν λυπούντων ὑμᾶς τοιοῦτος οἷος οὐδεὶς ἄλλος γέγονε, πολὺ ἂν δικαιότερον ἐπιεικὴς εἶναι δοκοίην ἢ ζημιωθείην.
Sections 36–40
τοῦ μὲν γὰρ γενέσθαι προέχοντα τῶν ἄλλων ἢ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ἢ περὶ τὰς πράξεις εἰκότως ἄν τις τὴν τύχην αἰτιάσαιτο, τοῦ δὲ καλῶς καὶ μετρίως κεχρῆσθαι τῇ φύσει δικαίως ἂν ἅπαντες τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμὸν ἐπαινέσειαν. οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ εἰ ταῦτʼ ἔχων περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ λέγειν, οὐδʼ οὕτω φανήσομαι περὶ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τοιούτους γεγενημένος.
γνώσεσθε δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῶν ἐμῶν, ἐξ ὧνπερ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν εἰδέναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ παρὰ τῶν διαβαλλόντων. οἶμαι γὰρ οὐδένα τοῦτʼ ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι πάντες ἄνθρωποι περὶ τὸν τόπον τοῦτον εἰώθασι διατρίβειν, ὅθεν ἂν προέλωνται τὸν βίον πορίζεσθαι.
τοὺς μὲν τοίνυν ἀπὸ τῶν συμβολαίων τῶν ὑμετέρων ζῶντας καὶ τῆς περὶ ταῦτα πραγματείας ἴδοιτʼ ἂν μόνον οὐκ ἐν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις οἰκοῦντας, ἐμὲ δʼ οὐδεὶς πώποθʼ ἑώρακεν οὔτʼ ἐν τοῖς συνεδρίοις οὔτε περὶ τὰς ἀνακρίσεις οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς δικαστηρίοις οὔτε πρὸς τοῖς διαιτηταῖς, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἀπέχομαι τούτων ἁπάντων ὡς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος τῶν πολιτῶν.
ἔπειτʼ ἐκείνους μὲν ἂν εὕροιτε παρʼ ὑμῖν μόνοις χρηματίζεσθαι δυναμένους, εἰ δʼ ἄλλοσέ ποι πλεύσειαν, ἐνδεεῖς ἂν ὄντας τῶν καθʼ ἡμέραν, ἐμοὶ δὲ τὰς εὐπορίας, περὶ ὧν οὗτος μειζόνως εἴρηκεν, ἔξωθεν ἁπάσας γεγενημένας· ἔτι δὲ τοῖς μὲν πλησιάζοντας ἢ τοὺς ἐν κακοῖς αὐτοὺς ὄντας ἢ τοὺς ἑτέροις πράγματα παρέχειν βουλομένους, ἐμοὶ δὲ τοὺς πλείστην σχολὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄγοντας.
ἠκούσατε δὲ καὶ τοῦ κατηγόρου λέγοντος ὅτι παρὰ Νικοκλέους τοῦ Σαλαμινίων βασιλέως πολλὰς ἔλαβον καὶ μεγάλας δωρεάς. καίτοι τίνι πιστὸν ὑμῶν ἐστιν ὡς Νικοκλῆς ἔδωκέ μοι ταύτας, ἵνα δίκας μανθάνῃ λέγειν, ὃς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ὥσπερ δεσπότης ἐδίκαζεν; ὥστʼ ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς οὗτος εἴρηκε, ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν ὅτι πόρρω τῶν πραγματειῶν εἰμι τῶν περὶ τὰ συμβόλαια γιγνομένων.
Sections 41–45
ἀλλὰ μὴν κἀκεῖνο πᾶσι φανερόν ἐστιν ὅτι παμπληθεῖς εἰσιν οἱ παρασκευάζοντες τοὺς λόγους τοῖς ἐν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις ἀγωνιζομένοις. τούτων μὲν τοίνυν τοσούτων ὄντων οὐδεὶς πώποτε φανήσεται μαθητῶν ἠξιωμένος, ἐγὼ δὲ πλείους εἰληφώς, ὥς φησιν ὁ κατήγορος, ἢ σύμπαντες οἱ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διατρίβοντες. καίτοι πῶς εἰκὸς τοὺς τοσοῦτον τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἀλλήλων ἀφεστῶτας περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς πράξεις ἡγεῖσθαι διατρίβειν;
ἔχων δὲ πολλὰς εἰπεῖν διαφορὰς περὶ τοῦ βίου τοῦ τʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰς δίκας, ἐκείνως ὑμᾶς ἡγοῦμαι τάχιστʼ ἂν ἀφέσθαι τῆς δόξης ταύτης, εἴ τις ὑμῖν ἐπιδείξειε μὴ τούτων τῶν πραγμάτων μαθητάς μου γιγνομένους ὧν ὁ κατήγορος εἴρηκε, μηδὲ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντα με δεινὸν τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων.
οἶμαι γὰρ ὑμᾶς, ἐξελεγχομένης τῆς αἰτίας ἧς εἶχον πρότερον, ζητεῖν ἑτέραν μεταλαβεῖν διάνοιαν, καὶ ποθεῖν ἀκοῦσαι περὶ ποίους ἄλλους λόγους γεγενημένος τηλικαύτην δόξαν ἔλαβον. εἰ μὲν οὖν μοι συνοίσει κατειπόντι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὐκ οἶδα· χαλεπὸν γὰρ στοχάζεσθαι τῆς ὑμετέρας διανοίας· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ παρρησιάσομαί γε πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
καὶ γὰρ ἂν αἰσχυνθείην τοὺς πλησιάσαντας, εἰ πολλάκις εἰρηκὼς ὅτι δεξαίμην ἂν ἅπαντας εἰδέναι τοὺς πολίτας καὶ τὸν βίον ὃν ζῶ καὶ τοὺς λόγους οὓς λέγω, νῦν μὴ δηλοίην ὑμῖν αὐτοὺς ἀλλʼ ἀποκρυπτόμενος φανείην. ὡς οὖν ἀκουσόμενοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὕτω προσέχετε τὸν νοῦν.
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνο δεῖ μαθεῖν ὑμᾶς, ὅτι τρόποι τῶν λόγων εἰσὶν οὐκ ἐλάττους ἢ τῶν μετὰ μέτρου ποιημάτων. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ γένη τὰ τῶν ἡμιθέων ἀναζητοῦντες τὸν βίον τὸν αὑτῶν κατέτριψαν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς ἐφιλοσόφησαν, ἕτεροι δὲ τὰς πράξεις τὰς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις συναγαγεῖν ἐβουλήθησαν, ἄλλοι δέ τινες περὶ τὰς ἐρωτήσεις καὶ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις γεγόνασιν, οὓς ἀντιλογικοὺς καλοῦσιν.
Sections 46–50
εἴη δʼ ἂν οὐ μικρὸν ἔργον, εἰ πάσας τις τὰς ἰδέας τὰς τῶν λόγων ἐξαριθμεῖν ἐπιχειρήσειεν· ἧς δʼ οὖν ἐμοὶ προσήκει, ταύτης μνησθεὶς ἐάσω τὰς ἄλλας. εἰσὶ γάρ τινες οἳ τῶν μὲν προειρημένων οὐκ ἀπείρως ἔχουσι, γράφειν δὲ προῄρηνται λόγους οὐ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων, ἀλλʼ Ἑλληνικοὺς καὶ πολιτικοὺς καὶ πανηγυρικούς, οὓς ἅπαντες ἂν φήσαιεν ὁμοιοτέρους εἶναι τοῖς μετὰ μουσικῆς καὶ ῥυθμῶν πεποιημένοις ἢ τοῖς ἐν δικαστηρίῳ λεγομένοις.
καὶ γὰρ τῇ λέξει ποιητικωτέρᾳ καὶ ποικιλωτέρᾳ τὰς πράξεις δηλοῦσι, καὶ τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασιν ὀγκωδεστέροις καὶ καινοτέροις χρῆσθαι ζητοῦσιν, ἔτι δὲ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἰδέαις ἐπιφανεστέραις καὶ πλείοσιν ὅλον τὸν λόγον διοικοῦσιν. ὧν ἅπαντες μὲν ἀκούοντες χαίρουσιν οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τῶν ἐν τοῖς μέτροις πεποιημένων, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ μαθηταὶ γίγνεσθαι βούλονται, νομίζοντες τοὺς ἐν τούτοις πρωτεύοντας πολὺ σοφωτέρους καὶ βελτίους καὶ μᾶλλον ὠφελεῖν δυναμένους εἶναι τῶν τὰς δίκας εὖ λεγόντων.
συνίσασι γὰρ τοῖς μὲν διὰ πολυπραγμοσύνην ἠπείροις τῶν ἀγώνων γεγενημένοις, τοὺς δʼ ἐκ φιλοσοφίας ἐκείνων τῶν λόγων ὧν ἄρτι προεῖπον τὴν δύναμιν εἰληφότας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν δικανικοὺς δοκοῦντας εἶναι ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν μόνην ἀνεκτοὺς ὄντας ἐν ᾗ περ ἂν ἀγωνιζόμενοι τυγχάνωσι, τοὺς δʼ ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς ὁμιλίαις καὶ παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἐντίμους ὄντας καὶ δόξης ἐπιεικοῦς τυγχάνοντας· ἔτι δὲ τοὺς μέν,
ἢν ὀφθῶσι δὶς ἢ τρὶς ἐπὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων, μισουμένους καὶ διαβαλλομένους, τοὺς δʼ ὅσῳ περ ἂν πλείοσι καὶ πλεονάκις συγγίγνωνται, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον θαυμαζομένους· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὰς δίκας δεινοὺς πόρρω τῶν λόγων ἐκείνων ὄντας, τοὺς δʼ εἰ βουληθεῖεν ταχέως ἂν ἑλεῖν καὶ τοὺτους δυνηθέντας.
ταῦτα λογιζόμενοι καὶ πολὺ κρείττω νομίζοντες εἶναι τὴν αἵρεσιν, βούλονται μετασχεῖν τῆς παιδείας ταύτης, ἧς οὐδʼ ἂν ἐγὼ φανείην ἀπεληλαμένος, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ χαριεστέραν δόξαν εἰληφώς. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἐμῆς εἴτε βούλεσθε καλεῖν δυνάμεως εἴτε φιλοσοφίας εἴτε διατριβῆς, ἀκηκόατε πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
Sections 51–55
βούλομαι δὲ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ νόμον θεῖναι χαλεπώτερον ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ λόγον εἰπεῖν θρασύτερον ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἡλικίαν. ἀξιῶ γὰρ οὐ μόνον, εἰ βλαβεροῖς χρῶμαι τοῖς λόγοις, μηδεμιᾶς συγγνώμης τυγχάνειν παρʼ ὑμῶν, ἀλλʼ εἰ μὴ τοιούτοις, οἵοις οὐδεὶς ἄλλος, τὴν μεγίστην ὑποσχεῖν τιμωρίαν. οὐχ οὕτω δʼ ἂν τολμηρὰν ἐποιησάμην τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν, εἰ μὴ καὶ δείξειν ἤμελλον ὑμῖν καὶ ῥᾳδίαν ποιήσειν τὴν διάγνωσιν αὐτῶν.
ἔχει γὰρ οὕτως· ἐγὼ καλλίστην ἡγοῦμαι καὶ δικαιοτάτην εἶναι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀπολογίαν, ἥτις εἰδέναι ποιεῖ τοὺς δικάζοντας ὡς δυνατὸν μάλιστα, περὶ ὧν τὴν ψῆφον οἴσουσι, καὶ μὴ πλανᾶσθαι τῇ διανοίᾳ μηδʼ ἀμφιγνοεῖν τοὺς τἀληθῆ λέγοντας.
εἰ μὲν τοίνυν ἠγωνιζόμην ὡς περὶ πράξεις τινὰς ἡμαρτηκώς, οὐκ ἂν οἷός τʼ ἦν ἰδεῖν ὑμῖν αὐτὰς παρασχεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκαίως εἶχεν εἰκάζοντας ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων διαγιγνώσκειν ὅπως ἐτύχετε περὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων· ἐπειδὴ δὲ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ἔχω τὴν αἰτίαν, οἶμαι μᾶλλον ὑμῖν ἐμφανιεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
αὐτοὺς γὰρ ὑμῖν δείξω τοὺς εἰρημένους ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ γεγραμμένους, ὥστʼ οὐ δοξάσαντες ἀλλὰ σαφῶς εἰδότες ὁποῖοί τινές εἰσι τὴν ψῆφον οἴσετε περὶ αὐτῶν. ἅπαντας μὲν οὖν διὰ τέλους εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην· ὁ γὰρ χρόνος ὁ δεδομένος ἡμῖν ὀλίγος ἐστίν· ὥσπερ δὲ τῶν καρπῶν, ἐξενεγκεῖν ἑκάστου δεῖγμα πειράσομαι. μικρὸν γὰρ μέρος ἀκούσαντες ῥᾳδίως τό τʼ ἐμὸν ἦθος γνωριεῖτε καὶ τῶν λόγων τὴν δύναμιν ἁπάντων μαθήσεσθε.
δέομαι δὲ τῶν πολλάκις ἀνεγνωκότων τὰ μέλλοντα ῥηθήσεσθαι μὴ ζητεῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι παρʼ ἐμοῦ καινοὺς λόγους, μηδʼ ὀχληρόν με νομίζειν, ὅτι λέγω τοὺς πάλαι παρʼ ὑμῖν διατεθρυλημένους. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπίδειξιν ποιούμενος ἔλεγον αὐτούς, εἰκότως ἂν εἶχον τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην· νῦν δὲ κρινόμενος καὶ κινδυνεύων ἀναγκάζομαι χρῆσθαι τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον αὐτοῖς.
Sections 56–60
καὶ γὰρ ἂν πάντων εἴην καταγελαστότατος, εἰ τοῦ κατηγόρου διαβάλλοντος ὅτι τοιούτους γράφω λόγους οἳ καὶ τὴν πόλιν βλάπτουσι καὶ τοὺς νεωτέρους διαφθείρουσι, διʼ ἑτέρων ποιοίμην τὴν ἀπολογίαν, ἐξὸν αὐτοὺς δείξαντι τούτους ἀπολύσασθαι τὴν διαβολὴν τὴν λεγομένην περὶ ἡμῶν. ὑμᾶς μὲν οὖν ἀξιῶ μοι διὰ ταῦτα συγγνώμην ἔχειν καὶ συναγωνιστὰς γίγνεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις ἤδη περαίνειν ἐπιχειρήσω, μικρὸν ἔτι προειπών, ἵνα ῥᾷον ἐπακολουθῶσι τοῖς λεγομένοις.
ὁ μὲν γὰρ λόγος ὁ μέλλων πρῶτος ὑμῖν δειχθήσεσθαι κατʼ ἐκείνους ἐγράφη τοὺς χρόνους, ὅτε Λακεδαιμόνιοι μὲν ἦρχον τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἡμεῖς δὲ ταπεινῶς ἐπράττομεν. ἔστι δὲ τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας παρακαλῶν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων στρατείαν, Λακεδαιμονίοις δὲ περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀμφισβητῶν. τοιαύτην δὲ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ποιησάμενος,
ἀποφαίνω τὴν πόλιν ἁπάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν γεγενημένην. ἀφορισάμενος δὲ τὸν λόγον τὸν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων εὐεργεσιῶν, καὶ βουλόμενος τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔτι σαφέστερον ἀποφαίνειν ὡς ἔστι τῆς πόλεως, ἐνθένδε ποθὲν ἐπιχειρῶ διδάσκειν περὶ τούτων, ὡς τῇ πόλει τιμᾶσθαι προσήκει πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐκ τῶν περὶ τὸν πόλεμον κινδύνων ἢ τῶν ἄλλων εὐεργεσιῶν.
ὤιμην μὲν οὖν αὐτὸς δυνήσεσθαι διελθεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν· νῦν δέ με τὸ γῆρας ἐμποδίζει καὶ ποιεῖ προαπαγορεύειν. ἵνʼ οὖν μὴ παντάπασιν ἐκλυθῶ πολλῶν ἔτι μοι λεκτέων ὄντων, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς παραγραφῆς ἀνάγνωθι τὰ περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας αὐτοῖς.
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἡγεμονίας, ὡς δικαίως ἂν εἴη τῆς πόλεως, ῥᾴδιον ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων καταμαθεῖν. ἐνθυμήθητε δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, εἰ δοκῶ τοῖς λόγοις διαφθείρειν τοὺς νεωτέρους, ἀλλὰ μὴ προτρέπειν ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως κινδύνους, ἢ δικαίως ἂν δοῦναι δίκην ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν χάριν κομίσασθαι παρʼ ὑμῶν τὴν μεγίστην,
Sections 61–65
ὃς οὕτως ἐγκεκωμίακα τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς προγόνους καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους τοὺς ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις γεγενημένους, ὥστε τούς τε πρότερον γράψαντας περὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ταύτην ἅπαντας ἠφανικέναι τοὺς λόγους, αἰσχυνομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰρημένων αὑτοῖς, τούς τε νῦν δοκοῦντας εἶναι δεινοὺς μὴ τολμᾶν ἔτι λέγειν περὶ τούτων, ἀλλὰ καταμέμφεσθαι τὴν δύναμιν τὴν σφετέραν αὐτῶν.
ἀλλʼ ὅμως, τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων, φανήσονταί τινες τῶν εὑρεῖν μὲν οὐδὲν οὐδʼ εἰπεῖν ἄξιον λόγου δυναμένων, ἐπιτιμᾶν δὲ καὶ βασκαίνειν τὰ τῶν ἄλλων μεμελετηκότων, οἳ χαριέντως μὲν εἰρῆσθαι ταῦτα φήσουσι (τὸ γὰρ εὖ φθονήσουσιν εἰπεῖν), πολὺ μέντοι χρησιμωτέρους εἶναι τῶν λόγων καὶ κρείττους τοὺς ἐπιπλήττοντας τοῖς νῦν ἁμαρτανομένοις ἢ τοὺς τὰ πεπραγμένα πρότερον ἐπαινοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ὧν δεῖ πράττειν συμβουλεύοντας ἢ τοὺς τὰ παλαιὰ τῶν ἔργων διεξιόντας.
ἵνʼ οὖν μηδὲ ταῦτʼ ἔχωσιν εἰπεῖν, ἀφέμενος τοῦ βοηθεῖν τοῖς εἰρημένοις πειράσομαι μέρος ἑτέρου λόγου τοσοῦτον, ὅσον περ ἄρτι, διελθεῖν ὑμῖν, ἐν ᾧ φανήσομαι περὶ τούτων ἁπάντων πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν πεποιημένος. ἔστι δὲ τὰ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ λεγόμενα περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης τῆς πρὸς Χίους καὶ Ῥοδίους καὶ Βυζαντίους,
ἐπιδείξας δʼ ὡς συμφέρει τῇ πόλει διαλύσασθαι τὸν πόλεμον, κατηγορῶ τῆς δυναστείας τῆς ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν, ἀποφαίνων αὐτὴν οὐδὲν διαφέρουσαν οὔτε ταῖς πράξεσιν οὔτε τοῖς πάθεσι τῶν μοναρχιῶν· ἀναμιμνήσκω δὲ καὶ τὰ συμβάντα διʼ αὐτὴν τῇ πόλει καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι. διαλεχθεὶς δὲ περὶ τούτων,
καὶ τὰς τῆς Ἑλλάδος συμφορὰς ὀδυράμενος, καὶ τῇ πόλει παραινέσας ὡς χρὴ μὴ περιορᾶν αὐτὴν οὕτω πράττουσαν, ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ἐπί τε τὴν δικαιοσύνην παρακαλῶ καὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις ἐπιπλήττω καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων συμβουλεύω. λαβὼν οὖν ἀρχὴν ταύτην ὅθεν διαλέγομαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀνάγνωθι καὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος αὐτοῖς.
Sections 66–70
δυοῖν μὲν τοίνυν λόγοιν ἀκηκόατε· βούλομαι δὲ καὶ τοῦ τρίτου μικρὰ διελθεῖν, ἵνʼ ὑμῖν ἔτι μᾶλλον γένηται καταφανὲς ὅτι πάντες οἱ λόγοι πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ δικαιοσύνην συντείνουσιν. ἔστι δʼ ὁ μέλλων δειχθήσεσθαι Νικοκλεῖ τῷ Κυπρίῳ, τῷ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον βασιλεύοντι, συμβουλεύων ὡς δεῖ τῶν πολιτῶν ἄρχειν· οὐχ ὁμοίως δὲ γέγραπται τοῖς ἀνεγνωσμένοις.
οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ τὸ λεγόμενον ὁμολογούμενον ἀεὶ τῷ προειρημένῳ καὶ συγκεκλειμένον ἔχουσιν, ἐν δὲ τούτῳ τοὐναντίον· ἀπολύσας γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ προτέρου καὶ χωρίς, ὥσπερ τὰ καλούμενα κεφάλαια, ποιήσας, πειρῶμαι διὰ βραχέων ἕκαστον ὧν συμβουλεύω φράζειν. τούτου δʼ ἕνεκα ταύτην ἐποιησάμην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν,
ἡγούμενος ἐκ τοῦ παραινεῖν τήν τε διάνοιαν τὴν ἐκείνου μάλιστʼ ὠφελήσειν καὶ τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ τάχιστα δηλώσειν. διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ ταύτην πρόφασιν καὶ νῦν αὐτὸν αὐτὸν ὑμῖν δεῖξαι προειλόμην, οὐχ ὡς ἄριστα τῶν λοιπῶν γεγραμμένον, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐκ τούτου μάλιστα φανερὸς γενησόμενος, ὃν τρόπον εἴθισμαι καὶ τοῖς ἰδιώταις καὶ τοῖς δυνάσταις πλησιάζειν·
φανήσομαι γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευθέρως καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἀξίως διειλεγμένος, καὶ οὐ τὸν ἐκείνου πλοῦτον οὐδὲ τὴν δύναμιν θεραπεύων ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἐπαμύνων, καὶ παρασκευάζων καθʼ ὅσον ἠδυνάμην τὴν πολιτείαν αὐτοῖς ὡς οἷόν τε πραοτάτην. ὅπου δὲ βασιλεῖ διαλεψόμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ δήμου τοὺς λόγους ἐποιούμην, ἦπου τοῖς ἐν δημοκρατία πολιτευομένοις σφόδρʼ ἃ παρακελευσαίμην τὸ πλῆθος θεραπεύειν.
Sections 71–75
ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ προοιμίῳ καὶ τοῖς πρώτοις λεγομένοις ἐπιτιμῶ ταῖς μοναρχίαις, ὅτι δέον αὐτοὺς τὴν φρόνησιν ἀσκεῖν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, οἱ δὲ χεῖρον παιδεύονται τῶν ἰδιωτῶν. διαλεχθεὶς δὲ περὶ τούτων, παραινῶ τῷ Νικοκλεῖ μὴ ῥᾳθυμεῖν μηδʼ, ὥς περ ἱερωσύνην εἰληφότα τὴν βασιλείαν, οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἡδονῶν ἀμελήσαντα προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν τοῖς πράγμασιν.
ἐπιχειρῶ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο πείθειν αὐτόν, ὡς χρὴ δεινὸν νομίζειν, ὅταν ὁρᾷ τοὺς μὲν χείρους τῶν βελτιόνων ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἀνοητοτέρους τοῖς φρονιμωτέροις προστάττοντας, λέγων ὡς ὅσῳ περ ἂν ἐρρωμενέστερον τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἄνοιαν ἀτιμάσῃ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ διάνοιαν ἀσκήσει. ποιησάμενος οὖν ἀρχὴν ἣν ἐγὼ τελευτήν, ἀνάγνωθι καὶ τούτου τοῦ λόγου τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος αὐτοῖς.
τῶν μὲν τοίνυν λόγων ἅλις ἡμῖν ἔστω τῶν ἀναγιγνωσκομένων καὶ τηλικοῦτο μῆκος ἐχόντων· ἐπεὶ μικροῦ γε μέρους τῶν πάλαι γεγραμμένων οὐκ ἂν ἀποσχοίμην, ἀλλʼ εἴποιμʼ ἂν εἴ τί μοι δόξειε πρέπον εἶναι τῶ παρόντι καιρῷ· καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἄτοπος εἴην, εἰ τοὺς ἄλλους ὁρῶν τοῖς ἐμοῖς χρωμένους ἐγὼ μόνος ἀπεχοίμην τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ πρότερον εἰρημένων, ἄλλως τε καὶ νῦν ὅτʼ οὐ μόνον μικροῖς μέρεσιν ἀλλʼ ὅλοις εἴδεσι προειλόμην χρῆσθαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν, ὅπως ἂν ἡμῖν συμπίπτῃ, ποιήσομεν.
εἶπον δέ που, πρὶν ἀναγιγνώσκεσθαι τούτους, ὡς ἄξιος εἴην οὐ μόνον, εἰ βλαβεροῖς χρῶμαι τοῖς λόγοις, δοῦναι δίκην ὑμῖν, ἀλλʼ εἰ μὴ τοιούτοις οἵοις οὐδεὶς ἄλλος, τῆς μεγίστης τυχεῖν τιμωρίας. εἴ τινες οὖν ὑμῶν ὑπέλαβον τότε λίαν ἀλαζονικὸν εἶναι καὶ μέγα τὸ ῥηθέν, οὐκ ἂν δικαίως ἔτι τὴν γνώμην ταύτην ἔχοιεν· οἶμαι γὰρ ἀποδεδωκέναι τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν καὶ τοιούτους εἶναι τοὺς λόγους τοὺς ἀναγνωσθέντας οἵους περ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπεθέμην.
Sections 76–80
βούλομαι δʼ ὑμῖν διὰ βραχέων ἀπολογήσασθαι περὶ ἑκάστου, καὶ ποιῆσαι μᾶλλον ἔτι καταφανὲς ὡς ἀληθῆ καὶ τότε προεῖπον καὶ νῦν λέγω περὶ αὐτῶν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ποῖος γένοιτʼ ἂν λόγος ὁσιώτερος ἢ δικαιότερος τοῦ τοὺς προγόνους ἐγκωμιάζοντος ἀξίως τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς ἐκείνων καὶ τῶν ἔργων τῶν πεπραγμένων αὐτοῖς;
ἔπειτα τίς ἂν πολιτικώτερος καὶ μᾶλλον πρέπων τῇ πόλει τοῦ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀποφαίνοντος ἔκ τε τῶν ἄλλων εὐεργεσιῶν καὶ τῶν κινδύνων ἡμετέραν οὖσαν μᾶλλον ἢ Λακεδαιμονίων; ἔτι δὲ τίς ἂν περὶ καλλιόνων καὶ μειζόνων πραγμάτων τοῦ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπί τε τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων στρατείαν παρακαλοῦντος καὶ περὶ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμονοίας συμβουλεύοντος;
ἐν μὲν τοίνυν τῷ πρώτῳ λόγῳ περὶ τούτων τυγχάνω διειλεγμένος, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὑστέροις περὶ ἐλαττόνων μὲν ἢ τηλικούτων, οὐ μὴν περὶ ἀχρηστοτέρων οὐδʼ ἧττον τῇ πόλει συμφερόντων. γνώσεσθε δὲ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν, ἢν παραβάλλητε πρὸς ἕτερα τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων καὶ τῶν ὠφελίμων εἶναι δοκούντων.
οἶμαι δὴ πάντας ἂν ὁμολογῆσαι τοὺς νόμους πλείστων καὶ μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους εἶναι τῷ βίῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν τούτων χρῆσις τοῦτʼ ὠφελεῖν μόνον πέφυκε, τὰ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὰ συμβόλαια τὰ γιγνόμενα πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς· εἰ δὲ τοῖς λόγοις πείθοισθε τοῖς ἐμοῖς, ὅλην τὴν Ἑλλάδα καλῶς ἂν διοικοῖτε καὶ δικαίως καὶ τῇ πόλει συμφερόντως.
χρὴ δὲ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας περὶ ἀμφότερα μὲν ταῦτα σπουδάζειν, αὐτοῖν δὲ τούτοιν τὸ μεῖζον καὶ τὸ πλέονος ἄξιον προτιμᾶν, ἔπειτα κἀκεῖνο γιγνώσκειν, ὅτι νόμους μὲν θεῖναι μυρίοι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἱκανοὶ γεγόνασιν, εἰπεῖν δὲ περὶ τῶν συμφερόντων ἀξίως τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος οὐκ ἂν πολλοὶ δυνηθεῖεν.
Sections 81–85
ὧν ἕνεκα τοὺς ἔργον ποιουμένους τοὺς τοιούτους λόγους εὑρίσκειν τοσούτῳ χρὴ περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι τῶν τοὺς νόμους τιθέντων καὶ γραφόντων, ὅσῳ πέρ εἰσι σπανιώτεροι καὶ χαλεπώτεροι καὶ ψυχῆς φρονιμωτέρας δεόμενοι τυγχάνουσιν, ἄλλως τε δὴ καὶ νῦν.
ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἤρχετο τὸ γένος τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γίγνεσθαι καὶ συνοικίζεσθαι κατὰ πόλεις, εἰκὸς ἦν παραπλησίαν εἶναι τὴν ζήτησιν αὐτῶν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐνταῦθα προεληλύθαμεν ὥστε καὶ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς εἰρημένους καὶ τοὺς νόμους τοὺς κειμένους ἀναριθμήτους εἶναι, καὶ τῶν μὲν νόμων ἐπαινεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀρχαιοτάτους τῶν δὲ λόγων τοὺς καινοτάτους, οὐκέτι τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας ἔργον ἐστίν,
ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν τοὺς νόμους τιθέναι προαιρουμένοις προὔργου γέγονε τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κειμένων (οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοὺς δεῖ ζητεῖν ἑτέρους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοκιμοῦντας πειραθῆναι συναγαγεῖν, ὃ ῥᾳδίως ὅστις ἂν οὖν βουληθεὶς ποιήσειε), τοῖς δὲ περὶ τοὺς λόγους πραγματευομένοις διὰ τὸ προκατειλῆφθαι τὰ πλεῖστα τοὐναντίον συμβέβηκε· λέγοντες μὲν γὰρ ταὐτὰ τοῖς πρότερον εἰρημένοις ἀναισχυντεῖν καὶ ληρεῖν δόξουσι, καινὰ δὲ ζητοῦντες ἐπιπόνως εὑρήσουσι. διόπερ ἔφασκον ἀμφοτέροις μὲν ἐπαινεῖσθαι προσήκειν, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς τὸ χαλεπώτερον ἐξεργάζεσθαι δυναμένοις.
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην προσποιουμένων προτρέπειν ἡμεῖς ἂν ἀληθέστεροι καὶ χρησιμώτεροι φανεῖμεν ὄντες. οἱ μὲν γὰρ παρακαλοῦσιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν φρόνησιν τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων μὲν ἀγνοουμένην, ὑπʼ αὐτῶν δὲ τούτων ἀντιλεγομένην, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ὑπὸ πάντων ὁμολογουμένην.
κἀκείνοις μὲν ἀπόχρη τοσοῦτον, ἢν ἐπαγαγέσθαι τινὰς τῇ δόξῃ τῇ τῶν ὀνομάτων δυνηθῶσιν εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν ὁμιλίαν, ἐγὼ δὲ τῶν μὲν ἰδιωτῶν οὐδένα πώποτε φανήσομαι παρακαλέσας ἐπʼ ἐμαυτόν, τὴν δὲ πόλιν ὅλην πειρῶμαι πείθειν τοιούτοις πράγμασιν ἐπιχειρεῖν, ἐξ ὧν αὐτοί τε εὐδαιμονήσουσι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας τῶν παρόντων κακῶν ἀπαλλάξουσι.
Sections 86–90
καί τοι τὸν πάντας τοὺς πολίτας προτρέπειν προθυμούμενον πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον καὶ δικαιότερον προστῆναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, πῶς εἰκὸς τοῦτον τοὺς συνόντας διαφθείρειν; τίς δὲ τοιούτους λόγους εὑρίσκειν δυνάμενος πονηροὺς ἂν καὶ περὶ πονηρῶν πραγμάτων ζητεῖν ἐπιχειρήσειεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ διαπεπραγμένος ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἅπερ ἐγώ;
τούτων γὰρ γραφέντων καὶ διαδοθέντων καὶ δόξαν ἔσχον παρὰ πολλοῖς καὶ μαθητὰς πολλοὺς ἔλαβον, ὧν οὐδεὶς ἂν παρέμεινεν, εἰ μὴ τοιοῦτον ὄντα με κατέλαβον οἷόν περ προσεδόκησαν· νῦν δὲ τοσούτων γεγενημένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἔτη τρία τῶν δὲ τέτταρα συνδιαιτηθέντων, οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν φανήσεται τῶν παρʼ ἐμοὶ μεμψάμενος,
ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τελευτῆς, ὅτʼ ἤδη μέλλοιεν ἀποπλεῖν ὡς τοὺς γονέας καὶ τοὺς φίλους τοὺς ἑαυτῶν, οὕτως ἠγάπων τὴν διατριβὴν ὥστε μετὰ πόθου καὶ δακρύων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπαλλαγήν. καὶ τοι πότερα χρὴ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς τοῖς σαφῶς ἐπισταμένοις καὶ τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὸν τρόπον τὸν ἐμόν, ἢ τῷ μηδὲν μὲν εἰδότι τῶν ἐμῶν, προῃρημένῳ δὲ συκοφαντεῖν; ὃς εἰς τοσοῦτο πονηρίας καὶ τόλμης ἐλήλυθεν,
ὥστε γραψάμενος ὡς λόγους διδάσκω διʼ ὧν πλεονεκτήσουσι παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ἀπόδειξιν μὲν οὐδεμίαν τούτων ἤνεγκε, λέγων δὲ διατετέλεκεν ὡς δεινόν ἐστι διαφθείρεσθαι τοὺς τηλικούτους, ὥσπερ ἀντιλέγοντός τινος περὶ τούτων, ἢ τοῦτο δέον αὐτὸν ἀποφαίνειν ὃ πάντες ὁμολογοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μόνον διδάσκειν ὡς ἐγὼ τυγχάνω ταῦτα διαπραττόμενος.
καὶ εἰ μέν τις τοῦτον ἀπαγαγὼν ἀνδραποδιστὴν καὶ κλέπτην καὶ λωποδύτην μηδὲν μὲν αὐτὸν ἀποφαίνοι τούτων εἰργασμένον, διεξίοι δʼ ὡς δεινὸν ἕκαστόν ἐστι τῶν κακουργημάτων, ληρεῖν ἂν φαίη καὶ μαίνεσθαι τὸν κατήγορον, αὐτὸς δὲ τοιούτοις λόγοις κεχρημένος οἴεται λανθάνειν ὑμᾶς.
Sections 91–95
ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι τοῦτό γε καὶ τοὺς ἀμαθεστάτους γιγνώσκειν, ὅτι δεῖ πιστὰς εἶναι καὶ μέγα δυναμένας τῶν κατηγοριῶν οὐχ αἷς ἔξεστι χρήσασθαι καὶ περὶ τῶν μηδὲν ἠδικηκότων, ἀλλʼ ἃς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ εἰπεῖν ἀλλʼ ἤ κατὰ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων· ὧν αὐτὸς ὀλιγωρήσας οὐδὲν προσήκοντας τῇ γραφῇ λόγους εἴρηκεν·
ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς λόγους δεικνύναι τοὺς ἐμούς, οἷς διαφθείρω τοὺς συνόντας, καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς φράζειν τοὺς χείρους διὰ τὴν συνουσίαν τὴν ἐμὴν γεγενημένους· νῦν δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐδέτερον πεποίηκε, παραλιπὼν δὲ τὴν δικαιοτάτην τῶν κατηγοριῶν ἐξαπατᾶν ὑμᾶς ἐπεχείρησεν. ἐγὼ δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τούτων ἐξ ὧν περ προσήκει καὶ δίκαιόν ἐστι, ποιήσομαι τὴν ἀπολογίαν.
καὶ τοὺς μὲν λόγους ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἀνέγνωμεν ὑμῖν, τοὺς δὲ κεχρημένους ἐκ μειρακίων μοι μέχρι γήρως δηλώσω, καὶ μάρτυρας ὑμῶν αὐτῶν παρέξομαι περὶ ὧν ἂν λέγω τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν τὴν ἐμὴν γεγενημένους. ἤρξαντο μὲν οὖν ἐν πρώτοις Εὔνομός μοι καὶ Λυσιθείδης καὶ Κάλλιππος πλησιάζειν, μετὰ δὲ τούτους Ὀνήτωρ, Ἀντικλῆς, Φιλωνίδης, Φιλόμηλος,
Χαρμαντίδης. τούτους ἅπαντας ἡ πόλις χρυσοῖς στεφάνοις ἐστεφάνωσεν, οὐχ ὡς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐφιεμένους, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς ὄντας καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ἰδίων εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀνηλωκότας. πρὸς οὓς ὅπως βούλεσθε θέτε με διακεῖσθαι· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ παρὸν πανταχῶς ἕξει μοι καλῶς.
ἤν τε γὰρ ὑπολάβητε σύμβουλον εἶναί με καὶ διδάσκαλον τούτων, δικαίως ἂν ἔχοιτέ μοι πλείω χάριν ἢ τοῖς διʼ ἀρετὴν ἐν πρυτανείῳ σιτουμένοις· τούτων μὲν γὰρ ἕκαστος αὑτὸν μόνον παρέσχε καλὸν κἀγαθόν, ἐγὼ δὲ τοσούτους τὸ πλῆθος ὅσους ὀλίγῳ πρότερον διῆλθον ὑμῖν.
Sections 96–100
εἴ τε τῶν μὲν πεπραγμένων ἐκείνοις μηδὲν συναίτιος ἐγενόμην, ὡς ἑταίροις δὲ καὶ φίλοις αὐτοῖς ἐχρώμην, ἱκανὴν ὑπὲρ ὧν φεύγω τὴν γραφὴν ἡγοῦμαι καὶ ταύτην εἶναι τὴν ἀπολογίαν· εἰ γὰρ τοῖς μὲν διʼ ἀρετὴν δωρεὰς εἰληφόσιν ἤρεσκον, τῷ δὲ συκοφάντῃ μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχω γνώμην, πῶς ἂν εἰκότως γνωσθείην τοὺς συνόντας διαφθείρειν;
ἢ πάντων γʼ ἂν εἴην δυστυχέστατος, εἰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ἔκ τε τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ τῶν συνουσιῶν τῶν μὲν χείρω τῶν δὲ βελτίω δόξαν λαμβανόντων ἐγὼ μόνος μὴ τύχοιμι τῆς δοκιμασίας ταύτης, ἀλλὰ τοιούτοις μὲν ἀνδράσι συμβεβιωκώς, ἀνέγκλητον δʼ ἐμαυτὸν μέχρι ταυτησὶ τῆς ἡλικίας παρεσχηκώς, ὅμοιος εἶναι δόξαιμι τοῖς ἔκ τε τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συνουσιῶν διαβεβλημένοις. ἡδέως δʼ ἂν εἰδείην τί ποτʼ ἂν ἔπαθον, εἴ τίς μοι τοιοῦτος ἦν συγγεγενημένος οἷός πέρ ἐστιν ὁ κατήγορος, ὃς μισῶν ἅπαντας τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ μισούμενος εἰς τουτονὶ καθέστηκα τὸν κίνδυνον.
καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖνος ὁ λόγος δικαίως ἄν με βλάψειεν, ὃν ἴσως ἄν τινες τολμήσαιεν εἰπεῖν τῶν παντάπασι πρός με δυσκόλως διακειμένων, ὡς τούτοις μὲν οἷς εἴρηκα τοσοῦτον μόνον ἐχρώμην ὅσον ὀφθῆναι διαλεγόμενος, ἕτεροι δέ τινές μοι πολλοὶ καὶ πολυπράγμονες μαθηταὶ γεγόνασιν, οὓς ἀποκρύπτομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἔχω γὰρ λόγον ὃς ἐξελέγξει καὶ διαλύσει πάσας τὰς τοιάσδε βλασφημίας· ἀξιῶ γάρ,
εἰ μέν τινες τῶν ἐμοὶ συγγεγενημένων ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ γεγόνασι περὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, ἐκείνους ὑμᾶς ἐπαινεῖν, ἐμοὶ δὲ μηδεμίαν ὑπὲρ τούτων χάριν ἔχειν, εἰ δὲ πονηροὶ καὶ τοιοῦτοι τὰς φύσεις οἷοι φαίνειν καὶ γράφεσθαι καὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν,
παρʼ ἐμοῦ δίκην λαμβάνειν. καίτοι τίς ἂν πρόκλησις γένοιτο ταύτης ἀνεπιφθονωτέρα, καὶ δικαιοτέρα τῆς τῶν μὲν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν οὐκ ἀμφισβητούσης, εἰ δέ τινες πονηροὶ γεγόνασιν, ὑπὲρ τούτων δίκην ὑποσχεῖν ἐθελούσης; καὶ ταῦτʼ οὐ λόγος μάτην εἰρημένος ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ παραχωρῶ καὶ τῷ κατηγόρῳ καὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ τῶν ἄλλων, εἴ τις ἔχει τινὰ φράσαι τοιοῦτον, οὐχ ὡς οὐχ ἡδέως ἄν τινών μου καταψευσαμένων, ἀλλʼ ὡς εὐθὺς φανερῶν ἐσομένων ὑμῖν καὶ τῆς ζημίας ἐκείνοις ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐμοὶ γενησομένης.
Sections 101–105
περὶ μὲν οὖν ὧν φεύγω τὴν γραφὴν καὶ τοῦ μὴ διαφθείρειν τοὺς συνόντας, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἂν σαφέστερον ἐπιδεῖξαι δυνηθείην. ἐμνήσθη δὲ καὶ τῆς πρὸς Τιμόθεόν μοι φιλίας γεγενημένης, καὶ διαβάλλειν ἡμᾶς ἀμφοτέρους ἐπεχείρησε, καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχύνθη περὶ ἀνδρὸς τετελευτηκότος καὶ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίου τῇ πόλει βλασφήμους καὶ λίαν ἀσελγεῖς λόγους εἰπών. ἐγὼ δʼ ᾤμην μέν,
εἰ καὶ φανερῶς ἐξηλεγχόμην ἀδικῶν, διὰ τὴν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον φιλίαν σώζεσθαί μοι προσήκειν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ Λυσίμαχος καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐπιχειρεῖ με βλάπτειν ἐξ ὧν δικαίως ἂν ὠφελοίμην, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν. διὰ τοῦτο δʼ οὐχ ἅμα περὶ τούτου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδείων ἐποιησάμην τὴν μνείαν, ὅτι πολὺ τὰ πράγματα διέφερεν αὐτῶν.
περὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνων οὐδὲν φλαῦρον εἰπεῖν ὁ κατήγορος ἐτόλμησε, περὶ δὲ τὴν Τιμοθέου κατηγορίαν μᾶλλον ἐσπούδασεν ἢ περὶ ὧν ἀπήνεγκε τὴν γραφήν· ἔπειθʼ οἱ μὲν ὀλίγων ἐπεστάτησαν, τῶν δʼ ἑκάστῳ προσταχθέντων οὕτως ἐπεμελήθησαν ὥστε τυχεῖν τῆς τιμῆς τῆς ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεχθείσης, ὁ δὲ πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων πραγμάτων καὶ πολὺν χρόνον κατέστη κύριος. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἂν ἥρμοσεν ἅμα περὶ τούτου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων χρήσασθαι τοῖς λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκαίως εἶχεν οὕτω διελέσθαι καὶ διατάξασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
χρὴ δὲ τὸν ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου λόγον οὐκ ἀλλότριον εἶναι νομίζειν τοῖς ἐνεστῶσι πράγμασιν, οὐδʼ ἐμὲ λέγειν ἔξω τῆς γραφῆς· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἰδιώταις ὑπὲρ ὧν ἕκαστος ἔπραξε προσήκει διαλεχθεῖσι καταβαίνειν ἢ δοκεῖν περιεργάζεσθαι, τοῖς δʼ ὑπολαμβανομένοις συμβούλοις εἶναι καὶ διδασκάλοις ὁμοίως ὑπὲρ τῶν συγγεγενημένων ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀναγκαῖον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπολογίαν, ἄλλως τʼ ἢν καὶ τύχῃ τις διὰ τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην κρινόμενος· ὅ περ ἐμοὶ συμβέβηκεν.
ἑτέρῳ μὲν οὖν ἀπέχρησεν ἂν τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, ὡς οὐ δίκαιόν ἐστι μετέχειν εἴ τι Τιμόθεος πράττων μὴ κατώρθωσεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν δωρεῶν οὐδὲ τῶν τιμῶν οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ μετέδωκε τῶν ἐκείνῳ ψηφισθεισῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐπαινέσαι τῶν ῥητόρων οὐδεὶς ἠξίωσεν ὡς σύμβουλον γεγενημένον· εἶναι δὲ δίκαιον ἢ καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν κοινωνεῖν ἢ μηδὲ τῶν ἀτυχιῶν ἀπολαύειν.
Sections 106–110
ἐγὼ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν αἰσχυνθείην ἂν εἰπεῖν, τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ ποιοῦμαι πρόκλησιν ἥν περ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων· ἀξιῶ γάρ, εἰ μὲν κακὸς ἀνὴρ γέγονε Τιμόθεος καὶ πολλὰ περὶ ὑμᾶς ἐξήμαρτε, μετέχειν καὶ δίκην διδόναι καὶ πάσχειν ὅμοια τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν· ἢν δʼ ἐπιδειχθῇ καὶ πολίτης ὢν ἀγαθὸς καὶ στρατηγὸς τοιοῦτος οἷος οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴσμεν, ἐκεῖνον μὲν οἶμαι δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἐπαινεῖν καὶ χάριν ἔχειν αὐτῷ, περὶ δὲ ταυτησὶ τῆς γραφῆς ἐκ τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπραγμένων, ὅ τι ἂν ὑμῖν δίκαιον εἶναι δοκῇ, τοῦτο γιγνώσκειν.
ἀθροώτατον μὲν οὖν τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν ἔχω περὶ Τιμοθέου καὶ μάλιστα καθʼ ἁπάντων, ὅτι τοσαύτας ᾕρηκε πόλεις κατὰ κράτος ὅσας οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων, οὔτε τῶν ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως οὔτε τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης Ἑλλάδος, καὶ τούτων ἐνίας, ὧν ληφθεισῶν ἅπας ὁ τόπος ὁ περιέχων οἰκεῖος ἠναγκάσθη τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι· τηλικαύτην ἑκάστη δύναμιν εἶχε.
τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε Κόρκυραν μὲν ἐν ἐπικαιροτάτῳ καὶ κάλλιστα κειμένην τῶν περὶ Πελοπόννησον, Σάμον δὲ τῶν ἐν Ἰωνίᾳ, Σηστὸν δὲ καὶ Κριθώτην τῶν ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ, πόντῳ, Ποτίδαιαν δὲ καὶ Τορώνην τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης; ἃς ἐκεῖνος ἁπάσας κτησάμενος παρέδωκεν ὑμῖν, οὐ δαπάναις μεγάλαις, οὐδὲ τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας συμμάχους λυμηνάμενος, οὐδὲ πολλὰς ὑμᾶς εἰσφορὰς ἀναγκάσας εἰσενεγκεῖν,
ἀλλʼ εἰς μὲν τὸν περίπλουν τὸν περὶ Πελοπόννησον τρία καὶ δέκα μόνον τάλαντα δούσης αὐτῷ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τριήρεις πεντήκοντα Κόρκυραν εἷλε, πόλιν ὀγδοήκοντα τριήρεις κεκτημένην, καὶ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Λακεδαιμονίους ἐνίκησε ναυμαχῶν, καὶ ταύτην αὐτοὺς ἠνάγκασε συνθέσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην, ἣ τοσαύτην μεταβολὴν ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν πόλεων ἐποίησεν,
ὥσθʼ ἡμᾶς μὲν ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας θύειν αὐτῇ καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς ἄλλης οὕτω τῇ πόλει συνενεγκούσης, Λακεδαιμονίων δὲ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον μηδʼ ὑφʼ ἑνὸς ἑωρᾶσθαι μήτε ναυτικὸν ἐντὸς Μαλέας περιπλέον μήτε πεζὸν στρατόπεδον διὰ τοῦ Ἰσθμοῦ πορευόμενον, ὅπερ αὐτοῖς τῆς περὶ Λεῦκτρα συμφορᾶς εὕροι τις ἂν αἴτιον γεγενημένον.
Sections 111–115
μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς πράξεις ἐπὶ Σάμον στρατεύσας, ἣν Περικλῆς ὁ μεγίστην ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ δόξαν εἰληφὼς ἀπὸ διακοσίων νεῶν καὶ χιλίων ταλάντων κατεπολέμησε, ταύτην οὔτε πλέον οὔτʼ ἔλαττον παρʼ ὑμῶν λαβὼν οὔτε παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων ἐκλέξας, ἐν δέκα μησὶν ἐξεπολιόρκησεν ὀκτακισχιλίοις πελτασταῖς καὶ τριήρεσι τριάκοντα, καὶ τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐκ τῆς πολεμίας τὸν μισθὸν ἀπέδωκε.
καί τοι τοιοῦτον ἔργον ἄν τις ἄλλος φανῇ πεποιηκώς, ὁμολογῶ ληρεῖν, ὅτι διαφερόντως ἐπαινεῖν ἐπιχειρῶ τὸν οὐδὲν περιττότερον τῶν ἄλλων διαπεπραγμένον. ἐντεῦθεν τοίνυν ἀναπλεύσας Σηστὸν καὶ Κριθώτην ἔλαβε, καὶ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἀμελουμένης Χερρονήσου προσέχειν ὑμᾶς αὐτῇ τὸν νοῦν ἐποίησε. τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον Ποτίδαιαν,
εἰς ἣν ἡ πόλις τετρακόσια καὶ δισχίλια τάλαντα τὸ πρότερον ἀνήλωσε, ταύτην εἷλεν ἀπὸ τῶν χρημάτων ὧν αὐτὸς ἐπόρισε καὶ τῶν συντάξεων τῶν ἀπὸ Θρᾴκης· καὶ προσέτι Χαλκιδεῖς ἅπαντας κατεπολέμησεν. εἰ δὲ δεῖ μὴ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀλλὰ διὰ βραχέων εἰπεῖν, τεττάρων καὶ εἴκοσι πόλεων κυρίους ὑμᾶς ἐποίησεν ἐλάττω δαπανήσας ὧν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν Μηλίων πολιορκίαν ἀνήλωσαν.
ἠβουλόμην δʼ ἄν,ὥσπερ ἐξαριθμῆσαι τὰς πράξεις ῥᾴδιον γέγονεν, οὕτως οἷόν τʼ εἶναι συντόμως δηλῶσαι τοὺς καιροὺς ἐν οἷς ἕκαστα τούτων ἐπράχθη, καὶ τὰ τῆς πόλεως ὡς εἶχε, καὶ τὴν τῶν πολεμίων δύναμιν· πολὺ γὰρ ἂν ὑμῖν αἵ τʼ εὐεργεσίαι μείζους κἀκεῖνος πλείονος ἄξιος ἔδοξεν εἶναι. νῦν δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ἐάσω διὰ τὸ πλῆθος.
ἡγοῦμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς ἡδέως ἂν ἀκοῦσαι διὰ τί ποτε τῶν μὲν εὐδοκιμούντων ἀνδρῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν καὶ πολεμικῶν εἶναι δοκούντων οὐδὲ κώμην ἔνιοι λαβεῖν ἠδυνήθησαν, Τιμόθεος δʼ οὔτε τὴν τοῦ σώματος φύσιν ἔχων ἐρρωμένην οὔτʼ ἐν τοῖς στρατοπέδοις τοῖς πλανωμένοις κατατετριμμένος, ἀλλʼ ὁ μεθʼ ὑμῶν πολιτευόμενος τηλικαῦτα διεπράξατο τὸ μέγεθος. ἔστι δʼ ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ τούτων φιλαπεχθήμων μέν, ῥηθῆναι δʼ οὐκ ἀσύμφορος. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ τούτῳ τῶν ἄλλων διήνεγκεν,
Sections 116–120
ὅτι περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ συμμαχικῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς ἐπιμελείας τῆς τούτων οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑμῖν γνώμην εἶχεν. ὑμεῖς μὲν γὰρ χειροτονεῖτε στρατηγοὺς τοὺς εὐρωστοτάτους τοῖς σώμασι καὶ πολλάκις ἐν τοῖς ξενικοῖς στρατεύμασι γεγενημένους, ὡς διὰ τούτων διαπραξόμενοί τι τῶν δεόντων. ὁ δὲ τοῖς μὲν τοιούτοις λοχαγοῖς ἐχρῆτο καὶ ταξιάρχοις,
αὐτὸς δὲ περὶ ταῦτα δεινὸς ἦν, περὶ ἅπερ χρὴ φρόνιμον εἶναι τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν ἀγαθόν. Ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα τίνα δύναμιν ἔχοντα; δεῖ γὰρ οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ σαφῶς φράσαι περὶ αὐτῶν. πρῶτον μὲν δύνασθαι γνῶναι πρὸς τίνας πολεμητέον καὶ τίνας συμμάχους ποιητέον· ἀρχὴ γὰρ αὕτη στρατηγίας ἐστίν, ἧς ἢν διαμάρτῃ τις, ἀνάγκη τὸν πόλεμον ἀσύμφορον καὶ χαλεπὸν καὶ περίεργον εἶναι.
περὶ τοίνυν τὴν τοιαύτην προαίρεσιν οὐ μόνον οὐδεὶς τοιοῦτος γέγονεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ παραπλήσιος. ῥᾴδιον δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων γνῶναι· πλείστους γὰρ πολέμους ἄνευ τῆς πόλεως ἀνελόμενος, ἅπαντας τούτους κατώρθωσε καὶ δικαίως ἅπασι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἔδοξεν αὐτοὺς ποιήσασθαι. καί τοι τοῦ καλῶς βουλεύσασθαι τίς ἂν ἀπόδειξιν ἔχοι σαφεστέραν καὶ μείζω ταύτης παρασχέσθαι;
δεύτερον τί προσήκει τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν ἀγαθόν; στρατόπεδον συναγαγεῖν ἁρμόττον τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ παρόντι, καὶ τοῦτο συντάξαι καὶ χρήσασθαι συμφερόντως. ὡς μὲν τοίνυν ἠπίστατο χρῆσθαι καλῶς, αἱ πράξεις αὐταὶ δεδηλώκασιν· ὡς δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ παρασκευάσασθαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἀξίως ἁπάντων διήνεγκεν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄλλως εἰπεῖν τολμήσειεν.
ἔτι τοίνυν πρὸς τούτοις ἀπορίας ἐνεγκεῖν στρατοπέδου καὶ πενίας, καὶ πάλιν εὐπορίας εὑρεῖν, τίς οὐκ ἂν τῶν συνεστρατευμένων πρὸς ἀμφότερα ταῦτα διαφέρειν ἐκεῖνον προκρίνειεν; συνίσασι γὰρ αὐτῷ κατὰ μὲν ἀρχὰς τῶν πολέμων διὰ τὸ μηδὲν παρὰ τῆς πόλεως λαμβάνειν εἰς τὰς ἐσχάτας ἐνδείας καθιστάμενον, ἐκ δὲ τούτων εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματα περιιστάναι δυνάμενον, ὥστε καὶ τῶν πολεμίων περιγίγνεσθαι καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐντελεῖς ἀποδιδόναι τοὺς μισθούς.
Sections 121–125
οὕτω τοίνυν τούτων μεγάλων ὄντων καὶ σφόδρα κατεπειγόντων, ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχομένοις δικαίως ἄν τις αὐτὸν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπαινέσειεν. ὁρῶν γὰρ ὑμᾶς τούτους μόνους ἄνδρας νομίζοντας, τοὺς ἀπειλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἐκφοβοῦντας τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις καὶ τοὺς ἀεί τι νεωτερίζοντας ἐν τοῖς συμμάχοις, οὐκ ἐπηκολούθησε ταῖς ὑμετέραις γνώμαις, οὐδʼ ἠβουλήθη βλάπτων τὴν πόλιν εὐδοκιμεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτʼ ἐφιλοσόφει καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔπραττεν, ὅπως μηδεμία τῶν πόλεων αὐτὸν φοβήσεται τῶν Ἑλληνίδων, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαι θαρρήσουσι πλὴν τῶν ἀδικουσῶν.
ἠπίστατο γὰρ τούς τε δεδιότας ὅτι μισοῦσι διʼ οὓς ἂν τοῦτο πεπονθότες τυγχάνωσι, τήν τε πόλιν διὰ μὲν τὴν φιλίαν τὴν τῶν ἄλλων εὐδαιμονεστάτην καὶ μεγίστην γενομένην, διὰ δὲ τὸ μῖσος μικρὸν ἀπολιποῦσαν τοῦ μὴ ταῖς ἐσχάταις συμφοραῖς περιπεσεῖν. ὧν ἐνθυμούμενος τῇ μὲν δυνάμει τῇ τῆς πόλεως τοὺς πολεμίους κατεστρέφετο, τῷ δʼ ἤθει τῷ αὑτοῦ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν τῶν ἄλλων προσήγετο, νομίζων τοῦτο στρατήγημα μεῖζον εἶναι καὶ κάλλιον ἢ πολλὰς πόλεις ἑλεῖν καὶ πολλάκις νικῆσαι μαχόμενος.
οὕτω δʼ ἐσπούδαζε περὶ τὸ μηδεμίαν τῶν πόλεων μηδὲ μικρὰν ὑποψίαν περὶ αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος, ὥσθʼ ὁπότε ὁπότε μέλλοι τινὰ παραπλεῖν τῶν μὴ τὰς συντάξεις διδουσῶν, πέμψας προηγόρευε τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ἵνα μὴ πρὸ τῶν λιμένων ἐξαίφνης ὀφθεὶς εἰς θόρυβον καὶ ταραχὴν αὐτοὺς καταστήσειεν.
εἰ δὲ τύχοι καθορμισθεὶς πρὸς τὴν χώραν, οὐκ ἂν ἐφῆκε τοῖς στρατιώταις ἁρπάζειν καὶ κλέπτειν καὶ πορθεῖν τὰς οἰκίας, ἀλλὰ τοσαύτην εἶχεν ἐπιμέλειαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲν γίγνεσθαι τοιοῦτον, ὅσην περ οἱ δεσπόται τῶν χρημάτων· οὐ γὰρ τούτῳ προσεῖχε τὸν νοῦν, ὅπως ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων αὐτὸς εὐδοκιμήσει παρὰ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἡ πόλις παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὰς δοριαλώτους τῶν πόλεων οὕτω πράως διῴκει καὶ νομίμως ὡς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος τὰς συμμαχίδας, ἡγούμενος, εἰ τοιοῦτος ὢν φαίνοιτο περὶ τοὺς πολεμήσαντας, τὴν μεγίστην πίστιν ἔσεσθαι δεδωκὼς ὡς οὐδέποτʼ ἂν περί γε τοὺς ἄλλους ἐξαμαρτεῖν τολμήσειεν.
Sections 126–130
τοιγάρτοι διὰ τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐκ τούτων γιγνομένην πολλαὶ τῶν πόλεων τῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς δυσκόλως ἐχουσῶν ἀναπεπταμέναις αὐτὸν ἐδέχοντο ταῖς πύλαις· ἐν αἷς ἐκεῖνος οὐδεμίαν ταραχὴν ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ οἰκουμένας αὐτὰς εἰσιὼν κατέλαβεν, οὕτως ἐξιὼν κατέλειπεν.
κεφάλαιον δὲ πάντων τούτων· εἰθισμένων γὰρ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον πολλῶν γίγνεσθαι καὶ δεινῶν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκείνου στρατηγίας οὐδεὶς ἂν οὔτʼ ἀναστάσεις εὕροι γεγενημένας οὔτε πολιτειῶν μεταβολὰς οὔτε σφαγὰς καὶ φυγὰς οὕτως ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἀνηκέστων, ἀλλʼ οὕτως αἱ τοιαῦται συμφοραὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐλώφησαν, ὥστε μόνος ὧν ἡμεῖς μνημονεύομεν ἀνέγκλητον τὴν πόλιν τοῖς Ἕλλησι παρέσχε.
καί τοι χρὴ στρατηγὸν ἄριστον νομίζειν οὐκ εἴ τις μιᾷ τύχῃ τηλικοῦτόν τι κατώρθωσεν ὥσπερ Λύσανδρος, ὃ μηδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων διαπράξασθαι συμβέβηκεν, ἀλλʼ ὅστις ἐπὶ πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπῶν καὶ δυσκόλων πραγμάτων ὀρθῶς ἀεὶ πράττων καὶ νοῦν ἐχόντως διατετέλεκεν· ὅπερ Τιμοθέῳ συμβέβηκεν.
οἶμαι οὖν ὑμῶν τοὺς πολλοὺς θαυμάζειν τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ νομίζειν τὸν ἔπαινον τὸν ἐκείνου κατηγορίαν εἶναι τῆς πόλεως, εἰ τοσαύτας μὲν πόλεις ἑλόντα μηδεμίαν δʼ ἀπολέσαντα περὶ προδοσίας ἔκρινε, καὶ πάλιν εἰ διδόντος εὐθύνας αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰς μὲν πράξεις Ἰφικράτους ἀναδεχομένου, τὸν δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν χρημάτων λόγον Μενεσθέως, τούτους μὲν ἀπέλυσε, Τιμόθεον δὲ τοσούτοις ἐζημίωσε χρήμασιν ὅσοις οὐδένα πώποτε τῶν προγεγενημένων.
ἔχει δʼ οὕτως· βούλομαι γὰρ καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως λόγον εἰπεῖν. εἰ μὲν ὑμεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ δίκαιον ἀποβλέποντες σκέψεσθε περὶ τούτων, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ δεινὰ καὶ σχέτλια πᾶσιν εἶναι δόξει τὰ πεπραγμένα περὶ Τιμόθεον· ἢν δʼ ἀναλογίσησθε τὴν ἄγνοιαν ὅσην ἔχομεν πάντες ἄνθρωποι, καὶ τοὺς φθόνους τοὺς ἐπιγιγνομένους ἡμῖν, ἔτι δὲ τὰς ταραχὰς καὶ τὴν τύρβην ἐν ᾗ ζῶμεν, οὐδὲν τούτων ἀλόγως οὐδʼ ἔξω τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως εὑρεθήσεται γεγενημένον, ἀλλὰ καὶ Τιμόθεος μέρος τι συμβεβλημένος τοῦ μὴ κατὰ τρόπον γνωσθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.
Sections 131–135
ἐκεῖνος γὰρ οὔτε μισόδημος ὢν οὔτε μισάνθρωπος οὔθʼ ὑπερήφανος, οὔτʼ ἄλλʼ οὐδὲν ἔχων τῶν τοιούτων κακῶν, διὰ τὴν μεγαλοφροσύνην τὴν τῇ στρατηγίᾳ μὲν συμφέρουσαν, πρὸς δὲ τὰς χρείας τῶν ἀεὶ προσπιπτόντων οὐχ ἁρμόττουσαν, ἅπασιν ἔδοξεν ἔνοχος εἶναι τοῖς προειρημένοις· οὕτω γὰρ ἀφυὴς ἦν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων θεραπείαν ὥσπερ δεινὸς περὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιμέλειαν.
καί τοι πολλάκις καὶ παρʼ ἐμοῦ τοιούτους λόγους ἤκουσεν, ὡς χρὴ τοὺς πολιτευομένους καὶ βουλομένους ἀρέσκειν προαιρεῖσθαι μὲν τῶν τε πράξεων τὰς ὠφελιμωτάτας καὶ βελτίστας καὶ τῶν λόγων τοὺς ἀληθεστάτους καὶ δικαιοτάτους, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο παρατηρεῖν καὶ σκοπεῖν, ὅπως ἐπιχαρίτως καὶ φιλανθρώπως ἅπαντα φανήσονται καὶ λέγοντες καὶ πράττοντες, ὡς οἱ τούτων ὀλιγωροῦντες ἐπαχθέστεροι καὶ βαρύτεροι δοκοῦσιν εἶναι τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις.
“ὁρᾷς δὲ τὴν φύσιν τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ὡς διάκειται πρὸς τὰς ἡδονάς, καὶ διότι μᾶλλον φιλοῦσι τοὺς πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλοῦντας ἢ τοὺς εὖ ποιοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς μετὰ φαιδρότητος καὶ φιλανθρωπίας φενακίζοντας ἢ τοὺς μετʼ ὄγκου καὶ σεμνότητος ὠφελοῦντας. ὧν οὐδέν σοι μεμέληκεν, ἀλλʼ ἢν ἐπιεικῶς τῶν ἔξω πραγμάτων ἐπιμεληθῇς, οἴει σοι καὶ τοὺς ἐνθάδε πολιτευομένους καλῶς ἕξειν.
τὸ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν. ἢν γὰρ τούτοις ἀρέσκῃς, ἅπαν ὅ τι ἂν πράξῃς οὐ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν κρινοῦσιν ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ σοὶ συμφέρον ὑπολήψονται, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἁμαρτανόμενα παρόψονται, τὸ δὲ κατορθωθὲν οὐρανόμηκες ποιήσουσιν· ἡ γὰρ εὔνοια πάντας οὕτω διατίθησιν.
“ἣν σὺ τῇ μὲν πόλει παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου κτήσασθαι ζητεῖς, ἡγούμενος μέγιστον εἶναι τῶν ἀγαθῶν, αὐτὸς δὲ σαυτῷ παρὰ τῆς πόλεως οὐκ οἴει δεῖν τὴν αὐτὴν ταύτην παρασκευάζειν, ἀλλὰ πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος γεγενημένος χεῖρον διάκεισαι τῶν οὐδὲν ἄξιον λόγου διαπεπραγμένων.
Sections 136–140
“εἰκότως· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ῥήτορας καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις συλλόγοις λογοποιεῖν δυναμένους καὶ πάντα προσποιουμένους εἰδέναι θεραπεύουσι, σὺ δʼ οὐ μόνον ἀμελεῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολεμεῖς τοῖς μέγιστον ἀεὶ δυναμένοις αὐτῶν. “καί τοι πόσους οἴει διὰ τὰς τούτων ψευδολογίας τοὺς μὲν συμφοραῖς περιπεπτωκέναι, τοὺς δʼ ἀτίμους εἶναι; πόσους δὲ τῶν προγεγενημένων ἀνωνύμους εἶναι; πολὺ σπουδαιοτέρους καὶ πλέονος ἀξίους γεγενημένους τῶν ᾀδομένων καὶ τραγῳδουμένων;
ἀλλʼ οἱ μέν, οἶμαι, ποιητῶν ἔτυχον καὶ λογοποιῶν, οἱ δʼ οὐκ ἔσχον τοὺς ὑμνήσοντας. ἢν οὖν ἐμοὶ πείθῃ καὶ νοῦν ἔχῃς, οὐ καταφρονήσεις τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων, οἷς τὸ πλῆθος εἴθισται πιστεύειν οὐ μόνον περὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν πολιτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων, ἀλλʼ ἐπιμέλειάν τινα ποιήσει καὶ θεραπείαν αὐτῶν, ἵνʼ εὐδοκιμήσῃς διʼ ἀμφότερα, καὶ διὰ τὰς σαυτοῦ πράξεις καὶ διὰ τοὺς τούτων λόγους.”
ταῦτα δʼ ἀκούων ὀρθῶς μὲν ἔφασκέ με λέγειν, οὐ μὴν οἷός τʼ ἦν τὴν φύσιν μεταβαλεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἦν μὲν καλὸς κἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἄξιος, οὐ μὴν σύμμετρός γε τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅσοι τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὑτοὺς πεφυκόσιν ἀχθόμενοι τυγχάνουσι. τοιγαροῦν οἱ μὲν ῥήτορες ἔργον εἶχον αἰτίας περὶ αὐτοῦ πολλὰς καὶ ψευδεῖς πλάττειν, τὸ δὲ πλῆθος ἀποδέχεσθαι τὰς ὑπὸ τούτων λεγομένας.
περὶ ὧν ἡδέως ἂν ἀπελογησάμην, εἰ καιρὸν εἶχον· οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν ὑμᾶς ἀκούσαντας μισῆσαι τούς τε προαγαγόντας τὴν πόλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ὀργὴν τὴν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον καὶ τοὺς φλαῦρόν τι περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγειν τολμῶντας. νῦν δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ἐάσω, περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων πραγμάτων πάλιν ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους.
ἀπορῶ δʼ ὅ τι χρήσομαι τοῖς ὑπολοίποις, καὶ τίνος πρώτου μνησθῶ καὶ ποίου δευτέρου· τὸ γὰρ ἐφεξῆς με λέγειν διαπέφευγεν. ἴσως μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν, ὡς ἂν ἕκαστον τύχῃ προσπεσόν, οὕτως εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν· ἃ δʼ οὖν μοι νῦν ἐπελήλυθε, καὶ περὶ ὧν ἐγὼ μὲν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι δηλωτέον, ἄλλος δέ τίς μοι συνεβούλευε μὴ λέγειν, οὐκ ἀποκρύψομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
Sections 141–145
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀπήνεγκε τὴν γραφήν, ἐσκόπουν περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων ὥσπερ ἂν ὑμῶν ἕκαστος, καὶ τόν τε βίον τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τὰς πράξεις ἐξήταζον, καὶ πλεῖστον χρόνον περὶ τὰς τοιαύτας διέτριβον ἐφʼ αἷς ᾠόμην ἐπαινεῖσθαί με προσήκειν. ἀκροώμενος δέ τις τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἐτόλμησεν εἰπεῖν πρός με λόγον πάντων σχετλιώτατον, ὡς ἄξια μὲν εἴη τὰ λεγόμενα φιλοτιμίας, οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ αὐτός γε δεδιέναι ταῦτα μάλιστα, μὴ πολλοὺς λυπήσῃ τῶν ἀκουόντων.
“οὕτω γάρ” ἔφη “τινὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ φθόνου καὶ τῶν ἀποριῶν ἐξηγρίωνται καὶ δυσμενῶς ἔχουσιν, ὥστʼ οὐ ταῖς πονηρίαις ἀλλὰ ταῖς εὐπραγίαις πολεμοῦσι, καὶ μισοῦσιν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς ἐπιεικεστάτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τὰ βέλτιστα, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς τοῖς μὲν ἀδικοῦσι συναγωνίζονται καὶ συγγνώμην ἔχουσιν, οἷς δʼ ἂν φθονήσωσιν ἀπολλύουσιν, ἤν περ δυνηθῶσι.
ταῦτα δὲ δρῶντες οὐκ ἀγνοοῦσι περὶ ὧν τὴν ψῆφον οἴσουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀδικήσειν μὲν ἐλπίζοντες, ὀφθήσεσθαι δʼ οὐ προσδοκῶντες· σώζοντες οὖν τοὺς ὁμοίους σφίσιν αὐτοῖς βοηθεῖν νομίζουσι. “τούτου δʼ ἕνεκά σοι ταῦτα διῆλθον, ἵνα προειδὼς ἄμεινον προσφέρῃ καὶ τοῖς λόγοις ἀσφαλεστέροις χρῇ πρὸς αὐτούς, ἐπεὶ νῦν γε τίνα χρὴ προσδοκᾶν γνώμην ἕξειν τοὺς τοιούτους, ὅταν τόν τε βίον τὸν σαυτοῦ καὶ τὰς πράξεις διεξίῃς μηδὲ κατὰ μικρὸν ὁμοίας οὔσας ταῖς τούτων, ἀλλʼ οἵας περ πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγειν ἐπιχειρεῖς;
ἀποφαίνεις γὰρ τούς τε λόγους οὓς γέγραφας οὐ μέμψεως ἀλλὰ χάριτος τῆς μεγίστης ἀξίους ὄντας, τῶν τε πεπλησιακότων σοι τοὺς μὲν οὐδὲν ἠδικηκότας οὐδʼ ἡμαρτηκότας, τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἀρετὴν ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐστεφανωμένους, τά τε καθʼ ἡμέραν οὕτω κοσμίως καὶ τεταγμένως βεβιωκότα σαυτὸν ὡς οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν πολιτῶν, ἔτι δὲ μήτε δεδικασμένον μηδενὶ μήτε πεφευγότα πλὴν περὶ ἀντιδόσεως, μήθʼ ἑτέροις συνηγωνισμένον μήτε μεμαρτυρηκότα, μήτʼ ἄλλο πεποιηκότα μηδέν, ἐν οἷς ἅπαντες πολιτευόμενοι τυγχάνουσι.
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὕτως ἰδίοις οὖσι καὶ περιττοῖς κἀκεῖνο λέγεις, ὡς τῶν μὲν ἀρχῶν καὶ τῶν ὠφελιῶν τῶν ἐντεῦθεν γιγνομένων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων τῶν κοινῶν ἐξέστηκας, εἰς δὲ τοὺς διακοσίους καὶ χιλίους τοὺς εἰσφέροντας καὶ λειτουργοῦντας οὐ μόνον αὑτὸν παρέχεις ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ τρὶς μὲν ἤδη τετριηραρχήκατε, τὰς δʼ ἄλλας λειτουργίας πολυτελέστερον λελειτουργήκατε καὶ κάλλιον ὧν οἱ νόμοι προστάττουσι.
Sections 146–150
“ταῦτʼ ἀκούοντας τοὺς τἀναντία πᾶσι τοῖς προειρημένοις ἐπιτετηδευκότας οὐκ οἴει βαρέως οἴσειν καὶ νομιεῖν ἐλέγχεσθαι τὸν βίον τὸν αὑτῶν οὐ σπουδαῖον ὄντα; καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὲν μετὰ πόνου καὶ ταλαιπωρίας ᾐσθάνοντό σε ποριζόμενον εἴς τε τὰς λειτουργίας καὶ περὶ τὴν ἄλλην διοίκησιν, οὐκ ἂν ὁμοίως ἔμελεν αὐτοῖς· νῦν δὲ τά τε παρὰ τῶν ξένων σοι γιγνόμενα πολὺ πλείω νομίζουσιν εἶναι τῶν διδομένων,
αὐτόν τε σὲ ῥᾳθυμότερον ἡγοῦνται ζῆν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἄλλων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν σοι πραγματείαν ὄντων. “ὁρῶσι γὰρ ἐκείνων μὲν τοὺς πλείστους, πλὴν τῶν τὸν σὸν βίον καὶ τὸν τρόπον ἠγαπηκότων, ἔν τε ταῖς πανηγύρεσι καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις συλλόγοις ἐπιδείξεις ποιουμένους, διαγωνιζομένους πρὸς ἀλλήλους, καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπισχνουμένους, ἐρίζοντας, λοιδορουμένους,
οὐδὲν ἀπολείποντας κακῶν, ἀλλὰ σφίσι μὲν αὐτοῖς πράγματα παρέχοντας, τοῖς δʼ ἀκροωμένοις ἐξουσίαν παραδιδόντας τοῖς μὲν καταγελάσαι τῶν λεγομένων, ἐνίοις δʼ ἐπαινέσαι, τοῖς δὲ πλείστοις μισῆσαι, τοῖς δʼ ὅπως ἕκαστοι βούλονται διατεθῆναι πρὸς αὐτούς· σὲ δʼ οὐδενὸς μετέχοντα τούτων, ἀλλʼ ἀνομοίως ζῶντα καὶ τοῖς σοφισταῖς καὶ τοῖς ἰδιώταις, καὶ τοῖς πολλὰ κεκτημένοις καὶ τοῖς ἀπόρως διακειμένοις.
ἐφʼ οἷς οἱ μὲν λογίζεσθαι δυνάμενοι καὶ νοῦν ἔχοντες ἴσως ἄν σε ζηλώσειαν, οἱ δὲ καταδεέστερον πράττοντες καὶ λυπεῖσθαι μᾶλλον εἰωθότες ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιεικείαις ἢ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἀτυχίαις οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ δυσκολανοῦσι καὶ χαλεπῶς οἴσουσιν. ὡς οὖν οὕτως αὐτῶν διατεθησομένων σκόπει τί σοι λεκτέον τούτων καὶ τί παραλειπτέον ἐστίν.”
ἐγὼ δὲ κἀκείνου τότε ταῦτα λέγοντος καὶ νῦν ἡγοῦμαι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἀτοπωτάτους εἶναι καὶ σχετλιωτάτους, οἵτινες βαρέως ἂν ἀκούοιεν εἰ λειτουργοῦντα μὲν ἐμαυτὸν τῇ πόλει παρέχω καὶ ποιοῦντα τὸ προσταττόμενον, μηδὲν δὲ δέομαι μήτε κληροῦσθαι τῶν ἀρχῶν ἕνεκα, μήτε λαμβάνειν ἃ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἡ πόλις δίδωσι, μήτʼ αὖ φεύγειν δίκας μήτε διώκειν.
Sections 151–155
ταῦτα γὰρ συνεταξάμην οὐ διὰ πλοῦτον οὐδὲ διʼ ὑπερηφανίαν, οὐδὲ καταφρονῶν τῶν μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐμοὶ ζώντων, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ἡσυχίαν καὶ τὴν ἀπραγμοσύνην ἀγαπῶν, μάλιστα δʼ ὁρῶν τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοκιμοῦντας, ἔπειτα τὸν βίον ἡδίω νομίσας εἶναι τοῦτον ἢ τὸν τῶν πολλὰ πραττόντων, ἔτι δὲ ταῖς διατριβαῖς ταῖς ἐμαῖς πρεπωδέστερον, αἷς ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατεστησάμην.
τούτων μὲν ἕνεκα τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ζῆν προειλόμην· τῶν δὲ λημμάτων τῶν παρὰ τῆς πόλεως ἀπεσχόμην δεινὸν ἡγησάμενος, εἰ δυνάμενος ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων τρέφειν ἐμαυτὸν ἐμποδών τῳ γενήσομαι τῶν ἐντεῦθεν ζῆν ἠναγκασμένων, καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν παρουσίαν ἐνδεής τις γενήσεται τῶν ἀναγκαίων. ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐπαίνου τυγχάνειν ἄξιος ἦν μᾶλλον ἢ διαβολῆς.
νῦν δʼ εἰς πολλὴν ἀπορίαν καθέστηκα, τί δρῶν ἀρέσαι δυνηθείην ἂν τοῖς τοιούτοις. εἰ γὰρ ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον ἔργον ποιούμενος ὅπως μηδένα μήτʼ ἀδικήσω μήτʼ ἐνοχλήσω μήτε λυπήσω, διʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα λυπῶ τινας, τί ποιῶν ἂν χαριζοίμην; ἢ τί λοιπόν ἐστι πλὴν ἐμὲ μὲν ἀτυχῆ, τοὺς δὲ τοιούτους ἀμαθεῖς δοκεῖν εἶναι καὶ δυσκόλους τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις;
πρὸς μὲν οὖν τοὺς μηδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις γιγνώσκοντας, ἀλλὰ χαλεπωτέρους ὄντας τοῖς μὴ κακῶς πράττουσιν ἢ τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι, μωρόν ἐστιν ἀπολογίαν ζητεῖν· ὅσω γὰρ ἄν τις ἐπιεικέστερον αὑτὸν ἐπιδείξῃ, δῆλον ὅτι τοσούτω χεῖρον ἀγωνιεῖται παρʼ αὐτοῖς· πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους, περὶ ὧν Λυσίμαχος διέβαλεν, ὡς παμπληθῆ κεκτήμεθα τὴν οὐσίαν, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μὴ πιστευθεὶς ὁ λόγος εἰς μείζους καὶ πλείους ἡμᾶς ἐμβάλῃ λειτουργίας ὧν ὑπενεγκεῖν ἂν δυνηθεῖμεν.
ὅλως μὲν οὖν οὐδεὶς εὑρεθήσεται τῶν καλουμένων σοφιστῶν πολλὰ χρήματα συλλεξάμενος, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐν ὀλίγοις οἱ δʼ ἐν πάνυ μετρίοις τὸν βίον διαγαγόντες· ὁ δὲ πλεῖστα κτησάμενος ὦν ἡμεῖς μνημονεύομεν, Γοργίας ὁ Λεοντῖνος, οὗτος διατρίψας μὲν περὶ Θετταλίαν, ὅτʼ εὐδαιμονέστατοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἦσαν, πλεῖστον δὲ χρόνον βιοὺς καὶ περὶ τὸν χρηματισμὸν τοῦτον γενόμενος,
Sections 156–160
πόλιν δʼ οὐδεμίαν καταπαγίως οἰκήσας οὐδὲ περὶ τὰ κοινὰ δαπανηθεὶς οὐδʼ εἰσφορὰν εἰσενεγκεῖν ἀναγκασθείς, ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τούτοις οὔτε γυναῖκα γήμας οὔτε παῖδας ποιησάμενος, ἀλλʼ ἀτελὴς γενόμενος καὶ ταύτης τῆς λειτουργίας τῆς ἐνδελεχεστάτης καὶ πολυτελεστάτης, τοσοῦτον προλαβὼν πρὸς τὸ πλείω κτήσασθαι τῶν ἄλλων, χιλίους μόνους στατῆρας κατέλιπε.
καί τοι χρὴ περὶ τῆς οὐσίας τῆς ἀλλήλων μὴ τοῖς αἰτιωμένοις εἰκῇ πιστεύειν, μηδὲ τὰς ἐργασίας ἴσας νομίζειν τάς τε τῶν σοφιστῶν καὶ τὰς τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς τέχναις ὄντας πρὸς ἀλλήλους κρίνειν, καὶ τοὺς ὁμοίαν ἐν ἑκάστῃ δύναμιν λαβόντας παραπλησίαν καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ἔχειν νομίζειν.
ἢν οὖν ἐξισώσητέ με τῷ πλεῖστον ἐξειργασμένῳ καὶ θῆτε πρὸς ἐκεῖνον, οὔθʼ ὑμεῖς παντάπασιν ἀσκέπτως εἰκάζειν δόξετε περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, οὔθʼ ἡμεῖς εὑρεθεῖμεν ἂν οὔτε τὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν οὔτε τὰ περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς κακῶς διῳκηκότες, ἀλλʼ ἀπʼ ἐλαττόνων ζῶντες ὧν εἰς τὰς λειτουργίας ἀνηλώκαμεν. καί τοι τοὺς εὐτελεστέρους ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ἢ τοῖς κοινοῖς ὄντας δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐπαινεῖν.
ἐνθυμοῦμαι δὲ μεταξὺ λέγων, ὅσον τὰ τῆς πόλεως μεταπέπτωκε, καὶ τὰς διανοίας ὡς οὐδὲν ὁμοίας περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων οἱ νῦν τοῖς πρότερον πεπολιτευμένοις ἔχουσιν. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ παῖς ἦν, οὕτως ἐνομίζετο τὸ πλουτεῖν ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι καὶ σεμνὸν ὥστʼ ὀλίγου δεῖν πάντες προσεποιοῦντο πλείω κεκτῆσθαι τὴν οὐσίαν ἧς ἔχοντες ἐτύγχανον,
βουλόμενοι μετασχεῖν τῆς δόξης ταύτης· νῦν δʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ πλουτεῖν ὥσπερ τῶν μεγίστων ἀδικημάτων ἀπολογίαν δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι καὶ σκοπεῖν, εἰ μέλλει τις σωθήσεσθαι. πολὺ γὰρ δεινότερον καθέστηκε τὸ δοκεῖν εὐπορεῖν ἢ τὸ φανερῶς ἀδικεῖν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἢ συγγνώμης ἔτυχον ἢ μικροῖς ἐζημιώθησαν, οἱ δʼ ἄρδην ἀπόλλυνται, καὶ πλείους ἂν εὕροιμεν τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ὄντων ἐκπεπτωκότας ἢ τοὺς δίκην ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων δεδωκότας.
Sections 161–165
καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν περὶ τῶν κοινῶν; αὐτὸς γὰρ οὐ μικρὸν διήμαρτον διὰ ταύτην τὴν μεταβολὴν τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ πραγμάτων. ὅτε γὰρ ἐπαμύνειν ἠρχόμην τοῖς ἰδίοις, ἀπολομένων ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ἁπάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἡμῖν, ἀφʼ ὧν ὁ πατὴρ ἅμα τῇ τε πόλει χρήσιμον αὑτὸν παρεῖχεν, ἡμᾶς θʼ οὕτως ἐπιμελῶς ἐπαίδευσεν ὥστʼ ἐπιφανέστερον εἶναί με τότε καὶ γνωριμώτερον ἐν τοῖς ἡλικιώταις καὶ συμπαιδευομένοις ἢ νῦν ἐν τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις—
ὅτε δʼ οὖν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἠρχόμην πλησιάζειν τισίν, ᾠόμην, εἰ δυνηθείην πλείω κτήσασθαι καὶ περιποιήσασθαι τῶν ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν βίον ὁρμησάντων, ἀμφότερα δόξειν, καὶ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διαφέρειν καὶ κοσμιώτερον βεβιωκέναι τῶν ἄλλων. ἐμοὶ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἀποβέβηκεν.
εἰ μὲν γὰρ μήτʼ ἄξιος μηδενὸς ἐγενόμην μήτε περιεποιησάμην μηδέν, οὐδεὶς ἄν μοι πράγματα παρεῖχεν, ἀλλὰ φανερῶς ἀδικῶν ἀσφαλῶς ἂν ἔζων ἕνεκά γε τῶν συκοφαντῶν· νῦν δʼ ἀντὶ τῆς δόξης ἧς προσεδόκων ἀγῶνες περί με καὶ κίνδυνοι καὶ φθόνοι καὶ διαβολαὶ γεγόνασιν.
οὕτω γὰρ ἡ πόλις ἐν τῷ παρόντι χαίρει τοὺς μὲν ἐπιεικεῖς πιέζουσα καὶ ταπεινοὺς ποιοῦσα, τοῖς δὲ πονηροῖς ἐξουσίαν διδοῦσα καὶ λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῶσιν, ὥστε Λυσίμαχος μὲν ὁ προῃρημένος ζῆν ἐκ τοῦ συκοφαντεῖν καὶ κακῶς ἀεί τινα ποιεῖν τῶν πολιτῶν κατηγορήσων ἡμῶν ἀναβέβηκεν, ἐγὼ δʼ ὃς οὐδὲ περὶ ἕνα πότʼ ἐξήμαρτον, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν ἐνθένδε λημμάτων ἀπεσχόμην, παρὰ ξένων δὲ καὶ νομιζόντων εὖ πάσχειν ἐπορισάμην τὰς ὠφελίας, ὡς δεινὰ ποιῶν εἰς τηλικουτονὶ καθέστηκα κίνδυνον.
καί τοι προσῆκε τοὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας εὔχεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς πλείστοις τῶν πολιτῶν παραγενέσθαι τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην, διʼ ἣν ἔμελλον παρʼ ἑτέρων λαμβάνοντες χρησίμους αὑτούς, ὥσπερ ἐγώ, τῇ πόλει παρέξειν. πολλῆς δʼ ἀλογίας περί με γεγενημένης πάντων ἂν συμβαίη δεινότατον, εἰ οἱ μὲν δεδωκότες μοι χρήματα τοσαύτην ἔχοιεν χάριν, ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν με θεραπεύειν,
Sections 166–170
ὑμεῖς δʼ, εἰς οὓς ἀνήλωκα τἀμαυτοῦ, δίκην ἐπιθυμήσαιτε παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαβεῖν. ἔτι δὲ δεινότερον, εἰ Πίνδαρον μὲν τὸν ποιητὴν οἱ πρὸ ἡμῶν γεγονότες ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς μόνον ῥήματος, ὅτι τὴν πόλιν ἔρεισμα τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὠνόμασεν, οὕτως ἐτίμησαν ὥστε καὶ πρόξενον ποιήσασθαι καὶ δωρεὰν μυρίας αὐτῷ δοῦναι δραχμάς, ἐμοὶ δὲ πολὺ πλείω καὶ κάλλιον ἐγκεκωμιακότι καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς προγόνους μηδʼ ἀσφαλῶς ἐγγένοιτο ἐπιβιῶναι τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον.
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατηγορηθέντων ἱκανὴν εἶναι νομίζω τὴν εἰρημένην ἀπολογίαν· οὐκ ὀκνήσω δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς οὔθʼ ὡς ἔχω νῦν πρὸς τὸν ἐνεστῶτα κίνδυνον κατειπεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὔθʼ ὡς τὸ πρῶτον διετέθην πρὸς αὐτόν. ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν ἰδίων πολλὰς ἐλπίδας εἶχον καλῶς ἀγωνιεῖσθαι·
καὶ γὰρ τοῖς βεβιωμένοις καὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἐπίστευον, καὶ πολλοὺς λόγους καὶ δικαίους ᾤμην ἔχειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν· ὁρῶν δʼ οὐ μόνον δυσκόλως διακειμένους περὶ τὴν τῶν λόγων παιδείαν τοὺς εἰθισμένους ἅπασι χαλεπαίνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν πολλοὺς τραχέως πρὸς αὐτὴν διακειμένους, ἐφοβούμην μὴ τὰ μὲν ἴδιά μου παραμεληθῇ, τῆς δὲ κοινῆς τῆς περὶ τοὺς σοφιστὰς διαβολῆς ἀπολαύσω τι φλαῦρον.
ἐπειδὴ δὲ χρόνων ἐγγιγνομένων εἰσέπεσον εἰς τὸ λογίζεσθαι καὶ σκοπεῖν τί χρήσομαι τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἐπαυσάμην τοῦ δέους καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς ταύτης, οὐκ ἀλόγως, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν εἰκότων λογισάμενος καὶ παραμυθησάμενος ἐμαυτόν·
τούς τε γὰρ ἐπιεικεῖς ὑμῶν, πρὸς οὕς περ ἐγὼ ποιήσομαι τοὺς λόγους, ἠπιστάμην οὐκ ἐμμένοντας ταῖς δόξαις ταῖς ἀδίκως ἐγγεγενημέναις, ἀλλʼ ἐπακολουθοῦντας ταῖς ἀληθείαις καὶ μεταπειθομένους ὑπὸ τῶν λεγόντων τὰ δίκαια, τήν τε φιλοσοφίαν ἐκ πολλῶν ἐνόμιζον ἐπιδείξειν ἀδίκως διαβεβλημένην, καὶ πολὺ ἂν δικαιοτέρως ἀγαπωμένην αὐτὴν ἢ μισουμένην. ἔχω δὲ καὶ νῦν ἔτι ταύτην τὴν γνώμην.
Sections 171–175
οὐκ ἄξιον δὲ θαυμάζειν εἴ τι τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἠγνόηται καὶ διαλέληθεν, οὐδʼ εἰ διεψευσμένοι τινὲς αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσι· καὶ γὰρ περὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ περὶ ἄλλων πραγμάτων ἀναριθμήτων οὕτως ἔχοντες ἂν εὑρεθεῖμεν. ἡ γὰρ πόλις ἡμῶν πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτία καὶ νῦν οὖσα καὶ πρότερον γεγενημένη καὶ τοῖς πολίταις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι, καὶ πολλῶν ἡδονῶν γέμουσα,
τοῦτʼ ἔχει δυσκολώτατον· διὰ γὰρ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐνοικούντων οὐκ εὐσύνοπτός ἐστιν οὐδʼ ἀκριβής, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ χειμάρρους, ὅπως ἂν ἕκαστον ὑπολαβοῦσα τύχῃ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, οὕτω κατήνεγκε, καὶ δόξαν ἐνίοις τὴν ἐναντίαν τῆς προσηκούσης περιέθηκεν· ὅπερ καὶ τῇ παιδεία ταύτῃ συμβέβηκεν.
ὧν ἐνθυμουμένους χρὴ μηδενὸς πράγματος ἄνευ λόγου καταγιγνώσκειν, μηδʼ ὁμοίως διακεῖσθαι δικάζοντας ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις διατριβαῖς, ἀλλὰ διακριβοῦσθαι περὶ ἑκάστου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ζητεῖν, μεμνημένους τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῶν νόμων καθʼ οὓς συνεληλύθατε δικάσοντες· ἔστι δʼ οὐ περὶ μικρῶν οὔθʼ ὁ λόγος οὔθʼ ἡ κρίσις ἐν ᾗ καθέσταμεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων· οὐ γὰρ περὶ ἐμοῦ μέλλετε μόνον τὴν ψῆφον διοίσειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἐπιτηδεύματος ᾧ πολλοὶ τῶν νεωτέρων προσέχουσι τὸν νοῦν.
οἶμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι τὰ πράγματα τῆς πόλεως τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις οἱ πρεσβύτεροι παραδιδόασι. τοιαύτης οὖν ἀεὶ τῆς περιόδου γιγνομένης ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν, ὅπως ἃ οἱ νεώτεροι παιδευθῶσιν, οὕτω τὴν πόλιν πράττουσαν διατελεῖν· ὥστʼ σὺ ποιητέον τοὺς συκοφάντας κυρίους τηλικούτου πράγματος, οὐδὲ τοὺς μὲν μὴ διδόντας τούτοις ἀργύριον τιμωρητέον, παρʼ ὧν δʼ ἂν λάβωσιν ἐατέον ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῶσιν,
ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἡ φιλοσοφία τοιαύτην ἔχει δύναμιν ὥστε διαφθείρειν τοὺς νεωτέρους, οὐ τοῦτον χρὴ μόνον κολάζειν ὃν ἂν γράψηταί τις τούτων, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περὶ τὴν διατριβὴν ταύτην ὄντας· εἰ δὲ τοὐναντίον πέφυκεν ὥστʼ ὠφελεῖν καὶ βελτίους ποιεῖν τοὺς πλησιάζοντας καὶ πλέονος ἀξίους, τοὺς μὲν διαβεβλημένους πρὸς αὐτὴν παυστέον, τοὺς δὲ συκοφαντοῦντας ἀτιμητέον, τοῖς δὲ νεωτέροις συμβουλευτέον ἐν ταύτῃ διατρίβειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτηδεύμασι.
Sections 176–180
πρὸ πολλῶν δʼ ἂν ἐποιησάμην, εἴπερ ἦν εἱμαρμένον μοι φεύγειν τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην, ἀκμάζοντί μοι προσπεσεῖν τὸν κίνδυνον· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἠθύμουν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον οἷός τʼ ἂν ἐγενόμην καὶ τὸν κατήγορον ἀμύνασθαι καὶ τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ βοηθῆσαι· νῦν δὲ φοβοῦμαι μὴ διὰ ταύτην ὑπὲρ ἄλλων πραγμάτων ἐπιεικῶς εἰρηκώς, περὶ αὐτῆς ταύτης χεῖρον τύχω διαλεχθεὶς ἢ περὶ ὧν ἧττόν μοι σπουδάσαι προσῆκε.
καίτοι δεξαίμην ἄν, εἰρήσεται γὰρ τἀληθὲς εἰ καὶ μωρὸς ὁ λόγος ἐστίν, ἤδη τελευτῆσαι τὸν βίον ἀξίως εἰπὼν τῆς ὑποθέσεως καὶ πείσας ὑμᾶς τοιαύτην νομίζειν τὴν τῶν λόγων μελέτην οἵα πέρ ἐστι, μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν πολυπλασίω χρόνον ἐφορῶν οὕτως αὐτὴν ὥσπερ νῦν παρʼ ὑμῖν φερομένην.
τῆς μὲν οὖν ἐπιθυμίας οἶδʼ ὅτι πολὺ καταδεέστερον ἐροῦμεν· ὅμως δʼ ὅπως ἂν δύνωμαι, πειράσομαι διελθεῖν τήν τε φύσιν αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἣν ἔχει, καὶ ποίᾳ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν ὁμοιοειδής ἐστι, καὶ τί τοὺς συνόντας ὠφελεῖ, καὶ ποίας τινὰς ποιούμεθα ἡμεῖς τὰς ὑποσχέσεις· οἶμαι γὰρ ὑμᾶς μαθόντας τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἄμεινον καὶ βουλεύσεσθαι καὶ διαγνώσεσθαι περὶ αὐτῆς.
ἀξιῶ δʼ ὑμᾶς, ἢν ἄρα φαίνωμαι λόγους διεξιὼν πολὺ τῶν εἰθισμένων λέγεσθαι παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐξηλλαγμένους, μὴ δυσχεραίνειν ἀλλʼ ἔχειν συγγνώμην, ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι τοὺς περὶ πραγμάτων ἀνομοίων τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγωνιζομένους ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι καὶ τοῖς λόγοις τοιούτοις χρῆσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν. ὑπομείναντες οὖν τὸν τρόπον τῶν λεγομένων καὶ τὴν παρρησίαν, καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἐάσαντες ἀναλῶσαί με τὸν δεδομένον ταῖς ἀπολογίαις, ὅπως ἂν ὑμῶν ἑκάστῳ δοκῇ δίκαιον εἶναι καὶ νόμιμον, οὕτω φέρετε τὴν ψῆφον.
βούλομαι δὲ περὶ τῆς τῶν λόγων παιδείας ὥσπερ οἱ γενεαλογοῦντες πρῶτον διελθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ὁμολογεῖται μὲν γὰρ τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν ἔκ τε τοῦ σώματος συγκεῖσθαι καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, αὐτοῖν δὲ τούτοιν οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν φήσειεν ἡγεμονικωτέραν πεφυκέναι τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ πλέονος ἀξίαν· τῆς μὲν γὰρ ἔργον εἶναι βουλεύσασθαι καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν, τοῦ δὲ σώματος ὑπηρετῆσαι τοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς γνωσθεῖσιν.
Sections 181–185
οὕτω δὲ τούτων ἐχόντων ὁρῶντές τινες τῶν πολὺ πρὸ ἡμῶν γεγονότων περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων πολλὰς τέχνας συνεστηκυίας, περὶ δὲ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον συντεταγμένον, εὑρόντες διττὰς ἐπιμελείας κατέλιπον ἡμῖν, περὶ μὲν τὰ σώματα τὴν παιδοτριβικήν, ἧς ἡ γυμναστικὴ μέρος ἐστί, περὶ δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, περὶ ἧς ἐγὼ μέλλω ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους,
ἀντιστρόφους καὶ σύζυγας καὶ σφίσιν αὐταῖς ὁμολογουμένας, διʼ ὧν οἱ προεστῶτες αὐτῶν τάς τε ψυχὰς φρονιμωτέρας καὶ τὰ σώματα χρησιμώτερα παρασκευάζουσιν, οὐ πολὺ διαστησάμενοι τὰς παιδείας ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, ἀλλὰ παραπλησίαις χρώμενοι καὶ ταῖς διδασκαλίαις καὶ ταῖς γυμνασίαις καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐπιμελείαις.
ἐπειδὰν γὰρ λάβωσι μαθητάς, οἱ μὲν παιδοτρίβαι τὰ σχήματα τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀγωνίαν εὑρημένα τοὺς φοιτῶντας διδάσκουσιν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες τὰς ἰδέας ἁπάσας, αἷς ὁ λόγος τυγχάνει χρώμενος,
διεξέρχονται τοῖς μαθηταῖς. ἐμπείρους δὲ τούτων ποιήσαντες καὶ διακριβώσαντες ἐν τούτοις πάλιν γυμνάζουσιν αὐτούς, καὶ πονεῖν ἐθίζουσι, καὶ συνείρειν καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον ὧν ἔμαθον ἀναγκάζουσιν, ἵνα ταῦτα βεβαιότερον κατάσχωσι καὶ τῶν καιρῶν ἐγγυτέρω ταῖς δόξαις γένωνται. τῷ μὲν γὰρ εἰδέναι περιλαβεῖν αὐτοὺς οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἐστίν· ἐπὶ γὰρ ἁπάντων τῶν πραγμάτων διαφεύγουσι τὰς ἐπιστήμας, οἱ δὲ μάλιστα προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν καὶ δυνάμενοι θεωρεῖν τὸ συμβαῖνον ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ πλειστάκις αὐτῶν τυγχάνουσι.
τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον ἐπιμελόμενοι καὶ παιδεύοντες μέχρι μὲν τοῦ γενέσθαι βελτίους αὐτοὺς αὑτῶν τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ ἔχειν ἄμεινον, τοὺς μὲν τὰς διανοίας τοὺς δὲ τὰς τῶν σωμάτων ἕξεις, ἀμφότεροι δύνανται προαγαγεῖν· ἐκείνην δὲ τὴν ἐπιστήμην οὐδέτεροι τυγχάνουσιν ἔχοντες, διʼ ἧς ἂν οἱ μὲν ἀθλητὰς οὓς βουληθεῖεν, οἱ δὲ ῥήτορας ἱκανοὺς ποιήσαιεν, ἀλλὰ μέρος μὲν ἄν τι συμβάλοιντο, τὸ δʼ ὅλον αἱ δυνάμεις αὗται παραγίγνονται τοῖς καὶ τῇ φύσει καὶ ταῖς ἐπιμελείαις διενεγκοῦσιν.
Sections 186–190
ὁ μὲν οὖν τύπος τῆς φιλοσοφίας τοιοῦτός τίς ἐστιν· ἡγοῦμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς μᾶλλον ἂν ἔτι καταμαθεῖν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς, εἰ διέλθοιμι τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ἃς ποιούμεθα πρὸς τοὺς πλησιάζειν ἡμῖν βουλομένους.
λέγομεν γὰρ ὡς δεῖ τοὺς μέλλοντας διοίσειν ἢ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ἢ περὶ τὰς πράξεις ἢ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἐργασίας πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τοῦτο πεφυκέναι καλῶς, πρὸς ὃ ἂν προῃρημένοι τυγχάνωσιν, ἔπειτα παιδευθῆναι καὶ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ἥτις ἂν ᾗ περὶ ἑκάστου, τρίτον ἐντριβεῖς γενέσθαι καὶ γυμνασθῆναι περὶ τὴν χρείαν καὶ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν αὐτῶν· ἐκ τούτων γὰρ ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς ἐργασίαις τελείους γίγνεσθαι καὶ πολὺ διαφέροντας τῶν ἄλλων. εἶναι δὲ τούτων προσῆκον ἑκατέροις,
τοῖς τε διδάσκουσι καὶ τοῖς μανθάνουσιν, ἴδιον μὲν τοῖς μὲν εἰσενέγκασθαι τὴν φύσιν οἵαν δεῖ, τοῖς δὲ δύνασθαι παιδεῦσαι τοὺς τοιούτους, κοινὸν δʼ ἀμφοτέρων τὸ περὶ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν γυμνάσιον· δεῖν γὰρ τοὺς μὲν ἐπιμελῶς ἐπιστατῆσαι τοῖς παιδευομένοις, τοὺς δʼ ἐγκρατῶς ἐμμεῖναι τοῖς προσταττομένοις.
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἃ κατὰ πασῶν λέγομεν τῶν τεχνῶν· εἰ δὲ δή τις ἀφέμενος τῶν ἄλλων ἔροιτό με τί τούτων μεγίστην ἔχει δύναμιν πρὸς τὴν τῶν λόγων παιδείαν, ἀποκριναίμην ἂν ὅτι τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἀνυπέρβλητόν ἐστι καὶ πολὺ πάντων διαφέρει· τὸν γὰρ ἔχοντα τὴν μὲν ψυχὴν εὑρεῖν καὶ μαθεῖν καὶ πονῆσαι καὶ μνημονεῦσαι δυναμένην, τὴν δὲ φωνὴν καὶ τὴν τοῦ στόματος σαφήνειαν τοιαύτην ὥστε μὴ μόνοις τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς τούτων εὐαρμοστίαις συμπείθειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας,
ἔτι δὲ τὴν τόλμαν μὴ τὴν ἀναισχυντίας σημεῖον γιγνομένην, ἀλλὰ τὴν μετὰ σωφροσύνης οὕτω παρασκευάζουσαν τὴν ψυχὴν ὥστε μηδὲν ἧττον θαρρεῖν ἐν δὴ πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις τοὺς λόγους ποιούμενον ἢ πρὸς αὑτὸν διανοούμενον, τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι τυχὼν ὁ τοιοῦτος παιδείας μὴ τῆς ἀπηκριβωμένης, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐπιπολαίου καὶ πᾶσι κοινῆς, τοιοῦτος ἂν εἴη ῥήτωρ οἷος οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τις τῶν Ἑλλήνων γέγονεν;
Sections 191–195
καὶ μὲν δὴ κἀκείνους ἴσμεν, τοὺς καταδεεστέραν μὲν τούτων τὴν φύσιν ἔχοντας, ταῖς δʼ ἐμπειρίαις καὶ ταῖς ἐπιμελείαις προέχοντας, ὅτι γίγνονται κρείττους οὐ μόνον αὑτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν εὖ μὲν πεφυκότων λίαν δʼ αὑτῶν κατημεληκότων· ὥσθʼ ἑκάτερόν τε τούτων δεινὸν ἂν καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν ποιήσειεν, ἀμφότερά τε γενόμενα περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀνυπέρβλητον ἂν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀποτελέσειεν.
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς φύσεως καὶ τῆς ἐμπειρίας ταῦτα γιγνώσκω· περὶ δὲ τῆς παιδείας οὐκ ἔχω τοιοῦτον λόγον εἰπεῖν· οὔτε γὰρ ὁμοίαν οὔτε παραπλησίαν ἔχει τούτοις τὴν δύναμιν. εἰ γάρ τις διακούσειεν ἅπαντα τὰ περὶ τοὺς λόγους καὶ διακριβωθείη μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, λόγων μὲν ποιητὴς τυχὸν ἂν χαριέστερος γένοιτο τῶν πολλῶν, εἰς ὄχλον δὲ καταστάς, τούτου μόνον ἀποστερηθείς, τοῦ τολμᾶν, οὐδʼ ἂν φθέγξασθαι δυνηθείη.
καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω με πρὸς μὲν ὑμᾶς συστέλλειν τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαλέγωμαι πρὸς τοὺς συνεῖναί μοι βουλομένους, ἅπασαν ὑπʼ ἐμαυτῷ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν δύναμιν· φεύγων γὰρ τὰς τοιαύτας αἰτίας, ὅτʼ ἠρχόμην περὶ ταύτην εἶναι τὴν πραγματείαν, λόγον διέδωκα γράψας ἐν ᾧ φανήσομαι τοῖς τε μείζους ποιουμένοις τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ἐπιτιμῶν καὶ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ γνώμην ἀποφαινόμενος.
ἃ μὲν οὖν κατηγορῶ τῶν ἄλλων παραλείψω· καὶ γάρ ἐστι πλείω τοῦ καιροῦ τοῦ παρόντος· ἃ δʼ αὐτὸς ἀποφαίνομαι, πειράσομαι διελθεῖν ὑμῖν. ἄρχομαι δʼ ἐνθένδε ποθέν.
ταῦτα κομψοτέρως μὲν πέφρασται τῶν ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένων, βούλεται δὲ ταὐτὰ δηλοῦν ἐκείνοις. ὃ χρὴ μέγιστον ὑμῖν γενέσθαι τεκμήριον τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπιεικείας· οὐ γάρ, ὅτε μὲν ἦν νεώτερος, ἀλαζονευόμενος φαίνομαι καὶ μεγάλας τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ποιούμενος, ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἀπολέλαυκα τοῦ πράγματος καὶ πρεσβύτερος γέγονα, τηνικαῦτα ταπεινὴν ποιῶν τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς αὐτοῖς λόγοις χρώμενος καὶ ἀκμάζων καὶ παυόμενος αὐτῆς, καὶ θαρρῶν καὶ κινδυνεύων, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς βουλομένους πλησιάζειν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μέλλοντας περί μου τὴν ψῆφον οἴσειν, ὥστʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἄν τις ἀληθέστερος ἢ δικαιότερος περὶ αὐτὴν ἐπιδειχθείη γεγενημένος.
Sections 196–200
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐκείνοις προσκείσθω τοῖς πρότερον περὶ ἡμῶν εἰρημένοις· οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δʼ ὅτι τοὺς δυσκόλως διακειμένους οὐδέν πω τῶν εἰρημένων ἱκανόν ἐστιν ἀπαλλάξαι τῆς διανοίας ταύτης, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν ἔτι δέονται λόγων καὶ παντοδαπῶν, εἰ μέλλουσιν ἑτέραν μεταλήψεσθαι δόξαν ἀνθʼ ἧς νῦν τυγχάνουσιν ἔχοντες.
δεῖ δὴ μηδʼ ἡμᾶς προαπειπεῖν διδάσκοντας καὶ λέγοντας, ἐξ ὧν, δυοῖν θάτερον, ἢ μεταστήσομεν τὰς γνώμας αὐτῶν, ἢ τὰς βλασφημίας καὶ κατηγορίας αἷς χρῶνται καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐξελέγξομεν ψευδεῖς οὔσας. εἰσὶ δὲ διτταί. λέγουσι γὰρ οἱ μὲν ὡς ἔστιν ἡ περὶ τοὺς σοφιστὰς διατριβὴ φλυαρία καὶ φενακισμός· οὐδεμία γὰρ εὕρηται παιδεία τοιαύτη διʼ ἦς γένοιτό τις ἂν ἢ περὶ τοὺς λόγους δεινότερος ἢ περὶ τὰς πράξεις φρονιμώτερος, ἀλλʼ οἱ προέχοντες ἐν τούτοις τῇ φύσει τῶν ἄλλων διαφέρουσιν·
οἱ δὲ δεινοτέρους μὲν ὁμολογοῦσιν εἶναι τοὺς περὶ τὴν μελέτην ταύτην ὄντας, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ διαφθέρεσθαι καὶ γίγνεσθαι χείρους· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ λάβωσι δύναμιν, τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν. ὡς οὖν οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς οὐδʼ ἀληθὲς οὐδέτεροι τούτων λέγουσι, πολλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω πᾶσι φανερὸν ποιήσειν.
πρῶτον δʼ ἐνθυμήθητε περὶ τῶν φλυαρίαν φασκόντων εἶναι τὴν παιδείαν, ὡς αὐτοὶ λίαν καταφανῶς ληροῦσι. διασύρουσι μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν ὡς οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖν δυναμένην ἀλλʼ ἀπάτην καὶ φενακισμὸν οὖσαν, ἀξιοῦσι δὲ τοὺς συνόντας ἡμῖν εὐθὺς μὲν προσελθόντας διαφέρειν αὐτοὺς αὑτῶν,
ὀλίγας δʼ ἡμέρας συνδιατρίψαντας σοφωτέρους ἐν τοῖς λόγοις καὶ κρείττους φαίνεσθαι τῶν καὶ ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις προεχόντων, ἐνιαυτὸν δὲ μόνον παραμείναντας ῥήτορας ἅπαντας ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι καὶ τελέους καὶ μηδὲν φαυλοτέρους τοὺς ἀμελεῖς τῶν πονεῖν ἐθελόντων μηδὲ τοὺς ἀφυεῖς τῶν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀνδρικὰς ἐχόντων.
Sections 201–205
καὶ ταῦτα προστάττουσιν οὔθʼ ἡμῶν ἀκηκοότες τοιαύτας ποιουμένων τὰς ὑποσχέσεις, οὔτʼ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις τέχναις καὶ παιδείαις οὐδὲν ἑωρακότες τούτων συμβαῖνον, ἀλλὰ μόλις μὲν ἡμῖν τὰς ἐπιστήμας παραγιγνομένας, οὐχ ὁμοίως δʼ ἀλλήλοις ὅ τι ἂν μάθωμεν ἐξεργαζομένους, ἀλλὰ δύο μὲν ἢ τρεῖς ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν διδασκαλείων ἀγωνιστὰς γιγνομένους, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν ἰδιώτας ἀπαλλαττομένους.
καί τοι πῶς οὐκ ἄφρονας εἶναι χρὴ νομίζειν τοὺς τὰς δυνάμεις τὰς ἐν ταῖς ὁμολογουμέναις τῶν τεχνῶν οὐκ ἐνούσας, ταύτας ἀπαιτεῖν τολμῶντας παρὰ ταύτης ἣν οὐκ εἶναί φασι, καὶ πλείους τὰς ὠφελείας ἀξιοῦντας γίγνεσθαι παρὰ τῆς ἀπιστουμένης ὑφʼ αὑτῶν ἢ παρὰ τῶν ἀκριβῶς εὑρῆσθαι δοκουσῶν;
χρὴ δὲ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας οὐκ ἀνωμάλως ποιεῖσθαι τὰς κρίσεις περὶ τῶν ὁμοίων πραγμάτων, οὐδʼ ἀποδοκιμάζειν τὴν παιδείαν τὴν ταὐτὰ ταῖς πλείσταις τῶν τεχνῶν ἀπεργαζομένην. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὑμῶν πολλοὺς τῶν ὑπὸ τοῖς σοφισταῖς γενομένων οὐ φενακισθέντας οὐδʼ οὕτω διατεθέντας ὡς οὗτοι λέγουσιν,
ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἱκανοὺς ἀγωνιστὰς ἀποτελεσθέντας, τοὺς δὲ παιδεύειν ἑτέρους δυνηθέντας, ὅσοι δʼ αὐτῶν ἰδιωτεύειν ἐβουλήθησαν, ἔν τε ταῖς ὁμιλίαις χαριεστέρους ὄντας ἢ πρότερον ἦσαν, τῶν τε λόγων κριτὰς καὶ συμβούλους ἀκριβεστέρους τῶν πλείστων γεγενημένους; ὥστε πῶς χρὴ τῆς τοιαύτης διατριβῆς καταφρονεῖν, τῆς τοὺς κεχρημένους αὐτῇ τοιούτους παρασκευάζειν δυναμένης;
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τόδε πάντες ἂν ὁμολογήσαιεν, ὅτι τούτους τεχνικωτάτους εἶναι νομίζομεν ἐπὶ πασῶν τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ χειρουργιῶν, οἵ τινες ἂν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὡς οἷόν θʼ ὁμοιοτάτους ἐργάτας ἀλλήλοις ἀποδείξωσι. τῇ τοίνυν φιλοσοφίᾳ φανήσεται καὶ τοῦτο συμβεβηκός.
Sections 206–210
ὅσοι γὰρ ἡγεμόνος ἔτυχον ἀληθινοῦ καὶ νοῦν ἔχοντος, εὑρεθεῖεν ἂν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις οὕτως ὁμοίαν τὴν δύναμιν ἔχοντες ὥστε πᾶσιν εἶναι φανερὸν ὅτι τῆς αὐτῆς παιδείας μετεσχήκασι. καί τοι μηδενὸς ἔθους αὐτοῖς ἐγγενομένου κοινοῦ μηδὲ διατριβῆς μηδὲ διατριβῆς τεχνικῆς ὑπαρξάσης οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν εἰς τὴν ὁμοιότητα ταύτην κατέστησαν.
ἔτι τοίνυν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοι πολλοὺς τῶν συμπαιδευθέντων, οἳ παῖδες μὲν ὄντες ἀμαθέστατοι τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἔδοξαν εἶναι, πρεσβύτεροι δὲ γενόμενοι πλέον διήνεγκαν πρὸς τὸ φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων ὧν παῖδες ὄντες ἀπελείφθησαν. ὅθεν μάλιστʼ ἄν τις γνοίη τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ὅσην ἔχει δύναμιν· δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι τότε μὲν ἅπαντες τοιαύταις ἐχρῶντο ταῖς διανοίαις οἵας περ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἔφυσαν ἔχοντες, ἄνδρες δὲ γενόμενοι τούτων διήνεγκαν καὶ μετήλλαξαν τὴν φρόνησιν τῷ τοὺς μὲν ἐκκεχυμένως ζῆν καὶ ῥᾳθύμως, τοὺς δὲ τοῖς τε πράγμασι καὶ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν.
ὅπου δὲ καὶ διὰ τὰς αὑτῶν ἐπιμελείας γίγνονταί τινες βελτίους, πῶς οὐκ ἂν οὗτοι λαβόντες ἐπιστάτην καὶ πρεσβύτερον καὶ πολλῶν πραγμάτων ἔμπειρον, καὶ τὰ μὲν παρειληφότα τὰ δʼ αὐτὸν εὑρηκότα, πολὺ ἃ ἔτι πλέον καὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων διήνεγκαν;
οὐ μόνον δʼ ἐκ τούτων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν εἰκότως ἄν ἅπαντες τὴν ἄγνοιαν θαυμάσειαν τῶν τολμώντων οὕτως εἰκῇ καταφρονεῖν τῆς φιλοσοφίας· πρῶτον μὲν εἰ πάσας τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς τέχνας εἰδότες ταῖς μελέταις καὶ ταῖς φιλοπονίαις ἁλισκομένας πρὸς τὴν τῆς φρονήσεως ἄσκησιν ταῦτα μηδεμίαν ἡγοῦνται δύναμιν ἔχειν,
ἔπειτʼ εἰ τῶν μὲν σωμάτων μηδὲν οὕτως ἄν φήσαιεν εἶναι φαῦλον, ὅ τι γυμνασθὲν καὶ πονῆσαν οὐκ ἂν εἴη βέλτιον, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς τὰς ἄμεινον πεφυκυίας τῶν σωμάτων μηδὲν ἂν νομίζουσι γενέσθαι σπουδαιοτέρας παιδευθείσας καὶ τυχούσας τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπιμελείας·
Sections 211–215
ἔτι δʼ εἰ περὶ τοὺς ἵππους καὶ τοὺς κύνας καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν ζώων ὁρῶντες τέχνας ἔχοντάς τινας, αἷς τὰ μὲν ἀνδρειότερα τὰ δὲ πραότερα τὰ δὲ φρονιμώτερα ποιοῦσι, περὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσιν μηδεμίαν οἴονται τοιαύτην εὑρῆσθαι παιδείαν, ἥ τις ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐπί τι τούτων ὧν περ καὶ τὰ θηρία δυνηθείη προαγαγεῖν,
ἀλλὰ τοσαύτην ἁπάντων ἡμῶν ἀτυχίαν κατεγνώκασιν, ὥσθʼ ὁμολογήσειαν μὲν ἂν ταῖς ἡμετέραις διανοίαις ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων βέλτιον γίγνεσθαι καὶ χρησιμώτερον, αὐτοὺς δʼ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἔχοντας τὴν φρόνησιν ταύτην, ᾗ πάντα πλέονος ἄξια ποιοῦμεν, τολμῶσι λέγειν ὡς οὐδὲν ἂν ἀλλήλους πρὸς ἐπιείκειαν εὐεργετήσαιμεν.
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ὅτι καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν θεωροῦντες ἐν τοῖς θαύμασι τοὺς μὲν λέοντας πραότερον διακειμένους πρὸς τοὺς θεραπεύοντας ἤ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔνιοι πρὸς τοὺς εὖ ποιοῦντας, τὰς δʼ ἄρκτους καλινδουμένας καὶ παλαιούσας καὶ μιμουμένας τὰς ἡμετέρας ἐπιστήμας,
οὐδʼ ἐκ τούτων δύνανται γνῶναι τὴν παιδείαν καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ὅσην ἔχει δύναμιν, οὐδʼ ὅτι ταῦτα πολὺ ἂν θᾶττον τὴν ἡμετέραν φύσιν ἢ τὴν ἐκείνων ὠφελήσειεν· ὥστʼ ἀπορῶ πότερον ἄν τις δικαιότερον θαυμάσειε τὰς πραότητας τὰς τοῖς χαλεπωτάτοις τῶν θηρίων ἐγγιγνομένας ἢ τὰς ἀγριότητας τὰς ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων ἐνούσας.
ἔχοι δʼ ἄν τις πλείω περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἢν πολλὰ λίαν λέγω περὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις ὁμολογουμένων, δέδοικα μὴ περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἀπορεῖν δόξω. παυσάμενος οὖν τούτων ἐπʼ ἐκείνους τρέψομαι, τοὺς οὐ καταφρονοῦντας μὲν τῆς φιλοσοφίας, πολὺ δὲ πικρότερον κατηγοροῦντας αὐτῆς, καὶ μεταφέροντας τὰς πονηρίας τὰς τῶν φασκόντων μὲν εἶναι σοφιστῶν ἄλλο δέ τι πραττόντων ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδεύοντας.
Sections 216–220
ἐγὼ δʼ οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων τῶν προσποιουμένων δύνασθαι παιδεύειν ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν δικαίως τὴν δόξαν ταύτην ἐχόντων. οἶμαι δὲ σαφῶς ἐπιδείξειν τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας ἡμῶν πολὺ τῆς ἀληθείας διημαρτηκότας, ἤν περ ἐθελήσητε διὰ τέλους ἀκοῦσαι τῶν λεγομένων.
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ὁρίσασθαι δεῖ τίνων ὀρεγόμενοι καὶ τίνος τυχεῖν βουλόμενοι τολμῶσί τινες ἀδικεῖν· ἢν γὰρ ταῦτα καλῶς περιλάβωμεν, ἄμεινον γνώσεσθε τὰς αἰτίας τὰς καθʼ ἡμῶν λεγομένας, εἴτʼ ἀληθεῖς εἰσιν εἴτε ψευδεῖς. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἡδονῆς ἢ κέρδους ἢ τιμῆς ἕνεκα φημὶ πάντας πάντα πράττειν· ἔξω γὰρ τούτων οὐδεμίαν ἐπιθυμίαν ὁρῶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐγγιγνομένην.
εἰ δὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, λοιπόν ἐστι σκέψασθαι τί τούτων ἂν ἡμῖν γίγνοιτο διαφθείρουσι τοὺς νεωτέρους. πότερʼ ἂν ἡσθείημεν ὁρῶντες ἢ καὶ πυνθανόμενοι πονηροὺς αὐτοὺς ὄντας καὶ δοκοῦντας τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις; καὶ τίς οὕτως ἐστὶν ἀναίσθητος ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ἀλγήσειε τοιαύτης διαβολῆς περὶ αὑτὸν γιγνομένης;
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδʼ ἂν θαυμασθεῖμεν οὐδὲ τιμῆς μεγάλης τύχοιμεν τοιούτους τοὺς συνόντας ἀποπέμποντες, ἀλλὰ πολὺ ἂν μᾶλλον καταφρονηθεῖμεν καὶ μισηθεῖμεν τῶν ταῖς ἄλλαις πονηρίαις ἐνόχων ὄντων. καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ εἰ ταῦτα παρίδοιμεν, χρήματα πλεῖστʼ ἂν λάβοιμεν οὕτω παιδείας προεστῶτες.
οἶμαι γὰρ δήπου τοῦτό γε πάντας γιγνώσκειν, ὅτι σοφιστῇ μισθὸς κάλλιστός ἐστι καὶ μέγιστος, ἢν τῶν μαθητῶν τινες καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ καὶ φρόνιμοι γένωνται καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις εὐδοκιμοῦντες· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοιοῦτοι πολλοὺς μετασχεῖν τῆς παιδείας εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν καθιστᾶσιν, οἱ δὲ πονηροὶ καὶ τοὺς πρότερον συνεῖναι διανοουμένους ἀποτρέπουσιν. ὥστε τίς ἂν ἐν τούτοις τὸ κρεῖττον ἀγνοήσειεν, οὕτω μεγάλην τὴν διαφορὰν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐχόντων;
Sections 221–225
ἴσως οὖν ἄν τις πρὸς ταῦτα τολμήσειεν εἰπεῖν ὡς πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ τὰς ἀκρασίας οὐκ ἐμμένουσι τοῖς λογισμοῖς, ἀλλʼ ἀμελήσαντες τοῦ συμφέροντος ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς ὁρμῶσιν. ἐγὼ δʼ ὁμολογῶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν προσποιουμένων εἶναι σοφιστῶν ἔχειν τινὰς τὴν φύσιν ταύτην,
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐδείς ἐστιν οὕτως ἀκρατὴς ὅστις ἂν δέξαιτο καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶναι τοιούτους· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἡδονῶν τῶν διὰ τὴν ἀκρασίαν ἐκείνοις συμβαινουσῶν οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο μετασχεῖν, τῆς δὲ δόξης τῆς διὰ τὴν πονηρίαν γιγνομένης αὐτὸς ἂν τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος ἀπολαύσειεν. ἔπειτα τίνας ἂν καὶ διαφθείραιεν, καὶ τοὺς πῶς διακειμένους λάβοιεν ἂν μαθητάς; ἄξιον γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα διελθεῖν.
πότερον τοὺς ἤδη κακοήθεις ὄντας καὶ πονηρούς; καὶ τίς ἄν, ἃ παρὰ τῆς αὑτοῦ φύσεως ἐπίσταται, ταῦτα παρʼ ἑτέρου μανθάνειν ἐπιχειρήσειεν; ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ χρηστῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐπιθυμοῦντας; ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς κακόν τι λέγουσιν ἢ πράττουσι διαλεχθῆναι τολμήσειεν.
ἡδέως δʼ ἂν κἀκεῖνο πυθοίμην παρὰ τῶν χαλεπῶς ἐχόντων πρὸς ἡμᾶς, τίνα ποτὲ γνώμην ἔχουσι περὶ τῶν ἐκ Σικελίας καὶ τοῦ Πόντου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τόπων δεῦρο πλεόντων, ἵνα παιδευθῶσι. πότερον αὐτοὺς οἴονται σπανίζοντας ἐκεῖ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐνθάδε ποιεῖσθαι τὴν πορείαν; ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ πολλὴν ἀφθονίαν εὕροι τις ἂν τῶν συμπονηρεύεσθαι καὶ συνεξαμαρτάνειν βουλομένων. ἀλλʼ ἵνα κακοπράγμονες καὶ συκοφάνται γένωνται,
πολλὰ χρήματα τελέσαντες; ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν οἱ ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν γνώμην πολὺ ἂν ἥδιον τὰ τῶν ἄλλων λάβοιεν ἢ δοῖεν ἑτέροις ὁτιοῦν τῶν σφετέρων αὐτῶν· ἔτι δὲ τίνες ἂν ὑπὲρ πονηρίας ἀργύριον ἀναλώσαιεν, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς μηδὲν δαπανηθεῖσιν εἶναι τοιούτοις, ὁπόταν βουληθῶσιν; οὐ γὰρ μαθεῖν ἀλλʼ ἐπιχειρῆσαι μόνον δεῖ τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν ἔργων.
Sections 226–230
ἀλλὰ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ πλέουσι καὶ χρήματα διδόασι καὶ πάντα ποιοῦσι νομίζοντες αὐτοί τε βελτίους γενήσεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ἐνθάδε παιδεύοντας πολὺ φρονιμωτέρους εἶναι τῶν παρὰ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς· ἐφʼ οἷς ἄξιον ἦν ἅπαντας τοὺς πολίτας φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς αἰτίους τῇ πόλει τῆς δόξης ταύτης γενομένους.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὕτω τινὲς ἀγνωμόνως ἔχουσιν ὥστʼ εἰδότες καὶ τοὺς ξένους τοὺς ἀφικνουμένους καὶ τοὺς προεστῶτας τῆς παιδείας οὐδὲν κακὸν ἐπιτηδεύοντας, ἀλλʼ ἀπραγμονεστάτους μὲν ὄντας τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ πλείστην ἡσυχίαν ἄγοντας, προσέχοντας δὲ τὸν νοῦν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς συνουσίας μετʼ ἀλλήλων ποιουμένους,
ἔτι δὲ τὰ καθʼ ἡμέραν εὐτελέστατα καὶ κοσμιώτατα ζῶντας, καὶ τῶν λόγων ἐπιθυμοῦντας οὐ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις συμβολαίοις λεγομένων οὐδὲ τῶν λυπούντων τινάς, ἀλλὰ τῶν παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκιμούντων, ὅμως τολμῶσι βλασφημεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ λέγειν ὡς ταύτην ποιοῦνται τὴν μελέτην, ἵνʼ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον πλεονεκτῶσι.
καί τοι τίνες ἂν ἀδικίαν καὶ κακίαν ἀσκοῦντες σωφρονέστερον τῶν ἄλλων ζῆν ἐθελήσαιεν; τίνας δὲ πώποθʼ ἑωράκασιν οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες ἀναβαλλομένους καὶ θησαυριζομένους τὰς πονηρίας, ἀλλʼ οὐκ εὐθὺς τῇ φύσει τῇ παρούσῃ χρωμένους;
χωρὶς δὲ τούτων, εἴπερ ἡ περὶ τοὺς λόγους δεινότης ποιεῖ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύειν, προσῆκεν ἅπαντας τοὺς δυναμένους εἰπεῖν πολυπράγμονας καὶ συκοφάντας εἶναι· τὸ γὰρ αἴτιον ἐν ἅπασι ταὐτὸ πέφυκεν ἐνεργάζεσθαι.
Sections 231–235
νῦν δʼ εὑρήσετε καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι πολιτευομένων καὶ τῶν νεωστὶ τετελευτηκότων τοὺς πλείστην ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν λόγων ποιουμένους βελτίστους ὄντας τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα παριόντων, ἔτι δὲ τῶν παλαιῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους ῥήτορας καὶ μεγίστην δόξαν λαβόντας πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους τῇ πόλει γεγενημένους, ἀρξαμένους ἀπὸ Σόλωνος.
ἐκεῖνός τε γὰρ προστάτης τοῦ δήμου καταστὰς οὕτως ἐνομοθέτησε καὶ τὰ πράγματα διέταξε καὶ τὴν πόλιν κατεσκεύασεν, ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀγαπᾶσθαι τὴν διοίκησιν τὴν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου συνταχθεῖσαν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Κλεισθένης ἐκπεσὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑπὸ τῶν τυράννων, λόγῳ πείσας τοὺς Ἀμφικτύονας δανεῖσαι τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ χρημάτων αὑτῷ, τόν τε δῆμον κατήγαγε καὶ τοὺς τυράννους ἐξέβαλε καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν ἐκείνην κατέστησε, τὴν αἰτίαν τοῖς Ἕλλησι τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν γενομένην·
ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ Θεμιστοκλῆς ἡγεμὼν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ Περσικῷ γενόμενος, συμβουλεύσας τοῖς προγόνοις ἡμῶν ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πόλιν, (ὃ τίς ἂν οἷός τʼ ἐγένετο πεῖσαι μὴ πολὺ τῷ λόγῳ διενεγκών;) εἰς τοῦτʼ αὐτῶν τὰ πράγματα προήγαγεν ὥστʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας ἀνάστατοι γενόμενοι πολὺν χρόνον δεσπόται τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέστησαν·
τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον Περικλῆς καὶ δημαγωγὸς ὢν ἀγαθὸς καὶ ῥήτωρ ἄριστος οὕτως ἐκόσμησε τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοῖς ἱεροῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀναθήμασι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, ὥστʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν τοὺς εἰσαφικνουμένους εἰς αὐτὴν νομίζειν μὴ μόνον ἄρχειν ἀξίαν εἶναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν οὐκ ἐλάττω μυρίων ταλάντων ἀνήνεγκε.
καὶ τούτων τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν τηλικαῦτα διαπραξαμένων οὐδεὶς λόγων ἠμέλησεν, ἀλλὰ τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων προσέσχον αὐτοῖς τὸν νοῦν, ὥστε Σόλων μὲν τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφιστῶν ἐκλήθη καὶ ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν, τὴν νῦν ἀτιμαζομένην καὶ κρινομένην παρʼ ὑμῖν, Περικλῆς δὲ δυοῖν ἐγένετο μαθητής, Ἀναξαγόρου τε τοῦ Κλαζομενίου καὶ Δάμωνος, τοῦ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον φρονιμωτάτου δόξαντος εἶναι τῶν πολιτῶν.
Sections 236–240
ὥστʼ ἐκ τίνων ἄν τις ὑμῖν σαφέστερον ἐπιδείξειεν ὡς οὐχ αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ τῶν λόγων κακοπράγμονας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιοῦσιν; ἀλλʼ οἱ τοιαύτην φύσιν ἔχοντες, οἵαν περ ὁ κατήγορος, πονηροῖς οἶμαι καὶ τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι χρώμενοι διατελοῦσιν.
ἔχω δὲ δεῖξαι καὶ τόπους ἐν οἷς ἔξεστιν ἰδεῖν τοῖς βουλομένοις τοὺς πολυπράγμονας καὶ τοὺς ταῖς αἰτίαις ἐνόχους ὄντας ἃς οὗτοι τοῖς σοφισταῖς ἐπιφέρουσιν. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς σανίσι ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐκτιθεμέναις ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν, ἐν μὲν ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν θεσμοθετῶν ἀμφοτέρους ἐνεῖναι, τούς τε τὴν πόλιν ἀδικοῦντας καὶ τοὺς συκοφαντοῦντας, ἐν δὲ ταῖς τῶν ἕνδεκα τούς τε κακουργοῦντας καὶ τοὺς τούτοις ἐφεστῶτας, ἐν δὲ ταῖς τῶν τετταράκοντα τούς τʼ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις πράγμασιν ἀδικοῦντας καὶ τοὺς μὴ δικαίως ἐγκαλοῦντας·
ἐν αἷς τοῦτον μὲν καὶ τοὺς τούτου φίλους εὕροιτʼ ἂν ἐν πολλαῖς ἐγγεγραμμένους, ἐμὲ δὲ καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐμοὶ διατριβὴν ὄντας οὐδʼ ἐν μιᾷ τούτων ἐνόντας, ἀλλʼ οὕτω τὰ περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς διοικοῦντας ὥστε μηδὲν δεῖσθαι τῶν ἀγώνων τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν.
καί τοι τοὺς μήτʼ ἐν ταῖς πραγματείαις ταύταις ὄντας μήτʼ ἀκολάστως ζῶντας μήτε περὶ ἄλλην πρᾶξιν μηδεμίαν αἰσχρὰν γεγενημένους πῶς οὐκ ἐπαινεῖσθαι προσήκει μᾶλλον ἢ κρίνεσθαι; δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι τοιαῦτα τοὺς συνόντας παιδεύομεν, οἷά περ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνομεν ἐπιτηδεύοντες.
ἔτι τοίνυν γνώσεσθε σαφέστερον ἐκ τῶν ῥηθήσεσθαι μελλόντων ὡς πόρρω τοῦ διαφθείρειν τοὺς νεωτέρους ἐσμέν. εἰ γάρ τι τοιοῦτον ἐποιοῦμεν, οὐκ ἂν Λυσίμαχος ἦν ὁ λυπούμενος ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν οὐδʼ ἄλλος οὐδεὶς τῶν τοιούτων, ἀλλὰ τοὺς πατέρας ἂν ἑωρᾶτε τῶν συνόντων ἡμῖν καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους ἀγανακτοῦντας καὶ γραφομένους καὶ δίκην ζητοῦντας παρʼ ἡμῶν λαμβάνειν.
Sections 241–245
νῦν δʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν συνιστᾶσι τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς αὑτῶν, καὶ χρήματα διδόασι, καὶ χαίρουσιν ὁπόταν ὁρῶσιν αὐτοὺς μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἡμερεύοντας, οἱ δὲ συκοφάνται διαβάλλουσι καὶ πράγματα παρέχουσιν ἡμῖν, ὧν τίνες ἂν ἥδιον ἴδοιεν πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν διαφθειρομένους καὶ πονηροὺς γιγνομένους; ἴσασι γὰρ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐν μὲν τοῖς τοιούτοις δυναστεύοντας, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν καὶ νοῦν ἐχόντων ἀπολλυμένους, ὁπόταν ληφθῶσιν.
ὥσθʼ οὗτοι μὲν σωφρονοῦσιν ἀναιρεῖν ζητοῦντες ἁπάσας τὰς τοιαύτας διατριβάς, ἐν αἷς ἡγοῦνται βελτίους γενομένους χαλεπωτέρους ἔσεσθαι ταῖς αὑτῶν πονηρίαις καὶ συκοφαντίαις, ὑμᾶς δὲ προσήκει τἀναντία τούτοις πράττειν, καὶ ταῦτα νομίζειν εἶναι κάλλιστα τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων οἷς ἂν τούτους ὁρᾶτε μάλιστα πολεμοῦντας.
ἄτοπον δέ τι τυγχάνω πεπονθώς· εἰρήσεται γὰρ, εἰ καί τινες λίαν εὐμετάβολον εἶναί με φήσουσιν. ὀλίγῳ μὲν γὰρ πρότερον ἔλεγον ὡς πολλοὶ τῶν καλῶν κἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν διεψευσμένοι τῆς φιλοσοφίας τραχύτερον πρὸς αὐτὴν ἔχουσι· νῦν δʼ οὕτως ἐναργεῖς ὑπείληφα τοὺς λόγους εἶναι τοὺς εἰρημένους καὶ πᾶσι φανερούς, ὥστʼ οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖν μοι δοκεῖ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς, οὐδὲ καταγιγνώσκειν ἡμῶν ὡς διαφθείρομεν τοὺς μαθητάς, οὐδὲ πεπονθέναι τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν οἷον αὐτοὺς ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ᾐτιώμην·
ἀλλʼ εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν καὶ τὸ νῦν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ μοι παρεστηκός, ἡγοῦμαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοτίμως μοι διακειμένους ἐπιθυμητικῶς ἔχοντας τοῦ φρονεῖν εὖ καὶ λέγειν αὐτοὺς μὲν ἀμελεῖν τούτων, τοὺς μὲν διὰ ῥᾳθυμίαν, τοὺς δὲ καταμεμφομένους τὴν φύσιν τὴν αὑτῶν, τοὺς δὲ διʼ ἄλλας τινὰς προφάσεις (παμπληθεῖς δʼ εἰσί),
πρὸς δὲ τοὺς πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιουμένους καὶ τυχεῖν βουλομένους ὧν εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοὶ καθεστᾶσι, δυσκόλως ἔχειν καὶ ζηλοτυπεῖν καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τεταραγμένως διακεῖσθαι καὶ πεπονθέναι παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐρῶσι· τίνα γὰρ ἄν τις αὐτοῖς ἐπενεγκεῖν αἰτίαν ἔχοι πρεπωδεστέραν ταύτης;
Sections 246–250
οἵτινες μακαρίζουσι μὲν καὶ ζηλοῦσι τοὺς καλῶς χρῆσθαι τῷ λόγῳ δυναμένους, ἐπιτιμῶσι δὲ τῶν νεωτέρων τοῖς τυχεῖν ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς βουλομένοις. καὶ τοῖς μὲν θεοῖς οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εὔξαιτο μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὸς δύνασθαι λέγειν, εἰ δὲ μή, τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους τοὺς αὑτοῦ·
τοὺς δὲ πόνῳ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ τοῦτο κατεργάσασθαι πειρωμένους, ὃ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτοὶ βούλονται λαβεῖν, οὐδέν φασι τῶν δεόντων πράττειν, ἀλλʼ ἐνίοτε μὲν ὡς ἐξηπατημένων καὶ πεφενακισμένων προσποιοῦνται καταγελᾶν αὐτῶν, ὁπόταν δὲ τύχωσι, μεταβαλόντες ὡς περὶ πλεονεκτεῖν δυναμένων τοὺς λόγους ποιοῦνται.
καὶ συμβούλοις μέν, ὅταν κίνδυνός τις καταλάβῃ τὴν πόλιν, τοῖς ἄριστα περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων λέγουσι, τούτοις χρῶνται, καὶ πράττουσιν ὅ τι ἂν οἱ τοιοῦτοι παραινέσωσι· περὶ δὲ τοὺς ἔργον ποιουμένους ὅπως χρησίμους αὑτοὺς ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς τοῖς τοιούτοις τῇ πόλει παρασχήσουσι, βλασφημεῖν οἴονται χρῆναι. καὶ Θηβαίοις μὲν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐχθροῖς τὴν ἀμαθίαν ὀνειδίζουσι, τοὺς δʼ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζητοῦντας τὴν νόσον ταύτην διαφυγεῖν λοιδοροῦντες διατελοῦσιν.
ὃ δʼ οὐ μόνον ταραχῆς σημεῖόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ὀλιγωρίας· τὴν μὲν γὰρ Πειθὼ μίαν τῶν θεῶν νομίζουσιν εἶναι, καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁρῶσι καθʼ ἕκαστον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν θυσίαν αὐτῇ ποιουμένην, τοὺς δὲ τῆς δυνάμεως ἧς ἡ θεὸς ἔχει μετασχεῖν βουλομένους ὡς κακοῦ πράγματος ἐπιθυμοῦντας διαφθείρεσθαί φασιν.
ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, ὅτι προκρίναιεν μὲν ἂν τὴν ψυχὴν σπουδαιοτέραν εἶναι τοῦ σώματος, οὕτω δὲ γιγνώσκοντες ἀποδέχονται μᾶλλον τοὺς γυμναζομένους τῶν φιλοσοφούντων. καί τοι πῶς οὐκ ἄλογον τοὺς τοῦ φαυλοτέρου ποιουμένους τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἐπαινεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς τοῦ σπουδαιοτέρου, καὶ ταῦτα πάντων εἰδότων διὰ μὲν εὐεξίαν σώματος οὐδὲν πώποτε τὴν πόλιν τῶν ἐλλογίμων ἔργων διαπραξαμένην, διὰ δὲ φρόνησιν ἀνδρὸς εὐδαιμονεστάτην καὶ μεγίστην τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων γενομένην;
Sections 251–255
πολὺ δʼ ἄν τις ἔχοι πλείους τούτων ἐναντιώσεις συναγαγεῖν τῶν ἀκμαζόντων τε μᾶλλον ἢ ʼγὼ καὶ τοῦ καιροῦ τοῦ παρόντος μὴ φροντιζόντων· ἐπεὶ καὶ τάδε περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων ἔνεστιν εἰπεῖν. φέρε γὰρ εἴ τινες πολλὰ χρήματα παρὰ τῶν προγόνων παραλαβόντες τῇ μὲν πόλει μηδὲν εἶεν χρήσιμοι, τοὺς δὲ πολίτας ὑβρίζοιεν καὶ τούς τε παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας αἰσχύνοιεν, ἔστιν ὅστις ἂν τοὺς αἰτίους τοῦ πλούτου μέμψασθαι τολμήσειεν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας κολάζειν ἀξιώσειε;
τί δʼ εἴ τινες ὁπλομαχεῖν μαθόντες πρὸς μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους μὴ χρῷντο ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις, ἐπανάστασιν δὲ ποιήσαντες πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν διαφθείραιεν, ἢ καὶ πυκτεύειν καὶ παγκρατιάζειν ὡς οἷόν τʼ ἄριστα παιδευθέντες τῶν μὲν ἀγώνων ἀμελοῖεν, τοὺς δʼ ἀπαντῶντας τύπτοιεν, τίς οὐκ ἂν τούτων τοὺς μὲν διδασκάλους ἐπαινέσειε, τοὺς δὲ κακῶς χρωμένους οἷς ἔμαθον ἀποκτείνειεν;
οὐκοῦν χρὴ καὶ περὶ τῶν λόγων τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν διάνοιαν ἥν περ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ μὴ περὶ τῶν ὁμοίων τἀναντία γιγνώσκειν, μηδὲ πρὸς τοιοῦτο πρᾶγμα δυσμενῶς φαίνεσθαι διακειμένους, ὃ πάντων τῶν ἐνόντων ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσει πλείστων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιόν ἐστι. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοις οἷς ἔχομεν, ὅ περ ἤδη καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων ζώων διαφέρομεν, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν καὶ τῷ τάχει καὶ τῇ ῥώμῃ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις εὐπορίαις καταδεέστεροι τυγχάνομεν ὄντες·
ἐγγενομένου δʼ ἡμῖν τοῦ πείθειν ἀλλήλους καὶ δηλοῦν πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περὶ ὧν ἂν βουληθῶμεν, οὐ μόνον τοῦ θηριωδῶς ζῆν ἀπηλλάγημεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνελθόντες πόλεις ᾠκίσαμεν καὶ νόμους ἐθέμεθα καὶ τέχνας εὕρομεν, καὶ σχεδὸν ἅπαντα τὰ διʼ ἡμῶν μεμηχανημένα λόγος ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὁ συγκατασκευάσας.
οὗτος γὰρ περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ τῶν ἀδίκων καὶ τῶν καλῶν καὶ τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἐνομοθέτησεν, ὧν μὴ διαταχθέντων οὐκ ἂν οἷοί τʼ ἦμεν οἰκεῖν μετʼ ἀλλήλων. τούτῳ καὶ τοὺς κακοὺς ἐξελέγχομεν καὶ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἐγκωμιάζομεν. διὰ τούτου τοὺς τʼ ἀνοήτους παιδεύομεν καὶ τοὺς φρονίμους δοκιμάζομεν· τὸ γὰρ λέγειν ὡς δεῖ τοῦ φρονεῖν εὖ μέγιστον σημεῖον ποιούμεθα, καὶ λόγος ἀληθὴς καὶ νόμιμος καὶ δίκαιος ψυχῆς ἀγαθῆς καὶ πιστῆς εἴδωλόν ἐστι.
Sections 256–260
μετὰ τούτου καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητησίμων ἀγωνιζόμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀγνοουμένων σκοπούμεθα· ταῖς γὰρ πίστεσιν, αἷς τοὺς ἄλλους λέγοντες πείθομεν, ταῖς αὐταῖς ταύταις βουλευόμενοι χρώμεθα, καὶ ῥητορικοὺς μὲν καλοῦμεν τοὺς ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυναμένους, εὐβούλους δὲ νομίζομεν οἵτινες ἂν αὐτοὶ πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἄριστα περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων διαλεχθῶσιν.
εἰ δὲ δεῖ συλλήβδην περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως ταύτης εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲν τῶν φρονίμως πραττομένων εὑρήσομεν ἀλόγως γιγνόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἔργων καὶ τῶν διανοημάτων ἁπάντων ἡγεμόνα λόγον ὄντα, καὶ μάλιστα χρωμένους αὐτῷ τοὺς πλεῖστον νοῦν ἔχοντας. ὧν οὐδὲν ἐνθυμηθεὶς Λυσίμαχος κατηγορεῖν ἐτόλμησε τῶν ἐπιθυμούντων τοιούτου πράγματος, ὃ τοσούτων τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τηλικούτων τὸ μέγεθος ἀγαθῶν αἴτιόν ἐστιν.
καὶ τί δεῖ τούτου θαυμάζειν, ὅπου καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰς ἔριδας σπουδαζόντων ἔνιοί τινες ὁμοίως βλασφημοῦσι περὶ τῶν λόγων τῶν κοινῶν καὶ τῶν χρησίμων ὥσπερ οἱ φαυλότατοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντες τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν, οὐδʼ ὅτι τάχιστʼ ἂν οὗτοι τοὺς χρωμένους ὠφελήσαιεν, ἀλλʼ ἐλπίζοντες, ἢν τούτους διαβάλλωσι, τοὺς αὑτῶν ἐντιμοτέρους ποιήσειν.
περὶ ὧν δυνηθείην μὲν ἂν ἴσως διαλεχθῆναι πολὺ πικρότερον ἢ ʼκεῖνοι περὶ ἡμῶν, οὐδέτερον δʼ οἶμαι δεῖν, οὔθʼ ὅμοιος γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ φθόνου διεφθαρμένοις, οὔτε ψέγειν τοὺς μηδὲν μὲν κακὸν τοὺς συνόντας ἐργαζομένους, ἧττον δʼ ἑτέρων εὐεργετεῖν δυναμένους. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ μικρά γε μνησθήσομαι περὶ αὐτῶν, μάλιστα μὲν ὅτι κἀκεῖνοι περὶ ἡμῶν, ἔπειθʼ ὅπως ἂν ὑμεῖς σαφέστερον εἰδότες τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν οὕτω διακέησθε πρὸς ἑκάστους ἡμῶν ὥσπερ δίκαιόν ἐστι,
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἵνα καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσω φανερόν, ὅτι περὶ τοὺς πολιτικοὺς λόγους ἡμεῖς ὄντες, οὓς ἐκεῖνοί φασιν εἶναι φιλαπεχθήμονας, πολὺ πραότεροι τυγχάνομεν αὐτῶν ὄντες· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀεί τι περὶ ἡμῶν φλαῦρον λέγουσιν, ἐγὼ δʼ οὐδὲν ἂν εἴποιμι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἀληθείαις χρήσομαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
Sections 261–265
ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἐριστικοῖς λόγοις δυναστεύοντας καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν ἀστρολογίαν καὶ τὴν γεωμετρίαν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν μαθημάτων διατρίβοντας οὐ βλάπτειν ἀλλʼ ὠφελεῖν τοὺς συνόντας, ἐλάττω μὲν ὧν ὑπισχνοῦνται, πλείω δʼ ὧν τοῖς ἄλλοις δοκοῦσιν.
οἱ μὲν γὰρ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπειλήφασιν ἀδολεσχίαν καὶ μικρολογίαν εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν μαθημάτων· οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων οὔτʼ ἐπὶ τῶν κοινῶν εἶναι χρήσιμον, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐν ταῖς μνείαις οὐδὲνα χρόνον ἐμμένειν ταῖς τῶν μαθόντων διὰ τὸ μήτε τῷ βίω παρακολουθεῖν μήτε ταῖς πράξεσιν ἐπαμύνειν, ἀλλʼ ἔξω παντάπασιν εἶναι τῶν ἀναγκαίων.
ἐγὼ δʼ οὔθʼ οὕτως οὔτε πόρρω τούτων ἔγνωκα περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ οἵ τε νομίζοντες μηδὲν χρησίμην εἶναι τὴν παιδείαν ταύτην πρὸς τὰς πράξεις ὀρθῶς μοι δοκοῦσι γιγνώσκειν, οἵ τʼ ἐπαινοῦντες αὐτὴν ἀληθῆ λέγειν. διὰ τοῦτο δʼ οὐχ ὁμολογούμενον αὐτὸν αὑτῷ τὸν λόγον εἴρηκα, διότι καὶ ταῦτα τὰ μαθήματα τὴν φύσιν οὐδὲν ὁμοίαν ἔχει τοῖς ἄλλοις οἷς διδασκόμεθα.
τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα τότʼ ὠφελεῖν ἡμᾶς πέφυκεν, ὅταν λάβωμεν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ταῦτα δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἀπηκριβωμένους οὐδὲν ἂν εὐεργετήσειε, πλὴν τοὺς ἐντεῦθεν ζῆν προῃρημένους, τοὺς δὲ μανθάνοντας ὀνίνησι· περὶ γὰρ τὴν περιττολογίαν καὶ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τῆς ἀστρολογίας καὶ γεωμετρίας διατρίβοντες,
καὶ δυσκαταμαθήτοις πράγμασιν ἀναγκαζόμενοι προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ἔτι δὲ συνεθιζόμενοι λέγειν καὶ πονεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ δεικνυμένοις καὶ μὴ πεπλανημένην ἔχειν τὴν διάνοιαν, ἐν τούτοις γυμνασθέντες καὶ παροξυνθέντες ῥᾷον καὶ θᾶττον τὰ σπουδαιότερα καὶ πλέονος ἄξια τῶν πραγμάτων ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ μανθάνειν δύνανται.
Sections 266–270
φιλοσοφίαν μὲν οὖν οὐκ οἶμαι δεῖν προσαγορεύειν τὴν μηδὲν ἐν τῷ παρόντι μήτε πρὸς τὸ λέγειν μήτε πρὸς τὸ πράττειν ὠφελοῦσαν, γυμνασίαν μέντοι τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ παρασκευὴν φιλοσοφίας καλῶ τὴν διατριβὴν τὴν τοιαύτην, ἀνδρικωτέραν μὲν ἧς οἱ παῖδες ἐν τοῖς διδασκαλείοις ποιοῦνται, τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα παραπλησίαν·
καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων οἱ περὶ τὴν γραμματικὴν καὶ τὴν μουσικὴν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην παιδείαν διαπονηθέντες πρὸς μὲν τὸ βέλτιον εἰπεῖν ἢ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων οὐδεμίαν πω λαμβάνουσιν ἐπίδοσιν, αὐτοὶ δʼ αὑτῶν εὐμαθέστεροι γίγνονται πρὸς τὰ μείζω καὶ σπουδαιότερα τῶν μαθημάτων.
διατρῖψαι μὲν οὖν περὶ τὰς παιδείας ταύτας χρόνον τινὰ συμβουλεύσαιμʼ ἂν τοῖς νεωτέροις, μὴ μέντοι περιιδεῖν τὴν αὑτῶν κατασκελετευθεῖσαν ἐπὶ τούτοις, μηδʼ ἐξοκείλασαν εἰς τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τῶν παλαιῶν σοφιστῶν, ὧν ὁ μὲν ἄπειρον τὸ πλῆθος ἔφησεν εἶναι τῶν ὄντων, Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δὲ τέτταρα, καὶ νεῖκος καὶ φιλίαν ἐν αὐτοῖς, Ἴων δʼ οὐ πλείω τριῶν, Ἀλκμαίων δὲ δύο μόνα, Παρμενίδης δὲ καὶ Μέλισσος ἕν, Γοργίας δὲ παντελῶς οὐδέν.
ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ τὰς μὲν τοιαύτας περιττολογίας ὁμοίας εἶναι ταῖς θαυματοποιίαις, ταῖς οὐδὲν μὲν ὠφελούσαις ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν ἀνοήτων περιστάτοις γιγνομέναις, δεῖν δὲ τοὺς προὔργου τι ποιεῖν βουλομένους καὶ τῶν λόγων τοὺς ματαίους καὶ τῶν πράξεων τὰς μηδὲν πρὸς τὸν βίον φερούσας ἀναιρεῖν ἐξ ἁπασῶν τῶν διατριβῶν.
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἀπόχρη μοι τὸ νῦν εἶναι ταῦτʼ εἰρηκέναι καὶ συμβεβουλευκέναι· περὶ δὲ σοφίας καὶ φιλοσοφίας τοῖς μὲν περὶ ἄλλων τινῶν ἀγωνιζομένοις οὐκ ἂν ἁρμόσειε λέγειν περὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων τούτων (ἔστι γὰρ ἀλλότρια πάσαις ταῖς πραγματείαις), ἐμοὶ δʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ κρίνομαι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων καὶ τὴν καλουμένην ὑπό τινων φιλοσοφίαν οὐκ εἶναι φημί, προσήκει τὴν δικαίως ἂν νομιζομένην ὁρίσαι καὶ δηλῶσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἁπλῶς δέ πως τυγχάνω γιγνώσκων περὶ αὐτῶν.
Sections 271–275
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ φύσει τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστήμην λαβεῖν ἣν ἔχοντες ἂν εἰδεῖμεν ὅ τι πρακτέον ἤ λεκτέον ἐστίν, ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν σοφοὺς μὲν νομίζω τοὺς ταῖς δόξαις ἐπιτυγχάνειν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τοῦ βελτίστου δυναμένους, φιλοσόφους δὲ τοὺς ἐν τούτοις διατρίβοντας ἐξ ὧν τάχιστα λήψονται τὴν τοιαύτην φρόνησιν.
ἃ δʼ ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ταύτην ἔχοντα τὴν δύναμιν, ἔχω μὲν εἰπεῖν, ὀκνῶ δὲ λέγειν· οὕτω γάρ ἐστι σφόδρα καὶ παράδοξα καὶ πολὺ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἀφεστῶτα διανοίας, ὥστε φοβοῦμαι μὴ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῶν ἀκούσαντες θορύβου καὶ βοῆς ἅπαν ἐμπλήσητε τὸ δικαστήριον. ὅμως δὲ καὶ περ οὕτω διακείμενος ἐπιχειρήσω διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν· αἰσχύνομαι γὰρ εἴ τισι δόξω δεδιὼς ὑπὲρ γήρως καὶ μικροῦ βίου προδιδόναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
δέομαι δʼ ὑμῶν μὴ προκαταγνῶναί μου τοιαύτην μανίαν, ὡς ἄρʼ ἐγὼ κινδυνεύων προειλόμην ἂν λόγους εἰπεῖν ἐναντίους ταῖς ὑμετέραις γνώμαις, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις ἀκολούθους αὐτοὺς ἐνόμιζον εἶναι, καὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις ἀληθεῖς καὶ σαφεῖς ᾤμην ἔχειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν.
ἡγοῦμαι δὲ τοιαύτην μὲν τέχνην, ἥτις τοῖς κακῶς πεφυκόσιν ἀρετὴν ἐνεργάσαιτʼ ἂν καὶ δικαιοσύνην, οὔτε πρότερον οὔτε νῦν οὐδεμίαν εἶναι, τούς τε τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ποιουμένους περὶ αὐτῶν πρότερον ἀπερεῖν καὶ παύσεσθαι ληροῦντας, πρὶν εὑρεθῆναί τινα παιδείαν τοιαύτην,
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ αὐτούς γʼ αὑτῶν βελτίους ἂν γίγνεσθαι καὶ πλέονος ἀξίους, εἰ πρός τε τὸ λέγειν εὖ φιλοτίμως διατεθεῖεν, καὶ τοῦ πείθειν δύνασθαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἐρασθεῖεν, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις τῆς πλεονεξίας ἐπιθυμήσαιεν, μὴ τῆς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνοήτων νομιζομένης, ἀλλὰ τῆς ὡς ἀληθῶς τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην ἐχούσης.
Sections 276–280
καὶ ταῦθʼ ὡς οὕτω πέφυκε, ταχέως οἶμαι δηλώσειν. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὁ λέγειν ἢ γράφειν προαιρούμενος λόγους ἀξίους ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῆς οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ποιήσεται τὰς ὑποθέσεις ἀδίκους ἢ μικρὰς ἢ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμβολαίων, ἀλλὰ μεγάλας καὶ καλὰς καὶ φιλανθρώπους καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων· μὴ γὰρ τοιαύτας εὑρίσκων οὐδὲν διαπράξεται τῶν δεόντων.
ἔπειτα τῶν πράξεων τῶν συντεινουσῶν πρὸς τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἐκλέξεται τὰς πρεπωδεστάτας καὶ μάλιστα συμφερούσας· ὁ δὲ τὰς τοιαύτας συνεθιζόμενος θεωρεῖν καὶ δοκιμάζειν οὐ μόνον περὶ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα λόγον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις τὴν αὐτὴν ἕξει ταύτην δύναμιν, ὥσθʼ ἅμα τὸ λέγειν εὖ καὶ τὸ φρονεῖν παραγενήσεται τοῖς φιλοσόφως καὶ φιλοτίμως πρὸς τοὺς λόγους διακειμένοις.
καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ ὁ πείθειν τινὰς βουλόμενος ἀμελήσει τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἀλλὰ τούτῳ μάλιστα προσέξει τὸν νοῦν, ὅπως δόξαν ὡς ἐπιεικεστάτην λήψεται παρὰ τοῖς συμπολιτευομένοις. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε καὶ τοὺς λόγους ἀληθεστέρους δοκοῦντας εἶναι τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν εὖ διακειμένων λεγομένους ἢ τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν διαβεβλημένων, καὶ τὰς πίστεις μεῖζον δυναμένας τὰς ἐκ τοῦ βίου γεγενημένας ἢ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου πεπορισμένας; ὥσθʼ ὅσῳ ἄν τις ἐρρωμενεστέρως ἐπιθυμῇ πείθειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἀσκήσει καλὸς κἀγαθὸς εἶναι καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις εὐδοκιμεῖν.
καὶ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν οἰέσθω τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἅπαντας γιγνώσκειν ὅσην ἔχει ῥοπὴν εἰς τὸ πείθειν τὸ τοῖς κρίνουσιν ἀρέσκειν, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντας μόνους ἀγνοεῖν τὴν τῆς εὐνοίας δύναμιν· πολὺ γὰρ ἀκριβέστερον τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ταῦτʼ ἴσασι,
καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὅτι τὰ μὲν εἰκότα καὶ τὰ τεκμήρια καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῶν πίστεων εἶδος τοῦτο μόνον ὠφελεῖ τὸ μέρος, ἐφʼ ᾧ ἂν αὐτῶν ἕκαστον τύχῃ ῥηθέν, τὸ δὲ δοκεῖν εἶναι καλὸν κἀγαθὸν οὐ μόνον τὸν λόγον πιστότερον ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς πράξεις τοῦ τὴν τοιαύτην δόξαν ἔχοντος ἐντιμοτέρας κατέστησεν, ὑπὲρ οὗ σπουδαστέον ἐστὶ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι μᾶλλον ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων.
Sections 281–285
τὸ τοίνυν περὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ δυσχερέστατον ἦν τῶν ῥηθέντων· εἰ μέν τις ὑπολαμβάνει τοὺς ἀποστεροῦντας ἢ παραλογιζομένους ἢ κακόν τι ποιοῦντας πλεονεκτεῖν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἔγνωκεν· οὐδένες γὰρ ἐν ἅπαντι τῷ βίῳ μᾶλλον ἐλαττοῦνται τῶν τοιούτων, οὐδʼ ἐν πλέοσιν ἀπορίαις εἰσίν, οὐδʼ ἐπονειδιστότερον ζῶσιν, οὐδʼ ὅλως ἀθλιώτεροι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες·
χρὴ δὲ καὶ νῦν πλέον ἔχειν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ πλεονεκτήσειν νομίζειν παρὰ μὲν τῶν θεῶν τοὺς εὐσεβεστάτους καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τὴν ἐκείνων ἐπιμελεστάτους ὄντας, παρὰ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς ἄριστα πρὸς τούτους μεθʼ ὧν ἂν οἰκῶσι καὶ πολιτεύωνται διακειμένους καὶ τοὺς βελτίστους αὐτοὺς εἶναι δοκοῦντας.
καὶ ταῦτα καὶ ταῖς ἀληθείαις οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ συμφέρει τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον λέγεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἐπεὶ νῦν γʼ οὕτως ἀνέστραπται καὶ συγκέχυται πολλὰ τῶν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἔνιοί τινες ἔτι χρῶνται κατὰ φύσιν, ἀλλὰ μεταφέρουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν καλλίστων πραγμάτων ἐπὶ τὰ φαυλότατα τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων.
τοὺς μέν γε βωμολοχευομένους καὶ σκώπτειν καὶ μιμεῖσθαι δυναμένους εὐφυεῖς καλοῦσι, προσῆκον τῆς προσηγορίας ταύτης τυγχάνειν τοὺς ἄριστα πρὸς ἀρετὴν πεφυκότας· τοὺς δὲ ταῖς κακοηθείαις καὶ ταῖς κακουργίαις χρωμένους, καὶ μικρὰ μὲν λαμβάνοντας πονηρὰν δὲ δόξαν κτωμένους, πλεονεκτεῖν νομίζουσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοὺς ὁσιωτάτους καὶ δικαιοτάτους, οἳ περὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀλλʼ οὐ τῶν κακῶν πλεονεκτοῦσι·
τοὺς δὲ τῶν μὲν ἀναγκαίων ἀμελοῦντας, τὰς δὲ τῶν παλαιῶν σοφιστῶν τερατολογίας ἀγαπῶντας φιλοσοφεῖν φασιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα μανθάνοντας καὶ μελετῶντας ἐξ ὧν καὶ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον καὶ τὰ κοινὰ τὰ τῆς πόλεως καλῶς διοικήσουσιν, ὧνπερ ἕνεκα καὶ πονητέον καὶ φιλοσοφητέον καὶ πάντα πρακτέον ἐστίν. ἀφʼ ὧν ὑμεῖς πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ἀπελαύνετε τοὺς νεωτέρους, ἀποδεχόμενοι τοὺς λόγους τῶν διαβαλλόντων τὴν τοιαύτην παιδείαν.
Sections 286–290
καὶ γάρ τοι πεποιήκατε τοὺς μὲν ἐπιεικεστάτους αὐτῶν ἐν πότοις καὶ συνουσίαις καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαις καὶ παιδιαῖς τὴν ἡλικίαν διάγειν, ἀμελήσαντας τοῦ σπουδάζειν ὅπως ἔσονται βελτίους, τοὺς δὲ χείρω τὴν φύσιν ἔχοντας ἐν τοιαύταις ἀκολασίαις ἡμερεύειν, ἐν αἷς πρότερον οὐδʼ ἂν οἰκέτης ἐπιεικὴς οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμησεν·
οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἐννεακρούνου ψύχουσιν οἶνον, οἱ δʼ ἐν τοῖς καπηλείοις πίνουσιν, ἕτεροι δʼ ἐν τοῖς σκιραφείοις κυβεύουσι, πολλοὶ δʼ ἐν τοῖς τῶν αὐλητρίδων διδασκαλείοις διατρίβουσι. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ ταῦτα προτρέποντας οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν κήδεσθαι φασκόντων τῆς ἡλικίας ταύτης εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσήγαγεν· ἡμῖν δὲ κακὰ παρέχουσιν, οἷς ἄξιον ἦν, εἰ καὶ μηδενὸς ἄλλου, τούτου γε χάριν ἔχειν, ὅτι τοὺς συνόντας τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀποτρέπομεν.
οὕτω δʼ ἐστὶ δυσμενὲς ἅπασι τὸ τῶν συκοφαντῶν γένος, ὥστε τοῖς μὲν λυομένοις εἴκοσι καὶ τριάκοντα μνῶν τὰς μελλούσας καὶ τὸν ἄλλον οἶκον συναναιρήσειν οὐχ ὅπως ἂν ἐπιπλήξειαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγχαίρουσι ταῖς ἀσωτίαις αὐτῶν, τοὺς δʼ εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν παιδείαν ὁτιοῦν ἀναλίσκοντας διαφθείρεσθαί φασιν. ὧν τίνες ἂν ἀδικώτερον ἔχοιεν τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην;
οἵτινες ἐν ταύταις μὲν ταῖς ἀκμαῖς ὄντες ὑπερεῖδον τὰς ἡδονάς, ἐν αἷς οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν τηλικούτων μάλιστʼ αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, ἐξὸν δʼ αὐτοῖς ῥᾳθυμεῖν μηδὲν δαπανωμένοις εἵλοντο πονεῖν χρήματα τελέσαντες, ἄρτι δʼ ἐκ παίδων ἐξεληλυθότες ἔγνωσαν ἃ πολλοὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων οὐκ ἴσασιν,
ὅτι δεῖ τὸν ὀρθῶς καὶ πρεπόντως προεστῶτα τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ καλὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ βίου ποιούμενον αὑτοῦ πρότερον ἢ τῶν αὑτοῦ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, καὶ μὴ σπεύδειν μηδὲ ζητεῖν ἑτέρων ἄρχειν πρὶν ἂν τῆς αὑτοῦ διανοίας λάβῃ τὸν ἐπιστατήσοντα, μηδʼ οὕτω χαίρειν μηδὲ μέγα φρονεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγαθοῖς ὡς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ διὰ τὴν παιδείαν ἐγγιγνομένοις. καί τοι τοὺς τοιούτῳ λογισμῷ κεχρημένους πῶς οὐκ ἐπαινεῖσθαι χρὴ μᾶλλον ἢ ψέγεσθαι, καὶ νομίζεσθαι βελτίστους εἶναι καὶ σωφρονεστάτους τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν;
Sections 291–295
θαυμάζω δʼ ὅσοι τοὺς μὲν φύσει δεινοὺς ὄντας εἰπεῖν εὐδαιμονίζουσιν ὡς ἀγαθοῦ καὶ καλοῦ πράγματος αὐτοῖς συμβεβηκότος, τοὺς δὲ τοιούτους γενέσθαι βουλομένους λοιδοροῦσιν ὡς ἀδίκου καὶ κακοῦ παιδεύματος ἐπιθυμοῦντας. καί τοι τί τῶν φύσει καλῶν ὄντων μελέτῃ κατεργασθὲν αἰσχρὸν ἢ κακόν ἐστιν; οὐδὲν γὰρ εὑρήσομεν τοιοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ἔν γε τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπαινοῦμεν τοὺς ταῖς φιλοπονίαις ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀγαθόν τι κτήσασθαι δυνηθέντας μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν προγόνων παραλαβόντας,
εἰκότως· συμφέρει γὰρ ἐπί τε τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, καὶ μάλιστʼ ἐπὶ τῶν λόγων, μὴ τὰς εὐτυχίας ἀλλὰ τὰς ἐπιμελείας εὐδοκιμεῖν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ φύσει καὶ τύχῃ δεινοὶ γενόμενοι λέγειν οὐ πρὸς τὸ βέλτιστον ἀποβλέπουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἂν τύχωσιν, οὕτω χρῆσθαι τοῖς λόγοις εἰώθασιν· οἱ δὲ φιλοσοφίᾳ καὶ λογισμῷ τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην λαβόντες, οὐδὲν ἀσκέπτως λέγοντες, ἧττον περὶ τὰς πράξεις πλημμελοῦσιν.
ὥσθʼ ἅπασι μὲν βούλεσθαι προσήκει πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἐκ παιδείας δεινοὺς εἰπεῖν γιγνομένους, μάλιστα δʼ ὑμῖν· καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ προέχετε καὶ διαφέρετε τῶν ἄλλων οὐ ταῖς περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιμελείαις, οὐδʼ ὅτι κάλλιστα πολιτεύεσθε καὶ μάλιστα φυλάττετε τοὺς νόμους οὓς ὑμῖν οἱ πρόγονοι κατέλιπον, ἀλλὰ τούτοις οἷς περ ἡ φύσις ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἄλλων ζώων, καὶ τὸ γένος τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τῶν βαρβάρων,
τῷ καὶ πρὸς τὴν φρόνησιν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς λόγους ἄμεινον πεπαιδεῦσθαι τῶν ἄλλων. ὥστε πάντων ἂν συμβαίη δεινότατον, εἰ τοὺς βουλομένους τοῖς αὐτοῖς τούτοις διενεγκεῖν τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν, οἷς περ ὑμεῖς ἁπάντων, διαφθείρεσθαι ψηφίσαισθε, καὶ τοὺς τῇ παιδείᾳ ταύτῃ χρωμένους, ἧς ὑμεῖς ἡγεμόνες γεγένησθε, συμφορᾷ τινι περιβάλοιτε.
χρὴ γὰρ μηδὲ τοῦτο λανθάνειν ὑμᾶς, ὅτι πάντων τῶν δυναμένων λέγειν ἢ παιδεύειν ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν δοκεῖ γεγενῆσθαι διδάσκαλος. εἰκότως· καὶ γὰρ ἆθλα μέγιστα τιθεῖσαν αὐτὴν ὁρῶσι τοῖς τὴν δύναμιν ταύτην ἔχουσι, καὶ γυμνάσια πλεῖστα καὶ παντοδαπώτατα παρέχουσαν τοῖς ἀγωνίζεσθαι προῃρημένοις καὶ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα γυμνάζεσθαι βουλομένοις,
Sections 296–300
ἔτι δὲ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν, ἥ περ μάλιστα ποιεῖ δύνασθαι λέγειν, ἐνθένδε πάντας λαμβάνοντας· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὴν τῆς φωνῆς κοινότητα καὶ μετριότητα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην εὐτραπελίαν καὶ φιλολογίαν οὐ μικρὸν ἡγοῦνται συμβαλέσθαι μέρος πρὸς τὴν τῶν λόγων παιδείαν· ὥστʼ οὐκ ἀδίκως ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἅπαντας τοὺς λέγειν ὄντας δεινοὺς τῆς πόλεως εἶναι μαθητάς.
σκοπεῖτʼ οὖν μὴ παντάπασιν ᾖ καταγέλαστον τῆς δόξης ταύτης φλαῦρόν τι καταγιγνώσκειν, ἣν ὑμεῖς ἔχετε παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐγὼ παρʼ ὑμῖν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀλλʼ ἢ φανερῶς ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἔσεσθε κατεψηφισμένοι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀδικίαν,
καὶ πεποιηκότες ὅμοιον ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τοὺς τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἀσκοῦντας ζημιοῦν ἐπιχειροῖεν, ἢ Θετταλοὶ παρὰ τῶν ἱππεύειν μελετώντων δίκην λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῖεν. ὑπὲρ ὧν φυλακτέον ἐστίν, ὅπως μηδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐξαμαρτήσεσθε περὶ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, μηδὲ πιστοτέρους ποιήσετε τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τῶν κατηγορούντων τῆς πόλεως ἢ τοὺς τῶν ἐπαινούντων.
οἶμαι δʼ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ μὲν δυσκόλως πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔχουσιν, οἱ δʼ ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα φιλοῦσι καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας τῆς σωτηρίας ἐν ὑμῖν ἔχουσι. καὶ φασιν οἱ μὲν τοιοῦτοι μόνην εἶναι ταύτην πόλιν, τὰς δʼ ἄλλας κώμας, καὶ δικαίως ἂν αὐτὴν ἄστυ τῆς Ἑλλάδος προσαγορεύεσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ διὰ τὰς εὐπορίας τὰς ἐνθένδε τοῖς ἄλλοις γιγνομένας καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὸν τρόπον τῶν ἐνοικούντων·
οὐδένας γὰρ εἶναι πραοτέρους οὐδὲ κοινοτέρους οὐδʼ οἷς οἰκειότερον ἄν τις τὸν ἅπαντα βίον συνδιατρίψειεν οὕτω δὲ μεγάλαις χρῶνται ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τοῦτʼ ὀκνοῦσι λέγειν, ὡς ἥδιον ἂν ὑπʼ ἀνδρὸς Ἀθηναίου ζημιωθεῖεν ἢ διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων ὠμότητος εὖ πάθοιεν. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν διασύρουσι, διεξιόντες δὲ τὰς τῶν συκοφαντῶν πικρότητας καὶ κακοπραγίας ὅλης τῆς πόλεως ὡς ἀμίκτου καὶ χαλεπῆς οὔσης κατηγοροῦσιν.
Sections 301–305
ἔστιν οὖν δικαστῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων τοὺς μὲν τῶν τοιούτων λόγων αἰτίους γιγνομένους ἀποκτείνειν ὡς μεγάλην αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει περιποιοῦντας, τοὺς δὲ τῶν ἐπαίνων τῶν λεγομένων περὶ αὐτῆς μέρος τι συμβαλλομένους τιμᾶν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς ἀθλητὰς τοὺς ἐν τοῖς στεφανίταις ἀγῶσι νικῶντας· πολὺ γὰρ καλλίω δόξαν ἐκείνων κτώμενοι τῇ πόλει τυγχάνουσι καὶ μᾶλλον ἁρμόττουσαν.
περὶ μὲν γὰρ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἀγωνίαν πολλοὺς τοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντας ἔχομεν, περὶ δὲ τὴν παιδείαν ἅπαντες ἂν ἡμᾶς πρωτεύειν προκρίνειαν. χρὴ δὲ τοὺς καὶ μικρὰ λογίζεσθαι δυναμένους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις τῶν ἔργων διαφέροντας, ἐν οἷς ἡ πόλις εὐδοκιμεῖ, τιμῶντας φαίνεσθαι, καὶ μὴ φθονερῶς ἔχειν, μηδʼ ἐναντία τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι γιγνώσκειν περὶ αὐτῶν.
ὧν ὑμῖν οὐδὲν πώποτʼ ἐμέλησεν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον διημαρτήκατε τοῦ συμφέροντος, ὥσθʼ ἥδιον ἔχετε διʼ οὓς ἀκούετε κακῶς ἢ διʼ οὓς ἐπαινεῖσθε, καὶ δημοτικωτέρους εἶναι νομίζετε τοὺς τοῦ μισεῖσθαι τὴν πόλιν ὑπὸ πολλῶν αἰτίους ὄντας, ἢ τοὺς ἅπαντας οἷς πεπλησιάκασιν εὖ διακεῖσθαι πρὸς αὐτὴν πεποιηκότας.
ἤν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τῆς μὲν ταραχῆς παύσεσθε ταύτης, οὐχ οὕτω δʼ ὥσπερ νῦν οἱ μὲν τραχέως οἱ δʼ ὀλιγώρως διακείσεσθε πρὸς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ἀλλʼ ὑπολαβόντες κάλλιστον εἶναι καὶ σπουδαιότατον τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλειαν, προτρέψετε τῶν νεωτέρων τοὺς βίον ἱκανὸν κεκτημένους καὶ σχολὴν ἄγειν δυναμένους ἐπὶ τὴν παιδείαν καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν τὴν τοιαύτην,
καὶ τοὺς μὲν πονεῖν ἐθέλοντας καὶ παρασκευάζειν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς χρησίμους τῇ πόλει περὶ πολλοῦ ποιήσεσθε, τοὺς δὲ καταβεβλημένως ζῶντας καὶ μηδενὸς ἄλλου φροντίζοντας πλὴν ὅπως ἀσελγῶς ἀπολαύσονται τῶν καταλειφθέντων, τούτους δὲ μισήσετε καὶ προδότας νομιεῖτε καὶ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς τῶν προγόνων δόξης· μόλις γὰρ ἢν οὕτως ὑμᾶς αἴσθωνται πρὸς ἑκατέρους αὐτῶν διακειμένους, ἐθελήσουσιν οἱ νεώτεροι καταφρονήσαντες τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας προσέχειν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ τὸν νοῦν.
Sections 306–310
ἀναμνήσθητε δὲ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἔργων τῶν τῇ πόλει καὶ τοῖς προγόνοις πεπραγμένων, καὶ διέλθετε πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ σκέψασθε ποῖός τις ἦν καὶ πῶς γεγονὼς καὶ τίνα τρόπον πεπαιδευμένος ὁ τοὺς τυράννους ἐκβαλὼν καὶ τὸν δῆμον καταραρὼν καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν καταστήσας, ποῖος δέ τις ὁ τοὺς βαρβάρους Μαραθῶνι τῇ μάχῃ νικήσας καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐκ ταύτης γενομένην τῇ πόλει κτησάμενος,
τίς δʼ ἦν, ὁ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐλευθερώσας καὶ τοὺς προγόνους ἐπὶ ἡγεμονίαν καὶ τὴν δυναστείαν ἣν ἔσχον προαγαγών, ἔτι δὲ τὴν φύσιν τὴν τοῦ Πειραιέως κατιδὼν καὶ τὸ τεῖχος ἀκόντων Λακεδαιμονίων τῇ πόλει περιβαλών, τίς δὲ ὁ μετὰ τοῦτον ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἐμπλήσας καὶ τοὺς οἴκους τοὺς ἰδίους μεστοὺς πολλῆς εὐδαιμονίας καὶ πλούτου ποιήσας·
εὑρήσετε γάρ, ἢν ἐξετάζητε τούτων ἕκαστον, οὐ τοὺς συκοφαντικῶς βεβιωκότας οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀμελῶς, οὐδὲ τοὺς τοῖς πολλοῖς ὁμοίους ὄντας, ταῦτα διαπεπραγμένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς διαφέροντας καὶ προέχοντας μὴ μόνον ταῖς εὐγενείαις καὶ ταῖς δόξαις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν, τούτους ἁπάντων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους γεγενημένους.
ὦν εἰκὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνθυμουμένους ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ πλήθους τοῦτο σκοπεῖν, ὅπως ἔν τε τοῖς ἀγῶσι τοῖς περὶ τῶν συμβολαίων τῶν δικαίων τεύξονται καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κοινῶν μεθέξουσι, τοὺς δʼ ὑπερέχοντας καὶ τῇ φύσει καὶ ταῖς μελέταις, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους γενέσθαι προθυμουμένους, ἀγαπᾶν καὶ τιμᾶν καὶ θεραπεύειν, ἐπισταμένους ὅτι καὶ τὸ καλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἡγήσασθαι πραγμάτων καὶ τὸ δύνασθαι τὰς πόλεις ἐκ τῶν κινδύνων σώζειν καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν διαφυλάττειν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔνεστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς συκοφάνταις.
πολλῶν δʼ ἐφεστώτων μοι λόγων ἀπορῶ πῶς αὐτοὺς διαθῶμαι· δοκεῖ γάρ μοι καθʼ αὑτὸ μὲν ἕκαστον ὧν διανοοῦμαι ῥηθὲν ἐπιεικὲς ἂν φανῆναι, πάντα δὲ νυνὶ λεγόμενα πολὺν ἂν ὄχλον ἐμοί τε καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσι παρασχεῖν. ὅπερ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἤδη προειρημένων δέδοικα, μὴ τοιοῦτόν τι πάθος αὐτοῖς διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τυγχάνῃ συμβεβηκός.
Sections 311–315
οὕτω γὰρ ἀπλήστως ἅπαντες ἔχομεν περὶ τοὺς λόγους, ὥστʼ ἐπαινοῦμεν μὲν τὴν εὐκαιρίαν καὶ φαμὲν οὐδὲν εἶναι τοιοῦτον, ἐπειδὰν δʼ οἰηθῶμεν ὡς ἔχομέν τι λέγειν, ἀμελήσαντες τοῦ μετριάζειν, κατὰ μικρὸν ἀεὶ προστιθέντες εἰς τὰς ἐσχάτας ἀκαιρίας ἐμβάλλομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτούς· ὅπου γε καὶ λέγων ἐγὼ ταῦτα καὶ γιγνώσκων, ὅμως ἔτι βούλομαι διαλεχθῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
ἀγανακτῶ γὰρ ὁρῶν τὴν συκοφαντίαν ἄμεινον τῆς φιλοσοφίας φερομένην, καὶ τὴν μὲν κατηγοροῦσαν, τὴν δὲ κρινομένην. ὃ τίς ἂν τῶν παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν γενήσεσθαι προσεδόκησεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ μεῖζον τῶν ἄλλων φρονοῦσιν;
οὔκουν ἐπί γε τῶν προγόνων οὕτως εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν καλουμένους σοφιστὰς ἐθαύμαζον καὶ τοὺς συνόντας αὐτοῖς ἐζήλουν, τοὺς δὲ συκοφάντας πλείστων κακῶν αἰτίους ἐνόμιζον εἶναι. μέγιστον δὲ τεκμήριον· Σόλωνα μὲν γάρ, τὸν πρῶτον τῶν πολιτῶν λαβόντα τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ταύτην, προστάτην ἠξίωσαν τῆς πόλεως εἶναι, περὶ δὲ τῶν συκοφαντῶν χαλεπωτέρους ἢ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακουργιῶν τοὺς νόμους ἔθεσαν.
τοῖς μὲν γὰρ μεγίστοις τῶν ἀδικημάτων ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων τὴν κρίσιν ἐποίησαν, κατὰ δὲ τούτων γραφὰς μὲν πρὸς τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, εἰσαγγελίας δʼ εἰς τὴν βουλήν, προβολὰς δʼ ἐν τῷ δήμῳ, νομίζοντες τοὺς ταύτῃ τῇ τέχνῃ χρωμένους ἁπάσας ὑπερβάλλειν τὰς πονηρίας. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους ἀλλʼ οὖν πειρᾶσθαί γε λανθάνειν κακουργοῦντας,
τούτους δʼ ἐν ἅπασιν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὴν αὑτῶν ὠμότητα καὶ μισανθρωπίαν καὶ φιλαπεχθημοσύνην. κἀκεῖνοι μὲν οὕτως ἐγίγνωσκον περὶ αὐτῶν· ὑμεῖς δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχετε τοῦ κολάζειν αὐτούς, ὥστε τούτοις χρῆσθε καὶ κατηγόροις καὶ νομοθέταις περὶ τῶν ἄλλων. καί τοι προσῆκεν αὐτοὺς νῦν μισεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον.
Sections 316–320
τότε μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἐγκυκλίοις μόνον καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἔβλαπτον τοὺς συμπολιτευομένους· ἐπειδὴ δʼ αὐξηθείσης τῆς πόλεως καὶ λαβούσης τὴν ἀρχὴν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, μᾶλλον θαρρήσαντες τοῦ συμφέροντος, τοῖς μὲν καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ μεγάλην τὴν πόλιν ποιήσασι διὰ τὰς δυναστείας ἐφθόνησαν, πονηρῶν δʼ ἀνθρώπων καὶ μεστῶν θρασύτητος ἐπεθύμησαν,
οἰηθέντες ταῖς μὲν τόλμαις καὶ ταῖς φιλαπεχθημοσύναις ἱκανοὺς αὐτοὺς ἔσεσθαι διαφυλάττειν τὴν δημοκρατίαν, διὰ δὲ τὴν φαυλότητα τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς ὑπαρξάντων οὐ μέγα φρονήσειν οὐδʼ ἐπιθυμήσειν ἑτέρας πολιτείας. ἐκ ταύτης τῆς μεταβολῆς τί τῶν δεινῶν οὐ συνέπεσε τῇ πόλει, τί δὲ τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν οἱ ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν φύσιν οὐ καὶ λέγοντες καὶ πράττοντες διετέλεσαν;
οὐ τοὺς μὲν ἐνδοξοτάτους τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ μάλιστα δυναμένους ποιῆσαί τι τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθόν, ὀλιγαρχίαν ὀνειδίζοντες καὶ λακωνισμόν, οὐ πρότερον ἐπαύοντο πρὶν ἠνάγκασαν ὁμοίους γενέσθαι ταῖς αἰτίαις ταῖς λεγομέναις περὶ αὐτῶν· τοὺς δὲ συμμάχους λυμαινόμενοι καὶ συκοφαντοῦντες, καὶ τοὺς βελτίστους ἐκ τῶν ὄντων ἐκβάλλοντες, οὕτω διέθεσαν ὥσθʼ ἡμῶν μὲν ἀποστῆναι, τῆς δὲ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐρασθῆναι φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας;
ἐξ ὧν εἰς πόλεμον καταστάντες πολλοὺς ἐπείδομεν τῶν πολιτῶν τοὺς μὲν τελευτήσαντας, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις γενομένους, τοὺς δʼ εἰς ἔνδειαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων καταστάντας, ἔτι δὲ τὴν δημοκρατίαν δὶς καταλυθεῖσαν καὶ τὰ τείχη τῆς πατρίδος κατασκαφέντα, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, ὅλην τὴν πόλιν περὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ κινδυνεύσασαν καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τοὺς πολεμίους οἰκήσαντας.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ αἰσθάνομαι, καίπερ ὑπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς βίᾳ φερόμενος, τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ἡμᾶς ἐπιλεῖπον, αὐτὸς δʼ ἐμπεπτωκὼς εἰς λόγους ἡμερησίους καὶ κατηγορίας. ὑπερβὰς οὖν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν συμφορῶν τῶν διὰ τούτους γεγενημένων, καὶ διωσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον τῶν ἐνόντων εἰπεῖν περὶ τῆς τούτων συκοφαντίας, μικρῶν ἔτι πάνυ μνησθεὶς ἤδη καταλύσω τὸν λόγον.
Sections 321–323
τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἄλλους ὁρῶ τοὺς κινδυνεύοντας, ἐπειδὰν περὶ τὴν τελευτὴν ὦσι τῆς ἀπολογίας, ἱκετεύοντας, δεομένους, τοὺς παῖδας, τοὺς φίλους ἀναβιβαζομένους· ἐγὼ δὲ οὔτε πρέπειν οὐδὲν ἡγοῦμαι τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς τηλικούτοις, πρός τε τῷ ταῦτα γιγνώσκειν, αἰσχυνθείην ἄν, εἰ διʼ ἄλλο τι σωζοίμην ἢ διὰ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς προειρημένους. οἶδα γὰρ ἐμαυτὸν οὕτως ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως κεχρημένον αὐτοῖς καὶ περὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ περὶ τοὺς προγόνους καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τοὺς θεούς, ὥστε, εἴ τι μέλει τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων αὐτοῖς πραγμάτων,
οὐδὲ τῶν νῦν περὶ ἐμὲ γιγνομένων οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς οἶμαι λανθάνειν. διόπερ οὐκ ὀρρωδῶ τὸ μέλλον συμβήσεσθαι παρʼ ὑμῶν, ἀλλὰ θαρρῶ καὶ πολλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχω τότε μοι τοῦ βίου τὴν τελευτὴν ἥξειν, ὅταν μέλλῃ συνοίσειν ἡμῖν, σημείῳ χρώμενος ὅτι καὶ τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον οὕτω τυγχάνω βεβιωκὼς μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας, ὥς περ προσήκει τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς καὶ θεοφιλεῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
ὡς οὖν ἐμοῦ ταύτην ἔχοντος τὴν γνώμην, καὶ νομίζοντος ὅ τι ἂν ὑμῖν δόξῃ, τοῦθʼ ἕξειν μοι καλῶς καὶ συμφερόντως, ὅπως ἕκαστος ὑμῶν χαίρει καὶ βούλεται, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον φερέτω τὴν ψῆφον.
Against Eratosthenes
Contents — 20 sections
Sections 1–5
The difficulty that faces me, gentlemen of the jury, is not in beginning my accusation, but in bringing my speech to an end: so enormous, so numerous are the acts they have committed, that neither could lying avail one to accuse them of things more monstrous than the actual facts, nor with every desire to speak mere truth could one tell the whole; of necessity either the accuser must be tired out or his time must run short.
It seems to me that our positions will be the reverse of what they were in former times: for previously the accusers had to explain their enmity towards the defendants; but in the present case inquiry must be made of the defendants as to the motive of their enmity towards the city in committing such audacious offences against her. It is not, in deed, from any lack of private enmities and sufferings that I make these remarks, but because of the abundant reasons that all of us have for anger on personal grounds, or in the interest of the public.
Now as for myself, gentlemen, having never engaged in any suit either on my own account or on that of others, I have now been compelled by what has occurred to accuse this man: hence I have been often overcome with a great feeling of despondency, from a fear lest my inexperience might cause me to fail in making a worthy and able accusation on my brother’s and on my own behalf. Nevertheless I will try to inform you of the matter from the beginning, as briefly as I can.
My father Cephalus was induced by Pericles to come to this country, and dwelt in it for thirty years: never did he, any more than we, appear as either prosecutor or defendant in any case whatever, but our life under the democracy was such as to avoid any offence against our fellows and any wrong at their hands.
When the Thirty, by the evil arts of slander-mongers, were established in the government, and declared that the city must be purged of unjust men and the rest of the citizens inclined to virtue and justice, despite these professions they had the effrontery to discard them in practice, as I shall endeavor to remind you by speaking first of my own concerns, and then of yours.
Sections 6–10
Theognis and Peison stated before the Thirty that among the resident aliens that there might be some who were embittered against their administration, and that therefore they had an excellent pretext for appearing to punish while in reality making money; in any case, the State was impoverished, and the government needed funds.
They had no difficulty in persuading their hearers, for those men thought nothing of putting people to death, but a great deal of getting money. So they resolved to seize ten, of whom two should be poor men, that they might face the rest with the excuse that the thing had not been done for the sake of money, but had been brought about in the interest of the State, just as if they had taken some ordinary reasonable action.
They apportioned the houses among them, and began their visits: they found me entertaining guests, and after driving these out they handed me over to Peison. The others went to the factory and proceeded to make a list of the slaves. I asked Peison if he would save me for a price:
he assented, on condition that it was a high one. So I said that I was prepared to give him a talent of silver, and he agreed to my proposal. I knew well, indeed, that he had no regard either for gods or for men; but still, in the circumstances, I thought it imperative to get him pledged.
When he had sworn, invoking annihilation upon himself and his children if he did not save me on receipt of the talent, I went into my bedroom and opened the money-chest. Peison noticed it and came in; on seeing its contents he called two of his underlings and bade them take what was in the chest.
Sections 11–15
Since he now had, instead of the agreed amount, gentlemen, three talents of silver, four hundred cyzicenes, a hundred darics and four silver cups, I begged him to give me money for my journey; but he declared that I should be glad enough to save my skin.
As Peison and I were coming out, we were met by Melobius and Mnesitheides, who were on their way from the factory: they lighted upon us just at the door, and asked where we were going. Peison declared that he was off to my brother’s, for the purpose of examining the property in that house also. So they bade him go his way, but told me to follow along with them to Damnippus’s house.
Peison came up and urged me to keep silent and have no fear, as he was coming on to that place. There we found Theognis guarding some others; they handed me over to him, and went off again. Situated as I was I decided to take a risk, since death was already my portion.
I called Damnippus and said to him: You are in friendly relations with me, and I have come into your house; I have done no wrong, but am being destroyed for the sake of my money. This being my plight, exert your own utmost efforts for my salvation. He promised to do so; and he decided that he had better mention it to Theognis, as he believed that he would do anything for an offer of money.
While he was in conversation with Theognis—I happened to be familiar with the house, and knew that it had doors front and back—I decided to try this means of saving myself, reflecting that, if I should be unobserved, I should be saved; while, if I were caught, I expected that, should Theognis be induced by Damnippus to take money, I should get off none the less, but should he not, I should be put to death just the same.
Sections 16–20
With these conclusions I took to flight, while they were keeping guard over the courtyard door: there were three doors for me to pass through, and they all chanced to be open. I reached the house of Archeneos the ship-captain, and sent him into town to inquire after my brother: on his return he told me that Eratosthenes had arrested him in the street and taken him off to prison.
Thus apprised of his fate, I sailed across on the following night to Megara. Polemarchus received from the Thirty their accustomed order to drink hemlock, with no statement made as to the reason for his execution: still less was he allowed to be tried and defend himself.
And when he was being brought away dead from the prison, although we had three houses amongst us, they did not permit his funeral to be conducted from any of them, but they hired a small hut in which to lay him out. We had plenty of cloaks, yet they refused our request of one for the funeral; but our friends gave either a cloak, or a pillow, or whatever each had to spare, for his interment.
They had seven hundred shields of ours, they had all that silver and gold, with copper, jewellery, furniture and women’s apparel beyond what they had ever expected to get; also a hundred and twenty slaves, of whom they took the ablest, delivering the rest to the Treasury; and yet to what extremes of insatiable greed for gain did they go, in this revelation that they made of their personal character! For some twisted gold earrings, which Polemarchus’s wife had in her possession when she first came into his house, were taken out of her ears by Melobius.
And not even in respect of the smallest fraction of our property did we find any mercy at their hands but our wealth impelled them to act as injuriously towards us as others might from anger aroused by grievous wrongs. This was not the treatment that we deserved at the city’s hands, when we had produced all our dramas for the festivals, and contributed to many special levies; when we showed ourselves men of orderly life, and performed every duty laid upon us; when we had made not a single enemy, but had ransomed many Athenians from the foe. Such was their reward to us for behaving as resident aliens far otherwise than they did as citizens!
Sections 21–25
For they sent many of the citizens into exile with the enemy; they unjustly put many of them to death, and then deprived them of burial; many who had full civic rights they excluded from the citizenship; and the daughters of many they debarred from in tended marriage.
And they have carried audacity to such a pitch that they come here ready to defend themselves, and state that they are guilty of no vile or shameful action. I myself could have wished that their statement were true; for my own share in that benefit would not have been of the smallest.
But in fact they have nothing of the sort to show in regard either to the city or to me: my brother, as I said before, was put to death by Eratosthenes, who was neither suffering under any private wrong himself, nor found him offending against the State, but merely sought to gratify his own lawless passions.
I propose to put him up on the dais and question him, gentlemen of the jury. For my feeling is this: even to discuss this man with another for his profit I consider to be an impiety, but even to address this man himself, when it is for his hurt, I regard as a holy and pious action. So mount the dais, please, and answer the questions I put to you.
Did you arrest Polemarchus or not?—I was acting on the orders of the government, from fear.—Were you in the Council-chamber when the statements were being made about us?—I was.—Did you speak in support or in opposition of those who were urging the death sentence?—In opposition.—You were against taking our lives?—Against taking your lives.—In the belief that our fate was unjust, or just?—That it was unjust.
Sections 26–30
So then, most abandoned of mankind, you spoke in opposition to save us, but you helped in our arrest to put us to death! And when our salvation depended on the majority of your body, you assert that you spoke in opposition to those who sought our destruction; but when it rested with you alone to save Polemarchus or not, you arrested him and put him in prison. So then, because you failed to help him, as you say, by your speech in opposition, you claim to be accounted a good citizen, while for having apprehended him and put him to death you are not to give satisfaction to me and to this court!
And further, supposing he is truthful in asserting that he spoke in opposition, observe that there is no reason to credit his plea that he acted under orders. For I presume it was not where the resident aliens were concerned that they sought to put him to the proof. And then, who was less likely to be given such orders than the man who was found to have spoken in opposition and to have declared his opinion? For who was likely to be less active in this service than the man who spoke in opposition to the object that they had at heart?
Again, the rest of the Athenians have a sufficient excuse, in my opinion, for attributing to the Thirty the responsibility for what has taken place; but if the Thirty actually attribute it to themselves, how can you reasonably accept that?
For had there been some stronger authority in the city, whose orders were given him to destroy people in defiance of justice, you might perhaps have some reason for pardoning him; but whom, in fact, will you ever punish, if the Thirty are to be allowed to state that they merely carried out the orders of the Thirty?
Besides, it was not in his house, but in the street, where he was free to leave both him and the decrees of the Thirty intact, that he apprehended him and took him off to prison. You feel anger against everyone who entered your houses in search either of yourselves or of some member of your household:
Sections 31–35
yet, if there is to be pardon for those who have destroyed others to save themselves, you would be more justified in pardoning these intruders; for it was dangerous for them not to go where they were sent, and to deny that they had found the victims there. But Eratosthenes was free to say that he had not met his man, or else that he had not seen him for these were statements that did not admit of either disproof or inquisition; so that not even his enemies, however they might wish it, could have convicted him.
If in truth, Eratosthenes, you had been a good citizen, you ought far rather to have acted as an informant to those who were destined to an unjust death than to have laid hands on those who were to be unjustly destroyed. But the fact is that your deeds clearly reveal the man who, instead of feeling pain, took pleasure in what was being done; so that this court should take its verdict from your deeds, not from your words.
They should take what they know to have been done as evidence of what was said at the time, since it is not possible to produce witnesses of the latter. For we were restricted, not merely from attending their councils, but even from staying at home; and thus they have the licence, after doing all possible evil to the city, to say all possible good about themselves.
That one point, however, I do not contest; I admit, if you like, that you spoke in opposition. But I wonder what in the world you would have done if you had spoken in favour, when in spite of your alleged opposition you put Polemarchus to death. Now I would ask the court, even supposing that you had happened to be brothers or sons of this man, what would you have done? Acquitted him? For, gentlemen, Eratosthenes is bound to prove one of two things,—either that he did not arrest him, or that he did so with justice. But he has admitted that he laid hands on him unjustly, so that he has made your verdict on himself an easy matter.
And besides, many foreigners as well as townsfolk have come here to know what is to be your judgement on these men. The latter sort, your fellow-citizens, will have learnt before they leave, either that they will be punished for their offences, or that, if they succeed in their aims, they will be despots of the city, but, if they are disappointed, will be on an equality with you. As for all the foreigners who are staying in town, they will know whether they are acting unjustly or justly in banning the Thirty from their cities. For if the very people who have suffered injury from them are to let them go when they have hold of them, of course they will consider it a waste of pains on their own part to keep watch on your behalf.
Sections 36–40
And how monstrous it would be, when you have punished with death the commanders who won the victory at sea—they said that a storm prevented them from picking up the men in the water, but you felt that you must make them give satisfaction to the I valor of the dead—if these men, who as ordinary persons used their utmost endeavors towards your defeat in the sea-fights, and then, once established in power, admit that of their own free will they put to death many of the citizens without a trial,—if these men, I say, and their children are not to be visited by you with the extreme penalty of the law!
Now I, gentlemen, might almost claim that the accusations you have heard are sufficient: for I consider that an accuser ought to go no further than to show that the defendant has committed acts that merit death; since this is the extreme penalty that we have power to inflict upon him. So I doubt if there is any need to prolong one’s accusation of such men as these; for not even if they underwent two deaths for each one of their deeds could they pay the penalty in full measure.
And note that he cannot even resort to the expedient, so habitual among our citizens, of saying nothing to answer the counts of the accusation, but making other statements about themselves which at times deceive you; they represent to you that they are good soldiers, or have taken many vessels of the enemy while in command of war-ships, or have won over cities from hostility to friendship.
Why, only tell him to point out where they killed as many of our enemies as they have of our citizens, or where they took as many ships as they themselves surrendered, or what city they enlisted to compare with yours which they enslaved.
Nay, indeed, did they despoil the enemy of as many arms as they stripped from you? Did they capture fortifications to compare with those of their own country which they razed to the ground? They are the men who pulled down the forts around Attica, and made it evident to you that even in dismantling the Peiraeus they were not obeying the injunctions of the Lacedaemonians, but were thinking to make their own authority the more secure.
Sections 41–45
I have often wondered, therefore, at the audacity of those who speak in his defence, except when I reflect that the same men who commit every sort of crime are wont also to commend those who act in a similar way.
For this is not the first occasion of his working in opposition to your people in the time of the Four Hundred also, seeking to establish an oligarchy in the army, he abandoned the war-ship which he was commanding and fled from the Hellespont with Iatrocles and others whose names I have no call to mention. On his arrival here he worked in opposition to those who were promoting a democracy. I will present you with witnesses to these facts.
Witnesses
Now his life in the interval I will here pass over: but when the sea-fight took place, with the disaster that befell the city, and while we still had a democracy (at this point they started the sedition), five men were set up as overseers by the so-called club men, to be organizers of the citizens as well as chiefs of the conspirators and opponents of your common wealth; and among these were Eratosthenes and Critias.
They placed tribal governors over the tribes, and directed what measures should be passed by their votes and who were to be magistrates; and they had absolute powers for any other steps that they chose to take. Thus by the plotting, not merely of your enemies, but even of these your fellow-citizens, you were at once prevented from passing any useful measure and reduced to a serious scarcity.
For they knew perfectly well that in other conditions they could not get the upper hand, but that if you were in distress they would succeed. And they supposed that in your eagerness to be relieved of your actual hardships you would give no thought to those that were to follow.
Sections 46–50
Now, to show that he was one of the overseers, I will offer you witnesses; not the men who then acted with him,—for I could not do that,—but those who heard it from Eratosthenes himself:
yet truly, if they were sensible, they would be bearing witness against those persons, and would severely punish their instructors in transgression; instead of holding themselves bound by their oaths to the detriment of the citizens, if they were sensible they would make light of breaking those oaths for the advantage of the city. So much then, I would say in regard to them: now call my witnesses. Go up on the dais.
Witnesses
You have heard the witnesses. Finally, when he was established in power, he had a hand in no good work, but in much that was otherwise. Yet, if he was really a good man, it behoved him in the first place to decline unconstitutional powers, or else to lay information before the Council exposing the falsity of all the impeachments, and showing that Batrachus and Aeschylides, so far from giving true information, were producing as impeachments the fabrications of the Thirty, devised for the injury of the citizens.
Furthermore, gentlemen, anyone who was ill-disposed towards your people lost nothing by holding his peace: for there were other men to speak and do things of the utmost possible detriment to the city. As for the men who say they are well-disposed, how is it that they did not show it at the moment, by speaking themselves to the most salutary purpose and deterring those who were bent on mischief?
He could say, perhaps, that he was afraid, and to some of you this plea will be satisfactory. Then he must take care that he is not found to have opposed the Thirty in discussion: otherwise the fact will declare him an approver of their conduct who was, moreover, so influential that his opposition would bring him to no harm at their hands. He ought to have shown this zeal in the interest rather of your safety than of Theramenes, who has committed numerous offences against you.
Sections 51–55
No, this man considered the city his enemy, and your enemies his friends; both of these points I will maintain by many evidences, showing that their mutual disputes were not concerned with your advantage but with their own, in the contest of their two parties as to which should have the administration and control the city.
For if their quarrel had been in the cause of those who had suffered wrong, at what moment could a ruler have more gloriously displayed his own loyalty than on the seizure of Phyle by Thrasybulus? But, instead of offering or bringing some aid to the men at Phyle, he went with his partners in power to Salamis and Eleusis, and haled to prison three hundred of the citizens, and by a single resolution condemned them all to death.
After we had come to the Peiraeus, and the commotions had taken place, and the negotiations were in progress for our reconciliation, we were in good hopes on either side of a settlement between us, as both parties made evident.
For the Peiraeus party, having got the upper hand, allowed the others to move off: these went into the town, drove out the Thirty except Pheidon and Eratosthenes, and appointed their bitterest enemies as leaders, judging that the same men might fairly be expected to feel both hate for the Thirty and love for the party of the Peiraeus.
Now among these were Pheidon, Hippocles, and Epichares of the district of Lamptra, with others who were thought to be most opposed to Charicles and Critias and their club: but as soon as they in their turn were raised to power, they set up a far sharper dissension and warfare between the parties of the town and of the Peiraeus,
Sections 56–60
and thereby revealed in all clearness that their faction was not working for the Peiraeus party nor for those who were being unjustly destroyed; and that their vexation lay, not in those who had been or were about to be put to death, but in those who had greater power or were more speedily enriched.
For having got hold of their offices and the city they made war on both sides,—on the Thirty who had wrought every kind of evil, and on you who had suffered it in every way. And yet one thing was clear to all men,—that if the exile of the Thirty was just, yours was unjust while if yours was just, that of the Thirty was unjust; for it was not as answerable for some other acts that they were banished from the city, but simply for these.
It ought therefore to be a matter for the deepest resentment that Pheidon, after being chosen to reconcile and restore you, joined in the same courses as Eratosthenes and, working on the same plan, was ready enough to injure the superior members of his party on your account, but unwilling to restore the city to you who were in unjust exile: he went to Lacedaemon, and urged them to march out, insinuating that the city would be falling into the hands of the Boeotians, with other statements calculated to induce them.
Finding that he could not achieve this,—whether because the sacred signs impeded, or because the people themselves did not desire it,—he borrowed a hundred talents for the purpose of hiring auxiliaries, and asked for Lysander to be their leader, as one who was both a strong supporter of the oligarchy and a bitter foe of the city, and who felt a special hatred towards the party of the Peiraeus.
Bent on our city’s destruction, they hired all and sundry, and were enlisting the aid of cities and finally that of the Lacedaemonians and as many of their allies as they could prevail upon and thus they were preparing, not to reconcile, but to destroy the city, had it not been for some loyal men, to whom I bid you declare, by exacting requital from your enemies, that they no less will get your grateful reward.
Sections 61–65
But these facts you comprehend of yourselves, and I doubt if I need provide any witnesses. Some, however, I will; for not only am I in need of a rest, but some of you will prefer to hear the same statements from as many persons as possible.
Witnesses
By your leave, I will inform you also about Theramenes, as briefly as I can. I request you to listen, both in my own interest, and in that of the city; and one thing let no one imagine,—that I am accusing Theramenes when it is Eratosthenes who is on his trial. For I am told that he will plead in defence that he was that man’s friend, and took part in the same acts.
Why, I suppose, if he had been in the government with Themistocles he would have been loud in claiming that he worked for the construction of the walls, when he claims that he worked with Theramenes for their demolition? For I do not see that there is any parity of merit between them. The one constructed the walls against the wish of the Lacedaemonians, whereas the other demolished them by beguilement of the citizens.
Thus the reverse of what was to be expected has overtaken the city. For the friends of Theramenes deserved no less to perish with him, except such as might be found acting in opposition to him: but here I see them referring their defence to him, and we have his associates attempting to win credit as though he had been the author of many benefits, and not of grievous injuries.
He, first of all, was chiefly responsible for the former oligarchy, by having prompted your choice of the government of the Four Hundred. His father, who was one of the Commissioners, was active in the same direction, while he himself, being regarded as a strong supporter of the system, was appointed general by the party.
Sections 66–70
So long as he found favour, he showed himself loyal; but when he saw Peisander, Callaeschrus and others getting in advance of him, and your people no longer disposed to hearken to them, immediately his jealousy of them, combined with his fear of you, threw him into co-operation with Aristocrates.
Desiring to be reputed loyal to your people, he accused Antiphon and Archeptolemus, his best friends, and had them put to death; and such was the depth of his villainy that, to make credit with those men, he enslaved you, while also, to make credit with you, he destroyed his friends.
Held in favour and the highest estimation, he who by his own choice offered to save the city, by his own choice destroyed it, asserting that he had discovered a capital and most valuable expedient. He undertook to arrange a peace without giving any hostages or demolishing the walls or surrendering the ships: he would tell nobody what it was, but bade them trust him.
And you, men of Athens, while the Council of the Areopagus were working for your safety, and many voices were heard in opposition to Theramenes, were aware that, though other people keep secrets to baffle the enemy, he refused to mention amongst his own fellow citizens what he was going to tell the enemy: yet nevertheless you entrusted to him your country, your children, your wives and yourselves.
Not one of the things that he undertook did he perform, but was so intent on his object of subduing and crippling the city that he induced you to do things which none of the enemy had ever mentioned nor any of the citizens had expected: under no compulsion from the Lacedaemonians, but of his own accord, he promised them the dismantling of the Peiraeus walls and the subversion of the established constitution; for well he knew that, if you were not utterly bereft of your hopes, you would be quick to retaliate upon him.
Sections 71–75
Finally, gentlemen, he kept the Assembly from meeting until the moment mentioned by the enemy had been carefully watched for by him, and he had sent for Lysander’s ships from Samos, and the enemy’s forces were quartered in the town.
And now, with matters thus arranged, and in the presence of Lysander, Philochares and Miltiades, they called the Assembly to a debate on the constitution, when no orator could either oppose them or awe them with threats, while you, instead of choosing the course most advantageous to the city, could only vote in favour of their views.
Theramenes arose, and bade you entrust the city to thirty men, and apply the system propounded by Dracontides. But you, not withstanding your awkward plight, showed by your uproar that you would not do as he proposed for you realized that you had to choose between slavery and freedom in the Assembly that day.
Theramenes, a gentlemen (I shall cite your own selves as witnesses to this), said that he recked naught of your uproar, since he knew of many Athenians who were promoting the same kind of scheme as himself, and that his advice had the approval of Lysander and the Lacedaemonians. After him Lysander arose and said, when he had spoken at some length, that he held you guilty of breaking the truce, and that it must be a question, not of your constitution, but of your lives, if you refused to do as Theramenes demanded.
Then all the good citizens in the Assembly, perceiving the plot that had been hatched for their compulsion, either remained there and kept quiet, or took themselves off, conscious at least of this,—that they had voted nothing harmful to the city. But some few, of base nature and noxious counsels, raised their hands in favour of the commands that had been given.
Sections 76–80
For the order had been passed to them that they were to elect ten men whom Theramenes indicated, ten more whom the overseers, just appointed, should demand, and ten from amongst those present. They were so aware of your weakness, and so sure of their own power, that they knew beforehand what would be transacted in the Assembly.
For this you should rely, not on my word, but on that of Theramenes; since everything that I have mentioned was stated by him in his defence before the Council, when he reproached the exiles with the fact that they owed their restoration to him, and not to any consideration shown by the Lacedaemonians, and reproached also his partners in the government with this,—that although he had been himself responsible for all that had been transacted in the manner that I have described, he was treated in this fashion,—he who had given them many pledges by his actions, and to whom they were plighted by their oaths.
And it is for this man, responsible as we find him for all these and other injuries and ignominies, late as well as early, great as well as small, that they are going to have the audacity to proclaim their friendship; for Theramenes, who has suffered death, not as your champion, but as the victim of his own baseness, and has been justly punished under the oligarchy—he had already caused its ruin—as he would justly have been under democracy. Twice over did he enslave you, despising what was present, and longing for what was absent, and, while giving them the fairest name, setting himself up as instructor in most monstrous acts.
Well, I have dealt sufficiently with Theramenes in my accusation. You now have reached the moment in which your thoughts must have no room for pardon or for pity; when you must punish Eratosthenes and his partners in power. You should not show your superiority to the city’s foes in your fighting merely to show your inferiority to your own enemies in your voting.
Nor must you feel more gratitude to them for what they say that they mean to do than anger for what they have done; nor, while taking your measures against the Thirty in their absence, acquit them in their presence; nor in your own rescue be more lax than fortune who has delivered these men into the hands of the city.
Sections 81–85
Such is the accusation against Eratosthenes and those friends of his, on whom he will fall back in his defence, as his abettors in these practices. Yet it is an unequal contest between the city and Eratosthenes: for whereas he was at once accuser and judge of the persons brought to trial, we to-day are parties engaged in accusation and defence.
And whereas these men put people to death untried who were guilty of no wrong, you think fit to try according to law the persons who destroyed the city, and whose punishment by you, even if unlawfully devised, would still be inadequate to the wrongs that they have committed against the city. For what would they have to suffer, if their punishment should be adequate to their actions?
If you put them and their children to death, should we sufficiently punish them for the murder of our fathers, sons and brothers whom they put to death untried? Or again, if you confiscated their material property, would this be compensation either to the city for all that they have taken from her, or to individuals for the houses that they pillaged?
Since therefore, whatever you might do, you could not exact from them an adequate penalty, would it not be shameful of you to disallow any possible sort of penalty that a man might desire to exact from these persons? But, I believe, he would have the audacity for anything, when he has come here today, before judges who are no other than the very persons who have been maltreated, to submit his defence to the actual witnesses of the man’s own villainy: so profound is either the contempt that he has conceived for you or the confidence that he has placed in others.
For both possibilities you ought to be on the watch, reflecting that, as they would have been unable to do what they did without the cooperation of others, so they would not now have ventured into court unless they expected to be saved by those same persons who have come here, not to support these men, but in the belief that there will be a general indemnity alike for their past actions and for whatever they may want to do in the future, if you let slip from your grasp the authors of our direst misery.
Sections 86–90
But you may well wonder, besides, whether those who intend to take their part will petition you in the character of loyal gentlemen, making out that their own merit outweighs the villainy of these men,—though I could have wished them as zealous for the salvation of the State as these men were for its destruction, or whether they will rely on their skilful oratory for putting in a defence and making out that the actions of their friends are estimable. Yet on your behalf not one of them has ever attempted to mention merely your just rights.
Now it is worth observing how the witnesses, in testifying for these men, accuse themselves: they take you to be singularly forgetful and simple, if they believe that by means of you, the people, they will save the Thirty with impunity, when owing to Eratosthenes and his partners in power it was dangerous even to conduct funerals of the dead.
Yet these men, if they escape, will be able again to destroy the city; whereas those whom they destroyed, having lost their lives, can no longer look for satisfaction from their enemies. Then is it not monstrous that the friends of those who have been unjustly put to death were destroyed with them, and yet the very men who destroyed the city will have many people, I imagine, to conduct their funerals, since so many are making efforts to shield them?
Moreover, I am sure it was far easier to speak in opposition to them on the subject of your sufferings than it is now in defence of what they have done. We are told, indeed, that of the Thirty Eratosthenes has done the least harm, and it is claimed that on this ground he should escape; but is it not felt that for having committed more offences against you than all the other Greeks he ought to be destroyed?
It is for you to show what view you take of those practices. If you condemn this man, you will declare your indignation at the things that have been done; but if you acquit him, you will be recognized as aspirants to the same conduct as theirs, and you will be unable to say that you are carrying out the injunctions of the Thirty,
Sections 91–95
since nobody today is compelling you to vote against your judgement. So I counsel you not to condemn yourselves by acquitting them. Nor should you suppose that your voting is in secret for you will make your judgement manifest to the city.
But before I step down, I desire to recall a few facts to the minds of both parties that of the town and that of the Peiraeus—in order that you may take warning from the disasters brought upon you through the agency of these men, before you give your vote. In the first place, all you of the town party should consider that you were so oppressed by the rule of these men that you were compelled to wage against your brothers, your sons and your fellow-citizens a strange warfare in which your defeat has given you equal rights with the victors, whereas your victory would have made you the slaves of these men.
They have enlarged their private establishments by means of their public conduct, while you find your’s reduced by your warfare against each other: for they did not permit you to share their advantages, though they compelled you to share their ill-fame; and they carried disdain so far that, instead of enlisting your fidelity by a communication of their benefits, they thought to ensure your sympathy by a partnership in their scandals.
In return, now that you feel secure, go to the limit of your powers, on your own behalf as on that of the Peiraeus party, in taking your vengeance. Reflect that in these men you found the most villainous of rulers; reflect that you now have the best men with you in tenure of our civic rights, in fighting the enemy, and in deliberating on affairs of State and remember the auxiliaries whom these men stationed in the Acropolis as guardians of their dominion and of your slavery.
I have much else to say to you, but I will say no more. And all you of the Peiraeus party, remember first the matter of the arms,—how after fighting many battles on foreign soil you were deprived of your arms, not by the enemy, but by these men, in a time of peace; and next, that you were formally banished from the city which your fathers bequeathed to you, and when you were in exile they demanded your persons from the various cities.
Sections 96–100
In return you should feel the same anger as when you were exiles, and remember besides the other injuries that you suffered from these men, who with violent hands snatched some from the market-place, and some from the temples, and put them to death; while others they tore from their children, their parents and their wives, and compelled to self-slaughter, and then did not even allow them to be given the customary burial, conceiving their own authority to be proof against the vengeance of Heaven.
As many as escaped death encountered danger in many places, and wandered to many cities, and were banished from each refuge: in want of subsistence, having left behind you your children either in your native land, now turned hostile, or else on foreign soil, you came, despite many adversities, to the Peiraeus. Beset by many great perils, you proved yourselves men of true valor, and liberated one party while restoring the other to their native land.
If you had been unfortunate, and had failed of these achievements, in your turn you would have gone into exile through fear of more afflictions like the past, and owing to the methods of these men you would have found no shelter from your wrongs in either temples or altars, where even wrongdoers are secure. Of your children, as many as were here would have been foully assaulted by these men, while those in foreign parts would have been enslaved for petty debts, cut off from all possible assistance.
But I have no wish to speak of things that might have befallen, when I find myself unable to recount what these men have actually done: that is a task, not for one accuser, nor for two, but for many. Nevertheless, of zeal on my part there has been no lack in defence of the temples which these men have either sold or defiled by their presence; in defence of the city which they abased; on behalf of the arsenals, which they demolished; and on behalf of the dead, whom you were unable to protect in life, and must therefore vindicate in death.
I fancy that they are listening to us, and will know you by the vote that you give; they will feel that those of you who acquit these men will have passed sentence of death on them, while those who inflict the merited penalty will have acted as their avengers. I will here conclude my accusation. You have heard, you have seen, you have suffered; you have them: give judgement.
Contents — 20 sections
Sections 1–5
οὐκ ἄρξασθαί μοι δοκεῖ ἄπορον εἶναι, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, τῆς κατηγορίας, ἀλλὰ παύσασθαι λέγοντι· τοιαῦτα αὐτοῖς τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τοσαῦτα τὸ πλῆθος εἴργασται, ὥστε μήτʼ ἂν ψευδόμενον δεινότερα τῶν ὑπαρχόντων κατηγορῆσαι, μήτε τἀληθῆ βουλόμενον εἰπεῖν ἅπαντα δύνασθαι, ἀλλʼ ἀνάγκη ἢ τὸν κατήγορον ἀπειπεῖν ἢ τὸν χρόνον ἐπιλιπεῖν.
τοὐναντίον δέ μοι δοκοῦμεν πείσεσθαι ἢ ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ. πρότερον μὲν γὰρ ἔδει τὴν ἔχθραν τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας ἐπιδεῖξαι, ἥτις εἴη πρὸς τοὺς φεύγοντας· νυνὶ δὲ παρὰ τῶν φευγόντων χρὴ πυνθάνεσθαι ἥτις ἦν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ἔχθρα, ἀνθʼ ὅτου τοιαῦτα ἐτόλμησαν εἰς αὐτὴν ἐξαμαρτάνειν. οὐ μέντοι ὡς οὐκ ἔχων οἰκείας ἔχθρας καὶ συμφορὰς τοὺς λόγους ποιοῦμαι, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἅπασι πολλῆς ἀφθονίας οὔσης ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων ἢ ὑπὲρ τῶν δημοσίων ὀργίζεσθαι.
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οὔτʼ ἐμαυτοῦ πώποτε οὔτε ἀλλότρια πράγματα πράξας νῦν ἠνάγκασμαι ὑπὸ τῶν γεγενημένων τούτου κατηγορεῖν, ὥστε πολλάκις εἰς πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν κατέστην, μὴ διὰ τὴν ἀπειρίαν ἀναξίως καὶ ἀδυνάτως ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ τὴν κατηγορίαν ποιήσομαι. ὅμως δὲ πειράσομαι ὑμᾶς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι διʼ ἐλαχίστων διδάξαι.
οὑμὸς πατὴρ Κέφαλος ἐπείσθη μὲν ὑπὸ Περικλέους εἰς ταύτην τὴν γῆν ἀφικέσθαι, ἔτη δὲ τριάκοντα ᾤκησε, καὶ οὐδενὶ πώποτε οὔτε ἡμεῖς οὔτε ἐκεῖνος δίκην οὔτε ἐδικασάμεθα οὔτε ἐφύγομεν, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ᾠκοῦμεν δημοκρατούμενοι ὥστε μήτε εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους ἐξαμαρτάνειν μήτε ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀδικεῖσθαι.
ἐπειδὴ δʼ οἱ τριάκοντα πονηροὶ καὶ συκοφάνται ὄντες εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν κατέστησαν, φάσκοντες χρῆναι τῶν ἀδίκων καθαρὰν ποιῆσαι τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς πολίτας ἐπʼ ἀρετὴν καὶ δικαιοσύνην τραπέσθαι, τοιαῦτα λέγοντες οὐ τοιαῦτα ποιεῖν ἐτόλμων, ὡς ἐγὼ περὶ τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ πρῶτον εἰπὼν καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἀναμνῆσαι πειράσομαι.
Sections 6–10
Θέογνις γὰρ καὶ Πείσων ἔλεγον ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντα περὶ τῶν μετοίκων, ὡς εἶέν τινες τῇ πολιτείᾳ ἀχθόμενοι· καλλίστην οὖν εἶναι πρόφασιν τιμωρεῖσθαι μὲν δοκεῖν, τῷ δʼ ἔργω χρηματίζεσθαι· πάντως δὲ τὴν μὲν πόλιν πένεσθαι τὴν δʼ ἀρχὴν δεῖσθαι χρημάτων.
καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας οὐ χαλεπῶς ἔπειθον· ἀποκτιννύναι μὲν γὰρ ἀνθρώπους περὶ οὐδενὸς ἡγοῦντο, λαμβάνειν δὲ χρήματα περὶ πολλοῦ ἐποιοῦντο. ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς δέκα συλλαβεῖν, τούτων δὲ δύο πένητας, ἵνα αὐτοῖς ᾖ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀπολογία, ὡς οὐ χρημάτων ἕνεκα ταῦτα πέπρακται, ἀλλὰ συμφέροντα τῇ πολιτεία γεγένηται, ὥσπερ τι τῶν ἄλλων εὐλόγως πεποιηκότες.
διαλαβόντες δὲ τὰς οἰκίας ἐβάδιζον· καὶ ἐμὲ μὲν ξένους ἑστιῶντα κατέλαβον, οὓς ἐξελάσαντες Πείσωνί με παραδιδόασιν· οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι εἰς τὸ ἐργαστήριον ἐλθόντες τὰ ἀνδράποδα ἀπεγράφοντο.
ἐγὼ δὲ Πείσωνα μὲν ἠρώτων εἰ βούλοιτό με σῶσαι χρήματα λαβών. ὁ δʼ ἔφασκεν, εἰ πολλὰ εἴη. εἶπον ὅτι τάλαντον ἀργυρίου ἕτοιμος εἴην δοῦναι· ὁ δʼ ὡμολόγησε ταῦτα ποιήσειν. ἠπιστάμην μὲν οὖν ὅτι οὔτε θεοὺς οὔτʼ ἀνθρώπους νομίζει, ὅμως δʼ ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ἐδόκει μοι ἀναγκαιότατον εἶναι πίστιν παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν.
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὤμοσεν, ἐξώλειαν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς παισὶν ἐπαρώμενος, λαβὼν τὸ τάλαντόν με σώσειν, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ δωμάτιον τὴν κιβωτὸν ἀνοίγνυμι. Πείσων δʼ αἰσθόμενος εἰσέρχεται, καὶ ἰδὼν τὰ ἐνόντα καλεῖ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν δύο, καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ κιβωτῷ λαβεῖν ἐκέλευσεν.
Sections 11–15
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐχ ὅσον ὡμολόγητο εἶχεν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἀλλὰ τρία τάλαντα ἀργυρίου καὶ τετρακοσίους κυζικηνοὺς καὶ ἑκατὸν δαρεικοὺς καὶ φιάλας ἀργυρᾶς τέτταρας, ἐδεόμην αὐτοῦ ἐφόδιά μοι δοῦναι,
ὁ δʼ ἀγαπήσειν με ἔφασκεν, εἰ τὸ σῶμα σώσω. ἐξιοῦσι δʼ ἐμοὶ καὶ Πείσωνι ἐπιτυγχάνει Μηλόβιός τε καὶ Μνησιθείδης ἐκ τοῦ ἐργαστηρίου ἀπιόντες, καὶ καταλαμβάνουσι πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις, καὶ ἐρωτῶσιν ὅποι βαδίζοιμεν· ὁ δʼ ἔφασκεν εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ ἐμοῦ, ἵνα καὶ τὰ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ οἰκίᾳ σκέψηται. ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὖν ἐκέλευον βαδίζειν, ἐμὲ δὲ μεθʼ αὑτῶν ἀκολουθεῖν εἰς Δαμνίππου.
πείσων δὲ προσελθὼν σιγᾶν μοι παρεκελεύετο καὶ θαρρεῖν, ὡς ἥξων ἐκεῖσε. καταλαμβάνομεν δὲ αὐτόθι Θέογνιν ἑτέρους φυλάττοντα· ᾧ παραδόντες ἐμὲ πάλιν ᾤχοντο. ἐν τοιούτῳ δʼ ὄντι μοι κινδυνεύειν ἐδόκει, ὡς τοῦ γε ἀποθανεῖν ὑπάρχοντος ἤδη.
καλέσας δὲ Δάμνιππον λέγω πρὸς αὐτὸν τάδε, ἐπιτήδειος μέν μοι τυγχάνεις ὤν, ἥκω δʼ εἰς τὴν σὴν οἰκίαν, ἀδικῶ δʼ οὐδέν, χρημάτων δʼ ἕνεκα ἀπόλλυμαι. σὺ οὖν ταῦτα πάσχοντί μοι πρόθυμον παράσχου τὴν σεαυτοῦ δύναμιν εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν σωτηρίαν. ὁ δʼ ὑπέσχετο ταῦτα ποιήσειν. ἐδόκει δʼ αὐτῷ βέλτιον εἶναι πρὸς Θέογνιν μνησθῆναι· ἡγεῖτο γὰρ ἅπαν ποιήσειν αὐτόν,
εἴ τις ἀργύριον διδοίη. ἐκείνου δὲ διαλεγομένου Θεόγνιδι (ἔμπειρος γὰρ ὢν ἐτύγχανον τῆς οἰκίας, καὶ ᾔδη ὅτι ἀμφίθυρος εἴη) ἐδόκει μοι ταύτῃ πειρᾶσθαι σωθῆναι, ἐνθυμουμένῳ ὅτι, ἐὰν μὲν λάθω, σωθήσομαι, ἐὰν δὲ ληφθῶ, ἡγούμην μέν, εἰ Θέογνις εἴη πεπεισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Δαμνίππου χρήματα λαβεῖν, οὐδὲν ἧττον ἀφεθήσεσθαι, εἰ δὲ μή,
Sections 16–20
ὁμοίως ἀποθανεῖσθαι. ταῦτα διανοηθεὶς ἔφευγον, ἐκείνων ἐπὶ τῇ αὐλείῳ θύρᾳ τὴν φυλακὴν ποιουμένων· τριῶν δὲ θυρῶν οὐσῶν, ἃς ἔδει με διελθεῖν, ἅπασαι ἀνεῳγμέναι ἔτυχον. ἀφικόμενος δὲ εἰς Ἀρχένεω τοῦ ναυκλήρου ἐκεῖνον πέμπω εἰς ἄστυ, πευσόμενον περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ· ἥκων δὲ ἔλεγεν ὅτι Ἐρατοσθένης αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ λαβὼν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀπαγάγοι.
καὶ ἐγὼ τοιαῦτα πεπυσμένος τῆς ἐπιούσης νυκτὸς διέπλευσα Μέγαράδε. πολεμάρχῳ δὲ παρήγγειλαν οἱ τριάκοντα τοὐπʼ ἐκείνων εἰθισμένον παράγγελμα, πίνειν κώνειον, πρὶν τὴν αἰτίαν εἰπεῖν διʼ ἥντινα ἔμελλεν ἀποθανεῖσθαι· οὕτω πολλοῦ ἐδέησε κριθῆναι καὶ ἀπολογήσασθαι.
καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἀπεφέρετο ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου τεθνεώς, τριῶν ἡμῖν οἰκιῶν οὐσῶν ἐξ οὐδεμιᾶς εἴασαν ἐξενεχθῆναι, ἀλλὰ κλεισίον μισθωσάμενοι προὔθεντο αὐτόν. καὶ πολλῶν ὄντων ἱματίων αἰτοῦσιν οὐδὲν ἔδοσαν εἰς τὴν ταφήν, ἀλλὰ τῶν φίλων ὁ μὲν ἱμάτιον, ὁ δὲ προσκεφάλαιον, ὁ δὲ ὅ τι ἕκαστος ἔτυχεν ἔδωκεν εἰς τὴν ἐκείνου ταφήν.
καὶ ἔχοντες μὲν ἑπτακοσίας ἀσπίδας τῶν ἡμετέρων, ἔχοντες δὲ ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον τοσοῦτον, χαλκὸν δὲ καὶ κόσμον καὶ ἔπιπλα καὶ ἱμάτια γυναικεῖα ὅσα οὐδεπώποτε ᾤοντο κτήσεσθαι, καὶ ἀνδράποδα εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατόν, ὧν τὰ μὲν βέλτιστα ἔλαβον, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ εἰς τὸ δημόσιον ἀπέδοσαν, εἰς τοσαύτην ἀπληστίαν καὶ αἰσχροκέρδειαν ἀφίκοντο καὶ τοῦ τρόπου τοῦ αὑτῶν ἀπόδειξιν ἐποιήσαντο· τῆς γὰρ Πολεμάρχου γυναικὸς χρυσοῦς ἑλικτῆρας, οὓς ἔχουσα ἐτύγχανεν,
ὅτε τὸ πρῶτον ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Μηλόβιος ἐκ τῶν ὤτων ἐξείλετο. καὶ οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ ἐλάχιστον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας ἐλέου παρʼ αὐτῶν ἐτυγχάνομεν. ἀλλʼ οὕτως εἰς ἡμᾶς διὰ τὰ χρήματα ἐξημάρτανον, ὥσπερ ἂν ἕτεροι μεγάλων ἀδικημάτων ὀργὴν ἔχοντες, οὐ τούτων ἀξίους γε ὄντας τῇ πόλει, ἀλλὰ πάσας μὲν τὰς χορηγίας χορηγήσαντας, πολλὰς δʼ εἰσφορὰς εἰσενεγκόντας, κοσμίους δʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παρέχοντας καὶ πᾶν τὸ προσταττόμενον ποιοῦντας, ἐχθρὸν δʼ οὐδένα κεκτημένους, πολλοὺς δʼ Ἀθηναίων ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων λυσαμένους· τοιούτων ἠξίωσαν οὐχ ὁμοίως μετοικοῦντας ὥσπερ αὐτοὶ ἐπολιτεύοντο.
Sections 21–25
οὗτοι γὰρ πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν πολιτῶν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐξήλασαν, πολλοὺς δʼ ἀδίκως ἀποκτείναντες ἀτάφους ἐποίησαν, πολλοὺς δʼ ἐπιτίμους ὄντας ἀτίμους κατέστησαν, πολλῶν δὲ θυγατέρας μελλούσας ἐκδίδοσθαι ἐκώλυσαν.
καὶ εἰς τοσοῦτόν εἰσι τόλμης ἀφιγμένοι ὥσθʼ ἥκουσιν ἀπολογησόμενοι, καὶ λέγουσιν ὡς οὐδὲν κακὸν οὐδʼ αἰσχρὸν εἰργασμένοι εἰσίν. ἐγὼ δʼ ἐβουλόμην ἂν αὐτοὺς ἀληθῆ λέγειν· μετῆν γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἐμοὶ τούτου τἀγαθοῦ οὐκ ἐλάχιστον μέρος.
νῦν δὲ οὔτε πρὸς τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῖς τοιαῦτα ὑπάρχει οὔτε πρὸς ἐμέ· τὸν ἀδελφὸν γὰρ μου, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, Ἐρατοσθένης ἀπέκτεινεν, οὔτε αὐτὸς ἰδίᾳ ἀδικούμενος οὔτε εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὁρῶν ἐξαμαρτάνοντα, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ παρανομία προθύμως ἐξυπηρετῶν.
ἀναβιβασάμενος δʼ αὐτὸν βούλομαι ἐρέσθαι, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί. τοιαύτην γὰρ γνώμην ἔχω· ἐπὶ μὲν τῇ τούτου ὠφελείᾳ καὶ πρὸς ἕτερον περὶ τούτου διαλέγεσθαι ἀσεβὲς εἶναι νομίζω, ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ τούτου βλάβῃ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν τοῦτον ὅσιον καὶ εὐσεβές. ἀνάβηθι οὖν μοι καὶ ἀπόκριναι, ὅ τι ἄν σε ἐρωτῶ.
ἀπήγαγες Πολέμαρχον ἢ οὔ; τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων προσταχθέντα δεδιὼς ἐποίουν. ἦσθα δʼ ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ, ὅτε οἱ λόγοι ἐγίγνοντο περὶ ἡμῶν; ἦ. πότερον συνηγόρευες τοῖς κελεύουσιν ἀποκτεῖναι ἢ ἀντέλεγες; ἀντέλεγον. ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνωμεν; ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνητε. ἡγούμενος ἡμᾶς ἄδικα πάσχειν ἢ δίκαια; ἄδικα.
Sections 26–30
εἶτʼ, ὦ σχετλιώτατε πάντων, ἀντέλεγες μὲν ἵνα σώσειας, συνελάμβανες δὲ ἵνα ἀποκτείνῃς; καὶ ὅτε μὲν τὸ πλῆθος ἦν ὑμῶν κύριον τῆς σωτηρίας τῆς ἡμετέρας, ἀντιλέγειν φῂς τοῖς βουλομένοις ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπὶ σοὶ μόνῳ ἐγένετο καὶ σῶσαι Πολέμαρχον καὶ μή, εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀπήγαγες; εἶθʼ ὅ μέν, ὡς φῄς, ἀντειπὼν οὐδὲν ὠφέλησας, ἀξιοῖς χρηστὸς νομίζεσθαι, ὅτι δὲ συλλαβὼν ἀπέκτεινας, οὐκ ἐμοὶ καὶ τουτοισὶ δοῦναι δίκην;
καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτο εἰκὸς αὐτῷ πιστεύειν, εἴπερ ἀληθῆ λέγει φάσκων ἀντειπεῖν, ὡς αὐτῷ προσετάχθη. οὐ γὰρ δήπου ἐν τοῖς μετοίκοις πίστιν παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλάμβανον. ἔπειτα τῷ ἧττον εἰκὸς ἦν προσταχθῆναι ἢ ὅστις ἀντειπών γε ἐτύγχανε καὶ γνώμην ἀποδεδειγμένος; τίνα γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν ἧττον ταῦτα ὑπηρετῆσαι ἢ τὸν ἀντειπόντα οἷς ἐκεῖνοι ἐβούλοντο πραχθῆναι;
ἔτι δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις Ἀθηναίοις ἱκανή μοι δοκεῖ πρόφασις εἶναι τῶν γεγενημένων εἰς τοὺς τριάκοντα ἀναφέρειν τὴν αἰτίαν· αὐτοὺς δὲ τοὺς τριάκοντα, ἐὰν εἰς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀναφέρωσι, πῶς ὑμᾶς εἰκὸς ἀποδέχεσθαι;
εἰ μὲν γάρ τις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀρχὴ ἰσχυροτέρα , ὑφʼ ἧς αὐτῷ προσετάττετο παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον ἀνθρώπους ἀπολλύναι, ἴσως ἂν εἰκότως αὐτῷ συγγνώμην εἴχετε· νῦν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ ποτε καὶ λήψεσθε δίκην, εἴπερ ἐξέσται τοῖς τριάκοντα λέγειν ὅτι τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα προσταχθέντα ἐποίουν;
καὶ μὲν δὴ οὐκ ἐν τῇ οἰκία ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, σῴζειν τε αὐτὸν καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἐψηφισμένα παρόν, συλλαβὼν ἀπήγαγεν. ὑμεῖς δὲ πᾶσιν ὀργίζεσθε, ὅσοι εἰς τὰς οἰκίας ἦλθον τὰς ὑμετέρας ζήτησιν ποιούμενοι ἢ ὑμῶν ἢ τῶν ὑμετέρων τινός.
Sections 31–35
καίτοι εἰ χρὴ τοῖς διὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν ἑτέρους ἀπολέσασι συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἐκείνοις ἂν δικαιότερον ἔχοιτε· κίνδυνος γὰρ ἦν πεμφθεῖσι μὴ ἐλθεῖν καὶ καταλαβοῦσιν ἐξάρνοις γενέσθαι. τῷ δὲ Ἐρατοσθένει ἐξῆν εἰπεῖν ὅτι οὐκ ἀπήντησεν, ἔπειτα ὅτι οὐκ εἶδεν· ταῦτα γὰρ οὔτʼ ἔλεγχον οὔτε βάσανον εἶχεν, ὥστε μηδʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν βουλομένων οἷόν τʼ εἶναι ἐξελεγχθῆναι.
χρῆν δέ σε, ὦ Ἐρατόσθενες, εἴπερ ἦσθα χρηστός, πολὺ μᾶλλον τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἀδίκως ἀποθανεῖσθαι μηνυτὴν γενέσθαι ἢ τοὺς ἀδίκως ἀπολουμένους συλλαμβάνειν. νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλʼ ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις,
ὥστε τούσδε ἐκ τῶν ἔργων χρὴ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκ τῶν λόγων τὴν ψῆφον φέρειν, ἃ ἴσασι γεγενημένα τῶν τότε λεγομένων τεκμήρια λαμβάνοντας, ἐπειδὴ μάρτυρας περὶ αὐτῶν οὐχ οἷόν τε παρασχέσθαι. οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἡμῖν παρεῖναι οὐκ ἐξῆν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ παρʼ αὑτοῖς εἶναι, ὥστʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐστὶ πάντα τὰ κακὰ εἰργασμένοις τὴν πόλιν πάντα τἀγαθὰ περὶ αὑτῶν λέγειν.
τοῦτο μέντοι οὐ φεύγω, ἀλλʼ ὁμολογῶ σοι, εἰ βούλει, ἀντειπεῖν. θαυμάζω δὲ τί ἄν ποτʼ ἐποίησας συνειπών, ὁπότε ἀντειπεῖν φάσκων ἀπέκτεινας Πολέμαρχον.
φέρε δή, τί ἄν, εἰ καὶ ἀδελφοὶ ὄντες ἐτύχετε αὐτοῦ ἢ καὶ ὑεῖς; ἀπεψηφίσασθε; δεῖ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, Ἐρατοσθένην δυοῖν θάτερον ἀποδεῖξαι, ἢ ὡς οὐκ ἀπήγαγεν αὐτόν, ἢ ὡς δικαίως τοῦτʼ ἔπραξεν. οὗτος δὲ ὡμολόγηκεν ἀδίκως συλλαβεῖν, ὥστε ῥᾳδίαν ὑμῖν τὴν διαψήφισιν περὶ αὑτοῦ πεποίηκε.
καὶ μὲν δὴ πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἀστῶν καὶ τῶν ξένων ἥκουσιν εἰσόμενοι τίνα γνώμην περὶ τούτων ἕξετε. ὧν οἱ μὲν ὑμέτεροι ὄντες πολῖται μαθόντες ἀπίασιν ὅτι ἢ δίκην δώσουσιν ὧν ἂν ἐξαμάρτωσιν, ἢ πράξαντες μὲν ὧν ἐφίενται τύραννοι τῆς πόλεως ἔσονται, δυστυχήσαντες δὲ τὸ ἴσον ὑμῖν ἕξουσιν· ὅσοι δὲ ξένοι ἐπιδημοῦσιν, εἴσονται πότερον ἀδίκως τοὺς τριάκοντα ἐκκηρύττουσιν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ἢ δικαίως. εἰ γὰρ δὴ αὐτοὶ οἱ κακῶς πεπονθότες λαβόντες ἀφήσουσιν, ἦ που σφᾶς γʼ αὐτοὺς ἡγήσονται περιέργους ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τηρουμένους.
Sections 36–40
οὐκ οὖν δεινὸν εἰ τοὺς μὲν στρατηγούς, οἳ ἐνίκων ναυμαχοῦντες, ὅτε διὰ χειμῶνα οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἔφασαν εἶναι τοὺς ἐκ τῆς θαλάττης ἀνελέσθαι, θανάτῳ ἐζημιώσατε, ἡγούμενοι χρῆναι τῇ τῶν τεθνεώτων ἀρετῇ παρʼ ἐκείνων δίκην λαβεῖν, τούτους δέ, οἳ ἰδιῶται μὲν ὄντες καθʼ ὅσον ἐδύναντο ἐποίησαν ἡττηθῆναι ναυμαχοῦντας, ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν κατέστησαν, ὁμολογοῦσιν ἑκόντες πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκρίτους ἀποκτιννύναι, οὐκ ἄρα χρὴ αὐτοὺς καὶ τοὺς παῖδας ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ζημίαις κολάζεσθαι;
ἐγὼ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἠξίουν ἱκανὰ εἶναι τὰ κατηγορημένα· μέχρι γὰρ τούτου νομίζω χρῆναι κατηγορεῖν, ἕως ἂν θανάτου δόξῃ τῷ φεύγοντι ἄξια εἰργάσθαι. ταύτην γὰρ ἐσχάτην δίκην δυνάμεθα παρʼ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν. ὥστʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ πολλὰ κατηγορεῖν τοιούτων ἀνδρῶν, οἳ οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν πεπραγμένων δὶς ἀποθανόντες δίκην δοῦναι δύναιντʼ ἂν ἀξίαν . οὐ γὰρ δὴ οὐδὲ τοῦτο αὐτῷ προσήκει ποιῆσαι,
ὅπερ ἐν τῇδε τῇ πόλει εἰθισμένον ἐστί, πρὸς μὲν τὰ κατηγορημένα μηδὲν ἀπολογεῖσθαι, περὶ δὲ σφῶν αὐτῶν ἕτερα λέγοντες ἐνίοτε ἐξαπατῶσιν, ὑμῖν ἀποδεικνύντες ὡς στρατιῶται ἀγαθοί εἰσιν, ἢ ὡς πολλὰς τῶν πολεμίων ναῦς ἔλαβον τριηραρχήσαντες, ἢ πόλεις πολεμίας οὔσας φίλας
ἐποίησαν· ἐπεὶ κελεύετε αὐτὸν ἀποδεῖξαι ὅπου τοσούτους τῶν πολεμίων ἀπέκτειναν ὅσους τῶν πολιτῶν, ἢ ναῦς ὅπου τοσαύτας ἕσας αὐτοὶ παρέδοσαν, ἢ πόλιν ἥντινα τοιαύτην προσεκτήσαντο οἵαν τὴν ὑμετέραν κατεδουλώσαντο.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὅπλα τῶν πολεμίων τοσαῦτα ἐσκύλευσαν ὅσα περ ὑμῶν ἀφείλοντο, ἀλλὰ τείχη τοιαῦτα εἷλον οἷα τῆς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδος κατέσκαψαν; οἵτινες καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν Ἀττικὴν φρούρια καθεῖλον, καὶ ὑμῖν ἐδήλωσαν ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸν Πειραιᾶ Λακεδαιμονίων προσταττόντων περιεῖλον, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἑαυτοῖς τὴν ἀρχὴν οὕτω βεβαιοτέραν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι.
Sections 41–45
πολλάκις οὖν ἐθαύμασα τῆς τόλμης τῶν λεγόντων ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, πλὴν ὅταν ἐνθυμηθῶ ὅτι τῶν αὐτῶν ἐστιν αὐτούς τε πάντα τὰ κακὰ ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους ἐπαινεῖν.
οὐ γὰρ νῦν πρῶτον τῷ ὑμετέρῳ πλήθει τὰ ἐναντία ἔπραξεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τετρακοσίων ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ὀλιγαρχίαν καθιστὰς ἔφευγεν ἐξ Ἑλλησπόντου τριήραρχος καταλιπὼν τὴν ναῦν, μετὰ Ἰατροκλέους καὶ ἑτέρων, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα οὐδὲν δέομαι λέγειν. ἀφικόμενος δὲ δεῦρο τἀναντία τοῖς βουλομένοις δημοκρατίαν εἶναι ἔπραττε. καὶ τούτων μάρτυρας ὑμῖν παρέξομαι.
Μάρτυρες
τὸν μὲν τοίνυν μεταξὺ βίον αὐτοῦ παρήσω· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ ναυμαχία καὶ ἡ συμφορὰ τῇ πόλει ἐγένετο, δημοκρατίας ἔτι οὔσης, ὅθεν τῆς στάσεως ἦρξαν, πέντε ἄνδρες ἔφοροι κατέστησαν ὑπὸ τῶν καλουμένων ἑταίρων, συναγωγεῖς μὲν τῶν πολιτῶν ἄρχοντες δὲ τῶν συνωμοτῶν, ἐναντία δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ πλήθει πράττοντες· ὧν Ἐρατοσθένης καὶ Κριτίας ἦσαν.
οὗτοι δὲ φυλάρχους τε ἐπὶ τὰς φυλὰς κατέστησαν, καὶ ὅ τι δέοι χειροτονεῖσθαι καὶ οὕστινας χρείη ἄρχειν παρήγγελλον, καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο πράττειν βούλοιντο, κύριοι ἦσαν· οὕτως οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ τούτων πολιτῶν ὄντων ἐπεβουλεύεσθε ὅπως μήτʼ ἀγαθὸν μηδὲν ψηφιεῖσθε πολλῶν τε ἐνδεεῖς ἔσεσθε.
τοῦτο γὰρ καλῶς ἠπίσταντο, ὅτι ἄλλως μὲν οὐχ οἷοί τε ἔσονται περιγενέσθαι, κακῶς δὲ πραττόντων δυνήσονται· καὶ ὑμᾶς ἡγοῦντο τῶν παρόντων κακῶν ἐπιθυμοῦντας ἀπαλλαγῆναι περὶ τῶν μελλόντων οὐκ ἐνθυμήσεσθαι.
Sections 46–50
ὡς τοίνυν τῶν ἐφόρων ἐγένετο, μάρτυρας ὑμῖν παρέξομαι, οὐ τοὺς τότε συμπράττοντας (οὐ γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην), ἀλλὰ τοὺς αὐτοῦ Ἐρατοσθένους ἀκούσαντας.
καίτοι εἰ ἐσωφρόνουν κατεμαρτύρουν ἂν αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς διδασκάλους τῶν σφετέρων ἁμαρτημάτων σφόδρʼ ἂν ἐκόλαζον, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους, εἰ ἐσωφρόνουν, οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς τῶν πολιτῶν κακοῖς πιστοὺς ἐνόμιζον, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς τῆς πόλεως ἀγαθοῖς ῥᾳδίως παρέβαινον· πρὸς μὲν οὖν τούτους τοσαῦτα λέγω, τοὺς δὲ μάρτυράς μοι κάλει. καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε.
Μάρτυρες
τῶν μὲν μαρτύρων ἀκηκόατε. τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν καταστὰς ἀγαθοῦ μὲν οὐδενὸς μετέσχεν, ἄλλων δὲ πολλῶν. καίτοι εἴπερ ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός, ἐχρῆν αὐτὸν πρῶτον μὲν μὴ παρανόμως ἄρχειν, ἔπειτα τῇ βουλῇ μηνυτὴν γίγνεσθαι περὶ τῶν εἰσαγγελιῶν ἁπασῶν, ὅτι ψευδεῖς εἶεν, καὶ Βάτραχος καὶ Αἰσχυλίδης οὐ τἀληθῆ μηνύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα πλασθέντα εἰσαγγέλλουσι, συγκείμενα ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν πολιτῶν βλάβῃ.
καὶ μὲν δή, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ὅσοι κακόνοι ἦσαν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ πλήθει, οὐδὲν ἔλαττον εἶχον σιωπῶντες· ἕτεροι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ λέγοντες καὶ πράττοντες ὧν οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν μείζω κακὰ γενέσθαι τῇ πόλει. ὁπόσοι δʼ εὖνοί φασιν εἶναι, πῶς οὐκ ἐνταῦθα ἔδειξαν, αὐτοί τε τὰ βέλτιστα λέγοντες καὶ τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας ἀποτρέποντες;
ἴσως δʼ ἂν ἔχοι εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐδεδοίκει, καὶ ὑμῶν τοῦτο ἐνίοις ἱκανὸν ἔσται. ὅπως τοίνυν μὴ φανήσεται ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τοῖς τριάκοντα ἐναντιούμενος· εἰ δὲ μή, ἐνταυθοῖ δῆλος ἔσται ὅτι ἐκεῖνά τε αὐτῷ ἤρεσκε, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐδύνατο ὥστε ἐναντιούμενος μηδὲν κακὸν παθεῖν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν. χρῆν δʼ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ταύτην τὴν προθυμίαν ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ ὑπὲρ Θηραμένους, ὃς εἰς ὑμᾶς πολλὰ ἐξήμαρτεν.
Sections 51–55
ἀλλʼ οὗτος τὴν μὲν πόλιν ἐχθρὰν ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι, τοὺς δʼ ὑμετέρους ἐχθροὺς φίλους, ὡς ἀμφότερα ταῦτα ἐγὼ πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις παραστήσω, καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφορὰς οὐχ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν γιγνομένας, ὁπότεροι τὰ πράγματα πράξουσι καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἄρξουσιν.
εἰ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδικουμένων ἐστασίαζον, ποῦ κάλλιον ἦν ἀνδρὶ ἄρχοντι, ἢ Θρασυβούλου Φυλὴν κατειληφότος, τότε ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν αὑτοῦ εὔνοιαν; ὁ δʼ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπαγγείλασθαί τι ἢ πρᾶξαι ἀγαθὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἐπὶ Φυλῇ, ἐλθὼν μετὰ τῶν συναρχόντων εἰς Σαλαμῖνα καὶ Ἐλευσῖνάδε τριακοσίους τῶν πολιτῶν ἀπήγαγεν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον, καὶ μιᾷ ψήφῳ αὐτῶν ἁπάντων θάνατον κατεψηφίσατο.
ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ ἤλθομεν καὶ αἱ ταραχαὶ γεγενημέναι ἦσαν καὶ περὶ τῶν διαλλαγῶν οἱ λόγοι ἐγίγνοντο, πολλὰς ἑκάτεροι ἐλπίδας εἴχομεν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔσεσθαι, ὡς ἀμφότεροι ἔδειξαν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ Πειραιῶς κρείττους ὄντες εἴασαν
αὐτοὺς ἀπελθεῖν· οἱ δὲ εἰς τὸ ἄστυ ἐλθόντες τοὺς μὲν τριάκοντα ἐξέβαλον πλὴν Φείδωνος καὶ Ἐρατοσθένους, ἄρχοντας δὲ τοὺς ἐκείνοις ἐχθίστους εἵλοντο, ἡγούμενοι δικαίως ἂν ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν τούς τε τριάκοντα μισεῖσθαι καὶ τοὺς ἐν Πειραιεῖ φιλεῖσθαι.
τούτων τοίνυν Φείδων γενόμενος καὶ Ἱπποκλῆς καὶ Ἐπιχάρης ὁ Λαμπτρεὺς καὶ ἕτεροι οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι ἐναντιώτατοι Χαρικλεῖ καὶ Κριτίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἐκείνων ἑταιρεία, ἐπειδή αὐτοὶ εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν κατέστησαν, πολὺ μείζω στάσιν καὶ πόλεμον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐν Πειραιεῖ τοῖς ἐξ ἄστεως ἐποίησαν.
Sections 56–60
ᾧ καὶ φανερῶς ἐπεδείξαντο ὅτι οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν Πειραιεῖ οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδίκως ἀπολλυμένων ἐστασίαζον, οὐδʼ οἱ τεθνεῶτες αὐτοὺς ἐλύπουν οὐδʼ οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποθανεῖσθαι, ἀλλʼ οἱ μεῖζον δυνάμενοι καὶ θᾶττον πλουτοῦντες.
λαβόντες γὰρ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἀμφοτέροις ἐπολέμουν, τοῖς τε τριάκοντα πάντα κακὰ εἰργασμένοις καὶ ὑμῖν πάντα κακὰ πεπονθόσι. καίτοι τοῦτο πᾶσι δῆλον ἦν, ὅτι εἰ μὲν ἐκεῖνοι δικαίως ἔφευγον, ὑμεῖς ἀδίκως, εἰ δʼ ὑμεῖς δικαίως, οἱ τριάκοντα ἀδίκως· οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἑτέρων ἔργων αἰτίαν λαβόντες ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξέπεσον,
ἀλλὰ τούτων. ὥστε σφόδρα χρὴ ὀργίζεσθαι, ὅτι Φείδων αἱρεθεὶς ὑμᾶς διαλλάξαι καὶ καταγαγεῖν τῶν αὐτῶν ἔργων Ἐρατοσθένει μετεῖχε καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ τοὺς μὲν κρείττους αὑτῶν διʼ ὑμᾶς κακῶς ποιεῖν ἕτοιμος ἦν, ὑμῖν δὲ ἀδίκως φεύγουσιν οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἀποδοῦναι τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλʼ ἐλθὼν εἰς Λακεδαίμονα ἔπειθεν αὐτοὺς στρατεύεσθαι, διαβάλλων ὅτι Βοιωτῶν ἡ πόλις ἔσται, καὶ ἄλλα λέγων οἷ ᾤετο πείσειν μάλιστα.
οὐ δυνάμενος δὲ τούτων τυχεῖν, εἴτε καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν ἐμποδὼν ὄντων εἴτε καὶ αὐτῶν οὐ βουλομένων, ἑκατὸν τάλαντα ἐδανείσατο, ἵνα ἔχοι ἐπικούρους μισθοῦσθαι, καὶ Λύσανδρον ἄρχοντα ᾐτήσατο, εὐνούστατον μὲν ὄντα τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ, κακονούστατον δὲ τῇ πόλει, μισοῦντα δὲ μάλιστα τοὺς ἐν Πειραιεῖ.
μισθωσάμενοι δὲ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπʼ ὀλέθρῳ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ πόλεις ἐπάγοντες, καὶ τελευτῶντες Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ὁπόσους ἐδύναντο πεῖσαι, οὐ διαλλάξαι ἀλλʼ ἀπολέσαι παρεσκευάζοντο τὴν πόλιν εἰ μὴ διʼ ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς, οἷς ὑμεῖς δηλώσατε παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν δίκην λαβόντες, ὅτι καὶ ἐκείνοις χάριν ἀποδώσετε.
Sections 61–65
ταῦτα δὲ ἐπίστασθε μὲν καὶ αὐτοί, καὶ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ μάρτυρας παρασχέσθαι· ὅμως δέ· ἐγώ τε γὰρ δέομαι ἀναπαύσασθαι, ὑμῶν τʼ ἐνίοις ἥδιον ὡς πλείστων τοὺς αὐτοὺς λόγους ἀκούειν.
Μάρτυρες
φέρε δὴ καὶ περὶ Θηραμένους ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι διὰ βραχυτάτων διδάξω. δέομαι δʼ ὑμῶν ἀκοῦσαι ὑπέρ τʼ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ μηδενὶ τοῦτο παραστῇ, ὡς Ἐρατοσθένους κινδυνεύοντος Θηραμένους κατηγορῶ. πυνθάνομαι γὰρ ταῦτα ἀπολογήσεσθαι αὐτόν, ὅτι ἐκείνῳ φίλος ἦν καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἔργων μετεῖχε.
καίτοι σφόδρʼ ἂν αὐτὸν οἶμαι μετὰ Θεμιστοκλέους πολιτευόμενον προσποιεῖσθαι πράττειν ὅπως οἰκοδομηθήσεται τὰ τείχη, ὁπότε καὶ μετὰ Θηραμένους ὅπως καθαιρεθήσεται. οὐ γάρ μοι δοκοῦσιν ἴσου ἄξιοι γεγενῆσθαι· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Λακεδαιμονίων ἀκόντων ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτά, οὗτος δὲ τοὺς πολίτας ἐξαπατήσας καθεῖλε.
περιέστηκεν οὖν τῇ πόλει τοὐναντίον ἢ ὡς εἰκὸς ἦν. ἄξιον μὲν γὰρ ἦν καὶ τοὺς φίλους τοὺς Θηραμένους προσαπολωλέναι, πλὴν εἴ τις ἐτύγχανεν ἐκείνῳ τἀναντία πράττων· νῦν δὲ ὁρῶ τάς τε ἀπολογίας εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἀναφερομένας, τούς τʼ ἐκείνῳ συνόντας τιμᾶσθαι πειρωμένους, ὥσπερ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίου ἀλλʼ οὐ μεγάλων κακῶν γεγενημένου.
ὃς πρῶτον μὲν τῆς προτέρας ὀλιγαρχίας αἰτιώτατος ἐγένετο, πείσας ὑμᾶς τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν τετρακοσίων πολιτείαν ἑλέσθαι. καὶ ὁ μὲν πατὴρ αὐτοῦ τῶν προβούλων ὢν ταὔτʼ ἔπραττεν, αὐτὸς δὲ δοκῶν εὐνούστατος εἶναι τοῖς πράγμασι στρατηγὸς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ᾑρέθη.
Sections 66–70
καὶ ἕως μὲν ἐτιμᾶτο, πιστὸν ἑαυτὸν παρεῖχεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ Πείσανδρον μὲν καὶ Κάλλαισχρον καὶ ἑτέρους ἑώρα προτέρους αὑτοῦ γιγνομένους, τὸ δὲ ὑμέτερον πλῆθος οὐκέτι βουλόμενον τούτων ἀκροᾶσθαι, τότʼ ἤδη διά τε τὸν πρὸς ἐκείνους φθόνον καὶ τὸ παρʼ ὑμῶν δέος μετέσχε τῶν Ἀριστοκράτους ἔργων.
βουλόμενος δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ πλήθει δοκεῖν πιστὸς εἶναι Ἀντιφῶντα καὶ Ἀρχεπτόλεμον φιλτάτους ὄντας αὑτῷ κατηγορῶν ἀπέκτεινεν, εἰς τοσοῦτον δὲ κακίας ἦλθεν, ὥστε ἅμα μὲν διὰ τὴν πρὸς ἐκείνους πίστιν ὑμᾶς κατεδουλώσατο, διὰ δὲ τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοὺς φίλους ἀπώλεσε.
τιμώμενος δὲ καὶ τῶν μεγίστων ἀξιούμενος, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν τὴν πόλιν αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσε, φάσκων πρᾶγμα ηὑρηκέναι μέγα καὶ πολλοῦ ἄξιον. ὑπέσχετο δὲ εἰρήνην ποιήσειν μήτε ὅμηρα δοὺς μήτε τὰ τείχη καθελὼν μήτε τὰς ναῦς παραδούς· ταῦτα δὲ εἰπεῖν μὲν οὐδενὶ ἠθέλησεν, ἐκέλευσε δὲ αὑτῷ πιστεύειν.
ὑμεῖς δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, πραττούσης μὲν τῆς ἐν Ἀρείπάγῳ βουλῆς σωτήρια, ἀντιλεγόντων δὲ πολλῶν Θηραμένει, εἰδότες δὲ ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ἄνθρωποι τῶν πολεμίων ἕνεκα τἀπόρρητα ποιοῦνται, ἐκεῖνος δʼ ἐν τοῖς αὑτοῦ πολίταις οὐκ ἠθέλησεν εἰπεῖν ταῦθʼ ἃ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἔμελλεν ἐρεῖν, ὅμως ἐπετρέψατε αὐτῷπατρίδα καὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς. ὁ δὲ ὧν μὲν ὑπέσχετο οὐδὲν ἔπραξεν,
οὕτως δὲ ἐνετεθύμητο ὡς χρὴ μικρὰν καὶ ἀσθενῆ γενέσθαι τὴν πόλιν, ὥστε περὶ ὧν οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτε τῶν πολεμίων ἐμνήσθη οὔτε τῶν πολιτῶν ἤλπισε, ταῦθʼ ὑμᾶς ἔπεισε πρᾶξαι, οὐχ ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων ἀναγκαζόμενος, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ἐκείνοις ἐπαγγελλόμενος, τοῦ τε Πειραιῶς τὰ τείχη περιελεῖν καὶ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν πολιτείαν καταλῦσαι, εὖ εἰδὼς ὅτι, εἰ μὴ πασῶν τῶν ἐλπίδων ἀποστερηθήσεσθε, ταχεῖαν παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν τιμωρίαν κομιεῖσθε.
Sections 71–75
καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οὐ πρότερον εἴασε τὴν ἐκκλησίαν γενέσθαι, ἕως ὁ λεγόμενος ὑπʼ ἐκείνων καιρὸς ἐπιμελῶς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐτηρήθη, καὶ μετεπέμψατο μὲν τὰς μετὰ Λυσάνδρου ναῦς ἐκ Σάμου, ἐπεδήμησε δὲ τὸ τῶν πολεμίων στρατόπεδον.
τότε δὲ τούτων ὑπαρχόντων, καὶ παρόντος Λυσάνδρου καὶ Φιλοχάρους καὶ Μιλτιάδου, περὶ τῆς πολιτείας τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐποίουν, ἵνα μήτε ῥήτωρ αὐτοῖς μηδεὶς ἐναντιοῖτο μηδὲ διαπειλοῖτο ὑμεῖς τε μὴ τὰ τῆ πόλει συμφέροντα ἕλοισθε, ἀλλὰ τἀκείνοις δοκοῦντα ψηφίσαισθε.
ἀναστὰς δὲ Θηραμένης ἐκέλευσεν ὑμᾶς τριάκοντα ἀνδράσιν ἐπιτρέψαι τὴν πόλιν καὶ τῇ πολιτεία χρῆσθαι ἣν Δρακοντίδης ἀπέφαινεν. ὑμεῖς δʼ ὅμως καὶ οὕτω διακείμενοι ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα· ἐγιγνώσκετε γὰρ ὅτι περὶ δουλείας καὶ ἐλευθερίας ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρα ἠκκλησιάζετε.
θηραμένης δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, (καὶ τούτων ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς μάρτυρας παρέξομαι) εἶπεν ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτῷ μέλοι τοῦ ὑμετέρου θορύβου, ἐπειδὴ πολλοὺς μὲν Ἀθηναίων εἰδείη τοὺς τὰ ὅμοια πράττοντας αὑτῷ, δοκοῦντα δὲ Λυσάνδρῳ καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις λέγοι. μετʼ ἐκεῖνον δὲ Λύσανδρος ἀναστὰς ἄλλα τε πολλὰ εἶπε καὶ ὅτι παρασπόνδους ὑμᾶς ἔχοι, καὶ ὅτι οὐ περὶ πολιτείας ὑμῖν ἔσται ἀλλὰ περὶ σωτηρίας, εἰ μὴ ποιήσεθʼ ἃ Θηραμένης κελεύει.
τῶν δʼ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησία ὅσοι ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ ἦσαν, γνόντες τὴν παρασκευὴν καὶ τὴν ἀνάγκην, οἱ μὲν αὐτοῦ μένοντες ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, οἱ δὲ ᾤχοντο ἀπιόντες, τοῦτο γοῦν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς συνειδότες, ὅτι οὐδὲν κακὸν τῇ πόλει ἐψηφίσαντο· ὀλίγοι δέ τινες καὶ πονηροὶ καὶ κακῶς βουλευόμενοι τὰ προσταχθέντα ἐχειροτόνησαν.
Sections 76–80
παρήγγελτο γὰρ αὐτοῖς δέκα μὲν οὓς Θηραμένης ἀπέδειξε χειροτονῆσαι, δέκα δὲ οὓς οἱ καθεστηκότες ἔφοροι κελεύοιεν, δέκα δʼ ἐκ τῶν παρόντων· οὕτω γὰρ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀσθένειαν ἑώρων καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν δύναμιν ἠπίσταντο, ὥστε πρότερον ᾔδεσαν τὰ μέλλοντα ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησία πραχθήσεσθαι.
ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἐμοὶ δεῖ πιστεῦσαι, ἀλλὰ ἐκείνῳ· πάντα γὰρ τὰ ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ εἰρημένα ἐν τῇ βουλῇ ἀπολογούμενος ἔλεγεν, ὀνειδίζων μὲν τοῖς φεύγουσιν, ὅτι διʼ αὑτὸν κατέλθοιεν, οὐδὲν φροντιζόντων Λακεδαιμονίων, ὀνειδίζων δὲ τοῖς τῆς πολιτείας μετέχουσιν, ὅτι πάντων τῶν πεπραγμένων τοῖς εἰρημένοις τρόποις ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ αὐτὸς αἴτιος γεγενημένος τοιούτων τυγχάνοι, πολλὰς πίστεις αὐτοῖς ἔργῳ δεδωκὼς καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων ὅρκους εἰληφώς.
καὶ τοσούτων καὶ ἑτέρων κακῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν καὶ πάλαι καὶ νεωστὶ καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων αἰτίου γεγενημένου τολμήσουσιν αὑτοὺς φίλους ὄντας ἀποφαίνειν, οὐχ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἀποθανόντος Θηραμένους ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς αὑτοῦ πονηρίας, καὶ δικαίως μὲν ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ δίκην δόντος (ἤδη γὰρ αὐτὴν κατέλυσε), δικαίως δʼ ἂν ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ· δὶς γὰρ ὑμᾶς κατεδουλώσατο, τῶν μὲν παρόντων καταφρονῶν, τῶν δὲ ἀπόντων ἐπιθυμῶν, καὶ τῷ καλλίστῳ ὀνόματι χρώμενος δεινοτάτων ἔργων διδάσκαλος καταστάς.
περὶ μὲν τοίνυν Θηραμένους ἱκανά μοί ἐστι τὰ κατηγορημένα· ἥκει δʼ ὑμῖν ἐκεῖνος ὁ καιρός, ἐν ᾧ δεῖ συγγνώμην καὶ ἔλεον μὴ εἶναι ἐν ταῖς ὑμετέραις γνώμαις, ἀλλὰ παρὰ Ἐρατοσθένους καὶ τῶν τούτου συναρχόντων δίκην λαβεῖν, μηδὲ μαχομένους μὲν κρείττους εἶναι τῶν πολεμίων, ψηφιζομένους δὲ ἥττους τῶν ἐχθρῶν.
μηδʼ ὧν φασι μέλλειν πράξειν πλείω χάριν αὐτοῖς ἴστε, ἢ ὧν ἐποίησαν ὀργίζεσθε· μηδʼ ἀποῦσι μὲν τοῖς τριάκοντα ἐπιβουλεύετε, παρόντας δʼ ἀφῆτε· μηδὲ τῆς τύχης, ἣ τούτους παρέδωκε τῇ πόλει, κάκιον ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς βοηθήσητε.
Sections 81–85
κατηγόρηται δὴ Ἐρατοσθένους καὶ τῶν τούτου φίλων, οἷς τὰς ἀπολογίας ἀνοίσει καὶ μεθʼ ὧν αὐτῷ ταῦτα πέπρακται. ὁ μέντοι ἀγὼν οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου τῇ πόλει καὶ Ἐρατοσθένει· οὗτος μὲν γὰρ κατήγορος καὶ δικαστὴς αὑτὸς ἦν τῶν κρινομένων, ἡμεῖς δὲ νυνὶ εἰς κατηγορίαν καὶ ἀπολογίαν καθέσταμεν.
καὶ οὗτοι μὲν τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν, ὑμεῖς δὲ τοὺς ἀπολέσαντας τὴν πόλιν κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἀξιοῦτε κρίνειν, παρʼ ὧν οὐδʼ ἂν παρανόμως βουλόμενοι δίκην λαμβάνειν ἀξίαν τῶν ἀδικημάτων ὧν τὴν πόλιν ἠδικήκασι λάβοιτε. τί γὰρ ἂν παθόντες δίκην τὴν ἀξίαν εἴησαν τῶν ἔργων δεδωκότες;
πότερον εἰ αὐτοὺς ἀποκτείναιτε καὶ τοὺς παῖδας αὐτῶν, ἱκανὴν ἂν τοῦ φόνου δίκην λάβοιμεν, ὧν οὗτοι πατέρας καὶ ὑεῖς καὶ ἀδελφοὺς ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν; ἀλλὰ εἰ τὰ χρήματα τὰ φανερὰ δημεύσαιτε, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι ἢ τῇ πόλει, ἧς οὗτοι πολλὰ εἰλήφασιν, ἢ τοῖς ἰδιώταις,
ὧν τὰς οἰκίας ἐξεπόρθησαν; ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν πάντα ποιοῦντες δίκην παρʼ αὐτῶν τὴν ἀξίαν οὐκ ἂν δύναισθε λαβεῖν, πῶς οὐκ αἰσχρὸν ὑμῖν καὶ ἡντινοῦν ἀπολιπεῖν, ἥντινά τις βούλοιτο παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν;
πᾶν δʼ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ τολμῆσαι, ὅστις νυνὶ οὐχ ἑτέρων ὄντων τῶν δικαστῶν ἀλλʼ αὐτῶν τῶν κακῶς πεπονθότων, ἥκει ἀπολογησόμενος πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοὺς μάρτυρας τῆς τούτου πονηρίας· τοσοῦτον ἢ ὑμῶν καταπεφρόνηκεν ἢ ἑτέροις πεπίστευκεν.
ὧν ἀμφοτέρων ἄξιον ἐπιμεληθῆναι, ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι οὔτʼ ἂν ἐκεῖνα ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν μὴ ἑτέρων συμπραττόντων οὔτʼ ἂν νῦν ἐπεχείρησαν ἐλθεῖν μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν οἰόμενοι σωθήσεσθαι, οἳ οὐ τούτοις ἥκουσι βοηθήσοντες, ἀλλὰ ἡγούμενοι πολλὴν ἄδειαν σφίσιν ἔσεσθαι τῶν τε πεπραγμένων καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βούλωνται, εἰ τοὺς μεγίστων κακῶν αἰτίους λαβόντες ἀφήσετε.
Sections 86–90
ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν συνερούντων αὐτοῖς ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, πότερον ὡς καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ αἰτήσονται, τὴν αὑτῶν ἀρετὴν πλείονος ἀξίαν ἀποφαίνοντες τῆς τούτων πονηρίας· ἐβουλόμην μέντʼ ἂν αὐτοὺς οὕτω προθύμους εἶναι σῴζειν τὴν πόλιν, ὥσπερ οὗτοι ἀπολλύναι ἢ ὡς δεινοὶ λέγειν ἀπολογήσονται καὶ τὰ τούτων ἔργα πολλοῦ ἄξια ἀποφανοῦσιν. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν οὐδὲ τὰ δίκαια πώποτε ἐπεχείρησεν εἰπεῖν.
ἀλλὰ τοὺς μάρτυρας ἄξιον ἰδεῖν, οἳ τούτοις μαρτυροῦντες αὑτῶν κατηγοροῦσι, σφόδρα ἐπιλήσμονας καὶ εὐήθεις νομίζοντες ὑμᾶς εἶναι, εἰ διὰ μὲν τοῦ ὑμετέρου πλήθους ἀδεῶς ἡγοῦνται τοὺς τριάκοντα σώσειν, διὰ δὲ Ἐρατοσθένην καὶ τοὺς συνάρχοντας αὐτοῦ δεινὸν ἦν καὶ τῶν τεθνεώτων ἐπʼ ἐκφορὰν ἐλθεῖν.
καίτοι οὗτοι μὲν σωθέντες πάλιν ἂν δύναιντο τὴν πόλιν ἀπολέσαι· ἐκεῖνοι δέ, οὓς οὗτοι ἀπώλεσαν, τελευτήσαντες τὸν βίον πέρας ἔχουσι τῆς παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τιμωρίας. οὐκ οὖν δεινὸν εἰ τῶν μὲν ἀδίκως τεθνεώτων οἱ φίλοι συναπώλλυντο, αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς τὴν πόλιν ἀπολέσασι δήπου ἐπʼ ἐκφορὰν πολλοὶ ἥξουσιν, ὁπότε βοηθεῖν τοσοῦτοι παρασκευάζονται;
καὶ μὲν δὴ πολλῷ ῥᾷον ἡγοῦμαι εἶναι ὑπὲρ ὧν ὑμεῖς ἐπάσχετε ἀντειπεῖν, ἢ ὑπὲρ ὧν οὗτοι πεποιήκασιν ἀπολογήσασθαι. καίτοι λέγουσιν ὡς Ἐρατοσθένει ἐλάχιστα τῶν τριάκοντα κακὰ εἴργασται, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν ἀξιοῦσι σωθῆναι· ὅτι δὲ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων πλεῖστα εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐξημάρτηκεν,
οὐκ οἴονται χρῆναι αὐτὸν ἀπολέσθαι; ὑμεῖς δὲ δείξατε ἥντινα γνώμην ἔχετε περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων. εἰ μὲν γὰρ τούτου καταψηφιεῖσθε, δῆλοι ἔσεσθε ὡς ὀργιζόμενοι τοῖς πεπραγμένοις· εἰ δὲ ἀποψηφιεῖσθε, ὀφθήσεσθε τῶν αὐτῶν ἔργων ἐπιθυμηταὶ τούτοις ὄντες, καὶ οὐχ ἕξετε λέγειν ὅτι τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα
Sections 91–95
προσταχθέντα ἐποιεῖτε· νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς ὑμᾶς ἀναγκάζει παρὰ τὴν ὑμετέραν γνώμην ψηφίζεσθαι. ὥστε συμβουλεύω μὴ τούτων ἀποψηφισαμένους ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καταψηφίσασθαι. μηδʼ οἴεσθε κρύβδην τὴν ψῆφον εἶναι φανερὰν γὰρ τῇ πόλει τὴν ὑμετέραν γνώμην ποιήσετε.
βούλομαι δὲ ὀλίγα ἑκατέρους ἀναμνήσας καταβαίνειν, τούς τε ἐξ ἄστεως καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Πειραιῶς, ἵνα τὰς ὑμῖν τούτων γεγενημένας συμφορὰς παραδείγματα ἔχοντες τὴν ψῆφον φέρητε. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ὅσοι ἐξ ἄστεώς ἐστε, σκέψασθε ὅτι ὑπὸ τούτων οὕτω σφόδρα ἤρχεσθε, ὥστε ἀδελφοῖς καὶ ὑέσι καὶ πολίταις ἠναγκάζεσθε πολεμεῖν τοιοῦτον πόλεμον, ἐν ᾧ ἡττηθέντες μὲν τοῖς νικήσασι τὸ ἴσον ἔχετε, νικήσαντες δʼ ἄν τούτοις ἐδουλεύετε.
καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους οἴκους οὗτοι μὲν ἐκ τῶν πραγμάτων μεγάλους ἐκτήσαντο, ὑμεῖς δὲ διὰ τὸν πρὸς ἀλλήλους πόλεμον ἐλάττους ἔχετε· συνωφελεῖσθαι μὲν γὰρ ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἠξίουν, συνδιαβάλλεσθαι δʼ ἠνάγκαζον, εἰς τοσοῦτον ὑπεροψίας ἐλθόντες ὥστε οὐ τῶν ἀγαθῶν κοινούμενοι πιστοὺς ὑμᾶς ἐκτῶντο, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὀνειδῶν μεταδιδόντες εὔνους ὤοντο εἶναι.
ἀνθʼ ὧν ὑμεῖς νῦν ἐν τῷ θαρραλέῳ ὄντες, καθʼ ὅσον δύνασθε, καὶ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκ Πειραιῶς τιμωρήσασθε, ἐνθυμηθέντες μὲν ὅτι ὑπὸ τούτων πονηροτάτων ὄντων ἤρχεσθε, ἐνθυμηθέντες δὲ ὅτι μετʼ ἀνδρῶν νῦν ἀρίστων πολιτεύεσθε καὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις μάχεσθε καὶ περὶ τῆς πόλεως βουλεύεσθε, ἀναμνησθέντες δὲ τῶν ἐπικούρων, οὓς οὗτοι φύλακας τῆς σφετέρας ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας δουλείας εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν κατέστησαν.
καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὲν ἔτι πολλῶν ὄντων εἰπεῖν τοσαῦτα λέγω. ὅσοι δʼ ἐκ Πειραιῶς ἐστε, πρῶτον μὲν τῶν ὅπλων ἀναμνήσθητε, ὅτι πολλὰς μάχας ἐν τῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ μαχεσάμενοι οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τούτων εἰρήνης οὔσης ἀφῃρέθητε τὰ ὅπλα, ἔπειθʼ ὅτι ἐξεκηρύχθητε μὲν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, ἣν ὑμῖν οἱ πατέρες παρέδοσαν, φεύγοντας δὲ ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ἐξῃτοῦντο.
Sections 96–100
ἀνθʼ ὧν ὀργίσθητε μὲν ὥσπερ ὅτʼ ἐφεύγετε, ἀναμνήσθητε δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακῶν ἃ πεπόνθατε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, οἳ τοὺς μὲν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς τοὺς δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν συναρπάζοντες βιαίως ἀπέκτειναν, τοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ τέκνων καὶ γονέων καὶ γυναικῶν ἀφέλκοντες φονέας αὑτῶν ἠνάγκασαν γενέσθαι καὶ οὐδὲ ταφῆς τῆς νομιζομένης εἴασαν τυχεῖν, ἡγούμενοι τὴν αὑτῶν ἀρχὴν βεβαιοτέραν εἶναι τῆς παρὰ τῶν θεῶν τιμωρίας. ὅσοι δὲ τὸν θάνατον διέφυγον,
πολλαχοῦ κινδυνεύσαντες καὶ εἰς πολλὰς πόλεις πλανηθέντες καὶ πανταχόθεν ἐκκηρυττόμενοι, ἐνδεεῖς ὄντες τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, οἱ μὲν ἐν πολεμίᾳ τῇ πατρίδι τοὺς παῖδας καταλιπόντες, οἱ δʼ ἐν ξένῃ γῇ, πολλῶν ἐναντιουμένων ἤλθετε εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ. πολλῶν δὲ καὶ μεγάλων κινδύνων ὑπαρξάντων ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ γενόμενοι τοὺς μὲν ἠλευθερώσατε, τοὺς δʼ εἰς τὴν πατρίδα κατηγάγετε.
εἰ δὲ ἐδυστυχήσατε καὶ τούτων ἡμάρτετε, αὐτοὶ μὲν ἂν δείσαντες ἐφεύγετε μὴ πάθητε τοιαῦτα οἷα καὶ πρότερον, καὶ οὔτʼ ἂν ἱερὰ οὔτε βωμοὶ ὑμᾶς ἀδικουμένους διὰ τοὺς τούτων τρόπους ὠφέλησαν, ἃ καὶ τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι σωτήρια γίγνεται· οἱ δὲ παῖδες ὑμῶν, ὅσοι μὲν ἐνθάδε ἦσαν, ὑπὸ τούτων ἂν ὑβρίζοντο, οἱ δʼ ἐπὶ ξένης μικρῶν ἂν ἕνεκα συμβολαίων ἐδούλευον ἐρημίᾳ τῶν ἐπικουρησόντων.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι βούλομαι λέγειν, τὰ πραχθέντα ὑπὸ τούτων οὐ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἑνὸς κατηγόρου οὐδὲ δυοῖν ἔργον ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν. ὅμως δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς προθυμίας οὐδὲν ἐλλέλειπται, ὑπέρ τε τῶν ἱερῶν, ἃ οὗτοι τὰ μὲν ἀπέδοντο τὰ δʼ εἰσιόντες ἐμίαινον, ὑπέρ τε τῆς πόλεως, ἣν μικρὰν ἐποίουν, ὑπέρ τε τῶν νεωρίων, ἃ καθεῖλον, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν τεθνεώτων, οἷς ὑμεῖς, ἐπειδὴ ζῶσιν ἐπαμῦναι οὐκ ἐδύνασθε, ἀποθανοῦσι βοηθήσατε.
οἶμαι δʼ αὐτοὺς ἡμῶν τε ἀκροᾶσθαι καὶ ὑμᾶς εἴσεσθαι τὴν ψῆφον φέροντας, ἡγουμένους, ὅσοι μὲν ἂν τούτων ἀποψηφίσησθε, αὐτῶν θάνατον κατεψηφισμένους ἔσεσθαι, ὅσοι δʼ ἂν παρὰ τούτων δίκην λάβωσιν, ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν τιμωρίας πεποιημένους.
παύσομαι κατηγορῶν. ἀκηκόατε, ἑωράκατε, πεπόνθατε, ἔχετε· δικάζετε.
On the Murder of Eratosthenes
Contents — 10 sections
Sections 1–5
I should be only too pleased, sirs, to have you so disposed towards me in judging this case as you would be to yourselves, if you found yourselves in my plight. For I am sure that, if you had the same feelings about others as about yourselves, not one of you but would be indignant at what has been done; you would all regard the penalties appointed for those who resort to such practices as too mild.
And these feelings would be found, not only among you, but in the whole of Greece: for in the case of this crime alone, under both democracy and oligarchy, the same requital is accorded to the weakest against the strongest, so that the lowest gets the same treatment as the highest. Thus you see, sirs, how all men abominate this outrage.
Well, I conceive that, in regard to the severity of the penalty, you are all of the same mind, and that not one of you is so easygoing as to think it right that men who are guilty of such acts should obtain pardon, or to presume that slight penalties suffice for their deserts.
But I take it, sirs, that what I have to show is that Eratosthenes had an intrigue with my wife, and not only corrupted her but inflicted disgrace upon my children and an outrage on myself by entering my house; that this was the one and only enmity between him and me; that I have not acted thus for the sake of money, so as to raise myself from poverty to wealth; and that all I seek to gain is the requital accorded by our laws.
I shall therefore set forth to you the whole of my story from the beginning; I shall omit nothing, but will tell the truth. For I consider that my own sole deliverance rests on my telling you, if I am able, the whole of what has occurred.
Sections 6–10
When I, Athenians, decided to marry, and brought a wife into my house, for some time I was disposed neither to vex her nor to leave her too free to do just as she pleased; I kept a watch on her as far as possible, with such observation of her as was reasonable. But when a child was born to me, thence-forward I began to trust her, and placed all my affairs in her hands, presuming that we were now in perfect intimacy.
It is true that in the early days, Athenians, she was the most excellent of wives; she was a clever, frugal housekeeper, and kept everything in the nicest order. But as soon as I lost my mother, her death became the cause of all my troubles.
For it was in attending her funeral that my wife was seen by this man, who in time corrupted her. He looked out for the servant-girl who went to market, and so paid addresses to her mistress by which he wrought her ruin.
Now in the first place I must tell you, sirs (for I am obliged to give you these particulars), my dwelling is on two floors, the upper being equal in space to the lower, with the women’s quarters above and the men’s below. When the child was born to us, its mother suckled it; and in order that, each time that it had to be washed, she might avoid the risk of descending by the stairs, I used to live above, and the women below.
By this time it had become such an habitual thing that my wife would often leave me and go down to sleep with the child, so as to be able to give it the breast and stop its crying. Things went on in this way for a long time, and I never suspected, but was simple-minded enough to suppose that my own was the chastest wife in the city.
Sections 11–15
Time went on, sirs; I came home unexpectedly from the country, and after dinner the child started crying in a peevish way, as the servant-girl was annoying it on purpose to make it so behave; for the man was in the house—
I learnt it all later. So I bade my wife go and give the child her breast, to stop its howling. At first she refused, as though delighted to see me home again after so long; but when I began to be angry and bade her go, —Yes, so that you, she said, may have a try here at the little maid. Once before, too, when you were drunk, you pulled her about.
At that I laughed, while she got up, went out of the room, and closed the door, feigning to make fun, and she took the key away with her. I, without giving a thought to the matter, or having any suspicion, went to sleep in all content after my return from the country.
Towards daytime she came and opened the door. I asked why the doors made a noise in the night; she told me that the child’s lamp had gone out, and she had lit it again at our neighbor’s. I was silent and believed it was so. But it struck me, sirs, that she had powdered her face, though her brother had died not thirty days before; even so, however, I made no remark on the fact, but left the house in silence.
After this, sirs, an interval occurred in which I was left quite unaware of my own injuries; I was then accosted by a certain old female, who was secretly sent by a woman with whom that man was having an intrigue, as I heard later. This woman was angry with him and felt herself wronged, because he no longer visited her so regularly, and she was keeping a watch on him until she should discover what was the cause.
Sections 16–20
So the old creature accosted me where she was on the look-out, near my house, and said,—Euphiletus, do not think it is from any meddlesomeness that I have approached you; for the man who is working both your and your wife’s dishonor happens to be our enemy. If, therefore, you take the servant-girl who goes to market and waits on you, and torture her, you will learn all. It is, she said, Eratosthenes of Oë who is doing this; he has debauched not only your wife, but many others besides; he makes an art of it.
With these words, sirs, she took herself off; I was at once perturbed; all that had happened came into my mind, and I was filled with suspicion,—reflecting first how I was shut up in my chamber, and then remembering how on that night the inner and outer doors made a noise, which had never occurred before, and how it struck me that my wife had put on powder. All these things came into my mind, and I was filled with suspicion.
Returning home, I bade the servant-girl follow me to the market, and taking her to the house of an intimate friend, I told her I was fully informed of what was going on in my house: So it is open to you, I said, to choose as you please between two things,—either to be whipped and thrown into a mill, and to be irrevocably immersed in that sort of misery, or else to speak out the whole truth and, instead of suffering any harm, obtain my pardon for your transgressions. Tell no lies, but speak the whole truth.
The girl at first denied it, and bade me do what I pleased, for she knew nothing; but when I mentioned Eratosthenes to her, and said that he was the man who visited my wife, she was dismayed, supposing that I had exact knowledge of everything. At once she threw herself down at my knees, and having got my pledge that she should suffer no harm,
she accused him, first, of approaching her after the funeral, and then told how at last she became his messenger; how my wife in time was persuaded, and by what means she procured his entrances, and how at the Thesmophoria, while I was in the country, she went off to the temple with his mother. And the girl gave an exact account of everything else that had occurred.
Sections 21–25
When her tale was all told, I said,—Well now, see that nobody in the world gets knowledge of this; otherwise, nothing in your arrangement with me will hold good. And I require that you show me their guilt in the very act; I want no words, but manifestation of the fact, if it really is so. She agreed to do this.
Then came an interval of four or five days [...] as I shall bring strong evidence to show. But first I wish to relate what took place on the last day. I had an intimate friend named Sostratus. After sunset I met him coming from the country. As I knew that, arriving at that hour, he would find none of his circle at home, I invited him to dine with me; we came to my house, mounted to the upper room, and had dinner.
When he had made a good meal, he left me and departed; then I went to bed. Eratosthenes, sirs, entered, and the maid-servant roused me at once, and told me that he was in the house. Bidding her look after the door, I descended and went out in silence; I called on one friend and another, and found some of them at home, while others were out of town.
I took with me as many as I could among those who were there, and so came along. Then we got torches from the nearest shop, and went in; the door was open, as the girl had it in readiness. We pushed open the door of the bedroom, and the first of us to enter were in time to see him lying down by my wife; those who followed saw him standing naked on the bed.
I gave him a blow, sirs, which knocked him down, and pulling round his two hands behind his back, and tying them, I asked him why he had the insolence to enter my house. He admitted his guilt; then he besought and implored me not to kill him, but to exact a sum of money.
Sections 26–30
To this I replied, It is not I who am going to kill you, but our city’s law, which you have transgressed and regarded as of less account than your pleasures, choosing rather to commit this foul offence against my wife and my children than to obey the laws like a decent person.
Thus it was, sirs, that this man incurred the fate that the laws ordain for those who do such things; he had not been dragged in there from the street, nor had he taken refuge at my hearth, as these people say. For how could it be so, when it was in the bedroom that he was struck and fell down then and there, and I pinioned his arms, and so many persons were in the house that he could not make his escape, as he had neither steel nor wood nor anything else with which he might have beaten off those who had entered?
But, sirs, I think you know as well as I that those whose acts are against justice do not acknowledge that their enemies speak the truth, but lie themselves and use other such devices to foment anger in their hearers against those whose acts are just. So, first read the law.
Law He did not dispute it, sirs: he acknowledged his guilt, and besought and implored that he might not be killed, and was ready to pay compensation in money. But I would not agree to his estimate, as I held that our city’s law should have higher authority; and I obtained that satisfaction which you deemed most just when you imposed it on those who adopt such courses. Now, let my witnesses come forward in support of these statements.
Witnesses Read out also, please, that law from the pillar in the Areopagus.
Law You hear, sirs, how the Court of the Areopagus itself, to which has been assigned, in our own as in our fathers’ time, the trial of suits for murder, has expressly stated that whoever takes this vengeance on an adulterer caught in the act with his spouse shall not be convicted of murder.
Sections 31–35
And so strongly was the lawgiver convinced of the justice of this in the case of wedded wives, that he even applied the same penalty in the case of mistresses, who are of less account. Now surely it is clear that, if he had had any heavier punishment than this for the case of married women, he would have imposed it. But in fact, as he was unable to devise a severer one for this case, he ordained that it should be the same for that of mistresses also. Please read this law besides.
Law You hear, sirs, how it directs that, if anyone forcibly debauches a free adult or child, he shall be liable to double damages; while if he so debauches a woman, in one of the cases where it is permitted to kill him, he is subject to the same rule. Thus the lawgiver, sirs, considered that those who use force deserve a less penalty than those who use persuasion; for the latter he condemned to death, whereas for the former he doubled the damages,
considering that those who achieve their ends by force are hated by the persons forced; while those who used persuasion corrupted thereby their victims’ souls, thus making the wives of others more closely attached to themselves than to their husbands, and got the whole house into their hands, and caused uncertainty as to whose the children really were, the husbands’ or the adulterers’. In view of all this the author of the law made death their penalty.
Wherefore I, sirs, not only stand acquitted of wrongdoing by the laws, but am also directed by them to take this satisfaction: it is for you to decide whether they are to be valid or of no account.
For to my thinking every city makes its laws in order that on any matter which perplexes us we may resort to them and inquire what we have to do. And so it is they who, in cases like the present, exhort the wronged parties to obtain this kind of satisfaction.
Sections 36–40
I call upon you to support their opinion: otherwise, you will be giving adulterers such licence that you will encourage thieves as well to call themselves adulterers; since they will feel assured that, if they plead this reason in their defence, and allege that they enter other men’s houses for this purpose, nobody will touch them. For everyone will know that the laws on adultery are to be given the go-by, and that it is your vote that one has to fear, because this has supreme authority over all the city’s affairs.
Do but consider, sirs, what they say: they accuse me of ordering the maid-servant on that day to go and fetch the young man. Now I, sirs, could have held myself justified in using any possible means to catch the corrupter of my wife.
For if I had bidden the girl fetch him, when words alone had been spoken and no act had been committed, I should have been in the wrong: but if, when once he had compassed all his ends, and had frequently entered my house, I had then used any possible means to catch him, I should have considered myself quite in order.
And observe how on this point also they are lying: you will perceive it easily in this way. As I told you, sirs, before, Sostratus was a friend of mine, on intimate terms with me; he met me as he came from the country about sunset, and had dinner with me, and when he had made a good meal he left me and departed. Now in the first place, sirs, you must bear this in mind:
if on that night I had designs on Eratosthenes, which was more to my advantage, —to go and take my dinner elsewhere, or to bring in my guest to dinner with me? For in the latter case that man would have been less likely to venture on entering my house. And in the second place, do you suppose that I should have let my dinner guest go and leave me there alone and unsupported, and not rather have bidden him stay, in order that he might stand by me in taking vengeance upon the adulterer?
Sections 41–45
Then again, sirs, do you not think that I should have sent word to my intimate acquaintances in the daytime, and bidden them assemble at the house of one of my friends living nearest to me, rather than have waited till the moment of making my discovery to run round in the night, without knowing whom I should find at home, and who were away? Thus I called on Harmodius, and one other, who were not in town —of this I was not aware—and others, I found, were not in; but those whom I could I took along with me.
Yet if I had foreknown this, do you not think that I should have called up servants and passed the word to my friends, in order that I might have gone in myself with all possible safety, —for how could I tell whether he too had some weapon? —and so I might have had as many witnesses as possible with me when I took my vengeance? But as in fact I knew nothing of what was to befall on that night, I took with me those whom I could. Now let my witnesses come forward in support of all this.
Witnesses You have heard the witnesses, sirs; and consider this affair further in your own minds, asking yourselves whether any enmity has ever arisen before this between me and Eratosthenes.
I say you will discover none. For he had neither subjected me to slanderous impeachment, nor attempted to expel me from the city, nor brought any private suit against me, nor was he privy to any wrongdoing which I was so afraid of being divulged that I was intent on his destruction, nor, should I accomplish this, had I any hope of getting money from anywhere: for there are people who plot each other’s death for such purposes.
So far, indeed, from either abuse or a drunken brawl or any other quarrel having occurred between us, I had never even seen the man before that night. For what object, then, should I run so grave a risk, unless I had received from him the greatest of injuries?
Sections 46–50
Why, again, did I choose to summon witnesses for my wicked act, when it was open to me, if I was thus criminally intent on his destruction, to have none of them privy to it?
I therefore, sirs, do not regard this requital as having been exacted in my own private interest, but in that of the whole city. For those who behave in that way, when they see the sort of reward that is in store for such transgressions, will be less inclined to trespass against their neighbors, if they see that you also take the same view.
Otherwise it were better far to erase our established laws, and ordain others which will inflict the penalties on men who keep watch on their own wives, and will allow full immunity to those who would debauch them.
This would be a far more just way than to let the citizens be entrapped by the laws; these may bid a man, on catching an adulterer, to deal with him in whatever way he pleases, but the trials are found to be more dangerous to the wronged parties than to those who, in defiance of the laws, dishonor the wives of others.
For I am now risking the loss of life, property and all else that I have, because I obeyed the city’s laws.
Contents — 10 sections
Sections 1–5
περὶ πολλοῦ ἂν ποιησαίμην, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὸ τοιούτους ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ δικαστὰς περὶ τούτου τοῦ πράγματος γενέσθαι, οἷοίπερ ἂν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς εἴητε τοιαῦτα πεπονθότες· εὖ γὰρ οἶδʼ ὅτι, εἰ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔχοιτε, ἥνπερ περὶ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἂν εἴη ὅστις οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγενημένοις ἀγανακτοίη, ἀλλὰ πάντες ἂν περὶ τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπιτηδευόντων τὰς ζημίας μικρὰς ἡγοῖσθε.
καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν εἴη μόνον παρʼ ὑμῖν οὕτως ἐγνωσμένα, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἁπάσῃ τῇ Ἑλλάδι· περὶ τούτου γὰρ μόνου τοῦ ἀδικήματος καὶ ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ καὶ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ ἡ αὐτὴ τιμωρία τοῖς ἀσθενεστάτοις πρὸς τοὺς τὰ μέγιστα δυναμένους ἀποδέδοται, ὥστε τὸν χείριστον τῶν αὐτῶν τυγχάνειν τῷ βελτίστῳ· οὕτως, ὦ ἄνδρες, ταύτην τὴν ὕβριν ἅπαντες ἄνθρωποι δεινοτάτην ἡγοῦνται.
περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ μεγέθους τῆς ζημίας ἅπαντας ὑμᾶς νομίζω τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν ἔχειν, καὶ οὐδένα οὕτως ὀλιγώρως διακεῖσθαι, ὅστις οἴεται δεῖν συγγνώμης τυγχάνειν ἢ μικρᾶς ζημίας ἀξίους ἡγεῖται τοὺς τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων αἰτίους· ἡγοῦμαι δέ,
ὦ ἄνδρες, τοῦτό με δεῖν ἐπιδεῖξαι, ὡς ἐμοίχευεν Ἐρατοσθένης τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν ἐμὴν καὶ ἐκείνην τε διέφθειρε καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐμοὺς ᾔσχυνε καὶ ἐμὲ αὐτὸν ὕβρισεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν ἐμὴν εἰσιών, καὶ οὔτε ἔχθρα ἐμοὶ καὶ ἐκείνῳ οὐδεμία ἦν πλὴν ταύτης, οὔτε χρημάτων ἕνεκα ἔπραξα ταῦτα, ἵνα πλούσιος ἐκ πένητος γένωμαι, οὔτε ἄλλου κέρδους οὐδενὸς πλὴν τῆς κατὰ τοὺς νόμους τιμωρίας.
ἐγὼ τοίνυν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑμῖν ἅπαντα ἐπιδείξω τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ πράγματα, οὐδὲν παραλείπων, ἀλλὰ λέγων τἀληθῆ· ταύτην γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ μόνην ἡγοῦμαι σωτηρίαν, ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἰπεῖν ἅπαντα δυνηθῶ τὰ πεπραγμένα.
Sections 6–10
ἐγὼ γάρ, ὦ Ἀθηναῖοι, ἐπειδὴ ἔδοξέ μοι γῆμαι καὶ γυναῖκα ἠγαγόμην εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, τὸν μὲν ἄλλον χρόνον οὕτω διεκείμην ὥστε μήτε λυπεῖν μήτε λίαν ἐπʼ ἐκείνῃ εἶναι ὅ τι ἂν ἐθέλῃ ποιεῖν, ἐφύλαττόν τε ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν, καὶ προσεῖχον τὸν νοῦν ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἦν. ἐπειδὴ δέ μοι παιδίον γίγνεται, ἐπίστευον ἤδη καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐκείνῃ παρέδωκα, ἡγούμενος ταύτην οἰκειότητα μεγίστην εἶναι· ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ πρώτῳ χρόνῳ,
ὦ Ἀθηναῖοι, πασῶν ἦν βελτίστη· καὶ γὰρ οἰκονόμος δεινὴ καὶ φειδωλὸς καὶ ἀκριβῶς πάντα διοικοῦσα· ἐπειδὴ δέ μοι ἡ μήτηρ ἐτελεύτησε, πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἀποθανοῦσα αἰτία μοι γεγένηται.
ἐπʼ ἐκφορὰν γὰρ αὐτῇ ἀκολουθήσασα ἡ ἐμὴ γυνὴ ὑπὸ τούτου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὀφθεῖσα, χρόνῳ διαφθείρεται· ἐπιτηρῶν γὰρ τὴν θεράπαιναν τὴν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν βαδίζουσαν καὶ λόγους προσφέρων ἀπώλεσεν αὐτήν.
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες,(δεῖ γὰρ καὶ ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν διηγήσασθαι) οἰκίδιον ἔστι μοι διπλοῦν, ἴσα ἔχον τὰ ἄνω τοῖς κάτω κατὰ τὴν γυναικωνῖτιν καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀνδρωνῖτιν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸ παιδίον ἐγένετο ἡμῖν, ἡ μήτηρ αὐτὸ ἐθήλαζεν· ἵνα δὲ μή, ὁπότε λοῦσθαι δέοι, κινδυνεύῃ κατὰ τῆς κλίμακος καταβαίνουσα, ἐγὼ μὲν ἄνω διῃτώμην, αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες κάτω.
καὶ οὕτως ἤδη συνειθισμένον ἦν, ὥστε πολλάκις ἡ γυνὴ ἀπῄει κάτω καθευδήσουσα ὡς τὸ παιδίον, ἵνα τὸν τιτθὸν αὐτῷ διδῷ καὶ μὴ βοᾷ. καὶ ταῦτα πολὺν χρόνον οὕτως ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε ὑπώπτευσα, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἠλιθίως διεκείμην, ὥστε ᾤμην τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ γυναῖκα πασῶν σωφρονεστάτην εἶναι τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει.
Sections 11–15
προϊόντος δὲ τοῦ χρόνου, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἧκον μὲν ἀπροσδοκήτως ἐξ ἀγροῦ, μετὰ δὲ τὸ δεῖπνον τὸ παιδίον ἐβόα καὶ ἐδυσκόλαινεν ὑπὸ τῆς θεραπαίνης ἐπίτηδες λυπούμενον, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇ· ὁ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἔνδον ἦν·
ὕστερον γὰρ ἅπαντα ἐπυθόμην. καὶ ἐγὼ τὴν γυναῖκα ἀπιέναι ἐκέλευον καὶ δοῦναι τῷ παιδίῳ τὸν τιτθόν, ἵνα παύσηται κλᾶον. ἡ δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οὐκ ἤθελεν, ὡς ἂν ἀσμένη με ἑωρακυῖα ἥκοντα διὰ χρόνου· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐγὼ ὠργιζόμην καὶ ἐκέλευον αὐτὴν ἀπιέναι, ἵνα σύ γε ἔφη πειρᾷς ἐνταῦθα τὴν παιδίσκην· καὶ πρότερον δὲ μεθύων εἷλκες αὐτήν. κἀγὼ μὲν ἐγέλων,
ἐκείνη δὲ ἀναστᾶσα καὶ ἀπιοῦσα προστίθησι τὴν θύραν, προσποιουμένη παίζειν, καὶ τὴν κλεῖν ἐφέλκεται. κἀγὼ τούτων οὐδὲν ἐνθυμούμενος οὐδʼ ὑπονοῶν ἐκάθευδον ἄσμενος, ἥκων ἐξ ἀγροῦ.
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἦν πρὸς ἡμέραν, ἧκεν ἐκείνη καὶ τὴν θύραν ἀνέῳξεν. ἐρομένου δέ μου τί αἱ θύραι νύκτωρ ψοφοῖεν, ἔφασκε τὸν λύχνον ἀποσβεσθῆναι τὸν παρὰ τῷ παιδίῳ, εἶτα ἐκ τῶν γειτόνων ἐνάψασθαι. ἐσιώπων ἐγὼ καὶ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν ἡγούμην. ἔδοξε δέ μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὸ πρόσωπον ἐψιμυθιῶσθαι, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τεθνεῶτος οὔπω τριάκονθʼ ἡμέρας· ὅμως δʼ οὐδʼ οὕτως οὐδὲν εἰπὼν περὶ τοῦ πράγματος ἐξελθὼν ᾠχόμην ἔξω σιωπῇ.
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, ὦ ἄνδρες, χρόνου μεταξὺ διαγενομένου καὶ ἐμοῦ πολὺ ἀπολελειμμένου τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ κακῶν, προσέρχεταί μοί τις πρεσβῦτις ἄνθρωπος, ὑπὸ γυναικὸς ὑποπεμφθεῖσα ἣν ἐκεῖνος ἐμοίχευεν, ὡς ἐγὼ ὕστερον ἤκουον· αὕτη δὲ ὀργιζομένη καὶ ἀδικεῖσθαι νομίζουσα, ὅτι οὐκέτι ὁμοίως ἐφοίτα παρʼ αὐτήν, ἐφύλαττεν ἕως ἐξηῦρεν ὅ τι εἴη τὸ αἴτιον. προσελθοῦσα οὖν μοι ἐγγὺς ἡ ἄνθρωπος τῆς οἰκίας τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπιτηροῦσα, εὐφίλητε ἔφη μηδεμιᾷ πολυπραγμοσύνῃ προσεληλυθέναι με νόμιζε πρὸς σέ·
Sections 16–20
ὁ γὰρ ἀνὴρ ὁ ὑβρίζων εἰς σὲ καὶ τὴν σὴν γυναῖκα ἐχθρὸς ὢν ἡμῖν τυγχάνει. ἐὰν οὖν λάβῃς τὴν θεράπαιναν τὴν εἰς ἀγορὰν βαδίζουσαν καὶ διακονοῦσαν ὑμῖν καὶ βασανίσῃς, ἅπαντα πεύσῃ. ἔστι δʼ ἔφη Ἐρατοσθένης Ὀῆθεν ὁ ταῦτα πράττων, ὃς οὐ μόνον τὴν σὴν γυναῖκα διέφθαρκεν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλας πολλάς· ταύτην γὰρ τέχνην ἔχει.
ταῦτα εἰποῦσα, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐκείνη μὲν ἀπηλλάγη, ἐγὼ δʼ εὐθέως ἐταραττόμην, καὶ πάντα μου εἰς τὴν γνώμην εἰσῄει, καὶ μεστὸς ἦ ὑποψίας, ἐνθυμούμενος μὲν ὡς ἀπεκλῄσθην ἐν τῷ δωματίῳ, ἀναμιμνῃσκόμενος δὲ ὅτι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἐψόφει ἡ μέταυλος θύρα καὶ ἡ αὔλειος, ὃ οὐδέποτε ἐγένετο, ἔδοξέ τέ μοι ἡ γυνὴ ἐψιμυθιῶσθαι. ταῦτά μου πάντα εἰς τὴν γνώμην εἰσῄει, καὶ μεστὸς ἦ ὑποψίας.
ἐλθὼν δὲ οἴκαδε ἐκέλευον ἀκολουθεῖν μοι τὴν θεράπαιναν εἰς τὴν ἀγοράν, ἀγαγὼν δʼ αὐτὴν ὡς τῶν ἐπιτηδείων τινὰ ἔλεγον ὅτι ἐγὼ πάντα εἴην πεπυσμένος τὰ γιγνόμενα ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ· σοὶ οὖν ἔφην ἔξεστι δυοῖν ὁπότερον βούλει ἑλέσθαι, ἢ μαστιγωθεῖσαν εἰς μύλωνα ἐμπεσεῖν καὶ μηδέποτε παύσασθαι κακοῖς τοιούτοις συνεχομένην, ἢ κατειποῦσαν ἅπαντα τἀληθῆ μηδὲν παθεῖν κακόν, ἀλλὰ συγγνώμης παρʼ ἐμοῦ τυχεῖν τῶν ἡμαρτημένων. ψεύσῃ δὲ μηδέν, ἀλλὰ πάντα τἀληθῆ λέγε.
κἀκείνη τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἔξαρνος ἦν, καὶ ποιεῖν ἐκέλευεν ὅ τι βούλομαι· οὐδὲν γὰρ εἰδέναι· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐμνήσθην Ἐρατοσθένους πρὸς αὐτήν, καὶ εἶπον ὅτι οὗτος ὁ φοιτῶν εἴη πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα, ἐξεπλάγη ἡγησαμένη με πάντα ἀκριβῶς ἐγνωκέναι. καὶ τότε ἤδη πρὸς τὰ γόνατά μου πεσοῦσα,
καὶ πίστιν παρʼ ἐμοῦ λαβοῦσα μηδὲν πείσεσθαι κακόν, κατηγόρει πρῶτον μὲν ὡς μετὰ τὴν ἐκφορὰν αὐτῇ προσίοι, ἔπειτα ὡς αὐτὴ τελευτῶσα εἰσαγγείλειε καὶ ὡς ἐκείνη τῷ χρόνῳ πεισθείη, καὶ τὰς εἰσόδους οἷς τρόποις προσίοιτο, καὶ ὡς Θεσμοφορίοις ἐμοῦ ἐν ἀγρῷ ὄντος ᾤχετο εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν μετὰ τῆς μητρὸς τῆς ἐκείνου· καὶ τἆλλα τὰ γενόμενα πάντα ἀκριβῶς διηγήσατο. ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντα εἴρητο αὐτῇ,
Sections 21–25
εἶπον ἐγώ, ὅπως τοίνυν ταῦτα μηδεὶς ἀνθρώπων πεύσεται· εἰ δέ μή, οὐδέν σοι κύριον ἔσται τῶν πρὸς ἔμʼ ὡμολογημένων. ἀξιῶ δέ σε ἐπʼ αὐτοφώρῳ ταῦτά μοι ἐπιδεῖξαι· ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐδὲν δέομαι λόγων, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον φανερὸν γενέσθαι, εἴπερ οὕτως ἔχει.
ὡμολόγει ταῦτα ποιήσειν. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα διεγένοντο ἡμέραι τέσσαρες ἢ πέντε, [...] ὡς ἐγὼ μεγάλοις ὑμῖν τεκμηρίοις ἐπιδείξω. πρῶτον δὲ διηγήσασθαι βούλομαι τὰ πραχθέντα τῇ τελευταίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ. Σώστρατος ἦν μοι ἐπιτήδειος καὶ φίλος. τούτῳ ἡλίου δεδυκότος ἰόντι ἐξ ἀγροῦ ἀπήντησα.
εἰδὼς δʼ ἐγὼ ὅτι τηνικαῦτα ἀφιγμένος οὐδένα καταλήψοιτο οἴκοι τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ἐκέλευον, συνδειπνεῖν· καὶ ἐλθόντες οἴκαδε ὡς ἐμέ, ἀναβάντες εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον ἐδειπνοῦμεν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καλῶς αὐτῷ εἶχεν, ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἀπιὼν ᾤχετο, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐκάθευδον. ὁ δʼ Ἐρατοσθένης, ὦ ἄνδρες, εἰσέρχεται, καὶ ἡ θεράπαινα ἐπεγείρασά με εὐθὺς φράζει ὅτι ἔνδον ἐστί. κἀγὼ εἰπὼν ἐκείνῃ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς θύρας, καταβὰς σιωπῇ ἐξέρχομαι, καὶ ἀφικνοῦμαι ὡς τὸν καὶ τόν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἔνδον κατέλαβον, τοὺς δὲ οὐκ ἐπιδημοῦντας ηὗρον.
παραλαβὼν δʼ ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν πλείστους ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ἐβάδιζον. καὶ δᾷδας λαβόντες ἐκ τοῦ ἐγγύτατα καπηλείου εἰσερχόμεθα, ἀνεῳγμένης τῆς θύρας καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀνθρώπου παρεσκευασμένης. ὤσαντες δὲ τὴν θύραν τοῦ δωματίου οἱ μὲν πρῶτοι εἰσιόντες ἔτι εἴδομεν αὐτὸν κατακείμενον παρὰ τῇ γυναικί, οἱ δʼ ὕστερον ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ γυμνὸν ἑστηκότα.
ἐγὼ δʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες, πατάξας καταβάλλω αὐτόν, καὶ τὼ χεῖρε περιαγαγὼν εἰς τοὔπισθεν καὶ δήσας ἠρώτων διὰ τί ὑβρίζει εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν ἐμὴν εἰσιών. κἀκεῖνος ἀδικεῖν μὲν ὡμολόγει, ἠντεβόλει δὲ καὶ ἱκέτευε μὴ ἀποκτεῖναι ἀλλʼ ἀργύριον πράξασθαι. ἐγὼ δʼ εἶπον ὅτι οὐκ ἐγώ σε ἀποκτενῶ,
Sections 26–30
ἀλλʼ ὁ τῆς πόλεως νόμος, ὃν σὺ παραβαίνων περὶ ἐλάττονος τῶν ἡδονῶν ἐποιήσω, καὶ μᾶλλον εἵλου τοιοῦτον ἁμάρτημα ἐξαμαρτάνειν εἰς τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν ἐμὴν καὶ εἰς τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἢ τοῖς νόμοις πείθεσθαι καὶ κόσμιος εἶναι.
οὕτως, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐκεῖνος τούτων ἔτυχεν ὧνπερ οἱ νόμοι κελεύουσι τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράττοντας, οὐκ εἰσαρπασθεὶς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ, οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ἑστίαν καταφυγών, ὥσπερ οὗτοι λέγουσι· πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ὅστις ἐν τῷ δωματίῳ πληγεὶς κατέπεσεν εὐθύς, περιέστρεψα δʼ αὐτοῦ τὼ χεῖρε, ἔνδον δὲ ἦσαν ἄνθρωποι τοσοῦτοι, οὓς διαφυγεῖν οὐκ ἐδύνατο, οὔτε σίδηρον οὔτε ξύλον οὔτε ἄλλο οὐδὲν ἔχων, ᾧ τοὺς εἰσελθόντας ἂν ἠμύνατο.
ἀλλʼ, ὦ ἄνδρες, οἶμαι καὶ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι ὅτι οἱ μὴ τὰ δίκαια πράττοντες οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς λέγειν ἀληθῆ, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ ψευδόμενοι καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα μηχανώμενοι ὀργὰς τοῖς ἀκούουσι κατὰ τῶν τὰ δίκαια πραττόντων παρασκευάζουσι. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἀνάγνωθι τὸν νόμον.
Νόμος
οὐκ ἠμφεσβήτει, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀλλʼ ὡμολόγει ἀδικεῖν, καὶ ὅπως μὲν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἠντεβόλει καὶ ἱκέτευεν, ἀποτίνειν δʼ ἕτοιμος ἦν χρήματα. ἐγὼ δὲ τῷ μὲν ἐκείνου τιμήματι οὐ συνεχώρουν, τὸν δὲ τῆς πόλεως νόμον ἠξίουν εἶναι κυριώτερον, καὶ ταύτην ἔλαβον τὴν δίκην, ἣν ὑμεῖς δικαιοτάτην εἶναι ἡγησάμενοι τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπιτηδεύουσιν ἐτάξατε. καί μοι ἀνάβητε τούτων μάρτυρες.
Μάρτυρες
ἀνάγνωθι δέ μοι καὶ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον τὸν ἐκ τῆς στήλης τῆς ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου.
Νόμος
ἀκούετε, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὅτι αὐτῷ τῷ δικαστηρίῳ τῷ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου, ᾧ καὶ πάτριόν ἐστι καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ἀποδέδοται τοῦ φόνου τὰς δίκας δικάζειν, διαρρήδην εἴρηται τούτου μὴ καταγιγνώσκειν φόνον, ὃς ἂν ἐπὶ δάμαρτι τῇ ἑαυτοῦ μοιχὸν λαβὼν ταύτην τὴν τιμωρίαν ποιήσηται.
Sections 31–35
καὶ οὕτω σφόδρα ὁ νομοθέτης ἐπὶ ταῖς γαμεταῖς γυναιξὶ δίκαια ταῦτα ἡγήσατο εἶναι, ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς παλλακαῖς ταῖς ἐλάττονος ἀξίαις τὴν αὐτὴν δίκην ἐπέθηκε. καίτοι δῆλον ὅτι, εἴ τινα εἶχε ταύτης μείζω τιμωρίαν ἐπὶ ταῖς γαμεταῖς, ἐποίησεν ἄν. νῦν δὲ οὐχ οἷός τε ὢν ταύτης ἰσχυροτέραν ἐπʼ ἐκείναις ἐξευρεῖν, τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς παλλακαῖς ἠξίωσε γίγνεσθαι. ἀνάγνωθι δέ μοι καὶ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον.
Νόμος
ἀκούετε, ἄνδρες, ὅτι κελεύει, ἐάν τις ἄνθρωπον ἐλεύθερον ἢ παῖδα αἰσχύνῃ βίᾳ, διπλῆν τὴν βλάβην ὀφείλειν· ἐὰν δὲ γυναῖκα, ἐφʼ αἷσπερ ἀποκτείνειν ἔξεστιν, ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐνέχεσθαι· οὕτως, ὦ ἄνδρες, τοὺς βιαζομένους ἐλάττονος ζημίας ἀξίους ἡγήσατο εἶναι ἢ τοὺς πείθοντας· τῶν μὲν γὰρ θάνατον κατέγνω, τοῖς δὲ διπλῆν ἐποίησε τὴν βλάβην, ἡγούμενος τοὺς μὲν διαπραττομένους βίᾳ ὑπὸ τῶν βιασθέντων μισεῖσθαι,
τοὺς δὲ πείσαντας οὕτως αὐτῶν τὰς ψυχὰς διαφθείρειν, ὥστʼ οἰκειοτέρας αὑτοῖς ποιεῖν τὰς ἀλλοτρίας γυναῖκας ἢ τοῖς ἀνδράσι, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις τὴν οἰκίαν γεγονέναι, καὶ τοὺς παῖδας ἀδήλους εἶναι ὁποτέρων τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες, τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἢ τῶν μοιχῶν. ἀνθʼ ὧν ὁ τὸν νόμον τιθεὶς θάνατον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησε τὴν ζημίαν.
ἐμοῦ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες, οἱ μὲν νόμοι οὐ μόνον ἀπεγνωκότες εἰσὶ μὴ ἀδικεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κεκελευκότες ταύτην τὴν δίκην λαμβάνειν· ἐν ὑμῖν δʼ ἐστὶ πότερον χρὴ τούτους ἰσχυροὺς ἢ μηδενὸς ἀξίους εἶναι.
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οἶμαι πάσας τὰς πόλεις διὰ τοῦτο τοὺς νόμους τίθεσθαι, ἵνα περὶ ὧν ἂν πραγμάτων ἀπορῶμεν, παρὰ τούτους ἐλθόντες σκεψώμεθα ὅ τι ἡμῖν ποιητέον ἐστίν. οὗτοι τοίνυν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις τοιαύτην δίκην λαμβάνειν παρακελεύονται.
Sections 36–40
οἷς ὑμᾶς ἀξιῶ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή, τοιαύτην ἄδειαν τοῖς μοιχοῖς ποιήσετε, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς κλέπτας ἐπαρεῖτε φάσκειν μοιχοὺς εἶναι, εὖ εἰδότας ὅτι, ἐὰν ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν περὶ ἑαυτῶν λέγωσι καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ φάσκωσιν εἰς τὰς ἀλλοτρίας οἰκίας εἰσιέναι, οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἅψεται. πάντες γὰρ εἴσονται ὅτι τοὺς μὲν νόμους τῆς μοιχείας χαίρειν ἐᾶν δεῖ, τὴν δὲ ψῆφον τὴν ὑμετέραν δεδιέναι· αὕτη γάρ ἐστι πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει κυριωτάτη.
σκέψασθε δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες· κατηγοροῦσι γάρ μου ὡς ἐγὼ τὴν θεράπαιναν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετελθεῖν ἐκέλευσα τὸν νεανίσκον. ἐγὼ δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες, δίκαιον μὲν ἂν ποιεῖν ἡγούμην ᾡτινιοῦν τρόπῳ τὸν τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν ἐμὴν διαφθείραντα
λαμβάνων· εἰ μὲν γὰρ λόγων εἰρημένων ἔργου δὲ μηδενὸς γεγενημένου μετελθεῖν ἐκέλευον ἐκεῖνον, ἠδίκουν ἄν· εἰ δὲ ἤδη πάντων διαπεπραγμένων καὶ πολλάκις εἰσεληλυθότος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν ἐμὴν ᾡτινιοῦν τρόπῳ ἐλάμβανον αὐτόν, σωφρονεῖν ἂν ἐμαυτὸν ἡγούμην·
σκέψασθε δὲ ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα ψεύδονται· ῥᾳδίως δὲ ἐκ τῶνδε γνώσεσθε. ἐμοὶ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὅπερ καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, φίλος ὢν Σώστρατος καὶ οἰκείως διακείμενος ἀπαντήσας ἐξ ἀγροῦ περὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς συνεδείπνει, καὶ ἐπειδὴ καλῶς εἶχεν αὐτῷ, ἀπιὼν ᾤχετο.
καίτοι πρῶτον μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐνθυμήθητε· εἰ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἐγὼ ἐπεβούλευον Ἐρατοσθένει, πότερον ἦν μοι κρεῖττον αὐτῷ ἑτέρωθι δειπνεῖν ἢ τὸν συνδειπνήσοντά μοι εἰσαγαγεῖν; οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἧττον ἐτόλμησεν ἐκεῖνος εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. εἶτα δοκῶ ἂν ὑμῖν τὸν συνδειπνοῦντα ἀφεὶς μόνος καταλειφθῆναι καὶ ἔρημος γενέσθαι, ἢ κελεύειν ἐκεῖνον μεῖναι, ἵνα μετʼ ἐμοῦ τὸν μοιχὸν ἐτιμωρεῖτο;
Sections 41–45
ἔπειτα, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐκ ἂν δοκῶ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις μεθʼ ἡμέραν παραγγεῖλαι, καὶ κελεῦσαι αὐτοὺς συλλεγῆναι εἰς οἰκίαν του τῶν φίλων ἐγγυτάτω, μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ᾐσθόμην τῆς νυκτὸς περιτρέχειν, οὐκ εἰδὼς ὅντινα οἴκοι καταλήψομαι καὶ ὅντινα ἔξω; καὶ ὡς Ἁρμόδιον μὲν καὶ τὸν δεῖνα ἦλθον οὐκ ἐπιδημοῦντας (οὐ γὰρ ᾔδη), ἑτέρους δὲ οὐκ ἔνδον ὄντας κατέλαβον, οὓς δʼ οἷός τε ἦ λαβὼν ἐβάδιζον.
καίτοιγε εἰ προῄδη, οὐκ ἂν δοκῶ ὑμῖν καὶ θεράποντας παρασκευάσασθαι καὶ τοῖς φίλοις παραγγεῖλαι, ἵνʼ ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα μὲν αὐτὸς εἰσῄα (τί γὰρ ᾔδη εἴ τι κἀκεῖνος εἶχε σιδήριον;), ὡς μετὰ πλείστων δὲ μαρτύρων τὴν τιμωρίαν ἐποιούμην; νῦν δʼ οὐδὲν εἰδὼς τῶν ἐσομένων ἐκείνῃ τῇ νυκτί, οὓς οἷός τε ἦ παρέλαβον. καί μοι ἀνάβητε τούτων μάρτυρες.
Μάρτυρες
τῶν μὲν μαρτύρων ἀκηκόατε, ὦ ἄνδρες· σκέψασθε δὲ παρʼ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς οὕτως περὶ τούτου τοῦ πράγματος, ζητοῦντες εἴ τις ἐμοὶ καὶ Ἐρατοσθένει ἔχθρα πώποτε γεγένηται πλὴν ταύτης. οὐδεμίαν γὰρ εὑρήσετε.
οὔτε γὰρ συκοφαντῶν γραφάς με ἐγράψατο, οὔτε ἐκβάλλειν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐπεχείρησεν, οὕτε ἰδίας δίκας ἐδικάζετο, οὔτε συνῄδει κακὸν οὐδὲν ὃ ἐγὼ δεδιὼς μή τις πύθηται ἐπεθύμουν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι, οὔτε εἰ ταῦτα διαπραξαίμην, ἤλπιζόν ποθεν χρήματα λήψεσθαι· ἔνιοι γὰρ τοιούτων πραγμάτων ἕνεκα θάνατον ἀλλήλοις ἐπιβουλεύουσι.
τοσούτου τοίνυν δεῖ ἢ λοιδορία ἢ παροινία ἢ ἄλλη τις διαφορὰ ἡμῖν γεγονέναι, ὥστε οὐδὲ ἑωρακὼς ἦ τὸν ἄνθρωπον πώποτε πλὴν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ νυκτί. τί ἄν οὖν βουλόμενος ἐγὼ τοιοῦτον κίνδυνον ἐκινδύνευον, εἰ μὴ τὸ μέγιστον τῶν ἀδικημάτων ἦ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἠδικημένος;
Sections 46–50
ἔπειτα παρακαλέσας αὐτὸς μάρτυρας ἠσέβουν, ἐξόν μοι, εἴπερ ἀδίκως ἐπεθύμουν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι, μηδένα μοι τούτων συνειδέναι;
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐκ ἰδίαν ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ νομίζω ταύτην γενέσθαι τὴν τιμωρίαν, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ἁπάσης· οἱ γὰρ τοιαῦτα πράττοντες, ὁρῶντες οἷα τὰ ἆθλα πρόκειται τῶν τοιούτων ἁμαρτημάτων, ἧττον εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους ἐξαμαρτήσονται, ἐὰν καὶ ὑμᾶς ὁρῶσι τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχοντας.
εἰ δὲ μή, πολὺ κάλλιον τοὺς μὲν κειμένους νόμους ἐξαλεῖψαι, ἑτέρους δὲ θεῖναι, οἵτινες τοὺς μὲν φυλάττοντας τὰς ἑαυτῶν γυναῖκας ταῖς ζημίαις ζημιώσουσι, τοῖς δὲ βουλομένοις εἰς αὐτὰς ἁμαρτάνειν πολλὴν ἄδειαν ποιήσουσι.
πολὺ γὰρ οὕτω δικαιότερον ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων τοὺς πολίτας ἐνεδρεύεσθαι, οἳ κελεύουσι μέν, ἐάν τις μοιχὸν λάβῃ, ὅ τι ἂν οὖν βούληται χρῆσθαι, οἱ δʼ ἀγῶνες δεινότεροι τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις καθεστήκασιν ἢ τοῖς παρὰ τοὺς νόμους τὰς ἀλλοτρίας καταισχύνουσι γυναῖκας.
ἐγὼ γὰρ νῦν καὶ περὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων κινδυνεύω, ὅτι τοῖς τῆς πόλεως νόμοις ἐπειθόμην.
Against Simon
Contents — 10 sections
Sections 1–5
Although I was aware of much that was outrageous about Simon, gentlemen of the Council, I did not believe that he would ever have carried audacity to the pitch of lodging a complaint as the injured party to a case where he was the person who should be punished, and of taking that great and solemn affidavit and so coming before you.
Now if it were any other court that was to make a decision upon me, I should be terrified by the danger, considering what strange machinations and chances occur at times to cause a variety of surprises to those who are standing their trial: but as it is before you that I appear, I hope to obtain justice.
What especially vexes me, gentlemen, is that I shall be compelled to speak to you of the facts of this case: for it was my feeling of shame at the mere thought of these becoming widely known that made me put up with my wrongs. But since Simon has placed me in such a necessity, I will relate to you the whole of the facts without the slightest reserve.
If I am guilty, gentlemen, I expect to get no indulgence; but if I prove my innocence as regards the counts of Simon’s affidavit, while for the rest you consider my attitude towards the boy too senseless for a man of my age, I ask you not to think the worse of me for that, since you know that all mankind are liable to desire, but that he may be the best and most temperate who is able to bear its misfortunes in the most orderly spirit. All my efforts in this way have been thwarted by the plaintiff Simon, as I shall make clear to you.
We felt desire, gentlemen, for Theodotus, a Plataean boy; and while I looked to win his affection by kindness, this man thought by outrage and defiance of the law to compel him to accede to his wishes. To tell all the ill-treatment that the boy has suffered from him would be a lengthy business: but I think it proper that you should hear the numerous offences he has committed against myself.
Sections 6–10
Hearing that the boy was at my house, he came there at night in a drunken state, broke down the doors, and entered the women’s rooms: within were my sister and my nieces, whose lives have been so well-ordered that they are ashamed to be seen even by their kinsmen.
This man, then, carried insolence to such a pitch that he refused to go away until the people who appeared on the spot, and those who had accompanied him, feeling it a monstrous thing that he should intrude on young girls and orphans, drove him out by force. Far from repenting of his outrageous proceedings, he found out where we were dining, and acted in the strangest, the most incredible manner, as it might seem to those unacquainted with his madness.
He called me out of doors, and, as soon as I went outside, made an immediate attempt to strike me. When I beat him off, he stood out of reach and began pelting me with stones. He missed me, but Aristocritus, who had accompanied him to my house, was struck by a stone which broke his forehead.
So I, gentlemen, feeling myself grossly ill-used, but ashamed—as I have already told you before—at my misfortune, put up with it, and preferred to go without satisfaction for the offences rather than be thought lacking in sense by the citizens: for I knew that, while his actions would be found appropriate to his wickedness, I should be derided for the treatment I received by a number of people who are in the habit of resenting my ambition that one may show for a good standing in the city.
I was so perplexed, gentlemen, in face of this man’s lawless behavior, that I decided that it would be best for me to reside abroad. So I took the boy (since the whole truth must be told), and left the city. When I thought it was time enough for Simon to have forgotten the young fellow, and also to have repented of his former offences, I came back again.
Sections 11–15
I betook myself to the Peiraeus; but this man, observing immediately that Theodotus had arrived and was staying with Lysimachus,—who lived hard by the house that this man had rented—invited some of his friends to join him: they all had luncheon and drank, and they posted watchers on the roof so that,when the boy should come out, they might seize upon him.
At this moment I arrived from the Peiraeus, and in passing I turned into Lysimachus’s house: after spending some little time there, we came out. Then those people, already drunk, sprang out upon us; some of his party refused to join in his criminal action, but Simon here, and Theophilus, Protarchus and Autocles began dragging the boy along. He, however, flung off his cloak and ran away.
Then I, expecting that he would make good his escape, while they, if they met anybody, would at once turn aside from a feeling of shame,— with this conclusion I took myself off by another street; so careful I was to give them a wide berth, for I regarded all the proceedings of these men as a grievous misfortune to myself.
Thus, on the spot where Simon says that the fight occurred, nobody on either their or my side had his head broken or received any other hurt: as witnesses to all this I will produce to you the persons who were then present.
Witnesses That this man, then, was the wrongdoer, gentlemen, and that he had designs on us, and not I on him, has been testified to you by those who were then present. After this the boy took refuge in a fuller’s shop; but these men dashed in after him and laid violent hands on him, while he shouted and cried out and called the bystanders to witness.
Sections 16–20
A crowd of people came running up, and protested against their action, which they declared a monstrous proceeding: these men gave no heed to anything that was said, but gave a severe beating to Molon the fuller and some others who were endeavoring to protect the lad.
They had already got as far as Lampon’s when I, walking by myself, met with them; and considering it a monstrous and shameful thing to stand by and see the young fellow subjected to such lawless and violent outrage, I seized hold of him. They, when asked why they were treating him in such lawless fashion, refused to answer, but letting the young fellow go they began to beat me.
A battle ensued, gentlemen; the boy was pelting them and defending his person, while they were pelting us; they also, in their do.drunkenness, were beating him and I was defending myself, and the others present were all supporting. us, as being the injured party; and in this brawl we all of us got our heads broken.
The others whom Simon had led into this drunken assault, at their first sight of me after the affair begged my pardon, as men who, so far from suffering injury, had acted in a monstrous way; and though since that time four years have elapsed, nobody has ever brought any charge against me.
Simon here, who was the author of all the trouble, kept quiet for some time, in fear for himself; but when he became aware that I had failed in a private suit on a challenge to an exchange of property, he conceived a contempt for me and, with the audacity that you now see, has involved me in this serious prosecution. Now, as witnesses to show that here too I am speaking the truth, I will produce to you the persons who were present on the occasion.
Sections 21–25
Witnesses So now you have heard from the witnesses as well as myself the story of what took place; and I could wish, gentlemen, that Simon had the same intentions as I, so that after hearing the truth from us both you might have arrived with ease at the just decision. But since he cares nothing for the oaths that he has sworn, I will try also to inform you concerning the lies that he has told.
He had the audacity to state that on his part he had given three hundred drachmae to Theodotus, under an agreement made with him, and that I by intrigue seduced the boy from him. And yet, if this was true, it was for him to summon as many witnesses as he could and pursue the matter in accordance with our laws.
But it does not appear that he has ever done anything of the sort, but only that he has outraged and beaten us both, and has revelled and broken in doors and intruded on free women by night.
You ought to take all this, gentlemen, as primary proof that he is lying to you. And then, consider how incredible his statements are. He has valued his property altogether at two hundred and fifty drachmae: yet how surprising that he should hire his companion for more than he himself in fact possesses!
And he has carried audacity to such lengths that it does not suffice him merely to lie about this matter of having given the money, but he even says that he has recovered it! Yet how is it likely that I first committed such a crime as he has laid to my charge—of seeking to deprive him of his three hundred dracmae— and then, after we had had our affray, paid him back the money, without either obtaining a quittance of all claims or being subjected to any compulsion?
Sections 26–30
Why, gentlemen, this is all mere invention and artifice of his: he says that he gave it, so as to avoid the scandal of daring to commit such an outrage on the lad without any bargain struck between them; and he pretends that he has got it back, because it is clear that he never laid a claim to money or made the least mention of the matter.
He says that I gave him a beating at the door of his house, which left him in a terrible state. But we find that he pursued the boy for more than four stades from his house with no sign of injury, and I this he denies, although it was seen by more than two hundred people.
He states that we went to his house with potsherds in our hands, and that I threatened to kill him, and that this is premeditation. But I think that this lie of his, gentlemen, is easily detected, not only by you who are used to investigating this sort of case, but by everyone else as well.
For who can find it credible that by a premeditated manoeuvre I went to Simon’s house after daybreak with the boy, when so many people had gathered about him, unless I had become so utterly insane as to be eager to fight them all single— handed; especially when I knew that he would have been delighted to see me at his door,—he who in fact kept coming to my house, and entered it by force, and, disregarding both my sister and my nieces, had the audacity to seek me out, and having discovered where I happened to be dining called me out and beat me?
And so, as it seems, I, who at first, to avoid notoriety, kept quiet, taking this man’s wickedness to be so much misfortune to myself, was yet after a lapse of time, as he says, converted to a desire for notoriety!
Sections 31–35
Now if the boy had been living with him, there could be some show of reason in his lie that I was driven by my desire to an act of quite improbable folly: but the fact is that the boy would not even talk to him, but hated him more than anyone in the world, and was actually living with me.
So who of you can believe that I previously left the city on a voyage with the boy to avoid a fight with this man, and then, when I had got back, I took him to Simon’s house, where I was to expect most embarrassment?
And though I had designs on him, I came utterly unprepared, without calling to my aid either friends or servants or anybody at all, save only this child, who would have been unable to support me, but was capable of giving information under torture upon any crime that I might commit!
But such was the depth of my stupidity that, having my design against Simon, I did not look out for him where he might be caught alone, whether by night or by day, but went to the place where I should find most people to see me and cut me to pieces, as though I were contriving my premeditation against myself, with a view to getting the utmost amount of outrage from my enemies!
And besides, gentlemen, from the very fight that took place you can easily perceive that he lies. When the boy saw what was on hand, he flung off his cloak and ran away: these men pursued him, while I took myself off by another street.
Sections 36–40
Now which party should be held responsible for such affairs, those who flee, or those who seek to capture? In my opinion it is obvious to all that those flee who are in fear for themselves, and those pursue who mean to do some hurt.
And this is not a case of a probable thing having turned out otherwise in fact: no, they caught the boy and were dragging him by force out of his way, when I met them, and without touching these men I took hold of the boy; whereas they not only dragged him by force, but also beat me. All this has been testified to you by those who were present. So it will be extraordinary if I am held to have premeditated any of those things wherein these men are found to have so monstrously transgressed the laws.
How, pray, should I have been treated, if the case I were the opposite of what has now occurred; if I, with a number of my associates had gone to meet Simon, and fought with him, beaten him, pursued and caught him, and then tried to drag him by force, if, as it is, and when it is he who has done all these things, I have been subjected to proceedings like the present, in which I risk the loss of both my native land and all the property that I possess?
But here is the strongest and most striking proof of all: the man who was wronged and victimized by me—as he says—did not dare for four years to denounce me before you. Everyone else, when in love, and deprived of the object of desire, and battered with blows, immediately in his anger seeks redress; but this man seeks it long afterwards.
So, gentlemen, that I am not to blame for any of these occurrences has, I conceive, been sufficiently proved. And observe the spirit in which I treat quarrels arising from this sort of affair: although I had suffered a variety of outrages at Simon’s hands, and had even had my head broken by him, I could not bring myself to denounce him, as I felt it extravagant, just because of a mutual rivalry over a child, to press for a man’s expulsion from his native land.
Sections 41–45
Besides, I did not see that there was any premeditation of wounding in the case of a man who gave a wound without meaning to kill. For who is so simple as to premeditate a long time ahead how some enemy of his shall come by a wound?
Why, it is clear that even the makers of our laws did not think well, when people happened in a fight to break each other’s heads, to make it a case for banishment from their country; else they would have exiled a goodly number. But in the case of any persons who, designing to kill, wounded others without being able to kill them, they appointed the punishment in that degree of severity, judging it meet that where they had shown design and premeditation they should pay the penalty: though if they might not have succeeded, none the less their best efforts had been exerted.
And in this way you have decided, many a time in the past, on this point of premeditation. Extraordinary, indeed, it would be, if in all cases of wounds received through some drunken rivalry, or game, or abuse, or in a fight for a mistress,—affairs of which everyone repents on better consideration,—you are to inflict a punishment of such awful severity as that of expelling any of our citizens from their native land.
I wonder most of all at this man’s temperament. For it does not seem to me that the same person can be both a lover and a slanderer, since the former implies the simpler sort of man, and the latter the most villainous. I could wish that I were allowed to expose this man’s wickedness before you in all its other effects, so that you might understand how in justice he ought far rather to be on trial for his life than bringing others into peril of losing their native land.
I will, however, pass over all those things, and will mention not one which I consider you ought to hear, as being a sure proof of his brazen-faced audacity. In Corinth, where he arrived after our battle with the enemy and the expedition to Coronea he fought with the taxiarch Laches and gave him a beating; and when the citizens had set forth in full military strength, he was specially noted for insubordination and knavery, and was the only Athenian ordered by the generals to be banned by herald.
Sections 46–48
I could go on to relate many other things regarding this man; but, since it is not lawful to speak in your court beyond the limits of the case, I ask you to reflect on this: it was these men who forced their way into our house, they who pursued us, and they who forcibly seized and dragged us out of our path.
Remembering these things, give your vote for justice, and do not suffer me to be unjustly ejected from my native land, for which I have braved many dangers and performed many public services: no harm have I ever brought upon that land, nor has any of my ancestors; nay, many are the benefits that we have brought her.
Justly, then, should I receive your pity, and that of all men else, not merely if I should meet with such a fate as Simon wishes, but even for having been compelled, as a result of such transactions, to stand my trial on such a charge.
Contents — 10 sections
Sections 1–5
πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ συνειδὼς Σίμωνι, ὦ βουλή, οὐκ ἄν ποτʼ αὐτὸν εἰς τοσοῦτον τόλμης ἡγησάμην ἀφικέσθαι, ὥστε ὑπὲρ ὧν αὐτὸν ἔδει δοῦναι δίκην, ὑπὲρ τούτων ὡς ἀδικούμενον ἔγκλημα ποιήσασθαι καὶ οὕτω μέγαν καὶ σεμνὸν ὅρκον διομοσάμενον εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν.
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλοι τινὲς ἔμελλον περὶ ἐμοῦ διαγνώσεσθαι, σφόδρα ἂν ἐφοβούμην τὸν κίνδυνον, ὁρῶν ὅτι καὶ παρασκευαὶ καὶ τύχαι ἐνίοτε τοιαῦται γίγνονται, ὥστε πολλὰ καὶ παρὰ γνώμην ἀποβαίνειν τοῖς κινδυνεύουσιν· εἰς ὑμᾶς δʼ εἰσελθὼν ἐλπίζω τῶν δικαίων τεύξεσθαι.
μάλιστα δʼ ἀγανακτῶ, ὦ βουλή, ὅτι περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων εἰπεῖν ἀναγκασθήσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐγὼ αἰσχυνόμενος, εἰ μέλλοιεν πολλοί μοι συνείσεσθαι, ἠνεσχόμην ἀδικούμενος. ἐπειδὴ δὲ Σίμων με εἰς τοιαύτην ἀνάγκην κατέστησεν, οὐδὲν ἀποκρυψάμενος ἅπαντα διηγήσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὰ πεπραγμένα. ἀξιῶ δέ,
ὦ βουλή, εἰ μὲν ἀδικῶ, μηδεμιᾶς συγγνώμης τυγχάνειν· ἐὰν δὲ περὶ τούτων ἀποδείξω ὡς οὐκ ἔνοχός εἰμι οἷς Σίμων διωμόσατο, ἄλλως δὲ ὑμῖν φαίνωμαι παρὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἀνοητότερον πρὸς τὸ μειράκιον διατεθείς, αἰτοῦμαι ὑμᾶς μηδέν με χείρω νομίζειν, εἰδότας ὅτι ἐπιθυμῆσαι μὲν ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις ἔνεστιν, οὗτος δὲ βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη καὶ σωφρονέστατος, ὅστις κοσμιώτατα τὰς συμφορὰς φέρειν δύναται. οἷς ἅπασιν ἐμποδὼν ἐμοὶ γεγένηται Σίμων οὑτοσί, ὡς ἐγὼ ὑμῖν ἐπιδείξω.
ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἐπεθυμήσαμεν, ὦ βουλή, Θεοδότου, Πλαταϊκοῦ μειρακίου, καὶ ἐγὼ μὲν εὖ ποιῶν αὐτὸν ἠξίουν εἶναί μοι φίλον, οὗτος δὲ ὑβρίζων καὶ παρανομῶν ᾤετο ἀναγκάσειν αὐτὸν ποιεῖν ὅ τι βούλοιτο. ὅσα μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνος κακὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πέπονθε, πολὺ ἂν ἔργον εἴη λέγειν· ὅσα δὲ εἰς ἐμὲ αὐτὸν ἐξημάρτηκεν,
Sections 6–10
ἡγοῦμαι ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν προσήκειν ἀκοῦσαι. πυθόμενος γὰρ ὅτι τὸ μειράκιον ἦν παρʼ ἐμοί, ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν ἐμὴν νύκτωρ μεθύων, ἐκκόψας τὰς θύρας εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν γυναικωνῖτιν, ἔνδον οὐσῶν τῆς τε ἀδελφῆς τῆς ἐμῆς καὶ τῶν ἀδελφιδῶν, αἳ οὕτω κοσμίως βεβιώκασιν ὥστε καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων ὁρώμεναι αἰσχύνεσθαι.
οὗτος τοίνυν εἰς τοῦτο ἦλθεν ὕβρεως ὥστʼ οὐ πρότερον ἠθέλησεν ἀπελθεῖν, πρὶν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενοι δεινὰ ποιεῖν οἱ παραγενόμενοι καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλθόντες, ἐπὶ παῖδας κόρας καὶ ὀρφανὰς εἰσιόντα, ἐξήλασαν βίᾳ. καὶ τοσούτου ἐδέησεν αὐτῷ μεταμελῆσαι τῶν ὑβρισμένων, ὥστε ἐξευρὼν οὗ ἐδειπνοῦμεν ἀτοπώτατον πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπιστότατον ἐποίησεν, εἰ μή τις εἰδείη τὴν τούτου μανίαν.
ἐκκαλέσας γάρ με ἔνδοθεν, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἐξῆλθον, εὐθύς με τύπτειν ἐπεχείρησεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ αὐτὸν ἠμυνάμην, ἐκστὰς ἔβαλλέ με λίθοις. καὶ ἐμοῦ μὲν ἁμαρτάνει, Ἀριστοκρίτου δέ, ὃς παρʼ ἐμὲ ἦλθε μετʼ αὐτοῦ, βαλὼν λίθῳ συντρίβει τὸ μέτωπον.
ἐγὼ τοίνυν, ὦ βουλή, ἡγούμενος μὲν δεινὰ πάσχειν, αἰσχυνόμενος δέ, ὅπερ ἤδη καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, τῇ συμφορᾷ, ἠνειχόμην, καὶ μᾶλλον ᾑρούμην μὴ λαβεῖν τούτων τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων δίκην ἢ δόξαι τοῖς πολίταις ἀνόητος εἶναι, εἰδὼς ὅτι τῇ μὲν τούτου πονηρίᾳ πρέποντα ἔσται τὰ πεπραγμένα, ἐμοῦ δὲ πολλοὶ καταγελάσονται τοιαῦτα πάσχοντος τῶν φθονεῖν εἰθισμένων, ἐάν τις ἐν τῇ πόλει προθυμῆται χρηστὸς εἶναι.
οὕτω δὲ σφόδρα ἠπορούμην ὅ τι χρησαίμην, ὦ βουλή, τῇ τούτου παρανομίᾳ, ὥστε ἔδοξέ μοι κράτιστον εἶναι ἀποδημῆσαι . λαβὼν δὴ τὸ μειράκιον (ἅπαντα γὰρ δεῖ τἀληθῆ λέγειν) ᾠχόμην ἐκ τῆς πόλεως. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ᾤμην ἱκανὸν εἶναι τὸν χρόνον Σίμωνι ἐπιλαθέσθαι μὲν τοῦ νεανίσκου, μεταμελῆσαι δὲ τῶν πρότερον ἡμαρτημένων,
Sections 11–15
ἀφικνοῦμαι πάλιν. κἀγὼ μὲν ᾠχόμην εἰς Πειραιᾶ, οὗτος δʼ αἰσθόμενος εὐθέως ἥκοντα τὸν Θεόδοτον καὶ διατρίβοντα παρὰ Λυσιμάχῳ, ὃς ᾤκει πλησίον τῆς οἰκίας ἧς οὗτος ἐμεμίσθωτο, παρεκάλεσέ τινας τῶν τούτου ἐπιτηδείων. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ἠρίστων καὶ ἔπινον, φύλακας δὲ κατέστησαν ἐπὶ τοῦ τέγους, ἵνʼ, ὁπότε ἐξέλθοι τὸ μειράκιον,
εἰσαρπάσειαν αὐτόν. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἀφικνοῦμαι ἐγὼ ἐκ Πειραιῶς, καὶ τρέπομαι παριὼν ὡς τὸν Λυσίμαχον· ὀλίγον δὲ χρόνον διατρίψαντες ἐξερχόμεθα. οὗτοι δʼ ἤδη μεθύοντες ἐκπηδῶσιν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ οἱ μέν τινες αὐτῷ τῶν παραγενομένων οὐκ ἠθέλησαν συνεξαμαρτεῖν, Σίμων δὲ οὑτοσὶ καὶ Θεόφιλος καὶ Πρώταρχος καὶ Αὐτοκλῆς εἷλκον τὸ μειράκιον. ὁ δὲ ῥίψας τὸ ἱμάτιον ᾤχετο φεύγων.
ἐγὼ δὲ ἡγούμενος ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἐκφεύξεσθαι, τούτους δʼ, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἐντύχοιεν ἀνθρώποις, αἰσχυνομένους ἀποτρέψεσθαι — ταῦτα διανοηθεὶς ἑτέραν ὁδὸν ᾠχόμην ἀπιών· οὕτω σφόδρʼ αὐτοὺς ἐφυλαττόμην, καὶ πάντα τὰ ὑπὸ τούτων γιγνόμενα μεγάλην ἐμαυτῷ συμφορὰν ἐνόμιζον.
κἀνταῦθα μέν, ἵνα φησὶ Σίμων τὴν μάχην γενέσθαι, οὔτε τούτων οὔτε ἡμῶν οὐδεὶς οὔτε κατεάγη τὴν κεφαλὴν οὔτε ἄλλο κακὸν οὐδὲν ἔλαβεν, ὧν ἐγὼ τοὺς παραγενομένους ὑμῖν παρέξομαι μάρτυρας.
Μάρτυρες
ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἀδικήσας, ὦ βουλή, καὶ ἐπιβουλεύσας ἡμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ τούτῳ, ὑπὸ τῶν παραγενομένων μεμαρτύρηται ὑμῖν. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὸ μὲν μειράκιον εἰς γναφεῖον κατέφυγεν, οὗτοι δὲ συνεισπεσόντες ἦγον αὐτὸν βίᾳ, βοῶντα καὶ κεκραγότα καὶ μαρτυρόμενον.
Sections 16–20
συνδραμόντων δὲ ἀνθρώπων πολλῶν καὶ ἀγανακτούντων τῷ πράγματι καὶ δεινὰ φασκόντων εἶναι τὰ γιγνόμενα, τῶν μὲν λεγομένων οὐδὲν ἐφρόντιζον, Μόλωνα δὲ τὸν γναφέα καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς ἐπαμύνειν ἐπιχειροῦντας συνέκοψαν.
ἤδη δὲ αὐτοῖς οὖσι παρὰ τὴν Λάμπωνος οἰκίαν ἐγὼ μόνος βαδίζων ἐντυγχάνω, δεινὸν δὲ ἡγησάμενος εἶναι καὶ αἰσχρὸν περιιδεῖν οὕτως ἀνόμως καὶ βιαίως ὑβρισθέντα τὸν νεανίσκον, ἐπιλαμβάνομαι αὐτοῦ. οὗτοι δέ, διότι μὲν τοιαῦτα παρενόμουν εἰς ἐκεῖνον, οὐκ ἠθέλησαν εἰπεῖν ἐρωτηθέντες, ἀφέμενοι δὲ τοῦ νεανίσκου ἔτυπτον ἐμέ. μάχης δὲ γενομένης,
ὦ βουλή, καὶ τοῦ μειρακίου βάλλοντος αὐτοὺς καὶ περὶ τοῦ σώματος ἀμυνομένου καὶ τούτων ἡμᾶς βαλλόντων, ἔτι δὲ τυπτόντων αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς μέθης καὶ ἐμοῦ ἀμυνομένου, καὶ τῶν παραγενομένων ὡς ἀδικουμένοις ἡμῖν ἁπάντων ἐπικουρούντων, ἐν τούτῳ τῷ θορύβῳ συντριβόμεθα τὰς κεφαλὰς ἅπαντες.
καὶ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι οἱ μετὰ τούτου παροινήσαντες, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστά με εἶδον μετὰ ταῦτα, ἐδέοντό μου συγγνώμην ἔχειν, οὐχ ὡς ἀδικούμενοι ἀλλʼ ὡς δεινὰ πεποιηκότες· καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρόνου τεττάρων ἐτῶν παρεληλυθότων οὐδέν μοι πώποτε ἐνεκάλεσεν οὐδείς.
Σίμων δʼ οὑτοσί, πάντων τῶν κακῶν αἴτιος γενόμενος, τὸν μὲν ἄλλον χρόνον ἡσυχίαν ἦγε δεδιὼς περὶ αὑτοῦ, ἐπειδὴ δὲ δίκας ἰδίας ᾔσθετο κακῶς ἀγωνισάμενον ἐξ ἀντιδόσεως, καταφρονήσας μου οὑτωσὶ τολμηρῶς εἰς τοιοῦτον ἀγῶνά με κατέστησεν. ὡς οὖν καὶ ταῦτʼ ἀληθῆ λέγω, τούτων ὑμῖν τοὺς παραγενομένους μάρτυρας παρέξομαι.
Sections 21–25
Μάρτυρες
τὰ μὲν οὖν γεγενημένα καὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ τῶν μαρτύρων ἀκηκόατε· ἐβουλόμην δʼ ἄν, ὦ βουλή, Σίμωνα τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἐμοὶ ἔχειν, ἵνʼ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν ἀκούσαντες τἀληθῆ ῥᾳδίως ἔγνωτε τὰ δίκαια. ἐπειδὴ δὲ αὐτῷ οὐδὲν μέλει τῶν ὅρκων ὧν ὠμόσατο, πειράσομαι καὶ περὶ ὧν οὗτος ἔψευσται διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς.
ἐτόλμησε γὰρ εἰπεῖν ὡς αὐτὸς μὲν τριακοσίας δραχμὰς ἔδωκε Θεοδότῳ, συνθήκας πρὸς αὐτὸν ποιησάμενος, ἐγὼ δʼ ἐπιβουλεύσας ἀπέστησα αὐτοῦ τὸ μειράκιον. καίτοι ἐχρῆν αὐτόν, εἴπερ ἦν ταῦτʼ ἀληθῆ, παρακαλέσαντα μάρτυρας ὡς πλείστους κατὰ τοὺς νόμους διαπράττεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
οὗτος δὲ τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν πώποτε φαίνεται ποιήσας, ὑβρίζων δὲ καὶ τύπτων ἀμφοτέρους ἡμᾶς καὶ κωμάζων καὶ τὰς θύρας ἐκβάλλων καὶ νύκτωρ εἰσιὼν ἐπὶ γυναῖκας ἐλευθέρας. ἃ χρὴ μάλιστα, ὦ βουλή, τεκμήρια νομίζειν ὅτι ψεύδεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
σκέψασθε δὲ ὡς ἄπιστα εἴρηκε. τὴν γὰρ οὐσίαν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἅπασαν πεντήκοντα καὶ διακοσίων δραχμῶν ἐτιμήσατο. καίτοι θαυμαστὸν εἰ τὸν ἑταιρήσοντα πλειόνων ἐμισθώσατο ὧν αὐτὸς τυγχάνει κεκτημένος.
εἰς τοῦτο δʼ ἥκει τόλμης ὥστε οὐκ ἐξαρκεῖ περὶ τούτου μόνον αὐτῷ ψεύσασθαι, περὶ τοῦ δεδωκέναι τὸ ἀργύριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κεκομίσθαι φησί· καίτοι πῶς εἰκός ἐστι τότε μὲν ἡμᾶς τοιαῦτα ἐξαμαρτάνειν οἷα κατηγόρηκεν οὗτος, ἀποστερῆσαι βουλομένους τὰς τριακοσίας δραχμάς, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπεμαχεσάμεθα, τηνικαῦτα ἀποδοῦναι τὸ ἀργύριον αὐτῷ, μήτε ἀφειμένους τῶν ἐγκλημάτων μήτε ἀνάγκης ἡμῖν μηδεμιᾶς γενομένης;
Sections 26–30
ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ βουλή, πάντα αὐτῷ ταῦτα σύγκειται καὶ μεμηχάνηται, καὶ δοῦναι μέν φησιν, ἵνα μὴ δοκῇ δεινὰ ποιεῖν, εἰ μηδενὸς αὐτῷ συμβολαίου γεγενημένου τοιαῦτα ἐτόλμα ὑβρίζειν τὸ μειράκιον, ἀπειληφέναι δὲ προσποιεῖται, διότι φανερός ἐστιν ἐγκαλέσας οὐδέποτʼ ἀργύριον οὐδὲ μνείαν περὶ τούτου οὐδεμίαν ποιησάμενος.
φησὶ δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς αὑτοῦ θύραις ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ δεινῶς διατεθῆναι τυπτόμενος. φαίνεται δὲ πλεῖν ἢ τέτταρα στάδια ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας διώξας τὸ μειράκιον οὐδὲν κακὸν ἔχων, καὶ ταῦτα πλεῖν ἢ διακοσίων ἰδόντων ἀνθρώπων ἔξαρνός ἐστι.
λέγει δʼ ὡς ἡμεῖς ἤλθομεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν τούτου ὄστρακον ἔχοντες, καὶ ὡς ἠπείλουν αὐτῷ ἐγὼ ἀποκτενεῖν, καὶ ὡς τοῦτό ἐστιν ἡ πρόνοια. ἐγὼ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι, ὦ βουλή, ῥᾴδιον εἶναι γνῶναι ὅτι ψεύδεται, οὐ μόνον ὑμῖν τοῖς εἰωθόσι σκοπεῖσθαι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι.
τῷ γὰρ ἂν δόξειε πιστὸν ὡς ἐγὼ προνοηθεὶς καὶ ἐπιβουλεύων ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν Σίμωνος οἰκίαν μεθʼ ἡμέραν, μετὰ τοῦ μειρακίου, τοσούτων ἀνθρώπων παρʼ αὐτῷ συνειλεγμένων, εἰ μὴ εἰς τοῦτο μανίας ἀφικόμην ὥστε ἐπιθυμεῖν εἷς ὢν πολλοῖς μάχεσθαι, ἄλλως τε καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι ἀσμένως ἄν με εἶδεν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ταῖς αὑτοῦ, ὃς καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν οἰκίαν φοιτῶν εἰσῄει βίᾳ, καὶ οὔτε τῆς ἀδελφῆς οὔτε τῶν ἀδελφιδῶν φροντίσας ζητεῖν με ἐτόλμα, καὶ ἐξευρὼν οὗ δειπνῶν ἐτύγχανον,
ἐκκαλέσας ἔτυπτέ με; καὶ τότε μὲν ἄρα, ἵνα μὴ περιβόητος εἴην, ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, συμφορὰν ἐμαυτοῦ νομίζων τὴν τούτου πονηρίαν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ χρόνος διεγένετο, πάλιν, ὡς οὗτός φησιν,
Sections 31–35
ἐπεθύμησα περιβόητος γενέσθαι; καὶ εἰ μὲν ἦν παρὰ τούτῳ τὸ μειράκιον, εἶχεν ἄν τινα λόγον τὸ ψεῦδος αὐτῷ ὡς ἐγὼ διὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἠναγκαζόμην ἀνοητότερόν τι ποιεῖν τῶν εἰκότων· νῦν δὲ τούτῳ μὲν οὐδὲ διελέγετο, ἀλλʼ ἐμίσει πάντων ἀνθρώπων μάλιστα, παρʼ ἐμοὶ δʼ ἐτύγχανε διαιτώμενον.
ὥστε τῷ ὑμῶν πιστὸν ὡς ἐγὼ πρότερον μὲν ἐξέπλευσα ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἔχων τὸ μειράκιον, ἵνα μὴ τούτῳ μαχοίμην, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀφικόμην πάλιν, ἦγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν Σίμωνος, οὗ πλεῖστα ἔμελλον πράγματα ἕξειν; καὶ ἐπεβούλευον μὲν αὐτῷ,
οὕτω δὲ ἦλθον ἀπαράσκευος, ὥστε μήτε φίλους μήτε οἰκέτας μήτε ἄλλον ἄνθρωπον παρακαλέσαι μηδένα, εἰ μὴ τοῦτό γε τὸ παιδίον, ὃ ἐπικουρῆσαι μέν μοι οὐκ ἂν ἐδύνατο, μηνῦσαι δὲ ἱκανὸν ἦν βασανιζόμενον, εἴ τι ἐγὼ ἐξημάρτανον;
ἀλλʼ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀμαθίας ἀφικόμην, ὥστε ἐπιβουλεύων Σίμωνι οὐκ ἐτήρησα αὐτὸν οὗ μόνον οἷόν τʼ ἦν λαβεῖν, ἢ νύκτωρ ἢ μεθʼ ἡμέραν, ἀλλʼ ἐνταῦθα ἦλθον οὗ αὐτὸς ἔμελλον ὑπὸ πλείστων ὀφθήσεσθαί τε καὶ συγκοπήσεσθαι, ὥσπερ κατʼ ἐμαυτοῦ τὴν πρόνοιαν ἐξευρίσκων, ἵνʼ ὡς μάλιστα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑβρισθείην;
ἔτι τοίνυν, ὦ βουλή, καὶ ἐκ τῆς μάχης τῆς γενομένης ῥᾴδιον γνῶναι ὅτι ψεύδεται. τὸ γὰρ μειράκιον ὡς ἔγνω, ῥῖψαν θοἰμάτιον, φεῦγον ᾤχετο, οὗτοι δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπεδίωκον, ἐγὼ δὲ ἑτέραν ἀπελθὼν ὁδὸν ᾠχόμην.
Sections 36–40
καίτοι ποτέρους χρὴ αἰτίους τῶν γεγενημένων εἶναι νομίζειν, τοὺς φεύγοντας ἢ τοὺς ζητοῦντας καταλαβεῖν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι πᾶσιν εἶναι δῆλον ὅτι φεύγουσι μὲν οἱ περὶ αὑτῶν δεδιότες, διώκουσι δὲ οἱ βουλόμενοί τι ποιῆσαι κακόν.
οὐ τοίνυν ταῦτα εἰκότα μέν, ἄλλως δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν πέπρακται, ἀλλὰ καταλαβόντες τὸ μειράκιον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἦγον βίᾳ, ἐντυχὼν δʼ ἐγὼ τούτων μὲν οὐχ ἡπτόμην, τοῦ μειρακίου δʼ ἐπελαμβανόμην· οὗτοι δὲ ἐκεῖνόν τε ἦγον βίᾳ καὶ ἐμὲ ἔτυπτον. καὶ ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τῶν παραγενομένων μεμαρτύρηται. ὥστε δεινὸν εἰ περὶ τούτων ἐγὼ δόξω προνοηθῆναι, περὶ ὧν οὗτοι τυγχάνουσιν οὕτω δεινὰ καὶ παράνομα πεποιηκότες.
τί δʼ ἄν ποτε ἔπαθον, εἰ τἀναντία τῶν νῦν γεγενημένων ἦν, εἰ πολλοὺς ἔχων τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἐγώ, ἀπαντήσας Σίμωνι, ἐμαχόμην αὐτῷ καὶ ἔτυπτον αὐτὸν καὶ ἐδίωκον καὶ καταλαβὼν ἄγειν βία ἐζήτουν, ὅπου νῦν τούτου ταῦτα πεποιηκότος ἐγὼ εἰς τοιοῦτον ἀγῶνα καθέστηκα, ἐν ᾧ καὶ περὶ τῆς πατρίδος καὶ τῆς οὐσίας τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ ἁπάσης κινδυνεύω;
τὸ δὲ μέγιστον καὶ περιφανέστατον πάντων· ὁ γὰρ ἀδικηθείς καὶ ἐπιβουλευθεὶς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ, ὥς φησιν, οὐκ ἐτόλμησε τεττάρων ἐτῶν ἐπισκήψασθαι εἰς ὑμᾶς. καὶ οἱ μέν ἄλλοι, ὅταν ἐρῶσι καὶ ἀποστερῶνται ὧν ἐπιθυμοῦσι καὶ συγκοπῶσιν, ὀργιζόμενοι παραχρῆμα τιμωρεῖσθαι ζητοῦσιν, οὗτος δὲ χρόνοις ὕστερον.
ὅτι μὲν οὖν, ὦ βουλή, οὐδενὸς αἴτιός εἰμι τῶν γεγενημένων, ἱκανῶς ἀποδεδεῖχθαι νομίζω· οὕτω δὲ διάκειμαι πρὸς τὰς ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων πραγμάτων διαφοράς, ὥστε ἄλλα πολλὰ ὑβρισμένος ὑπὸ Σίμωνος καὶ καταγεὶς τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐτόλμησα αὐτῷ ἐπισκήψασθαι, ἡγούμενος δεινὸν εἶναι, εἰ ἄρα περὶ παίδων ἐφιλονικήσαμεν ἡμεῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους, τούτου ἕνεκα ἐξελάσαι τινὰς ζητῆσαι ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος.
Sections 41–45
ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἡγούμην πρόνοιαν εἶναι τραύματος ὅστις μὴ ἀποκτεῖναι βουλόμενος ἔτρωσε. τίς γὰρ οὕτως ἐστὶν εὐήθης,
ὅστις ἐκ πολλοῦ προνοεῖται ὅπως ἕλκος τις αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐχθρῶν λήψεται; ἀλλὰ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ οἱ τοὺς νόμους ἐνθάδε θέντες, οὐκ εἴ τινες μαχεσάμενοι ἔτυχον ἀλλήλων κατάξαντες τὰς κεφαλάς, ἐπὶ τούτοις ἠξίωσαν τῆς πατρίδος φυγὴν ποιήσασθαι· ἢ πολλούς γʼ ἂν ἐξήλασαν· ἀλλʼ ὅσοι ἐπιβουλεύσαντες ἀποκτεῖναί τινας ἔτρωσαν, ἀποκτεῖναι δὲ οὐκ ἐδυνήθησαν, περὶ τῶν τοιούτων τὰς τιμωρίας οὕτω μεγάλας κατεστήσαντο, ἡγούμενοι, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐβούλευσαν καὶ προὐνοήθησαν, ὑπὲρ τούτων προσήκειν αὐτοῖς δίκην δοῦναι· εἰ δὲ μὴ κατέσχον, οὐδὲν ἧττον τό γʼ ἐκείνων πεποιῆσθαι.
καὶ ταῦτα ἤδη καὶ πρότερον πολλάκις ὑμεῖς οὕτω διέγνωτε περὶ τῆς προνοίας. καὶ γὰρ δεινὸν ἂν εἴη, εἰ ὅσοι ἐκ μέθης καὶ φιλονικίας ἢ ἐκ παιδιῶν ἢ ἐκ λοιδορίας ἢ περὶ ἑταίρας μαχόμενοι ἕλκος ἔλαβον, εἰ ὑπὲρ τούτων ὧν, ἐπειδὰν βέλτιον φρονήσωσιν, ἅπασι μεταμέλει, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς μεγάλας καὶ δεινὰς τὰς τιμωρίας ποιήσεσθε, ὥστε ἐξελαύνειν τινὰς τῶν πολιτῶν ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος.
θαυμάζω δὲ μάλιστα τούτου τῆς διανοίας. οὐ γὰρ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἐρᾶν τε καὶ συκοφαντεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν τῶν εὐηθεστέρων, τὸ δὲ τῶν πανουργοτάτων. ἐβουλόμην δʼ ἂν ἐξεῖναί μοι παρʼ ὑμῖν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιδεῖξαι τὴν τούτου πονηρίαν, ἵνα ἠπίστασθε ὅτι πολὺ ἂν δικαιότερον αὐτὸς περὶ θανάτου ἠγωνίζετο ἢ ἑτέρους ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος εἰς κίνδυνον καθίστη. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα ἐάσω·
ὃ δʼ ἡγοῦμαι ὑμῖν προσήκειν ἀκοῦσαι καὶ τεκμήριον ἔσεσθαι τῆς τούτου θρασύτητος καὶ τόλμης, περὶ τούτου μνησθήσομαι. ἐν Κορίνθῳ γάρ, ἐπειδὴ ὕστερον ἦλθε τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους μάχης καὶ τῆς εἰς Κορώνειαν στρατείας, ἐμάχετο τῷ ταξιάρχῳ Λάχητι καὶ ἔτυπτεν αὐτόν, καὶ πανστρατιᾷ τῶν πολιτῶν ἐξελθόντων, δόξας ἀκοσμότατος εἶναι καὶ πονηρότατος, μόνος Ἀθηναίων ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐξεκηρύχθη.
Sections 46–48
ἔχοιμι δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ εἰπεῖν περὶ τούτου, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ παρʼ ὑμῖν οὐ νόμιμόν ἐστιν ἔξω τοῦ πράγματος λέγειν, ἐκεῖνο ἐνθυμεῖσθε· οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ βίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν οἰκίαν εἰσιόντες, οὗτοι οἱ διώκοντες, οὗτοι οἱ βίᾳ ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ συναρπάζοντες ἡμᾶς.
ὧν ὑμεῖς μεμνημένοι τὰ δίκαια ψηφίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ περιίδητε ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἀδίκως ἐκπεσόντα, ὑπὲρ ἧς ἐγὼ πολλοὺς κινδύνους κεκινδύνευκα καὶ πολλὰς λῃτουργίας λελῃτούργηκα, καὶ κακοῦ μὲν αὐτῇ οὐδενὸς αἴτιος γεγένημαι, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐμῶν προγόνων οὐδείς, ἀγαθῶν δὲ πολλῶν·
ὥστε δικαίως ἂν ὑφʼ ὑμῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἐλεηθείην, οὐ μόνον εἴ τι πάθοιμι ὧν Σίμων βούλεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι ἠναγκάσθην ἐκ τοιούτων πραγμάτων εἰς τοιούτους ἀγῶνας καταστῆναι.
On the Olive Stump
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–5
Heretofore, gentlemen of the Council, I thought it possible for a person who so desired to avoid both law-suits and anxieties by leading a quiet life; but now I find myself so unexpectedly embarrassed with accusations and with nefarious slanderers that, if such a thing could be, I conceive that even those who are yet unborn ought now be feeling alarmed for what is in store for them, since the conduct of these men brings as great a share of danger upon those who have done no wrong as upon those who are guilty of many offences.
And this trial has been made especially perplexing for me, because at first I was indicted for clearing away an olive tree from my land, and they went and made an inquiry of the men who had brought the produce of the State olives; but having failed by this method to find that I have done anything wrong, they now say it is an olive-stump that I cleared away, judging that for me this is a most difficult accusation to refute, while to them it allows more freedom to make any statement that they please.
So I am obliged, on a charge which this man has carefully planned against me before coming here, and which I have only heard at the same moment as you who are to decide on the case, to defend myself against the loss of my native land and my possessions. Nevertheless I will try to explain the affair to you from the beginning.
This plot of ground belonged to Peisander; but when his property was confiscated, Apollodorus of Megara had it as a gift from the people and cultivated it for some time, until, shortly before the Thirty, Anticles bought it from him and let it out. I bought it from Anticles when peace had been made.
So I consider, gentlemen, that my business is to show that, when I acquired the plot, there was neither olive-tree nor stump upon it. For I conceive that in respect of the previous time, even had there been sacred olives of old upon it, I could not with justice be penalized; since if we have had no hand in their clearance, there is no relevance in our being charged as guilty of the offences of others.
Sections 6–10
For you are all aware that, among the numerous troubles that have been caused by the war, the outlying districts were ravaged by the Lacedaemonians, while the nearer were plundered by our friends; so how can it be just that I should be punished now for the disasters that then befell the city?
And in particular, this plot of land, as having been confiscated during the war, was unsold for over three years: it is not surprising if they uprooted the sacred olives at a time in which we were unable to safeguard even our personal property. You are aware, gentlemen—especially those of you who have the supervision of such matters,—that many plots at that time were thick with private and sacred olive-trees which have now for the most part been uprooted, so that the land has become bare; and although the same people have owned these plots in the peace as in the war, you do not think fit to punish them for the up-rooting done by others.
And yet, if you exculpate those who have cultivated the land throughout the whole period, surely those who bought it in the time of the peace ought to leave your court unpunished.
Well now, gentlemen, although I might speak at length on what had previously occurred, I think these remarks will suffice: but when I took over the plot, after an interval of five days I let it out to Callistratus, in the archonship of Pythodorus:
he cultivated it for two years, and had taken over no olive-tree, either private or sacred, nor any olive-stump. In the third year it was worked by Demetrius here for a twelvemonth; in the fourth I let it to Alcias, a freedman of Antisthenes, who is dead. After that Proteas too hired it in the same state during three years. Now, please step this way, witnesses.
Sections 11–15
Witnesses Well now, since the termination of that time I have cultivated it myself. My accuser says that in the archonship of Souniades an olive-stump was uprooted by me. And the previous cultivators, who rented it from me for a number of years, have testified to you that there was no stump on the plot. I ask you, how could one convict the accuser more patently of lying? For it is not possible that the cultivator who came after cleared away what was not there before.
Now formerly, gentlemen, whenever people declared me to be a shrewd, exact man who would do nothing at random or without calculation, I would take it hard, feeling that these terms were wide of my true character; but now I should be glad if you all held this opinion of me, so that you should expect me, if I did set about such an act as this, to consider what profit I stood to get by clearing away the stump, and what loss by preserving it, what I should have achieved if I went undetected, and what I should suffer at your hands if I were exposed.
For in every case such acts are done, not for mere mischief, but for profit; and that is the proper direction for your inquiry, and the prosecution should make that the basis of their accusation, by showing what benefit accrued to the wrongdoers.
Yet this man is quite unable to show either that I was compelled by poverty to venture on such an act, or that the plot was declining in value to me while the stump existed, or that it was obstructing vines or close to a building, or that I was unapprised of the dangers awaiting me in your court.
And if I had attempted anything of the kind, I should be openly exposed as having incurred many severe penalties for in the first place, it was daylight when I uprooted the stump,—as though I had not to do it unseen by all, but must let all the Athenians know! If the act had been merely disgraceful, one might perhaps have disregarded the passers-by; but the case was one of my risking, not disgrace, but the severest penalty.
Sections 16–20
And surely I must have been the most wretched of human creatures if my own servants were to be no longer my slaves, but my masters for the rest of my life, since they would be privy to that act of mine; so that, however great might be their offences against me, I should have been unable to get them punished. For I should have been fully aware that it was in their power at once to be avenged on me and to win their own freedom by informing against me.
Furthermore, supposing I had been of a mind to be heedless of my domestics, how should I have dared, when so many persons had rented the plot, and all were acquainted with the facts, to clear away the stump for the sake of a petty profit, while there was no statute of limitations to protect them, so that all who had worked the plot were alike concerned in the preservation of the stump, and hence they would be able, if anyone accused them, to transfer the blame to their successor? But as it is, they have manifestly absolved me, and have thus taken upon themselves a share of the charge in case they are lying.
Again, if I had settled this matter by arrangement, how could I have prevailed on all the passers-by, or the neighbors who not only know of each other what is open for all to see, but even get information of what we try to keep hidden from the knowledge of anyone? Now, some of those people are my friends, but others are at feud with me about my property:
these persons he ought to have produced as witnesses, instead of merely bringing these hazardous accusations; for he says I stood by while my domestics hewed down the stems and the wagoner loaded up the wood and took it right away.
But surely, Nicomachus, you ought, at the time, both to have called up those who were present as witnesses, and to have exposed the affair: you would then have left me without any defence, while on your own part, if I was your enemy, you would have achieved by this means your vengeance upon me while if you were acting in the interest of the State, you would in this way have convicted me without being regarded as a slanderer. If you were looking for profit, you would have made the largest then;
Sections 21–25
for, the fact being exposed, I should have decided that my sole deliverance lay in seducing you. Well, you did nothing of the sort, and you expect that your statements will effect my ruin: you put in the plea that owing to my influence and my means there is no one willing to bear you witness.
Yet if, when you saw me—as you say—clearing away the sacred olive, you had brought the nine archons on the scene, or some other members of the Areopagus, you would not have had to seek witnesses elsewhere; for then the truth of your statements would have been ascertained by the very persons who were to decide upon the matter.
So he makes my situation most perplexing; for if he had produced witnesses, he might claim that they should be believed, but as he has none, he thinks it is I who should suffer so much detriment from that. And I am not surprised—at him; for, to be sure, in his slanderous proceedings he is not going to be as hard up for statements of this sort as he is for witnesses; but you, I trust, will not be in agreement with this man.
For you understand that in the plain there are many sacred olives and burnt stumps on my other plots which, had I so desired, it would have been much safer to clear away or cut down or work over, inasmuch as among so many of them the wrongful act was likely to be less evident.
But the fact is that I have as great a regard for them as for my native land and my whole property, realizing that it is the loss of both of these that I have at stake. And you yourselves I shall produce as witnesses to that fact;. for you supervise the matter every month, and also send assessors every year, none of whom has ever penalized me for working the ground about the sacred olives.
Sections 26–30
Now surely, when I pay so much regard to those small penalties, I cannot so utterly disregard the perils involved for my person. You find me taking all this care of the many olive-trees upon which I could more freely commit the offence, and I am on my trial to-day for clearing away the sacred olive which it was impossible to dig up unobserved!
And under which government was I better placed for breaking the law, gentlemen,—that of the democracy, or that of the Thirty? I do not mean that I was influential then, or that I now stand falsely accused, but that there was a better chance for anyone who wished to commit a crime then than there is at present. Well, you will find that not even in that time did I do anything wrong, either in this or in any other way.
And how—except in all the world I were my own most malignant enemy—could I have attempted, with you supervising as you do, to clear away the sacred olive from this plot; in which there is not a single tree, but there was, as he says, a stump of one olive; where a road skirts the plot all round, and neighbors live about it on both sides, and it is unfenced and open to view from every point? So who would have been so foolhardy in these circumstances, as to attempt such a proceeding?
And I feel it is extraordinary that you, whom the city has charged with the perpetual supervision of the sacred olives, have never either punished me for working over the one of them nor brought me to trial for having cleared one away, and that now this man, who, as it happens, is neither farming near me nor has been appointed a supervisor nor is of age to know about such matters, should have indicted me for clearing away a sacred olive from the land.
I beg you, therefore, not to consider such statements more credible than the facts, nor to tolerate such assertions from my enemies about matters of which you are personally cognizant: let your reflections be guided by what I have told you and by the whole tenor of my citizenship.
Sections 31–35
For I have performed all the duties laid upon me with greater zeal than the State required: alike in equipping a warship, in contributing to war funds, in producing drama, and in the rest of my public services, my munificence was equal to that of any other citizen.
Yet, if I had done these things but moderately and without that zeal, I should not be struggling to save myself at once from exile and from the loss of all my property, but should have increased my possessions without incurring guilt or imperilling my life: whereas, had I done what this man accuses me of doing, I stood to make no profit, but only to endanger myself.
Surely you will all acknowledge that it is fairer to judge important issues by important proofs, and to give more credit to the testimony of the whole city than to the accusations of this single person.
And further, gentlemen, take note of the other events in the case. I went with witnesses to see him, and said that I still had the servants that I owned when I took over the plot, and was ready to delivery any that he wished to the torture, thinking that this would put his statements and my acts to stronger test.
But he declined, asserting that no credit could be given to servants. To my mind it is surprising that, when put to the torture on their own account, they accuse themselves, in the certain knowledge that they will be executed, but when it is on account of their masters, to whom they naturally have most animosity, they can choose rather to endure the torture than to get release from their present ills by an incrimination!
Sections 36–40
Nay, in truth, gentlemen, I think it is manifest to all that, had I refused to deliver the men at Nicomachus’s request, I should be considered conscious of my guilt; so, since he declined to accept them when I offered to deliver them, it is fair to form the same opinion regarding him, especially as the danger is not equal for us both.
For if they had made the statements about me that he desired, I should not even have had a chance of defending myself; while if they had not supported his statements, he was liable to no penalty. It behoved him, therefore, much rather to take them than it suited me to deliver them. For my part, I was so solicitous in the matter, because I felt it was in my favour to have you informed of the truth regarding this matter, at once by torture, by witnesses, and by evidence.
And you should consider, gentlemen, which side you ought rather to credit, those for whom many have borne witness, or one for whom nobody has ventured to do so; whether it is more likely that this man is lying, as he can without danger, or that in face of so grave a danger I committed such an act; and whether you think that he is vindicating the cause of the State, or has been playing the slanderer’s trade in his accusation.
For I believe it is your opinion that Nicomachus has been prevailed upon by my enemies to conduct this prosecution, not as hoping to establish my guilt, but as expecting to obtain money from me. For precisely as such actions at law are most damaging and perplexing, so everyone is most anxious to avoid them.
But I, gentlemen, disdained that: as soon as he charged me, I placed myself entirely at your disposal, and came to terms with none of my enemies on account of this ordeal, though they take more pleasure in vilifying me than in commending themselves. Not one of them has ever attempted, openly and in his own person, to do me a single hurt; they prefer to set upon me men of this stamp, whom you cannot honestly believe.
Sections 41–43
For I shall be the most miserable of creatures if I am to be unjustly declared in exile: I am childless and alone, my house would be abandoned, my mother would be in utter penury, and I should be deprived of a native land, that is so much to me, on the most disgraceful of charges,—I who in her defence have engaged in many sea-fights and fought many battles on land, and have shown myself an orderly person under both democracy and oligarchy.
But on these matters, gentlemen, I do not know what call I have to speak in this place. However, I have proved to you that there was no stump on the plot, and I have produced witnesses and evidence: these you should bear in mind when you make your decision on the case, and require this man to inform you why it was that, neglecting to convict me as taken in the act, he has delayed so long in bringing so serious an action against me;
why he seeks to be credited on the strength of his statements, unsupported by a single witness, when the bare facts would have sufficed to establish my guilt and why,on my offering all the servants whom he asserts to have been then present, he declined to accept them.
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–5
πρότερον μέν, ὦ βουλή, ἐνόμιζον ἐξεῖναι τῷ βουλομένῳ, ἡσυχίαν ἄγοντι, μήτε δίκας ἔχειν μήτε πράγματα· νυνὶ δὲ οὕτως ἀπροσδοκήτως αἰτίαις καὶ πονηροῖς συκοφάνταις περιπέπτωκα, ὥστʼ εἴ πως οἷόν τε, δοκεῖ μοι δεῖν καὶ τοὺς μὴ γεγονότας ἤδη δεδιέναι περὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἔσεσθαι· διὰ γὰρ τοὺς τοιούτους οἱ κίνδυνοι κοινοὶ γίγνονται καὶ τοῖς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦσι καὶ τοῖς πολλὰ ἡμαρτηκόσιν.
οὕτω δʼ ἄπορος ὁ ἀγών μοι καθέστηκεν, ὥστε ἀπεγράφην τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐλάαν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἀφανίζειν, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐωνημένους τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν μορίων πυνθανόμενοι προσῇσαν· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ τρόπου ἀδικοῦντά με οὐδὲν εὑρεῖν ἐδυνήθησαν, νυνί με σηκόν φασιν ἀφανίζειν, ἡγούμενοι ἐμοὶ μὲν ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν ἀπορωτάτην εἶναι ἀπελέγξαι, αὐτοῖς δὲ ἐξεῖναι μᾶλλον ὅ τι ἂν βούλωνται λέγειν.
καὶ δεῖ με, περὶ ὧν οὗτος ἐπιβεβουλευκὼς ἥκει, ἅμʼ ὑμῖν τοῖς διαγνωσομένοις περὶ τοῦ πράγματος ἀκούσαντα καὶ περὶ τῆς πατρίδος καὶ περὶ τῆς οὐσίας ἀγωνίσασθαι. ὅμως δὲ πειράσομαι ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑμᾶς διδάξαι.
ἦν μὲν γὰρ τοῦτο Πεισάνδρου τὸ χωρίον, δημευθέντων δὲ τῶν ὄντων ἐκείνου Ἀπολλόδωρος ὁ Μεγαρεὺς δωρειὰν παρὰ τοῦ δήμου λαβὼν τὸν μὲν ἄλλον χρόνον ἐγεώργει, ὀλίγῳ δὲ πρὸ τῶν τριάκοντα Ἀντικλῆς παρʼ αὐτοῦ πριάμενος ἐξεμίσθωσεν· ἐγὼ δὲ παρʼ Ἀντικλέους εἰρήνης οὔσης ὠνοῦμαι.
ἡγοῦμαι τοίνυν, ὦ βουλή, ἐμὸν ἔργον ἀποδεῖξαι ὡς ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον ἐκτησάμην, οὔτʼ ἐλάα οὔτε σηκὸς ἐνῆν ἐν αὐτῷ. νομίζω γὰρ τοῦ μὲν προτέρου χρόνου, οὐδʼ εἰ πάλαι ἐνῆσαν μορίαι, οὐκ ἂν δικαίως ζημιοῦσθαι· εἰ γὰρ μὴ διʼ ἡμᾶς εἰσιν ἠφανισμέναι, οὐδὲν προσήκει περὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἁμαρτημάτων ὡς ἀδικοῦντας κινδυνεύειν.
Sections 6–10
πάντες γὰρ ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ὁ πόλεμος καὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν αἴτιος κακῶν γεγένηται, καὶ τὰ μὲν πόρρω ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐτέμνετο, τὰ δʼ ἐγγὺς ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων διηρπάζετο· ὥστε πῶς ἂν δικαίως ὑπὲρ τῶν τότε τῇ πόλει γεγενημένων συμφορῶν ἐγὼ νυνὶ δίκην διδοίην;
ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦτο τὸ χωρίον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ δημευθὲν ἄπρατον ἦν πλεῖν ἢ τρία ἔτη. οὐ θαυμαστὸν δʼ εἰ τότε τὰς μορίας ἐξέκοπτον, ἐν ᾧ οὐδὲ τὰ ἡμέτερʼ αὐτῶν φυλάττειν ἐδυνάμεθα. ἐπίστασθε δέ, ὦ βουλή, ὅσοι μάλιστα τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθε, πολλὰ ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ χρόνῳ δασέα ὄντα ἰδίαις καὶ μορίαις ἐλάαις, ὧν νῦν τὰ πολλὰ ἐκκέκοπται καὶ ἡ γῆ ψιλὴ γεγένηται· καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐν τῇ εἰρήνῃ καὶ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ κεκτημένων οὐκ ἀξιοῦτε παρʼ αὐτῶν, ἑτέρων ἐκκοψάντων, δίκην λαμβάνειν.
καίτοι εἰ τοὺς διὰ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου γεωργοῦντας τῆς αἰτίας ἀφίετε, ἦ που χρὴ τούς γʼ ἐν τῇ εἰρήνῃ πριαμένους ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἀζημίους γενέσθαι.
ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ βουλή, περὶ μὲν τῶν πρότερον γεγενημένων πολλὰ ἔχων εἰπεῖν ἱκανὰ νομίζω τὰ εἰρημένα· ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐγὼ παρέλαβον τὸ χωρίον, πρὶν ἡμέρας πέντε γενέσθαι, ἀπεμίσθωσα Καλλιστράτῳ, ἐπὶ Πυθοδώρου ἄρχοντος·
ὃς δύο ἔτη ἐγεώργησεν, οὔτε ἰδίαν ἐλάαν οὔτε μορίαν οὔτε σηκὸν παραλαβών. τρίτῳ δὲ ἔτει Δημήτριος οὑτοσὶ εἰργάσατο ἐνιαυτόν· τῷ δὲ τετάρτῳ Ἀλκίᾳ Ἀντισθένους ἀπελευθέρῳ ἐμίσθωσα, ὃς τέθνηκε· κᾆτα τρία ἔτη ὁμοίως καὶ Πρωτέας ἐμισθώσατο. καί μοι δεῦρʼ ἴτε, μάρτυρες.
Sections 11–15
Μάρτυρες
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ὁ χρόνος οὗτος ἐξήκει, αὐτὸς γεωργῶ. φησὶ δὲ ὁ κατήγορος ἐπὶ Σουνιάδου ἄρχοντος σηκὸν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ ἐκκεκόφθαι. ὑμῖν δὲ μεμαρτυρήκασιν οἱ πρότερον ἐργαζόμενοι καὶ πολλὰ ἔτη παρʼ ἐμοῦ μεμισθωμένοι μὴ εἶναι σηκὸν ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ. καίτοι πῶς ἄν τις φανερώτερον ἐξελέγξειε ψευδόμενον τὸν κατήγορον; οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε, ἃ πρότερον μὴ ἦν, ταῦτα τὸν ὕστερον ἐργαζόμενον ἀφανίζειν.
ἐγὼ τοίνυν, ὦ βουλή, ἐν μὲν τῷ τέως χρόνῳ, ὅσοι με φάσκοιεν δεινὸν εἶναι καὶ ἀκριβῆ καὶ οὐδὲν ἂν εἰκῇ καὶ ἀλογίστως ποιῆσαι, ἠγανάκτουν ἄν, ἡγούμενος μᾶλλον λέγεσθαι ἢ ὥς μοι προσῆκε· νῦν δὲ πάντας ἂν ὑμᾶς βουλοίμην περὶ ἐμοῦ ταύτην τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν, ἵνα ἡγῆσθέ με σκοπεῖν ἄν, εἴπερ τοιούτοις ἔργοις ἐπεχείρουν, καὶ ὅ τι κέρδος ἐγίγνετο τῷ ἀφανίσαντι καὶ ἥτις ζημία περιποιήσαντι, καὶ τί ἂν λαθὼν διεπραξάμην καὶ τί ἂν φανερὸς γενόμενος ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἔπασχον.
πάντες γὰρ ἄνθρωποι τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐχ ὕβρεως ἀλλὰ κέρδους ἕνεκα ποιοῦσι, καὶ ὑμᾶς εἰκὸς οὕτω σκοπεῖν, καὶ τοὺς ἀντιδίκους ἐκ τούτων τὰς κατηγορίας ποιεῖσθαι, ἀποφαίνοντας ἥτις ὠφέλεια τοῖς ἀδικήσασιν ἐγίγνετο.
οὗτος μέντοι οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι ἀποδεῖξαι οὔθʼ ὡς ὑπὸ πενίας ἠναγκάσθην τοιούτοις ἔργοις ἐπιχειρεῖν, οὔθʼ ὡς τὸ χωρίον μοι διεφθείρετο τοῦ σηκοῦ ὄντος, οὔθʼ ὡς ἀμπέλοις ἐμποδὼν ἦν, οὔθʼ ὡς οἰκίας ἐγγύς, οὔθʼ ὡς ἐγὼ ἄπειρος τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν κινδύνων.
ἐγὼ δʼ εἴ τι τοιοῦτον ἔπραττον, πολλὰς ἂν καὶ μεγάλας ἐμαυτῷ ζημίας γενομένας ἀποφήναιμι· ὃς πρῶτον μὲν μεθʼ ἡμέραν ἐξέκοπτον τὸν σηκόν, ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας λαθεῖν δέον, ἀλλὰ πάντας Ἀθηναίους εἰδέναι. καὶ εἰ μὲν αἰσχρὸν ἦν μόνον τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἴσως ἄν τις τῶν παριόντων ἠμέλησε· νῦν δʼ οὐ περὶ αἰσχύνης ἀλλὰ τῆς μεγίστης ζημίας ἐκινδύνευον.
Sections 16–20
πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἦ ἀθλιώτατος ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων, εἰ τοὺς ἐμαυτοῦ θεράποντας μηκέτι δούλους ἔμελλον ἕξειν ἀλλὰ δεσπότας τὸν λοιπὸν βίον, τοιοῦτον ἔργον συνειδότας; ὥστε εἰ καὶ τὰ μέγιστα εἰς ἐμὲ ἐξημάρτανον, οὐκ ἂν οἷόν τε ἦν δίκην με παρʼ αὐτῶν λαμβάνειν· εὖ γὰρ ἂν ᾔδη ὅτι ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις ἦν καὶ ἐμὲ τιμωρήσασθαι καὶ αὐτοῖς μηνύσασιν ἐλευθέροις γενέσθαι.
ἔτι τοίνυν, εἰ τῶν οἰκετῶν παρέστη μοι μηδὲν φροντίζειν, πῶς ἂν ἐτόλμησα τοσούτων μεμισθωμένων καὶ ἁπάντων συνειδότων ἀφανίσαι τὸν σηκὸν βραχέος μὲν κέρδους ἕνεκα, προθεσμίας δὲ οὐδεμιᾶς οὔσης τῷ κινδύνῳ τοῖς εἰργασμένοις ἅπασι τὸ χωρίον ὁμοίως προσῆκον εἶναι σῶν τὸν σηκόν ἵνʼ, εἴ τις αὐτοὺς ᾐτιᾶτο, εἶχον ἀνενεγκεῖν ὅτῳ παρέδοσαν; νῦν δὲ καὶ ἐμὲ ἀπολύσαντες φαίνονται, καὶ σφᾶς αὐτούς, εἴπερ ψεύδονται, μετόχους τῆς αἰτίας καθιστάντες.
εἰ τοίνυν καὶ ταῦτα παρεσκευασάμην, πῶς ἂν οἷός τʼ ἦ πάντας πεῖσαι τοὺς παριόντας, ἢ τοὺς γείτονας, οἳ οὐ μόνον ἀλλήλων ταῦτʼ ἴσασιν ἃ πᾶσιν ὁρᾶν ἔξεστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὧν ἀποκρυπτόμεθα μηδένα εἰδέναι, καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων πυνθάνονται; ἐμοὶ τοίνυν τούτων οἱ μὲν φίλοι οἱ δὲ διάφοροι περὶ τῶν ἐμῶν τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες·
οὓς ἐχρῆν τοῦτον παρασχέσθαι μάρτυρας, καὶ μὴ μόνον οὕτως τολμηρὰς κατηγορίας ποιεῖσθαι· ὅς φησιν ὡς ἐγὼ μὲν παρειστήκη, οἱ δʼ οἰκέται ἐξέτεμνον τὰ πρέμνα, ἀναθέμενος δὲ ὁ βοηλάτης ὤχετο ἀπάγων τὰ ξύλα.
καίτοι, ὦ Νικόμαχε, χρῆν σε τότε καὶ παρακαλεῖν τοὺς παρόντας μάρτυρας, καὶ φανερὸν ποιεῖν τὸ πρᾶγμα· καὶ ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἂν ἀπολογίαν ὑπέλιπες, αὐτὸς δέ, εἰ μέν σοι ἐχθρὸς ἦ, ἐν τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἦσθα ἄν με τετιμωρημένος, εἰ δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἕνεκα ἔραττες, οὕτως ἐξελέγξας οὐκ ἂν ἐδόκεις εἶναι συκοφάντης, εἰ δὲ κερδαίνειν ἐβούλου,
Sections 21–25
τότʼ ἂν πλεῖστον ἔλαβες· φανεροῦ γὰρ ὄντος τοῦ πράγματος οὐδεμίαν ἄλλην ἡγούμην ἂν εἶναί μοι σωτηρίαν ἢ σὲ πεῖσαι. τούτων τοίνυν οὐδὲν ποιήσας διὰ τοὺς σοὺς λόγους ἀξιοῖς με ἀπολέσθαι, καὶ κατηγορεῖς ὡς ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς δυνάμεως καὶ τῶν ἐμῶν χρημάτων οὐδεὶς ἐθέλει σοι μαρτυρεῖν.
καίτοι εἰ ὅτε φῄς μʼ ἰδεῖν τὴν μορίαν ἀφανίζοντα τοὺς ἐννέα ἄρχοντας ἐπήγαγες ἢ ἄλλους τινὰς τῶν ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου, οὐκ ἂν ἑτέρων ἔδει σοι μαρτύρων· οὕτω γὰρ ἄν σοι συνῄδεσαν ἀληθῆ λέγοντι, οἵπερ καὶ διαγιγνώσκειν ἔμελλον περὶ τοῦ πράγματος.
δεινότατα οὖν πάσχω· ὃς εἰ μὲν παρέσχετο μάρτυρας, τούτοις ἂν ἠξίου πιστεύειν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐκ εἰσὶν αὐτῷ ἐμοὶ καὶ ταύτην ζημίαν οἴεται χρῆναι γενέσθαι. καὶ τούτου μὲν οὐ θαυμάζω· οὐ γὰρ δήπου συκοφαντῶν ἅμα τοιούτων τε λόγων ἀπορήσει καὶ μαρτύρων· ὑμᾶς δʼ οὐκ ἀξιῶ τὴν αὐτὴν τούτῳ γνώμην ἔχειν.
ἐπίστασθε γὰρ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ πολλὰς μορίας οὔσας καὶ πυρκαϊὰς ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς ἐμοῖς χωρίοις, ἅς, εἴπερ ἐπεθύμουν, πολὺ ἦν ἀσφαλέστερον καὶ ἀφανίσαι καὶ ἐκκόψαι καὶ ἐπεργάσασθαι, ὅσῳπερ ἧττον τὸ ἀδίκημα πολλῶν οὐσῶν ἔμελλε δῆλον ἔσεσθαι.
νῦν δʼ οὕτως αὐτὰς περὶ πολλοῦ ποιοῦμαι ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην οὐσίαν, ἡγούμενος περὶ ἀμφοτέρων τούτων εἶναί μοι τὸν κίνδυνον. αὐτοὺς τοίνυν ὑμᾶς τούτων μάρτυρας παρέξομαι, ἐπιμελουμένους μὲν ἑκάστου μηνός, ἐπιγνώμονας δὲ πέμποντας καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτόν· ὧν οὐδεὶς πώποτʼ ἐζημίωσέ μʼ ὡς ἐργαζόμενον τὰ περὶ τὰς μορίας χωρία.
Sections 26–30
καίτοι οὐ δήπου τὰς μὲν μικρὰς ζημίας οὕτω περὶ πολλοῦ ποιοῦμαι, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τοῦ σώματος κινδύνους οὕτω περὶ οὐδενὸς ἡγοῦμαι· καὶ τὰς μὲν πολλὰς ἐλάας, εἰς ἃς ἐξῆν μᾶλλον ἐξαμαρτάνειν, οὕτω θεραπεύων φαίνομαι, τὴν δὲ μορίαν, ἣν οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν λαθεῖν ἐξορύξαντα, ὡς ἀφανίζων νυνὶ κρίνομαι.
πότερον δέ μοι κρεῖττον ἦν, ὦ βουλή, δημοκρατίας οὔσης παρανομεῖν ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν τριάκοντα; καὶ οὐ λέγω ὡς τότε δυνάμενος ἢ ὡς νῦν διαβεβλημένος, ἀλλʼ ὡς τῷ βουλομένῳ τότε μᾶλλον ἐξὸν ἀδικεῖν ἢ νυνί. ἐγὼ τοίνυν οὐδʼ ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ χρόνῳ οὔτε τοιοῦτον οὔτε ἄλλο οὐδὲν κακὸν ποιήσας φανήσομαι.
πῶς δʼ ἄν, εἰ μὴ πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐμαυτῷ κακονούστατος ἦ, ὑμῶν οὕτως ἐπιμελουμένων ἐκ τούτου τὴν μορίαν ἀφανίζειν ἐπεχείρησα τοῦ χωρίου, ἐν ᾧ δένδρον μὲν οὐδὲ ἕν ἐστι, μιᾶς δὲ ἐλάας σηκός, ὡς οὗτός φησιν, ἦν, κυκλόθεν δὲ ὁδὸς περιέχει, ἀμφοτέρωθεν δὲ γείτονες περιοικοῦσιν, ἄερκτον δὲ καὶ πανταχόθεν κάτοπτόν ἐστιν; ὥστε τίς ἂν ἀπετόλμησε, τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἐπιχειρῆσαι τοιούτῳ πράγματι; δεινὸν δέ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ὑμᾶς μέν,
οἷς ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον προστέτακται τῶν μορίων ἐλαῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, μήθʼ ὡς ἐπεργαζόμενον πώποτε ζημιῶσαί με μήθʼ ὡς ἀφανίσαντα εἰς κίνδυνον καταστῆσαι, τοῦτον δʼ ὃς οὔτε γεωργῶν ἐγγὺς τυγχάνει οὔτʼ ἐπιμελητὴς ᾑρημένος οὔθʼ ἡλικίαν ἔχων εἰδέναι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἀπογράψαι με ἐκ γῆς μορίαν ἀφανίζειν.
ἐγὼ τοίνυν δέομαι ὑμῶν μὴ τοὺς τοιούτους λόγους πιστοτέρους ἡγήσασθαι τῶν ἔργων, μηδὲ περὶ ὧν αὐτοὶ σύνιστε, τοιαῦτʼ ἀνασχέσθαι τῶν ἐμῶν ἐχθρῶν λεγόντων, ἐνθυμουμένους καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης πολιτείας.
Sections 31–35
ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ ἐμοὶ προστεταγμένα ἅπαντα προθυμότερον πεποίηκα ἢ ὡς ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἠναγκαζόμην, καὶ τριηραρχῶν καὶ εἰσφορὰς εἰσφέρων καὶ χορηγῶν καὶ τἆλλα λῃτουργῶν οὐδενὸς ἧττον πολυτελῶς τῶν πολιτῶν.
καίτοι ταῦτα μὲν μετρίως ποιῶν ἀλλὰ μὴ προθύμως οὔτʼ ἂν περὶ φυγῆς οὔτʼ ἂν περὶ τῆς ἄλλης οὐσίας ἠγωνιζόμην, πλείω δʼ ἂν ἐκεκτήμην, οὐδὲν ἀδικῶν οὐδʼ ἐπικίνδυνον ἐμαυτῷ καταστήσας τὸν βίον· ταῦτα δὲ πράξας, ἃ οὗτός μου κατηγορεῖ, ἐκέρδαινον μὲν οὐδέν, ἐμαυτὸν δʼ εἰς κίνδυνον καθίστην.
καίτοι πάντες ἂν ὁμολογήσαιτε δικαιότερον εἶναι τοῖς μεγάλοις χρῆσθαι τεκμηρίοις περὶ τῶν μεγάλων, καὶ πιστότερα ἡγεῖσθαι περὶ ὧν ἅπασα ἡ πόλις μαρτυρεῖ, μᾶλλον ἢ περὶ ὧν μόνος οὗτος κατηγορεῖ.
ἔτι τοίνυν, ὦ βουλή, ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων σκέψασθε. μάρτυρας γὰρ ἔχων αὐτῷ προσῆλθον, λέγων ὅτι μοι πάντες ἔτι εἰσὶν οἱ θεράποντες, οὓς ἐκεκτήμην ἐπειδὴ παρέλαβον τὸ χωρίον, καὶ ἕτοιμός εἰμι, εἴ τινα βούλοιτο, παραδοῦναι βασανίζειν, ἡγούμενος οὕτως ἂν τὸν ἔλεγχον ἰσχυρότερον γενέσθαι τῶν τούτου λόγων καὶ τῶν ἔργων τῶν ἐμῶν. οὗτος δʼ οὐκ ἤθελεν,
οὐδὲν φάσκων πιστὸν εἶναι τοῖς θεράπουσιν. ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ θαυμαστὸν εἶναι, εἰ περὶ αὑτῶν μὲν οἱ βασανιζόμενοι κατηγοροῦσιν, εὖ εἰδότες ὅτι ἀποθανοῦνται, περὶ δὲ τῶν δεσποτῶν, οἷς πεφύκασι κακονούστατοι, μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιντο ἀνέχεσθαι βασανιζόμενοι ἢ κατειπόντες ἀπηλλάχθαι τῶν παρόντων κακῶν.
Sections 36–40
καὶ μὲν δή, ὦ βουλή, φανερὸν οἶμαι εἶναι πᾶσιν ὅτι, εἰ Νικομάχου ἐξαιτοῦντος τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μὴ παρεδίδουν, ἐδόκουν ἂν ἐμαυτῷ συνειδέναι· ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐμοῦ παραδιδόντος οὗτος παραλαβεῖν οὐκ ἤθελε, δίκαιον καὶ περὶ τούτου τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην σχεῖν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦ κινδύνου οὐκ ἴσου ἀμφοτέροις ὄντος.
περὶ ἐμοῦ μὲν γὰρ εἰ ἔλεγον ἃ οὗτος ἐβούλετο, οὐδʼ ἂν ἀπολογήσασθαί μοι ἐξεγένετο· τούτῳ δʼ εἰ μὴ ὡμολόγουν, οὐδεμιᾷ ζημίᾳ ἔνοχος ἦν. ὥστε πολὺ μᾶλλον τοῦτον παραλαμβάνειν ἐχρῆν ἢ ἐμὲ παραδοῦναι προσῆκεν. ἐγὼ τοίνυν εἰς τοῦτο προθυμίας ἀφικόμην, ἡγούμενος μετʼ ἐμοῦ εἶναι καὶ ἐκ βασάνων καὶ ἐκ μαρτύρων καὶ ἐκ τεκμηρίων ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πράγματος τἀληθῆ πυθέσθαι.
ἐνθυμεῖσθαι δὲ χρή, ὦ βουλή, ποτέροις χρὴ πιστεύειν μᾶλλον, οἷς πολλοὶ μεμαρτυρήκασιν ἢ ᾧ μηδεὶς τετόλμηκε, καὶ πότερον εἰκὸς μᾶλλον τοῦτον ἀκινδύνως ψεύδεσθαι ἢ μετὰ τοσούτου κινδύνου τοιοῦτον ἐμὲ ἔργον ἐργάσασθαι, καὶ πότερον οἴεσθε αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως βοηθεῖν ἢ συκοφαντοῦντα αἰτιάσασθαι.
ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἡγοῦμαι νομίζειν ὅτι Νικόμαχος ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πεισθεὶς τῶν ἐμῶν τοῦτον τὸν ἀγῶνα ἀγωνίζεται, οὐχ ὡς ἀδικοῦντα ἐλπίζων ἀποδείξειν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀργύριον παρʼ ἐμοῦ λήψεσθαι προσδοκῶν. ὅσῳ γὰρ οἱ τοιοῦτοί εἰσιν ἐπαιτιώτατοι καὶ ἀπορώτατοι τῶν κινδύνων, τοσούτῳ πάντες αὐτοὺς φεύγουσι μάλιστα.
ἐγὼ δέ, ὦ βουλή, οὐκ ἠξίουν, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδήπερ με ᾐτιάσατο, παρέσχον ἐμαυτὸν ὅ τι βούλεσθε χρῆσθαι, καὶ τούτου ἕνεκα τοῦ κινδύνου οὐδενὶ ἐγὼ τῶν ἐχθρῶν διηλλάγην, οἳ ἐμὲ ἥδιον κακῶς λέγουσιν ἢ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπαινοῦσι. καὶ φανερῶς μὲν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἐμὲ αὐτὸς ἐπεχείρησε ποιῆσαι κακὸν οὐδέν, τοιούτους δὲ ἐπιπέμπουσί μοι, οἷς ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἂν δικαίως πιστεύοιτε. πάντων γὰρ ἀθλιώτατος ἂν γενοίμην,
Sections 41–43
εἰ φυγὰς ἀδίκως καταστήσομαι, ἄπαις μὲν ὢν καὶ μόνος, ἐρήμου δὲ τοῦ οἴκου γενομένου, μητρὸς δὲ πάντων ἐνδεοῦς οὔσης, πατρίδος δὲ τοιαύτης ἐπʼ αἰσχίσταις στερηθεὶς αἰτίαις, πολλὰς μὲν ναυμαχίας ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς νεναυμαχηκώς, πολλὰς δὲ μάχας μεμαχημένος, κόσμιον δʼ ἐμαυτὸν καὶ ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ καὶ ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ παρασχών.
ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ βουλή, ταῦτα μὲν ἐνθάδε οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ λέγειν· ἀπέδειξα δʼ ὑμῖν ὡς οὐκ ἐνῆν σηκὸς ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ, καὶ μάρτυρας παρεσχόμην καὶ τεκμήρια. ἃ χρὴ μεμνημένους διαγιγνώσκειν περὶ τοῦ πράγματος, καὶ ἀξιοῦν παρὰ τούτου πυθέσθαι ὅτου ἕνεκα, ἐξὸν ἐπʼ αὐτοφώρῳ ἐλέγξαι, τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ ὕστερον εἰς τοσοῦτόν με κατέστησεν ἀγῶνα,
καὶ μάρτυρα οὐδένα παρασχόμενος ἐκ τῶν λόγων ζητεῖ πιστὸς γενέσθαι, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς ἔργοις ἀδικοῦντα ἀποδεῖξαι, καὶ ἐμοῦ ἅπαντας διδόντος τοὺς θεράποντας, οὕς φησι παραγενέσθαι, παραλαβεῖν οὐκ ἤθελεν.
Defence Against a Charge of Subverting the Democracy
Contents — 7 sections
Sections 1–5
I can find full excuse for you, gentlemen of the jury, if on hearing such statements and remembering past events you are equally incensed against all those who remained in the city. But I am surprised at my accusers: they neglect their own concerns to attend to those of others, and now, though they know for certain who are guilty of nothing and who have committed many offences, they seek to persuade you into holding this same opinion about us all.
Now, if they conceive that they have charged me with everything that the city has suffered at the hands of the Thirty, I consider them to be speakers of no ability; for they have not mentioned so much as a small fraction of what has been perpetrated by those men. But if their statements imply that I had any connection with those things, I shall prove that their words are nothing but lies, and that on my part I behaved as the best citizen in the Peiraeus would have done, if he had remained in the city.
I beg you, gentlemen, not to share the views of the slander-mongers. Their business is to inculpate even those who have committed no offence, —for it is out of them especially that they would make money,—while yours is to allow an equal enjoyment of civic rights to those who have done no wrong; for in this way you will secure to the established constitution the greatest number of allies.
And I claim, gentlemen, if I am found to have been the cause of none of our disasters, but rather to have performed many services to the State with both my person and my purse, that at any rate I should have that support from you which is the just desert, not merely of those who have served you well, but also of those who have done you no wrong.
Now, I consider that I have a strong justification in the fact that, if my accusers were able to convict me of wrongdoing in private life, they would not charge me with the misdeeds of the Thirty: they would not see occasion to traduce others on the score of what those persons have perpetrated, but only to requite the actual wrongdoers. But in fact they conceive that your resentment against those men is sufficient to involve in their ruin those who have done no harm at all.
Sections 6–10
I, however, hold that, just as it would be unfair, when some men have been the source of many benefits to the city, to let others carry off the reward of your honors or your thanks, so it is unreasonable, when some have continually done you harm, that their acts should bring reproach and slander upon those who have done no wrong. The city has enough enemies already existing, who count it a great gain to have people brought up on slanderous charges.
I will now try to explain to you who of the citizens are inclined, in my view, to court oligarchy, and who democracy. This will serve as a basis both for your decision and for the defence that I shall offer for myself; for I shall make it evident that neither under the democracy nor under the oligarchy has my conduct suggested any inclination to be disloyal to your people.
Now, first of all, you should reflect that no human being is naturally either an oligarch or a democrat: whatever constitution a man finds advantageous to himself, he is eager to see that one established; so it largely depends on you whether the present system finds an abundance of supporters. That this is the truth, you will have no difficulty in deducing from the events of the past.
For consider, gentlemen of the jury, how many times the leaders of both governments changed sides. Did not Phrynichus, Peisander and their fellow demagogues, when they had committed many offences against you, proceed, in fear of the requital that they deserved, to establish the first oligarchy? And did not many of the Four Hundred, again, join in the return of the Peiraeus party, while some, on the other hand, who had helped in the expulsion of the Four Hundred, actually appeared among the Thirty? Some, too, of those who had enlisted for Eleusis marched out with you to besiege their own comrades!
There is thus no difficulty in concluding, gentlemen, that the questions dividing men are concerned, not with politics, but with their personal advantage. You should therefore apply this test in the probation of your citizens: examine their use of the citizenship under the democracy, and inquire whether they stood to benefit by a change in the government. In this way you will most justly form your decision upon them.
Sections 11–15
Now, in my opinion, all those who had been disfranchised under the democracy, or deprived of their property, or subjected to any other misfortune of the sort, were bound to desire a different system, in the hope that the change would be some benefit to themselves. But in the case of those who have done the people many good services, and never a single hurt, and who deserve your grateful favors instead of punishment for what they have achieved, it is not fair to harbor the slanders aimed at them, not even if all who have charge of public affairs allege that they favor oligarchy.
Now I, gentlemen of the jury, never suffered any misfortune during that time, either private or public, which could lead me, through eagerness to be relieved of present ills, to court a change in our system. I have equipped a warship five times, fought in four sea-battles, contributed to many war levies, and performed my other public services as amply as any citizen.
But my purpose in spending more than was enjoined upon me by the city was to raise myself the higher in your opinion, so that if any misfortune should chance to befall me I might defend myself on better terms. Of all this credit I was deprived under the oligarchy; for instead of regarding those who had bestowed some benefit on the people as worthy recipients of their favors, they placed in positions of honor the men who had done you most harm, as though this were a pledge by which they held us bound. You ought all to reflect on those facts and refuse to believe the statements of these men: you should rather judge each person by the record of his actions.
For I, gentlemen, was not one of the Four Hundred: I challenge anyone who wishes amongst my accusers to come forward and convict me of this. Neither, again, will anyone prove that, when the Thirty were established, I sat on the Council or held any office. Surely, if I chose not to hold office when I could have done so, I deserve to be honored by you today. If, on their part, the men who were in power at that time preferred not to give me a place in the government, could I find a more signal proof than this of the falsehood of my accusers?
Furthermore, gentlemen of the jury, you ought also to take account of the rest of my conduct. For amid the misfortunes of the city my behavior was such that, if everyone had been of one mind with me, not one of you would have experience of a single misfortune. I had no hand during the oligarchy, you will find, either in the arrest of anybody, or in taking vengeance upon any of my enemies, or in conferring a favor on any of my friends,
Sections 16–20
—and in that there is nothing to wonder at, for at that time it was difficult to confer favors, though an act of mischief was easy for anyone who wished. Again, you will find that I did not place the name of a single Athenian on the black list, or obtain a decree of arbitration against anyone, or enrich myself by means of your misfortunes. Yet surely, if you are incensed against the authors of your past troubles, it is reasonable that those who have done no mischief should stand the higher in your opinion.
And indeed, gentlemen of the jury, I consider that I have given the democracy the strongest pledge of my attachment. For if I did no mischief at that time, when ample licence for it was allowed, surely I shall now make every effort to be a good citizen in the full knowledge that, if I am guilty of wrong, I shall incur immediate punishment. But in fact I have continually held to this resolve, —under an oligarchy, not to covet the property of others, and under a democracy, to spend my own upon you with zeal.
I consider, gentlemen, that you would not be justified in hating those who have suffered nothing under the oligarchy, when you can indulge your wrath against those who have done your people mischief; or in regarding as enemies those who did not go into exile instead of those who expelled you, or those who were anxious to save their own property instead of those who stripped others of theirs, or those who stayed in the city with a view to their own safety instead of those who took part in the government for the purpose of destroying others. If you think it your duty to destroy the men whom they passed over, not one of the citizens will be left to us.
You ought also to take account of this further point, gentlemen of the jury: you are all aware that under the previous democracy there were many in the ministry who robbed the Treasury; while some accepted bribes at your expense, and others by malicious informations estranged your allies. Now, if the Thirty had kept their punishments for these cases, you would have held them yourselves to be honest men: but when in fact you found them deliberately oppressing the people because of the offences of those persons, you were indignant; for you considered it monstrous that the crimes of the few should be spread over the whole city.
It is not right, therefore, that you should resort to those offences which you saw them committing, or regard those deeds, which you deemed unjust when done to you, as just when you do them to others. No: let your feeling towards us after your restoration be the same as you had towards yourselves in your exile; for by this means you will produce the utmost harmony amongst us, the power of the city will be at its highest, and you will vote for what will be most distressing to your enemies.
Sections 21–25
And you should reflect, gentlemen, on the events that have occurred under the Thirty, in order that the errors of your enemies may lead you to take better counsel on your own affairs. For as often as you heard that the people in the city were all of one mind, you had but slight hopes of your return, judging that our concord was the worst of signs for your exile:
but as soon as you had tidings that the Three Thousand were divided by faction, that the rest of the citizens had been publicly banned from the city, that the Thirty were not all of one mind, and that those who had fears for you outnumbered those who were making war on you, you immediately began to look forward to your return and the punishment of your enemies. For it was your prayer to the gods that those men should do the things that you saw them doing, since you believed that the villainy of the Thirty would be far more useful for your salvation than the resources of the exiles for your return.
You ought therefore, gentlemen, to take the events of the past as your example in resolving on the future course of things, and to account those men the best democrats who, desiring your concord, abide by their oaths and covenants, because they hold this to be the most effective safeguard of the city and the severest punishment of her enemies. For nothing could be more vexatious to them than to learn that we are taking part in the government and to perceive at the same time that the citizens are behaving as though they had never had any fault to find with each other.
And you should know, gentlemen, that the exiles desire to see the greatest possible number of their fellow citizens not merely slandered but disfranchised; since they hope that the men who are wronged by you will be their allies, and they would gladly have the venal informers standing high in your esteem and influential in the city. For they judge the villainy of those creatures to be their own safeguard.
You will do well to remember also the events that followed the rule of the Four Hundred; for you will fully realize that the measures advised by these men have never brought you any advantage, while those that I recommend have always profited both parties in the State. You know that Epigenes, Demophanes and Cleisthenes, while reaping their personal gains from the city’s misfortunes, have inflicted the heaviest losses on the public weal.
Sections 26–30
For they prevailed on you to condemn several men to death without trial, to confiscate unjustly the property of many more, and to banish and disfranchise other citizens; since they were capable of taking money for the release of offenders, and of appearing before you to effect the ruin of the innocent. They did not stop until they had involved the city in seditions and the gravest disasters, while raising themselves from poverty to wealth.
But your temper moved you to welcome back the exiles, to reinstate the disfranchised in their rights, and to bind yourselves by oaths to concord with the rest. At the end of it all, you would have been more pleased to punish those who traded in slander under the democracy than those who held office under the oligarchy. And with good reason, gentlemen: for it is manifest now to all that the unjust acts of rulers in an oligarchy produce democracy, whereas the trade of slanderers in the democracy has twice led to the establishment of oligarchy. It is not right, therefore, to hearken many times to the counsels of men whose advice has not even once resulted in your profit.
And you should consider that, in the Peiraeus party, those who are in highest repute, who have run the greatest risk, and who have rendered you the most services, had often before exhorted your people to abide by their oaths and covenants, since they held this to be the bulwark of democracy: for they felt that it would give the party of the town immunity from the consequences of the past, and the party of the Peiraeus an assurance of the most lasting permanence of the constitution.
For these are the men whom you would be far more justified in trusting than those who, as exiles, owed their deliverance to others and, now that they have returned, are taking up the slanderer’s trade. In my opinion, gentlemen of the jury, those among our people remaining in the city who shared my views have clearly proved, both under oligarchy and under democracy, what manner of citizens they are.
But the men who give us good cause to wonder what they would have done if they had been allowed to join the Thirty are the men who now, in a democracy, imitate those rulers; who have made a rapid advance from poverty to wealth, and who hold a number of offices without rendering an account of any; who instead of concord have created mutual suspicion, and who have declared war instead of peace; and who have caused us to be distrusted by the Greeks.
Sections 31–35
Authors of all these troubles and of many more besides, and differing no whit from the Thirty, —save that the latter pursued the same ends as theirs during an oligarchy, while these men follow their example in a democracy, —they yet make it their business to maltreat in this light fashion any person they may wish, as though everyone else were guilty, and they had proved themselves men of the highest virtue.
(Nay, it is not so much they who give cause for wonder as you, who suppose that there is a democracy, whereas things are done just as they please, and punishment falls, not on those who have injured your people, but on those who refuse to yield their own possessions.) And they would sooner have the city diminished than raised to greatness and freedom by others:
they consider that their perils in the Peiraeus give them licence now to do just as they please, while, if later on you obtain deliverance through others, they themselves will be swept away, and those others will be advanced in power. So they combine to obstruct any efforts that others may make for your benefit.
But their purpose is readily detected by any observer: for they are not anxious to hide themselves, but are rather ashamed not to be reputed villains; while you partly see the mischief for yourselves, and partly hear it from many other persons. As for us, gentlemen, we consider that you are bound by your duty towards all the citizens to abide by your covenants and your oaths:
nevertheless, when we see justice done upon the authors of your troubles, we remember your former experiences, and condone you; but when you show yourselves openly chastising the innocent along with the guilty, by the same vote you will be involving us all in suspicion. [...]
Contents — 7 sections
Sections 1–5
ὑμῖν μὲν πολλὴν συγγνώμην ἔχω, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἀκούουσι τοιούτων λόγων καὶ ἀναμιμνῃσκομένοις τῶν γεγενημένων, ὁμοίως ἅπασιν ὀργίζεσθαι τοῖς ἐν ἄστει μείνασι· τῶν δὲ κατηγόρων θαυμάζω, οἳ ἀμελοῦντες τῶν οἰκείων τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιμέλονται, εἰ σαφῶς εἰδότες τοὺς μηδὲ ἀδικοῦντας καὶ τοὺς πολλὰ ἐξημαρτηκότας ζητοῦσι ὑμᾶς πείθειν περὶ ἁπάντων ἡμῶν τὴν γνώμην ταύτην ἔχειν.
εἰ μὲν οὖν οἴονται, ὅσα ὑπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα γεγένηται τῇ πόλει, ἐμοῦ κατηγορηκέναι, ἀδυνάτους αὐτοὺς ἡγοῦμαι λέγειν· οὐδὲ γὰρ πολλοστὸν μέρος τῶν ἐκείνοις πεπραγμένων εἰρήκασιν· εἰ δὲ ὡς ἐμοί τι προσῆκον περὶ αὐτῶν ποιοῦνται τοὺς λόγους, ἀποδείξω τούτους μὲν ἅπαντα ψευδομένους, ἐμαυτὸν δὲ τοιοῦτον ὄντα οἷόσπερ ἂν τῶν ἐκ Πειραιῶς ὁ βέλτιστος ἐν ἄστει μείνας ἐγένετο.
δέομαι δʼ ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχειν τοῖς συκοφάνταις. τούτων μὲν γὰρ ἔργον ἐστὶ καὶ τοὺς μηδὲν ἡμαρτηκότας εἰς αἰτίαν καθιστάναι (ἐκ τούτων γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα χρηματίζοιντο), ὑμέτερον δὲ τοῖς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦσιν ἐξ ἴσου τῆς πολιτείας μεταδιδόναι· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν τοῖς καθεστηκόσι πράγμασι πλείστους συμμάχους ἔχοιτε.
ἀξιῶ δέ ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἐάνπερ φανῶ συμφορᾶς μὲν μηδεμιᾶς αἴτιος γεγενημένος, πολλὰ δὲ κἀγαθὰ εἰργασμένος τὴν πόλιν καὶ τῷ σώματι καὶ τοῖς χρήμασι, ταῦτα γοῦν μοι παρʼ ὑμῶν ὑπάρχειν, ὧν οὐ μόνον τοὺς εὖ πεποιηκότας ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντας τυγχάνειν δίκαιόν ἐστι. μέγα μὲν οὗν ἡγοῦμαί μοι τεκμήριον εἶναι,
ὅτι, εἴπερ ἐδύναντο οἱ κατήγοροι ἰδίᾳ με ἀδικοῦντα ἐξελέγξαι, οὐκ ἂν τὰ τῶν τριάκοντα ἁμαρτήματα ἐμοῦ κατηγόρουν, οὐδʼ ἂν ᾤοντο χρῆναι ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκείνοις πεπραγμένων ἑτέρους διαβάλλειν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας τιμωρεῖσθαι· νῦν δὲ νομίζουσι τὴν πρὸς ἐκείνους ὀργὴν ἱκανὴν εἶναι καὶ τοὺς μηδὲν κακὸν εἰργασμένους ἀπολέσαι.
Sections 6–10
ἐγὼ δὲ οὐχ ἡγοῦμαι δίκαιον εἶναι οὔτε εἴ τινες τῇ πόλει πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιοι γεγένηνται, ἄλλους τινὰς ὑπὲρ τούτων τιμὴν ἢ χάριν κομίσασθαι παρʼ ὑμῶν, οὔτʼ εἴ τινες πολλὰ κακὰ εἰργασμένοι εἰσίν, εἰκότως ἂν διʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ὀνείδους καὶ διαβολῆς τυγχάνειν· ἱκανοὶ γὰρ οἱ ὑπάρχοντες ἐχθροὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ μέγα κέρδος νομίζοντες εἶναι τοὺς ἀδίκως ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς καθεστηκότας.
πειράσομαι δʼ ὑμᾶς διδάξαι, οὓς ἡγοῦμαι τῶν πολιτῶν προσήκειν ὀλιγαρχίας ἐπιθυμεῖν καὶ οὓς δημοκρατίας. ἐκ τούτου γὰρ καὶ ὑμεῖς γνώσεσθε, κἀγὼ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ τὴν ἀπολογίαν ποιήσομαι, ἀποφαίνων ὡς οὔτε ἐξ ὧν ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ οὔτε ἐξ ὧν ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ πεποίηκα, οὐδέν μοι προσῆκον κακόνουν εἶναι τῷ πλήθει τῷ ὑμετέρῳ.
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἐνθυμηθῆναι χρὴ ὅτι οὐδείς ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων φύσει οὔτε ὀλιγαρχικὸς οὔτε δημοκρατικός, ἀλλʼ ἥτις ἄν ἑκάστῳ πολιτεία συμφέρῃ, ταύτην προθυμεῖται καθεστάναι· ὥστε οὐκ ἐλάχιστον ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστι μέρος ὡς πλείστους ἐπιθυμεῖν τῶν παρόντων νυνὶ πραγμάτων. καὶ ταῦτα ὅτι οὕτως ἔχει, οὐ χαλεπῶς ἐκ τῶν πρότερον γεγενημένων μαθήσεσθε.
σκέψασθε γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, τοὺς προστάντας ἀμφοτέρων τῶν πολιτειῶν, ὁσάκις δὴ μετεβάλοντο. οὐ Φρύνιχος μὲν καὶ Πείσανδρος καὶ οἱ μετʼ ἐκείνων δημαγωγοί, ἐπειδὴ πολλὰ εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐξήμαρτον, τὰς περὶ τούτων δείσαντες τιμωρίας τὴν προτέραν ὀλιγαρχίαν κατέστησαν, πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν τετρακοσίων μετὰ τῶν ἐκ Πειραιῶς συγκατῆλθον, ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν ἐκείνους ἐκβαλόντων αὐτοὶ αὖθις τῶν τριάκοντα ἐγένοντο; εἰσὶ δὲ οἵτινες τῶν Ἐλευσῖνάδε ἀπογραψαμένων, ἐξελθόντες μεθʼ ὑμῶν, ἐπολιόρκουν τοὺς μεθʼ αὑτῶν.
οὔκουν χαλεπὸν γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ὅτι οὐ περὶ πολιτείας εἰσὶν αἱ πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφοραί, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν ἰδίᾳ συμφερόντων ἑκάστῳ. ὑμᾶς οὖν χρὴ ἐκ τούτων δοκιμάζειν τοὺς πολίτας, σκοποῦντας μὲν ὅπως ἦσαν ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ πεπολιτευμένοι, ζητοῦντας δὲ εἴ τις αὐτοῖς ἐγίγνετο ὠφέλεια τῶν πραγμάτων μεταπεσόντων· οὕτως γὰρ ἂν δικαιοτάτην τὴν κρίσιν περὶ αὐτῶν ποιοῖσθε.
Sections 11–15
ἐγὼ τοίνυν ἡγοῦμαι, ὅσοι μὲν ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ ἄτιμοι ἦσαν εὐθύνας δεδωκότες ἢ τῶν ὄντων ἀπεστερημένοι ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ συμφορᾷ τοιαύτῃ κεχρημένοι, προσήκειν αὐτοῖς ἑτέρας ἐπιθυμεῖν πολιτείας, ἐλπίζοντας τὴν μεταβολὴν ὠφέλειάν τινα αὑτοῖς ἔσεσθαι· ὅσοι δὲ τὸν δῆμον πολλὰ κἀγαθὰ εἰργασμένοι εἰσί, κακὸν δὲ μηδὲν πώποτε, ὀφείλεται δὲ αὐτοῖς χάριν κομίσασθαι παρʼ ὑμῶν μᾶλλον ἢ δοῦναι δίκην τῶν πεπραγμένων, οὐκ ἄξιον τὰς κατὰ τούτων ἀποδέχεσθαι διαβολάς, οὐδʼ ἐὰν πάντες οἱ τὰ τῆς πόλεως πράττοντες ὀλιγαρχικοὺς αὐτοὺς φάσκωσιν εἶναι.
ἐμοὶ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οὔτʼ ἰδίᾳ οὔτε δημοσίᾳ συμφορὰ ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ χρόνῳ οὐδεμία πώποτε ἐγένετο, ἀνθʼ ἧστινος ἂν προθυμούμενος τῶν παρόντων κακῶν ἀπαλλαγῆναι ἑτέρων ἐπεθύμουν πραγμάτων. τετριηράρχηκά τε γὰρ πεντάκις, καὶ τετράκις νεναυμάχηκα, καὶ εἰσφορὰς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ πολλὰς εἰσενήνοχα, καὶ τἆλλα λελῃτούργηκα οὐδενὸς χεῖρον τῶν πολιτῶν.
καίτοι διὰ τοῦτο πλείω τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως προσταττομένων ἐδαπανώμην, ἵνα καὶ βελτίων ὑφʼ ὑμῶν νομιζοίμην, καὶ εἴ πού μοί τις συμφορὰ γένοιτο, ἄμεινον ἀγωνιζοίμην. ὧν ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ ἁπάντων ἀπεστερούμην· οὐ γὰρ τοὺς τῷ πλήθει ἀγαθοῦ τινος αἰτίους γεγενημένους χάριτος παρʼ αὑτῶν ἠξίουν τυγχάνειν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς πλεῖστα κακὰ ὑμᾶς εἰργασμένους εἰς τὰς τιμὰς καθίστασαν, ὡς ταύτην παρʼ ἡμῶν πίστιν εἰληφότες. ἃ χρὴ πάντας ἐνθυμουμένους μὴ τοῖς τούτων λόγοις πιστεύειν, ἀλλὰ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων σκοπεῖν ἃ ἑκάστῳ τυγχάνει πεπραγμένα.
ἐγὼ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οὔτε τῶν τετρακοσίων ἐγενόμην· ἢ τῶν κατηγόρων ὁ βουλόμενος παρελθὼν ἐλεγξάτω· οὐ τοίνυν οὐδʼ ἐπειδὴ οἱ τριάκοντα κατέστησαν, οὐδείς με ἀποδείξει οὔτε βουλεύσαντα οὔτε ἀρχὴν οὐδεμίαν ἄρξαντα. καίτοι εἰ μὲν ἐξόν μοι ἄρχειν μὴ ἐβουλόμην, ὑφʼ ὑμῶν νυνὶ τιμᾶσθαι δίκαιός εἰμι· εἰ δὲ οἱ τότε δυνάμενοι μὴ ἠξίουν μοι μεταδιδόναι τῶν πραγμάτων, πῶς ἂν φανερώτερον ἢ οὕτως ψευδομένους ἀποδείξαιμι τοὺς κατηγόρους;
ἔτι τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπραγμένων ἄξιον σκέψασθαι. ἐγὼ γὰρ τοιοῦτον ἐμαυτὸν ἐν ταῖς τῆς πόλεως συμφοραῖς παρέσχον ὥστε, εἰ πάντες τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔσχον ἐμοί, μηδένα ἂν ὑμῶν μηδεμιᾷ χρῆσθαι συμφορᾷ. ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ οὔτε ἀπαχθεὶς οὐδεὶς φανήσεται, οὔτε τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐδεὶς τετιμωρημένος, οὔτε τῶν φίλων εὖ πεπονθώς
Sections 16–20
(καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἄξιον θαυμάζειν· εὖ μὲν γὰρ ποιεῖν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ χρόνῳ χαλεπὸν ἦν, ἐξαμαρτάνειν δὲ τῷ βουλομένῳ ῥᾴδιον). οὐ τοίνυν οὐδʼ εἰς τὸν κατάλογον Ἀθηναίων καταλέξας οὐδένα φανήσομαι, οὐδὲ δίαιταν καταδιαιτησάμενος οὐδενός, οὐδὲ πλουσιώτερος ἐκ τῶν ὑμετέρων γεγονὼς συμφορῶν. καίτοι εἰ τοῖς τῶν γεγενημένων κακῶν αἰτίοις ὀργίζεσθε, εἰκὸς καὶ τοὺς μηδὲν ἡμαρτηκότας βελτίους ὑφʼ ὑμῶν νομίζεσθαι. καὶ μὲν δή,
ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, μεγίστην ἡγοῦμαι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ πίστιν δεδωκέναι. ὅστις γὰρ τότε οὐδὲν ἐξήμαρτον οὕτω πολλῆς δεδομένης ἐξουσίας, ἦ που νῦν σφόδρα προθυμηθήσομαι χρηστὸς εἶναι, εὖ εἰδὼς ὅτι, ἐὰν ἀδικῶ, παραχρῆμα δώσω δίκην. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοιαύτην διὰ τέλους γνώμην ἔχω, ὥστε ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ μὲν μὴ ἐπιθυμεῖν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ δὲ τὰ ὄντα προθύμως εἰς ὑμᾶς ἀναλίσκειν.
ἡγοῦμαι δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οὐκ ἂν δικαίως ὑμᾶς μισεῖν τοὺς ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ μηδὲν πεπονθότας κακόν, ἐξὸν ὀργίζεσθαι τοῖς εἰς τὸ πλῆθος ἐξημαρτηκόσιν, οὐδὲ τοὺς μὴ φυγόντας ἐχθροὺς νομίζειν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὑμᾶς ἐκβαλόντας, οὐδὲ τοὺς προθυμουμένους τὰ ἑαυτῶν σῶσαι, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀφῃρημένους, οὐδὲ οἳ τῆς σφετέρας αὐτῶν σωτηρίας ἕνεκα ἔμειναν ἐν τῷ ἄστει, ἀλλʼ οἵτινες ἑτέρους ἀπολέσαι βουλόμενοι μετέσχον τῶν πραγμάτων. εἰ δὲ οἴεσθε χρῆναι, οὓς ἐκεῖνοι παρέλιπον ἀδικοῦντες, ὑμεῖς ἀπολέσαι, οὐδεὶς τῶν πολιτῶν ὑπολειφθήσεται.
σκοπεῖν δὲ χρὴ καὶ ἐκ τῶνδε, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί. πάντες γὰρ ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ δημοκρατίᾳ τῶν τὰ τῆς πόλεως πραττόντων πολλοὶ μὲν τὰ δημόσια ἔκλεπτον, ἔνιοι δʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑμετέροις ἐδωροδόκουν, οἱ δὲ συκοφαντοῦντες τοὺς συμμάχους ἀφίστασαν. καὶ εἰ μὲν οἱ τριάκοντα τούτους μόνους ἐτιμωροῦντο, ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς καὶ ὑμεῖς ἂν αὐτοὺς ἡγεῖσθε· νῦν δέ, ὅτε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκείνοις ἡμαρτημένων τὸ πλῆθος κακῶς ποιεῖν ἠξίουν, ἠγανακτεῖτε, ἡγούμενοι δεινὸν εἶναι τὰ τῶν ὀλίγων ἀδικήματα πάσῃ τῇ πόλει κοινὰ γίγνεσθαι.
οὐ τοίνυν ἄξιον χρῆσθαι τούτοις, οἷς ἐκείνους ἑωρᾶτε ἐξαμαρτάνοντας, οὐδὲ ἃ πάσχοντες ἄδικα ἐνομίζετε πάσχειν, ὅταν ἑτέρους ποιῆτε, δίκαια ἡγεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὴν αὐτὴν κατελθόντες περὶ ἡμῶν γνώμην ἔχετε, ἥνπερ φεύγοντες περὶ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν εἴχετε· ἐκ τούτων γὰρ καὶ ὁμόνοιαν πλείστην ποιήσετε, καὶ ἡ πόλις ἔσται μεγίστη, καὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἀνιαρότατα ψηφιεῖσθε.
Sections 21–25
ἐνθυμηθῆναι δὲ χρή, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τῶν τριάκοντα γεγενημένων, ἵνα τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἁμαρτήματα ἄμεινον ὑμᾶς ποιήσῃ περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων αὐτῶν βουλεύσασθαι. ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἀκούοιτε τοὺς ἐν ἄστει τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχειν, μικρὰς ἐλπίδας εἴχετε τῆς καθόδου, ἡγούμενοι τὴν ἡμετέραν ὁμόνοιαν μέγιστον κακὸν εἶναι τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ φυγῇ·
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπυνθάνεσθε τοὺς μὲν τρισχιλίους στασιάζοντας, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους πολίτας ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεως ἐκκεκηρυγμένους, τοὺς δὲ τριάκοντα μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχοντας, πλείους δʼ ὄντας τοὺς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν δεδιότας ἢ τοὺς ὑμῖν πολεμοῦντας, τότʼ ἤδη καὶ κατιέναι προσεδοκᾶτε καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν λήψεσθαι δίκην. ταῦτα γὰρ τοῖς θεοῖς ηὔχεσθε, ἅπερ ἐκείνους ἑωρᾶτε ποιοῦντας, ἡγούμενοι διὰ τὴν τῶν τριάκοντα πονηρίαν πολὺ μᾶλλον σωθήσεσθαι ἢ διὰ τὴν τῶν φευγόντων δύναμιν κατιέναι.
χρὴ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, τοῖς πρότερον γεγενημένοις παραδείγμασι χρωμένους βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἔσεσθαι, καὶ τούτους ἡγεῖσθαι δημοτικωτάτους, οἵτινες ὁμονοεῖν ὑμᾶς βουλόμενοι τοῖς ὅρκοις καὶ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἐμμένουσι, νομίζοντες καὶ τῆς πόλεως ταύτην ἱκανωτάτην εἶναι σωτηρίαν καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μεγίστην τιμωρίαν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν εἴη αὐτοῖς χαλεπώτερον τούτων, ἢ πυνθάνεσθαι μὲν ἡμᾶς μετέχοντας τῶν πραγμάτων, αἰσθάνεσθαι δὲ οὕτως διακειμένους τοὺς πολίτας ὥσπερ μηδενὸς ἐγκλήματος πρὸς ἀλλήλους γεγενημένου.
χρὴ δὲ εἰδέναι, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ὅτι οἱ φεύγοντες τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν ὡς πλείστους καὶ διαβεβλῆσθαι καὶ ἠτιμῶσθαι βούλονται, ἐλπίζοντες τοὺς ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἀδικουμένους ἑαυτοῖς ἔσεσθαι συμμάχους, τοὺς δὲ συκοφάντας εὐδοκιμεῖν δέξαιντʼ ἂν παρʼ ὑμῖν καὶ μέγα δύνασθαι ἐν τῇ πόλει· τὴν γὰρ τούτων πονηρίαν ἑαυτῶν ἡγοῦνται σωτηρίαν.
ἄξιον δὲ μνησθῆναι καὶ τῶν μετὰ τοὺς τετρακοσίους πραγμάτων· εὖ γὰρ εἴσεσθε ὅτι, ἃ μὲν οὗτοι συμβουλεύουσιν, οὐδεπώποτε ὑμῖν ἐλυσιτέλησεν, ἃ δʼ ἐγὼ παραινῶ, ἀμφοτέραις ἀεὶ ταῖς πολιτείαις συμφέρει. ἴστε γὰρ Ἐπιγένη καὶ Δημοφάνη καὶ Κλεισθένη ἰδίᾳ μὲν καρπωσαμένους τὰς τῆς πόλεως συμφοράς, δημοσίᾳ δὲ ὄντας μεγίστων κακῶν αἰτίους.
Sections 26–30
ἐνίων μὲν γὰρ ἔπεισαν ὑμᾶς ἀκρίτων θάνατον καταψηφίσασθαι, πολλῶν δὲ ἀδίκως δημεῦσαι τὰς οὐσίας, τοὺς δʼ ἐξελάσαι καὶ ἀτιμῶσαι τῶν πολιτῶν· τοιοῦτοι γὰρ ἦσαν ὥστε τοὺς μὲν ἡμαρτηκότας ἀργύριον λαμβάνοντες ἀφιέναι, τοὺς δὲ μηδὲν ἠδικηκότας εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσιόντες ἀπολλύναι. καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐπαύσαντο, ἕως τὴν μὲν πόλιν εἰς στάσεις καὶ τὰς μεγίστας συμφορὰς κατέστησαν, αὐτοὶ δʼ ἐκ πενήτων πλούσιοι ἐγένοντο.
ὑμεῖς δὲ οὕτως διετέθητε ὥστε τοὺς μὲν φεύγοντας κατεδέξασθε, τοὺς δʼ ἀτίμους ἐπιτίμους ἐποιήσατε, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις περὶ ὁμονοίας ὅρκους ὤμνυτε· τελευτῶντες δὲ ἥδιον ἂν τοὺς ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ συκοφαντοῦντας ἐτιμωρήσασθε ἢ τοὺς ἄρξαντας ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ. καὶ εἰκότως, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί· πᾶσι γὰρ ἤδη φανερόν ἐστιν ὅτι διὰ τοὺς μὲν ἀδίκως πολιτευομένους ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ δημοκρατία γίγνεται, διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ συκοφαντοῦντας ὀλιγαρχία δὶς κατέστη. ὥστε οὐκ ἄξιον τούτοις πολλάκις χρῆσθαι συμβούλοις, οἷς οὐδὲ ἅπαξ ἐλυσιτέλησε πιθομένοις.
σκέψασθαι δὲ χρὴ ὅτι καὶ τῶν ἐκ Πειραιῶς οἱ μεγίστην δόξαν ἔχοντες καὶ μάλιστα κεκινδυνευκότες καὶ πλεῖστα ὑμᾶς ἀγαθὰ εἰργασμένοι πολλάκις ἤδη τῷ ὑμετέρῳ πλήθει διεκελεύσαντο τοῖς ὅρκοις καὶ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἐμμένειν, ἡγούμενοι ταύτην δημοκρατίας εἶναι φυλακήν· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἄστεως ὑπὲρ τῶν παρεληλυθότων ἄδειαν ποιήσειν, τοῖς δʼ ἐκ Πειραιῶς οὕτως πλεῖστον ἂν χρόνον τὴν πολιτείαν παραμεῖναι.
οἷς ὑμεῖς πολὺ ἂν δικαιότερον πιστεύοιτε ἢ τούτοις, οἳ φεύγοντες μὲν διʼ ἑτέρους ἐσώθησαν, κατελθόντες δὲ συκοφαντεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσιν. ἡγοῦμαι δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, τοὺς μὲν τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχοντας ἐμοὶ τῶν ἐν ἄστει μεινάντων φανεροὺς γεγενῆσθαι καὶ ἐν ὀλιγαρχίᾳ καὶ ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ,
ὁποῖοί τινές εἰσι πολῖται· τούτων δʼ ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, ὅ τι ἂν ἐποίησαν, εἴ τις αὐτοὺς εἴασε τῶν τριάκοντα γενέσθαι, οἳ νῦν δημοκρατίας οὔσης ταὐτὰ ἐκείνοις πράττουσι, καὶ ταχέως μὲν ἐκ πενήτων πλούσιοι γεγένηνται, πολλὰς δὲ ἀρχὰς ἄρχοντες οὐδεμιᾶς εὐθύνην διδόασιν, ἀλλʼ ἀντὶ μὲν ὁμονοίας ὑποψίαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους πεποιήκασιν, ἀντὶ δὲ εἰρήνης πόλεμον κατηγγέλκασι, διὰ τούτους δὲ ἄπιστοι τοῖς Ἕλλησι γεγενήμεθα.
Sections 31–35
καὶ τοσούτων κακῶν καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν ὄντες αἴτιοι, καὶ οὐδὲν διαφέροντες τῶν τριάκοντα πλὴν ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ὀλιγαρχίας οὔσης ἐπεθύμουν ὧνπερ οὗτοι, οὗτοι δὲ καὶ δημοκρατίας τῶν αὐτῶν ὧνπερ ἐκεῖνοι, ὅμως οἴονται χρῆναι οὕτως ῥᾳδίως ὃν ἂν βούλωνται κακῶς ποιεῖν, ὥσπερ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ἀδικούντων, ἄριστοι δὲ ἄνδρες αὐτοὶ γεγενημένοι (καὶ τούτων μὲν οὐκ ἄξιον θαυμάζειν,
ὑμῶν δέ, ὅτι οἴεσθε μὲν δημοκρατίαν εἶναι, γίγνεται δὲ ὅ τι ἂν οὗτοι βούλωνται, καὶ δίκην διδόασιν οὐχ οἱ τὸ ὑμέτερον πλῆθος ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλʼ οἱ τὰ σφέτερα αὐτῶν μὴ διδόντες). καὶ δέξαιντʼ ἂν μικρὰν εἶναι τὴν πόλιν μᾶλλον ἢ διʼ ἄλλους μεγάλην καὶ ἐλευθέραν,
ἡγούμενοι νῦν μὲν διὰ τοὺς ἐκ Πειραιῶς κινδύνους αὑτοῖς ἐξεῖναι ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βούλωνται, ἐὰν δʼ ὕστερον ὑμῖν διʼ ἑτέρων σωτήρια γένηται, αὐτοὶ μὲν καταλύσεσθαι, ἐκείνους δὲ μεῖζον δυνήσεσθαι· ὥστε τὸ αὐτὸ πάντες ἐμποδών εἰσιν, ἐάν τι διʼ ἄλλων ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν φαίνηται.
τοῦτο μὲν οὖν οὐ χαλεπὸν τῷ βουλομένῳ κατανοῆσαι· αὐτοί τε γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιθυμοῦσι λανθάνειν, ἀλλʼ αἰσχύνονται μὴ δοκοῦντες εἶναι πονηροί, ὑμεῖς τε τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὁρᾶτε τὰ δʼ ἑτέρων πολλῶν ἀκούετε. ἡμεῖς δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, δίκαιον μὲν ἡγούμεθʼ εἶναι πρὸς πάντας ὑμᾶς τοὺς πολίτας ταῖς συνθήκαις καὶ τοῖς ὅρκοις ἐμμένειν, ὅμως δέ,
ὅταν μὲν ἴδωμεν τοὺς τῶν κακῶν αἰτίους δίκην διδόντας, τῶν τότε περὶ ὑμᾶς γεγενημένων μεμνημένοι συγγνώμην ἔχομεν, ὅταν δὲ φανεροὶ γένησθε τοὺς μηδὲν αἰτίους ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι τιμωρούμενοι, τῇ αὐτῇ ψήφῳ ἡμᾶς εἰς ὑποψίαν καταστήσετε [...]
Against the Corn-Dealers
Contents — 5 sections
Sections 1–5
Many people have come to me, gentlemen of the jury, in surprise at my accusing the corn-dealers in the Council, and telling me that you, however sure you are of their guilt, none the less regard those who deliver speeches about them as slander-mongers. I therefore propose to speak first of the grounds on which I have found it necessary to accuse them.
When the Committee of the time brought up their case before the Council, the anger felt against them was such that some of the orators said that they ought to be handed over without trial to the Eleven, for the penalty of death. But I, thinking it monstrous that the Council should get into the way of such practice, rose and said that in my opinion we ought to try the corn-dealers in accordance with the law; for I thought that if they had committed acts deserving of death you would be no less able than we to come to a just decision, while, if they were not guilty, they ought not to perish without trial.
After the Council adopted this view, attempts were made to discredit me by saying that I hoped to save the corn-dealers by these remarks. Now before the Council, when the case came up for their hearing, I justified myself in a practical way: while the rest kept quiet, I rose and accused these men, and made it evident to all that my remarks were not made in their defence, but in support of the established laws.
Well, these were my reasons for beginning my task, in fear of those incriminations; but I consider it would be disgraceful to leave off before you have given such verdict upon them as you may prefer.
So, first of all, go up on the dais. Tell me, sir, are you a resident alien? Yes. Do you reside as an alien to obey the city’s laws, or to do just as you please? To obey. Must you not, then, expect to be put to death, if you have committed a breach of the laws for which death is the penalty? I must. Then answer me: do you acknowledge that you bought up corn in excess of the fifty measures which the law sets as the limit? I bought it up on an order from the magistrates.
Sections 6–10
Well now, gentlemen, if he proves that there is a law which orders the corn-dealers to buy up the corn on an order from the magistrates, acquit him: if not, it is just that you should condemn him. For we have produced to you the law which forbids anyone in the city to buy up corn in excess of fifty measures.
This accusation of mine should have sufficed, gentlemen of the jury, since this man acknowledges that he bought up the corn, while the law clearly forbids him to do so; and you have sworn to decide in accordance with the laws. Nevertheless, in order that you may be convinced that they are actually traducing the magistrates, it is necessary to speak of them at some greater length.
For since these men shifted the blame on to them, we called the magistrates before us and questioned them. Two of them denied any knowledge of the matter; but Anytus stated that in the previous winter, as the corn was dear, and these men were outbidding each other and fighting amongst themselves, he had advised them to cease their competition, judging it beneficial to you, their customers, that they should purchase at as reasonable a price as possible: for they were bound, in selling, to add no more than an obol to the price.
Now, that he did not order them to buy up the corn for holding in store, but only advised them not to buy against each other, I will produce to you Anytus himself as witness.
Testimony These statements were made by him in the time of the former Council, whereas these men evidently bought up the corn in the time of the present one.
So now you have heard that it was not on an order from the magistrates that they bought up the corn; yet, in my opinion, however true their statements may be on these points, they will not be clearing themselves, but only accusing the magistrates. For where we have laws expressly drafted for the case, surely punishment should fall alike on those who disobey them and on those who order an infringement of them.
Sections 11–15
But in fact, gentlemen of the jury, I believe they will not have recourse to this argument, but will repeat, perhaps, what they said before the Council, — that it was in kindness to the city that they bought up the corn, so that they might sell it to you at as reasonable a price as possible. But I will give you a very strong and signal proof that they are lying.
If they were doing this for your benefit, they ought to have been found selling it at the same price for a number of days, until the stock that they had bought up was exhausted. But in fact they were selling at a profit of a drachma several times in the same day, as though they were buying by the medimnus at a time. I adduce you as witnesses of this.
And it seems to me a strange thing that, when they have to contribute to a special levy of which everyone is to have knowledge, they refuse, making poverty their pretext; but illegal acts, for which death is the penalty, and in which secrecy was important to them, — these they assert that they committed in kindness to you. Yet you are all aware that they are the last persons to whom such statements are appropriate.
For their interests are the opposite of other men’s: they make most profit when, on some bad news reaching the city, they sell their corn at a high price. And they are so delighted to see your disasters that they either get news of them in advance of anyone else, or fabricate the rumor themselves; now it is the loss of your ships in the Black Sea, now the capture of vessels on their outward voyage by the Lacedaemonians, now the blockade of your trading ports, or the impending rupture of the truce; and they have carried their enmity to such lengths that they choose the same critical moments as your foes to overreach you.
For, just when you find yourselves worst off for corn, these persons snap it up and refuse to sell it, in order to prevent our disputing about the price: we are to be glad enough if we come away from them with a purchase made at any price, however high. And thus at times, although there is peace, we are besieged by these men.
Sections 16–20
So long is it now that the city has been convinced of their knavery and disaffection that, while for the sale of all other commodities you have appointed the market-clerks as controllers, for this trade alone you elect special corn-controllers by lot; and often you have been known to inflict the extreme penalty on those officials, who were citizens, for having failed to defeat the villainy of these men. Now, what should be your treatment of the actual offenders, when you put to death even those who are unable to control them?
You should reflect that it is impossible for you to vote an acquittal. For if you reject the charge, when they admit that they are combining against the traders, you will be regarded as aiming a blow at the importers. If they were putting up some other defence, nobody could censure a verdict for acquittal; for it rests with you to choose which side you are to believe. But, as matters stand, your action cannot but be thought extraordinary, if you dismiss unpunished those who confess to breaking the law.
Remember, gentlemen of the jury, that many in the past have met this charge with denial, and have produced witnesses; yet you have condemned them to death because you gave more credence to the statements of their accusers. But surely it would be astounding if, in passing judgement on the same offences, you are more eager to punish those who deny!
And, moreover, gentlemen, I conceive it is obvious to you all that suits of this kind are of the closest concern to the people of our city; and hence they will inquire what view you take of such matters, in the belief that, if you condemn these men to death, the rest will be brought to better order; while if you dismiss them unpunished, you will have voted them full licence to do just as they please.
You must chastise them, gentlemen, not only on account of the past, but also to give an example for the future: even so these people will be barely tolerable. Consider that great numbers in this business have been tried for their lives: so much profit do they make by it that they choose rather to risk death every day than to cease making illicit gain out of you.
Sections 21–22
Nay, more, not even if they implore and beseech you, would you be justified in taking pity on them: far rather ought you to pity those of our citizens who perished by their villainy, and the traders against whom they have combined. These you will gratify and render more zealous by punishing the accused. Otherwise, what do you suppose their feelings will be, when they learn that you have acquitted the retailers who confessed to overreaching the importers?
I do not see what more there is to say when suits against other malefactors are heard, you have to get your information from the accusers; whereas the villainy of these men is understood by you all. So, you convict them, you will both do justice and buy your corn at a fairer price: otherwise, it will be dearer.
Contents — 5 sections
Sections 1–5
πολλοί μοι προσεληλύθασιν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, θαυμάζοντες ὅτι ἐγὼ τῶν σιτοπωλῶν ἐν τῇ βουλῇ κατηγόρουν, καὶ λέγοντες ὅτι ὑμεῖς, εἰ ὡς μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἀδικεῖν ἡγεῖσθε, οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ τοὺς περὶ τούτων λόγους ποιουμένους συκοφαντεῖν νομίζετε. ὅθεν οὖν ἠνάγκασμαι κατηγορεῖν αὐτῶν, περὶ τούτων πρῶτον εἰπεῖν βούλομαι.
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οἱ πρυτάνεις ἀπέδοσαν εἰς τὴν βουλὴν περὶ αὐτῶν, οὕτως ὠργίσθησαν αὐτοῖς, ὥστε ἔλεγόν τινες τῶν ῥητόρων ὡς ἀκρίτους αὐτοὺς χρὴ τοῖς ἕνδεκα παραδοῦναι θανάτῳ ζημιῶσαι. ἡγούμενος δὲ ἐγὼ δεινὸν εἶναι τοιαῦτα ἐθίζεσθαι ποιεῖν τὴν βουλήν, ἀναστὰς εἶπον ὅτι μοι δοκοίη κρίνειν τοὺς σιτοπώλας κατὰ τὸν νόμον, νομίζων, εἰ μέν εἰσιν ἄξια θανάτου εἰργασμένοι, ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν ἧττον ἡμῶν γνώσεσθαι τὰ δίκαια, εἰ δὲ μηδὲν ἀδικοῦσιν, οὐ δεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀκρίτους ἀπολωλέναι. πεισθείσης δὲ τῆς βουλῆς ταῦτα,
διαβάλλειν ἐπεχείρουν με λέγοντες ὡς ἐγὼ σωτηρίας ἕνεκα τῆς τῶν σιτοπωλῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἐποιούμην. πρὸς μὲν οὖν βουλήν, ὅτʼ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἡ κρίσις, ἔργῳ ἀπελογησάμην· τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων ἡσυχίαν ἀγόντων ἀναστὰς αὐτῶν κατηγόρουν, καὶ πᾶσι φανερὸν ἐποίησα ὅτι οὐχ ὑπὲρ τούτων ἔλεγον, ἀλλὰ τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς κειμένοις ἐβοήθουν.
ἠρξάμην μὲν οὖν τούτων ἕνεκα, δεδιὼς τὰς αἰτίας· αἰσχρὸν δʼ ἡγοῦμαι πρότερον παύσασθαι, πρὶν ἂν ὑμεῖς περὶ αὐτῶν ὅ τι ἂν βούλησθε ψηφίσησθε.
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἀνάβητε. εἰπὲ σὺ ἐμοί, μέτοικος εἶ; ναί. μετοικεῖς δὲ πότερον ὡς πεισόμενος τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς τῆς πόλεως, ἢ ὡς ποιήσων ὅ τι ἂν βούλῃ; ὡς πεισόμενος. ἄλλο τι οὖν ἢ ἀξιοῖς ἀποθανεῖν, εἴ τι πεποίηκας παρὰ τοὺς νόμους, ἐφʼ οἷς θάνατος ἡ ζημία; ἔγωγε· ἀπόκριναι δή μοι, εἰ ὁμολογεῖς πλείω σῖτον συμπρίασθαι πεντήκοντα φορμῶν, ὧν ὁ νόμος ἐξεῖναι κελεύει. ἐγὼ τῶν ἀρχόντων κελευόντων συνεπριάμην.
Sections 6–10
ἐὰν μὲν τοίνυν ἀποδείξῃ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ὡς ἔστι νόμος ὃς κελεύει τοὺς σιτοπώλας συνωνεῖσθαι τὸν σῖτον, ἐὰν οἱ ἄρχοντες κελεύωσιν, ἀποψηφίσασθε· εἰ δὲ μή, δίκαιον ὑμᾶς καταψηφίσασθαι. ἡμεῖς γὰρ ὑμῖν παρεσχόμεθα τὸν νόμον, ὃς ἀπαγορεύει μηδένα τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει πλείω σῖτον πεντήκοντα φορμῶν συνωνεῖσθαι.
χρῆν μὲν τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ἱκανὴν εἶναι ταύτην τὴν κατηγορίαν, ἐπειδὴ οὗτος μὲν ὁμολογεῖ συμπρίασθαι, ὁ δὲ νόμος ἀπαγορεύων φαίνεται, ὑμεῖς δὲ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ὀμωμόκατε ψηφιεῖσθαι· ὅμως δʼ ἵνα πεισθῆτε ὅτι καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων ψεύδονται, ἀνάγκη καὶ μακρότερον εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν.
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὗτοι τὴν αἰτίαν εἰς ἐκείνους ἀνέφερον, παρακαλέσαντες τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἠρωτῶμεν. καὶ οἱ μὲν δύο οὐδὲν ἔφασαν εἰδέναι τοῦ πράγματος, Ἄνυτος δʼ ἔλεγεν ὡς τοῦ προτέρου χειμῶνος, ἐπειδὴ τίμιος ἦν ὁ σῖτος, τούτων ὑπερβαλλόντων ἀλλήλους καὶ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς μαχομένων συμβουλεύσειεν αὐτοῖς παύσασθαι φιλονικοῦσιν, ἡγούμενος συμφέρειν ὑμῖν τοῖς παρὰ τούτων ὠνουμένοις ὡς ἀξιώτατον τούτους πρίασθαι· δεῖν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὀβολῷ μόνον πωλεῖν τιμιώτερον.
ὡς τοίνυν οὐ συμπριαμένους καταθέσθαι ἐκέλευεν αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀλλήλοις ἀντωνεῖσθαι συνεβούλευεν, αὐτὸν ὑμῖν Ἄνυτον μάρτυρα παρέξομαι.
Μαρτυρία
καὶ οὗτος μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς προτέρας βουλῆς τούτους εἶπε τοὺς λόγους, οὗτοι δʼ ἐπὶ τῆσδε συνωνούμενοι φαίνονται.
ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων κελευσθέντες συνεπρίαντο τὸν σῖτον, ἀκηκόατε· ἡγοῦμαι δʼ, ἐὰν ὡς μάλιστα περὶ τούτων ἀληθῆ λέγωσιν, οὐχ ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν αὐτοὺς ἀπολογήσεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τούτων κατηγορήσειν· περὶ γὰρ ὧν εἰσι νόμοι διαρρήδην γεγραμμένοι, πῶς οὐ χρὴ διδόναι δίκην καὶ τοὺς μὴ πειθομένους καὶ τοὺς κελεύοντας τούτοις τἀναντία πράττειν;
Sections 11–15
ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, οἴομαι αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον οὐκ ἐλεύσεσθαι· ἴσως δʼ ἐροῦσιν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τῇ βουλῇ, ὡς ἐπʼ εὐνοίᾳ τῆς πόλεως συνεωνοῦντο τὸν σῖτον, ἵνʼ ὡς ἀξιώτατον ὑμῖν πωλοῖεν. μέγιστον δʼ ὑμῖν ἐρῶ καὶ περιφανέστατον τεκμήριον ὅτι ψεύδονται·
ἐχρῆν γὰρ αὐτούς, εἴπερ ὑμῶν ἕνεκα ἔπραττον ταῦτα, φαίνεσθαι τῆς αὐτῆς τιμῆς πολλὰς ἡμέρας πωλοῦντας, ἕως ὁ συνεωνημένος αὐτοὺς ἐπέλιπε· νῦν δʼ ἐνίοτε τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας ἐπώλουν δραχμῇ τιμιώτερον, ὥσπερ κατὰ μέδιμνον συνωνούμενοι. καὶ τούτων ὑμᾶς μάρτυρας παρέχομαι.
δεινὸν δέ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, εἰ ὅταν μὲν εἰσφορὰν εἰσενεγκεῖν δέη, ἣν πάντες εἴσεσθαι μέλλουσιν, οὐκ ἐθέλουσιν, ἀλλὰ πενίαν προφασίζονται, ἐφʼ οἷς δὲ θάνατός ἐστιν ἡ ζημία καὶ λαθεῖν αὐτοῖς συνέφερε, ταῦτα ἐπʼ εὐνοίᾳ φασὶ τῇ ὑμετέρα παρανομῆσαι. καίτοι πάντες ἐπίστασθε ὅτι τούτοις ἥκιστα προσήκει τοιούτους ποιεῖσθαι λόγους.
τἀναντία γὰρ αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συμφέρει· τότε γὰρ πλεῖστα κερδαίνουσιν, ὅταν κακοῦ τινος ἀπαγγελθέντος τῇ πόλει τίμιον τὸν σῖτον πωλῶσιν. οὕτω δʼ ἄσμενοι τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς ὑμετέρας ὁρῶσιν, ὥστε τὰς μὲν πρότεροι τῶν ἄλλων πυνθάνονται, τὰς δʼ αὐτοὶ λογοποιοῦσιν, ἢ τὰς ναῦς διεφθάρθαι τὰς ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ ἢ ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐκπλεούσας συνειλῆφθαι, ἢ τὰ ἐμπόρια κεκλῇσθαι, ἢ τὰς σπονδὰς μέλλειν ἀπορρηθήσεσθαι, καὶ εἰς τοῦτʼ ἔχθρας ἐληλύθασιν,
ὥστʼ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς καιροῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσιν ὑμῖν, ἐν οἷσπερ οἱ πολέμιοι. ὅταν γὰρ μάλιστα σίτου τυγχάνητε δεόμενοι, ἀναρπάζουσιν οὗτοι καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλουσι πωλεῖν, ἵνα μὴ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς διαφερώμεθα, ἀλλʼ ἀγαπῶμεν ἐὰν ὁποσουτινοσοῦν πριάμενοι παρʼ αὐτῶν ἀπέλθωμεν. ὥστʼ ἐνίοτε εἰρήνης οὔσης ὑπὸ τούτων πολιορκούμεθα.
Sections 16–20
οὕτω δὲ πάλαι περὶ τῆς τούτων πανουργίας καὶ κακονοίας ἡ πόλις ἔγνωκεν, ὥστʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις ὠνίοις ἅπασι τοὺς ἀγορανόμους φύλακας κατεστήσατε, ἐπὶ δὲ ταύτῃ μόνῃ τῇ τέχνῃ χωρὶς σιτοφύλακας ἀποκληροῦτε· καὶ πολλάκις ἤδη παρʼ ἐκείνων πολιτῶν ὄντων δίκην τὴν μεγίστην ἐλάβετε, ὅτι οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν τῆς τούτων πονηρίας ἐπικρατῆσαι. καίτοι τί χρὴ αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ὑφʼ ὑμῶν πάσχειν, ὁπότε καὶ τοὺς οὐ δυναμένους φυλάττειν ἀποκτείνετε;
ἐνθυμεῖσθαι δὲ χρὴ ὅτι ἀδύνατον ὑμῖν ἐστιν ἀποψηφίσασθαι. εἰ γὰρ ἀπογνώσεσθε ὁμολογούντων αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐμπόρους συνίστασθαι, δόξεθʼ ὑμεῖς ἐπιβουλεύειν τοῖς εἰσπλέουσιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλην τινὰ ἀπολογίαν ἐποιοῦντο, οὐδεὶς ἂν εἶχε τοῖς ἀποψηφισαμένοις ἐπιτιμᾶν· ἐφʼ ὑμῖν γὰρ ὁποτέροις βούλεσθε πιστεύειν· νῦν δὲ πῶς οὐ δεινὰ ἂν δόξαιτε ποιεῖν, εἰ τοὺς ὁμολογοῦντας παρανομεῖν ἀζημίους ἀφήσετε;
ἀναμνήσθητε δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, ὅτι πολλῶν ἤδη ἐχόντων ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν, ἀρνουμένων δὲ καὶ μάρτυρας παρεχομένων, θάνατον κατέγνωτε, πιστοτέρους ἡγησάμενοι τοὺς τῶν κατηγόρων λόγους. καίτοι πῶς ἂν οὐ θαυμαστὸν εἴη, εἰ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἁμαρτημάτων δικάζοντες μᾶλλον ἐπιθυμεῖτε παρὰ τῶν ἀρνουμένων δίκην λαμβάνειν;
καὶ μὲν δή, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, πᾶσιν ἡγοῦμαι φανερὸν εἶναι ὅτι οἱ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀγῶνες κοινότατοι τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει, ὥστε πεύσονται ἥντινα γνώμην περὶ αὐτῶν ἔχετε, ἡγούμενοι, ἐὰν μὲν θάνατον τούτων καταγνῶτε, κοσμιωτέρους ἔσεσθαι τοὺς λοιπούς· ἐὰν δʼ ἀζημίους ἀφῆτε, πολλὴν ἄδειαν αὐτοῖς ἐψηφισμένοι ἔσεσθε ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βούλωνται.
χρὴ δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, μὴ μόνον τῶν παρεληλυθότων ἕνεκα αὐτοὺς κολάζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παραδείγματος ἕνεκα τῶν μελλόντων ἔσεσθαι· οὕτω γὰρ ἔσονται μόγις ἀνεκτοί. ἐνθυμεῖσθε δὲ ὅτι ἐκ ταύτης τῆς τέχνης πλεῖστοι περὶ τοῦ σώματός εἰσιν ἠγωνισμένοι· καὶ οὕτω μεγάλα ἐξ αὐτῆς ὠφελοῦνται, ὥστε μᾶλλον αἱροῦνται καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς κινδυνεύειν ἢ παύεσθαι παρʼ ὑμῶν ἀδίκως κερδαίνοντες.
Sections 21–22
καὶ μὲν δὴ οὐδʼ ἐὰν ἀντιβολῶσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ ἱκετεύωσι, δικαίως ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσαιτε, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τῶν τε πολιτῶν οἳ διὰ τὴν τούτων πονηρίαν ἀπέθνῃσκον, καὶ τοὺς ἐμπόρους ἐφʼ οὓς οὗτοι συνέστησαν· οἷς ὑμεῖς χαριεῖσθε καὶ προθυμοτέρους ποιήσετε, δίκην παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνοντες. εἰ δὲ μή, τίνʼ αὐτοὺς οἴεσθε γνώμην ἕξειν, ἐπειδὰν πύθωνται ὅτι τῶν καπήλων οἳ τοῖς εἰσπλέουσιν ὡμολόγησαν ἐπιβουλεύειν, ἀπεψηφίσασθε;
οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ πλείω λέγειν· περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἀδικούντων, ὅτε δικάζονται, δεῖ παρὰ τῶν κατηγόρων πυθέσθαι, τὴν δὲ τούτων πονηρίαν ἅπαντες ἐπίστασθε. ἐὰν οὖν τούτων καταψηφίσησθε, τά τε δίκαια ποιήσετε καὶ ἀξιώτερον τὸν σῖτον ὠνήσεσθε· εἰ δὲ μή, τιμιώτερον.
In Defence of Mantitheus
Contents — 5 sections
Sections 1–5
If I were not conscious, gentlemen of the Council, that my accusers are seeking every possible means of injuring me, I should feel most grateful to them for this accusation; since I consider that the victims of unjust slander have the greatest service rendered to them by anyone who will compel them to undergo an examination of the record of their lives.
For I have so strong a confidence in myself that, if there is anyone who is inclined to dislike me, I hope that when he has heard me speak of my conduct in the past he will change his mind, and will think much better of me in the future.
Now, gentlemen, I make no claim to special merit, if I merely make plain to you that I am a supporter of the existing constitution and have been compelled to take my own share in your dangers: but if I am found to have lived, in all other respects, a regular life, quite contrary to the opinion and statements of my enemies, I request you to pass me through and to think the worse of these persons. I will begin by showing that I did not serve in the cavalry or reside here under the Thirty, and that I had no hand in the government of that time.
Our father, before the disaster at the Hellespont, had sent us abroad to live at the court of Satyrus, on the Pontus. We were not residing in Athens either when the walls were being demolished or when the constitution was being changed. We came here five days before the people at Phyle returned to the Peiraeus.
Surely it was not to be expected that, having arrived at such a moment, we should want to share in dangers that concerned others; while obviously the Thirty were in no mind to share the government with men who were residing abroad and were guilt of no crime: they were rather disfranchising even the men who had helped them to overthrow the democracy.
Sections 6–10
Moreover, to refer to the register for those who served in the cavalry is puerile: for it does not include many of those who admit that they served, while some who were absent abroad are on the list. But the strongest proof lies in the fact that, after you had returned, you voted that the tribal officers should make out a list of those who had served in the cavalry, so that you might recover the allowances from them.
Well, nobody will be able to show that I was either put on the list by the tribal officers or reported to the Revenue Commission or made to refund an allowance: yet it is within the knowledge of all that the tribal officers were under the necessity, if they failed to show who had the allowances, of bearing the loss themselves. Hence you would be far more justified in relying on these lists than on the register: for anyone who wished could easily have his name erased from the latter; but in the former the tribal officers were obliged to record those who had served.
Besides, gentlemen if I had served, I should not deny it as though I had done something monstrous: I should merely claim, after showing that no citizen had suffered injury by my act, to pass the scrutiny. And I see that you also take this view, and that many of those who served then in the cavalry are on the Council, while many others have been elected generals and brigadiers. You must therefore conclude that my only reason for making this defense is that they have dared thus openly to attack me with a falsehood. Mount the dais, please and bear witness.
Testimony Now, as regards the charge itself, I do not see what more there is to say. But it seems to me, gentlemen, that although in other trials one ought to confine one’s defence to the actual points of the accusation, in the case of scrutinies one has a right to render an account of one’s whole life. I request you, therefore, to give me a favorable hearing: I will make my defence as briefly as I can.
In the first place, although but little property had been bequeathed to me, owing to the disasters that had befallen both my father and the city, I bestowed two sisters in marriage with a dowry of thirty minae apiece; to my brother I allowed such a portion as made him acknowledge that he had got a larger share of our patrimony than I had; and towards everyone else my behavior has been such that never to this day has a single person shown any grievance against me.
Sections 11–15
So much for the tenor of my private life: with regard to public matters, I hold that the strongest proof I can give of my decorous conduct is the fact that all the younger set who are found to take their diversion in dice or drink or the like dissipations are, as you will observe, at feud with me, and are most prolific in lying tales about me. It is obvious, surely, that if we were at one in our desires they would not regard me with such feelings.
And moreover, gentlemen, nobody will be able to prove that I have ever been cited in a disgraceful private suit, or in public proceedings or in a special impeachment; yet you see others frequently involved in such trials. Again, as regards campaigns and dangers in face of the enemy, observe how I discharge my duty to the State.
First of all, when you made your alliance with the Boeotians, and we had to go to the relief of Haliartus, I had been enrolled by Orthobulus for service in the cavalry: I saw that it was everyone’s opinion that, whereas the cavalry were assured of safety, the infantry would have to face danger; so, while others mounted on horseback illegally, without having passed the scrutiny, I went up to Orthobulus and told him to strike me off the roll, as I thought it shameful, while the majority were to face danger, to take the field with precaution for my own security. Come forward, please, Orthobulus.
Testimony Now, when the townsmen had assembled together before their setting out, as I knew that some among them, though true and ardent patriots, lacked means for expenses of service, I said that the well-to-do ought to provide what was necessary for those in needy circumstances. Not only did I recommend this to the others, but I myself gave thirty drachmae each to two men; not as being a person of great possessions, but to set a good example to the others. Come forward, please.
Witnesses Then after that, gentlemen, there was the expedition to Corinth; and everyone knew beforehand that it must be a dangerous affair. Some were trying to shirk their duty, but I contrived to have myself posted in the front rank for our battle with the enemy. Our tribe had the worst fortune, and suffered the heaviest losses in the ranks: I retired from the field later than the fine fellow of Steiria who has been reproaching everybody with cowardice.
Sections 16–20
Not many days after this event some strong posts in Corinth had been occupied, to prevent the passage of the enemy: when Agesilaus had forced his way into Boeotia, the commanders decided to detach some battalions to the rescue; everyone felt afraid (with some reason, gentlemen: for it was a serious thing, when they had just previously felt the relief of getting off in safety, to face a fresh danger), but I went to the commander and urged him to dispatch our battalion.without drawing lots.
So if any of you are incensed against those who claim the management of the city’s affairs and yet evade its dangers, you can have no right to regard me with any such feeling; for I not only carried out my orders with zeal, but I was also forward to face danger. I acted in this way, not because I did not think it a serious thing to do battle with the Lacedaemonians, but in order that, if ever I should be involved in an unjust prosecution, the better opinion that you would form of me on this account might avail to secure me the full measure of my rights. Now let the witnesses to this come forward, please.
Witnesses In every other campaign or outpost I have never once failed in my duty, but have adhered throughout to my rule of marching out in the first rank and retreating in the last. Surely it is by such conduct that one ought to judge who are the aspiring and orderly subjects of the State, and not to take the fact of a man’s wearing his hair long as a reason for hating him; for such habits as this do no harm either to private persons or to the public weal, while it is from those who are ready to face danger before the enemy that you all derive advantage.
Hence it is not fair, gentlemen, to like or dislike any man because of his appearance, but rather to judge him by his actions; for many who are modest in speech and sober in dress have been the cause of grievous mischief, while others who are careless of such things have done you many a valuable service.
I have had occasion to observe, gentlemen, that some people are annoyed with me merely for attempting at too early an age to speak before the people. But, in the first place, I was compelled to speak in public to protect my own interests; and indeed, in the second, I do feel that my tendency has been unduly enterprising: for in reflecting on my ancestors, and how they have continually taken part in the administration, I had you also in my view—
Section 21
I must tell you the truth—as attaching no value to any but men of that stamp. So who, on seeing you so minded, would not be stimulated to work and speak for the benefit of the State? Moreover, how could you be annoyed with such people? For it is you, and none else, who are judges of their worth.
Contents — 5 sections
Sections 1–5
εἰ μὴ συνῄδη, ὦ βουλή, τοῖς κατηγόροις βουλομένοις ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου κακῶς ἐμὲ ποιεῖν, πολλὴν ἂν αὐτοῖς χάριν εἶχον ταύτης τῆς κατηγορίας· ἡγοῦμαι γὰρ τοῖς ἀδίκως διαβεβλημένοις τούτους εἶναι μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν αἰτίους, οἵτινες ἂν αὐτοὺς ἀναγκάζωσιν εἰς ἔλεγχον τῶν αὐτοῖς βεβιωμένων καταστῆναι.
ἐγὼ γὰρ οὕτω σφόδρα ἐμαυτῷ πιστεύω, ὥστʼ ἐλπίζω καὶ εἴ τις πρός με τυγχάνει ἀηδῶς διακείμενος, ἐπειδὰν ἐμοῦ λέγοντος ἀκούσῃ περὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων, μεταμελήσειν αὐτῷ καὶ πολὺ βελτίω με εἰς τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον ἡγήσεσθαι.
ἀξιῶ δέ, ὦ βουλή, ἐὰν μὲν τοῦτο μόνον ὑμῖν ἐπιδείξω, ὡς εὔνους εἰμὶ τοῖς καθεστηκόσι πράγμασι καὶ ὡς ἠνάγκασμαι τῶν αὐτῶν κινδύνων μετέχειν ὑμῖν, μηδέν πώ μοι πλέον εἶναι· ἐὰν δὲ φαίνωμαι καὶ περὶ τὰ ἄλλα μετρίως βεβιωκὼς καὶ πολὺ παρὰ τὴν δόξαν καὶ παρὰ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τῶν ἐχθρῶν, δέομαι ὑμῶν ἐμὲ μὲν δοκιμάζειν, τούτους δὲ ἡγεῖσθαι χείρους εἶναι. πρῶτον δὲ ἀποδείξω ὡς οὐχ ἵππευον οὐδʼ ἐπεδήμουν ἐπὶ τῶν τριάκοντα, οὐδὲ μετέσχον τῆς τότε πολιτείας.
ἡμᾶς γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸ τῆς ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ συμφορᾶς ὡς Σάτυρον τὸν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ διαιτησομένους ἐξέπεμψε, καὶ οὔτε τῶν τειχῶν καθαιρουμένων ἐπεδημοῦμεν οὔτε μεθισταμένης τῆς πολιτείας, ἀλλʼ ἤλθομεν πρὶν τοὺς ἀπὸ Φυλῆς εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ κατελθεῖν πρότερον πένθʼ ἡμέραις.
καίτοι οὔτε ἡμᾶς εἰκὸς ἦν εἰς τοιοῦτον καιρὸν ἀφιγμένους ἐπιθυμεῖν μετέχειν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων κινδύνων, οὔτʼ ἐκεῖνοι φαίνονται τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχοντες ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἀποδημοῦσι καὶ τοῖς μηδὲν ἐξαμαρτάνουσι μεταδιδόναι τῆς πολιτείας, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἠτίμαζον καὶ τοὺς συγκαταλύσαντας τὸν δῆμον.
Sections 6–10
ἔπειτα δὲ ἐκ μὲν τοῦ σανιδίου τοὺς ἱππεύσαντας σκοπεῖν εὔηθές ἐστιν. ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ πολλοὶ μὲν τῶν ὁμολογούντων ἱππεύειν οὐκ ἔνεισιν, ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν ἀποδημούντων ἐγγεγραμμένοι εἰσίν. ἐκεῖνος δʼ ἐστὶν ἔλεγχος μέγιστος· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ κατήλθετε, ἐψηφίσασθε τοὺς φυλάρχους ἀπενεγκεῖν τοὺς ἱππεύσαντας, ἵνα τὰς καταστάσεις ἀναπράξητε παρʼ αὐτῶν.
ἐμὲ τοίνυν οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀποδείξειεν οὔτʼ ἀπενεχθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν φυλάρχων οὔτε παραδοθέντα τοῖς συνδίκοις οὔτε κατάστασιν καταβαλόντα. καίτοι πᾶσι ῥᾴδιον τοῦτο γνῶναι, ὅτι ἀναγκαῖον ἦν τοῖς φυλάρχοις, εἰ μὴ ἀποδείξειαν τοὺς ἔχοντας τὰς καταστάσεις, αὐτοῖς ζημιοῦσθαι. ὥστε πολὺ ἂν δικαιότερον ἐκείνοις τοῖς γράμμασιν ἢ τούτοις πιστεύοιτε· ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τούτων ῥᾴδιον ἦν ἐξαλειφθῆναι τῷ βουλομένῳ, ἐν ἐκείνοις δὲ τοὺς ἱππεύσαντας ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ὑπὸ τῶν φυλάρχων ἀπενεχθῆναι.
ἔτι δέ, ὦ βουλή, εἴπερ ἵππευσα, οὐκ ἂν ἦ ἔξαρνος ὡς δεινόν τι πεποιηκώς, ἀλλʼ ἠξίουν, ἀποδείξας ὡς οὐδεὶς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ τῶν πολιτῶν κακῶς πέπονθε, δοκιμάζεσθαι. ὁρῶ δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς ταύτῃ τῇ γνώμῃ χρωμένους, καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν τότε ἱππευσάντων βουλεύοντας, πολλοὺς δʼ αὐτῶν στρατηγοὺς καὶ ἱππάρχους κεχειροτονημένους. ὥστε μηδὲν διʼ ἄλλο με ἡγεῖσθε ταύτην ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπολογίαν, ἢ ὅτι περιφανῶς ἐτόλμησάν μου καταψεύσασθαι. ἀνάβηθι δέ μοι καὶ μαρτύρησον.
Μάρτυρες
περὶ μὲν τοίνυν αὐτῆς τῆς αἰτίας οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ πλείω λέγειν· δοκεῖ δέ μοι, ὦ βουλή, ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγῶσι περὶ αὐτῶν μόνων τῶν κατηγορημένων προσήκειν ἀπολογεῖσθαι, ἐν δὲ ταῖς δοκιμασίαις δίκαιον εἶναι παντὸς τοῦ βίου λόγον διδόναι. δέομαι οὖν ὑμῶν μετʼ εὐνοίας ἀκροάσασθαί μου. ποιήσομαι δὲ τὴν ἀπολογίαν ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι διὰ βραχυτάτων.
ἐγὼ γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν, οὐσίας μοι οὐ πολλῆς καταλειφθείσης διὰ τὰς συμφορὰς καὶ τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὰς τῆς πόλεως, δύο μὲν ἀδελφὰς ἐξέδωκα ἐπιδοὺς τριάκοντα μνᾶς ἑκατέρᾳ, πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν δʼ οὕτως ἐνειμάμην ὥστʼ ἐκεῖνον πλέον ὁμολογεῖν ἔχειν ἐμοῦ τῶν πατρῴων, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας οὕτως βεβίωκα ὥστε μηδεπώποτέ μοι μηδὲ πρὸς ἕνα μηδὲν ἔγκλημα γενέσθαι.
Sections 11–15
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἴδια οὕτως διῴκηκα· περὶ δὲ τῶν κοινῶν μοι μέγιστον ἡγοῦμαι τεκμήριον εἶναι τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπιεικείας, ὅτι τῶν νεωτέρων ὅσοι περὶ κύβους ἢ πότους ἢ τὰς τοιαύτας ἀκολασίας τυγχάνουσι τὰς διατριβὰς ποιούμενοι, πάντας αὐτοὺς ὄψεσθέ μοι διαφόρους ὄντας, καὶ πλεῖστα τούτους περὶ ἐμοῦ λογοποιοῦντας καὶ ψευδομένους. καίτοι δῆλον ὅτι, εἰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐπεθυμοῦμεν, οὐκ ἂν τοιαύτην γνώμην εἶχον περὶ ἐμοῦ.
ἔτι δʼ, ὦ βουλή, οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀποδεῖξαι περὶ ἐμοῦ δύναιτο οὔτε δίκην αἰσχρὰν οὔτε γραφὴν οὔτε εἰσαγγελίαν γεγενημένην· καίτοι ἑτέρους ὁρᾶτε πολλάκις εἰς τοιούτους ἀγῶνας καθεστηκότας. πρὸς τοίνυν τὰς στρατείας καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους τοὺς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους σκέψασθε οἷον ἐμαυτὸν παρέχω τῇ πόλει.
πρῶτον μὲν γάρ, ὅτε τὴν συμμαχίαν ἐποιήσασθε πρὸς Βοιωτοὺς καὶ εἰς Ἁλίαρτον ἔδει βοηθεῖν, ὑπὸ Ὀρθοβούλου κατειλεγμένος ἱππεύειν, ἐπειδὴ πάντας ἑώρων τοῖς μὲν ἱππεύουσιν ἀσφάλειαν εἶναι δεῖν νομίζοντας, τοῖς δʼ ὁπλίταις κίνδυνον ἡγουμένους, ἑτέρων ἀναβάντων ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους ἀδοκιμάστων παρὰ τὸν νόμον ἐγὼ προσελθὼν ἔφην τῷ Ὀρθοβούλῳ ἐξαλεῖψαί με ἐκ τοῦ καταλόγου, ἡγούμενος αἰσχρὸν εἶναι τοῦ πλήθους μέλλοντος κινδυνεύειν ἄδειαν ἐμαυτῷ παρασκευάσαντα στρατεύεσθαι. καί μοι ἀνάβηθι, Ὀρθόβουλε.
Μάρτυρες
συλλεγέντων τοίνυν τῶν δημοτῶν πρὸ τῆς ἐξόδου, εἰδὼς αὐτῶν ἐνίους πολίτας μὲν χρηστοὺς ὄντας καὶ προθύμους, ἐφοδίων δὲ ἀποροῦντας, εἶπον ὅτι χρὴ τοὺς ἔχοντας παρέχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια τοῖς ἀπόρως διακειμένοις. καὶ οὐ μόνον τοῦτο συνεβούλευον τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔδωκα δυοῖν ἀνδροῖν τριάκοντα δραχμὰς ἑκατέρῳ, οὐχ ὡς πολλὰ κεκτημένος, ἀλλʼ ἵνα παράδειγμα τοῦτο τοῖς ἄλλοις γένηται. καί μοι ἀνάβητε.
Μάρτυρες
μετὰ ταῦτα τοίνυν, ὦ βουλή, εἰς Κόρινθον ἐξόδου γενομένης καὶ πάντων προειδότων ὅτι δεήσει κινδυνεύειν, ἑτέρων ἀναδυομένων ἐγὼ διεπραξάμην ὥστε τῆς πρώτης τεταγμένος μάχεσθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις· καὶ μάλιστα τῆς ἡμετέρας φυλῆς δυστυχησάσης, καὶ πλείστων ἐναποθανόντων ὕστερος ἀνεχώρησα τοῦ σεμνοῦ Στειριῶς τοῦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις δειλίαν ὠνειδικότος.
Sections 16–20
καὶ οὐ πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ὕστερον μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν Κορίνθῳ χωρίων ἰσχυρῶν κατειλημμένων, ὥστε τοὺς πολεμίους μὴ δύνασθαι παριέναι, Ἀγησιλάου δʼ εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἐμβαλόντος ψηφισαμένων τῶν ἀρχόντων ἀποχωρίσαι τάξεις αἵτινες βοηθήσουσι, φοβουμένων ἁπάντων (εἰκότως, ὦ βουλή· δεινὸν γὰρ ἦν ἀγαπητῶς ὀλίγῳ πρότερον σεσωσμένους ἐφʼ ἕτερον κίνδυνον ἰέναι) προσελθὼν ἐγὼ τὸν ταξίαρχον ἐκέλευον ἀκληρωτὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν τάξιν πέμπειν.
ὥστʼ εἴ τινες ὑμῶν ὀργίζονται τοῖς τὰ μὲν τῆς πόλεως ἀξιοῦσι πράττειν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν κινδύνων ἀποδιδράσκουσιν, οὐκ ἂν δικαίως περὶ ἐμοῦ τὴν γνώμην ταύτην ἔχοιεν· οὐ γὰρ μόνον τὰ προσταττόμενα ταττόμενα ἐποίουν προθύμως, ἀλλὰ καὶ κινδυνεύειν ἐτόλμων. καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐποίουν οὐχ ὡς οὐ δεινὸν ἡγούμενος εἶναι Λακεδαιμονίοις μάχεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἵνα, εἴ ποτε ἀδίκως εἰς κίνδυνον καθισταίμην, διὰ ταῦτα βελτίων ὑφʼ ὑμῶν νομιζόμενος ἁπάντων τῶν δικαίων τυγχάνοιμι. καί μοι ἀνάβητε τούτων μάρτυρες.
Μάρτυρες
τῶν τοίνυν ἄλλων στρατειῶν καὶ φρουρῶν οὐδεμιᾶς ἀπελείφθην πώποτε, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον διατετέλεκα μετὰ τῶν πρώτων μὲν τὰς ἐξόδους ποιούμενος, μετὰ τῶν τελευταίων δὲ ἀναχωρῶν· καίτοι χρὴ τοὺς φιλοτίμως καὶ κοσμίως πολιτευομένους ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων σκοπεῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ εἴ τις κομᾷ, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖν· τὰ μὲν γὰρ τοιαῦτα ἐπιτηδεύματα οὔτε τοὺς ἰδιώτας οὔτε τὸ κοινὸν τῆς πόλεως βλάπτει, ἐκ δὲ τῶν κινδυνεύειν ἐθελόντων πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἅπαντες ὑμεῖς ὠφελεῖσθε.
ὥστε οὐκ ἄξιον ἀπʼ ὄψεως, ὦ βουλή, οὔτε φιλεῖν οὔτε μισεῖν οὐδένα, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων σκοπεῖν· πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ μικρὸν διαλεγόμενοι καὶ κοσμίως ἀμπεχόμενοι μεγάλων κακῶν αἴτιοι γεγόνασιν, ἕτεροι δὲ τῶν τοιούτων ἀμελοῦντες πολλὰ κἀγαθὰ ὑμᾶς εἰσιν εἰργασμένοι.
ἤδη δέ τινων ᾐσθόμην, ὦ βουλή, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἀχθομένων μοι, ὅτι νεώτερος ὢν ἐπεχείρησα λέγειν ἐν τῷ δήμῳ. ἐγὼ δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἠναγκάσθην ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ πραγμάτων δημηγορῆσαι, ἔπειτα μέντοι καὶ ἐμαυτῷ δοκῶ φιλοτιμότερον διατεθῆναι τοῦ δέοντος, ἅμα μὲν τῶν προγόνων ἐνθυμούμενος, ὅτι οὐδὲν πέπαυνται τὰ τῆς πόλεως πράττοντες,
Section 21
ἅμα δὲ ὑμᾶς ὁρῶν (τὰ γὰρ ἀληθῆ χρὴ λέγειν) τοὺς τοιούτους μόνους τινὸς ἀξίους νομίζοντας εἶναι, ὥστε ὁρῶν ὑμᾶς ταύτην τὴν γνώμην ἔχοντας τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐπαρθείη πράττειν καὶ λέγειν ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως; ἔτι δὲ τί ἂν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἄχθοισθε; οὐ γὰρ ἕτεροι περὶ αὐτῶν κριταί εἰσιν, ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς.
On the Refusal of a Pension
Contents — 6 sections
Sections 1–5
I can almost find it in me to be grateful to my accuser, gentlemen of the Council, for having involved me in these proceedings. For previously I had no excuse for rendering an account of my life; but now, owing to this man, I have got one. So I will try to show you in my speech that this man is lying, and that my own life until this day has been deserving of praise rather than envy; for it is merely from envy, in my opinion, that he has involved me in this ordeal.
But I ask you, if a man envies those whom other people pity, from what villainy do you think such a person would refrain? Is it possible that he hopes to get money by slandering me? And if he makes me out an enemy on whom he seeks to be avenged, he lies; for his villainy has always kept me from having any dealings with him either as a friend or as an enemy.
So now, gentlemen, it is clear that he envies me because, although I have to bear this sore misfortune, I am a better citizen than he is. For indeed I consider, gentlemen, that one ought to remedy the afflictions of the body with the activities of the spirit; for if I am to keep my thoughts and the general tenor of my life on the level of my misfortune, how shall I be distinguished from this man?
Well, in regard to those matters, let these few words of mine suffice: I will now speak as briefly as I can on the points with which I am here concerned. My accuser says that I have no right to receive my civil pension, because I am able-bodied and not classed as disabled, and because I am skilled in a trade which would enable me to live without this grant.
In proof of my bodily strength, he instances that I mount on horseback; of the affluence arising from my trade, that I am able to associate with people who have means to spend. Now, as to the affluence from my trade and the nature of my livelihood in general, I think you are all acquainted with these: I will, however, make some brief remarks of my own.
Sections 6–10
My father left me nothing, and I have only ceased supporting my mother on her decease two years ago; while as yet I have no children to take care of me. I possess a trade that can give me but slight assistance: I already find difficulty in carrying it on myself, and as yet I am unable to procure someone to relieve me of the work. I have no other income besides this dole, and if you deprive me of it I might be in danger of finding myself in the most grievous plight.
Do not, therefore, gentlemen, when you can save me justly, ruin me unjustly; what you granted me when I was younger and stronger, do not take from me when I am growing older and weaker; nor, with your previous reputation for showing the utmost compassion even towards those who are in no trouble, be moved now by this man to deal harshly with those who are objects of pity even to their enemies; nor, by having the heart to wrong me, cause everyone else in my situation to despond.
And indeed, how extraordinary the case would be, gentlemen! When my misfortune was but simple, I am found to have been receiving this pension; but now, when old age, diseases, and the ills that attend on them are added to my trouble, I am to be deprived of it!
The depth of my poverty, I believe, can be revealed more clearly by my accuser than by anyone else on earth. For if I were charged with the duty of producing tragic drama, and should challenge him to an exchange of property, he would prefer being the producer ten times over to making the exchange once. Surely it is monstrous that he should now accuse me of having such great affluence that I can consort on equal terms with the wealthiest people, while, in the event of such a thing as I have suggested, he should make that choice. Why, what could be more villainous?
As to my horsemanship, which he has dared to mention to you, feeling neither awe of fortune nor shame before you, there is not much to tell. For I, gentlemen, am of opinion that all who suffer from some affliction make it their single aim and constant study to manage the condition that has befallen them with the least amount of discomfort. I am such an one, and in the misfortune that has stricken me I have devised this facility for myself on the longer journeys that I find necessary.
Sections 11–15
But the strongest proof, gentlemen, of the fact that I mount horses because of my misfortune, and not from insolence, as this man alleges, is this: if I were a man of means, I should ride on a saddled mule, and would not mount other men’s horses. But in fact, as I am unable to acquire anything of the sort, I am compelled, now and again, to use other men’s horses.
Well, I ask you, gentlemen, is it not extraordinary that, if he saw me riding on a saddled mule, he would hold his peace,—for what could he say?—and then, because I mount borrowed horses, he should try to persuade you that I am able-bodied; and that my using two sticks, while others use one, should not be argued by him against me as a sign of being able-bodied, but my mounting horses should be advanced by him as a proof to you that I am able-bodied? For I use both aids for the same reason.
So utterly has he surpassed the whole human race in impudence that he tries with his single voice to persuade you all that I am not classed as disabled. Yet if he should persuade any of you on this point, gentlemen, what hinders me from drawing a lot for election as one of the nine archons, and you from depriving me of my obol as having sound health, and voting it unanimously to this man as being a cripple? For surely, after you have deprived a man of the grant as being able-bodied, the law officers are not going to debar this same person, as being disabled, from drawing a lot!
Nay, indeed, you are not of the same opinion as he is, nor is he either, and rightly so. For he has come here to dispute over my misfortune as if over an heiress, and he tries to persuade you that I am not the sort of man that you all see me to be; but you —as is incumbent on men of good sense —have rather to believe your own eyes than this person’s words.
He says that I am insolent, savage, and utterly abandoned in my behavior, as though he needed the use of terrifying terms to speak the truth, and could not do it in quite gentle language. But I expect you, gentlemen, to distinguish clearly between those people who are at liberty to be insolent and those who are debarred from it.
Sections 16–20
For insolence is not likely to be shown by poor men laboring in the utmost indigence, but by those who possess far more than the necessaries of life; nor by men disabled in body, but by those who have most reason to rely on their own strength; nor by those already advanced in years, but by those who are still young and have a youthful turn of mind.
For the wealthy purchase with their money escape from the risks that they run, whereas the poor are compelled to moderation by the pressure of their want. The young are held to merit indulgence from their elders; but if their elders are guilty of offence, both ages unite in reproaching them.
The strong are at liberty to insult whomsoever they will with impunity, but the weak are unable either to beat off their aggressors when insulted, or to get the better of their victims if they choose to insult. Hence it seems to me that my accuser was not serious in speaking of my insolence, but was only jesting; his purpose was, not to persuade you that such is my nature, but to set me in a comic light, as a fine stroke of fancy.
He further asserts that my shop is the meeting place of a number of rogues who have spent their own money and hatch plots against those who wish to preserve theirs. But you must all take note that these statements of his are no more accusations against me than against anyone else who has a trade, nor against those who visit my shop any more than those who frequent other men of business.
For each of you is in the habit of paying a call at either a perfumer’s or a barber’s or a shoemaker’s shop, or wherever he may chance to go, —in most cases, it is to the tradesmen who have set up nearest the marketplace, and in fewest, to those who are farthest from it. So if any of you should brand with roguery the men who visit my shop, clearly you must do the same to those who pass their time in the shops of others; and if to them, to all the Athenians: for you are all in the habit of paying a call and passing your time at some shop or other.
Sections 21–25
But really I see no need for me to be so very particular in rebutting each one of the statements that he has made, and to weary you any longer. For if I have argued the principal points, what need is there to dwell seriously on trifles in the same way as he does? But I beg you all, gentlemen of the Council, to hold the same views concerning me as you have held till now.
Do not be led by this man to deprive me of the sole benefit in my country of which fortune has granted me a share, nor let this one person prevail on you to withdraw now what you all agreed to grant me in the past. For, gentlemen, since Heaven had deprived us of the chiefest things, the city voted us this pension, regarding the chances of evil and of good as the same for all alike.
Surely I should be the most miserable of creatures if, after being deprived by my misfortune of the fairest and greatest things, the accuser should cause me the loss of that which the city bestowed in her thoughtful care for men in my situation. No, no, gentlemen; you must not vote that way. And why should I find you thus inclined?
Because anyone has ever been brought to trial at my instance and lost his fortune? There is nobody who can prove it. Well, is it that I am a busybody, a hot head, a seeker of quarrels?
That is not the sort of use I happen to make of such means of subsistence as I have. That I am grossly insolent and savage? Even he would not allege this himself, except he should wish to add one more to the series of his lies. Or that I was in power at the time of the Thirty, and oppressed a great number of the citizens? But I went into exile with your people to Chalcis, and when I was free to live secure as a citizen with those persons I chose to depart and share your perils.
Sections 26–27
I therefore ask you, gentlemen of the Council, not to treat me, a man who has committed no offence, in the same way as those who are guilty of numerous wrongs, but to give the same vote as the other Councils did on my case, remembering that I am neither rendering an account of State moneys placed in my charge, nor undergoing now an inquiry into my past proceedings in any office, but that the subject of this speech of mine is merely an obol.
In this way you will all give the decision that is just, while I, in return for that, will feel duly grateful to you; and this man will learn in the future not to scheme against those who are weaker than himself, but only to overreach his equals.
Contents — 6 sections
Sections 1–5
οὐ πολλοῦ δέω χάριν ἔχειν, ὦ βουλή, τῷ κατηγόρῳ, ὅτι μοι παρεσκεύασε τὸν ἀγῶνα τουτονί. πρότερον γὰρ οὐκ ἔχων πρόφασιν ἐφʼ ἧς τοῦ βίου λόγον δοίην, νυνὶ διὰ τοῦτον εἴληφα. καὶ πειράσομαι τῷ λόγῳ τοῦτον μὲν ἐπιδεῖξαι ψευδόμενον, ἐμαυτὸν δὲ βεβιωκότα μέχρι τῆσδε τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπαίνου μᾶλλον ἄξιον ἤ φθόνου· διὰ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἄλλο μοι δοκεῖ παρασκευάσαι τόνδε μοι τὸν κίνδυνον οὗτος ἢ διὰ φθόνον.
καίτοι ὅστις τούτοις φθονεῖ οὓς οἱ ἄλλοι ἐλεοῦσι, τίνος ἂν ὑμῖν ὁ τοιοῦτος ἀποσχέσθαι δοκεῖ πονηρίας; εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἕνεκα χρημάτων με συκοφαντεῖ — · εἰ δʼ ὡς ἐχθρὸν ἑαυτοῦ με τιμωρεῖται, ψεύδεται· διὰ γὰρ τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτοῦ οὔτε φίλῳ οὔτε ἐχθρῷ πώποτε ἐχρησάμην αὐτῶ.
ἤδη τοίνυν, ὦ βουλή, δῆλός ἐστι φθονῶν, ὅτι τοιαύτῃ κεχρημένος συμφορᾷ τούτου βελτίων εἰμὶ πολίτης. καὶ γὰρ οἶμαι δεῖν, ὦ βουλή, τὰ τοῦ σώματος δυστυχήματα τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἰᾶσθαι, . εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἴσου τῇ συμφορᾷ καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἕξω καὶ τὸν ἄλλον βίον διάξω, τί τούτου διοίσω;
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων τοσαῦτά μοι εἰρήσθω· ὑπὲρ ὧν δέ μοι προσήκει λέγειν, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε διὰ βραχυτάτων ἐρῶ. φησὶ γὰρ ὁ κατήγορος οὐ δικαίως με λαμβάνειν τὸ παρὰ τῆς πόλεως ἀργύριον· καὶ γὰρ τῷ σώματι δύνασθαι καὶ οὐκ εἶναι τῶν ἀδυνάτων, καὶ τέχνην ἐπίστασθαι τοιαύτην ὥστε καὶ ἄνευ τοῦ διδομένου τούτου ζῆν.
καὶ τεκμηρίοις χρῆται τῆς μὲν τοῦ σώματος ῥώμης, ὅτι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους ἀναβαίνω, τῆς δʼ ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ εὐπορίας, ὅτι δύναμαι συνεῖναι δυναμένοις ἀνθρώποις ἀναλίσκειν. τὴν μὲν οὖν ἐκ τῆς τέχνης εὐπορίαν καὶ τὸν ἄλλον τὸν ἐμὸν βίον, οἷος τυγχάνει, πάντας ὑμᾶς οἴμαι γιγνώσκειν· ὅμως δὲ κἀγὼ διὰ βραχέων ἐρῶ.
Sections 6–10
ἐμοὶ γὰρ ὁ μὲν πατὴρ κατέλιπεν οὐδέν, τὴν δὲ μητέρα τελευτήσασαν πέπαυμαι τρέφων τρίτον ἔτος τουτί, παῖδες δέ μοι οὔπω εἰσὶν οἵ με θεραπεύσουσι. τέχνην δὲ κέκτημαι βραχέα δυναμένην ὠφελεῖν, ἣν αὐτὸς μὲν ἤδη χαλεπῶς ἐργάζομαι, τὸν διαδεξόμενον δʼ αὐτὴν οὔπω δύναμαι κτήσασθαι. πρόσοδος δέ μοι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλη πλὴν ταύτης, ἣν ἂν ἀφέλησθέ με, κινδυνεύσαιμʼ ἂν ὑπὸ τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ. μὴ τοίνυν,
ἐπειδή γε ἔστιν, ὦ βουλή, σῶσαί με δικαίως, ἀπολέσητε ἀδίκως· μηδὲ ἃ νεωτέρῳ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐρρωμένῳ ὄντι ἔδοτε, πρεσβύτερον καὶ ἀσθενέστερον γιγνόμενον ἀφέλησθε· μηδὲ πρότερον καὶ περὶ τοὺς οὐδὲν ἔχοντας κακὸν ἐλεημονέστατοι δοκοῦντες εἶναι νυνὶ διὰ τοῦτον τοὺς καὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐλεινοὺς ὄντας ἀγρίως ἀποδέξησθε· μηδʼ ἐμὲ τολμήσαντες ἀδικῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς ὁμοίως ἐμοὶ διακειμένους ἀθυμῆσαι ποιήσητε.
καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἄτοπον εἴη, ὦ βουλή, εἰ ὅτε μὲν ἁπλῆ μοι ἦν ἡ συμφορά, τότε μὲν φαινοίμην λαμβάνων τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦτο, νῦν δʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ γῆρας καὶ νόσοι καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑπόμενα κακὰ προσγίγνεταί μοι, τότε ἀφαιρεθείην.
δοκεῖ δέ μοι τῆς πενίας τῆς ἐμῆς τὸ μέγεθος ὁ κατήγορος ἂν ἐπιδεῖξαι σαφέστατα μόνος ἀνθρώπων. εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ κατασταθεὶς χορηγὸς τραγῳδοῖς προκαλεσαίμην αὐτὸν εἰς ἀντίδοσιν, δεκάκις ἂν ἕλοιτο χορηγῆσαι μᾶλλον ἢ ἀντιδοῦναι ἅπαξ. καὶ πῶς οὐ δεινόν ἐστι νῦν μὲν κατηγορεῖν ὡς διὰ πολλὴν εὐπορίαν ἐξ ἴσου δύναμαι συνεῖναι τοῖς πλουσιωτάτοις, εἰ δὲ ὧν ἐγὼ λέγω τύχοι τι γενόμενον, τοιοῦτον εἶναι; καὶ τί πονηρότερον;
περὶ δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς ἱππικῆς, ἧς οὗτος ἐτόλμησε μνησθῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, οὔτε τὴν τύχην δείσας οὔτε ὑμᾶς αἰσχυνθείς, οὐ πολὺς ὁ λόγος. ἐγὼ γὰρ, ὦ βουλή, πάντας οἶμαι τοὺς ἔχοντάς τι δυστύχημα τοῦτο ζητεῖν καὶ τοῦτο φιλοσοφεῖν, ὅπως ὡς ἀλυπότατα μεταχειριοῦνται τὸ συμβεβηκὸς πάθος. ὧν εἷς ἐγώ, καὶ περιπεπτωκὼς τοιαύτῃ συμφορᾷ ταύτην ἐμαυτῷ ῥᾳστώνην ἐξηῦρον εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς τὰς μακροτέρας τῶν ἀναγκαίων.
Sections 11–15
ὃ δὲ μέγιστον, ὦ βουλή, τεκμήριον ὅτι διὰ τὴν συμφορὰν ἀλλʼ οὐ διὰ τὴν ὕβριν, ὡς οὗτός φησιν, ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους ἀναβαίνω · εἰ γὰρ ἐκεκτήμην οὐσίαν, ἐπʼ ἀστράβης ἂν ὠχούμην, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους ἵππους ἀνέβαινον· νυνὶ δʼ ἐπειδὴ τοιοῦτον οὐ δύναμαι κτήσασθαι, τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἵπποις ἀναγκάζομαι χρῆσθαι πολλάκις.
καίτοι πῶς οὐκ ἄτοπόν ἐστιν, ὦ βουλή, τοῦτον ἄν, εἰ μὲν ἐπʼ ἀστράβης ὀχούμενον ἑώρα με, σιωπᾶν (τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἔλεγεν;), ὅτι δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς ᾐτημένους ἵππους ἀναβαίνω, πειρᾶσθαι πείθειν ὑμᾶς ὡς δυνατός εἰμι; καὶ ὅτι μὲν δυοῖν βακτηρίαιν χρῶμαι, τῶν ἄλλων μιᾷ χρωμένων, μὴ κατηγορεῖν ὡς καὶ τοῦτο τῶν δυναμένων ἐστιν· ὅτι δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους ἀναβαίνω, τεκμηρίῳ χρῆσθαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὡς εἰμὶ τῶν δυναμένων; οἷς ἐγώ διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν ἀμφοτέροις χρῶμαι.
τοσοῦτον δὲ διενήνοχεν ἀναισχυντίᾳ τῶν ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων, ὥστε ὑμᾶς πειρᾶται πείθειν, τοσούτους ὄντας εἵς ὤν, ὡς οὐκ εἰμὶ τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐγώ. καίτοι εἰ τοῦτο πείσει τινὰς ὑμῶν, ὦ βουλή, τί με κωλύει κληροῦσθαι τῶν ἐννέα ἀρχόντων, καὶ ὑμᾶς ἐμοῦ μὲν ἀφελέσθαι τὸν ὀβολὸν ὡς ὑγιαίνοντος, τούτῳ δὲ ψηφίσασθαι πάντας ὡς ἀναπήρῳ; οὐ γὰρ δήπου τὸν αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς μὲν ὡς δυνάμενον ἀφαιρήσεσθε τὸ διδόμενον, οἱ δὲ θεσμοθέται ὡς ἀδύνατον ὄντα κληροῦσθαι κωλύσουσιν.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὔτε ὑμεῖς τούτῳ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχετε γνώμην, οὔθʼ οὗτος εὖ ποιῶν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐπικλήρου τῆς συμφορᾶς οὔσης ἀμφισβητήσων ἥκει καὶ πειρᾶται πείθειν ὑμᾶς ὡς οὐκ εἰμὶ τοιοῦτος οἷον ὑμεῖς ὁρᾶτε πάντες· ὑμεῖς δὲ (ὃ τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ἔργον ἐστί) μᾶλλον πιστεύετε τοῖς ὑμετέροις αὐτῶν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἢ τοῖς τούτου λόγοις.
λέγει δʼ ὡς ὑβριστής εἰμι καὶ βίαιος καὶ λίαν ἀσελγῶς διακείμενος, ὥσπερ εἰ φοβερῶς ὀνομάσειε, μέλλων ἀληθῆ λέγειν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ, ἐὰν πάνυ πραόνως , ταῦτα ποιήσων. ἐγὼ δʼ ὑμᾶς, ὦ βουλή, σαφῶς οἶμαι δεῖν διαγιγνώσκειν οἷς τʼ ἐγχωρεῖ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑβρισταῖς εἶναι καὶ οἷς οὐ προσήκει.
Sections 16–20
οὐ γὰρ τοὺς πενομένους καὶ λίαν ἀπόρως διακειμένους ὑβρίζειν εἰκός, ἀλλὰ τοὺς πολλῷ πλείω τῶν ἀναγκαίων κεκτημένους· οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀδυνάτους τοῖς σώμασιν ὄντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μάλιστα πιστεύοντας ταῖς αὑτῶν ῥώμαις· οὐδὲ τοὺς ἤδη προβεβηκότας τῇ ἡλικίᾳ, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἔτι νέους καὶ νέαις ταῖς διανοίαις χρωμένους.
οἱ μὲν γὰρ πλούσιοι τοῖς χρήμασιν ἐξωνοῦνται τοὺς κινδύνους, οἱ δὲ πένητες ὑπὸ τῆς παρούσης ἀπορίας σωφρονεῖν ἀναγκάζονται· καὶ οἱ μὲν νέοι συγγνώμης ἀξιοῦνται τυγχάνειν παρὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, τοῖς δὲ πρεσβυτέροις ἐξαμαρτάνουσιν ὁμοίως ἐπιτιμῶσιν ἀμφότεροι·
καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἰσχυροῖς ἐγχωρεῖ μηδὲν αὐτοῖς πάσχουσιν, οὓς ἂν βουληθῶσιν, ὑβρίζειν, τοῖς δὲ ἀσθενέσιν οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε ὑβριζομένοις ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ὑπάρξαντας οὔτε ὑβρίζειν βουλομένοις περιγίγνεσθαι τῶν ἀδικουμένων. ὥστε μοι δοκεῖ ὁ κατήγορος εἰπεῖν περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς ὕβρεως οὐ σπουδάζων, ἀλλὰ παίζων, οὐδʼ ὑμᾶς πεῖσαι βουλόμενος ὡς εἰμὶ τοιοῦτος, ἀλλʼ ἐμὲ κωμῳδεῖν βουλόμενος, ὥσπερ τι καλὸν ποιῶν.
ἔτι δὲ καὶ συλλέγεσθαί φησιν ἀνθρώπους ὡς ἐμὲ πονηροὺς καὶ πολλούς, οἳ τὰ μὲν ἑαυτῶν ἀνηλώκασι, τοῖς δὲ τὰ σφέτερα σῴζειν βουλομένοις ἐπιβουλεύουσιν. ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐνθυμήθητε πάντες ὅτι ταῦτα λέγων οὐδὲν ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖ μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσοι τέχνας ἔχουσιν οὐδὲ τῶν ὡς ἐμὲ εἰσιόντων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ὡς τοὺς ἄλλους δημιουργούς.
ἕκαστος γὰρ ὑμῶν εἴθισται προσφοιτᾶν ὁ μὲν πρὸς μυροπώλιον, ὁ δὲ πρὸς κουρεῖον, ὁ δὲ πρὸς σκυτοτομεῖον, ὁ δʼ ὅποι ἂν τύχῃ, καὶ πλεῖστοι μὲν ὡς τοὺς ἐγγυτάτω τῆς ἀγορᾶς κατεσκευασμένους, ἐλάχιστοι δὲ ὡς τοὺς πλεῖστον ἀπέχοντας αὐτῆς· ὥστʼ εἴ τις ὑμῶν πονηρίαν καταγνώσεται τῶν ὡς ἐμὲ εἰσιόντων, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις διατριβόντων· εἰ δὲ κἀκείνων, ἁπάντων Ἀθηναίων· ἅπαντες γὰρ εἴθισθε προσφοιτᾶν καὶ διατρίβειν ἁμοῦ γέ που.
Sections 21–25
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅ τι δεῖ λίαν με ἀκριβῶς ἀπολογούμενον πρὸς ἓν ἕκαστον ὑμῖν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐνοχλεῖν πλείω χρόνον. εἰ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν μεγίστων εἴρηκα, τί δεῖ περὶ τῶν φαύλων ὁμοίως τούτῳ σπουδάζειν; ἐγὼ δʼ ὑμῶν, ὦ βουλή, δέομαι πάντων τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν περὶ ἐμοῦ διάνοιαν, ἥνπερ καὶ πρότερον.
μηδʼ οὗ μόνου μεταλαβεῖν ἔδωκεν ἡ μοι τῶν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι, τούτου διὰ τουτονὶ ἀποστερήσητέ με· μηδʼ ἃ πάλαι κοινῇ πάντες ἔδοτέ μοι, νῦν οὗτος εἷς ὢν πείσῃ πάλιν ὑμᾶς ἀφελέσθαι. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ, ὦ βουλή, τῶν μεγίστων ὁ δαίμων ἀπεστέρησεν ἡμᾶς, ἡ πόλις ἡμῖν ἐψηφίσατο τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον, ἡγουμένη κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς τύχας τοῖς ἅπασι καὶ τῶν κακῶν καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν.
πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἂν δειλαιότατος εἴην, εἰ τῶν μὲν καλλίστων καὶ μεγίστων διὰ τὴν συμφορὰν ἀπεστερημένος εἴην, ἃ δʼ ἡ πόλις ἔδωκε προνοηθεῖσα τῶν οὕτως διακειμένων, διὰ τὸν κατήγορον ἀφαιρεθείην; μηδαμῶς, ὦ βουλή, ταύτῃ θῆσθε τὴν ψῆφον. διὰ τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ τύχοιμι τοιούτων ὑμῶν;
πότερον ὅτι διʼ ἐμέ τις εἰς ἀγῶνα πώποτε καταστὰς ἀπώλεσε τὴν οὐσίαν; ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς ἀποδείξειεν. ἀλλʼ ὅτι πολυπράγμων εἰμὶ καὶ θρασὺς καὶ φιλαπεχθήμων;
ἀλλʼ οὐ τοιαύταις ἀφορμαῖς τοῦ βίου πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα τυγχάνω χρώμενος. ἀλλʼ ὅτι λίαν ὑβριστὴς καὶ βίαιος; ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἂν αὐτὸς φήσειεν, εἰ μὴ βούλοιτο καὶ τοῦτο ψεύδεσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις ὁμοίως. ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐπὶ τῶν τριάκοντα γενόμενος ἐν δυνάμει κακῶς ἐποίησα πολλοὺς τῶν πολιτῶν; ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοῦ ὑμετέρου πλήθους ἔφυγον εἰς Χαλκίδα , καὶ ἐξόν μοι μετʼ ἐκείνων ἀδεῶς πολιτεύεσθαι, μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἱλόμην κινδυνεύειν ἀπελθών.
Sections 26–27
μὴ τοίνυν, ὦ βουλή, μηδὲν ἡμαρτηκὼς ὁμοίων ὑμῶν τύχοιμι τοῖς πολλὰ ἠδικηκόσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ψῆφον θέσθε περὶ ἐμοῦ ταῖς ἄλλαις βουλαῖς, ἀναμνησθέντες ὅτι οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λόγον αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ περὶ ὀβολοῦ μόνον ποιοῦμαι τοὺς λόγους.
καὶ οὕτως ὑμεῖς μὲν τὰ δίκαια γνώσεσθε πάντες, ἐγὼ δὲ τούτων ὑμῖν τυχὼν ἕξω τὴν χάριν, οὗτος δὲ τοῦ λοιποῦ μαθήσεται μὴ τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις ἐπιβουλεύειν ἀλλὰ τῶν ὁμοίων αὐτῷ περιγίγνεσθαι.